Department

Dr Myo Kyaw Hlaing

Dr Myo Kyaw Hlaing Lecturer,

Dr. Ko Myint

Name : Dr. Ko Myint

Dr Hay Mar Aung Kyaw

Name : Dr Hay Mar

Daw Padauk Wah

Name : Daw Padauk Wah

Core Courses for History Specialization

Semester I

*A student can choose any one elective course


Core Courses	Elective Courses (for History specialization)	Elective courses (for other specialization)
AM 1001 Myanmar	Phil 1001 (3) – Logic in Practice I	Hist 1001 (3) Introduction to Myanmar Civilization I
Eng 1001 English	Geog 1003 (3) – Geography of Southeast Asian Countries	Hist 1002 (3) Renaissance Italy (14th Century to 15th Century)
Myan 1001 (3) Myanmar	OS 1003 (3) – Buddhist Culture	Hist 1003 (3) World History to 1500 I
Eng 1001 (3) English	Psy 1001 (3) – Psychology of Adolescence I	Hist 1004 (3) World History 1500 – 1900 I
Hist 1101 (4) Political Theories I	Myan 1003 (3) – MyanmarZarTiMarnSarPay
Hist 1102 (4) World History (1500-1900) I


Political Theories I: Hist. 1101

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 20 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Changing Process of Political Thoughts and Institutions from Ancient Time to the Initiation of Modern Era

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester exploration of Political Theories from ancient time to Karl Marx. The course for Frist Semester is designed to explore the changing process of political thoughts and institutions from ancient time to the initiation of Modern Political Thoughts. Major topics examined in this semester are the Origin and Nature of Political Thoughts, Ideas and Institutions; Primitive, Oriental and Occidental Political Ideas and Thoughts; Roman Political Thoughts and Institutions; Medieval Political Thoughts and Institutions and the Beginning of Modern Political Thoughts.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for First Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to key theories on political thoughts and institutions from ancient time to the beginning of modern era,
explaining the changing process of political theories and considerations in these periods, and
analyzing the logical basis for this changing process.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

explain the interrelations among the political ideas, thoughts and theories throughout ages,
compare the similarities among political thoughts and theories throughout the changing process
contrast the contradictions among political thoughts and theories throughout the changing process, and
examine the rationale behind the changing process.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

appraise the mutation of ideas, thoughts and theories,
compare resemblances among ideas, thoughts and theories,
distinguish differences between ideas, thoughts and theories, and
deduce the logical sequences behind the ideas, thoughts and theories.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is structured in five broad sections. The first section introduces the Nature of Political Ideas in terms of political thoughts and institutions. The second section covers the Ancient Political Thoughts in relations with Primitive, Oriental and Occidental Ideas and Thoughts. The third section emphasizes on Roman Political Thoughts in terms of political institutions and theory on law. The fourth section reveals the Medieval Political Thoughts in relations with the beginning of medieval political thoughts, and conflict between Church and State. The last section touches the initiation of Modern Political Thoughts for Reformation.


World History (1500 – 1900) I: Hist. 1102

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 20 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Examining the alteration of global order form medieval to modern aspects

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

nbsp;
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for First Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the changes of global trend from medieval to modern aspects,
appraising the evolution of European Societies from Feudal to Capitalist system,
evaluating the nature and impacts of European Expansion in its early and middle stages, and
analyzing the logical sequences of the changes

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

evaluate the key shifts in European societies in moving from feudal to capitalist system,
explain the main features of revival of thoughts and cultures in Europe,
examine the key developments in major institutions of European societies,
inspect the features and impacts of European Expansion in its early and middle phases, and
analyze the logical sequences of these changes and developments.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

appraise the interrelations between development and idea changes,
evaluate influence of idea changes on institutional changes, and
analyze logical sequences of events.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed of three broad sections. The first section covers the Beginning of Capitalist Society. The second section reveals the Development of Early Capitalist Society in Europe. The third section covers the Overseas Expansion carried out by the booming European countries.


Aspects of Myanmar: AM. 1001

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

3 Credit Points per Semester (total 20 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Surveying general aspects of Myanmar from interdisciplinary approach

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is a survey on the aspects of Myanmar from interdisciplinary approach. The course is designed to explore the general aspects of Myanmar from primitive time up to the present. Major topics explored in this course are Physical Features and National Races of Myanmar; Prehistory, Early City States and Kingdoms of Myanmar; Colonial and Independent Myanmar; Foreign Policy and Relations; Economic and Cultural aspects of Myanmar.

nbsp;
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for First Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to general aspects of Myanmar from interdisciplinary approach,
exploring the geographical, racial, historical, external relations, economic and cultural aspects of Myanmar, and
e- focusing on the importance of harmony in diversity among people who have different physical and racial backgrounds

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

examine general aspects of the Union of Myanmar,
translate interconnections among various sectors of the Union, and
-analyze the utility of every sector and every ethnic group in developing the Union.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret the interconnections between different sectors,
evaluate the importance of harmony in diversities, and
adapt cross-disciplinary approaches in dealing with issues.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed of five broad sections. The first section covers the Land and People of Myanmar. The second section reveals the History of Myanmar from primitive time up to the democratization of the nation. The third section emphasizes on Foreign Policy and Relations of Myanmar in new global order. The fourth section explores the key sectors of Myanmar Economy. The last section covers the Cultural Aspect of Myanmar.

*A student can choose any one elective course

Foundation Courses

Myan 1002 (3) Myanmar

Eng 1002 (3) English

Core Courses

Hist 1103 (4) Political Theories II

Hist 1104 (4) World History (1500-1900) II

Elective Courses(for History specialization)

Phil 1003 (3)– Logic in Practice II

Geog 1004 (3)– Geography of Myanmar

OS 1008 (3)– History of Buddhism

Psy 1003 (3)– Psychology of Adolescence II

Myan 1004 (3)– MyanmarZarTiMarnSarPay

Elective courses (for other specialization)

Hist 1005 (3) Introduction to Myanmar Civilization II

Hist 1006 (3) Reformation Europe (1450-1650)

Hist 1007 (3) World History to 1500 II

Hist 1008 (3) World History 1500 – 1900 II

Political Theories II

First Year History (Semester-II)

Core Course for History Specialization (Hist-1103)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intention of the course is to explore the basic political culture of the world from the Medieval Period to the Modern time. The course constitutes the evolution of political theories and political thinking; liberalism, nationalism and communism based on democratic way. The course will focus on the comparative study of political ideological theories and scientific political systems. That course discusses how political ideological concepts have appeared and how political institutions; states and governments have emerged in the past in the various places.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for first year (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course intentions are as follow,

To support students the basic political theories and the principle concept of idealism and practical state building.
To differentiate the two main systems of eastern world and western world that practiced during the times before and after World War II.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussion and class work, students should be able to:

comprehend causes and effects of state building, and
examine advantages and disadvantages of the world political theories between the east and west.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

understand the evolution of political theories that leads to the different state buildings , governmental systems, and
evaluate which theories were applied in which state building.

IV. Structure of the course

The course structure is divided into three main sections. The first section covers the evolution theory from capitalism to liberalism. The second part of the course constitutes the strength and growth of extreme nationalist theories outcome from the colonial expansionism. The final portion of this course concludes Marxism that dominated on the theory of the state building before and after World War II.

World History (1500 – 1900) II

Module No. Hist-1104

2nd Semester

Course Description

This Course explores great historical events which transformed the World from Medieval Period to Modern Time. It covers the evolution of political thoughts and ideologies which led to the collapse of feudalism and emergence of constitutional monarchies in Europe under the name of Bourgeoisie Revolution; technological innovations that helped to the development of factory system and its consequences under the name of Industrial Revolution; and conflict of interests between Industrialized Europe and Agro-based Asia with special references to early nationalist movements of India and China.

Theme Area: Changing Global Order from 16^th to 19^th century

Learning Outcomes

Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)

At the end of the semester, the learner would be able to

examine ideological evolution of the West which led to the changes of world order,
analyze advantages and disadvantages of industrialization in the West, and
estimate worldwide impacts of industrialization of the West.

Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

At the end of the semester, the learner would be able to

assess rationale of the events,
clarify interrelations among the phenomena, and
identify main points of issues. .

World History (1500-1900) II

First Year (History, IR, PS) (Semester-II)

Core course for History Specialization (Hist 1104)

Elective course for International Relations (Hist-1008)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intent of the course is to explore the significant historical events of the world from the Medieval period to the Modern time. It covers the evolution of political thoughts and ideologies of bourgeoisie; technological innovations and its consequences; and conflict of interests between industrialized Europe and East Asia. The goal is to interpret a comparative perception of world history that happened from sixteenth to nineteenth centuries.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for first year (History, International Relations, and Political Science Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To give students to the main knowledge and concept of world history in the 16^th and 19^th centuries
To differentiate the key events that happened in the world between 1500 and 1900.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

appraise causes and consequences of great historical events, and
analyze pros and cons of the historical episodes of the world that happened in the second half of last millennium.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

interpret ideological evolution of the West which led to the changes of world order, and
estimate worldwide impact of industrialization of the West.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in three broad sections. The first part covers the collapse of feudalism and emergence of constitutional monarchies in Europe under the name of Bourgeoisie Revolution. The second part of the course contains the development of factory system and its consequences under the name of Industrial Revolution. The third part of the course includes colonialism.

Myanmar History and Culture II

First Year (Myanmar Studies) (Semester-II)

Core course for Myanmar Studies Specialization (MS-1104)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intent of the course is to know the brief history of Inwa, Hanthawaddy, Mrauk-U and Taungoo. It covers the competing of the feudal strength among the Kingdoms; the development of Myanmar Literature according to the period; Buddhism that flourished in Mrauk-U and propagated by Bayinnaung in the Taungoo Period.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for first year (Myanmar Studies) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To give students to the significant historical experiences that happened in Myanmar from the 13^th to the 16^th century
To differentiate the value of Myanmar history and culture

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

clarify causal sequences to the historical experience
examine what kind of literature flourished during Inwa and Taungoo Period

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

interpret competence of ideological Feudalism in Myanmar
differentiate literature that is an element of culture
categorize strengths and weaknesses of the historical experience and from that student can be apply in their future life

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in three broad sections. The first part deals with the rise of Pinya, Sagaing and Inwa, competing of the feudal strength among the kingdom of Inwa and Hanthawaddy (1386-1422) and the literature of the Inwa Period. The second part contains history, social life and religion under the name of History and Culture of Medieval Rakhine. The third part of the course includes history, literature and propagation of Buddhism in the Taungoo Period.

History of Political Thought II

First Year (Political Science) (Semester-II)

Core course for Political Science (PS- 1104)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intent of the course is to explore the significant changes and developments of political thought in Europe from the 16th to 20th century. It covers historically notable political philosophers and their works during the period. The goal of the course is to identify the connection between political thought and reality.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for first year (Political Science Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To foster students to the main knowledge and concept of political thought in Europe from 16th century to 20th century.
To elucidate the changes and developments of political thought periodically in History.
To development the students’ capacity and critical thinking by learning notable political philosophers.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

appraise the causes and consequences of political thought and raise the capacity for critical and independent thinking in politic, and
analyze the differentiation of political thought that based on the impact of governmental, political, social, economic and religious conditions..

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

analyze the ideology and theory of influential political philosophers and understand how these theories can be applied to solve problem in the real society and politic, and
comprehend other’s view and formula and theorize political outcomes themselves.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in seventh broad sections. It covers notable political philosophers and their works from 16th century to 20 century. The first part includes rise of modern theory of Sovereignty and the theory of the social contract of Jean Bodin and Hugo Grotious. The second part includes an English philosopher John Lock who attacked the divine theory and absolution. The third part includes the politic of Enlightenment and a French philosopher Montesquieu and a Genevan philosopher Jean Jecques Rousseau. The fourth part includes economic development in Europe and mercantilism. The fifth part includes English Utilitarian philosophers; Benthem and John Stuart Mill. The sixth part includes Marxism, capitalism and socialism and the final part includes the nature of Fascism and Nazism.

Introduction to Myanmar Civilization II

First Year (Semester-II)

Elective course for Oriental Studies Specialization (Hist -1005)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intent of the course is to explore the significant historical events of the introduction to Myanmar Civilization. It covers the introduction of Social life, Religion, Literature, Art and Architecture and its consequences

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for first year Oriental Studies Specializatio) students of the University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course goals are as follows

To give students to the main knowledge and concept of Introduction to Myanmar Civilization.
To differentiate the evolutions of the Civilizations that happened in the Mrauk-U Period and from the Taungoo to the Konbaung Periods.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

appraise causes of the civilization of Mrauk-U Period, Taungoo Period, Nyaungyan Period and Konbaung Period.
Analyze about the introduction of Civilization which had flourished in medieval Myanmar.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

Denote introduction to Myanmar Civilization and
estimate about the Myanmar Civilization which had flourished in Mrauk -U Period, Taungoo Period, Nyaungyan Period and Kongbaung Period.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in four broad sections. The first part covers art and architecture under the name of Mrauk-U Period. The second part of the course contains the Literature of Taungoo Period. The third part of the course includes religion of Nyaungyan Period. The fourth part of the course is wind up the social life of Konbaung Period.

Second Year B.A (History) Programme

Core Courses for History Specialization

Semester I


Fundamental Courses	Elective courses (for History specialization) (*)	Elective courses (for other specialization) (*)
Eng 2001 (3) English	Hist 2104 (3) - Political Organization I (Major Elective)	Hist 2001 (3) History of Science and Technology I
Hist 2101 (4) Ancient Myanmar I	Hist 2105 (3) - History of Science and Technology I	Hist 2002 (3) World History 1900 to Present I
Core Courses	Geog 2005 (3) – Political Geography I	*Elective course (for English Specialization) ()**
Hist 2102 (4) Ancient Southeast Asia	Phil 2001 (3) – History of Western Intellectual Development I	Hist 2003 (3) Social History of England I
Hist 2103 (4) World History 1900 to Present I	OS 2005 (3) - Pali Philology


Ancient Myanmar I: Hist. 2101

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 21 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Evolution of Myanmar Civilization from prehistory via city-states to the kingdom

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course ispart of a Two-Semester exploration on Myanmar History from prehistoric time to the end of Nyaungyan period. The course for Frist Semester is designed to explore Myanmar History form Prehistory to the fall of Bagankingdom. Major topics examined in this semester are Geographical Setting of Myanmar, the Stone and Bronze Ages’ Cultures that flourished on the land of Myanmar, Pyu, Rakhine and Mon Civilizations, and the rise and fall of Bagan Kingdom.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for Second Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the evolution of Myanmar from prehistory to the fall of Bagan kingdom,
explaining the interlinks among civilizations that flourished on the land of Myanmar, and
appraisingthe rationale for the rise and fall of Bagan kingdom.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

explain the interlinks between the cultures of Stone and Bronze Ages,
compare the civilizations of Pyu, Rakhine and Mon,
deduce the correlations among the early civilizations of Myanmar, and
judge the reasons for the emergence and failure of Bagan kingdom.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester,the students would be able to

examine the evolution process of human civilization,
compare similarities and correlations among contemporaries, and
analyze the rationales for the success and failure of societies.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is structured in five broad sections. The first sectionreveals the Prehistory of Myanmar in terms of physical background, and Stone and Bronze Age Civilizations. The second section constitutes the growth of Pyu Civilization based on its early city-states. The third section reveals the emergence of Early Rakhine Civilization at Vesali. The fourth section expresses the growth of Early Mon Civilization in term of Laterite Culture at Suvannabhumi. The last section covers the rise of Bagan Period in terms of History, Economy, Society, Governance, Religion, Art and Architecture until the fall of Bagan kingdom.


Ancient Southeast Asia: Hist. 2102

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 21 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)
1.2 Theme Area

Evolution of Southeast Asian Societies from Primitive Cultures to Civilized Communities

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is a survey on Southeast Asian history in ancient time. The course is designed to explore the History of Ancient Southeast Asia from prehistoric time to 16thCentury. Major topics explored in this course are Physical Background of Southeast Asia, Prehistoric Cultures of Southeast Asia from Paleolithic Period to Bronze Age, Spread of Chinese and Indian Cultures to Southeast Asia, Emergence of Early Kingdoms in Mainland and Islands Southeast Asia, and the Spread of Islam to the Peninsular.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programmefor SecondYear (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

i introducing students to the evolution of Southeast Asian region from prehistory to the emergence of early kingdoms,
explaining the spread of Chinese, Indian and Islamic Cultures to the region, and
evaluating the influences of these cultures on the early societies of Southeast Asia.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

assess the gradual developments of societies in Southeast Asia from primitive culture to civilized stage,
examine the cultural influence of neighbouring countries on early the kingdoms of Southeast Asia, and
scrutinize the adaptionof incoming cultures tomeet the needs of native communities.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret the mutation process of a region or a society,
,
assess the influence of higher order thinking on lower order thinking, and
experiment the power of adaption for survival.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed ofsevensections.The first section covers the Physical Background of Southeast Asia. The second section constitutes the Prehistory of Southeast Asia. The third section reveals the Spread of Chinese Culture to Vietnam. The fourth section covers the spread of Indian Culture to mainland Southeast Asia. The fifth section reveals the emergence of Early Kingdoms in both mainland and islands of Southeast Asia. The sixth section touches the Emergence of Early Kingdoms on the land of present Thailand. The last section expresses the Spread of Islamism to the Peninsular.


World History 1900 to Present I: Hist. 2103

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 21 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Changing Global Order during the first four decades of 20th century

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester surveyonWorld History from 1900 to Present. The course for Frist Semester is designed to explore World History from 1900 to 1939. Major topics explored in this course are causes, events and effects of World War I; Socialist Revolution of Russia; Fascist Movement of Italy and Nazi Movement of Germany that emerged between two World Wars; Nationalist Movement of India; National Awakening of China and Militarist Movement of Japan that happened between two World Wars.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programmefor SecondYear (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the major events of the world that happened in the first four decades of 20th century,,
exploring the genesis, events and consequences of World War I,
analyzing the key movements of major European and Asian countries that had worldwide or region-wide impact, and
assessingthe events from comparative approach.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

analyze the causes and effects of the Great War,
scrutinize the reasonsand consequences of Socialist Revolution of Russia, and Nazi, Fascist Movements of Germany and Italy, and
dissect the roots and fruits of National Awakening, Nationalist Movement and Militarist Movement of China, India and Japan.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret the correlations between events,
estimate the advantages and disadvantages of events,
scrutinize the genesis and consequences of phenomena,and
analyze the events from comparative approach.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed ofthree broad sections.The first section covers the causes, events and effects of World War I. The second section constitutes major Revolution and Movements that happened in Europe between 1917 and 1939. The third section reveals the Nationalist Movement, National Awakening and Militarist Movement that occurred in Asia between 1917 and 1939.


Political Organization I: Hist. 2104 (Major Elective)

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

3Credit Points per Semester (total 21 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Theories and Definitions on State, Sovereignty, Government and Constitution

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester exploration onthe development of Political Organization from theoretical approaches. The course for Frist Semester is designed to explore the Structure of the State in Politics. Major topics examined in this semester are Nature of the State and Sovereignty, Organization and Forms of State and Government, and the role of Constitution in balancing the major pillars of State powers.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree Programmefor Second Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducingstudents to the theories and practices of State, Sovereignty, Government and Constitution, li>
explainingdefinitions and theories of the necessary features of State, Sovereignty and Government, ,
assessingbasic definitions and categories of Constitution from theoretical points of view,and
criticize the differentiations between theories and practices from analytical approach.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret the theories on the structure of State and Sovereignty in global context,
evaluate the organizations and forms of State and Government, and
– assess the definitions and classifications of Constitution.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

distinguishtheories and practices,
appraise the compliments and contradictions between theories and practices, and
adapttheories to practices, and vice versa.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed offour broad sections.The first section covers the Definition, Origin, Evolution and Theories of the State. The second section deals withNature, Location and Limitations of Sovereignty. The third section reveals the Organizations and Forms of State and Government. The last section covers the Definition and Classification of Constitution.

Semester II

Fundamental Courses
Eng 2001 (3) English

Core Courses
Hist 2101 (4) Ancient Myanmar I
Hist 2102 (4) Ancient Southeast Asia
Hist 2103 (4) World History 1900 to Present I

Elective courses (for History specialization) (*)
Hist 2104 (3) – Political Organization I (Major Elective)
Hist 2105 (3) – History of Science and Technology I
Geog 2005 (3) – Political Geography I
Phil 2001 (3) – History of Western Intellectual Development I
OS 2005 (3) – Pali Philology

Elective courses (for other specialization) (*)
Hist 2001 (3) History of Science and Technology I
Hist 2002 (3) World History 1900 to Present I
Elective course (for English Specialization) (*)
Hist 2003 (3) Social History of England I

Ancient Myanmar II

Second Year (Semester-II)

Course course for History Specialization (Hist -2106)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The course is composed of important events in Ancient Myanmar History: religions of Bagan kingdom, political perspectives on the Bagan period, rise of petty kingdoms in the post Bagan period, Rise of Mon kingdoms, Forty Years War, Rise of Taunggu Dynasty, Relations with Europeans in the Taunggu period.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum
The course is a part of B.A. Degree for second year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To know about the ancient history of Myanmar,
To realize about the nation building of Old Myanmar, nature of monarchic politics of Myanmar, and
rise of three kingdoms: Rakhine, Mon and Myanmar,
to know about the struggle between the kingdoms of Myanmar.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

analyze the retrospection on Myanmar historical background
compare with other civilizations, and
evaluate the Myanmar history and her civilization.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

provides the students how to rise Myanmar and her sovereignty
must obtain an important knowledge dealing with the many numbers of kingdoms in the post Bagan Period
see historical changes by studying on the political events, and
impacts of ancient Myanmar which brought to modern Myanmar.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is composed of political perspectives of Bagan kingdom as a fundamental knowledge and Religion of Bagan kingdom, Rakhine, the rise of Inwa and Hanthawaddy kingdoms and monarchic struggles between Inwa and Mon kingdoms, and National Reunification of Taungoo period and introducing with European relations.

European Expansion and Colonialism in SEA

Second Year (History) (Semester-II)

Core course for History Specialization (Hist-2107)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The course explores key events and developments of the Age of Exploration and colonial policies practiced by the European powers in Southeast Asia from the fifteenth century to the twentieth century. It studies the pattern of colonial rule; the discoveries of New World by Portugal and Spain in the first phase of expansion and conquering of Dutch, English and France in Southeast Asia during the second phase of expansion, variety of motives and colonialism led to intensify and increase the tensions among European powers and Southeast Asian countries. The goal is to criticize European global exploration and the pattern of colonialism affected intensification among European and Southeast Asian countries.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for Second year (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To give students to the specific need of learning about political, economic and social changes affected by European expansion and their colonial policies from the Age of Exploration to the modern time.
To allow students to reach significant knowledge about voyage discoveries because of the technical developments and resulted the negative and positive changes.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

interpret of a new period of global interaction and interconnectivity, and
analyze the intensify causes of the next several centuries

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

appraise causes and effects of past events; and
clarify consequences which impacted history

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in six broad sections. The first part introduces the voyage discovery and the main characteristic of colonialism; the second section covers the discoveries of explorers who arrived in Southeast Asia to 1800 with special references to Portuguese and Spain; the third focuses on one of the economic reforms of the Dutch in Indonesia; the fourth section emphasis British conquest Malaysia and exercised Britain colonial rule; the fifth section studies on the establishment of the French colony in SEA and finally, the conflict between Spain and American in Philippine.

World History (1900 to Present) II

Module No. Hist. 2108/2005

2nd Semester

Course Description

This course explores international relations, conflicts and issues that happened during the period 1919 to 1990. The course is formed with four components: International Relations from 1919 to 1930; International Relations from 1931 to 1939; World War II, and the Cold War. The first component will explore the emergence of the League of Nations and its efforts to maintain international peace and security. The second component will inspect the aggressions of Nazi, Fascist, and Militarist nations. The third component will look over the causes, outbreak and effects of World War II. The last component will analyze changing global order in postwar era under the name of Cold War.

Changing Global Order after World War I until the end of Cold War.

Learning Outcomes

Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)

At the end of the semester, the learner would be able to

examine the historical events that changed global order of twentieth century from various perspectives,
analyze the pros and corns of historical phenomena, and
articulate the causes, events and effects of the historical matters.

Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

At the end of the semester, the learner would be able to

analyze the issues from multi-dimensional approach,
differentiate advantages and disadvantages of events, and
interpret the genesis, occurrence and consequences of occasions.

World History (1900 to Present) II

Second Year (History/IR/PS) Semester II

Core Course for History (Hist-2018)

Elective Course for IR & PS (Hist-2005)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

Theme area of the course is to analyze international relations, conflicts and issues that happened from the end of World War I up to the Cold War Era. This course aims at providing the learners with analytical skill, critical thinking and communication skill in relations with international events as well as with their own workplace situations.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

This course is a part of B.A Degree Programme for Second Year (History, IR & PS Specialization) Students of the University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning Outcomes

Academic Aims
Learning Outcomes

a. Aims:

This Course aims at

furnishing the learners with comprehensive knowledge on international relations, conflicts and issues from 1919 to 1990, and
developing analytical skills of the learners in approaching issues, and
thriving critical thinking of the learners in studying problems from various perspectives.

b. Learning Outcomes

Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)

At the end of the semester, the learner would be able to

examine the historical events that changed global order of twentieth century from various perspectives,
analyze the pros and corns of historical phenomena, and
articulate the causes, events and effects of the historical matters.

Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

At the end of the semester, the learner would be able to

analyze the issues from multi-dimensional approach,
differentiate advantages and disadvantages of events, and
interpret the genesis, occurrence and consequences of occasions.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is formed with four components: International Relations from 1919 to 1930; International Relations from 1931 to 1939; World War II, and Postwar era of the World. The first component will explore the emergence of the League of Nations and its efforts to maintain international peace and security. The second component will inspect the aggressions of Nazi, Fascist, and Militarist nations. The third component will look over the causes, outbreak and effects of World War II. The last component will analyze changing global order in postwar era under the name of Cold War.

Social History of England II

Second Year (English Specialization) Semester II

Elective course for English Specialization (Hist-2006)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intent of the course is to know the nature of the English society from 16^th century to 20^th century. The course covers the evolution of social changes from Shakespeare England to Victorian England. The goal is to learn English literature well by learning English Social History.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The aims of the course are as follow:

To give students the knowledge of the nature of the English men and their culture.
To learn English literature easily by noticing their culture.

b. Learning Outcomes:

The course will encourage the students to examine the basic social life of Shakespeare England and to compare Myanmar’s social life. It also encourages the students to evaluate social relationship of Shakespeare’s England. Then the course will make the students to understand how English made expansion in the period of Charles and Cromwell and to consider why English made scientific experiment in Restoration England. The students will be aware of the Industrial Revolution and its impact upon society in Victorian England. Examining Social History of England, students will apply in studying English literature and they can create a better society by taking lesson in social conditions of England.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured with four main parts. The first part covers Religion and Universities, the social policy, industry and seafaring in Shakespeare’s England. The second part contains the colonial expansion of the English under Charles and Cromwell. The third part includes the restoration England. Industrial Revolution and its impact upon society in Victorian England is the fourth part of the course.

Political Organization II

Second Year History

Elective Course for History Specialization (Hist-2109)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intention of the course is to evaluate the state structure of the world politics. The course constitutes the political theories and governmental system based on the state constitution; the separation of political power within the state, division of powers in the Federal government System, Electorate, Universal Suffrage, Constituency and Election System and the three political powers; the Legislature, the Executive and the Judiciary. The course will focus on the political theories and political systems constituted separation and distribution of powers for Federated State. This course will discuss what political institutions would be organized in the good constitutional government and what governance should be practiced in the state.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for Second Year (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course intentions are as follow,

To support students the main concepts of political institutions and governmental systems that would be empowered by the constitution.

To appraise what is State and the main systems of power Separation, Election and Governance.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussion and class work, students should be able to:

comprehend the constitution of state composed of political institutions, and
examine advantages and disadvantages of the states built on the various constitutional theories.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

understand the systems of political institutions that would constitute the different states and different governmental system, and
evaluate which governance should be enacted to build the strong state in world politics.

IV. Structure of the course

The course structure is divided into four main sections. The first section covers the separation of political power. The second part of the course constitutes the division of powers in the Federal government. The third portion of this course is composed of Electorate, Election System and Representatives. The final concluded with the three main powers of the state.

Comparative Studies of Myanmar Civilization II

Second Year (Myanmar Studies) (Semester-II)

Core course for Myanmar Studies Specialization (MS-2105)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

This course introduces culture exchange among the indigenous people in Myanmar and can also learn about the impact of the Western and Eastern culture on Myanmar. Western culture absorbed by means of religions into Myanmar, namely Buddhism from India, Islam from Arabia and Christianity from Europe. Myanmar adopted and improved; arts, social life, life style, and government and administration systems as the results of the impact of Eastern culture.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum
This course is a part of B.A. Degree for Second year (Myanmar Studies) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The aims of the course are as follows:

To explain the students how did culture exchange happen among indigenous people of Myanmar in the early period.
To investigate the development of Myanmar culture by the impact of Western and Eastern culture that prevailed along the ages.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

discuss the improvement of civilization because of culture exchange among indigenous people in Myanmar.
criticize the results obtained from the impacts of Western and Eastern cultures.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

review the designs and patterns of the early Myanmar civilization
enumerate, how much foreign culture was absorbed by the impacts of Western and Eastern cultures and how it was Myanmarized through the ages.

IV. Structure of the course

This course is structured in three sections in which were organized firstly Cultural Exchanges among the Indigenous People centering Myanmar with Pyu, Mon, Rakhine and Shan, secondly Impact of the Western Cultures accompanying with the religions which were imported into Myanmar, Buddhism from India, Islam from Arabia and Christianity from European countries. The last section is the Impact of the Eastern Cultures which reveal the absorptions of the cultures of China, Japan and Southeast Asian Countries into Myanmar.

Third Year B.A (History) Programme

Core Courses for History Specialization

Semester I

CURRICULUM FOR B.A. DEGREE
Semester I

Fundamental Courses
Eng 3001 (3) English

Core Courses
Hist 3101 (4) Modern Myanmar I
Hist 3102 (4) Modern Southeast Asia I
Hist 3103 (4) Modern China
Hist 3104 (4) Modern Russia

Elective courses (*)
Hist 3105 (3) Modern India I
Hist 3106 (3) Economic and Social History of Modern Southeast Asia I
Hist 3107 (3) Foreign Relations in the Konbaung Period I

Semester II

Fundamental Courses
Eng 2001 (3) English

Core Courses
Hist 3108 (4) Modern Myanmar II
Hist 3109 (4) Modern Southeast Asia II
Hist 3110 (4) Modern Japan
Hist 3111 (4) Modern USA

Elective courses (*)
Hist 3112 (3) Modern India II
Hist 3113 (3) Economic and Social History of Modern Southeast Asia II
Hist 3114 (3) Foreign Relations in the Konbaung Period II


Modern Myanmar I: Hist. 3101

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 22 Credit Points for all subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Changing conditions and ideologies of Myanmar under monarchism and colonialism

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester exploration on Myanmar History from mid-18th to the end of 20th century. The course for Frist Semester is designed to explore Myanmar History (1752 – 1948) from political and socio-economic aspects of Myanmar. Major topics examined in this semester are Politics, Governance, Economy, Society, Culture and Foreign Relations of Myanmar during Konbaung Period and Nationalist Movement and Independence Struggle of Colonial Myanmar for Achieving Independence.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for Third Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the key aspects of Myanmar from Konbaung to colonial period,
examining the politics, socio-economics and external relations of Myanmar that shaped the rise and fall of Konbaung Dynasty, and
analyzing the process of growing nationalist sentiments in modern sense and political wills of Myanmar people for regaining independence.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

examine domestic and external situations that created the success and failure of Konbaung Dynasty,
assess the development of Myanmar nationalism in modern sense under colonial rule, and
analyze the evolution of Myanmar political conceptions embedded in the struggle for independence.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret the interrelations between internal and external factors that shaped the events,
estimate the expansion of ideas and concepts under given circumstances, and
evaluate the changing values of norms and notions under changing circumstances.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is structured in three broad sections. The first section covers the rise of Konbaung Dynasty and its external relations. The second section deals with the Governance, Economy, Society and Culture of Konbaung period, and the fall of Konbaung Dynasty under British colonial expansion. The third section reveals Myanmar nationalist movement and independence struggle against the colonial


Modern Southeast Asia I: Hist. 3102

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 22 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Changing orders of Southeast Asian countries under Colonialism

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester survey of Southeast Asian history in modern time. The course for First Semester is designed to explore the Colonial History of Southeast Asia from 16th to mid-20th Century. Major topics examined in this semester are Geographical Background of Southeast Asia, Economics, Society and Government of Southeast Asian countries under Colonialism, and Nationalist Movements of these countries before the Second World War.

nbsp;
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for Third Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the mutation of Southeast Asian countries before and during Colonial Period,
,
exploring changes in socio-economic and administrative aspects of Southeast Asian countries under Colonial Rule, and
evaluating nationalist movements of Southeast Asian countries that challenged colonial rulers from qualitative approach.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

examine the formation and alteration of Southeast Asian countries against their respective physical backgrounds,
assess the changes of Southeast Asian countries in terms of economic, social and administrative structures under the manipulation of colonial rulers, and
analyze the rise of nationalism and nationalist movements in Southeast Asian countries in changing global context.
li>

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret the interrelations of contextual factors that shaped the nations,
appraise the impacts of global order on a certain region or a certain nation, and
analyze logical sequences of events.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed of three broad sections. The first section covers the Geographical Background of Southeast Asia. The second section constitutes the impacts of Colonialism in Southeast Asia in terms of Economy, Society and Governance. The third section includes the rise of Nationalist Movement in Southeast Asian countries before Second World War.


Modern China: Hist. 3103

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 22 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Uprisings of China and reshaping the country based on changing political and economic ideologies

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is a survey on modern history of China. It is designed to look into Modern China from the beginning to the end of 20th Century. Major topics explored in this course are National Awakening and Nationalist Struggles against absolute monarchism, warlords’ hegemony and Imperialism; Kuomintang-Communist collaboration and conflict; Triumph of CCP and the emergence of the People’s Republic of China under Mao Zedong and Modernizations of Deng Xiaoping.

nbsp;
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for Third Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the transformation process of China from absolute monarchism via nationalism to Communism from comparative approach,
investigating the struggles of Chinese people to transform their country from the status of semi-colony to world power, and
assessing nation building and state building activities of the People’s Republic of China from qualitative approach.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

evaluate the struggles of Chinese people against monarchism and imperialism from qualitative approach,
scrutinize the collaboration and conflict between nationalists and communists in trying to achieve superiority over each other from analytical approach, and
criticize the changing conceptions of Communist leaders in rebuilding their nation and state from comparative approach.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret how the events generate the ideas of the people from qualitative approach,
distinguish how different ideologies create dissensions between people from comparative approach, and
inspect how a country or a society could write a success story by pursuing ideological adaptations from analytical approach.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed of five broad sections. The first section covers the genesis and events of 1911 Revolution in China. The second section constitutes National Awakening in China against Warlords and Foreign Imperialists after World War I. The third section includes the collaboration and confrontation between Kuomintangs and Communists. The fourth section explores the Politics, Economy and Foreign Relations of the People’s Republic of China under Mao. The last section reveals the transformation and modernization of China after Mao Era.


Modern Russia: Hist. 3104

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 22 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Transitional process of Russia under different ideas and rules in modern time

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is a survey on modern history of Russia. The course is designed to explore the History of Modern Russia from the beginning to the end of 20th Century. Major topics examined in this course are the genesis, events and consequences of 1917 Revolution, the struggles of Soviet Union to survive as a socialist state in the middle of capitalist world, its involvements in World War II and Cold War, reforms under Gorbachev, disintegration of Soviet Union and the rise of Russian Federation after Cold War.

nbsp;
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for Third Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the changes of Russia from Tsarist state via Soviet Union to the Federation from comparative approach,
exploring the genesis, events and consequences of the rise and fall of a Communist Empire form analytical approach, and
illustrating the revival of Russia as a Federation after the collapse of Soviet Union from the points of critical thinking.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

investigate the transformation of Russia throughout 20th Century comparative approach,
assess the reasons for successes and failures of the Soviet Union from qualitative approach, and
criticize the rationale for the collapse of Soviet Union and its aftermath from analytical approach.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

distinguish strengths and weaknesses of great ideologies in implementations from comparative approach,
appraise opportunities and challenges to the attempts for creating new structures and systems from analytical approach, and
criticize the global impacts of great ideologies from qualitative approach.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed of four broad and three brief sections. The first section covers the causes, events and effects of 1917 Revolution. The second section deals with the attempts of Soviet Union to survive as only communist state before World War II. The third section encompasses the involvement of Soviet Union in World War II and consequences. The fourth section reveals the Role of Soviet Union in global order in the context of Cold War. The rest three brief sections touch the attempts of Gorbachev to reform the Soviet system, the Collapse of Soviet Union and the Emergence of Russian Federation.

Modern Southeast Asia II

Third Year (History) (Semester-II)

Core course for History Specialization (Hist-3109)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The purpose of the course is to explore the significant historical events of Southeast Asia from World War II to Post Independence Period. It covers the political, economic & Social Changes of Southeast Asia, Struggle for Independence and Political Conditions &the Development Efforts in Post-Independence Southeast Asia. The goal is to explain the conditions of Modern Southeast Asia that happened from during World War II to Post-Independence Period.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for Third Year, (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To give students to the main knowledge and concept of Modern Southeast Asia in 20^th centuries
To differentiate the key events that happened in Southeast Asia in 20^th

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

appraise causes and consequences of historical events of Southeast Asian countries, and
analyze the events of struggle for independence and nationalist movement of Southeast Asian Countries.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

know political, economic and social conditions of Southeast Asia during Second World War, and

surmise the difficulties that faced by Southeast Asian countries for independence.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in three broad sections. The first part covers the conditions in World War II in Southeast Asia. The second part of the course contains the post-war struggle for Independence in Southeast Asia. The third part of the course includes Post-Independence Southeast Asia

Modern Japan

Third (History) (Semester-II)

Core course for History Specialization (Hist-3110)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intent of the course is to explore the modern Japan history from the Tokugawa period (1600-1867) through the Meiji Restoration of 1868 to the present and the local and global nature of modernity in Japan. It highlights key themes, including the Modernization of Japan, Japan’s Emergence as a Power, Development of Militarism, Post Second World War Japan, Development since 1970 and the continued importance of historical memory in Japan today.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A Degree for Third Year (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To familiarize students with major events in modern Japanese history
To analyze the rise and fall of Japanese military imperialism; and the development of Japanese capitalism in the second half of the twentieth century.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

demonstrate a solid foundation in modern Japan history
analyze the important events, places, and time periods in the development of the modern Japan.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

apply broader historical concepts, such as Ideas of modernity of Japan, transformation, reform, empire and the nation state

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in five broad sections. The first part discuss how Japanese society had changed from feudal society into industrial society and the changes in the Japanese history after the Meiji Restoration. The second part of the course illustrate the Japanese aggression in China and Russia, and how Japan was became one of the big powers in international politics. The third part of the course includes the causes of the rise of militarism and Japan in World War II. The fourth part of the course covers the political system of Japan after Post World War II and foreign policy of Japan. The last part of the course is the political and economic development of Japan since 1970 and foreign relations of Japan.

Modern USA

Third Year (Semester II)

Core Course for history Specialization (Hist-3111)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intention of the course covers important events in American history from Reconstruction of America, becoming as the world Power through end of 20^th century from a political, social and cultural standpoints. The course constitutes the emergence as a world power, American imperialism, the progressive movement, World War I, the roaring Twenties, the Great Depression, the New Deal during the Hundred Days, World War II, cold war and nuclear age in 1950s, Civil Rights and Discriminations. The course will focus on the gradual growth of US balancing in economy and democratic politics. This course discusses how American achieved the global leadership in the critical times.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for Third year (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course intents are as follow,

To develop students in critical thinking skills from learning of American historic events and achievements.
To compare American Global Leading role that counterbalanced with USSR and her liberal democratic policy with communist policy of her rivals.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussion forums and class work,

Students would be able to comprehend causes and effects of American Policy and Historical Events.
Students will develop advanced level research in world history and critical thinking through participation in discussion on US Modern History.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

achieve ability to analyze and evaluate the role of American leading in politics, and
evaluate how the Super Power overcame during critical times and turning points.

IV. Structure of the course

The structure of course is divided into three main sections. The first section covers the Emergence as a World Power in the early 20^th century. The second part of the course constitutes the Overcoming the Great Depression and World Wars. The final portion of this course concludes her Solving the Discriminations, Civil Rights and Home Affairs.

Foreign Relations in the Konbaung Period II

Third Year (History) First Year (Hons) (Semester-II)

Elective course for History Specialization (Hist-3114)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline
Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

Britain was the most powerful nation on earth in the last two decade of the 19th Century. The British were actually latecomers to the country and the people of Myanmar, their impact of the country was to be out of proportion to that tardiness. The geo-political competition between Britain and France on the European continent had continued in Southeast Asia, as the two European powers jockeyed for position there also, drawing indigenous actors ( such as Myanmar) into their ongoing commercial and political rivalries. Myanmar held the key, in the form of Ayeyarwaddy River to the back door of China. Fear that this key might fall into the hands of the French resulted in the Third Anglo-Myanmar War and 1886 complete absorption of Myanmar into the British Empire.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for third year (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals
Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To give students to the main knowledge and concept of British policy and Myanmar foreign relations in the late Kongbaung Period.
To differentiate the key events that happened in the Myanmar’ foreign relations and the way of King Mindon dealt with the British illustrates how 19th Century Southeast Asia monarch tried to secure his throne despite his political and economic weakness.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

understand causes and consequences of three Anglo-Myanmar Wars and
analyze pros and cons of the historical episodes of the Myanmar’ foreign relations that happened in the late 19 Century.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

interpret encroachment of the West which led to the changes of Myanmar political, foreign relations and society order and
estimate the geo-political competition between Britain and France.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in three broad sections. The first part covers the dispute of neighbouring countries and the First Anglo-Myanmar War and the Treaty of Yandabo . The second part of the course contains the causes of Foreign Mission, and the Second Anglo-Myanmar War. The third part of the course includes King Mindon’ foreign policy, Foreign relations with other European Countries and the third Anglo-Myanmar War.

View Profile

Dr Yi Yi Aung

Dr. Yi Yi Aung

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr Soe Ni Tun Professor & Head

Dr Soe Ni Tun

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr Sandar Win Professor & Head

Dr. Sandar Win

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr. Soe Mya Mya Aye Professor - Department Head

Dr. Soe Mya Mya Aye

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr Zin Nwe Myint Professor

Dr. Zin Nwe Myint

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr. Soe Soe Than Professor - Department Head

Dr. Soe Soe Than

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr. Maung Maung Hla Professor

Dr. Tun Aung Kyaw

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr. LéLé Wynn Professor - Department Head

Dr. LéLé Wynn

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr. Thida Oo

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr Lin Lin Latt Professor (Head)

Dr. Lin Lin Latt

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr Yin Maung Maung Proessor & Head

Dr. Yin Maung Maung

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr Khin Phone Myint Kyu Professor & Head

Prof. Dr Khin Phone Myint Kyu

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr Day Wa Aung Professor - Department Head

Dr Day Wa Aung

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr Aung Kyaw

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr. Thi Thi Tun

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr Ni Ni Than Professor and Head

Dr Ni Ni Than

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr Ye Chan Department Head

Dr Ye Chan

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr. Seinn Lei Aye Professor

Dr. Seinn Lei Aye

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr Thin Thin Aye Professor(Head)

Dr Thin Thin Aye

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr Thida Aung

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

View Profile

Dr. Win Win Ye

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

Dr. Ye’ Tun Lecturer

View Profile

Dr. Wint Pa Pa Kyaw Professor

View Profile

Dr Khin Myo Win Professor

View Profile

Dr Kay Lwin Tun

Professor (Head)

Department of Department,
University of Yangon,
Pyay Road, Yangon.

Dr Khin Ma Ma Myo Professor

View Profile

Dr Min Maung Maung Professor

View Profile

Dr Khin Swe Oo Professor

View Profile

Dr Ye Myint Aung Professor

View Profile

Dr Aung Moe Khaing Professor

View Profile

Dr Thwin Pa Pa Professor & Head

View Profile

Dr Wint Thuzar Than Professor

View Profile

Dr Thet Thet Naing Professor

View Profile

Dr Theingi Kyaw Professor

View Profile

Dr Sandar Win Professor

View Profile

Dr Ohn Mar Oo Professor

View Profile

Dr Saw Lin Oo Lecturer

View Profile

Dr Khin Muyar Aung Professor

View Profile

Daw Moet Moet Than Assistant Professor

View Profile

Dr Wint War War Hlaing Professor

View Profile

Dr. San San Khine Professor

View Profile

Dr Myat Kyaw Thu Professor, Department of Chemistry

View Profile

Dr Win Yu Khaing Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Dr Me Me Naing Professor

View Profile

Dr Kalayar Myat Myat Htwe Professor

View Profile

Dr. Lwin Mar Oo Professor

View Profile

Dr Hnin Hnin Saw Hla Maung Professor

View Profile

Dr Cho Cho Thet Professor Dept of Physics

View Profile

Dr Nwe Ni Win Professor

View Profile

U Pyae Sone Oo Tutor

View Profile

Dr Thin Thin Soe Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr Aye Aye Khaing Professor

View Profile

Dr. Maung Maung Hla Professor

View Profile

Dr San San Oo Professor

View Profile

Daw Ni Ni Aung Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr Thet Thet Hlaing Professor

View Profile

Dr Khin Sandar Myint Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr. Khin Thandar Oo Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr Nyein Thida Professor

View Profile

Dr Su Su Kyi Professor

View Profile

Dr San San Aye Professor, Department of Chemistry

View Profile

Prof. Dr Ohn Mar Khin Professor

View Profile

Dr Myint Thida Professor

View Profile

Dr Khin Si Win Professor

View Profile

Daw Khaing May Thu Tutor

View Profile

Dr Shwe Sin Oo Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr Aung Kyaw Myat Professor

View Profile

Dr Khin Wai Hlaing Professor

View Profile

Daw Khin Moe Moe Kyu Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr Pyiet Phyo Kyaw Professor

View Profile

Daw Padauk Wah Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Daw Aint Thin Zar Kyaw Lecturer

View Profile

Dr Zin Zin Htet Aung Lecturer

View Profile

Dr Khin Khin Soe Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr Thida Oo Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr Min Soe Professor

View Profile

Dr Seinn Lei Lei Phyu Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr Lwin Mar Saing Professor

View Profile

Dr Sann Sann Shein Professor

View Profile

Dr Ohn Mar Swe Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr Tin Myo Myo Swe Professor

View Profile

U Zahit Hussein Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr Khin Lay Nwe Professor

View Profile

Dr Nyan Tun Professor

View Profile

Dr Thazin Oo Demonstrator

View Profile

Daw Su Myat Thwin Lecturer

View Profile

U Toe Toe Tutor

View Profile

Dr Mya Thandar Aung Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr Nan Hlaing Professor

View Profile

Dr. Su Su Mon Associate Professor

View Profile

Daw Thandar Sein Lecturer

View Profile

Dr Thet Thet Mar Win Professor, Department of Botany

View Profile

Dr Zin Mar Win Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr San San Win Professor

View Profile

Daw Tin Myat Latt Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr Aye Aye Khine Professor

View Profile

Daw Hnin Wutyi Phoo Demonstrator

View Profile

Daw Su Thandar Aung Lecturer

View Profile

Daw Moe Thandar Soe Tutor

View Profile

Dr. Ko Myint Associate Professor

View Profile

Daw Tin Tin Khine Tutor

View Profile

U Soe Min Aung Lecturer

View Profile

Dr Yee Mun Than Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr.Wai Wai Thein Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr Thazin Hlaing Associate Professor

View Profile

Dr. Myint Zu Win Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr Kyi Phyu Oo

Current Position

:

Associate Professor

Education

:

LLB, LLM, PhD
Diploma in International Relations and Development
Diploma in Global English

E-Mail address

:

kyiphyuoo@uy.edu.mm

Research Background:

:

(1) Read Research Paper at Departmental Research Paper Reading Session, Law Department, University of Yangon on December 2008
Title: Application of Anti- Dumping Measures under WTO Rules

(2) Read Research Paper at Sittwe University Research Paper Reading Session, Law Department, Sittwe University on September 2011
Title: Application of Standards and Safety measures under WTO Rules

(3) Read Research Paper at Dagon University Research Paper Reading Session, Law Department, Dagon University on November 2013
Title: Challenges of Myanmar in ASEAN Free Trade Area (2015)

(4) Completed a group research project at Law Department, Dagon University on March 2014
Title: Foreign Direct Investment Laws and Policies of ASEAN Countries

(5) Researched and wrote a research paper at Law Department, Dagon University in 2015
Title: Legal Issues on Domestic Violence against Women in Myanmar

(6) Completed a group research project at Law Department, Dagon University on September 2016
Title: Protection on Myanmar Nationals in Foreign Countries under International Law

(7) Researched and wrote a research paper at Law Department, Dagon University in 2017
Title: Legal Protection on Myanmar Migrant Women in Thailand

(8) Read Research Paper in Silver Jubilee Oral and Poster Presentation, Dagon University at Law Department, Yangon University on December 2018
Title: Legal Analysis on Gender Equality and Women’s Rights in Myanmar

Publications

:

(1) Kyi Phyu Oo, “Challenges of Myanmar in ASEAN Free Trade Area (2015)”, Published in the Dagon University Research Journal, Vol.5, December 2013, p-47-58.
(2) Kyi Phyu Oo, “Legal Issues on Domestic Violence Against Women in Myanmar”, Published in the Universities Research Journal, Vol.7, No.4, February 2015, p-269-283.
(3) Kyi Phyu Oo, “Legal Analysis on Gender Equality and Women’s Rights in Myanmar”, Published in the Dagon University Commemoration of 25th Anniversary Silver Jubilee Research Journal, Vol.9, No.1, July 2019, p-284.

Dr Khine Khine Linn Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Khine Khine Linn (Ms)

Degree

:

BSc (Honours), MSc (Engineering Physics), PhD (Physics)

Position

:

Associate Professor

Organization

:

Department of Physics, University of Yangon,
Ministry of Education

Contact Detail:

Email

:

khinekhinelinn2019.com@gmail.com

HP

:

+95-95184344

Dr Khine Khine Linn is an Associate Professor at the Department of Physics, University of Yangon. She obtained her PhD in Material Physics from the University of Yangon, Myanmar. She was awarded her BSc (Hons), MSc (Engineering Physics) by the University of Yangon, Myanmar.
Work Experience
1) Demonstrator (2002-2008), Department of Physics, Yangon University of Distance Education
2) Demonstrator (2008-– 2010), Department of Physics, Hinthada University
3) Assistant Lecturer (2010 – 2011), Department of Physics, Hinthada University
4) Assistant Lecturer (2011 – 2014), Department of Physics, Dagon University
5) Lecturer (2014-2017), Hinthada University
6) Lecturer (2017- 2021), Yangon University of Distance Education
7) Associate Professor (2021- present), University of Yangon

Educational background:
1999, BSc (Hons)(Physics), University of Yangon
2001, MSc (Engineering Physics), University of Yangon
2007, PhD(Physics), University of Yangon
Area of Interest:
Materials Science

Publication::

:

1) Khine Khine Linn, Than Than Win, Yin Mg Mg and Ko Ko Kyaw Soe, Scanning Electron Micropy Observation Of Li-doped ZnO Films, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, 2007, Vol. V.No.2B, P 23-29
2) Khine Khine Linn, Than Than Win, Yin Mg Mg and Ko Ko Kyaw Soe, Study on Crystallographic Properties of Li Doped ZnO Thin Films, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, 2008, Vol.VI.No 2A, P 109-121
3) Khine Khine Linn, Nilar Oo,Toe Toe Myint and Pwint Yi Thein,Yangon University of Distance Education Research Journal, 2020, Vol 11, No 1, P 243-247

Dr Cho Cho Sein Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr. Cho Cho Sein

Designation

:

Professor

Department

:

Department of History, University of Yangon

Email

:

dawchochosein35@gmail.com

Education

:

Ph.D, 2010, University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar
Title : British Administration in Sagaing District (1885-1923)
M.A, 1999, University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar
B.A(Q) 1993, University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar

Work Experience

:

Professor , University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar (9.9.2022-Present)
Course Taught : Hist -3102 – Modern Southeast Asia
Hist-1104 – Political Thought
Hist-1101 – World History (1900 to Present I)

Associate Professor , West Yangon University (5.12.19-8.9.22)
Course Taught : Hist-2101 – Ancient Myanmar
: Hist-3101 – Modern Myanmar
: Hist-5204 – Constitutional History of Myanmar
: Hist-5202 – Western Historingraphy
: Hist – 613 Traditional Statecraft in Southeast Asia
: Hist – 621 -Contemporary Europe
Associate Professor , Myitkyinar University (3.9.2015-5.11.2019)
Course Taught – : Hist – 2106 – Ancient Myanmar
: Hist – 3102 – Modern Southeast Asia
: Hist – 4105 – International Relation Since 1945
: Hist – 4101 – Myanmar Histography
: Hist – 5210 – Constitutional History of Myanmar

Lecturer , Taungoo University (2.7.2014 – 28.8.2015)
Course Taught – A.M 1001 Aspects of Myanmar
: Hist – 2102 Ancient Southeast Asia
: Hist – 3102 Modern Southeast Asia
Lecturer , Dagon University (1.12.2011-30.6.2014)
Course Taught – : Hist – 2013 World History (1900 to Present I)
A.M 1001 Aspects of Myanmar

Asssistant Lecturer, University of Yangon (1.12.2006-30.11.2011)
Course Taught – A.M 1001

Tutor , East Yangon University , Yangon , Myanmar
Dawei University (27.71998-5.1.2005)
Course Taught – A.M 1001 Aspects of Myanmar
Hist – 1103 World History (1500 – 1900)

Daw San Myint Tin Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw San Myint Tin

Designation

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Computer Studies, University of Yangon.

Email

:

sanmyinttin@uy.edu.mm

Education

:

– M.Sc (Computer Science), 2018
– Dip-in- Buddhism , 2012
– B.C.Tech(Hons:),2008
– B.C.Tech(Computer Technology), 2007

Publication

:

1. A Comparison Study of Recent Trends in Big Data, YURJ 2022,Vol.11, No.1 (second author)

U Soe Win Than Tutor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

U Soe Win Than

Designation

:

Tutor

Department

:

Department of Anthropology, University of Yangon.

Email

:

soewinthan@uy.edu.mm, soewinthan.anth@gmail.com

Education

:

-BA Hons. Anthropology (Yadanabon University, 2019);
-MA Anthropology (University of Mandalay 2022)

Career History:

:

Tutor (2022- until now)

Teaching courses

:

Physical anthropology

Dr Hay Mar Aung Kyaw Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr Hay Mar Aung Kyaw

Designation

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Physics, University of Yangon

Email

:

haymarak@gmail.com

Education

:

-Ph.D. (Advanced Materials), Universiti Sains Malaysia, 2019
-Ph.D. (Physics), University of Yangon, 2015
-M.Res.(Physics), Dagon University, Yangon, 2010
-M.Sc. (Physics), Dagon University, Yangon, 2009
-B.Sc. (Hons) (Physics), Dagon University, Yangon, 2006

Career History:

:

Demonstrator (2021 – Present), Department of Physics, University of Yangon

Area of Interest

:

Nanomaterials, Solar Cell, Quantum Dots and Advanced Materials (MSc)

Awards:

:

AUN/SEED-Net Doctoral Degree (Sandwich) JFY 2015

Research Work::

Hay Mar Aung Kyaw, Aye Aye Thant, Ahmad Fauzi Mohd Noor, Atsunori Matsuda, and Khatijah Aisha Yaacob. “Synthesis and Characterization of CdSe Nanoparticles Films by Electrophoretic Deposition Method for Quantum Dots Sensitize Solar Cell.” RCME 2016.

Hay Mar Aung Kyaw, Ahmad Fauzi Mohd Noor, Go Kawamura, Atsunori Matsuda, and Khatijah Aisha Yaacob. “Effect of CdSe thickness deposited by electrophoretic deposition for quantum-dot-sensitized solar cell.” Materials Today: Proceedings 16 (2019): 196-200

Hay Mar Aung Kyaw, Khatijah Aisha Yaacob, AF Mohd Noor, A. Matsuda, and G. Kawamura. “Effect of deposition time CdSe-TiO2 nanocomposite film by electrophoretic deposition for quantum dot sensitized solar cell.” Materials Today: Proceedings 17 (2019): 736-742.

Hay Mar Aung Kyaw, Ahmad Fauzi Mohd Noor, Go Kawamura, Atsunori Matsuda, and Khatijah Aisha Yaacob. “CdSe-TiO2 Nanocomposites Film Deposited by Electrophotetic Co-Deposition Towards Quantum Dots Sensitized Solar Cells” (Accepted, Under Publishing)

Dr Myo Kyaw Hlaing Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Myo Kyaw Hlaing
Lecturer, Department of Geology

Contact

:

+959 776571577, myokyawhlaing.edu.geol@gmail.com, myokyawhlaing@uy.edu.mm

Educational Records

:

2009 B.Sc (Hons) in Geology, Sittwe University (Myanmar)

2012 M.Sc in Economic and Mining Geology, University of Yangon (Myanmar)

2013 M.Res in Economic and Mining Geology, University of Yangon (Myanmar)

2019 Ph.D in Economic Geology, Kyushu University (Japan)

Field Of Interest

:

Economic Geology, Ore Deposits, Ore Mineralogy, Orogenic Gold deposits, Epithermal Gold deposits, Rare Earth Elements (REE) deposits, geochronology

Research Activities

:

Gold-bismuth-telluride-sulfide association of the Thae Phyu Chaung Au deposit, Kyaikhto district, southern Myanmar: Implications for ore-forming conditions and orogenic gold deposit, (Myo Kyaw Hlaing, Kotaro Yonezu, Akira Imai, Thomas Tindell, Koichiro Watanabe), (This is an ongoing project.)

2. Rare Earth Elements (REE) Deposits in Myanmar: An Exploration Opportunity, (Myo Kyaw Hlaing), (This is a work in progress.)

International Experiences

:

Doctoral Degree Program in Human Resources Development in the Mining Sector, Conferences and Visiting Professor at Kyushu University (Japan, 2015- 2019), An International Geological Congress (South Africa, 2016)

List of major publication articles

:

Copper mineralization at the Man Na area, Shan State, Myanmar (Myo Kyaw Hlaing, Ohn Thwin, May Thwe Aye, Aung Zaw Myint ,2015), Proceedings of International Symposium on Earth Science and Technology, in Japan.

Geology and mineralogical characteristics of Zibyaung gold deposit at Kyaikhto area, Southern Myanmar (Myo Kyaw Hlaing, Kotaro Yonezu, May Thwe Aye, Aung Zaw Myint and Koichiro Watanabe, 2016), Proceedings of International Symposium on Earth Science and Technology, in Japan.

Fluid inclusion study of Shwegyin gold deposit, Bago Region, Myanmar, (May Thwe Aye, Myo Kyaw Hlaing, Deline Zaw, Kotaro Yonezu, Koichiro Watanabe, 2017), 7th ASIA AFRICA MINERAL RESOURCES CONFERENCE

Myo Kyaw Hlaing., Aung Zaw Myint., Tindell, T., May Thwe Aye, ‘Gold mineralization in the Kyaikhto District, Mon State, southern Myanmar’ Open Journal of Geology, Vol., No 9, pp29–42, 2, 2019. https://doi.org/10.4236/ojg.2019.91003

Geology and fluid inclusion studies on the Shwetagun gold mineralization at Yamethin Township, Mandalay Region, central Myanmar, (Myo Kyaw Hlaing, Kotaro Yonezu, May Thwe Aye, Aung Zaw Myint and Koichiro Watanabe, 2019), Proceedings of International Symposium on Earth Science and Technology, in Japan.

Geology and fluid inclusion microthermometry of the Kyaikhto Gold District, Mon State, Southern Myanmar, (Myo Kyaw Hlaing, Kotaro Yonezu, May Thwe Aye and Koichiro Watanabe, 2020), GEOMYANMAR 2020.

The ore mineralogy of the Thae Phyu Chaung Au-Ag-Bi-Te mineralization in the Kyaikhto district, Mon State, southern Myanmar, (Myo Kyaw Hlaing, Kotaro Yonezu, May Thwe Aye and Koichiro Watanabe, 2020), Proceedings of International Symposium on Earth Science and Technology, in Japan.

Nature of ore-forming fluids and P-T conditions of the Thae Phyu Chaung Au-Ag-Bi-Te mineralization in the Kyaikhto district, Mon State, southern Myanmar, (Myo Kyaw Hlaing, Kotaro Yonezu, May Thwe Aye and Koichiro Watanabe, 2020), Proceedings of International Symposium on Earth Science and Technology, in Japan.

Mineralization and alteration in Mahar San prospect, Sagaing region, northern Myanmar, (Kentaro Abe, Genshi Toyota, Myo Kyaw Hlaing, Sai Pyae Sone, Kotaro Yonezu, 2020), Proceedings of International Symposium on Earth Science and Technology, in Japan.

Alteration mineralogy of the Thae Phyu Chaung Au-Ag-Te-Bi mineralization in the Kyaikhto District, Myanmar, (Myo Kyaw Hlaing, Kotaro Yonezu, May Thwe Aye and Koichiro Watanabe), Banmaw University Research Journal 2021.

Myo Kyaw Hlaing., Yonezu. K., Khin Zaw., Aung Zaw Myint., May Thwe Aye., Watanabe. K, ‘Origin and characteristics of the Shwetagun deposit, Modi Taung–Nankwe gold district and the Kunzeik and Zibyaung deposits, Kyaikhto gold district in Mergui Belt, Myanmar: implications for fluid source and orogenic gold mineralization’ Frontier in Earth Science, Vol., No 9, pp1–24, 12, 2021. 772083. https://doi.org/10.3389/feart.2021.772083.

Initial investigations on the alteration mineralogy and ore characteristics of Area-1 in Koh Sla, Chhouk district, Kampot province, southern Cambodia, (LY Panhavong, Sirisokha Seang, Myo Kyaw Hlaing, Oy Kimhouy, Kakda Kret, 2022), Proceeding of 1st International Conference on Earth Resources and Geo-Environment Technology (EraGet) 2022.

Daw Thu Zar Khaing Tutor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Thu Zar Khaing

Designation

:

Tutor

Work experience

:

5-11-2021

Department

:

Department of Library and Information Studies

Qualification

:

B.A (Q) (LIS), Yadanabon University
MA (LIS) ), Yadanabon University

Phone No

:

09-4457225566

Course Taught

:

(1) BA 1st Year LI-1101/ LI-1103: History of Alphabets: Books and Libraries
(2) BA -3rd Year/ 1st Hons – LI 3103/3203 (Information Sources: General and Specialized Subjects)

Research interests

:

Information Resources, Library History

Dr Tin Lay Mon Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr Tin Lay Mon

Present Appointment

:

Associate Professor

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon, Department of Higher Education, Ministry of Education, Myanmar

Qualifications

:

(1) BSc (Hons), Zoology (1998) University of Yangon
(2) MSc (Malacology) (2001), University of Yangon
(3) PhD (Entomology) (2007), University of Yangon

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (2002 – 2010)
Assistant Lecturer (2010 – 2014)
Lecturer (2014 – 2020)
Associate Professor (2020 – present)

Course taught

:

Undergraduate and post graduate classes

Supervising

:

(5) Undergraduate students, (1) Msc student, (4) PhD students

Research interest

:

Entomology, Biodiversity Conservation, Ecology, Molecular Biology

E mail Address

:

tinlaymon74.mm@gmail.com
tinlaymon@uy.edu.mm

Phone Number

:

095048105

Selected Publications

:

1. Khin Khin Sein, Aye Aye Myint and Tin Lay Mon (2012). Morphological development of three Lycaenids. Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol-X, No.4, 29 – 40.
2. San San Hmwe, Moe Sanar Oo, Mie Mie Than, Tin Lay Mon and Aye Mya Phyu (2012). Feeding Habits of Samblhur Cervus unicolar kerr, 1792 and Hog Deer Axis pocinus Zinmermann, 1780 in Hlawga Wildlife Park. Universities Research Journal, Vol-V, No.2,119 – 126.
3. San San Hmwe, Aung Kyaw Zaw, Moe Sanda Oo, Aye Mya Phyu and Tin Lay Mon (2014). Zooplanktons in different environments of the Hlaing River: Distribution, abundance and relationship with physic chemical environmental condition. Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol-XII, No.4, 111-123.
4.Nyo Nyo Lwin, Moe Sanda Oo, Aye Mya Phyu and Tin Lay Mon (2014). Colony Structure of Honeybee And Bee Products based on Natural Food Source (Cruciferous Plant) and Supplementary Food. Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol-XII, No.4, 137-150.
5.San San Oo, Naing Naing Aung, Thein Gi Thein, Sandar Myint, Tin Tin Myo, Tin Lay Mon (2014). The Prevalence of Aedes aegypti, on Launglone; The Vector of Dengue / Dengue Haemorrhagic Fever in Launglone Township. Dawei University Research Journal, Vol-6, No.1, 69-75.
6. Tin Lay Mon, Thida Swe and Wai Wai Hnin (2016). Occurrence of Butterfly Species and Population Abundance With Habitat Association In and Around Dawei City, Taninthayi Region. Universities Research Journal, Vol-8, No.2, 119-132.
7.Ye Ye Htwe and Tin Lay Mon (2016). Occurrence of Butterflies in Thayetchaung environs, Thanintharyi Region. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol-7, No.1, 307-314.
8. Tin Lay Mon and Wai Wai Hnin (2019). Occurrence of Butterfly Species and Population Abundance With Habitat Association Around Yangon Region. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol-9, No.2, 709-720.
9.San San Oo, Tin Lay Mon , Nyo Nyo Aung, Thida Ei, Toe Toe Soe, Aye Aye Su, Myat Lwin Htwe (2020). Seasonal Prevalence of Aedes aegypti in Semi-Urban Area of Yangon Region , Myanmar. Journal of Advances in Entomology, Vol- 8, No. 3, 107-116.
10.San San Oo, Khin Myat Hmwe, Nyo Nyo Aung, Aye Aye Su, Khin Khin Soe, Tin Lay Mon, Khin mar Lwin, Myat Lwin Htwe (2020). Diversity of Journal of Advances in Entomology Insect Pest and Predator Species In Monsoon and Summer Rice Fields of Taungoo Environs, Myanmar. Journal of Advances in Entomology, Vol- 8, No. 3 117-129.
11.Nandar Moe Oo,Tin Lay mon, Maung Maung Mya (2020). Colour preference and biting behavior of mosquitoes on the specific parts of the cattle body. Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol.XVIII,No.3, 219-227.
12 Maung Maung Mya, Nandar Moe Oo,Tin Lay Mon, Yan Naung Maung Maung (2020). Biting habit of mosquitoes on the specific parts of the Cattle body in Taikky Township, Yangon Region. International Journal of Educational Research and Studies, Vol- 2; Issue1; 2020 7-11.
13.Tin Lay Mon, Kyi Kyi Thein, Htay Htay Win and Kyu Kyu San (2021). Investigation on behavioral patterns of some butterfly species in flowering parks,Yangon Environs. Hakha University Research Journal, Vol.2,No.1, 220-231.
14.Tin lay Mon, Khaing Khaing Thein and Wai wai Hnin (2020-21). Study on Eco-Ethology of some butterfly species in urban areas of Dawei and Yangon environs. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.10,No.1, 373-384.
15.Nandar Moe Oo,Tin Lay mon, Maung Maung Mya (2020-21). Biting preference of Anopheles and Culex mosquitoes on the specific parts of the cattle body. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.10,No.1, 333-347.
16. Tin Lay Mon,Khin Thuzar Win,Kalayar Wn Maung & Kay Lwin Tun (2022). Alternative Protein Source for Fish Meal Production Focusing on the Protein Contents of Cockroach. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.11,No.2, 551-558.

Daw Lwin Cho Latt Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Lwin Cho Latt is an Associate Professor of the Department of International Relations at the University of Yangon and a PhD candidate at the Graduate School of International Relations at Ritsumeikan University on the JDS programme (2019-2022). She holds a double M.A degree in ‘International Relations’ from the University of Yangon and International University of Japan. Her research focuses on Myanmar’s cooperation with China under the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) framework and her field of study is Peace and Security.

Phone

:

(+95 9) 795267194

Email

:

lwincholatt@gmail.com

Publication

:

1) Lwin Cho Latt. (2020). The National League for Democracy Government’s Outlook on the China-Myanmar Economic Corridor: A Harbinger of Internal Peace and National Development, Ritsumeikan Journal of International Relations and Area Studies, Vol. 52, Institute of International Relations and Area Studies, Ritsumeikan University, 113-134.
2) Lwin Cho Latt. (2019). The Importance of Legitimacy in Myanmar’s Peacemaking Efforts, Universities Research Journal 2018, Vol. 11(3), 357-372.
3) Lwin Cho Latt. (2019). Negotiations on Federalism in Myanmar’s Peace Process since 2011, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science 2019, Vol. 17(7), 265-281. http://www.maas.edu.mm/Research/Admin/pdf/15.%20Daw%20Lwin%20Cho%20Latt(265-282).pdf
4) Lwin Cho Latt, Hillman, B., and others. (2018). ‘From Ceasefire to Dialogue: The Problem of “All-Inclusiveness” in Myanmar’s Stalled Peace Process’. In: Myanmar Transformed? People, Places, Politics. ed. Chambers, McCarthy, Farrelly and Chit Win, Singapore: Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, 2018, 231-250. https://bookshop.iseas.edu.sg/publication/2345
5) Lwin Cho Latt. (2016). Myanmar’s Attitude to the Candidacy of India in the United Nations Security Council, Universities Research Journal 2016, Vol. 9(4), 315-330.

Dr Yin Yin Su Win Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr. Yin Yin Su Win
Professor, Department of Mathematics

Academic qualification

:

B.Sc(Hons.), M.Sc, M.Res, D.Sc.(Kyoto University)

Career history

:

(16) Years and (2) months

Courses taught

:

Applied Mathematics

Research interest

:

Applied Analysis, Partial Differential Equations

Publication

:

(1) Yin Yin Su Win, Local well-posedness for one dimensional periodic quantum Zakharov equations ( preprint), (2) YYSU, Unconditional uniqueness of solution for the nonlinear Schrodinger equations, Southeast Asian Bulletin of Mathematics Vol(40), no 1, 2016, pp.141-150, (3) YYSW, Almost sur global well-posedness of quantumZakharov system with the data in Hs x Hs(s ≥0), MAAS, 2015(the best paper of 2015),(4) YYSW, Global well-posedness of the derivative nonlinear Schrodinger equations on, Fundciakj Dkvacioj, vol 53, 2010, pp.51-88, (5) YYSW, Unconditional well-possedness of Hartree nonlinear Schrodinger equations, Universities Research Journal, Myanmar, vol.2, No.2,2009,pp.346-360), (6) YYSW and Yoshio Tsutsumi, Unconditional uniqueness of solution for the cauchy problem of the nonlinear Schrodinger equations, Special Issue Nonlinear Wave Equations, Hokkaido Mathematical Journal, vol.37, No.4,2008, pp.839-859, (7) YYSW, Unconditional uniqueness of solutions for the derivative nonlinear Schrodinger equations, J.Math. Kyoto Univ, vol 48, No.3, 2008, pp.683-697, The Propagation of Long Waves in Dispersive System, MAAS, 2015 XII. No.3, 11-25.

Mobile Phone

:

09 450005670

Email

:

yyswinn@gmail.com

Dr Khin Ei Ei Thein Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Lecturer Dr Khin Ei Ei Thein
PhD in Chemistry, University of Yangon, Myanmar

PhD Title

:

“Fabrication and Performance Study of Direct Methanol Fuel Cell”

Fields of Interest

:

–Preparation of ion exchange membranes from natural polymers and their applications in fuel cells
-Preparation of ion exchange membranes from synthetic polymers and their applications in fuel cells

e-mail

:

khineieitheine@gmail.com

Publications:

Khin Ei Ei Thein, Kyaw Myo Naing, Tin Tin Aye. (2020). “Preparation of Proton Exchange Membrane (PSS) Used as an Electrolyte in Fabricated Direct Methanol Fuel Cell (DMFC)”. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol: 18 No.1C p 107-119

Dr Khin Ei Ei Thein, Kyaw Myo Naing, DrTin Tin Aye. (2009). “Fabrication of Direct Methanol Fuel Cell (DMFC)”. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol 7 No.1 P – 75- 86

Khin Ei Ei Thein. (2019). “Determination of Sugar Content in Myanmar Wines”. Banmaw University Research Journal, Vol 10, No.2 P -82-90

Khin Ei Ei Thein, Su Su Aung. (2019). “Removal of Congo Red Dye from Aqueous Solution by Using Fish Bone”. Journal of Science, engineering and Technology (MTUJSET), Vol 6, Issue 2, P -58-62

Su Su Aung, Khin Ei Ei Thein. (2020). “Application of Corncob Powder Adsorbent for Removal of Heavy Metal Ions”. Banmaw University Research Journal, Vol 11, No.1, 130-143

Dr Khin Ei Ei Thein, Kyaw Myo Naing, Tin Tin Aye. (2019). “Construction of Single Direct Methanol Fuel Cell (DMFC)”. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.9 No.1, p-457-467

Khin Ei Ei Thein, Chit Chit Nyo, Su Su Aung. (2020). “Comparative Studies of the Adsorption of Dyes on Raw Fish Bone”. Applied Chemistry (ITS Open Access Journal), Vol 3, Issue 1 P – 10-16

Dr Win Thi Yein Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Win Thi Yein
Lecturer

Education

:

Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering, Harbin Institute of Technology, Harbin, China

Research Expertise

:

Synthesis of Nanomaterials, Surface and Interface Engineering of Nanosheets, Photocatalysis and Piezocatalysis, Wastewater Treatment

E mail Address

:

thiyein2009@gmail.com, winthiyein@uy.edu.mm

Publication:

Win Thi Yein, Qun Wang, Yang Liu, Yang Li, Jiahuang Jian, Xiaohong Wu, (2020) Piezo-potentialinduced molecular oxygen activation of defect-rich MoS2 ultrathin nanosheets for organic dye degradation in dark, Journal of Environmental Chemical Engineering (J) 8: 103626.

Win Thi Yein, Qun Wang, Jiahuang Jian, Yang Li, Xiaohong Wu, (2019) Preparation of novel ultrathin Co doped MoS2 nanosheets piezocatalyst for fast simultaneous decomposition of Cr(VI) and MB in dark, Chemical Research in Chinese Universities (J) 35: 892–900.

Win Thi Yein, Qun Wang, Yang Li, Xiaohong Wu, (2019) Piezoelectric potential induced the improved micro-pollutant dye degradation of Co doped MoS2 ultrathin nanosheets in dark, Catalysis Communications (J) 125: 61–65.

Win Thi Yein, Qun Wang, Jinzhu Wu, Xiaohong Wu, (2018) Converting CoS–TEA hybrid compound to CoS defective ultrathin nanosheets and their enhanced photocatalytic property, Journal of Molecular Liquids (J) 268: 273–283.

Win Thi Yein, Qun Wang, Xueying Feng, Yang Li, Xiaohong Wu, (2018) Enhancement of photocatalytic performance in sonochemical synthesized ZnO-rGO nanocomposites owing to effective interfacial interaction, Environmental Chemistry Letter (J) 16: 251–264.

Win Thi Yein, Thwe Linn Ko, (2015) An Investigation into the Effectiveness of Processed Activated Carbon on the Preparation of Standardized Fish Sauce, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, VXIII (1), pp. 347-359.

Award:

First Prize for Oral Presentation and Poster, “The 2nd HIT International Innovation and Entrepreneurship Competition on Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, Harbin, China, July 2018”

HIT STAR Award 2019 “Selection of International Students in HIT”

Dr Aye Aye Swe Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Aye Aye Swe (Ms)

Degree

:

BSc (Hons:) (Physics), MSc (Physics), PhD (Physics)

Position

:

Associate Professor

Organization

:

Department of Physics, University of Yangon,
Ministry of Education

Contact Detail:

Email

:

aswe3188@gmail.com

HP

:

+959 5054720

Dr Aye Aye Swe is an Associate Professor at the Department of Physics, University of Yangon. She received her PhD in Metrical Physics of the University of Yangon, Myanmar, and she was arwarded her BSc (Hons) (Dagon University) and MSc by the Dagon University, Myanmar.
Work Experience
2002-2003 Demonstrator at Physics Department, Loikaw University
2003-2008 Demonstrator at Physics Department, Dagon University
2008-2010 Demonstrator at Physics Department, Myingan University
2010-2011 Assistant Lecturer, Department of Physics, Myingan University
2011-2014 Assistant Lecture, Department of Physics, Dagon University
2014-2019 Lecturer, Department of Physics, Yenanchaung University
2019-2021 Lecturer, Department of Physics, Dagon University
2021-today Associate Professor, Department of Physics, University of Yangon

Educational background:
1998, BSc (Hons) (Phyiscs), Dagon University
2001, MSc, (Physics), Dagon University
2009, PhD (Physics), University of Yangon
Area of Interest:
Materials Science

Publication::

:

1. FTIR and EDXRF Spectroscopic Investigations of the Sr (14mol%) doped pbTiO3 Ceramics

Dr Thin Yu Naing Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr Thin Yu Naing

Email

:

yugan.2010@gmail.com, yunaing@uy.edu.mm

Academic Qualifications

:

-B.A (Hons;) (Archaeology), 2006
-M.A (Archaeology), 2008
-M.Res (Archaeology), 2010
-Ph.D (Archaeology), 2015
-Diploma (Tourism Studied and Management), 2015
-Diploma (GIS), 2021.

Research Background

:

–
Buddhist Art and Architecture (Historical Archaeology)

Publications

:

(1) Political, Administrative, Religious, Economic and Socio Cultural significant of Late Bagan Period gleaned from the study of Kya Zwa Min’s Edict, Mandalay University Research Journal, Vol-4, 2013, September.
(2) Architecture and Schematic Composition of monasteries in Bagan Period, Dagon University Research Journal, Vol-8, 2018, November.
(3) Architecture and Formation System of Wooden Monasteries in Upper Myanmar, University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol-10, 2020 (pending).

Dr Ni Ni Win Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Ni Ni Win
Professor, Department of History

Tel

:

+95 9 5194206

E mail Address

:

niniwin58295@gmail.com

Education

2009 Ph.D, (History), University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar
1999 M.A, (History),University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar
1993 B.A.(Q), (History), University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar

Publication Research Papers

Ni Ni Win, Dr, Associate Professor, “Agricultural conditions of Myanmar in the Colonial Period (1920-1930)”, Kyaing Tong University Research Journal, December, 2017, Vol.8, No.1, P.53-57.
Mya Mya Aye and Ni Ni Win, Dr, Associate Professor, “A Study of the Burmese (Myanmar) People’s Fundamental Rights Prescribed in the Japanese Constitutions”, Pyay University Research Journal, December, 2019, Vol.11, No.2, P.103-109
Ni Ni Win, Dr, Associate Professor, “A Study on the Culture of Lathu Ethnic Nationality”, Pyay University Research Journal, December, 2020, Vol.12, No.2, P.147-155
Ni Ni Win, Dr, Associate Professor, “A Study on Economic Conditions of Khin Oo Township Shwebo district After independent Period” Pyay Universiy Research Journal, December, 2021, Vol.13, No.1, P.

Daw Pwint Phyu Khine Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Pwint Phyu Khine

Designation

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Computer Studies, University of Yangon.

Email

:

pwintphyukhine@uy.edu.mm, pwintphyukhinecs@outlook.com,
pwintphyukhinecs@gmail.com

Education

:

– Master of Research (Computer Studies), 2015
– Master of Science (Computer Studies), 2012
– B.Sc (Hons) (Computer Studies), 2010

Research Background

:

Data Science, Big Data, Decision Support, Machine Learning, Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery From Data, E-government, Data Lake, Software Engineering

Publication

:

1. Big Data for Organizations: A Review, Journal of Computer and Communications 05(03):40-48, Jan 2017.
2. Big Data in Government Organization: A Review, 2017 IEEE 2nd International Conference on Big Data Analysis (ICBDA), March 2017.
3. Data Lake: A new ideology in big data era, ITM Web of Conferences 17:03025 ,Jan 2018
4. A Review of Polyglot Persistence in the Big Data World, Information (Switzerland) 10(4):141, April 2019
5. A comparative Study of Recent Trends in Big Data, YURJ, Volume 11, No.1, Jan 2022

Daw Aye Aye Swe Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Aye Aye Swe
MSc in Chemistry, University of Yangon

MSc Title

:

A study of the isolation of alliin and allicin from allium sativum (Garlic) and its antibacterial activity.

Fields of Interest

:

– Environmental Chemistry

– Food Technology

Email address

:

ayeayeswe@uy.edu.mm

Dr Aye Thandar Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Aye Thandar Soe
Associate Professor, Department of Mathematics

Academic qualification

:

PhD (Maths)

Research Interest

:

Analysis

Dr Ni Ni Htun Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Ni Ni Htun
Associate Professor, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc Botany (University of Yangon 1993);
MSc (Taxonomy, University of Yangon 1999) ; PhD (Pharmacognosy, University of Yangon 2007);

Career history

:

Demonstrator (1998-2006),
Assistant Lecturer (2006-2011),
Lecturer (2011-2015),
Associate Professor (2015 until now)

Field of Interest

:

Taxonomy, Pharmacognosy, Microbiology

Publication
(1) Study of Some Popular Edible Fruits in Myeik Area (Sanda Hlaing, Ohn Mar Kyaw, Ni Ni Htun, Myeik University Research Journal 2014, Vol.5, No.1, Pp 74-88)
(2) The Study of Some Diseases Occurrence in Mangifera indica L. (Mango) (Ni Ni Htun, Banmaw University Research Journal Vol. 7,2017, Pp. 111-122)
(3) Acute Toxicity Test and Uterine Relaxant Activity of Meik-tha –lin (Ni Ni Htun, University Research Journal 2018, Vol. 10, No. 4, Pp. 91-101)
(4) Uterine Relaxant Activity of Rhizome of Zingiber cassumunar Roxb. (Ni Ni Htun, Banmaw University Research Journal, 2018, Vol.9, Pp. 195-201)
(5) A Study on Elemental and Phytochemical Analysis of Zingiber cassumunar Roxb. Rhizome (Ni Ni Htun, Banmaw University Research Journal, 2019, Vol.10, No.1, Pp. 240-250)
(6) Comparative Morphology and Phytochemical Test of Genus Zingiber Plants Found in Hlawga Area (Ni Ni Htun, Dagon University Commemoration of 25th Anniversary Silver Jubilee Research Journal 2019, Vol.9, No.2, Pp.335-341)
(7) Isolation of Active Compounds from Essential Oil Extracted from Rhizome of Zingiber cassumunar Roxb. and Their Antimicrobial Activity (Ni Ni Htun, University of Yangon Research Journal 2019, Vol.9. No.2, Pp. 61-68)
(8) Phytochemical and Antimicrobial Evaluation on Rhizome of Zingiber zerumbet (L.) Roscoe e Sm. (Ni Ni Htun, Sandar Sann, 1st Myanmar International Science and Culture Conference 2019, Pp. 122-125)
(9) Anatomical and Phytochemical Studies on Leaves of Clerodendrum siphonanthus R.Br. (Sandar Sann, Ni Ni Htun, 1st Myanmar International Science and Culture Conference 2019, Pp. 90-94)
(10) Morphological Identification and Phytochemical Investigation of Cassia occidentalis L. Leaves and Its Antimicrobial Activity (Ni Ni Htun, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science 2020, Vol.XVIII, No.4A, Pp. 267-275)
(11) Morphological Identification of Hyptis suaveolens (L.) Poit. And Its Antimicrobial Activity (Ni Ni Htun, Sandar Sann, 3rd Myanmar Korea Conference Research Journal 2020, Vol.3, No.2, Pp.571-576)
(12) Macroscopical Characters and Phytochemical Analysis of Leaves of Lycopersicon esculentum Mill. And Its Antimicrobial Activity (Sandar Sann, Ni Ni Htun, 3rd Myanmar Korea Conference Research Journal 2020, Vol.3, No.3, Pp. 767-775)
Supervision
(Total 5)
MSc 3
MRes 1
PhD (co-supervisor) 1

Email

:

dr.ninihtun@uy.edu.mm

Mobile Phone No.

:

09-262602056

Dr Myo Myo Tun Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Myo Myo Tun (Ms)

Degree

:

BSc (Hons:) (Physics), MSc (Physics), PhD (Physics)

Position

:

Associate Professor

Organization

:

Department of Physics, University of Yangon,
Ministry of Education

Contact Detail:

Email

:

drmyomyo.007 @gamil.com

HP

:

+959 5047082

Dr Myo Myo Tun is an Associate Professor at the Department of Physics, University of Yangon. She received her PhD in Materials Physics of the Universit¬¬y of Yangon, Myanmar, and she was awarded her BSc (Hons) (Yangon University), MSc (Yangon University) and MRes by the Yangon University, Myanmar.
Work Experience
2002-2005 Demonstrator at Physics Department, Taunggyi University
2005-2010 Demonstrator at Physics Department, East Yangon University
2010-2012 Assistant Lecturer, Department of Physics, Myingyan Degree College
2012- 2014 Assistant Lecturer, Department of Physics, East Yangon University
2014-2018 Lecturer, Department of physics, East Yangon University
2018-2019 Lecturer, Department of physics, Kyaing Tong University
2019-2021 Lecturer, Department of physics, East Yangon University
2021-today Associate Professor, Department of Physics, Yangon University

Educational background:
1998 BSc (Hons) (Physics), Yangon University
2001 MSc Engineering Physics, Yangon University
2002 MRes Physics, Yangon University
2008 PhD Physics, Yangon University
Area of Interest:
Materials Science

Publication::

:

1. Design and construction of colorful festival lamp.

Dr Nay Yee Nyunt Oo Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr. Nay Yee Nyunt Oo
Lecturer

Education

:

PhD in Industrial Chemistry, University of Yangon

Research Expertise

:

Extraction of Essential Oils, Food Processing and Preservation, Controlling the Enzymatic Browning

E mail Address

:

nayyeenyuntoo@gmail.com, nayyeenyuntoo@uy.edu.mm

Publication:

Nay Yee Nyunt Oo, Nilar and Khin Mar Myint (2012) “A Study on the Factors Influence the Inhibition of Browning in Some Potato Products”, East Yangon University Research Journal, Vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 86-87.

Nay Yee Nyunt Oo (2020) “Investigation on Hydro-distillation Methods Efficiency for Essential Oil from Betel Leaves”, East Yangon University Research Journal, Vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 86-87.

Nay Yee Nyunt Oo, Shwe Zin Mon and Soe Soe Than (2020) “Observation on Preservative Action of Betel Leaves Essential Oil in Peel-off Facial Mask”, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVIII (1C), pp. 217-228.

Dr Chaw Chaw Su win Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Chaw Chaw Su Win is an Associate Professor of the Department of International Relations and Political Science, University of Yangon. She achieved B.A (Honours) International Relations (IR) (2004), M.A (IR) Credit (2006), Master of Research (IR) (2008), M.A (IR) IUJ (2014), and PhD (IR) (July 2020). She worked previously at East Yangon University (2005-2019), and Yangon University of Foreign Languages (2019-2021). She joined the Department of International Relations and Political Science, University of Yangon as an Associate Professor in October 2021. Currently, she is responsible for teaching international Relations courses on European Union. Her research interest is civil society and democracy development in Indonesia and Myanmar.

Publications
(1) “The Important Role of Pro-reformed Stakeholders during Transitional Period in Indonesia and Myanmar”, Yangon University of Foreign Languages Research Journal, Vol. 11, No. 2, June, 2020, pp. 301-312
(2) “Analyzing The Legalized Spaces of Indonesian and Myanmar’s CSOs”, Universities Research Journal, Vol. 12, No. 9, December, 2020, pp. 343-353

Phone

:

(+95 9) 250075249

Email

:

chawchaws.win11@gmail.com

Dr Thazin Htet Tin Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr. Thazin Htet Tin

Assistant Lecturer, Department of Geology

Contact

:

thazinhtettin@gmail.com
thazinhtettin@uy.edu.mm

Educational Records

:

2022 Ph.D Earth Sciences, Kyoto University, Japan
2014 M.Res Geology, University of Yangon, Myanmar
2013 M.Sc Geology, University of Yangon, Myanmar
2010 B.Sc Honours Geology, East Yangon University, Myanmar

Work History

:

2019 – present: Assistant Lecturer, University of Yangon
2015 – 2019: Demonstrator, University of Yangon

Research Activities : GPreliminary study on seismic hazard and site characterization for Bagan-Nyaung U area, Mandalay Region, Myanmar (2017), (co-researcher of AUN/SEED Net project)

Site Specific Probabilistic Seismic Hazard Assessment for Yangon City, Myanmar (2016), (co-researcher of AUN/SEED Net project)

Seismic Hazard Assessment of Major Cities such as Sagaing, Bago and Taungoo Cities occurred along the Sagaing Fault (2014), (co-researcher of AUN/SEED Net project)

Development of Seismic Microzonation Maps of Mandalay City, Mandalay Region (2014), (co-researcher of ADPC project)

S-Wave Velocity Profiles Based on the HVRs in Bago, Myanmar for Seismic Hazard Mapping (2013), (co-researcher of AUN/SEED Net project)

International Experiences

:

Japan – April 2019 – September 2022 Ph.D, Kyoto University
Thailand – 15 – 26 February 2017 Paleoseismic Training Course
China – November 2016 – December 2016 Earthquake Observation Techniques Training Course

Research Publications

:

Tha Zin Htet Tin, Nishimura, T., Hashimoto, M., Lindsey, E.O., Aung, L.T., Min, S.M., Thant, M., 2022. Present-day crustal deformation and slip rate along the southern Sagaing fault in Myanmar by GNSS observation. J. Asian Earth Sci. 228, 105125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jseaes.2022.105125

Tha Zin Htet Tin, Khin Kyawt Kyawt Oo, Myo Thant 2018. Development of Seismic Hazard Maps for Taungoo City, Bago Region by Utilizing the Probabilistic Method. The Second Myanmar National Conference on Earth Sciences (MNCES, 2018)

Dr Nwe Nwe Aye Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr Nway Nwe Aye

Present Appointment

:

Associate Professor

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon, Department of Higher Education, Ministry of Education, Myanmar

Qualifications

:

(1) BSc (Zoology) (1996), Mawlamyine University
(2) MSc (Malacology) (2001), University of Yangon
(3) PhD (Mammalogy) (2007), University of Yangon

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (2002 – 2010)
Assistant Lecturer (2010 – 2014)
Lecturer (2014 – 2021)
Associate Professor (2021 – present)

Course taught

:

Mammalogy, Molecular Genetics, Descriptive Statistics, Inferential Statistics, Bioinformatics, Biotechnology, Quantitative and Population Genetics, Evolution

Supervising

:

One PhD student, One MRes student

Research interest

:

Mammalogy, Biodiversity Conservation, Ecology, Bioinformatics

E mail Address

:

nwaynweaye@uy.edu.mm
dr.nwaynweaye1976@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

095181396

Selected Publications

:

1. Yee Yee Lwin & Nway Nwe Aye (2019). Movement and habitat use of rodent species in village ecosystem. University of Yangon Research Journal (UYRJ), 9(2), 773-781.
2. Nway Nwe Aye (2009). Diet of lesser Bandicoot, Bandicota savilei (Thomas, 1916) in irrigated field ecosystem. Universities Research Journal. 2(4), 243-253.
3. Nway Nwe Aye (2006). Diet of rats in fields. Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, 4(5B), 333-341.
4. Nway Nwe Aye (2020-21). Abundance and Population of Polynesian rat, Rattus exulans (Peale,1848) in An Apartment Building, Insein Township, Yangon Region. University of Yangon Research Journal,Vol.10,No.1,349-356.
5. Nway Nwe Aye (2022). Species Composition, Relative Seasonal Abundance and Sex Ratio of Commensal Rodent Species in Ponnasu Quarter, Bago Region. University of Yangon Research Journal,Vol.11,No.2,503-511.

Daw Nyo Mar Soe Tutor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Nyo Mar Soe

Designation

:

Tutor

Work experience

:

5. 5. 2022

Department

:

Department of Library and Information Studies

Academic Qualification

:

BA (LIS), Yadanabon University
MA (LIS), Yadanabon University

E mail Address

:

nyomarsoeydb@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

+959440551564

Course taught

:

(1) LI-2103: Information Sources
(2) LI 3102/3202: Organization of Knowledge: Basic Classification

U Thant Zaw Moe Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

U Thant Zaw Moe

Designation

:

Assistant Lecturer

Department

:

Department of Psychology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

BA (Hons) (Psychology), Monywa University, 2004
MA (Psychology), Mandalay University, 2006

E mail Address

:

thantzawmoe1@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

+95-9-444041518

Dr. Wah Wah Aung Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr. Wah Wah Aung is an Associate Professor in the Department of International Relations and Political Science at the University of Yangon. She obtained PhD degree in International Relations from the University of Yangon in 2013. Her teaching career began at Dagon University in 2005 and transferred to the Department of International Relations and Political Science, University of Yangon in 2016. She is responsible for teaching International Relations courses on Current Issues in International Relations. Her research focuses on political, social and economic issues in East Asia.

Phone

:

(+95 9) 260382110

Email

:

wahwahaung2005@gmail.com
drwahwahaung@uy.edu.mm

Dr Myint Sandar Win Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr. Myint Sandar Win

Present Appointment

:

Associate Professor

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a) B.Sc(Hons), Zoology, University of Yangon
(b) M.Sc Zoology (Parasitology), University of Yangon
(c)Ph.D Zoology (Ornithology), University of Yangon

Training course

:

Advanced Computer Studies, KMD Center
Dynamic English Summer Course
English Language Course For Higher Education Teacher
Leadership Strategy First
British Council English Course

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator ( 21.1.2002 – 4.3.2010)
Assistant Lecturer ( 4.3.2010 – 24.12.2014)
Lecturer ( 24.12.2014 – 13.10.2021)
Associate Professor ( 13.10.2021 – to date)

Supervising

:

2 Undergraduate students, one MSc student, one PhD Student

Research interest

:

Ornithology, Ecology, Biodiversity

E mail Address

:

myintsandarwin2016@gamil.com

Phone Number

:

09-420703200

Selected Publication

:

1. Myint Sandar Win (2008). Some Threatened Species Of Birds In The Environs Of Maletto In, Maubin Township, Ayeyarwady Division. Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. VI, No. 4, 97 – 115.
2. Myint Sandar Win (2014). Preliminary Study On Some Beetles in The Mandalay Environ, Mandalay University of Distance Education Research Journal, Vol. 5, No.1, 143 – 153.
3. Tin New Win & Myint Sandar Win (2021).Nest Site Selection And Nest Numbers Of Some Passerine Bird Species In Mubin Environs, Maubin University Research Journal, Vol. 12, No.1, 128-139.

Dr Cho Cho Thin Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr. Cho Cho Thin

Present Appointment

:

Associate Professor

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a)B.Sc (Hons), Zoology, Magway University, Myanmar
(b) M.Sc (Herpetology), Magway University, Myanmar
(c) Ph.D (Ichthyology), University of Yangon, Myanmar
(d) Diploma in English, University of Yangon, Myanmar

Carrier history

:

(a) Demonstrator (2002-2010)
(b) Assistant Lecturer (2010-2014)
(c) Lecturer (2014-2021, October)
(d) Associate Professor (2021 October – to date)

Course taught

:

I have been giving lectures and practical classes to the students since 2002. These lectures are Fishery Biology and Soil and Water Quality.

Supervising

:

4- Undergraduate student, 1- MRes student, 2-PhD students

Research interest

:

(a)Relation of some Essential and Toxic Elements on Different Feeding Types of some Freshwater Fishes along the Ayeyarwady River Segment, Salay Environs
(b)Assessment of Heavy Metal Contamination of aquatic organisms in Kyetmauk Taung Dam, Mandalay Region

Trainings

:

(1)Curriculum Development Training for Fisheries and Aquaculture (February, 2018)
(2)The 1st workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum (May, 2018)
(3)The 2nd workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum (July, 2018)
(4)The 3rd workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum (August, 2018)
(5)The 4th workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum (December, 2018)
(6)Workshop on Conservation and Management of Ocean, Sea and Marine Resources, Japan (December, 2018)
(7)Workshop on Fish Taxonomy Training at Institute of Fishery Technology (IFT) (May, 2019)
(8)The 5th workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum (May, 2019)
(9)Online Training of Proposal Writing presented by Partners of America’s Farmer-to-Farmer Myanmar Program (6-10 July, 2020)
(10)Online Training of Course description for BSc (Fisheries and Aquaculture) (20-24 July, 2020)
(11)Modern Fishery Technologies for South Asia Countries (Technical Level) (18 Oct-6 Dec 2021)
(12)2022 Training of Higher – Order – Thinking Skills for ASEAN Educators (12-14, October, 2022)

Awards

:

The Hitachi Global Foundation Asia Innovation Award 2020 (November, 2020) (As a follower)

E mail Address

:

chochothin.uy2016@gmail.com

Selected Publications

:

1.Cho Cho Thin, Myin Zu Minn, Min Thu Aung. Heavy metal analysis of some fishes and their environs of Ayeyarwady River Segment, Salay Environs. (Accepted by Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. VIII, No. 3, July. 315-328, 2020)
2.Cho Cho Thin, Myin Zu Minn, Min Thu Aung. Bioaccumulation of Metals in Gills and Liver of Some Fishes of Different Feeding Habits from Water and Sediment of Ayeyarwady River Segment, Salay Environs. (Accepted by 19th Science Asia Council, 2019)
3.Cho Cho Thin, Myin Zu Minn, Min Thu Aung. Seasonal Variation of essential and toxic metals contents in water, sediment, and some fishes of different feeding habits at Ayeyarwady River Segment of Salay Environ. (Accepted by Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. VII, No. 3, August. 143-160, 2019)
4.Cho Cho Thin, Myin Zu Minn, Min Thu Aung. Species Richness and Metal Concentrations in Some Fishes and Their Environs of Ayeyarwady River Segment, Salay Township, Magway Region. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol. IX (2), pp. 477-489, 2018-2019.
5. Cho Cho Thin, Myin Zu Minn. Essential Elements Concentrations of Some Fishes in Ayeyarwady River Segment of Salay Environs. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol. X (1), pp. 299-308, 2020-2021.
6.Aye Mon Sann, Cho Cho Thin, Shwe Wett Hmone. Bioaccumulation of Heavy Metals in Some Indigenous Fish, Water and Sediments from Hinthada Environs, Ayeyarwady Region. The Second Myanmar National Conference on Earth Sciences MNCES 2018. Pp. 1129-1138.
7.San San Oo, Naing Naing Aung, Theingyi Thein, Sandar Myint, Tin Tin Myo, Tin Lay Mon, Khaing Khaing Thein, Cho Cho Thin, Aye Aye Aung, Thida Shwe, Hla Hla Khaing. The Prevalence of Aedes aegypti, on Launglone; The vector of Dengue/ Dengue Haemorrhagic Fever in Launglone Township. Dawei University Research Journal Vol. VI, pp. 69-75, 2014
8.Nay Lin Aung, Cho Cho Thin. Effect of temperature on hatching and survival rates of Nile Tilapia Oreochromic niloticus (Linnaeus, 1758). Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol.6, Mar.107-126, 2008
9.Nway Ei Khaing, Kay Lwin Tun, Cho Cho Thin. Detection of the white sport syndrome virus infection using nested PCR in Penaeus monodon cultured in extensive farm. MAAS, 2020.
10.Analysis of some heavy metal concentrations in muscle tissues of three fish species and environs, Thanlwin River Segment. Yee Yee Win, Kay Lwin Tun, Min Thu Aung, Cho Cho Thin. (19th Science Asia Council, 2019)
11. May Thu Rein Oo, Cho Cho Thin, Cho Cho Mar, Kay Lwin Tun. Productive of fish larvae feed, Nannochloropsis sp. using different fertilizers media. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol. XI (2), pp. 469-480, 2022.

Daw Nwe Nwe Tun Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Nwe Nwe Tun

Current Position

:

Lecturer

Education and qualifications

:

B.A (English), Dagon University, 2000
Diploma in ELT, Yangon University, 2002
MA (English), Yangon University, 2004
Diploma in Applied Linguistics, RELC (Singapore),
2007

Professional Experience

:

Foundation English to Non-English Specialization, Syntactic Theory, Involved in conducting Upskilling Programme for Freshly Appointed Tutors of English and English Language Course for Higher Education Teachers

Mobile Phone

:

+95 9 5056948

Email

:

nwenwetun76@gmail.com

Dr Swe Swe Aye Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Swe Swe Aye
Associate Professor, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Hons:) Botany (University of Yangon) , 1998, Myanmar

MSc (Pharmacognosy, University of Yangon), 2002,Myanmar

MRes (Pharmacognosy, University of Yangon), 2003,Myanmar

PhD ( Pharmacognosy, University of Yangon), 2008, Myanmar

Food Safety and Security Course Training, Faculty of Life Science,

Tel-Aviv University, Israel, 2016

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2002- 2005), Hinthada University, Myanmar
Assistant Lecturer (2005-2012), University of Yangon, Myanmar
Assistant Lecturer (2012-2014 ), Yenanchaung Degree College, Myanamr
Lecturer (2014-2020), University of Yangon, Myanmar
Associate Professor (2020-now), University of Yangon

Field of Interest

:

Pharmacognosy, Ethnobotany, Clinical and Medical Biochemistry

Publication

:

(1) Phytochemical studies of roots from Asparagus acerosus Roxb. and its antimicrobial activity (Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts & Sc., 2009, Vol.VII. No.4 , Page : 367-379)
(2) Phytochemical Investigations and Antibacterial activities of Jussiaea suffruticosa L. (Yenanchaung Degree College Research Journal, 2011, Vol.3, No.1, Page : 1-6)
(3) Fifteen Species of Medicinal plants from Kawliya Reserved Forest in Daik-U Township, Bago Region, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts & Sc.,2018, Vol. XVI. No.4 Page : 327-346)
(4) Preliminary Phytochemical and Physicochemical investigation of Thunbergia laurifolia Lindl. (University of Yangon Research Journal,2018, Vol.8 , Page : 115-1228)
(5) Morphological and Histological studies of Leaves from Cordia dichotoma G.Forst.( Mawlamyine University Research Journal, 2018, Vol. 10, No.1 , Page: 283-294 )
(6) Extraction, Isolation and Purification of Phycocyanin from blue green alga Spirulina Platensis (Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts & Sc., 2019, Vol.XVII. No. 4 , Page: 171-180)
(7) Extraction of Essential Oil from Dry seeds of Cuminum cyminum L.( Universities Research Journal,2019, Vol.11, No.10 Page: 323-333)
(8) Evaluation of Diuretic Activity of Asparagus acerosus Roxb. (Asparagaceae) in Albino Rats (University of Yangon Research Journal,2019, Vol.9, N0.2 Page 129-137)
(9) Trace Elements Analysis in some medicinal plants using X-Ray Fluorescence (Proceedings of the International Joint Symposium 2019, Pathein University, Vol 1, No.1, page 85-97)
(10) Histological and Nutritional Studies on Tuberous roots of Asparagus acerosus Roxb. (University of Magway Research Journal,2019, Vol.IX , page: 312-319)
(11) Isolation and Physicochemical Characterization of Mucilage from Portulaca oleracea L. (3rd Myanmar Korea Conference Research Journal, 2020, Vol.3, N0.3, Page: 836-842)
(12) Qualitative and Quantitative Phytochemical Analysis of Cordia dichotoma (Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts & Sc., 2020, Vol. XVIII. No 4A, Page: 59 – 70 )
(13) Hypoglycemic Activity of watery extract of the leaves of Thunbergia laurifolia Lindl. (Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts & Sc.,2020, Vol. XVIII. No 4A, Page: 104 -115 )
(14) Morphological and Histological studies of Gnetum gnemon L. ( Tanyin-ywe) from Ye-Phyu Township (Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts & Sc.,2020, Vol. XVIII. No 4A, Page: 374-384 )
(15) Antioxidant activity of isolated phytoconstituents from the leaves of Hyptis suaveolens(L.) Poit., 2020, IOP Conf. Series: Earth and Environmental Science 591 (2020) 012020, doi:10. 1088/1755-1315.

Other Publications (Books)

:

1. Useful Flowering Plants in Myanmar Vol. I (Korea Research Institute of Bioscience & Biotechnology, Daejeon, Republic of Korea , 2019, Vol. I , Page 1-209, ISBN: 978-89-6709-135-4)
2. Bot. 614 , Applied Pharmacognosy , 2019

Academic Performance
(1) Sub members : Asian Chemical Biology Intiative supported by JSPS Core –to-Core Program, 2018-now

Supervision (Total 11)
MSc 1
MRes 3
PhD 7

Current Project
(1) Project Leader : Isolation and Characterization of natural polymers from mucilage producing plants (2019-2022, နိုင်ငံ အကျိုးပြုသုတေသန ပရောဂျက်)
(2) Project Member : Bioprospecting on Biological Materials of Myanmar (The University of Yangon (UY) and Korea Research Institute of Bioscience and Biotechnology ( KRIBB), 2014-now)

Academic Performance
(1) Sub members : Asian Chemical Biology Intiative supported by JSPS Core –to-Core Program, 2018-now

Email

:

swesweaye@uy.edu.mm, julymoe55531@gmail.com

Mobile Phone No.

:

+95(9)420184070

Dr Chan Nyein Aung Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Chan Nyein Aung (Mr)

Degree

:

PhD (Condensed Matter Physics)

Position

:

Associate Professor

Organization

:

Department of Physics, University of Yangon,
Ministry of Education

Contact Detail:

Email

:

channyeinaung@uy.edu.mm, chankhaing1@gmail.com

HP

:

+95-9960055963, +95-1-536772, +95-1-510721

Dr Chan Nyein Aung is a Lecturer at the Department of Physics, University of Yangon. He received his ME (Technique & Technology) and PhD in Condensed Matter Physics from South West State University, Kursk Russia. He is also graduated from University of Myitkyina in BSc (Hons.) Physics. He acts as a member of Curriculum & Syllabus Committee of Physics (Basic Education).
Work Experience
He started his service life since and has been in her current position in December
2018. His work experiences are:
1) Demonstrator (2007 – 2015), Department of Physics, University of Myitkyina
2) Assistant Lecturer (2015 – 2018), Department of Physics, University of Myitkyina
3) Lecturer (2018 – 2021), Department of Physics, University of Yangon
4) Associate Professor (2021 – 2021), Department of Physics, University of Yangon

Educational background:
2007, BSc (Hons), University of Myitkyina
2011, ME (Technique & Technology), South-West State University, Kursk, Russia
2014, PhD (Condensed Matter Physics), South-West State University, Kursk, Russia
Area of Interest:
His interest is Materials Science (Nanotechnology) and he tries to do experiments and explain the physical process of self-organization in natural system.

Conference Papers::

:

1) A.P. Kuzmenko, Chan Nyein Aung, V.V. Chakov “Modeling material for study of Self-assembly process”, International Science & Technological Conference “Nanotechnology – 2012”, P 96 – 97.
2) A.P. Kuzmenko, Chan Nyein Aung, V.V. Chakov “Material for controlling Self-assembly of micro- and nanostructure”, Materials International Youth Scientist Conference “Future Science – 2013”, P. 300 – 303.
3) A.P. Kuzmenko, Chan Nyein Aung “Physical Methods for analyze and control process and effect in self-organized system”, 3rd International Science & Technological Conference “Diagnostic – 2013”, P. 110 – 115.

Publication::

:

1) A.P. Kuzmenko, Chan Nyein Aung, V.P. Dobrisa, P.V. Abakumov, D.I. Timakov “Processes of formation of fractals in the natural environment as an example of peat in the diffusion-limited conditions” Proceedings of the South-West state university, No. 6(39) Part 2, P. 17 – 23.
2) A.P. Kuzmenko, Chan Nyein Aung, V.V. Chakov “Topological and chemical features of nanostructural fractal self-organized formations in colloidal systems promising for micro- and nanoelectronics”, Scientific previewed journal, Belgorod state university, Issue 31, No. 11. (154), P. 174-180.
3) A.P. Kuzmenko, Chan Nyein Aung “Mechanism of fractal formation in colloidal carbonatious natural system”, Journal of Nano- and Electronic Physics. Vol.5. – No. 4, P. 04019.1–04019.3.
4) A.P. Kuzmenko, Chan Nyein Aung, V.V. Rodionov, M.B. Dobromyslov “3D–self-assemblage and self-organization on natural colloidal microinclusions in mineral sediments”, Journal of Nano- and Electronic Physics. Vol.6. – No. 3, P. 03022.1 – 03022.6.
5) A.P. Kuzmenko, Chan Nyein Aung, V.V. Chakov, S.G. Emelyanov “Synthesis of the carbon nanomaterials based on renewable bioresources”, Journal of Nano- and Electronic Physics. Vol.6. – No. 3, P. 03026.1 – 03026.4.
6) Chan Nyein Aung “Physical laws and features of self-organization process and phenomena in natural and artificial colloidal systems”, Serial of Physics & Chemistry of South-West State University, P. 271 – 275.
7) A.P. Kuzmenko, Chan Nyein Aung, Thet Phyo Naing, Myo Min Than, M.V. Dobromyslov “Process of Self-Organization in Carbon Containing Colloidal Solution”, Proceedings of the South-West state university, Serial of Technique & Technology, No. 3(16), P. 38 – 50.

Daw Phyu Phyu Aung Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Phyu Phyu Aung

Assistant Lecturer, Department of Geology

Contact

:

+ 95 9 796398953, phyuphyua602@gmail.com,
phyuphyuaung@uy.edu.mm

Educational Records

:

: 2019 MRes (Geology), Dagon University
2015 MSc (Geology), Dagon University
2012 BSc Honours (Geology), Dagon University

Work History

:

Demonstrator, Department of Geology, Kyaing Tong University (2017-2021),
Assistant Lecturer, Department of Geology, University of Yangon (2021-Recent)

Field of Interest : Sedimentology, Environmental Geology

On-going Research Projects

:

1. A study on paleodepositional environments as interpreted from carbonate microfacies analysis of Monghpyak area, Eastern Shan State
2. Carbonate Microfacies, Depositional Environments and Sequence Stratigraphic Developments of Carbonate Sediments from the area East of Monghpyak, Eastern Shan State

Research Publications

:

1. Stratigraphy of Muraung Area, Mawlamyine Township, Mon State (Kyaing Tong University, Research Journal, 2019, Vol 10, No 1)
2. Stratigraphy of Pankwai Area, Kyaing Tong Township, Eastern Shan State (Kyaing Tong University, Research Journal, 2020, Vol 11, No 2)

Dr Thida Myint Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Thida Myint
Professor, Department of History

Tel

:

+95 9 43044363

E mail Address

:

thidamyint066@gmail.com

EducationB.A. (Hons:) (History), 1995,University of Mandalay, Mandalay, Myanmar
M.A., May 2000,University of Mandalay, Mandalay, Myanmar
Thesis:HISTORY OF THE MEIKTILA LAKE
PhD, November 2009, University of Mandalay, Mandalay, Myanmar
Dissertation: LAKES AND SOCIETY IN MEIKTILA DISTRICT

Publication Research Papers

hida Myint, Social life of people in Meikhtila District During Konbaung Period, YUFL Research Journal, Vol-11, No-1, June 2020

Thida Myint, ညောင်ရမ်းမင်းလှကန်သမိုင်း၊ Department of Historical Research and National Library, 2020

Thida Myint, The Endeavours of Myanmar kings for prevention and Extinguishing of Fire, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVIII, No.7, 2020

Thida Myint, Meiktila Lake up to the 19th Century, The Second Myanmar Universities’ Research Conference 2020, Vol-2, Issue-1, June 2020

Dr Swe Sint Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Swe Sint
Lecturer
PhD (Organic Chemistry), 2022

Fields of Interest

:

Organic Chemistry

E mail Address

:

swesint86@gmail.com

Publication

:

1. Swe Sint, Aye Aye Mar, Phyu Phyu Myint, Saw Hla Myint. (2019). “Effect of Iron Oxide Particles on Insecticide-Contaminated Soil”. Second International Conference on Bioeconomy, P – 170-173
2. Swe Sint, Phyu Phyu Myint, Saw Hla Myint. (2020). “Assessing the Application of Iron oxide particles for Remediation of Insecticide Contaminated Soil”. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, proceeding

Dr Nwe Nwe Moe Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr. Nwe Nwe Moe

Designation

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of Archaeology, University of Yangon.

Email

:

m.bomb19@gmail.com, nwenwemoe@uy.edu.mm

Education

:

-PhD in Archaeology, May 2014, University of Yangon, Myanmar
-MRes in Archaeology, May 2009, University of Yangon, Myanmar
-MA in Archaeology, May 2008, University of Yangon, Myanmar
-BA (Hons:) in Archaeology, November 2006, Yadanabon University, Myanmar
-Diploma in Tourism studies and Management, 2014, University of Mandalay, Myanmar

Research Work::

“Analysis Study on Beads from Moegyobyin Site”, University of Mandalay Research Journal, Vol.10, No.2, pp.310-316, December 2019

“Operation 315A, Unit 315A-1 and Operation 748A, Unit 748A-1(Burmese Summery)”, Integrated Socio-Ecological History of Residential Patterning, Agricultural Practices, and Water Management at the “Classical” Burmese (Bama) Capital of Bagan, Myanmar (11th to 14th Century CE), Trent University Occasional Papers in Anthropology, ISSN 0825-589X, No.21, pp.83-92 & pp. 169-178, 2019, Peterborough, Ontario

“Material Remains of Moegyobyin Site and Its environments”, History: Cultural Evidences, Cultural Heritage and Social Memory, 2nd ICBMS Conference Proceedings, Vol.6, pp. 442-452, 2018

“Operation 2223b: Ka Tak Kan Tank Investigations (Burmese Summary)”, Integrated Socio-Ecological History of Residential Patterning, Agricultural Practices, and Water Management at the “Classical” Burmese (Bama) Capital of Bagan, Myanmar (11th to 14th Century CE), Trent University Occasional Papers in Anthropology, ISSN 0825-589X, No.20, pp.83-92 & pp. 169-178, 2019, Peterborough, Ontario

“Analysis of Fauna Remains from Moegyobyin Site”, University Research Journal (URJ), Vol-12, No-11, pp.115-124, 2019,

“A Stydy on Corner Stupas in Amarapura Old City”, University of Mandalay Research Journal, Vol.12, No.1, pp.152-162, December 2021

Daw Win Win Aung Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Win Win Aung
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Hons.) – University of Yangon,
1991. MSc(Botany) – University of Yangon 1996

Career history

:

Demonstrator (1995-2003)
Assistant Lecturer (2003-2010)
Lecturer (2010- up to now)

Field of Interest

:

Pharmacognosy

Publication

:

International and local publication

Telephone

:

+959 31134452, +095260368663

Email

:

winwinaung@uy.edu.mm

Daw Aye Aye Kyu Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Aye Aye Kyu

Academic Qualifications

:

M.A(Geography)

Specialization

:

Human Geography

Current Teaching Duty

:

Curriculum Development Team(SDT)

Dr Nwet Nwet Aung Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Nwet Nwet Aung
Associate Professor, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Hons.), Botany, University of Yangon
MSc (Plant Diversity), University of Yangon
PhD (Microbiology), University of Yangon

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2002-2004), East Yangon University
Demonstrator (2004-2004), Hpa-An University
Demonstrator (2004-2010), University of Yangon
Assistant Lecturer (2010-2011), Dawei University
Assistant Lecturer (2011-2014), University of Yangon
Lecturer (2014-2020), University of Yangon
Associate Professor (2020-until now) University of Yangon

Field of Interest

:

Microbiology, Biotechnology, Horticulture, Molecular Biology

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1) The Effect of Mycorrhiza on the Growth of Vigna sinensis L. Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, March 2009, Vol. VII, No.4, 239-253.
(2) Vesicular-Arbuscular Infection and Mycorrhizal Dependency on Yield of Vigna sinensis L. Universities’ Research Journal, December 2009, Vol. 2 No. 1, 61-72.
(3) Plant Growth Enhancement of Legume (Mung Bean) by the Effective Microorganisms Isolated from Soil. Journal of the Asia Research Centre, 2013, Vol. 3 No.2, 95-118.
(4) Phytochemical and Antimicrobial Activities of Piper betle L. Leaves. University of Yangon Research Journal, 2017-2018, Vol. 8, No. 1, 163-172.
(5) Composting Process from Municipal Solid Wastes (MSW) of University of Yangon Campus. University of Yangon Research Journal, 2019, Vol. 9, No. 2, 139-150.
(6) Antimicrobial Activities of Piper betle L. Leaves. Journal of The Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science October 2018. Vol. XVI, No. 4, 139-152.
(7) Effects of Various Vase Solutions on the Life of Five Selected Cut Flowers. 2nd Myanmar-Korea Conference Research Journal, August 2019, Vol. 1, 219-228.

Supervision
Total ( 12 )
PhD 4
MRes 6
MSc 2

Email

:

nwetnwetaung@uy.edu.mm

Mobile Phone No.

:

09-5084241

Daw Phyu Phyu Win Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Phyu Phyu Win (Ms)

Degree

:

BSC (Q), MSc (physics)

Position

:

Lecturer

Organization

:

Department of Physics, University of Yangon,
Ministry of Education

Contact Detail:

Email

:

phyuphyuwin@uy.edu.mm, phyuphyuwin.3061966@gmail.com

HP

:

+95-09443014193, +95-1-536772, +95-1-510721

Daw Phyu Phyu Win is a lecturer in the department of physics at the University of Yangon. She obtained her MSc and BSc (Q) in Physics from the University of Yangon, Myanmar, in 1998 and 1994.

Work Experience
1) Demonstrator (2001 – 2002), Department of Physics, University of Medicine
Mandalay
2) Demonstrator (2002 – 2008), Department of Physics, University of Medicine (2)
3) Assistant Lecturer (2008 – 2018), Department of Physics, University of Medicine (2)
4) Assistant Lecturer (2018 – 2019), Department of Physics, University of Taungboke
3) Lecturer (2019 – present), Department of Physics, University of Yangon

Educational background:
1994, BSc (Q), University of Yangon
1998, MSc (physics), University of Yangon
Area of Interest:
Materials Science (Nanotechnology)

Dr Zar Yie Win Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr Zar Yie Win

Current Position

:

Lecturer

Education

:

LLB, LLM, PhD

E-Mail address

:

zaryiewin@uy.edu.mm

Field of Research Interest

:

Public International Law, Human Rights Law, International Environmental Law

Publication ( Domestic / Foreign )
“Legal Study on Illicit Dumping of Hazardous Wastes Under International Law”, Taungoo University Research Journal,Vol-9, No-2 (2019)

Dr Oak Soe San Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Oak Soe San is a Lecturer at the Department of International Relations and Political Science, University of Yangon. She earned her PhD (International Relations) in 2013. She started her teaching career at University of Yangon in 2012 and later taught at Yadanabon University (2016-2017) academic year and Monwya University (2019-2021) academic year. Her research interests focus on geopolitics, foreign aid, foreign policy and foreign relations. She was a Research Fellow at Institute for Advanced Studies on Asia (Tokyo University), Ritsumeikan University (Kyoto) and Central European University (Hungary).

Publications
(1) Oak Soe San. (2016). Assessing Foreign Aid Policy Orientations towards Myanmar. Universities Research Journal 2015, 8(4), 243-254
(2) Chaw Chaw Sein & Oak Soe San. (2016). Myanmar’s Reform and its Impact on Myanmar-China Relations. Journal of Asia Research Centre, 5,(1&2),41-52
(3) Oak Soe San. (2017). Myanmar in the Geopolitical Context of Bay of Bengal , J. Myanmar Acad. Arts Sci 2017, 15(8), 129-141
(4) Oak Soe San. (2018). EU’s Changing Policy towards Myanmar since 2011. J. Myanmar Acad. Arts Sci 2018, 16(7), 113-127
(5) Oak Soe San.(2018). Myanmar and Foreign Aid: Comparison on China and Japan’s Aid Policy. University of Yangon Research Journal 2017-2018, 8,401-412
(6) Oak Soe San. (2020). Myanmar and Major Regional Powers: A Complex Interplay of Geopolitics. Universities Research Journal 2019, 12(9) ,355-366
(7) Oak Soe San and Chaw Chaw Sein. (2019) Poverty Alleviation Strategy of Myanmar in the context of LMC, In Charlotte Gallway (Ed.), Managing Challenges in Myanmar Transition Myanmar Updated 2019, 132-143
(8) Chaw Chaw Sein & Oak Soe San. (2019) Managing University in Transition Myanmar: Challenges and Prospects, In Charlotte Gallway (Ed.), Managing Challenges in Myanmar Transition Myanmar Updated 2019,83-93
(9) Chaw Chaw Sein & Oak Soe San. (2021). Struggle for the Fight Against Poverty Alleviation in the context of BIMSTEC, In Sreeradha Datta (Ed)), BIMSTEC: Journey and the Way Ahead, pp (159-174) Vivekananda International Foundation, Pentagon Press, New Delhi

Email

:

oaksoesan@uy.edu.mm

Dr Hnin Aye Phyo Tutor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr Hnin Aye Phyo

Email

:

snownyeinhtet@gmail.com

Academic Qualifications

:

-BA (Archaeology),
-Dagon University, 2006
-BA, Q (Archaeology), Dagon University, 2007
-MA (Archaeology), Dagon University, 2009
-MRes (Archaeology), Dagon University, 2010
-PhD (Archaeology), University of Yangon, 2018

Research Work

:

–
1. “Buddhism in Early Historic Period; Relationship between Bagan and SriLanka in 11th Century CE”, University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 25-33, 2022.
2. “A Study on the Sinhalese Types of Stupas and Religious Monuments in Bagan Period”, PhD Dissertation, 2018

U Than Tun Aung Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

U Than Tun Aung
Lecturer
Master of Teaching in Ecology, Lomonosov Moscow State University, Russia (2008-2011)
PhD Candidate at De La Salle University Manila, Philippines

MSc Title

:

The kinetics of 90 Sr sorption on artificial and natural carbonate substrates

Fields of Interest

:

Environmental Chemistry, Nuclear Chemistry

e-mail

:

thantunaung@uy.edu.mm

Dr San Yu Kyi Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr. San Yu Kyi

Designation

:

Associate Professor

Department

:

Department of History, University of Yangon

Email

:

ngwethawdarthawdae9@gmail.com

Education

:

– B.A (Hons), 1995, University of Yangon
– M.A, 2001, University of Yangon, Title: History of Kyauktan Township (1962-1972)
– Ph. D, 2011, University of Yangon, Title: A Study of the Royal Orders of King Mindon

Work Experience

:

– Pathein University (24.1.2002- 25.6.2007)
– University of Yangon (28.6.2007- 8.7.2008)
– Pathein University (9.7.2008-28.2.2010)
– East Yangon University (28.2.2010-23.12.2014)
– Panglong University (24.12.2014- 30.4.2016)
– East Yangon University (1.5.2016-12.10.2021)
– Yangon University (13.10.2021-present)

Awards

:

The Best Paper presentation for “Amarapura: Ancient Royal Capital and its Memorable Ruins”

Research Fields

:

-Political, Social and Cultural History
-Ancient Myanmar History

Publication Research Papers

:

1. San Yu Kyi, Dr., Lecturer, “Amarapura: Ancient Royal Capital and its Memorable Ruins”, East Yangon University Research Journal, April,2019, Vol.6, No.1, p. 65-72
2. San Yu Kyi, Dr., Lecturer, “The Rise and Fall of a Royal Capital: Innwa”, East Yangon University Research Journal, January, 2020, Vol.7, No.1, p.97-104
3. San Yu Kyi, Dr., Lecturer, “Socio-economic History of Kyauktan Township (1962-1972), East Yangon University Research Journal, September,2020, Vol.8, No.1, p.133-14
4. San Yu Kyi, Dr., Lecturer, “The Pa’O Traditional Culture approach to the trading town Panglong, 13rd Anniversary, 11.2.2016
5. San Yu Kyi, Dr.,Associate Professor, “A brief Comparative Study On Warfare of Monarchical Myanmar and Medieval Europe”, University of Yangon Research Journal 2022,Vol.11 No.1, p 609-615

Daw Win Pa Pa Lwin Tutor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Win Pa Pa Lwin

Position

:

Tutor

Email

:

winpapalwin77@gmail.com, winpapalwin@uy.edu.mm

Academic Qualifications

:

-BA (Hons), University of Yangon, 2018
-MA (Archaeology), University of Yangon, 2021

Research Work

:

A Study on Royal Costumes of Yadanabon Period with Special References to National Museum (Yangon) and Mandalay Palace Museum

Daw Htet Htet Lyin Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Htet Htet Lyin
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

B.Sc (Hons), Dangon University (2000)
M.Sc Dangon University (2002)

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2002-2010);
Assistant Lecturer (2010-2014);
Lecturer (2014 – until now)

Field of Interest

:

Taxonomy

Publication
(1). Study on Morphological and Medicinal Uses of Some Species Grown in Nyaung –Khone Village. (Pyay University Research Journal.2012,Vol.4, No.1)
(2). Study on Fabaceae and Acanthaceae Families of Angiosperms from Pyay Township in West Bago Region. (Universities Research Journal,2017,Vol.10.No.4)
(3). Taxonomic Studies of Some Members of Malvaceae Family occurring in Pyay Township, West Bago Region (Universities Research Journal, 2018, Vol.11, No.10)
(4). Taxonomic Description of the Lamiaceae and Verbenaceae Families of the Flora of Paukkhaung Township (University of Yangon Research Journal, December-2018, Vol.8, No.1)
(5). Study on Some Useful Angiosperm Plants Growing in Mong Kung Township and its Surrounding Area (University of Yangon Research Journal, 2018-2019, Vol.9, No.2)
(6). Study on Some Useful Angiosperm Plants Growing in Aung Myin Bar Hu Protected Forest Area, Pyay Township (Dagon University Commemoration of 25 th Anniversary Silver Jubilee Research Journal, 2019, Vol.9, No.2)
(7). Useful Flowering plants in Myanmar (Korea Research Institute of Bioscience & Biotechnology, 2019, Vol.1)
(8). Study on Some Useful Angiosperm Plants Growing in Nan Oo Pyin Pagoda and its Surrounding Area, Mong Kung Township (3rd Myanmar Korea Conference Research Journal, 2020, Vol. 3, No.4)
Supervision
(Total 1)
MSc 1

Email

:

htethtetlin@uy.edu.mm

Mobile Phone No.

:

+95 9 31359918

Daw Thidar Kyaw Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Thidar Kyaw is a Lecturer in the Department of International Relation at University of Yangon. Prior to this, she worked as an Assistant Lecturer in the Department of International Relations, Yadanabon University in Mandalay from late 2017 to March 2020, and a former Assistant Lecturer and Tutor from 2012 to 2017 at University of Yangon.

She has Bachelor of Honours Degree, Master Degree and Master of Research Degree in International Relations from Dagon University in 2006, 2008 and 2010 respectively. In addition, she received the Second Master Degree in International Relations from the College of Asia and the Pacific, the Australian National University in 2017. Her research interests include Security Studies in the Asia-Pacific, and peace-building process. Thidar Kyaw teaches the undergraduate courses for Peace and Security PS-3110/3210 and Political Economy PS-3109/3209.

Phone

:

095313060

Email

:

thidarkyaw.ir@gmail.com

Daw Pan Ei Khaing Soe Tutor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Pan Ei Khaing Soe

Position

:

Tutor

Email

:

paneikhaingsoe@gmail.com

Academic Qualifications

:

– BSc (Zoology), University of East Yangon, 2007
– Diploma (Archaeology), University of Yangon, 2010
– MA (Archaeology), University of Yangon, 2012

Research Work

:

Laterite Culture of Myat Saw Nyi Naung (Twin Pagodas) in Thanlyin Kyauktan area

U Aung Khaing Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

U Aung Khaing
Lecturer
M.Res in West Yangon University (2013)

MRes Title:

:

Some Chemical Analysis of Desmodium Triquetrum [L.] D.C. Leaf and Study on Antioxidant and Antimicrobial Activities

Fields of Interest

:

Photocatalyst, Engineering Chemistry

E mail Address

:

aungkhaing@uy.edu.mm

Publications:

Yao Chen, Fei Ding, Aung Khaing, Dong Yang, Zhongyi Jiang. (2019). “Acetic acid-assisted supramolecular assembly synthesis of porous C3N4 hexagonal prism with excellent photocatalytic activity”. Journal of Applied Surface Science, 479(2019), 757-764

Aung Khiang, Dong Yang, Yao Chen, Zhongyi Jiang. (2020). “Synthesis of 2D g-C3N4/BiOCl heterojunction with mixed solvents to enhance visible-light photocatalytic performance”. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Proceeding

Cho Cho, Thinzar Aye, Aung Khaing, Takaomi Kobayashi. (2021). “Comparative study of cellulose hydrogel films prepared from various biomass wastes”. Intechopen Journal, Open access peer-reviewed chapter, DOI:10.5772/intechopen.99215

Dr Mya Phyu Moe Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr. Mya Phyu Moe

Designation

:

Associate Professor

Department

:

Department of History, University of Yangon

Email

:

myaphyumoe2021@gmail.com

Education

:

– Ph.D, 2018, University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar
Title : Royal Boatman Groups in Lower Myanmar (1752-1852)
– M.A., 2006, East Yangon University, Yangon, Myanmar
– B.A.(Q), 2002, University of Distance Education, Yangon, Myanmar

Work Experience

:

Work Experience :
Associate Professor, University of Yangon (13.10.2021-Present)
Course Taught : Hist 2102 -Ancient Southeast Asia
Hist 2108 -World History 1900 to Present II
Hist 3114 -Foreign Relations in the Konbaung Period II
Hist 4105 -International Relations since 1945
Lecturer, Yangon University of Foreign Languages ( 2.12.2019 -18.1.2021),
University of Yangon (18.1.2021-13.10.2021)
Course Taught :A.M 1001 – Aspects of Myanmar
Hist 2009 – Contemporary Europe
Hist 2010 – Myanmar History and Cultural History of Myanmar
Hist 5211 – Environmental History II
Assistant Lecturer, Yangon University of Foreign Languages (12.8.2016-1.12.2019)
Course Taught : A.M 1001 – Aspects of Myanmar
: Hist 2009 – Contemporary Europe

Tutor, Pathein University (1.9.2009-30.11.2011),
Yangon University of Foreign Languages (5.12.2011-12.8.2016)
Course Taught : A.M 1001 – Aspects of Myanmar
Hist 2009 – Contemporary Europe

Research Skills

:

Social History of Myanmar in particular social history of boatmen in Myanmar

Awards:

:

Best Ph.D. thesis in the field of Arts for 2018 by Myanmar Arts and Science Association

Publication Research Papers

:

1. Mya Phyu Moe, 2014, A Study of the Use of Royal Crafts in the Reign of Bagan, Innwa-Hanthawaddy and Taungoo Period, YUFL Research Journal, Vol.6, No.1, December 2014
2. Thin Thin Aye and Mya Phyu Moe, 2017, Historical Perspective on Maha Dhammayanthi Eindawyar Zedi, YUFL Research Journal, Vol.8, No.1, December 2017
3. Mya Phyu Moe, 2020, Ritual Practices concerning Myanmar Boats, The 1st International Conference Languages and Humanities, YUFL, ISBN 978-99971-40-05-0, 2020
4. Mya Phyu Moe, 2020, Social Status of Boatmen in Myanmar, The Second Myanmar Universities’ Research Conference (2020), Vol.2, Issue 1, 2020

Dr. Ei Ei Phyu Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr. Ei Ei Phyu works at the Department of International Relations, University of Yangon as a lecturer. She has joined the teaching career at the East Yangon University in 2012 and was transferred to Yandanabon University in 2016 and promoted as an assistant lecturer. She was transferred to University of Yangon in April 2019 and promoted as a lecturer in March 2020. She earned her PhD Degree (International Relations) from the University of Yangon in 2013 and her research focuses on Myanmar-Japan economic cooperation since 1988. She is responsible for teaching International Relations courses on Current Issues in International Relations as well as for supervising MA student.

Phone

:

(+95 9) 264376677

Email

:

Eieiphyuu78@gmail.com

Dr Thet Oo Zan Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr.Thet Oo Zan

Current Position

:

Lecturer

Education

:

LLB, LLM, PhD,

E-Mail address

:

dawthetoozan@uy.edu.mm

Field of Interest

:

Maritime Law, Human Rights Law

Publication ( Domestic / Foreign )
“Comparison of Shipowner’Liability between Hague Rules, Hague/Visby Rules and Hamburg Rules”, Sittway University Research Journal, Vol IV, No I

Daw Yu Yu Aye Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Yu Yu Aye

Designation

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Fisheries and Aquaculture, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

B.Sc (Hons), M.Sc, M.Res (Zoology), Meiktila University

Career history

:

(a) Assistant Lecturer (2012 August – 2018)
(b) Lecturer (2018 August – to date)

Course taught

:

I have given lectures and practical classes to the students since 2012. These lectures are Systematics of fishes, Post-Harvest Technology, Fish Nutrition and Feeding Technology, Aquatic animal diseases..

Research interest

:

Parasitic infection of fishes, Aquatic animal diseases.

Trainings

:

(1)The Techniques on Induced Breeding of Freshwater Fish, 2013
(2)Diagnostic Tools Used in Fish and Shellfish Diseases, 2017
(3)Capacity Building of University Faculty in Aquaculture Production Science, 2017
(4)Introductory Bioinformatic Workshop, 2018
(5) Japan-Asia Youth Exchange Program in Science (SAKURA Exchange Program in Science), 2018
(6)For participation at the Proposal Writing Training presented by Partners of the America’s Farmer to Farmer Myanmar Program on July 6-10, 2020
(7)Online Training on Japan-Asia Youth Exchange Program in Science (SAKURA Exchange Program in Science)
(8) Modern Fishery Technologies for Southeast Asian Countries (Senior Level) (11-24, October, 2022)
(9) Higher-Order-Thinking Skills for ASEAN Educator (12-14, October, 2022)
(10) The 2nd China-ASEAN Dean’s Forum on Fisheries Education and Young Scholars’ Forum on Sustainable Aquaculture.

Awards

:

The Best Paper Award (MAAS, 2021)
Detection of Myxosporean parasites infected in the kidneys of Cirrhinus mrigala (Hamilton, 1822)

E mail Address

:

yuyuaye1185@gmail.com/ yuyuaye@uy.edu.mm

Selected Publications

:

1.Yu Yu Aye, May thet Oo, Shan Shan, Yee Htwe, Thida, Saw Bawn, Yu Yu Aung (2016). Detection of Soil-Transmitted Helminths Eggs and Larvae in Vegetabke Herbs From Environs of Meiktila, Myanmar. Journal of Environmental and Applied Bioresearch. 4(2):52-56.
2.Ni Ni Myint, Yu Yu Aye, Yu Yu Aung, Saw Bawm (2017). Detection of plant parasitic nematodes in the soil of crop field in Meiktila area, Myanmar. Journal of Scientific Agriculture 1:258-263.
3.Myint Myint Win, Thant Zin, Mya Wutyi, Naw Naw Oo, Yu Yu Aye (2019). Histopathological changes in some organs of African Catfish, Clarias gariepinus in cultivated ponds, Mandalay Environs. Mandalay University Research Journal (MURJ) Vol.10(4).
4.Yu Yu Aye, Thant Zin, Kay Lwin Tun (2020). Myxosporean Infection in the Intestine of Cirrhinus mrigala (Hamilton, 1822) at Yezin Fishery Station, Nay Pyi Taw, Myanmar. Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science (MAAS).
5.Yu Yu Aye, Thant Zin, Kay Lwin Tun (2021). Detection of Myxozoa parasites in the kidneys of Cirrhinus mrigala (Hamilton, 1822), Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science (MAAS).
6.Yu Yu Aye, Thant Zin, Kay Lwin Tun (2022). Parasitic Infection in the Gills of Cirrhinus mrigala (Hamilton, 1822), University of Yangon Research Journal (UYRJ).

7.Yu Yu Aye, Thant Zin, Kay Lwin Tun (2022). Myxozosporean infection in the muscles of Cirrhinus mrigala (Hamilton, 1822), Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science (MAAS).

Daw Yamin Thet Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Yamin Thet
Lecturer
MSc in Chemistry, Mawlamyine University

MRes Title:

:

Study on the Biomedical Constituents of some Organic Compounds

Fields of Interest

:

-Environmental Chemistry
– Organic Chemistry
-Analytical Chemistry

E mail Address

:

yaminthet@uy.edu.mm

Publication

:

Thida Khine, Win Khin Thin Yee, Yamin Thet. (2017). “Investigation on Some Physicochemical Characteristics of Ka-hnyaw Hot Spring Water in Chaungzone Township, Mon State”. Universities Research Journal, vol 9, No. 1, pg 193-208

Dr Yin Yin Khine Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr. Yin Yin Khine

Designation

:

Associate Professor

Department

:

Department of History, University of Yangon

Email

:

dryinyinkhine@gmail.com

Education

:

Ph.D, November 2013, University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar
M.A., March 2001, University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar
B.A.(Q), September 1995, University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar

Work Experience

:

Work Experience :
Associate Professor, University of Yangon
Course Taught :Hist1001/1005 -Introduction to Myanmar Civilization
JNL 2003 -Historical Development of Political theories
Hist 3210 – Modern Japan
Lecturer, East Yangon University, University of Myeik and University of Yangon
Course Taught :A.M 1001 – Aspects of Myanmar
Hist1001/1005- Introduction to Myanmar Civilization
Hist 2106-Ancient History
Hist 5202-Western Historiography
Hist 4209 -Modern Middle East
Assistant Lecturer, East University Yangon
Course Taught : A.M 1001 – Aspects of Myanmar
: Hist 2009 – Contemporary Europe
Tutor, Pathein University, University of Yangon
Course Taught : A.M 1001 – Aspects of Myanmar
Hist 1001/1005 – Introduction to Myanmar Civilization

Research Field

:

Social History of Myanmar. Special interest in Education of Myanmar

Research Title

:

Social and Economic Conditions of Kyaukpadaung Township Since 1988

Publication Research Papers

:

Yin Yin Khine and Ni Zin Soe
2022, Demographic profile of the Bamar and Their ethnic clusters in Historical sources (University of Yangon Research Journal Vol. II, No. 1)

Dr Khin San Yu, Lecturer, Department of Geography

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr. Khin San Yu

Email

:

Khinyu2475@gmail.com

Academic Qualifications

:

PhD

Specialization

:

Human Geography

Research Expertise

:

Settlement Pattern Changes in the Eastern Part of Bago Region

Current Teaching Duty

:

Undergraduate Class and MA Class Geography Teaching Assistant in GIS Class

Other Responsibilities

:

Contact Person for Geography Library

Daw Aye Aye Cho Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Aye Aye Cho
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc, 1985, University of Yangon;
BSc (Hons;), 1986, University of Yangon;
MSc (Tissue Culture), 1994, University of Yangon;

Career history

:

Demonstrator (1986);
Assistant Lecturer;
Lecturer (until now);

Field of Interest

:

Tissue Culture

Publication

:

International and local publication

Supervision

:

(Total 2)
MRes 2

Telephone

:

09448017726

Email

:

ayechobotany2018@gmail.com

Dr. Khin Hninn Wint Kyaw Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr. Khin Hninn Wint Kyaw
Lecturer (LLB, LLM, MRes, PhD)

Field of Interest

:

Law of Contract, Law Relating to Sale of Goods, Transport Laws

Publication ( Domestic / Foreign )
(1) “Specific Performance of International Sale Contract: English Law, Myanmar Law and CISG”, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVII. No.8, August, 2019
(2) “Challenges of the Local People in Dawei Special Economic Zone”, The 20th Anniversary Conference Proceedings, February,2020
(3) “Legal Protection from the Worst Forms of Child Labour”, Dawei University Research Journal, Vol.12. No.1, December, 2020

Dr Kyawt Kyawt Khine Than Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Kyawt Kyawt Khine Than
Lecturer, Department of Mathematics

Academic qualification

:

BSc(Q)-Mathematics, MSc-Mathematics, MRes-Mathematics, PhD(Mathematics)

Career history

:

Tutor (2012-2016), Assistant Lecturer (2016 – to date)

Awards

:

Law and Order restoration Award, 23134 (4.1.2016)

Courses taught

:

Mathematics I,II

Research interest

:

Differential Equations

Mobile Phone

:

+959421073811

Email

:

drkyawtkyawtkhinethan@gmail.com

Daw Aye Ei Ei Aung Than Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Aye Ei Ei Aung Than is a Lecturer of the Department of International Relations and Political Science, University of Yangon. From 2015 to 2018 she worked as a tutor in the Department of IR and PS. In 2004 she got her first degree (Bachelor of Honours Degree) from East Yangon University and in 2007 she also received her Master Degree in International Relations from University of Yangon. She, moreover, attained the Second Master Degree in International Relations from the College of Asia and the Pacific, the Australian National University in 2018. Her research interests include Security Studies. Aye Ei Ei Aung Than teaches the undergraduate courses (National Security and Human Security and IR in political thoughts) for students of IR and PS.

Phone

:

09-770864865

Email

:

eieiaungthan2019@gmail.com

Daw Khin Nyein Chan Thaw Tutor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Khin Nyein Chan Thaw

Position

:

Tutor

Email

:

khinnyeinchan.thaw94@gmail.com, khinnyeinchanthaw@uy.edu.mm

Academic Qualifications

:

– BA (Hons), Dagon University, 2015
-MA (Archaeology), Dagon University, 2017

Research Work

:

Art and Architecture of Shwe Kyaung (or) Shwe Nandaw Monastery

Daw Thant Thant Phone Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Thant Thant Phone

Present Appointment

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

B.Sc, Zoology, University of Yangon (1987)
M.Sc, Zoology, University of Yangon (1997)

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (2002 – 2010)
Assistant Lecturer (2010 – 2014)
Lecturer (2014 – Present)

Course taught

:

Undergraduate and Postgraduate students in Zoology specialization

Research interest

:

Parasitology, Entomology

E mail Address

:

twa79945@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09792504941

Selected Publications

:

1. Hla Hla Maw, Aye Kyi, & Thant Thant Phone (2019). Hirschmanniella oryzae (LUC & GODEY, 1964) Hlaing Tharyar Township. University of Yangon Research Journal, 9(2).
2. Cherry, Thant Thant Phone, Tin Aye Ye, & Myint Myint Sein (2016, October). Study on insect pests mustard farms found in Danyingone area. University of Yangon Research Journal.

Dr Aye Aye Cho Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Aye Aye Cho
Lecturer
PhD in Chemistry, University of Yangon, Myanmar

PhD Title

:

Isolation, Identification and Bioactivity of some Organic Constituents in Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (Daung-myi-thit-kwa) and Dendrobium parishii Rchb.f(Kha-yang-yaung-lwin-pyin) Stems

Fields of Interest

:

Natural Product Organic Chemistry
– Biochemistry
– Environmental Chemistry

Publication

:

1. Aye Aye Cho, Mon Mon Thu and Saw Hla Myint, “Bioactivity and Chemical Investigation of Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (Daung- myi-thit-kwa), Universities Research Journal, Vol. 2, No. 5 (2009)

Dr Ni Zin Soe Associate Professor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr. Ni Zin Soe

Designation

:

Associate Professor

Department

:

Department of History, University of Yangon

Email

:

girlkachin27@gmail.com

Education

:

B.A(Q)2001, Dagon University, Myanmar
M.A., 2004, Dagon University, Myanmar

Ph.D, 2011, University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar
Title : The History of Myanmar Police Force (1948-1974)

Work Experience

:

Associate Professor, University of Yangon
Course Taught :Hist 1104 -Myanmar and Culture I @ II
Hist 1102 -World History 1500-1900
MS 4103 – Cultural History of Myanmar Colonial Period
Hist 3107 – Foreign relation in Konbaung Period
Lecturer, University of Yangon
Course Taught :M.S 5210 – Social History of Myanmar
Hist 4110 – International Relations Since 1945 II
Hist 3207 -Foreign Relations in the Konbaung Period I @ II
Hist 3103 -Modern China
A.M 1001 -Aspects of Myanmar
Assistant Lecturer, Dagon University

Course Taught : A.M 1001 – Aspects of Myanmar
Hist 1005 – Introduction to Myanmar Civilization I @ II
Hist 2104 -History of Science and Technology
Tutor, Maubin University
Course Taught : A.M 1001 – Aspects of Myanmar

Research Field

:

Social History. Special interest in Education

Publication Research Papers

:

Yin Yin Khine and Ni Zin Soe
2022, Demographic profile of the Bamar and Their ethnic clusters in Historical sources (University of Yangon Research Journal Vol . II, No. 1)

Dr Saw Thanda, Lecturer, Department of Geography

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr. Saw Thandar

Email

:

Sawsaw.aug@gmail.com

Academic Qualifications

:

PhD

Specialization

:

Human Geography

Research Expertise

:

Detection of Shoreline and Landcover Changes around the Letkokon Area Based on Remote Sensing Analysis

Current Teaching Duty

:

Undergraduate Class and MA Class Geography Teaching Assistant in GIS Class

Other Responsibilities

:

Contact Person for GIS Lab

Daw Aye Aye Oo Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Aye Aye Oo
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc, BSc (Hons:), MSc

Career history

:

Demonstrator (1993-2001);
Assistant Lecturer (2001-2006);
Lecturer (2006 until now)

Field of Interest

:

Phamacognosy, Taxonomy

Publication
(1) Production of Biologically Active Compounds from Endophytic Strains Isolated from Different Plant Species (Yee Yee Thu, Ko Tin (Lec., YU), Aye Aye Oo (Lec. YU), Thwe Thwe Oo (Lec, YU, Journal of the Asia Research Centre, 2016, Vol. 5, No.1 & 2, 131-148)
(2) Morphological and Medicinal Uses of Some Ornamental Plants (Aye Aye Oo) Pyay University Research Journal, 217, Vol.9, N0.1, 359-367

Email

:

ayeayeoo@uy.edu.mm

Mobile Phone No.

:

09-423727668

Dr Thet Thet Swe Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Thet Thet Swe (Ms)

Degree

:

PhD (Physics, UY), PhD (Advanced Materials, USM)

Position

:

Lecturer

Organization

:

Department of Physics, University of Yangon, Ministry of Education

Contact Detail:

Email

:

thetthetswe@uy.edu.mm

HP

:

+95-9880414187, +95-1-536772, +95-1-510721

Dr Thet Thet Swe is a Lecturer at Department of Physics, University of Yangon. She obtained her Ph.D. in Physics from University of Yangon in 2016 and her Master of Research, MSc and BSc (Honours) specialization in Physics from the Dagon University, Myanmar in 2011, 2010 and 2007 respectively. Moreover, she was awarded AUN/SEED-Net Doctoral Degree Sandwich Scholarship 2016 and completed her PhD degree in Advanced Materials from Universiti Sains Malaysia (USM) with specialization of Biomaterials for bone implantation. Relating that scholarship, she went to Kyushu University for short term study and did research concerning with the clinical characterization (in-vitro cells study) of biomaterials. She was also achieved the best poster awards in Regional Conference on Materials and ASEAN Microscopy Conference 2017 and 3rd International Postgraduate Conference on Materials, Mineral and Polymer 2019.

Work Experience
1) Demonstrator (2012 – 2016), Department of Physics, Myingyan University
2) Assistant Lecturer (2016 – 2020), Department of Physics, University of Yangon
3) Lecturer (2020 – Present), Department of Physics, University of Yangon

Educational background:
2007, BSc (Hons) (Physics), Dagon University, Yangon
2010, MSc (Physics) , Dagon University, Yangon
2011, MRes (Physics), Dagon University, Yangon
2016, PhD (Physics), University of Yangon
2021, PhD (Advanced Materials), Universiti Sains Malaysia
Area of Interest:
Bioglass, Bioceramics and Advanced Materials

International Journal and Conference Proceeding:

:

1) Thet Thet Swe, Hasmaliza Mohamad, Khairul Anuar Shariff, Ahmad Fauzi Mohd Noor, Kunio Ishikawa and Aye Aye Thant. “Synthesis and Characterization of Bioactive Quaternary Silicate Gel-glasses.” In Journal of Physics: Conference Series, vol. 1082, no. 1, p. 012070. IOP Publishing Ltd., (2018).
2) Thet Thet Swe, Khairul Anuar Shariff, Ahmad Fauzi Mohd Noor, Kunio Ishikawa, and Hasmaliza Mohamad. “Effect of aging time on the crystal structure of new quaternary silicate gel-glasses.” Materials Today: Proceedings 16 (2019): 1668-1672.
3) Thet Thet Swe, Hasmaliza Mohamad, Khairul Anuar Shariff, and Aye Aye Thant. “Fabrication of sol-gel derived new quaternary silicate Bioglass S55P4.” In AIP Conference Proceedings, vol. 2068, no. 1, p. 020070. AIP Publishing LLC, (2019).
4) Thet Thet Swe, Khairul Anuar Shariff, Ahmad Fauzi Mohd Noor, Kunio Ishikawa, and Hasmaliza Mohamad. “Effect of Silver on the Apatite Formation of Bioactive Silicate Glass.” Materials Today: Proceedings 17 (2019): 884-888.
5) Thet Thet Swe, Khairul Anuar Shariff, Ahmad Fauzi Mohd Noor, Kunio Ishikawa, and Hasmaliza Mohamad. “Effect of strontium doping on bone nodule formation of sol-gel derived bioglass.” In AIP Conference Proceedings, vol. 2267, no. 1, p. 020058. AIP Publishing LLC, (2020).
6) Thet Thet Swe, Myat Shwe Wah, and Aye Aye Thant. “Study on Mechanical Properties of Porous Hydroxyapatite for Bone Tissue Engineering.” University of Yangon Research Journal vol.7 (no.1):pp. 143-147 (2016).
7) Thet Thet Swe, Khairul Anuar Shariff, Hasmaliza Mohamad, Kunio Ishikawa, Koichiro Hayashi, and Mohamad Hafizi Abu Bakar. “Behavioural response of cells and bacteria on single and multiple doped Sr and Ag S53P4 sol-gel bioglass.” Ceramics International (2020).
8) Thet Thet Swe, Hasmaliza Mohamad and Khairul Anuar Shariff. “Effect of SrO Doping on Structural and Morphological Properties of Sol-Gel Derived Bioglass.” Malaysian Journal of Microscopy 16, no. 1, pp. 1-7 (2020).
9) Thet Thet Swe, Hasmaliza M. Mohamad, and Khairul Anuar Shariff. “Effect of Sr on the Bioactivity of Sol-Gel Derived New Silicate Bioglass S55P4.” In Materials Science Forum, vol. 1010, pp. 613-619. Trans Tech Publications Ltd, 2020.
10) Thet Thet Swe, Hasmaliza M. Mohamad, Khairul Anuar Shariff and Kunio Ishikawa. “Synthesis and Characterization of Sol-Gel Derived Strontium doped S53P4 Bioglass.” (Accepted and Under Publishing in Scientific.net Materials Science Forum for 2021).

Daw Thwin Hnin Hlaing Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Thwin Hnin Hlaing is a Lecturer in the Department of International Relations and Political Science, University of Yangon. She has joined the teaching career at East Yangon University in 2012 and promoted as an assistant lecturer in 2016. She got Master degree from Ritsumeikan University (Japan) in 2017.She was transferred to Yandanabon University in 2018. She was promoted as Lecturer in 2019 and transferred to the Monywa University. She was transferred to the University of Yangon in December 2021. Her research interests focus on Myanmar Foreign Policy. She is responsible for teaching International Relations courses on Political Institutions and Gender and Politics.

Publications
(1) Thwin Hnin Hlaing. (2019). Myanmar Foreign Policy and its Relations with China and Japan (1988-2015). Yadanabon University Research Journal 2019, 10(1), 416-422
(2) Thwin Hnin Hlaing & Khaing Khaing Tun Myint (2020). Myanmar’s Stand on the US-China Competition under the NLD Government. Monywa University Research Journal 2020, 12(1),422-431

Phone

:

(+95 9) 428567241

Email

:

thwinhninhlaing@gmail.com

Dr Khine Zar Ni Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr Khine Zar Ni (Ya-13825)

Present Appointment

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

B.Sc Engineering( Biotechnology ), University of Yangon
M.Sc (Biotechnology), University of Yangon
M.Res (Biotechnology), University of Yangon
Ph.D (Zoology), University of Yangon

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (1.9.2009 to 12.8.2016)
Assistant Lecturer (12.8.2016 to 2.12.2019)
Lecturer (2.12.2019 to present)

Course taught

:

Biotechnology, Microbiology

Supervising

:

(2) MSc Students, (1) PhD Student

Research interest

:

Microbiology

E mail Address

:

khinezarni85@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

095187179

Selected Publications

:

1. Ei Khine Win & Khine Zar Ni (2020). Identification of effective microorganisms collected from soil samples for use as probiotics. Yae Nan Chaung University Research Journal, 2, 289-294.
2. Khine Zar Ni, Nyein Nyein Hlaing, Khine Thandar & Thinzar Oo (2012, December). Isolation and identification of Bacillus species from soil of various sources and their antimicrobial activities. Universities Research Journal, 5(2), 115-121.
3. Khine Zar Ni, Ei Khine Win, Soe Soe Htay (2022). Investigation of the Bacteria Population in Leaf Litter Soil near the Bamboo and Tamarind Trees on the University of Yangon Campus. University of Yangon Research Journal, 11(2), 447-456.
4. Aye Aye Khaing, Khin Khin Yone, Khine Zar Ni (2022). Wing Venation of Butterflies (Order-Lepidoptera) in Shwebontha Environs, Pyay Township, Bago Region. University of Yangon Research Journal, 11(2), 373-384.
5. Khaing Thanda, Khine Zar Ni (2022). Seasonal Population of Zooplankton in Kandawgyi Lake. Pyay University Research Journal, 11(1), 166-171.

Daw Aye Aye Thant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Aye Aye Thant
Lecturer
MSc in Chemistry, 2004

MSc Title

:

STUDY ON THECHITIN COMPONENT IN THE CRAB SHELL FROM MAUNGMAKAN BEACH

Fields of Interest

:

Natural Product of Organic Chemistry

E mail Address

:

aaye5191@gmail.com

Daw Htwe Htwe Khaing Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Htwe Htwe Khaing

Designation

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of History, University of Yangon

Email

:

htwehtwekhaing8182@gmail.com

Education

:

M.A – 2000, University of Pathein, Myanmar
B.A (Q) 1995, University of Pathein, Myanmar

Work Experience

:

Lecturer, University Of Yangon (2.12.2021-present)
Course Taught AM-1001-Aspects of Myanmar
Hist-2006-Social History of England
Hist-3103-Modern China
Hist-3104-Modern Russia
Assistant Lecturer, Pathein University (1.12.2007-30.11.2011)
Course Taught AM-1001-Aspect of Myanmar
Hist-2102-Ancient Southeast Asia
Tutor, Pathein University (27.7.1998-30.11.2007)
Hist- 1102-World History

Research Skills

:

-Political, Social and Cultural History
-Ancient Myanmar History

Daw Kay Khine Wint Tutor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Kay Khine Wint

Designation

:

Tutor

Department

:

Department of Archaeology, University of Yangon.

Email

:

kkhinewintster@gmail.com

Education

:

-MA (Archaeology), University of Yangon, 2012
-Diploma (Archaeology), University of Yangon, 2009
-BA (Painting), University of Culture (Yangon)

Research Work::

“Floral Designs Depicted in Murals of Early Bagan Temples,” MA Thesis, 2012

U Hein Myat Thu Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Hein Myat Thu is an Assistant Lecturer of the Department of International Relations and Political Science, University of Yangon. He obtained B.A (Q) in 2008, MA (Thesis) in 2012 and MRes in 2013 in the specialization of International Relations from Dagon University. He also obtained his PhD degree in International Relations from the University of Yangon in 2019. His specialization is Non-Traditional Security such as Environmental Issue. He has been teaching Environment and Politics and Myanmar Foreign Relations in International Relations and Political Science.

Phone

:

(+95 9) 73135709

Email

:

heinmyatthuir@gmail.com

Dr. May Thu Rein Oo Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr. May Thu Rein Oo

Present Appointment

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a)B.Sc (Qualify), Zoology, Dagon University, Myanmar
(b) M.Sc (Ichthyology), Dagon University, Myanmar
(c) M.Res (Ichthyology), Dagon University, Myanmar
(d) Ph.D (Ichthyology), University of Yangon, Myanmar

Carrier history

:

(a) Demonstrator (2012-2016)
(b) Assistant Lecturer (2016-2020)
(c) Lecturer (2020- to date)

Course taught

:

I have given Lecture classes to the students since 2016. These lectures are FA-1105 Systematic of fishes II, FA-2111 Aquaculture facility and system, FA-2112 Aquatic Pollution and Toxicology, FA-2107 Fisheries Management, FA-3204 Aquaculture and Sustainability, and FA-3201 Hatchery Technology I.

Supervising

:

1- Undergraduate student, 1- MSc student

Research interest

:

(a)Productive of fish larvae feed, marine microalgae Nannochloropsis sp.,Chlorella sp.,Chaetoceros sp., Tetraselmis sp.
(b) Productive of fish larvae feed, marine zooplankton Rotifer sp.
(c) Live food culture and larval rearing of fin fishes
(d) Water quality management in aquaculture
(e)Reproductive development of aquatic organisms

Trainings

:

(1)“Capacity Building of University Faculty in Aquaculture Production Science I” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon”. (7-16 June, 2017)
(2)“Shared Experiences in Developing Sustainable Seafood in Myanmar” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (10-15 July, 2017)
(3)“Capacity Building of University Faculty in Aquaculture Production Science II” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (27-30 Nov 2017)
(4)“Hatchery Management and Pathology in Aquaculture” at Cantho University, Vietnam. (4-31 March, 2018)
(5)The 1st workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (May, 2018)
(6)The 2nd workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (July, 2018)
(7)The 3rd workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (August, 2018)
(8)The 4th workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (December, 2018)
(9)Introductory Bioinformatic Workshop” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (December, 2018)
(10)The 5th workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (May, 2019)
(11)Principle of Curriculum Development and Writing, Learning Objectives and Principle of Education Science at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (11, June, 2019)
(12)Online Training of Proposal Writing presented by Partners of the America’s Farmer- to-Farmer Myanmar Program (6-10 July, 2020)
(13)Online Training of Course description for BSc (Fisheries and Aquaculture) (20-24 July, 2020)
(14)Online Training of Email Writing Course (1/2020) (December, 2020)
(15)Online Training of Business Planning Training (December, 2020)
(16)Online Training of Modern Fishery Technologies for South Asia Countries (Technical Level) (December, 2021)
(17)2022 Training of Higher – Order – Thinking Skills for ASEAN Educators (12-14, October, 2022)

Symposium

:

International Fisheries Symposium (IFS, 2019) in Malaysia (18-21 November, 2019)Species richness and population abundance of fishes in Leasable inlets of Twante Township, Yangon Region, Myanmar, Dr. May Thu Rein Oo, Dr. Min Thu Aung, Dr. Kay Lwin Tun

Awards

:

The Hitachi Global Foundation Asia Innovation Award 2020 (November, 2020) (As a follower)

E mail Address

:

drmaythureinoo77@gmail.com

Selected Publications

:

1.Kay Lwin Tun, Siddhartha Kanrar, Kevin M. Fitzsimmons, Jean E. McLain, Luis F. Aranguren, Moe T. Oo, Hlain H. T. Kyi, May T. Oo, and Arun K. Dhar Identification of acute hepatopancreaticnecrosis disease (AHPND) in Black Tiger shrimp (Penaeus monodon) Pacific White shrimp (Penaeus vannamei), and Freshwater shrimp (Macrobrachium rosenbergii) (to be submitted to Diseases of Aquatic Organisms, 2019)
2.Kathy Moe, MayThu Rein Oo and Kay Lwin Tun “Induced Breeding and Rearing of Monopterus albus (Zuiew, 1793) swamp eel larvae with four different kinds of feeds” published at University of Yangon Research Journal, 2019, VoL9. No.2
3.Khin Thiri Khit , Ei Mon Ko, May Thu Rein Oo and Kay Lwin Tun “Induced Breeding of Stinging Catfish, Heteropneustes fossilis, (Bloch, 1794) using different hormones” published at Universities of Research Journal , 2019, VoL12
4.Ca Tin Hoi, Khin Mar Kyi, May Thu Rein Oo, Kay Lwin Tun. Investigation on some diseases of short fin eel Anguilla bicolor from McClelland, 1844 from fattening concrete tank. University of Yangon Research Journal, 9 (2), pp. 453-470, 2019.
5.Sandar Win, Sein Sein Win and May Thu Rein Oo “Study on some aquarium Fishes from Mandalay” published at Mandalay University of Distance Education Research Journal,2018,VoL 1
6.May Thu Rein Oo, Min Thu Aung and Kay Lwin Tun “Species richness and population abundance of fishes in Leasable inlets of Twante Township, Yangon Region, Myanmar” to be submitted to 2019 ASEAN-FEN 9th INTERNATIONAL FISHERIES SYMPOSIUM (IFS 2019)
7.May Thu Rein Oo, Cho Cho Thin, Cho Cho Mar, Kay Lwin Tun. “Productive of fish larvae feed, Nanochloropsis Sp. Using different fertilizer Media” Published at University of Yangon Research Journal 2022, Vol.11, No 2, pp, 469-480.

Dr Ni Ni Aye Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Win Win Aung
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc, MSc, PhD (Pharmacognosy)

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2002-2010)
Assistant Lecturer (2010-2014)
Lecturer (2014 until now)

Field of Interest

:

Pharmacognosy

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1). Phytochemical Study on Cassia glauca Lam. and Its Antimicrobial Activity (Ni Ni Aye, Universities Research Journal, December, 2010, Vol. 3 No. 1, Pg 1-10),
(2). Pharmacological Activities of Barks of Cassia glauca Lam. (Ni Ni Aye, Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, March,2012, Vol. X No. 5, 63-80)

Other Publication

:

Grade( 6) ,Science, Textbook and Teacher’s Guide, January, 2019 , ( Secondary Curriculum Reform)
Grade (7) , Science, Textbook and Teacher’s Guide, January, 2020, ( Secondary Curriculum Reform) ( Secondary Education Sector Development/ TVET Sector Reform) (2016 -17 to 2022-23) (EYE-Project)

Supervision
Total (2)
MRes 1
MSc 1

Telephone

:

09-5164910

Email

:

niniaye@uy.edu.mm

Dr Yin Yawai Phoo Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr Yin Yawai Phoo

Current Position

:

Assistant Lecturer

Education

:

LLB, LLM, MRes, PhD, Diploma in Law

Field of Research Interest

:

Public International Law, Environmental Law, Human Rights Law

Publication ( Domestic / Foreign )
(1) “Legal Control on Human Trafficking in Myanmar”, Mawlamyine University Research Journal, Vol. 10, No.1, December, 2018
(2) “Legal Protection from Violence against Children”, Mawlamyine University Research Journal, Vol. 11, No.1, December, 2019
(3) “Legal Rights of Migrant Workers”, The 20th Anniversary Conference Proceedings, February, 2020

Daw May Thu Kha Tutor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw May Thu Kha

Current Position

:

Tutor

Education

:

LLB, LLM

E-Mail address

:

maythukha97@gmail.com

Field of Research Interest

:

Public International Law, Human Rights Law, International Humanitarian Law

Publication ( Domestic / Foreign )
Nil

Daw Soe Mi Mi Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Soe Mi Mi
Lecturer
MSc in Chemistry

MSc Title

:

Study on the Extraction of Essential Oil from Lemongrass

Fields of Interest

:

Physical Chemistry

E mail Address

:

soemimi22@gamil.com

Publication

:

1. Soe Mi Mi, Zaw Naing, Cho Cho. (2022). “Removal of Rodamine B by Prepared Cellulose from Oil Palm Bunch Fiber”, University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol. 11, No. (1)

U Win Htut Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

U Win Htut

Designation

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of History, University of Yangon

Email

:

winhtut2041983@gmail.com

Education

:

Ph.D (Preliminary), University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar
M.A., 2009, Pathein University, Pathein, Myanmar
B.A.(Hons;), 2006, Pathein University, Pathein, Myanmar

Work Experience

:

Lecturer, University of Yangon (1.7.2022-31.5.2022)(Attach Pathein University)
Lecturer, Pathein University (1.12.2021-30.6.2022)
Course Taught : A.M 1001 – Aspects of Myanmar
Hist 1105 – Introduction to Myanmar Civilization
Assistant Lecturer, Pathein University (1.3.2019-30.11.2021)
Course Taught : A.M 1001 – Aspects of Myanmar
Hist 1103/ Hilst 1105 – Introduction to Myanmar Civilization
Hist 1102 World History (1500-1900)
Tutor, Pathein University (2.2.2015-28.2.2019)
Course Taught : A.M 1001 – Aspects of Myanmar

Dr Kathy Myint Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Kathy Myint
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Q) Botany (University of Yangon, 1995),
Msc (Tissue culture, Mawlamyaing University, 2001), MRes (Tissue culture, Mawlamyaing University, 2002), PhD (Microbiology, University of Yangon, 2010)

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2002- 2010)
Assistant lecturer (2010- 2014)
Lecturer (2014- until now)

Field of Interest

:

Microbiology

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1) Isolation of Fungi, Antimicrobial Activities and Fermentation Studies for the Production of Antibacterial Metabolite Especially Against Xanthomonas oryzae Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Volume.IX, No. 5, March 2011. Pg, 227-239.
(2) Antimicrobial Metabolite Producing Fungi Isolated from Soil at Dala Township. 1st Myanmar – Korea Conference Research Journal, 2018, June, Pg,29. (Kay Tha Ye Soe Win, Dr Kathy Myint)
(3) Disease Symptoms on Rice Plants and Identification of the Pathogens Causing Diseases Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Volume.XVIII, No. 4 A, March 2020. Pg, 125-132. (Nway Nandar Aung, Dr Kathy Myint, Dr Bay Dar)

Supervision
(Total 7)
MSc 3
MRes 3
PhD (Co) 1

Telephone

:

+95 9 421880669

Email

:

kathymyint@uy.edu.mm

Daw Thwe Thwe San Tutor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Thwe Thwe San is a Tutor in the Department of International Relations and Political Science at the University of Yangon. She got her bachelor degree in English in 2009 from the Sittway University and a MA degree in International Relations from Peoples’ Friendship University of Russia. She achieved her Diploma in Russian Language from Peoples’ Friendship University of Russia.

Phone

:

((+95 9)667768095

Email

:

thwethwesan54@gmail.com

Dr July Maung Maung Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr July Maung Maung

Designation

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Fisheries and Aquaculture, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a)B.Sc(Engg), Biotechnology, University of Yangon, Myanmar
(b) M.Sc, Biotechnology, University of Yangon, Myanmar
(c) M.Res, Biotechnology, University of Yangon, Myanmar
(d)Ph.D, Zoology, University of Yangon, Myanmar

Career history

:

(a) Demonstrator (2012-2016)
(b) Assistant Lecturer (2016-2020)
(c) Lecturer (2020, March – to date)

Course taught

:

I have given lectures and practical classes to the students since 2012. These lectures are Systematic of Fishes II, Aquaculture Facilities and Systems, and Biotechnology in Aquaculture I.diseases..

Supervising

:

1- PhD student.

Research interest

:

(a)Reproductive biology of freshwater and marine mollusks
(b)Studies on molecular and morphology characterization of bivalves.

Trainings

:

(1)English Language Course for Higher Education Teachers (National Centre For English Language) (March, 2014)
(2)Basic Microbiology (Bacteriology) Training Course (May, 2015)
(3)Intensive Training Course on Geographic Information Systems and Remote Sensing (November, 2015)
(4) CE and qPCR Training from Thermofisher Scientific (November, 2016)
(5) Basic Technologies of Aquaculture and Seafood Production (May, 2016)
(6)Advance Technologies of Aquaculture and Seafood Production (May, 2016)
(7)Training Program for Study on Cell and Tissue Structure using Histology Method (March, 2017)
(8)Capacity Building of University Faculty in Aquaculture Production Science (June, 2017)
(9)Teaching Workshop at the Department of Biological Sciences (NUS) (January-February, 2018)
(10)IT Based Teaching Technology and SPSS Software Training Course (May,2018)
(11)English Upgrading Course for Teachers (May – July, 2018)
(12)Online Training of Proposal Writing presented by Partners of the America’s Farmer- to -Farmer Myanmar Program (6-10 July, 2020)
(13)Online Training of Course description for BSc (Fisheries and Aquaculture) (20-24 July, 2020)
(14)Modern Fishery Technologies for Southeast Asian Countries (Senior Level) (11-24, October, 2022)
(15)2022 Training of Higher – Order – Thinking Skills for ASEAN Educators (12-14, October, 2022).

Symposium

:

(1)The Hitachi Global Foundation Asia Innovation Award 2020 (November, 2020) (As a follower)
(2)MFS (Myanmar Fisheries Society for Research in Myanmar (2010-2011)

E mail Address

:

julymgmg@uy.edu.mm, julymgmg84@gmail.com

Selected Publications

:

1.July Maung Maung, Kay Lwin Tun, 2022. Reproductive cycle and gonad development of mud calm, Polymesoda erosa (Bivalvia : Corbiculidae) in Chaung Tha, Ayeyarwaddy Region, Myanmar. University of Yangon Research Journal, 11 (2), pp. 407-416, Dec., 2022
2.Taat Tun Thu, July Maung Maung, Ayemya Thandar, 2020. Isolation and identification of phosphate solubilizing bacteria and halophilic bacteria from Rhizosphere soils of Mee-Pya mangrove area. West Yangon University Research Journal, 8 (2), pp.79 -86, May., 2020.
3.Ayemya Thandar, July Maung Maung, Mya Mya Win, 2019. Comparison of DNA extraction protocols for two different methods in catfish tissues. Proceedings of the International Joint symposium on Pathein University,Myanmar,1 (2),pp.180-184,Sep.,2029.
4.July Maung Maung, Kay Lwin Tun, 2011. Reproductive cycle of Ruditapes philippinarum. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, 10 (4), pp. 19-28, Mar., 2011.

Daw Khin Than Naing Soe Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Khin Than Naing Soe
Lecturer
MSc in Engineering Chemistry

MSc Title

:

X-Ray Diffraction

Fields of Interest

:

Physical chemistry

E mail Address

:

skhin3597@gmail.com

Daw Khin Chue Chue Lwin Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Khin Chue Chue Lwin

Designation

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of History, University of Yangon

Email

:

chuelwin3@gmail.com

Education

:

M.A., 2015, Mawlamyine University, Mawlamyine, Myanmar
B.A.(Hons:), 2012, Mawlamyine University, Mawlamyine, Myanmar

Work Experience

:

Lecturer, University of Yangon (6.10.2022 – Present)
Course Taught : Hist 1104 -World History 1500 to 1900 II
Hist 2103 -World History 1900 to Present I
Hist 2002 -World History 1900 to Present I (Elective)
Lecturer, University of Panglong (1.12.2021 – 5.10.2022)
Course Taught : Hist 1104 -World History 1500 to 1900 II
Hist 2109 -Political Science (Major Elective)
Assistant Lecturer, University of Panglong (8.2.2021 – 30.11.2021)
Course Taught : A.M 1001 -Aspects of Myanmar
Assistant Lecturer, Mawlamyine Education Degree College (11.3.2019 – 5.2.2021)
Course Taught : Hist 1102 – World History 1500 to 1900 I
Hist 1104 -World History 1500 to 1900 II
Social Studies Course
Tutor, Mawlamyine Degree College (29.10.2015 – 8.3.2019)
Course Taught : Hist 1102 – World History 1500 to 1900 I
Hist 1104 – World History 1900 to Present II
Hist 2101 – Ancient Myanmar I
Hist 2105 – Ancient Myanmar II

Dr Cho Cho Aye Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Cho Cho Aye
Lecturer

Qualification

:

BA, MA, PhD(Myanmar)

Phone

:

09 421104267

Email

:

–

Address

:

No 111, Gandama Hostal, Hlaing University Campus, Hlaing, Yangon, Myanmar.

Dr. Thu Zar Tin Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Thu Zar Tin
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Hons:),
MSc, PhD

Career history

:

Demonstrator 2002- 2010
Assistant Lecturer 2010 – 2014
Lecturer 2014 – up to now

Field of Interest

:

Pharmacognosy

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1) Isolation and Identification of Stigmasterol, b -sitosterol and Lupeol compound of the plant Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br. (University of Yangon Research Journal, 2019, Vol.9, No.2, 151-161),(Thu Zar Tin, Sann Sann Aye)
(2) Antigrobacterial Activity of Endophytic Bacteria Isolated from Noni Fruit (Morinda citrifolia L.)(University of Yangon Research Journal,2019,Vol.9,No.2,69-80),(Nu Yin Aye,Bay Dar,Thu Zar Tin)

Telephone

:

095042890

Email

:

thuzartin@uy.edu.mm

Daw Nem Sian Man Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Nem Sian Man

Present Appointment

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

B.Sc (Zoology), M.Sc (Entomology)

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (2012 – 2016)
Assistant Lecturer (2016 – to date)

Course taught

:

–

Research interest

:

Parasitology

E mail Address

:

nsman.nunu@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

+95 09257999299

Publications

:

–

Daw Margret Hkawn Tawn Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Margret Hkawn Tawng
Assistant Lecturer
MRes in Chemistry

MRes Thesis Title

:

Adsorption Studies of Activated Coal from Lweje Mine

Fields of Interest

:

– Physical Chemistry
– Environmental Chemistry
– Analytical Chemistry

Email

:

margaretht@uy.edu.mm

Dr May Kalayar Kyaing Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr May Kalayar Kyaing (Ms)

Degree

:

PhD (Materials Science)

Position

:

Lecturer

Organization

:

Department of Physics, University of Yangon, Ministry of Education

Contact Detail:

Email

:

maykalayarkyaing@uy.edu.mm , maykalayarkyaingmkk@gmail.com

HP

:

+95-9-425011435, +95-1-536772, +95-1-510721

Dr May Kalayar Kyaing is a Lecturer at the Department of Physics, University of Yangon. She received her PhD in Materials Science from the University of Yangon, Myanmar. She got her MRes and MSc in Physics from the University of Yangon, Myanmar. She also got her BSc in Physics from Pyay University, Myanmar.

Professional Experience:
1) Demonstrator (2012- 2016), Department of Physics, Pathein University
2) Assistant Lecturer (2016 – 2020), Department of Physics, University of Yangon
3) Lecturer (2020 – present), Department of Physics, University of Yangon

Educational background:
2001, BSc (Physics), Pyay University, Myanmar
2005, MSc (Engineering Physics), University of Yangon, Myanmar
2006, MRes (Physics), University of Yangon, Myanmar
2011, PhD (Physics), University of Yangon, Myanmar

Area of Interest:
1) Materials Science (Ferroelectric Materials)
2) Nuclear Physics (Radioactive Behavior in Air, Soil and Water)

Conference Papers::

:

1) Moht Moht Than, May Kalayar Kyaing, Toe Toe Wai (2018) “Structural and Morphological Properties of Spin Coated Cu Doped Tin Oxide and Tin doped CuO Thin Films Devices,” Proceedings of Conference on Science and Technology Development-2018, Vol.1, pp-275-277
2) May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung, , Moht Moht Than (2018) “Sn Doping Effects on Electrical Properties of Sol-Gel Derived SrTiO3 Thin Films,” Proceedings of International Conference on Recent Innovations in Nanoscience and Technology 2018 (ICRINT-2018), pp-191-195
3) Amy Aung, May Kalayar Kyaing, Moht Moht Than (2018) “Microstructrual and Opictal Properties of Copper Oxide Thin Films Prepared at Different Annealing Temperatures,” Proceedings of International Conference on Recent Innovations in Nanoscience and Technology 2018 (ICRINT-2018), pp-153-157
4) Moht Moht Than, May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung (2018) “Analysis of Undoped SnO2 and Cu Doped SnO2 Thin Films for Window Materials in Solar Cell Application,” Proceedings of International Conference on Recent Innovations in Nanoscience and Technology 2018 (ICRINT-2018), pp-216-220
5) May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung, Shwe Sin Oo, Moht Moht Than (2019) “Effects of Ca, Ba and Sn Doping on the Dielectric Properties of SrTiO3 Thin Films,” Proceedings of Conference on Science and Technology Development 2019, Vol.1, pp-258-261
6) Amy Aung, May Kalayar Kyaing, Aung Thu Lin (2019) “Structural and Morphological Properties of Spin Coated Cu Doped Tin Oxide and Tin doped CuO Thin Films Devices,” Proceedings of Advancing Sustainability of Sri Ksetra, a Cultural Ecstasy of Myanmar, Vol.1, pp-138-145
7) May Kalayar Kyaing, AmyAung, Shwe Sin Oo, San San Oo, Hnin Yu Wai,
Moht Moht Than (2019) “Fabrication and Characterization of Tin Doped Calcium Titanate Thin Films,” International Symposium on Environmental-Life Science and Nanoscales Technology 2019 (ISENT-2019), pp-137-141
8) Shwe Sin Oo, Khin Htwe Win, Nyein Thida, May Kalayar Kyaing, Moht Moht Than (2019) “Study on Surface Water Quality Assessment in terms of Water Quality Index,” International Symposium on Environmental-Life Science and Nanoscales Technology 2019 (ISENT-2019), pp-76-80

9) Amy Aung, May Kalayar Kyaing, Moh Moh Than (2019) “Synthesis and Characterization of Natural Groundnut Shell,” International Symposium on Environmental-Life Science and Nanoscales Technology 2019 (ISENT-2019), pp-116-121

Publications:

:

1) May Kalayar Kyaing, Nay Chi Oo, Win Win Khaing, Thida Nyunt Than, Moht Moht Than (2013) “Fabrication and Characterization of ferroelectric BaTiO3, Ba1-x Srx TiO3 and Ba1-x Cax TiO3 Thin Films for Memory Device Application,” Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol.13, No.2, pp-133-142
2) Nay Chi Oo, May Kalayar Kyaing, Win Win Khaing, Than Than Myint, Khin Ye (2013) “Gamma Radiation Effects on LED and Zener Diode,” Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol.13, No.2, pp- 49-62
3) May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung, Toe Toe Wai (2018) “Structural and Electrical Properties of Sr and Ca Doped BaTiO3 Thin Films,” Science & Technology Development Journal, Vol.8, lssue.1, pp-45-51
4) May Kalayar Kyaing, Toe Toe Wai, Saw Moh Moh Than (2019) “Synthesis and Charactrization of Strontium Stannate Titanate Thin Films,” Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol.17, No.2A, pp-331-340
5) Moht Moht Than, May Kalayar Kyaing, Ohnmar Swe, Amy Aung (2019) “The Effect of Sn Doping on Structural and Electrical Properties of CdO Thin Films,” Mohnyin Degree College Research Journal, Vol.10, N0. 1, pp-129-133
6) Dr Amy Aung, May Kalayar Kyaing, Aung Thu Lin, Moht Moht Than (2019) “Effect of Annealing Temperature on Properties of Copper Oxide Films Prepared by Chemical Bath Deposition Technique,” Science & Technology Development Journal, Vol.9, lssue.1, pp-33-42
7) May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung, Hnin Yu Wai, San San Oo, Moht Moht Than (2019) “Strontium and Calcium Doping Effects on Electrical Properties of Ferroelectric Barium Titanate Ceramics,” University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.9, No.2, pp-355-360
8) Amy Aung, May Kalayar Kyaing, Myint Myint Maw, Hnin Yu Wai, San San Oo, Aye Aye Khine (2019) “Electrical Properties of Cuprous Oxide Thin Film by Chemical Bath Deposition Technique,” University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.9, No.2, pp-325-332
9) May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung, Moht Moht Than, San San Oo, Hnin Yu Wai (2020) “Preparation and Capacitance Properties of Barium, Calcium and Tin Doped Strontium Titanate Thin Films,” Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVIII, No.2B, pp-489-496
10) Amy Aung, May Kalayar Kyaing, Hnin Yu Wai, Moht Moht Than (2020) “Evaluation of the Structural and Optical Characteristics of Zinc Oxide Powder Prepared by Co-Precipitation Method,” Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVIII, No.2A, pp-223-234
11) Moht Moht Than, Ohnmar Swe, May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung (2020) “Junction Formation and Currnet Transport Mechanisms in Tin – Doped Cadmium Oxide Films for Tco-Si Based Photovoltaic Devices Application,” Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVIII, No.2B, pp-103-112
12) San San Oo, May Kalayar Kyaing, Hnin Yu Wai, Saw Moh Moh Oo, Myat Wut Yee Han (2020) “Structural and Electrical Properties of Ba Doped CaTiO3 Thin Films,” Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVIII, No.2B, pp-497-506
13) Hnin Yu Wai, May Kalayar Kyaing, San San Oo, Myat Wut Yee Han, Amy Aung (2020) “Fabrication and Characterization of Strontium Doped Calcium Titanate Thin Films,” Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVIII, No.2B, pp-535-542
14) Saw Moh Moh Oo, May Kalayar Kyaing, San San Oo, Hnin Yu Wai (2020) “Sol-Gel Synthesis and Characterization of Mn Doped TiO2 Thin Films,” Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVIII, No.2C, pp-197-206

U Phyo Aung Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

U Phyo Aung (Mr)

Degree

:

MRes (Phys)

Position

:

Lecturer

Organization

:

Department of Physics, University of Yangon, Ministry of Education

Contact Detail:

Email

:

phyoaungpt009@gmail.com

HP

:

+95-9422460349, +95-1-536772, +95-1-510721

Mr Phyo Aung is a Lecturer at the Department of Physics, University of Yangon. He got his BSc (Hons) in Physics from Pathein University, Myanmar. He received his MRes and MSc in Physics from the University of PangLong, Southern Shan State, Myanmar.

Professional Experience:
1) Demonstrator (2012- 2016), Department of Physics, Pathein University
2) Assistant Lecturer (2016 – 2020), Department of Physics, University of Yangon
3) Lecturer (2020 – present), Department of Physics, University of Yangon

Educational background:
2001, BSc (Physics), Pyay University, Myanmar
2005, MSc (Engineering Physics), University of Yangon, Myanmar
2006, MRes (Physics), University of Yangon, Myanmar
2011, PhD (Physics), University of Yangon, Myanmar

Area of Interest:
1) Materials Science (Ferroelectric Materials)
2) Nuclear Physics (Radioactive Behavior in Air, Soil and Water)

U Phyo Min Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

U Phyo Min

Designation

:

Assistant Lecturer

Department

:

Department of History, University of Yangon

Email

:

kophyomin963@gmail.com

Education

:

Ph.D (Preliminary), University of Yangon, Yangon, Myanmar
M.A., 2017, Mawlamyine University, Mawlamyine, Myanmar
B.A.(Hons;), 2015, Mawlamyine University, Mawlamyine, Myanmar

Work Experience

:

Work Experience :
Assistant Lecturer, University of Yangon (14.11.2022-Present)
Course Taught : –
Assistant Lecturer, University of Yangon (1.7.2022-13.11.2022)(Attach Dawei University)
Course Taught : –
Assistant Lecturer, Dawei University (3.5.2020-30.6.2022)
Course Taught :Hist 5112 – Modern India
Tutor, Dawei University (14.9.2017-2.5.2020)
Course Taught : A.M 1001 – Aspects of Myanmar
Hist 1105 – Introduction to Myanmar Civilization

Research Skills

:

Culture History of Myanmar in particular culture history of ancient city in Dawei, Myanmar

Publication Research Papers

:

1. Yi Yi Shwe, Win Yu Yu Htay and Phyo Min, 2018, A Preliminary Survey of Thagara Ancient City’s Palace Site Excavation, Dawei University Research Journal, Vol.10, No.1, December 2018
2. Yi Yi Shwe and Phyo Min, 2020, AN EVIDENCE BASED COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THAGARA ANCIENT CITY WITH DOCUMENTS REPORTS, Dawei University Research Journal, Vol.12, No.1, December 2020

Dr Sandar Aung Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Sandar Aung
Assistant Lecturer, Department of Mathematics

Academic qualification

:

Ph.D (Maths)

Research interest

:

Partial Differential Equations

Mobile Phone

:

+959781721644

Email

:

sandaraungkm@gmail.com

Dr Amy Aung Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Amy Aung (Ms)

Degree

:

PhD

Position

:

Lecturer

Organization

:

Department of Physics, University of Yangon, Ministry of Education

Contact Detail:

Email

:

amyaung@uy.edu.mm, mie.amyaung@gmail.com

Phone

:

+95-943120129, +95-1-536772, +95-1-510721

Dr Amy Aung is a Lecturer at the Department of Physics, University of Yangon. She obtained her PhD in Materials Science from the University of Yangon, Myanmar. She was awarded her BSc (Hons), MSc (Engineering Physics) and MRes by the University of Yangon, Myanmar.

Professional Experience:
1) Demonstrator (2012 – 2016), Department of Physics, Pyay University
2) Demonstrator (2016 – 2016), Department of Physics, University of Yangon
3) Assistant Lecturer (2016 – 2020), Department of Physics, University of Yangon
4) Lecturer (2020 – 2021), Department of Physics, Monywa University
5) Lecturer (2021 – Present), Department of Physics, University of Yangon

Educational background:
2002, BSc (Hons) (Physics), University of Yangon
2005, MSc (Engineering Physics), University of Yangon
2006, MRes (Physics), University of Yangon
2011, PhD (Physics), University of Yangon

Area of Interest:
1) Materials Science
2) Environmental Science
2) Health Physics

Conference Papers::

:

1) Amy Aung, Myo Aung, Pho Kaung, “Structural and I-V Characterizations of Cu2O/Cu Thin Film”, The 10th AUN-SEED-Net Regional Conference on Energy Engineering, 2017, RCEneE 10-97, ISBN: 978-99971-0-359-8, P 763-772.
2) Amy Aung, May Kalayar Kyaing, Moht Moht Than, “Microstructural and Optical Properties of Copper Oxide Thin Films Prepared at Different Annealing Temperatures”, International Conference on Recent Innovations in Nanoscience and Technology (ICRINT 2018), 2018, P 153-157.
3) May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung, Moht Moht Than, “Sn Doping Effects on Electrical Properties of Sol-Gel Derived SrTiO3 Thin Film”, International Conference on Recent Innovations in Nanoscience and Technology (ICRINT 2018), 2018, P 191-195.
4) Moht Moht Than, May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung, “Analysis of Undoped SnO2 and Cu Doped SnO2 Thin Films for Window Materials in Solar Cell Application”, International Conference on Recent Innovations in Nanoscience and Technology (ICRINT 2018), 2018, P 216-220.
5) May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung, Shwe Sin Oo, Moht Moht Than, “Effects of Ca, Ba and Sn Doping on the Dielectric Properties of SrTiO3 Thin Films”, Conference on Science and Technology Development”, 2019, Vol. 1, P 258-261.
6) Amy Aung, May Kalayar Kyaing, Aung Thu Lin, “Diffraction Studies of a Novel
Groundnut Shell-Ash-Clay Brick Graded Interface for Sri Ksetra Ancient Are”, Sri Ksetra
Conference Pyay University, 2019, P 138-145.
7) Amy Aung, May Kalayar Kyaing, Moht Moht Than, “Synthesis and Characterization of
Natural Groundnut Shell”, International Symposium on Environmental Life Science
and Nanoscales Technology (ISENT 2019), 2019, P 116-121.
8) May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung, Shwe Sin Oo, Moht Moht Than, “Fabrication and
Characterization of Tin Doped Calcium Titanate Thin Films”, International Symposium
on Environmental Life Science and Nanoscales Technology (ISENT 2019), 2019, P 137-
141.

Publications:

:

1) Amy Aung, Myo Aung, Pho Kaung, “Characterization of Cu2O/Cu Thin Film”, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science”, 2013, Vol. XI, No.2, P 199-209.
2) San Ngwe Oo, Me Me Soe, Hnin Yu Wai, Amy Aung, “Microcontroller Based Robotic Arm Control System”, University of Yangon Research Journal, 2018, Vol. 8, P 527-534.
3) May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung, Toe Toe Wai, “Structural and Electrical Properties of Sr and Ca Doped BaTiO3 Thin Films”, Science & Technology Development Journal, 2018, Vol. 8, Issue 1, P 42-51.
4) Amy Aung, Hnin Yu Wai, Khin Lay Thwe, Soe Soe Han, “Structural, Microstructural and Optical Characterization of Deposited Cuprous Oxide (Cu2O) Thin Film”, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, 2019, Vol. XVII, No.2A, P 289-300.
5) Hnin Yu Wai, Thin Thin Kyu, Myat Wutyi Han, Amy Aung, “Structural and Vibrational Investigation of K+ (1MOL%) Doped LiNH4SO4 Single Crystal”, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, 2019, Vol. XVII, No.2A, P 301-312.
6) Moht Moht Than, Ohnmar Swe, May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung, “The Effect of Sn Doping on Structural and Electrical Properties of CdO Thin Films”, Mohnyin Degree College Research Journal, 2019, Vol. 10, N0.1, P 129-133.
7) Amy Aung, May Kalayar Kyaing, Aung Thu Lin, Moht Moht Than, “Effect of Annealing Temperature on the Properties of Copper Oxide Films Prepared by Chemical Bath Deposition (CBD) Technique”, Science & Technology Development Journal, 2019, Vol. 9, Issue 1, P 33-42.
8) Amy Aung, May Kalayar Kyaing, Myint Myint Maw, Hnin Yu Wai, San San Oo, Aye Aye Khine, “Electrical Properties of Cuprous Oxide Thin Film by Chemical Bath Deposition Technique”, University of Yangon Research Journal, 2018-2019, Vol. 9, No.2, P 325-331.
9) Aye Aye Khine, Thida Tun, Amy Aung, Kyi Thar Myint, “Investigation of Health Risk of Randon in Soil Samples from Yangon Region”, University of Yangon Research Journal, 2018-2019, Vol.9, No.2, P 333-339.
10) May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung, Hnin Yu wai, San San Oo, Moht Moht Than, “Strontium and Calcium Doping Effects on Electrical Properties of Ferroelectric Barium Titanate Ceramics”, University of Yangon Research Journal, 2018-2019, Vol. 9, No.2, P 355-360.
11) Myint Myint Maw, Aye Aye Soe, Amy Aung, “Study of X-Ray Attenuation for Copper and Lead”, University of Yangon Research Journal, 2018-2019, Vol. 9, No.2, P 361-369.
12) Amy Aung, Kyi pyar Min Lwin, “Smart Street Light Control System Using Arduino”, Science & Technology Development Journal, 2020, Vol.9, Issue 2, P 102-106.
13) Amy Aung, May Kalayar Kyaing, Hnin Yu Wai, Moht Moht Than, “Evaluation of the Structural and Optical Characteristics of Zinc Oxide Powder by Co-Precipitation Method”, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, 2020, Vol. XVIII, No.2A, P 223-233.
14) Moht Moht Than, May Kalayar Kyaing, Ohnmar Swe, Amy Aung, “Junction Formation and Current Transport Mechanisms in Tin-Doped Cadmium Oxide Films for TCO-Si Based Photovoltaic Devices Application”, Journal of the Myanmar Academy Arts and Science, 2020, Vol. XVIII, No.2B, P 103-111.
15) May Kalayar Kyaing, Amy Aung, San San Oo, Hnin Yu Wai, “Preparation and Capacitance Properties of Barium, Calcium and Tin Doped Strontium Titanate Thin Films”, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, 2020, Vo. XVIII, No.2B, P 489-496.
16)Hnin Yu Wai, May Kalayar Kyaing, Myat Wyuti Han, Amy Aung, “Fabrication and Characterization of Strontium Doped Calcium Titantate Thin Films”, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, 2020, Vol.XVIII, No.2B, P 534-542.
17) Amy Aung, Tin Tin Phyo Lwin, Myint Myint Maw, “Study on the Structural and Optical Characteristics of Zinc Oxide Novel Material Powder by Chemical Precipitation Method”, Technological University Lashio Journal of Research & Innovation (TULSOJRI), 2020, Vol.1, Issue 02, P 156-161.
18) Amy Aung, Kyi Pyar Min Lwin, “Design and Construction of RRFID Accessible Door Operating and Intruder Alarm System Utilizing Arudino Development Board”, Journal of Engineering education and Innovation 2020 (Hmawbi Technology University), 2020, Vol.1, Issue 3, ISSN: 2709-3050, P 120-124.

Daw Kay Khaing Lwin Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Kay Khaing Lwin

Designation

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Fisheries and Aquaculture, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a)B.Sc (Hons), Zoology, Kalay University, Myanmar
(b) M.Sc (Ichthyology), YADANABON University, Myanmar
(c) Diploma in English (MUFL)

Career history

:

(a) Demonstrator (2.2.2015 – 1.3.2019)
(b) Assistant Lecturer (1.3.2019 – 30.11.2021)
(c) Lecturer (1.12.2021 to date)

Course taught

:

I have given lectures in 2002 and practical classes since 2019. These lectures are Ecosystem I and Ecosystem II, Microbiology and Biochemistry.

Research interest

:

Wildlife Conservation and Ichthyology.

Trainings

:

(1) Induced Breeding Training (3.2.2020 – 7.2.2020)
(2)Online Training on Tokyo University of Marine Science and Technology; 1. DNA-based identification of fish species 2. Otolith microchemistry and shape to assess ecological characteristics of fish (27 January -1 February 2022).
(3)Microscopy Training for Biosciences (4-6 June, 2022)
(4)ITEC Training Programme Quality Assurance of Fish and Fishery Products, India (19.9.2022 – 1.10.2022)
(5)2022 Training of Higher – Order – Thinking Skills for ASEAN Educators (12-14, October, 2022)
(6)Training on Basic Fishing Gears and Fishing Methods (23rd to 25th January, 2023)

E mail Address

:

kaykhaing@uy.edu.mm

Daw Khin Moh Moh Tutor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Khin Moh Moh

Designation

:

Tutor

Department

:

Department of History, University of Yangon

Email

:

moetmoet.mm12345@gmail.com

Education

:

BA (Hons),2006, History, Pathein University
MA (History),2009, Pathein University

Work Experience

:

Tutor,University of Yangon (5.5.2022- Present)

Research Fields

:

-Political,Social and Cultural History
– Ancient Myanmar History

Dr Win Ko Ko Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Win Ko Ko

Lecturer

Qualification

:

BA, MA, PhD(Myanmar)

Phone

:

–

Email

:

–

Address

:

No.44, first floor, Aungmytta Street, Hlaing Township, Yangon, Myanmar.

Daw Aye Aye Khine Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Aye Aye Khine

Designation

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Fisheries and Aquaculture, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a)B.Sc (Hons), Zoology, University of Sittway, Myanmar
(b) M.Sc (Ichthyology), University of Sittway, Myanmar
(c) MRes (Carcinology), University of Sittway, Myanmar

Career history

:

(a) Demonstrator (2015-2019)
(b) Assistant Lecturer (2019-2021)
(c) Lecturer (2021, December – to date)

Course taught

:

I have given lecture: Aquatic Animal Physiology and practical classes to students on the undergraduate courses.

Research interest

:

(a)Reproductive biology of Scylla serrata
(b)Soft-shell crab (Scylla serrata) farming
(d)The relation among the gender, moulting period and growth rate of mud crab in culture farm
.

Trainings

:

(1)Online Training of Proposal Writing presented by Partners of the America’s Farmer-to-Farmer Myanmar Program (6-10 July, 2020).
(2)Online Training of Course description for B.Sc (Fisheries and Aquaculture) (20-24 July, 2020).
(3)Online Training Workshop on Modern Fishery Technologies for Southeast Asian Countries (Technical Level) (18 October – 6 December 2021).
(4)Online Training on Tokyo University of Marine Science and Technology; 1. DNA-based identification of fish species 2. Otlith microchemistry and shape to assess ecological characteristics of fish (27 January -1 February 2022).
(5)Asian University Alliance (AUA) Youth Forum 2022 Synergizing Regional Identify and The Future of Asian Civilization. (21-25 March, 2022)
(6)Microscopy Training for Biosciences (4-6 June, 2022)
(7)2022 Training of Higher – Order – Thinking Skills for ASEAN Educators (12-14, October, 2022).

Awards

:

The Hitachi Global Foundation Asia Innovation Award 2020 (November, 2020) (As a follower)

E mail Address

:

dawayeayekhine@uy.edu.mm

Selected Publications

:

1.Aye Aye Khine, Khin Win Thein, Kay Lwin Tun (2021). Some Aspects on Reproductive Biology of Three Crab Species in Rakhine Coastal Region, Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science (MAAS), in press.

Daw Htet Htet Lin Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Htet Htet Lin
Lecturer
MRes (Chemistry), Kyaukse University

E mail Address

:

htethtetlinn3215@gmail.com

Publication

:

“Characterization on Biodegradable Chitosan-Starch Blended Film with Plasticizers”, Universities Research Journal 2016, Vol.9, No.1, Page 63-78. (1st author)

Daw Eh Moo Ra Moo Tutor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Eh Moo Ra Moo

Designation

:

Tutor

Department

:

Department of History, University of Yangon

Email

:

nawehmoora9394@gmail.com

Education

:

B.A (Hons) 2014, History, Pathein University
M.A (History) 2017, Pathein University

Work Experience

:

Tutor,University of Yangon (5.5.2022- Present)

Research Fields

:

Political,Social and Cultural History
Ancient Myanmar History

Dr Lay Ngone Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Lay Ngone
Lecturer

Qualification

:

BA, MA, PhD(Myanmar)

Phone

:

–

Email

:

–

Address

:

–

Dr Oak Kar Shin Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Oak Kar Shin (Ms)

Degree

:

BSc (Hons:) Physics, MSc (Engineering Physics), MRes Physics, PhD Physics

Position

:

Assistant Lecturer

Organization

:

Department of Physics, University of Yangon, Ministry of Education

Contact Detail:

Email

:

Oakkarshin@uy.edu.mm

HP

:

+9595032273

Dr Oak Kar Shin is an Assistant lecturer at the Department of Physics, University of Yangon. She received her PhD in Material Physics, MSc (Engineering Physics) and MRes Physics from University of Yangon Myanmar. And she awarded her BSc (hons:)Physics from Dangon University, Myanmar.

Professional Experience:
2017-2021 Demonstrator at Physics Department, Kyaukse University
2021- Today Assistant Lecturer, Department of Physics, University of Yangon

Educational background:
2004, BSc (Hons:) Physics, Dagon University
2006, MSc (Engineering Physics, University of Yangon
2008, MRes Physics, University of Yangon
2013, PhD Physics, University of Yangon

Area of Interest:
Materials Science and Electronics Physics

Conference Papers::

:

1. The Conference on Science and Technology Development CSTD-2018
2. International Conference on Physics, Mandalay, ICPM-2018
3. International Conference on Recent Innovations in Nanoscience & Technology -ICRINT-2018
4. Myanmar Universities’ Research Conference 2019, MURC-2019
5. International Symposium on envoromental – Light Scicence and Nanoscales Technology, ISENT-2019

Publications:

:

1. “Characterization of Lead Titanate Thin Films with CaF2 Buffer Si Substrate Capacitor for Microsensor” The Conference on Science and Technology Development , CSTD-2018,
2018-Oct, Vol-1, 291-295
2. “Comparative Study on Ferroelectric and Dielectric Properties of CaF2 Doped PbTiO3 Ceramic and Thin Film Devices” International Conference on Physics, Mandalay , ICPM-2018,
2018-Nov, 391-296
3. “Study on ferroelectric and Dielectric Properties of PbTiO3 Films with CaF2 Buffer Layer”, Kyaukse University Research Journal, 2018-Dec, Vol-9, No.1, 225-237
4. “Robotic System Controlling Servomotors with UNO Arduino Microcontroller” International Conference on Recent Innovations in Nanoscience & Technology -ICRINT-2018,
2018-Dec, 16-20
5. “Study on the Properties and Memory nature of PbTiO3 Films Deposited onto CaF2 Buffered Si Substate of Microcontroller” Myanmar Universities’ Research Conference 2019, MURC-2019,
2019-May, Vol-1, Issue-4, 130-134
6. “Contorlling Servomotors with Potentiometer based on Uno Arduino Microcontroller “Kyaukse University Research Journal, 2019-Aug, Vol-10, No.1, 179-184
7. “Solar Energy Measurement of Rotational Solar Panel and Monitoring by Using Proteus Software” International Symposium on envoromental – Light Scicence and Nanoscales Technology , ISENT-2019, 2019-Dec, 11-15
8. “ Investigation of Leaf Water Content Using Transmission Method” Maubin University Research Journal, 2020-June, Vol-11, 190-196
9. “How to control Servomotors with Potentiometer by Using UnoArduSimV2.2 Software for Robotic System”, 19th Myanmar Academy Arts and Science (MAAS), 2020-July , Vol-XVIII, No.2A, 289-298

Dr Swe Swe Win Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr Swe Swe Win

Present Appointment

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a) B.Sc (Q), Zoology, Bago University
(b) M.Sc Zoology (Carcinology), University of Yangon
(c) M.Res Zoology (Ichthyology), University of Yangon
(d) Ph.D Zoology (Entomology), University of Yangon

Carrier history

:

(a) Demonstrator (2012 – 2016)
(b) Assistant Lecturer (2016 – 2020)
(c) Lecturer (2020 – to date)

Course taught

:

Conducted Lectures and Practical in Undergraduate and Postgraduate Classes

Supervising

:

MSc student

Research interest

:

Entomology and Ecology
Experience in marine resources by attending training”Conservation and Management of the Ocean, Seas and Marine Resources” in Japan from 23-9-2019 to 26-10-2019

E mail Address

:

sweswe64@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

+95-9-5055064

Selected Publications

:

1. Swe Swe Win, Khaing Zin Win & Khin Pyone Kyi (2019). Insect pests of Ipomoea batatus (Linnaeus, 1793), sweetpotato and their damage in Hmawbi Township, Yangon Region. University of Yangon Research Journal, 9(1).
2.Khin Myat Hmwe, Thida San, Swe Swe Win & Khin Pyone Kyi (2019). Species diversity of dragonfly (Insecta:Odonata) in Inya Lake Environs, Yangon Region. University of Yangon Research Journal, 9(1).
3.Khin Pyone Kyi, Khaing Zin Win & Swe Swe Win (2019). Seasonal population fluctuation of zooplankton in Inya Lake, Yangon Region. University of Yangon Research Journal, 9(1).
4.Khaing Zin Win, Swe Swe Win & Khin Pyone Kyi (2019). Induced Breeding of Garra flavatra Kullander & Fang, 2004 by Suprefact. University of Yangon Research Journal, 9(1).
5.Khin Myat Hmwe & Swe Swe Win (2022). Current demand of some edible insects in Mandalay Environs, Mandalay Region, Bago University Research Journal, 11(1), 235-240.

Dr Tin Myo Han Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Tin Myo Han
Lecturer

Qualification

:

BA, MA, PhD(Myanmar)

Phone

:

09 5184247

Email

:

–

Address

:

Kyaungone 1 street, Hlaing Township, Yangon, Myanmar.

Daw Thazin Htet Tin Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Thazin Htet Tin
Demonstrator, Department of Geology

Contact

:

+ 95 9 43184726, thazinhtettin@gmail.com

Educational Records

:

2014 MRes (Geology), University of Yangon
2013 MSc (Geology), University of Yangon
2012 Diploma in GIS and Remote Sensing, University of Yangon
2010 BSc Honours (Geology), East Yangon University

Field Of Interest

:

Seismology, Engineering Geology, Hydrogeology, Environmental Geology.

Research Activities

:

Preliminary study on seismic hazard and site characterization for Bagan-Nyaung U area, Mandalay Region, Myanmar (2017), co-researcher
Site Specific Probabilistic Seismic Hazard Assessment for Yangon City, Myanmar (2016), co-researcher
Seismic Hazard Assessment of Major Cities such as Sagaing, Bago and Taungoo Cities occurred along the Sagaing Fault (2014), co-researcher
Development of Seismic Microzonation Maps of Mandalay City, Mandalay Region (2014), co-researcher S-Wave Velocity Profiles Based on the HVRs in Bago, Myanmar for Seismic Hazard Mapping (2013),co-researcher

International Experience

:

Japan – Training
China – Training

Dr Yu Par Kyaw Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Dr Yu Par Kyaw

Present Appointment

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a) B.Sc (Hons), Zoology, Pakokku University
(b)M.Sc (Zoology)(Entomology), Pakokku University
(c)M.Res (Zoology)(Entomology), Pakokku University
(d)PhD (Mammalogy), University of Yangon

Carrier history

:

(a)Demonstrator (2015-2019)
(b)Assistant Lecturer (2019-2021)
(c)Lecturer (2021- to date)

Course taught

:

Conducted Lectures in Undergraduate and Postgraduate Classes for 4 years

Research interest

:

(a) Mammalogy, Entomology, Ecology

E mail Address

:

yuparkyaw2021@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

+95-9-443374200

Selected Publications

:

1. Khin Mi Mi Oo, Aye Yu San & Yu Par Kyaw (2021). Species Composition and Abundance of Butterfly Species from MyaukLuuKan Village, Pakokku Township. Pakokku Universities’ Research Journal, ( 12 ), 202-213
2. Aye Yu San, Khin Mi Mi Oo, Than Naing Oo & Yu Par Kyaw (2021). Population and Relative Catchability of Bandicota indica (Bechstein, 1800) from Four Villages in Four Townships in Magway Region. Pakokku Universities’ Research Journal, ( 12 ), 285-291

Dr Khin Nwe win Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Khine Nwe Win
Lecturer

Qualification

:

BA, MA, PhD(Myanmar)

Phone

:

095060640

Email

:

–

Address

:

Room 8/1, 106 Army Campus, Kabaraye Pagoda Road, Yangon

Daw May Thet Toe Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw May Thet Toe

Current Position

:

Lecturer

Education and qualifications

:

B.A(Honours) Degree in English and Master’s Degree

Profile

:

Daw May Thet Toe is an assistant lecturer at the University of Yangon. She holds a Bachelor of Art (Honours.) and a Master’s Degree in English from the University of Dagon, Myanmar. She went on a course for Upskilling Programme for Freshly Appointed Tutors of English in 2017, Advanced Specialist Certificate (I) in Teaching Reading and Writing Programme in RELC, Singapore, in 2018 and Post Graduate Diploma in Applied Linguistics in RELC, Singapore, from June 2020 to April 2021. She has been working in the English Language teaching field for over six years as a teacher and co-ordinator. She has also served as a teacher in Global English Course and in English Language Course for Higher Education Teachers (ELCHET 1/2020) conducted by National Centre for English Language in University of Yangon. She has provided supervision to the final year students of the English Department, University of Yangon and the final year students of English for Professional Purposes, National Management Degree College. Her interests lie in teaching English as a foreign language, developing curricula and syllabuses, sharing expertise in teaching field, conducting action research using technology in language teaching and professional development.

Email

:

maythettoe.may.7590@gmail.com or maythettoe.may.7590@uy.edu.mm

Dr Jue Jue Khin Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Jue Jue Khin
Assistant Lecturer
PhD in Chemistry, University of Yangon

PhD Title

:

Assessment of Sea Water Quality and Sediment Composition Around Chaung Tha, Rakhine Coastal Zone, Myanmar (2015)

Fields of Interest

:

Physical chemistry

E mail Address

:

juejuekhin@uy.edu.mm, juejuekhin.dr@gmail.com

Publications:

Jue Jue Khin, Aye Aye Lwin, Myat Kyaw Thu and Kyaw Naing. (2016). “Study on the Sea Water Quality Assessment and Sediment Compositions around Chaung Tha in Ayeyarwaddy Region, Myanmar”. Pathein University Symposium Research Paper, Vol. 1, No. 4, 243-256

Jue Jue Khin, Aye Aye Lwin, Myat Kyaw Thu and Kyaw Naing. (2018). “Some Metal Contents in Sea Water and Sediment Sample around Chaung Tha Area in Ayeyarwady Region, Myanmar”. Jour. Myan. Acad. Arts & Sc., Vol. XVI. No.1B, 15-29

Jue Jue Khin and Aye Khaine Soe. (2019). “Assessment of Brackish Water Quality from Letkhokkon Area in Yangon Region, Myanmar”. Jour. Myan. Acad. Arts & Sc., Vol. XVII. No.1A, 427-446

Jue Jue Khin and Poh Poh Win. (2019). “A Study on Assessment of Water Quality in Maubin University Campus”. Maubin University Research journal., Vol. X. No.1, 237-247

Moe Sandar Naing, Jue Jue Khin and Kyi Kyi Wai. (2019). “Assessment of Soil Quality in Ywar Thar Gyi Village, Kyaiklat Township, Ayeyarwady Region”. Journal of Information Technology and Education Science, JITES., Vol. 01. No.1, 237-247

U Zayar Kyaw Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

U Zayar Kyaw

Present Appointment

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a) B.Sc (Hons) Zoology, University of Pakokku
(b) M.Sc, Zoology(Ichthyology), University of Pakokku

Carrier history

:

(a)Demonstrator (2015-2019)
(b)Assistant Lecturer (2019-2021)
(c)Lecturer (2021- to date)

Course taught

:

Conducted Lecture in Undergraduate Class for 1 year

Research interest

:

Biodiversity, Ecology and Ichthyology

E mail Address

:

zykyaw961@gamil.com

Phone Number

:

+95-9-401509834

Dr Khin Ni Maw Aung Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Khin Ni Maw Aung
Lecturer

Qualification

:

BA, MA,MRes, PhD(Myanmar)

Phone

:

09 421105034

Email

:

knmaung@googlemail.com

Address

:

613 Marga 6 street, 12 Quarter, South Okkalapa Township. Yangon.

Daw Aye Aye Chan Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Aye Aye Chan

Present Appointment

:

Assistant lecturer

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

B.Sc, Zoology, University of Distance Education, Yangon (1995)
M.Sc, Zoology, University of Yangon (2002)

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (2002-2022)
Assistant lecturer (2022-present)

Course taught

:

Undergraduate and Postgraduate students in Zoology specialization

Research interest

:

Entomology, Ecology

E mail Address

:

ayeayechann3@gmail.com,

Phone Number

:

+9595063918

Selected Publications

:

(1) Aye Aye Chan, Aye Aye Myint, Htay Htay Oo & Nyunt Lwin (2022). Composition of Insect Species on Mustard Plant at Htan-ta-pin Village, Mohnyin Township, Kachin State. Mohnyin University Research Journal, 2022, Vol.2. No.2 (sciences)

Dr Aye Aye Myat Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Aye Aye Myat
Demonstrator
PhD in Chemistry, University of Yangon

PhD Title

:

Extraction of Chitosanase from Soil Bacteria and Its Application

Fields of Interest

:

Organic Chemistry

E mail Address

:

myatkyawshin@gmail.com

Publications:

Aye Aye Myat, Khine Zar Wynn Lae and Daw Hla Ngwe. (2019). “Extraction and Characterization of Chitosanase Enzyme from Bacillus megaterium Under Liquid State Fermentation”. J. Myanmar Acad. Arts Sci., 2019, Vol. XVII, No. 1A, pp. 573-589

Aye Aye Myat, Daw Hla Ngwe. (2022). “Production of Chitosanolytic Bacteria from Soil Sample”, University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol. 11, No. (1), 243-250

Dr Myat Thuzar Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Myat Thuzar
Lecturer

Qualification

:

BA, MA, PhD(Myanmar)

Phone

:

095053147

Email

:

–

Address

:

No.26, Bagayar Road, Kyimyintine Township

Daw Aye Mya Phyu Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Aye Mya Phyu

Current Position

:

Assistant Lecturer

Education and qualifications

:

B.A Degree and Master’s Degree

Profile

:

Aye Mya Phyu is an Assistant Lecturer of English Department, University of Yangon. She holds a Bachelor of Art (Honours.) from West Yangon University and a Master’s Degree in English from University of Yangon. As part of her master’s thesis work, she has done the thesis “Devising Exercises from Authentic Materials to Develop Students’ Reading Skills.” She attended Upskilling Programme for Freshly Appointed Tutors of English in 2017 at University of Yangon. Moreover, she also receives Advanced Specialist Certificate (I) in Teaching Reading and Writing, from SEAMEO RELC, Singapore and Teaching Knowledge Test (Cambridge). She has conducted English Language Online Course for Higher Education Teacher (1/2020) and (2/2020) and English for Office Staff Online Course. Her area of professional interest is teaching EFL and ESL learners applying updated language teaching methods and doing activities based on individual differences and needs of students. She has provided term paper supervision to the final year English specialization students from University of Yangon and she has been working in the English language teaching field for over six years. Her great interests lie in teaching Communicative Skills, using technology in language teaching, conducting classroom-based research and giving professional development sessions at the department.

Email

:

ayemyaphyu29@gmail.com

Dr Khin Aye Aye San Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Khin Aye Aye San
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc,
MSc, MRes, PhD (Pharmacognosy)

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2002-2010)
Assistant Lecturer (2010-2014)
Lecturer (2014 until now)

Field of Interest

:

Pharmacognosy

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1) Hypoglycaemic Effect of Allium cepa L. Bulbs on Adrenaline Induced Hyperglycaemic Rabbits Model (Khin Aye Aye San, Universities Research Journal, 2009, Vol. 2, No.1, 257-267),
(2) Production of Natural Dyes from Eatable Plants Parts for Healthy Life (Khin Thant Sin, Myint Myint San, Aye Aye Thant and Khin Aye Aye San, Universities Research Journal, 2017, Vol. 9, No. 2, 197-207)

Telephone

:

09-5059965

Email

:

khinayeayesan@uy.edu.mm

Daw Ngwe Sin Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Ngwe Sin
Demonstrator
MSc in Chemistry, University of Yangon

MSc Title

:

Colour Changes of Some Semi-Precious Gemstones by Exposure to Gamma Ray

Fields of Interest

:

Inorganic Chemistry (Nuclear Chemistry)Environmental Chemistry

E mail Address

:

ngwesin28@uy.edu.mm, ngwesin28@gmail.com

Dr Wai Yan Lai Aung Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Wai Yan Lai Aung
Demonstrator, Department of Geology

Contact

:

+95 9 5330602, waiyanlaiaung@gmail.com, mamamusi@gmail.com

Educational Records

:

2017 PhD (Geology), University of Yangon
2010 MRes (Geology), University of Yangon
2009 MSc (Geology), University of Yangon
2006 BSc Engg: (Gem & Gem Mining), University of Yangon
2006 BA (English)
2001 Matriculation Examination (TTC, Kamayut)

2018 Post-Graduate Dip in Business Law, University of Yangon
2008 Post-Graduate Dip in Applied Geology (Gemmology), University of Yangon

2007 Cert of Advanced Liberian Course, University of Yangon
2015 Cert of the Geological Computer Mapping Course (Auto CAD 2010, Global Mapper II and GPS), GEO CAD
2014 Cert of Swiss Government Excellence Scholarship (FCS), Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, ETH, Zurich, Switzerland
2014 Cert of Perple_X and related software, ETH Zurich, Switzerland
2014 Cert of Special Lecture Course on Resource Geology, University of Yangon
2009 Cert of Ground Surveying and Topo Mapping (Land Development and Software Application), MMT Centre
2008 Cert of Auto CAD 2D/(3D), MMT Centre.
2003 Cert of Advanced Course in Theory and Practical of Gemmology, Gemmological Science Centre, Myanmar.

Field Of Interest

:

Gemmology, Mineralogy, Petrology of Igneous and Metamorphic rocks.

Research Activities

:

Coexistence of Three Al2SiO5 Polymorphs and P-T Condition of Associated Rocks Around Yin Swe Area, Kyaukse Township, Mandalay Region
Comparative Study on P-T condition of Kyanites from the Mohnyin and Kyaukse Areas
Nature and Occurrences of Padaukkhi (Dawna) Amethyst Deposit from Padaukkhi Area, Kyainseikkyi Township, Kawkareik District, Kayin State, South Eastern Myanmar
`Mineral Chemistry and P-T evolution of High-grade Gneiss and Granulite from the Mount Loi-Sau and its Environs, Mogok and Momeik Townships, Mandalay Region and Shan State (North)
Morphology of Manganese Dendrite in the Biotite-Microgranite from Chauksu Taung, Mandalay Region, Myanmar
Role of Al2SiO5 Polymorphs in Mohnyin Area, Kachin State
A Study on Granulite between Mogok Township, Mandalay Region and Momeik Township, Shan State (North)
Granulite and its P-T Condition of the Mount Loi-Sau and its Environs, Mogok Township, Mandalay Region and Momeik Township, Shan State (North)
Petrology, Phase Equilibria Modelling and P-T Conditions of High-Grade Gneiss from the Mount Loi-Sau and its Environs, Mogok Township, Mandalay Region and Momeik Township, Shan State (North)
P-T Condition of High-Grade Gneiss from the Mount Loi-Sau and its Environs, Mogok Township, Mandalay Region and Momeik Township, Shan State (North)
P-T Conditions of Metamorphism and Genesis of Sapphire and Danburite of Mogok-Momeik Area, Myanmar
P-T Conditions of Metamorphism and Genesis of Sapphire in Mogok – Momeik Area, Myanmar
Occurrences of Kyanite and Associatied Minerals in Southeast Ywathit Area, Mohnyin Township, Mohnyin District, Kachin State
Kyanite in Southeast Ywathit Area, Mohnyin Township, Kachin State

International Experience

:

Switzerland – Research, Conference, Workshop, Training, Student
France – Conference, Workshop
Germany – Geological Field Trip
Chez Republic – Geological Field Trip
Austria – Geological Field Trip

Daw Wai Mar Phyo Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Wai Mar Phyo

Current Position

:

Assistant Lecturer

Education and qualifications

:

postgraduate diploma in Applied Linguistics (SEAMEO, RELC, Singapore and Master’s Degree

Daw Pann Myat Shwe Yee Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Pann Myat Shwe Yee

Present Appointment

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a) B.Sc (Hons:), Zoology, Dagon University
(b) MSc (Zoology), Dagon University

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (5.11.2021 to present)

Course taught

:

I have given practical classes to students on the undergraduate courses at University of Yangon, Myanmar

Research interest

:

Molecular Biology, Microbiology, Icthyology

Trainings

:

Online Training on Tokyo University of Marine Science and Technology
1. DNA-based identification of fish species
2. Otlith microchemistry and shape to assess ecological characteristics of fish (27 January -1 February 2022).

E mail Address

:

pannmyatshweyee@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09250150145

Daw San Thu Zar Aye Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw San Thu Zar Aye
Demonstrator
MRes in Chemistry, West Yangon University

MResTitle

:

Investigation of Chemical Constituents and Antimicrobial Activity from Terminalia chebula Retz (Phan-Khar) Fruit

Fields of Interest

:

Organic Chemistry

E mail Address

:

santhuzaraye@gmail.com

Dr Soe Soe Naing Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Soe Soe Naing
Lecturer

Qualification : BA,MA, MRes, PhD

Phone : 09258666550

Email : soethant686@gmail.com

Address : YCDC Campus, No201,B(1),Yankin Township, Yangon.

Daw Kay Khine Win Swe Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Kay Khine Win Swe
Demonstrator
BSc. (Hons), MSc, MRes, PhD (Thesis), University of Yangon

PhD Title

:

Identification of some Chemical Constituents and Bioactivities of Dimocarpus longan Lour. (Longan) and Litchi chinensis Sonn. (Lychee) (Seeds and Peels)

Fields of Interest

:

Organic Chemistry

E mail Address

:

kaykhinews14@gmail.com

Publications:

Kay Khine Win Swe, Zin Thu Khine, Yi Yi Win and Hnin Hnin Aye. (2019). “Investigation of In Vitro Antioxidant and Antidiabetic Effects of Abelmoschus esculentus (Yone-ba-di) Fruit Extract”. Universities Research Journal, Vol.11 (No.1), 401-413

U Ba Thwin Part Time Professors

View Profile

Staff Profile

U Ba Thwin
Part Time Professors
B.Sc, BL, MA (Development Economics, U.S.A)
Director General (Rtd.), Ministry of Foreign Affairs

Research interests

:

Administrative Law, History, Development Economics

Teaching Subjects

:

International Economics Law

Email

:

–

Daw Khin Nyein Aye Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Khin Nyein Aye

Present Appointment

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Academic Qualification

:

(a) B.Sc (Hons:), Zoology, Magway University
(b) MSc (Zoology) (Biofertilizer), Magway University

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (5.11.2021 to present)

Course taught

:

I have given practical classes to students on the undergraduate courses at University of Yangon, Myanmar.

Research interest

:

Ornithology and Entomology

Trainings

:

Online Training on Tokyo University of Marine Science and Technology
1. DNA-based identification of fish species
2. Otlith microchemistry and shape to assess ecological characteristics of fish (27 January -1 February 2022).

E mail Address

:

khinnyeinaye53@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09664554942

Daw May Phyo Tun Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw May Phyo Tun
Demonstrator
MSc in Chemistry, Dagon University

MSc title

:

Action of Hormones in Regulating Glucose Metabolism

Fields of Interest

:

Organic Chemistry

E mail Address

:

mayphyow@gmail.com

Daw Nyein Nyein Nwe Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Nyein Nyein Nwe
Assistant Lecture

Qualification

:

BA(Hons), MA(Myanmar)

Phone

:

09 402710650

Email

:

nyeinpauckchaung@gmail.com

Address

:

Ingyne Hostal, Hlaing University Campus, Yangon.

Prof. Daw Wai Wai Kyi Part Time Professors

View Profile

Staff Profile

Prof. Daw Wai Wai Kyi
Part Time Professors
B.A (Law), LLB, LLM
Professor and Head of Department (Rtd.),
Department of Law, Yangon University of Distance Education

Teaching Subjects

:

Family Laws in Myanmar, Law of Employment

Email

:

–

Daw Nyein Nyein Thwe Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Nyein Nyein Thwe

Present Appointment

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Academic Qualification

:

(a) B.Sc (Hons:), Zoology, Magway University
(b) MSc (Zoology), Magway University

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (5.11.2021 to present)

Course taught

:

I have given practical classes to students on the undergraduate courses at University of Yangon, Myanmar.

Research interest

:

Entomology

Trainings

:

Online Training on Tokyo University of Marine Science and Technology
1. DNA-based identification of fish species
2. Otlith microchemistry and shape to assess ecological characteristics of fish (27 January -1 February 2022).

E mail Address

:

nyeinnyeinthwe6@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09794569171

Daw Nyein Ei Ei Kyaw Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Nyein Ei Ei Kyaw
Demonstrator
M.Sc in Biochemistry, University of Yangon

MSc title

:

Isolation and Characterization of Cellulose Microfiber from Rice Straw

Fields of Interest

:

Analytical Chemistry

E mail Address

:

nyeineikyaw.yu@gmail.com

Daw Khin May Than Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Khin May Than
Assistant Lecture

Qualification

:

BA, MA,MRes

Phone

:

092612484628

Email

:

–

Address

:

Address : No (307) Myat Lay Hostal, Hlaing University Campus, Hlaing Township, Yangon, Myanmar.

Daw Aye Chan Khin Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Aye Chan Khin

Current Position

:

assistant lecture

Education and qualifications

:

1 B.A (English) Yangon University
2 M.A (English) Yangon University

Profile

:

Daw Aye Chan Khin is an assistant lecture of English Department, University of Yangon. She got a Bachelor’s Degree of Arts (Honours) from University of Yangon, Myanmar in 2015. She holds a Master’s Degree in English from University of Yangon, Myanmar. She became the tutor of English Department, University of Yangon in September 2017. She completed the Upskilling Programme for Freshly Appointed Tutors of English (UPFATE 1/2018) offered by Department of English, University of Yangon and the Capacity Building and Training of Trainer on Pedagogy conducted in University of Yangon in 2019. She also completed the Online Professional English Network’s (OPEN) Fall 2020 TESOL Methodology massive open online course (MOOC), facilitated by University of Maryland, Baltimore County and Teaching English as a Second Language – Curriculum Planning and Pedagogy (Train-the-Trainer) offered by Regional English Language Center (RELC), Singapore in 2021. Currently, she is attending the preliminary course for Ph.D candidates at English Department, University of Yangon. During her four-year-experience, she has taught the English foundation courses to 1st year and 2nd year (Non-English specialization) students, the Basic Level students from Global English Course and the ‘Communicative Skills’ subject to 4th year English for Professional Purposes (EPP) students from National Management Degree College (NMDC). Her interest lies in Applied Linguistics, Literature and TESOL and doing researches in these fields.

Email

:

ayechankhin@uy.edu.mm (or) ayechankhin122@gmail.com

Daw Pont Pont Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Pont Pont

Present Appointment

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Academic Qualification

:

(a) B.Sc (Q), Zoology, Meiktila University
(b) MSc (Zoology), Meiktila University

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (5.11.2021 to present)

Course taught

:

I have given practical classes to students on the undergraduate courses at University of Yangon, Myanmar.

Research interest

:

Entomology, Aquatic animals and Insect Molecular Biology

Trainings

:

Online Training on Tokyo University of Marine Science and Technology
1. DNA-based identification of fish species
2. Otlith microchemistry and shape to assess ecological characteristics of fish (27 January -1 February 2022).

E mail Address

:

pontpont27496@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09799205607

Daw May Thazin Kyaw Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw May Thazin Kyaw
Demonstrator
M.Sc in Chemisitry, Dagon University

MSc title

:

Preparation and Characterization of Starch Noodles from Mung Bean (Pe-Di-Sein) and Sweet Potato (Kazun-U)

Fields of Interest

:

Analytical Chemistry

E mail Address

:

thazinkyaw402@gmail.com

Daw Wai Wai Soe Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Wai Wai Soe
Assistant Lecture

Qualification

:

MA(Myanmar)

Phone

:

09 450259407

Email

:

–

Address

:

No (682) , 1 quarter 7 street, Thamine, Yangon, Myanmar.

Daw Cho Cho Myo Aung Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Cho Cho Myo Aung

Current Position

:

Assistant Lecturer

Education and qualifications

:

B.A(Honour.) Degree and Master’s Degree

Profile

:

Cho Cho Myo Aung is an assistant lecturer of the English Department, University of Yangon. She holds a Bachelor of Art (Honour.) and a Master’s Degree in English from the University of Yangon. She is a Prelim student of the English Department, University of Yangon. She was appointed as a tutor in West Yangon University in September, 2017. She completed the UPFATE programme (1/2018) held by the English Department, University of Yangon. She was promoted as an assistant lecturer in May, 2021 and transferred to University of Yangon. She has four years of teaching experience. She had the responsibility of teaching the first year and second year classes (Non-English Specialization students). For the Distance Education, she had to take first year, second year and third year classes. Her interest lies in teaching literature and conducting researches in this field.

Email

:

chochomyoaung24@gmail.com.

Daw Zin Mar Hmwe Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Zin Mar Hmwe

Present Appointment

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Academic Qualification

:

(a) B.Sc (Q), Zoology, Meiktila University
(b) MSc (Zoology), Meiktila University

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (5.11.2021 to present)

Course taught

:

I have given practical classes to students on the undergraduate courses at University of Yangon, Myanmar.

Research interest

:

Molecular Biology, Microbiology, Icthyology, Histology

Trainings

:

Online Training on Tokyo University of Marine Science and Technology
1. DNA-based identification of fish species
2. Otlith microchemistry and shape to assess ecological characteristics of fish (27 January -1 February 2022).

E mail Address

:

zinmarhmwe2019mhl@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09780206779

Dr Htun Ei Ei Zar win Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Htun Ei Ei Zar Win
Demonstrator
M.Sc in Biochemistry, University of Yangon

MSc title

:

Determination of Some Phytochemical Constituents and Pesticidal Activity of Leaves and Flowers of Chrysanthemum morifolium (Gan-Da-Mar)

Fields of Interest

:

Organic Chemistry

E mail Address

:

htunei274@gmail.com

Daw Aye San Myint Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Aye San Myint

Present Appointment

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Academic Qualification

:

(a) B.Sc (Q), Zoology, Meiktila University
(b) MSc (Zoology), Meiktila University

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (5.11.2021 to present)

Course taught

:

I have given practical classes to students on the undergraduate courses at University of Yangon, Myanmar.

Research interest

:

Ornithology

Trainings

:

Online Training on Tokyo University of Marine Science and Technology
1. DNA-based identification of fish species
2. Otlith microchemistry and shape to assess ecological characteristics of fish (27 January -1 February 2022).

E mail Address

:

ayesammyint96asm@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09423648396

Selected Publications

:

1. Aye San Myint, May Thu Tun (2022). Species Composition and Abundance of Avifauna Around Meiktila Lake, Meiktila, Mandalay Region. University of Yangon Research Journal, 11(2), 395-405.

Daw Moh Moh Win Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Moh Moh Win
Demonstrator
MRes in Chemistry, University of Yangon

MSc title

:

Isolation and Characterization of Some Chemical Constituents from NYCTANTHES ARBOR-TRISTIS LINN. (SEIK-PHA-LU)

Fields of Interest

:

Organic Chemistry

E mail Address

:

mohmoh.chem@gmail.com

Dr Khin Ohn Myint Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Khin Ohn Myint
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Hons:),
MSc, PhD (Pharmacognsoy)

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2002-2010),
Assistant Lecturer (2010-2014),
Lecturer (2014 until now)

Field of Interest

:

Pharmacognsoy

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1) Phytochemical Studies of Auricularia polytricha and Its Antimicrobial Activity (Htein Htein Lin & Khin Ohn Myint, University of Yangon Research Journal, Jun. 2016, Vol. 5, No. 1&2, 149-162),
(2) Production of Semivolatile Components for Food Preservation from Different Myanmar Aromatic Plant Species (Myint Myint San, Tint Lwin, Khin Ohn Myint & Khin Thant Sin, Journal of the Asia Research Centre, 2016, Vol. 5, No. 1&2, 149-162)
(3) Morphology of Myanmar Habitant Passiflora edulis Sims and Hypoglycaemic Activities of its Leaves (Khin Ohn Myint, Sanda Myint & Khin Thant Sin, Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Jun. 2016, Vol. XIV, No. 4, 189-210)

Telephone

:

09-5058819

Email

:

khinohnmyint@uy.edu.mm

Daw Thet Lel Tutor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Thet Lel

Current Position

:

Tutor

Education and qualifications

:

B.A. (Hons:) and Master’s Degree

Profile

:

Thet Lel is a tutor of the English Department, University of Yangon. She holds a Bachelor of Arts and a Master’s Degree in English from the University of Yangon. She worked as a part-time tutor at the English Department from 2019 to 2021. She has started working as a tutor at the English Department, University of Yangon, in November, 2021. She is currently teaching Foundation English classes at the University of Yangon. She loves literature and has a strong interest in conducting researches in Literary Studies and Applied Linguistics.

Email

:

thetlel@uy.edu.mm

Daw San Htet San Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw San Htet San

Designation

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Fisheries and Aquaculture, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a)B.Sc (Hons), Zoology, Sittway University, Myanmar
(b) M.Sc (Herpetology), Sittway University, Myanmar
(c) MRes (Aquaculture), University of Yangon, Myanmar
(d)PhD (Aquaculture), University of Yangon, Myanmar

Career history

:

Demonstrator (5.11.2021 to present)

Course taught

:

I have given lectures: Fisheries Management and practical classes to students on the undergraduate courses.

Research interest

:

(a)Aquaponic
(b)Water quality management

Trainings

:

(1)Shared Experiences in Developing Sustainable Seafood in Myanmar, Laboratory of Aquatic Bioscience, Department of Zoology, University of Yangon (July 10-15, 2017)
(2)1st International Aquaponic Course Institute of Fisheries Technology – IFT, Yangon (July 21-23, 2017)
(3)Capacity Building of University Faculty in Aquaculture Production Science II, Laboratory of Aquatic Bioscience, Department of Zoology, University of Yangon (Nov 27- Dec 1, 2017)
(4)Workshop on Myanmar Biodiversity and Wildlife Conservation, Department of Zoology, University of Yangon, Funded by Norwegian Environment Agency (Nov 9-10, 2017)
(5)Participated in the Workshop on Myanmar Biodiversity and Wildlife Conservation, Department of Zoology, University of Yangon, Funded by Norwegian Environment Agency (Nov 27-28, 2018)
(6)Introductory Bioinformatics Workshop, Laboratory of Aquatic Bioscience, Department of Zoology, University of Yangon (Dec 24-28, 2018)
(7)Basic Fish Farming and Breeding of Freshwater Fish Species, Department of Fishery, Hlawga Hatchery Station (June 24-29, 2019)
(8)Ecosystem Approach to Fisheries Management (Regional Level EAFM Capacity Plus Training) (September 23-27, 2019)
(9)Proposal Writing Training (Farmer-to-Farmer Myanmar Program) (July 6-10, 2020)
(10)Business Planning Training Farmer-to-Farmer Myanmar Program) (Dec 19-23, 2020)
(11)Online Training on Tokyo University of Marine Science and Technology; 1. DNA-based identification of fish species 2. Otolith microchemistry and shape to assess ecological characteristics of fish (27 January -1 February 2022).
(12)Microscopy Training for Biosciences (4-6 June, 2022)
(13)Online Training on Modern Fishery Technologies for Southeast Asian Countries (Technical Level), (19.7.2022-16.9.2022), China
(14)ITEC Training Programme Quality Assurance of Fish and Fishery Products, India (19.9.2022 – 1.10.2022)
(15) 2022 Training of Higher – Order – Thinking Skills for ASEAN Educators (12-14, October, 2022)

Symposium

:

(1)JSPS Core to Core Program The 7th International Symposium on Asian Vertebrate Species Diversity, Department of Zoology, University of Yangon, Formation of Asian (ASEAN + East Asia) network (December 6-9, 2017)
(2)Asian University Alliance (AUA) Youth Forum 2022 – Synergizing Regional Identity and The Future of Civilization (21-25 March, 2022)

Awards

:

Internship, USAID’s Developing a Sustainable Seafood Industry Infrastructure in Myanmar Project, University of Yangon (July 2017 to January 2018)

E mail Address

:

sanhtetsan7@gmail.com

Selected Publications

:

1.San Htet San, Aung Pe Lwin and Moe Thandar Oo “Investigation on the Species Composition of Herpetofauna in Sittwe Environs, Rakhine State” published at University of Yangon Research Journal, 2019, Vol.9. No.2
2.San Htet San, Moe Thandar Oo and Kay Lwin Tun, “Growth Rate of Gift Tilapia (Oreochromis Niloticus) Cultured in Different Aquaponic Systems” published at Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, June 2020, Vol 10. No.
3.San Htet San “Habitat Utilization of Herpetofauna in Sittwe Environs, Rakhine State” published at University of Yangon Research Journal, 2020, Vol.10. No.

Daw Ei Ei Min Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Ei Ei Min
Demonstrator
MSc in Chemistry, Dagon University

MSc title

:

Extraction of Essential Oil and Determination of Some Bioactivities of Rhizome of Curcuma Longa Linn. (Na-nwin)

Fields of Interest

:

Organic Chemistry

E mail Address

:

eieimin1997@gmail.com

Dr Cho Cho Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Cho Cho
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Hons:),
MSc, MRes, PhD (Microbiology)

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2005-2013),
Assistant Lecturer (2013-2016),
Lecturer (2016 – until now)

Field of Interest

:

Microbiology

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1) Antifungal Agent Produced by Microbispora rosea Against Rice Pathogenic Fungus Magnaporthe grisea (Cho Cho, Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, 2011, March, Vol. IX, No. 5, 87-100)

Telephone

:

09-5055514

Email

:

dr.chocho@uy.edu.mm

Daw May Moe Kabyar Maung Totor

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw May Moe Kabyar Maung

Current Position

:

Tutor

Education and qualifications

:

B.A. (Hons:) and Master’s Degree

Profile

:

Daw May Moe Kabyar Maung is a Tutor of the English Department, University of Yangon. She completed an M.A. (Master of Arts) in English at Yangon University. She graduated from National Management Degree College with a B.A. in EPP (English for Professional Purposes). She obtained Diploma in English Language Teaching and Diploma in Business Law from the University of Yangon. She got certificates in Early Childhood Education and Teaching Young Learners. She has experiences in teaching undergraduate students. She is trying to find the best ways to empower the students with self-belief and self-importance.

Email

:

maymoe@uy.edu.mm or maymoekabyar7@gmail.com

U Kyaw Naing Than Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

U Kyaw Naing Than

Designation

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Fisheries and Aquaculture, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a)B.Sc (Hons), Zoology, Sittway University, Rakhine, Myanmar
(b) M.Sc, Zoology, Sittway University, Rakhine, Myanmar

Career history

:

Demonstrator (5.11.2021 to present)

Course taught

:

I have given practical classes to students on the undergraduate courses, University of Yangon, Myanmar.

Research interest

:

Aquatic animal disease, Biotechnology

Trainings

:

(1)Online Training on Tokyo University of Marine Science and Technology; 1. DNA-based identification of fish species 2. Otolith microchemistry and shape to assess ecological characteristics of fish (27 January -1 February 2022).
(2)Online Training on Modern Fishery Technologies for Southeast Asian Countries (Technical Level), (19.7.2022-16.9.2022), China
(3)Online Training on Modern Fishery Technologies for Southeast Asian Countries (Technical Level), China (19.7.2022 to 16.9.2022), China
(4)2022 Training of Higher – Order – Thinking Skills for ASEAN Educators (12-14, October, 2022)
(5)Training on Basic Fishing Gears and Fishing Methods (23rd to 25th January, 2023)

Awards

:

Internship, USAID’s Developing a Sustainable Seafood Industry Infrastructure in Myanmar Project, University of Yangon (July 2017 to January 2018)

E mail Address

:

kyawnaingthan@uy.edu.mm, kyawnaithan22.knt@gmail.com

Selected Publications

:

1. Joachim T. Haug, Kay Lwin Tun, Gideon T. Haug, Kyaw Naing Than, Carolin Haug and Marie K. Hörnig, 2022. A hatching aphidlion-like lacewing larva in 100 million yearsold Kachin amber. Insect Science, 1–7, DOI 10.1111/1744-7917.13137
2. Kyaw Naing Than, Oo Than Kyi, 2022. Seasonal Occurrence and Relative Abundance of Butterfly Species in Sittway University Campus. University of Yangon Research Journal, 11 (2), pp. 457-468, Dec., 2022

Daw Mar Cho Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Mar Cho
Demonstrator
BSc (Q), MSc in Biochemistry, University of Yangon

MSc title

:

Study on Some Physicochemical, Microbiological Properties and Heavy Metal Contents of Soil from Industrial Area of Dagon Myothit

Fields of Interest

:

Biochemistry

E mail Address

:

marcho171997@gmail.com

Dr Khin Lay Thwe Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr. Khin Lay Thwe
Lecturer

Education

:

Ph.D

Current Research Field

:

Materials Science

Research Interest Fields

:

X-ray Crystallography, Nanotechnology, Renewable Energy

Email

:

khinlaythwe @gmail.com

U Saw Soe Moe Thu Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

U Saw Soe Moe Thu

Designation

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Fisheries and Aquaculture, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a)B.Sc (Hons), Ichthyology, University of Hpa-an, Myanmar
(b) M.Sc (Aquaculture), University of Hpa-an, Myanmar
(c)MRes (Ichthyology, University of Hpa-an, Myanmar

Career history

:

Demonstrator (5.11.2021 to present)

Course taught

:

I have been giving practical classes in the field of induced breeding.

Research interest

:

Aquatic Ecology and Induced Breeding of Freshwater and Marine Fishes, Modern Fisheries and Aquaculture.

Trainings

:

(a)Study on the Janpanese Macaque Behavior (Macaquaca fuscata), Kyoto Gakuen University, Japan. (10 November-31 December 2017)
(b) IT Base Teaching Technology and SPSS Software Training Course (11-15 June 2018)
(c) EaF Nassen Programme Marine Ecosystem Survey in Myanmar and Phuket Water Area. (28 August-15 October 2018).
(d)Online Training of Proposal Writing presented by Partners of the America’s Farmer-to-Farmer Myanmar Program (6-10 July, 2020)
(e)Online Training of Course description for BSc (Fisheries and Aquaculture) (20-24 July, 2020)
(f)Japan-Asia Youth Exchange Program in Science (SAKURA Exchange Program). (27 January-1 February, 2022)
(g)Microscopy Training for Biosciences. (4-6 June 2022)
(h)Online Training of workshop on the Modern Fisheries Technologies For the Southeast Asian Countries (Technical Level). (19 July-16 August, 2022).
(i)2022 Training of Higher – Order – Thinking Skills for ASEAN Educators (12-14, October, 2022

Symposium

:

JSPS Core to Core Program The 7th International Symposium on Asian Vertebrate Species Diversity, Department of Zoology, University of Yangon, Formation of Asian (ASEAN + East Asia) network (December 6-9, 2017)

E mail Address

:

soemoethudawphya@gmail.com

Selected Publications

:

1. Saw Soe Moe Thu and Myo Min Oo “Study on the Growth Rates of Clarias Hybrid Fingerlings by Using Three Different Food Types” Published at Hpa-an University, 2015.
2. Saw Soe Moe Thu and Than Win “ Length Weight Relation and Feeding Habits of Three Small Indigenuos Fish Species in Hpa-an Environs” Published at Hpa-an University, 2017.

U Than Zin Htoo Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

U Thaw Zin Htoo
Demonstrator
MSc in Chemistry, University of Yangon

MSc title

:

Investigation on Phytochemical Constituents and some Bioactivities of Leaves of Terminalia catappa L. (Banda)

Fields of Interest

:

Organic Chemistry

E mail Address

:

tzin94767@gmail.com

U Myo Naing Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

U Myo Naing

Designation

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Fisheries and Aquaculture, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a)B.Sc (Hons), Taunggyi University, Myanmar
(b) M.Sc (Ichthyology), Taunggyi University, Myanmar

Career history

:

Demonstrator (5.5.2022 to present)

Course taught

:

I have given practical classes to students on the undergraduate courses, University of Yangon, Myanmar

Research interest

:

Ichthyology, Wildlife Conservation and Molecular Genetics.

Trainings

:

(a)2022 Training of Higher – Order – Thinking Skills for ASEANEducators (12-14, October, 2022)
(b)Training on Basic Fishing Gears and Fishing Methods (23rd to 25th January, 2023)

E mail Address

:

alextgi1997@gmail.com

Selected Publications

:

1. Myo Naing, Moe Nilar Tun, 2022. Species Composition and Relative Abundance of Some Endemic Fish Species. University of Yangon Research Journal, 11 (2), pp. 493-501, Dec., 2022

Daw Aye Aye Lwin Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Aye Aye Lwin
Demonstrator
MSc in Chemistry, University of Yangon

MSc title

:

Synthesis, Characterization and Photocatalytic Properties of Bismuth Oxychloride Nanoparticles

Fields of Interest

:

Physical Chemistry

E mail Address

:

aayie2021@gmail.com

Daw Mya Phyo Nandar Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Mya Phyo Nandar

Present Appointment

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Academic Qualification

:

(a) B.Sc (Hons), Zoology, University of Yangon
(b) MSc (Zoology) (Microbiology Specialization), University of Yangon

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (15.9.2022 to present)

Course taught

:

I have conducted lecture on Microbiology (Immunology), performed in practical classes, given presentations and demonstrated laboratory works and dissections to undergraduate students at University of Yangon, Myanmar.

Research interest

:

Microbiology and Molecular biology

Trainings

:

Online training course in “DNA-based identification of fish species and Otolith sectioning, reading and ecological inference” given by Tokyo University of Marine Science and Technology, Japan (Jan 27 to Feb 1, 2022).
Biological Safety and Chemical Safety Awareness course, University of Yangon (University Research Center) (June 25, 2018).

Forum

:

Asian Universities Alliance (AUA) Youth Forum (Online) with the title of “Synergizing Regional Identity and the Future of Asian Civilization” hosted by Universiti Malaya, Malaysia (March 21 to 25, 2022)

E mail Address

:

myaphyonandar79@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09697788699

Daw Win Pa Pa Phyo Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Win Pa Pa Phyo
Demonstrator
MSc in Chemistry, University of Yangon

MSc title

:

Preparation and Characterization of Copper Carboxymethyl Cellulose Nanoparticles

Fields of Interest

:

Physical Chemistry

E mail Address

:

winpapaphyo.chemist@gmail.com

Daw Aye Chan Thu Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Aye Chan Thu

Present Appointment

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Academic Qualification

:

(a) B.Sc (Hons), Zoology, University of Yangon
(b) MSc (Zoology) (Microbiology Specialization), University of Yangon

Carrier history

:

Part-time Demonstrator (5.8.2019 to 30.1.2021)
Demonstrator (15.9.2022 to present)

Course taught

:

I have conducted lecture on Microbiology (disease) and performed in practical classes, given presentations and demonstrated laboratory works and dissections to undergraduate students at University of Yangon, Myanmar.

Research interest

:

Molecular Microbiology

Trainings

:

Special course in “Studying advanced agricultural techniques in Japan in combination with their backgrounds”, University of Miyazaki, Japan; (Feb 25 to Mar 6, 2018)
Online short-term study program, “the 12th summer research program” given by Graduate School of Comprehensive Human Sciences, University of Tsukuba, Japan; (July 8 to 15, 2022)
Workshop on Myanmar Biodiversity and Wildlife Conservation given by Norwegian Environment Agency, University of Yangon; (Nov 9-10, 2017)
Full-time training program in “Basic fish breeding and coarse fish injected and breeding” at Yangon region fishery camp (Hlawkar); (July 13-17, 2018)
Online training course in “DNA-based identification of fish species and Otolith sectioning, reading and ecological inference” given by Tokyo University of Marine Science and Technology, University of Yangon. (Jan 27 to Feb 1, 2022)

E mail Address

:

ayechanthuayechanthu046@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09795595520

Daw Aye Myat Myat Phyo Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Aye Myat Myat Phyo
Demonstrator
MSc in Chemistry, University of Yangon

MSc title

:

Studies on the Chemical Constiuents of Prepared Soybean Oil

Fields of Interest

:

Analytical Chemistry

E mail Address

:

ayemyatphyo39@gmail.com

Daw Mya Thein Nwe Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Mya Thein Nwe

Present Appointment

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Academic Qualification

:

(a) B.Sc (Q), Department of Zoology, Sittway University
(b) MSc (Zoology) (Carcinology), Sittway University

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (15.9.2022 to present)

Research interest

:

Carcinology and Entomology

E mail Address

:

myatheinnwe1@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09681334375

Daw Win Htet Htet Moe Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Win Htet Htet Moe
Demonstrator
MSc in Chemistry, University of Yangon

MSc title

:

Study on some phytochemical constituents and biochemical activities of the bark of SIMAROUBA AMARA Aubl. (SI-THAPYAE)

Fields of Interest

:

Organic Chemistry

E mail Address

:

winhtethtetmoe2@gmail.com

Daw Yei Mon Thein Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Yei Mon Thein

Present Appointment

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Academic Qualification

:

(a) B.Sc (Q), Department of Zoology, Sittway University
(b) MSc (Zoology) (Parasitology), Sittway University

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (15.9.2022 to present))

Research interest

:

Parasitology and Entomology

E mail Address

:

yeimon88@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09786780726

Daw Cho Cho Tun Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Cho Cho Tun

Present Appointment

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Academic Qualification

:

(a) B.Sc (Q), Department of Zoology, Taunggoke Degree College
(b) MSc (Zoology) (Ichthyology) , Sittway University

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (15.9.2022 to present)

Research interest

:

Ichthyology and Entomology

E mail Address

:

winchochohtun549@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09672560701

Dr Pan Myat Nge Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Pan Myat Nge
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Hons),
MSc, PhD

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2009-2016),
Assistant Lecturer (2016-2019),
Lecturer (2019 – until now)

Field of Interest

:

Pharmacognosy, Microbiology, Pathology

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1) Antitumor Activity of Aqueous and 70% Ethanolic Extract by Potato Crown Gall (PCG) Test or Potato Disc Assay (PDA) Method from Carica papaya L. leaves. (University of Yangon, Research Journal, 2016, Vol.7, No. 1. Pp 7-14)
(2) Antimicrobial Activity and Toxic effects of Carica papaya L. leaves. (The 3rd Myanmar-Japan International Symposium Research Paper, 2017 Vol. 1, No. 7, Pp 241-251)
(3) Study on Acute Toxicity and Hypoglycaemic Activity of Carica papaya L. leaves. (Myanmar Academy of Art and Science. 2017, Vol. XV, No. 4, Pp 311-333)
(4) Acute Toxicity Test of Aqueous and Ethanolic Extracts from Carica papaya L. leaves on Brine Shrimp. (University of Yangon Research Journal, 2018, Vol. 8, No. 1, Pp 173-178)
(5) Antioxidant Activity of Aqueous and 70% Ethanolic Extracts by DPPH Assay from Carica papaya L. leaves. (Universities’ Research Journal, 2019, Vol. 11, No. 11, Pp 221-228)

Telephone

:

095081065

Email

:

panmyatnge@uy.edu.mm

Daw Soe Paing Paing Oo Demonstrator

View Profile

Staff Profile

Name

:

Daw Soe Paing Paing Oo

Present Appointment

:

Demonstrator

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Academic Qualification

:

(a) B.Sc (Q), Department of Zoology, Sittway University
(b) MSc (Zoology) (Malacology), Sittway University

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (15.9.2022 to present)

Research interest

:

Malacology and Entomology

E mail Address

:

spaingpaingoo@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09443847728

U Sithu Aung Min Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

U Sithu Aung Min
Assistant Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Hons.),
MSc, MRes (Microbiology)

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2015-2019),
Assistant Lecturer (2019 until now)

Field of Interest

:

Microbiology; Microbial Biotechnology, Food Microbiology, Pharmaceutical Microbiology

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1.) Effects of Plant Extracts and Commercial Bacteriocides on Erwinia chrysanthemi (Rhizome Rot Bacteria) in Banana Plants (International Journal of Trend in Sciencetific Research and Development (IJTSRD), 2019, July-August, Vol.3, Issue.5, 2077-2081)

Telephone

:

09260374780

Email

:

sithuaungmin@uy.edu.mm

Daw Soe Soe Yu Hnin Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Soe Soe Yu Hnin
Assistant Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc ,
MSc, MRes, PhD (Microbiology)

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2015-2019),
Assistant Lecturer (2019 until now)

Field of Interest

:

Microbiology

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1) Mycorrnizal Association of Ten Selected Forb plants fromYangon University Campus and Its Effect on Hibiscus sabdariffa L. (Chinbaung) (Myanmar Academy of Arts andSciences (Vol. XIV, No. 4, June 2016, Pp 163 – 188),
(2) Fermentation Studies of Bioactive Fungal Strain Aspergillus sp. Ss 7 Isolated from Zingiber cassumunar Roxb. (Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVI, No. 4, October, 2018, 123 – 138),
(3) Isolation of Endophytic Fungal Strains from Selected Plants of Zingiberaceae and Their Antimicrobial activity (Universities Research Journal, August 2018, Vol. 10, No. 5),
(4) Isolation of Bioactive Compounds from Aspergillus sp. Produced from Rhizome of Zingiber cassumunar Roxb. (Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVII, No. 4, August, 2019, 123 – 138),
(5) Antimicrobial Compounds of Aspergillus sp. isolated from Zingiber cassumunar Roxb. (2nd Myanmar-Korea Conference Research Journal, August 2019, Vol. 1, 360 – 368)
(6) Active Metabolites of Aspergillus sp. Isolated from Alternanthera dentate (Moench) Stuchlik Ex R.E.FR. (Myanmar – China Conference, Breeding Elites Rice Varieties and Optimizing Their Cultivation in Myanmar, Venue- Mawlamyine University, 8th – 9th of October, 2019, Pp 33 – 43)

Telephone

:

09260374780

Email

:

sithuaungmin@uy.edu.mm

Dr Hnin Wit Mhone Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Dr Hnin Wit Mhone
Assistant Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc(Q),
MSc, MRes, PhD (Microbiology)

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2015-2019),
Assistant Lecturer (2019 until now)

Field of Interest

:

Microbiology

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1). Morphology, Phytochemical and Antimicrobial Activities of Globba arracanensis Kurz. (Saw Ohnmar, Yee Yee Thu, Hnin Wit Mhone and Ngwe Soe, 3rd Myanmar-Korea Conference Research Journal, March 2020, Vol. 3 No. 3, 790-797),
(2). Isolation of Endophytic Fungal Strains from Different Dicotyledonous Plant Species and their Antimicrobial Activity (Hnin Wit Mhon & Yee Yee Thu, Universities Research Journal, August 2018, Vol. 10, No. 5, 137-156),
(3).Bioactive Compounds of an Endophytic Fungus Phomopsis sp. Isolated from Psidium guajava L. (Yee Yee Thu, Hnin Wit Mhon and Mon Mon Thu, 2nd Myanmar-Korea Conference Research Journal, August 2019, Vol. 1, 560-567),
(4). Isolation of Antibacterial Compounds from Phomopsis sp. Isolated from Leaves of Psidium guajava L. (Hnin Wit Mhon1, Mon Mon Thu2 , Yee Yee Thu3, Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, 2019, Vol. XVII. No.4, 269-286),
(5). Fermentation Studies of Bioactive Fungal Strain MM 4 Isolated from the Leaves of Psidium guajava L. (Hnin Wit Mhone,Yee Yee Thu, Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, 2018, Vol. XVI No. 4, 123-138),
(6). Comparative study of vesicular arbuscular mycorrhizal (VAM) associated with different agricultural crops and soil in Nyaung- Hna- Pin Area (Hnin Wit Mhone, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, 2016, Vol. XIV, No. 4, 139-162)

Telephone

:

09-787188744

Email

:

hninwitmhone@uy.edu.mm

Daw Phoo Wint Yee Thaw Assistant Lecturer

View Profile

Staff Profile

Daw Phoo Wint Yee Thaw
Assistant Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Hons:),
MSc, MRes (Microbiology), MSc (Agriculture), Tokyo University of Agriculture and Technology, Japan

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2015-2019),
Assistant Lecturer (2019 until now)

Field of Interest

:

Microbiology and Biocontrol of plant pathogens

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1). Investigation of Potential Antagonistic Activity of Bacillus Species on Selected Fungal Plant Pathogens (Phoo Wint Yee Thaw*, University of Yangon Research Journal, 2018-2019, Vol. 9, No. 2, 81-88),
(2).Multiplication of Mycorrhizal Inoculum from Selected Different Cereal Plants (Phoo Wint Yee Thaw*, The Third Myanmar-Japan International Symposium Research Paper, Feb. 2017, Vol. 1, No. 7),
(3). Endophytic Microorganisms Isolated from the leaves of Sansevieria trifasciata Hortex. Prain (Nagaset) and its Antimicrobial Activity (Phoo Wint Yee Thaw, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, June 2016, Vol. XIV, No. 4)

Telephone

:

09-5069683

Email

:

phoowintyeethaw@uy.edu.mm

Curriculum

BA
MA
PhD
Post-graduate Diploma

ပါရဂူ (PhD) သင်တန်းသားများ ခေါ်ယူခြင်း

ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ်တွင် ၂၀၁၈-၂၀၁၉ ပညာသင်နှစ်အတွက် ပါရဂူဘွဲ့ (PhD) သင်တန်းကို အောက်ဖော်ပြပါ အထူးပြု ဘာသာရပ်များဖြင့် ဖွင့်လှစ် သင်ကြားပေးမည်ဖြစ်ပါသည် –

(က) မြန်မာစာ
(ခ) အင်္ဂလိပ်စာ
(ဂ) ပထဝီဝင်
(ဃ) သမိုင်း
(င) ဒဿနိကဗေဒ
(စ) စိတ်ပညာ
(ဆ) ဥပဒေပညာ
(ဇ) အရှေ့တိုင်းပညာ
(ဈ) နိုင်ငံတကာဆက်ဆံရေးပညာ
(ည) မနုဿဗေဒ
(ဋ) ရှေးဟောင်းသုတေသနပညာ
(ဌ) စာကြည့်တိုက်နှင့်သုတပညာ
(ဍ) ဓာတုဗေဒ
(ဎ) ရူပဗေဒ
(ဏ) သင်္ချာ
(တ) သတ္တဗေဒ
(ထ) ရုက္ခဗေဒ
(ဒ) ဘူမိဗေဒ
(ဓ) ကုန်ထုတ်ဓာတုဗေဒ
(န) ကွန်ပျူတာသိပ္ပံပညာ
(ပ) အဏုဇီဝဗဒ

၂။ ပါရဂူဘွဲ့ (PhD) သင်တန်းတက်ရောက်ရန် အောက်ပါသတ်မှတ်ချက်များနှင့် ပြည့်စုံသူများ လျှောက်ထား နိုင်ပါသည် –

(က) ပါရဂူဘွဲ့သင်တန်းတက်ရောက်ခွင့် လျှောက်ထားသူသည် ပြည်ထောင်စုသမ္မတ မြန်မာနိုင်ငံသား ဖြစ်ရမည်။
(ခ) ၂၀၁၈ ခုနှစ်၊ ဇွန်လ (၁) ရက်နေ့တွင် အသက် (၃၀) နှစ်ထက် မကျော်လွန်သူဖြစ်ရမည်။
(လုပ်ငန်းခွင်အတွေ့အကြုံရှိသူများကို အသက်ကန့်သတ်ချက် လျှော့ပေါ့စဉ်းစားမည်။)
(ဂ) ပါရဂူဘွဲ့အကြိုသင်တန်းကို အချိန်ပြည့်တစ်နှစ် တက်ရောက်နိုင်သူဖြစ်ရမည်။
(ဃ) ဝင်ခွင့်လျှောက်ထားသူ၏ အရည်အချင်းသတ်မှတ်ချက်များမှာ အောက်ပါအတိုင်း ဖြစ်ပါသည်-

ပညာရေးဝန်ကြီးဌာနဝန်ထမ်းများအတွက်

(၁) အသိအမှတ်ပြုထားသော တက္ကသိုလ်တစ်ခုခုမှ မိမိလျှောက်ထားလိုသော ဘာသာရပ် နယ်ပယ်၌ အနိမ့်ဆုံး မဟာဘွဲ့ အောင်မြင်သူ ဖြစ်ရမည်။ ဘာသာရပ်ဆိုင်ရာ (၃) နာရီ မေးခွန်းနှင့် အင်္ဂလိပ်စာ (၃) နာရီမေးခွန်း ဝင်ခွင့်စာမေးပွဲဖြေဆို အောင်မြင်ပြီး လူတွေ့စစ်ဆေးခြင်းအောင်မြင်သူများကိုသာ လက်ခံမည်။
(၂) အသိအမှတ်ပြု တက္ကသိုလ်တစ်ခုခုမှ မဟာသုတေသနဘွဲ့ ရရှိထားသူများသည် (ဝင်ခွင့် စာမေးပွဲ ဖြေဆိုရန်မလိုပါ) လူတွေ့စစ်ဆေးခြင်းကို ဖြေဆိုအောင်မြင်ရမည်။
(၃) တက္ကသိုလ်၊ ဒီဂရီကောလိပ်များမှ နည်းပြ၊ သရုပ်ပြ ဖြစ်ပါက နည်းပြ၊ သရုပ်ပြ ရာထူးတွင် လုပ်သက် (၁) နှစ် အနည်းဆုံးရှိရမည်။
(၄) တက္ကသိုလ်၊ ဒီဂရီကောလိပ်များမှ ဆရာ၊ ဆရာမ မဟုတ်သော ပညာရေး ဝန်ထမ်းများဖြစ်လျှင် နည်းပြ၊ သရုပ်ပြနှင့်အဆင့်တူရာထူးတွင် လုပ်သက် (၂) နှစ် အနည်းဆုံး ရှိသူဖြစ်ရမည့်အပြင် လျှောက်ထားသူသည် သုတေသနဆိုင်ရာ လုပ်ငန်းဆောင်ရွက်နေသူဖြစ်ပြီး ပါရဂူဘွဲ့သင်တန်း တက်ရောက်ခွင့်ပြုခြင်းဖြင့် ဌာနဆိုင်ရာလုပ်ငန်းတွင် တိုက်ရိုက်အကျိုးပြုနိုင်ကြောင်း သက်ဆိုင်ရာဌာနဆိုင်ရာ အကြီးအကဲက ထောက်ခံသူဖြစ်ရမည်။
(၅) ပါရဂူကြိုသင်တန်းတက်ရောက်ခွင့်ရရှိပါက သက်ဆိုင်ရာဦးစီးဌာန ညွှန်ကြားရေးမှူးချုပ် (သို့မဟုတ်) သက်ဆိုင်ရာတက္ကသိုလ်၊ ဒီဂရီကောလိပ်၊ ပါမောက္ခချုပ်၊ ကျောင်းအုပ်ကြီးထံမှ အချိန်ပြည့် (၁) နှစ် တက်ရောက်ခွင့်ပြုနိုင်ကြောင်း ထောက်ခံစာတင်ပြရမည်။

အခြားဝန်ကြီးဌာနဝန်ထမ်းများအတွက်

(၁) အသိအမှတ်ပြုထားသော တက္ကသိုလ်တစ်ခုခုမှ မိမိလျှောက်ထားလိုသော ဘာသာရပ် နယ်ပယ်၌ အနိမ့်ဆုံးမဟာဘွဲ့အောင်မြင်သူ ဖြစ်ရမည်။ ဘာသာရပ်ဆိုင်ရာ (၃) နာရီမေးခွန်းနှင့် အင်္ဂလိပ်စာ (၃) နာရီမေးခွန်း ဝင်ခွင့်စာမေးပွဲဖြေဆို အောင်မြင်ပြီး လူတွေ့စစ်ဆေးခြင်း အောင်မြင်သူများကိုသာလက်ခံမည်။
(၂) အသိအမှတ်ပြု တက္ကသိုလ်တစ်ခုခုမှ မဟာသုတေသနဘွဲ့ ရရှိထားသူများသည် (ဝင်ခွင့် စာမေးပွဲဖြေဆိုရန် မလိုပါ) လူတွေ့စစ်ဆေးခြင်းကို ဖြေဆိုအောင်မြင်ရမည်။
(၃) အနိမ့်ဆုံး နည်းပြ၊ သရုပ်ပြ (သို့မဟုတ်) ယင်းနှင့်အဆင့်တူ ရာထူးတွင် လုပ်သက် (၂) နှစ် အနည်းဆုံး ရှိရမည်။
(၄) ပါရဂူကြို သင်တန်းတက်ရောက်ခွင့်ရရှိပါက သက်ဆိုင်ရာ ညွှန်ကြားရေးမှူးချုပ်ထံမှ အချိန်ပြည့် (၁) နှစ် တက်ရောက်ခွင့်ပြုကြောင်း ထောက်ခံစာတင်ပြရမည်။

နိုင်ငံ့ဝန်ထမ်းမဟုတ်သူများအတွက်

အသိအမှတ်ပြုထားသော တက္ကသိုလ်တစ်ခုခုမှ မိမိလျှောက်ထားလိုသော ဘာသာရပ် နယ်ပယ်၌ အနိမ့်ဆုံးမဟာသုတေသနဘွဲ့ ရရှိပြီးသူဖြစ်ရမည်။ မဟာသုတေသနဘွဲ့ အတွက် ပြုလုပ်ခဲ့သော သုတေသနအကျဉ်းချုပ်နှင့် ပါရဂူဘွဲ့သင်တန်းတွင် ဆောင်ရွက်လိုသော သုတေသန နယ်ပယ်အဆိုပြုချက် (ကွန်ပျူတာစာစီ၍ စာမျက်နှာ (၃) မျက်နှာ ထက်မပိုသော) ကို လျှောက်လွှာနှင့်အတူ ပူးတွဲတင်ပြရမည်။ လူတွေ့စစ်ဆေးခြင်းကို ဖြေဆိုအောင်မြင်ရမည်။

၃။ ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ် ကျောင်းသားရေးရာဌာနတွင် သတ်မှတ်ထားသည့် လျှောက်လွှာပုံစံဖြင့် ၁၈-၅-၂၀၁၈ ရက် (သောကြာနေ့) နောက်ဆုံးထား လျှောက်ထားရမည်။

၄။ လျှောက်ထားသူများသည် ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ်တွင် ပါရဂူဘွဲ့ (PhD) သင်တန်းဝင်ခွင့် စာမေးပွဲကို အောက်ပါ အတိုင်း ဝင်ရောက်ဖြေဆိုရမည်။
(က) ၂၁-၅-၂၀၁၈ (တနင်္လာနေ့) ၀၉းဝ၀ နာရီမှ ၁၂းဝ၀ နာရီ သက်ဆိုင်ရာဘာသာရပ်
(ခ) ၂၂-၅-၂၀၁၈ (အင်္ဂါနေ့) ၀၉းဝ၀ နာရီမှ ၁၂းဝ၀ နာရီ အင်္ဂလိပ်စာဘာသာရပ်

၅။ ရေးဖြေစာမေးပွဲ အောင်မြင်သူများနှင့် မဟာသုတေသနဘွဲ့ရရှိထားသူများကို ၂၈-၅-၂၀၁၈ ရက် (တနင်္လာနေ့)တွင် လူတွေ့စစ်ဆေးမည်။

၆။ အသေးစိတ်အချက်အလက်များကို ဘာသာရပ်နှင့်စပ်လျဉ်း၍ သက်ဆိုင်ရာဘာသာရပ် ပါမောက္ခ(ဌာနမှူး)များ ထံတွင်လည်းကောင်း၊ သင်တန်းဝင်ခွင့်နှင့်စပ်လျဉ်း၍ သက်ဆိုင်ရာ မော်ကွန်းထိန်း (ဖုန်းနံပါတ်-၅၃၄၉၀၈၊ ၅၃၄၃၉၀) ထံတွင်လည်းကောင်း စုံစမ်းနိုင်ပါသည်။

2nd ASEAN Student Mobility Forum

SHARE is thrilled to announce that we are delighted to cooperate with the Ministry of Education, Myanmar to organise the forthcoming Policy Dialogue 9 – The Second ASEAN Student Mobility Forum that will take place on 28-29 August 2018 in Yangon, Myanmar. The Forum will bring together ASEAN students and graduates who are recipients of SHARE scholarship in ASEAN institutions or other related initiatives. Participation will be selected by SHARE team through special assessment. More information coming soon. #ASEANstudentmobilityforum #2ndASEANstudentmobilityforum #ASEANstudents #SHAREawardees #SHAREscholarship #SHAREprogramme #PolicyDialogue #HigherEducation #EUASEAN

more detail – www.facebook.com/SHAREprogramme

a;fdsfj;dsfodsfdsfjd

dfadsgvsfdgfd dvbfdgdsfgsdf

Daw Moet Moet Than

Name

:

Daw Moet Moet Than

Designation

:

Assistant Professor

Work experience

:

25 years, 9 months (14.2.1996)

Department

:

Department of Library and Information Studies

Qualification

:

BSc (Chem.), Yangon University (Distance)
Diploma in L.I.S, Yangon University
Diploma in Eng., Yangon University
MA (LIS), Yangon University

Phone No

:

09 454016667

e-mail

:

moetmoetthan1969@gmail.com

Course Taught

:

1. History of Alphabets: Books and Libraries
1. LI – 1103: History of Alphabets: Books and Libraries
2. LI – 3105/ 3205: Preservation and Conservation of Library Materials
3. LI – 4103/4203: Information Sources and Services
4. LI – 116: Contemporary Libraries

Research interests

:

Myanmar Literature Developing

Publication

:

ကုန်းဘောင်ခေတ်လောကီဆိုင်ရာပုရပိုက်အချို့ကိုလေ့လာ သုံးသပ်ခြင်း
(Research Journal 2009-2010, Vol. 1. No. 2, University of East Yangon)

Daw Ni Ni Aung

Name

:

Daw Ni Ni Aung

Designation

:

Associate Professor

Work experience

:

(19) Years (9) Months (since 21.02.2002)

Department

:

Department of Library and Information Studies

Qualification

:

B.A (Q) (Myanmar), M.A(Myanmar), Diploma (LIS), M.A (LIS)

Phone No

:

09-5026132

e-mail

:

niniaunglib123@gmail.com

Course Taught

:

LI.2101, LI.2104, LI.3101/3201, LI.3107/3207, LI.5101/5201,
LI.5108/LI.5208

Research interests

:

Myanmar Personal Author Names

Publication

:

(1) ကုန်းဘောင်ခေတ်လောကီဆိုင်ရာ ပုရပိုက်အချို့ကိုလေ့လာသုံးသပ်
ခြင်း ။ University of East Yangon Research Journal. Vol.1, No.2, 2009-2010. P.56-75
(2) Cataloguing Heading of Myanmar Woman Authors. East
Yangon University Research Journal. Vol.8, No.1, Sept.2020.
p.253-265

Dr. Yi Yi Aung

Name

:

Dr. Yi Yi Aung

Designation

:

Professor(Head)

Work experience

:

11.8.2003 (19 years)

Department

:

Department of Library and Information Studies

Qualification

:

BSc (Zoology)/ 1997, University of Yangon
DLIS / 2003, University of Yangon
MA/ 2007, East Yangon university
MRes / 2008, East Yangon university
PhD./2016, University of Yangon

Phone No

:

09-420075091

e-mail

:

yiyiaung7777@gmail.com

Course Taught

:

(1) BA 2nd Year -LI-2103: Information Sources
(2) BA-3rd Year/ 1st Hons-LI 3103/3203
(Information Sources: General and Specialized Subjects)
(3) Postgraduate Diploma- DLIS -113A/B: Information Resources
(4) MA-LI-623: Information Resources
(5) LI 712: Information Resources (Assistant)

Research interests

:

Information Literacy, Information Seeking Behaviour, Bibliometric Study, Library Management

Publication

:

(1) A Study on the Articles on Religion Appeared in the Journal of the Burma Research Society (1911-1977), Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science 2018, Vol. XVI, No.7, 295- 318
(2) Development of Yadanabon University Library (2000 – 2021), Yadanabon University Research Journal 2022, VOL. 12, No. 2, 131-143
(3) Research Trends in Arts and Science Education From 2009 – 2020: Content Analysis of Publications in Lashio University Research Journals, University of Yangon Research journal 2022, Vol. 11, No.2, 131-143

Daw Thu Zar Khaing

Name

:

Daw Thu Zar Khaing

Designation

:

Tutor

Work experience

:

5-11-2021

Department

:

Department of Library and Information Studies

Qualification

:

B.A (Q) (LIS), Yadanabon University
MA (LIS) ), Yadanabon University

Phone No

:

09-4457225566

Course Taught

:

(1) BA 1st Year LI-1101/ LI-1103: History of Alphabets: Books and Libraries
(2) BA -3rd Year/ 1st Hons – LI 3103/3203 (Information Sources: General and Specialized Subjects)

Research interests

:

Information Resources, Library History

U Toe Toe

Name

:

U Toe Toe

Designation

:

Tutor

Work experience

:

5-11-2021

Department

:

Department of Library and Information Studies

Qualification

:

B.A (Q) (LIS), Yadanabon University
MA (LIS) ), Yadanabon University

Phone No

:

09-250038560

e-mail

:

ToeToe@gmail.com

Course Taught

:

(1) LI-1102: Organization of Knowledge: Cataloguing and Classification,
(2) LI-2101: Organization of Knowledge: Basic Cataloguing,
(3) LI-3101/3201: Organization of Knowledge: Basic Cataloguing

Daw Aint Thin Zar Kyaw

Name

:

Daw Aint Thin Zar Kyaw

Designation

:

Lecturer

Work experience

:

2.2.2015 (8 years)

Department

:

Department of Library and Information Studies

Qualification

:

B.A (LIS) / 2012
MA (LIS) / 2015
MA (Library Science) , Central China Normal University

Phone No

:

09-252825116

e-mail

:

missainttzk@gmail.com

Daw Tin Tin Khine

Name

:

Daw Tin Tin Khine

Designation

:

Tutor

Work experience

:

5-11-2021

Department

:

Department of Library and Information Studies

Qualification

:

B.A (Hons) (LIS), Yadanabon University
MA (LIS) ), Yadanabon University

Phone No

:

09-263558664

e-mail

:

TinTinLis1014@gmail.com

Course Taught

:

(1) LI.1104: Organization of Knowledge: Cataloguing and Classification,
(2) LI.2102: Organization of Knowledge: Basic Classification,
(3) LI.3104/3204: Building Library Collections

First Year

First Year

Semester I

Foundation Courses

မ ၁၀ဝ၁ ျမန္မာစာ

Eng 1001 English

Core Courses

LI 1101 History of Alphabets: Books and Libraries

LI 1102 Organization of Knowledge: Cataloguing and Classification

Elective Courses*

Geog 1003 Geography of Southeast Asian Countries

Hist 1001 Introduction to Myanmar Civilization I

Hist 1002 Renaissance Italy (14^th Century to 15^th Century)

Hist 1003 World History to 1500 I

မ ၁၀ဝ၃ ျမန္မာ့ဇာတိမာန္စာေပ(၁)

မ ၁၀ဝ၄ ျမန္မာစကားပံုႏွင့္ဆိုရိုးစကားမ်ား(၁)

မ ၁၀ဝ၅ ျမန္မာရိုးရာပံုျပင္(၁)

OS 1001 Fundamentals of Pali Language

OS 1002 Fundamentals of Sanskrit Language

OS 1003 Buddhist Culture

OS 1004 Buddhist Ethnic

Phil 1002 Ethical Values in Myanmar Society

Psy 1001 Psychology of Adolescence

Psy 1002 Child Psychology

Psy 1004 General Psychology (I)

AM 1001 Aspects of Myanmar

Elective Courses (for other Specialization)

LI 1001 Information Sources of Library (Part I)

LI 1002 Data Finding Methods (Part I)

Semester II

Foundation Courses

မ ၁၀ဝ၂ ျမန္မာစာ

Eng 1002 English

Core Courses

LI 1103 History of Alphabets: Books and Libraries

LI 1104 Organization of Knowledge: Cataloguing and Classification

Elective Courses*

Geo 1004 Geography of Myanmar

Hist 1004 Introduction to Myanmar Civilization II

Hist 1005 Reformation Europe (1450-1650)

Hist 1006 World History to 1500 II

မ ၁၀ဝ၆ ျမန္မာ့ဇာတိမာန္စာေပ(၂)

မ ၁၀ဝ၇ ျမန္မာစကားပံုႏွင့္ဆိုရိုးစကားမ်ား(၂)

မ ၁၀ဝ၈ ျမန္မာရိုးရာပံုျပင္(၂)

OS 1005 Pali Language

OS 1006 Sanskrit Language

OS 1007 Pali Literature

OS 1008 History of Buddhism

Phil 1004 Ethical Values in Myanmar Society

Psy 1005 Understanding Human Interaction

Psy 1006 Nervous System and Behaviour

Psy 1007 General Psychology (II)

AM 1002 Aspects of Myanmar

Elective Courses (for other Specialization)

LI 1003 Information Sources of Library (Part II)

LI 1004 Data Finding Methods (Part II)

Second year

Second Year

Semester I

Foundation Courses

Eng 2001 English

Core Courses

LI 2101 Organization of Knowledge: Basic Cataloguing

LI 2102 Organization of Knowledge: Basic Classification

LI 2103 Information Sources

Elective Courses*

Hist 2001 History of Science and Technology I

Hist 2002 World History 1900 to Present I

Eng 2003 Communicative Skill

Eng 2005 Myanmar Literature in English

Law 2003 Introduction to International Law

မ ၂၀ဝ၃ ျမန္မာ့ေက်းလက္ေတးကဗ်ာမ်ား (၁)

မ ၂၀ဝ၄ ျမန္မာအမ်ိဳးသမီးစာဆိုမ်ားႏွင့္၄င္းတို႔၏စာမ်ား(၁)

မ ၂၀ဝ၅ ျမန္မာကေလးစာေပ (၁)

မ ၂၀ဝ၆ ျမန္မာစကားေျပအေရးအသားပံုစံမ်ား (၁)

OS 2001 Pali Language

OS 2002 Buddhadassana

OS 2003 Pali Literature (Prose)

OS 2004 Buddhist Councils

OS 2005 Pali Philosophy

Psy 2001 Language and Thought

Psy 2002 The Development of Self Concept

Psy 2003 Occupational Psychology (I)

Phil 2001 History of Western Intellectual Development

Elective Courses (for other Specialization)

LI 2001 Effective Use of Information Center

LI 2002 Libraries in Myanmar Society

Semester II

Foundation Courses

Eng 2002 English

Core Courses

LI 2104 Organization of Knowledge: Basic Cataloguing

LI 2105 Organization of Knowledge: Basic Classification

LI 2106 Information Sources

Elective Courses*

Geog 2004 Political Geography

Hist 2004 History of Science and Technology II

Hist 2005 World History 1900 to Present II

Law 2005 Asian Documentation

Law 2006 Sources of International Law

မ ၂၀ဝ၇ ျမန္မာ့ေက်းလက္ေတးကဗ်ာမ်ား (၂)

မ ၂၀ဝ၈ ျမန္မာအမ်ိဳးသမီးစာဆိုမ်ားႏွင့္၄င္းတို႔၏စာမ်ား(၂)

မ ၂၀ဝ၉ ျမန္မာကေလးစာေပ (၂)

မ ၂၀၁၀ ျမန္မာစကားေျပအေရးအသားပံုစံမ်ား (၂)

OS 2006 Pali Language

OS 2007 Buddhadassana

OS 2008 Pali Literature Poetry

OS 2009 Buddhadassana

OS 2010 Buddhist Councils

Psy 2004 Stress and Stress Management

Psy 2005 Individual, Social and Cultural Diversity in Pro and Antisocial Verhaviour

Psy 2006 Occupational Psychology (II)

Eng 2004 Developing Communicative Skills

Phil 2006 History of Western Intellectual Development

Elective Courses (for the Specialization)

LI 2003 Effective Use of Information Center

LI 2004 Libraries in Myanmar Society

Third Year

Third Year

Semester I

Foundation Courses

Eng 3001 English

Core Courses

LI 3101 Organization of Knowledge: Basic Cataloguing

LI 3102 Organization of Knowledge: Basic Classification

LI 3103 Information Sources: General and Specialized Subjects

LI 3104 Building Library Collection

Elective Courses*

LI 3105 Preservation and Conservation of Library Materials

LI 3106 Development of Myanmar Library

Semester II

Foundation Courses

Eng 3002 English

Core Courses

LI 3107 Organization of Knowledge: Basic Cataloguing

LI 3108 Organization of Knowledge: Basic Classification

LI 3109 Information Sources: General and Specialized Subjects

LI 3110 Building Library Collection

Elective Courses*

LI 3111 Preservation and Conservation of Library Materials

LI 3112 Development of Myanmar Library

Final Year

Final Year

Semester I

Foundation Courses

Eng 4001 English

Core Courses

LI 4101 Organization of Knowledge: Advanced Cataloguing

LI 4102 Organization of Knowledge: Advanced Classification

LI 4103 Information Sources and Services

LI 4104 Research Methods in Library Profession

Elective Courses*

LI 4105 Intellectual Properties in Library Profession

LI 4106 Contemporary World Library

Semester II

Foundation Courses

Eng 4002 English

Core Courses

LI 4107 Organization of Knowledge: Advanced Cataloguing

LI 4108 Organization of Knowledge: Advanced Classification

LI 4109 Information Sources and Services

LI 4110 Research Methods in Library Profession

Elective Courses*

LI 4111 Library Practical Training

LI 4112 Contemporary World Library

MA

MA First Year

First Semester

Module No. LI-611

Module Name    Library and Information Services Management

Nature of Library as a system.

Administrative Structure in Libraries.

Formation & Management of Library Network.

Planning of Library & Information.

Principles of Human Resources Management.

Issues in Librarianship.

References

Ahuza, B. N. Dictionary of Management. New Delhi: Academic (India), 1999.

Clayton, Peter. Managing Information Resources in Libraries. London Library Association Publishing, 2001.

Cushway, Barry. Human Resource Management. Rev. ed. London : Barry Cushway, 1994. .

Evans,G.Edward. and Patricia Layzell Ward. Managemnent Basics for Information Professional. 2^nd ed. New York: Neal-Schuman , 2007.

“Fee-or-free Debate”, In The Whole Library Handbook…, by George M. Elerhart. Chicago: ALA, 2000.

Kumar, Krishan. Library Administration and Management. Delhi: Vikas Pub.,                                                       1999.

Line, Maurice B. “Current Issues in Academic Libraries”, In Academic Library Management. London: LA, [1999]

Stueart, Robert D. and Barbara B. Moran. Library and Information Center Management. 7th. ed.               Englewood: Libraries Unlimited, 2007.

Module No. LI-612

Module Name    Information Processing Technology & Retrieval System

Principle & Practicalities of Information Retrieval Systems.

File Structures.

Database Management.

Database Query Languages.

Construction of Index, Thesaurus and Simple Databases.

Introduction to Search Engines.

Integrated Library Management Systems.

Evaluation of Selected Software for Information Processing.

References

Hutchison, Sarah E. Computers, Communication, and Information: A User’s Introduction. Rev. ed. Boston: McGraw-Hill, 1998.

Laudon, Kenneth C. Management Information System: Organization and Technology in the Networked Enterprise. 6th ed. New York : Prentice Hall, c.2000.

Poulter, Alan. The Library and Information Professional’s Guide to World Wide Web. London : ALA, 1999.

Rowley, Jennifer. The Electronic Library. 4^th ed. London: Library Association,1998.

Sawyer, Stacey C. and Brian K. Williams. Using Information Technology : A practical introduction to computer and communications. 9^th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill,2010.

Module No. LI-613

Module Name    Information Seeking Behavior and Information Context

The Basic Components of Human Communication.

Awareness of the Role & Functions of Library & Other types of Information Seeking Behavior.

Information Literacy.

Information flows among Social & Occupational Groups.

Interdisciplinary

References:

Carrall, Sheila, and Anthony Boewerton. New Professional’s Handbook : Your Guide to Information              Services Management. London : Library Association Publications, 2000.

Choo, Chun Wei; Brian Detlor, and Don Turnbull. “Information Seeking on the Web :An Integrated Model of Browsing and Searching”. First Monday. Vol 5, No 2(Feb 2000).

International Encyclopedia of Information and Library Science. 2nd ed., by John Feather and Paul                                 Steerges. London : Routledge, 2003.

Module No. LI-614

Module Name    Archives / Records Control Principles

Evolution and Nature of Archives and Records.

Ancient Myanmar Manuscripts.

Physical & Intellectual Control of Archives.

References

Schellenberg, T. R. Modern Archives : Principles and techniques. London : University of Chicago Press, c. 1965.

Jenkinson, Hilary. A Manual of Archive Administration. London : Percy Lund, Humphries, 1966.

MA   First Year

Second Semester

Module No. LI-621

Module Name          Research Methods in Librarianship

Nature of Research.

Research Process.

Preparation and Function of Research Proposal

Functions & Techniques of Statistical Analysis.

Format of works Cited in References.

Evaluation of Research Paper.

References

Balasubramanian,P. Dr. and Dr, A. Baladhandayutham. Research Methodology in Library Science. New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications PVT. LTD., 2011.

Gibaldi, Joseph and Achtert, Walter S. MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers. 3rd ed. New York: Modern Language Association of America, 1988.

Lester, James D. Essential Guide: Research Writing Across the Disciplines. 2nd. ed. New York : Longman, c.2002.

Moore, Nick. How to do Research: The Complete Guide to Designing and Management of Research Projects. 3rd. ed. London: Library Association Publishing, 2000.

Research Methods in Librarianship, edited by Rolland E. Stevens. Illinois: University of Illinois, 1971.

Saslow, Carol A. Basic Research Methods. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1982.

Turabian, Kate L.A Manual for Writers of Research Papers, Theses, and Dissertations.8^th ed.                           Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010.

Veit, Richard. Research: The Student’s Guide to Writing Research Papers. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1990.

Module No. LI-622

Module Name          Information Processing Technology & Retrieval System

Advanced Methods in Information Retrieval Systems

Structure & Characteristics of e-lib.

Selected Library Packages.

References

Chowdhury, G.G. Introduction to Modern Information Retrieval . London: Library                    Association,1999.

Hutchison, Sarah E. Computers Essentials. Rev.ed. Illinois: IRWIN, c.1994

Network and Database Technologies. Tokyo: Central Academy of Information Technology, 2001.

System Analysis and Design Methods. Whitten, Jeffery . . . [et al.]. 2nd. ed., Boston : IRWIN, 1989.

Textbook for Fundamental Information Technology Engineers: Networking and Database Technology. Tokyo: Central Academy of Information Technology, 2001.

Module No. LI-623

Module Name          Information Resources

Printed Sources & Non Printed Sources.

Electronic Sources.

Evaluating Printed Sources

Evaluation of Electronic Sources.

References

Cheng, Peter. China (World Bibliographical Series: Vol.35). Oxford: Clio Press, 1983.

Cherney, W. Michael. Bibliography of Burma Studies: Secondary Literature. London: SOAS,                             2002.

Choon, Eugene Tan Hwi. The Singapore Story: A Learning Nation, a selected bibliography. Singapore: National Library Board, 1998.

Herbert, Patricia M. Burma(World Bibliographical Series: Vol. 132). Oxford : Clio Press, 1983.

Jadhav, U.S. and Suresh Jange. Library and Information Sources and Services. New Delhi: Regency Publications, 2012.

Krummel, D.W. Bibliography. Cambridge : University of Cambridge , 1986.

Reference and Information Services: An Introduction, ed. By Richard E. Bopp, Linda C. Smith. 3rd ed. Englewood :Libraries Unlimited, 2001.

Sachukorn, Yonrucdoo. Books about Thailand: A selected bibliography. Bangkok: National Library of Thailand, 1999.

Trager, N Frank. Annotated Bibliography of Burma. New Haven: Human Relations                      Area Files, 1956.

Whitbread, Kenneth. Catalogue of Burmese Printed Books in the India Office Library. London : Her Majesty’s Stationery Office, 1969.

Watt, Michael. Thailand. Oxford: Clio Press, 1986.

Module No. LI-624

Module Name          Bibliographic Standards and Formats

Nature of Bibliographic Control.

Metadata.

Online Public Access Catalogues.

Search Strategies.

References

Guha, B. Documentation and Information: Services, Techniques and Systems. 2nd rev. ed. Calcutta: World Press, 1983.

Hagler, Ronald. Bibliographic Record and information Technology. 3rd. ed. Chicago: ALA, 1997.

Rice, James. Introduction to Library Automation. Littleton (Colorado) : Libraries Unlimited, 1984.

Taylor, Arline G. The Organization of Information .2^nd ed. Westport, Connecticut: Libraries Unlimited,2004.

Wynar, Bohdan S. Introduction to Cataloguing and Classification. 8th.ed. by Arlene G. Taylor. Englewood: Libraries Unlimited, 1992.

MA, Second Year

First Semester

MA, Second Year

Second Semester

Distribution of Marks for Research, and Seminar

Distribution of Marks for Thesis, and Viva Voce

First Year (Honours)

First Year (Honours)

Semester I

Foundation Courses

Eng 3001 English

Core Courses

LI 3201 Organization of Knowledge: Basic Cataloguing

LI 3202 Organization of Knowledge: Basic Classification

LI 3203 Information Sources: General and Specialized Subjects

LI 3204 Building Library Collection

Elective Courses*

LI 3205 Preservation and Conservation of Library Materials

LI 3206 Development of Myanmar Library

Semester II

Foundation Courses

Eng 3002 English

Core Courses

LI 3207 Organization of Knowledge: Basic Cataloguing

LI 3208 Organization of Knowledge: Basic Classification

LI 3209 Information Sources: General and Specialized Subjects

LI 3210 Building Library Collection

Elective Courses*

LI 3211 Preservation and Conservation of Library Materials

LI 3212 Development of Myanmar Library

Phd

Curriculum for PhD Preliminary Course

Mark Distribution for PhD Preliminary Course

Second Year (Honours)

Second Year (Honours)

Semester I

Foundation Courses

Eng 4001 English

Core Courses

LI 4201 Organization of Knowledge: Advanced Cataloguing

LI 4202 Organization of Knowledge: Advanced Classification

LI 4203 Information Sources and Services

LI 4204 Research Methods in Library Profession

Elective Courses*

LI 4205 Intellectual Properties in Library Profession

LI 4206 Contemporary World Library

Semester II

Foundation Courses

Eng 4002 English

Core Courses

LI 4207 Organization of Knowledge: Advanced Cataloguing

LI 4208 Organization of Knowledge: Advanced Classification

LI 4209 Information Sources and Services

LI 4210 Research Methods in Library Profession

Elective Courses*

LI 4211 Library Practical Training

LI 4212 Contemporary World Library

Third Year (Honours)

Third Year (Honours)

Semester I

Core Courses

LI 5201 Advanced Cataloguing

LI 5202 Advanced Classification

LI 5203 World Information Sources

LI 5204 Bibliography, Index and Thesaurus

LI 5205 Quantity Services of Library

Elective Courses*

LI 5206 Human Resources Management

LI 5207 Principles of Archive

Semester II

Core Courses

LI 5208 Advanced Cataloguing

LI 5209 Advanced Classification

LI 5210 World Information Sources

LI 5211 Bibliography, Index and Thesaurus

LI 5212 Quantity Services of Library

Elective Courses*

LI 5213 Human Resources Management

LI 5214 Principles of Archive

MA (Qualified)

MA (Qualified)

Semester I

Core Courses

LI 5201 Advanced Cataloguing

LI 5202 Advanced Classification

LI 5203 World Information Sources

LI 5204 Bibliography, Index and Thesaurus

LI 5205 Quantity Services of Library

Elective Courses*

LI 5206 Human Resources Management

LI 5207 Principles of Archive

Semester II

Core Courses

LI 5208 Advanced Cataloguing

LI 5209 Advanced Classification

LI 5210 World Information Sources

LI 5211 Bibliography, Index and Thesaurus

LI 5212 Quantity Services of Library

Elective Courses*

LI 5213 Human Resources Management

LI 5214 Principles of Archive

Post-graduate Diploma

First year

Semester I

First year

Semester II

Second Year

Semester I & Final (For Full Time 6 months)

First Year

Arch 1101 – Archaeological Theories I

Arch 1102 – Prehistoric Archaeology in Myanmar

Arch 1103 – Archaeological Theories II

Arch 1104 – Protohistoric and Early Historical Archaeology in Myanmar

Second Year

Arch 2101 – Archaeological Methods I

Arch 2102 – Hindu Art and Architecture I

Arch 2103 – Stone Tool Technology I

Arch 2104 – Archaeological Methods II

Arch 2105 – Hindu Art and Architecture II

Arch 2106 – Stone Tool Technology II

Third Year

Arch 3101 – Buddhist Art and Architecture I

Arch 3102 – Archaeological of Old World I

Arch 3103 – Archaeology of Southeast Asia I

Arch 3104 – Epigraphy in Myanmar

Arch 3105 – Ceramic Archaeology I

Arch 3106 – Preservation of Monuments

Arch 3107 – Buddhist Art and Architecture II

Arch 3108 – Archaeological of Old World II

Arch 3109 – Archaeology of Southeast Asia II

Arch 3110 – Protection and Preservation of Cultural Heritage

Arch 3111 – Ceramic Archaeology II

Arch 3112 – Dating Archaeological Evidences

Fourth Year

Arch 4101 – Indian Archaeology I

Arch 4102 – Chinese Archaeology I

Arch 4103 – Archaeology of New World I

Arch 4104 – Numismatology

Arch 4105 – European Civilization

Arch 4106 – History of Archaeology in Myanmar

Arch 4107 – Indian Archaeology II

Arch 4108 – Chinese Archaeology II

Arch 4109 – Archaeology of New World II

Arch 4110 – Museology

Arch 4111 – Civilization of Mesopotamia and Egypt

Arch 4112 – History of World Archaeology

First Year (Honours)

Arch 3201 – Buddhist Art and Architecture I

Arch 3202 – Archaeological of Old World I

Arch 3203 – Archaeology of Southeast Asia I

Arch 3204 – Epigraphy in Myanmar

Arch 3205 – Ceramic Archaeology I

Arch 3206 – Preservation of Monuments

Arch 3207 – Buddhist Art and Architecture II

Arch 3208 – Archaeological of Old World II

Arch 3209 – Archaeology of Southeast Asia II

Arch 3210 – Protection and Preservation of Cultural Heritage

Arch 3211 – Ceramic Archaeology II

Second Year (Honours)

Arch 4201 – Indian Archaeology I

Arch 4202 – Chinese Archaeology I

Arch 4203 – Archaeology of New World I

Arch 4204 – Numismatology

Arch 4205 – European Civilization

Arch 4206 – History of Archaeology in Myanmar

Arch 4207 – Indian Archaeology II

Arch 4208 – Chinese Archaeology II

Arch 4209 – Archaeology of New World II

Arch 4210 – Museology

Arch 4211 – Civilization of Mesopotamia and Egypt

Arch 4212 – History of World Archaeology

Third Year (Honours)

Arch 5201 – Anthropogogical Archaeology

Arch 5202 – Preservation and Interpretation of Plant Remains

Arch 5203 – Underwater Archaeology

Arch 5204 – Cognitive Archaeology

Arch 5205 – Archaeology of People I

Arch 5206 – Archaeological Interpretation

Arch 5207 – Cultural Evolution

Arch 5208 – Archaeology of People II

Arch 5209 – Environmental Archaeology

Arch 5210 – Pottery in Myanmar

Arch 5211 – Preservation and Interpretation of Animal Remains

Arch 5212 – Social Archaeology

MA (Qualified)

Arch 5201 – Anthropological Archaeology

Arch 5202 – Preservation and Interpretation of Plant Remains

Arch 5203 – Underwater Archaeology

Arch 5204 – Cognitive Archaeology

Arch 5205 – Archaeology of People I

Arch 5206 – Archaeological Interpretation

Arch 5207 – Cultural Evolution

Arch 5208 – Archaeology of People II

Arch 5209 – Environmental Archaeology

Arch 5210 – Pottery in Myanmar

Arch 5211 – Preservation and Interpretation of Animal Remains

Arch 5212 – Social Archaeology

MA

MA

First Semester

Arch 611 – Prehistoric Archaeology

Arch 612 – Historical Archaeology

Arch 613 – Field Archaeology

Arch 614 – Dating Archaeological Evidences

Arch 621 – Buddhist Art and Architecture

Arch 622 – Research Methodology

Arch 623 – Paleography

Arch 624 – Conservation and Preservation of Archaeological Materials

MA

Second Year

Arch 631 – Research Progress Report

Arch 632 – Research and Seminar

Arch 641 – Research and Seminar

Arch 642 – Thesis and Viva Voce

Phd

Phd

Arch 711 – Cultural Archaeology

Arch 712 – Environmental Archaeology

Arch 713 – Marine Archaeology

Arch 714 – Prehistoric, Protohistoric and Early Historical Archaeology in Myanmar

Post-graduate Diploma

Diploma

D. Arch 111 A – Prehistoric Archaeology

D. Arch 112 A – Exploration, Excavation and Publication

D. Arch 113 A – Museum Method

D. Arch 114 A – Preservation of Monuments

D. Arch 111 B – Potohistoric and Early Historical Archaeology

D. Arch 112 B – Chemical Preservation of Cultural Properties

D. Arch 113 B – Protection of National Cultural Properties

D. Arch 114 B – Palaeography and Numismatology

Dr Soe Ni Tun

Name

:

Dr Soe Ni Tun

Email

:

drsoenitunarch@gmail.com

Academic Qualifications

:

(1) BSc (Physics), University of Dagon 2000
(2) Diploma (Archaeology), University of Yangon, 2002
(3) MA (Archaeology), University of Yangon, 2004
(4) Diploma (English Language Teaching), University of Mandalay, 2007
(5) PhD (Archaeology), University of Yangon, 2012
(6) Diploma (International Relations and Development), University of Yangon , 2013

Research Experience

:

Historical Archaeology: Bagan Period

Projects
Hindunized Symbols in Bagan Mural Paintings (2010)
Art and Architecture of Thambula Temple in Bagan (2019)

Publications
1. Soe Ni Tun, “ Sapwetin: A Symbol of Peaceful Coexistence with Hinduism”, Mandalay University Research Journal, Vol 9, No 1, 2018, pp 215-219
2. Soe Ni Tun, “From Deity to Advisor: Ganesh in Shwedagon Stupa: Colonial Period”, University of Mandalay Research Journal, Vol 11, Mandalay , Mandalay University Press, 2020, pp-234-240

First Year

First Year (Anthropology)                                                                  Semester I

Foundation Courses

မ ၁၀၀၁ (3) မြန်မာစာ

Eng -1001      (3)   English

Core Courses

Anth- 1101      (4) General Anthropology (I)

Anth- 1102      (4) Cultural Anthropology (I)

*Elective Courses (For Anthropology Specialization)

Hist-1001          (3) Introduction to Myanmar Civilization (I)

Phil-1001          (3) Logic in Practice

Geog-1003        (3) Geography of South East Asian Countries

Psy- 1001          (3) Child Development

Psy- 1002          (3) States of Consciousness

Psy- 1003          (3) General Psychology I

Psy-1004           (3) Public Relation

IR.   1001          (3) Introduction to International Relations I

Os -1001          (3) Fundamentals of Pāli Language

AM -1001         (3) Aspect of Myanmar (I)

*Elective Courses (For Other Specialization)

Anth- 1001      (3) Introduction to General Anthropology (I)

Anth- 1002      (3) Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (I)

First Year (Anthropology)                                                   Semester II

Foundation Courses

မ ၁၀၀၂       (3) ျမန္မာစာ

Eng – 1002          (3) English

Core Courses

Anth- 1103      (4) General Anthropology (II)

Anth- 1104      (4) Cultural Anthropology (II)

*Elective Courses (For Anthropology Specialization)

Hist-1004          (3) Introduction to Myanmar Civilization II

Geog-1004        (3) Geography of Myanmar

Psy- 1005          (3) Psychology of Adolescence

Psy- 1006          (3) Psychological Disorders

Psy- 1007          (3) General Psychology II

Psy -1008          (3) Understanding Human Interaction

IR.1004             (3) Introduction to International Relations II

Os -1002           (3) Fundamentals of Pāli Language

Li- 1002           (3) Library Information Sources

AM -1002         (3) Aspect of Myanmar (II)

*Elective Courses (For Other Specialization)

Anth- 1003      (3) Introduction to General Anthropology (II)

Anth- 1004      (3) Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (II)

Second Year

Second Year (Anthropology)                                                         Semester I

Foundation Course

Eng- 2001     (3)English

Core Courses

Anth- 2101      (4) Physical Anthropology (I)

Anth- 2102      (4) Primate and Human Palaeontology (I)

Anth- 2103      (4) Archaeological Anthropology (I)

*Elective Courses (For Anthropology Specialization)

Hist-2001        (3) History of Science and Technology

Eng-2003        (3) Developing Communicative Skill

Geog-2009      (3) Human Geography (I)

Psy -2001        (3) Language and Thought

Phil-2002        (3) Philosophy of Environmental Conservation and Sustainable Development

IR- 2001         (3) Elements of Political Organization

Os -2001         (3) Pāli Language

Myan-2005     (3) ျမန္မာအမ်ိဳးသမီးစာဆိုေတာ္မ်ားႏွင့္ ၄င္းတို႔၏ စာမ်ား

Anth- 2009     (3) Applied Anthropology (I)

*Elective Courses (For Other Specialization)

Anth- 2001      (3) Physical Anthropology (I)

Anth- 2002      (3) Socio-cultural Anthropology (I)

Anth- 2003      (3) Myanmar Culture (I)

Anth- 2004       (3) Ethnography of Myanmar (I)

Second Year (Anthropology)                                     Semester II

Foundation Course

Eng- 2002      (3)English

Core Courses

Anth- 2104      (4) Physical Anthropology (II)

Anth- 2105      (4) Primate and Human Palaeontology (II)

Anth- 2106      (4) Archaeological Anthropology (II)

*Elective Courses (For Anthropology Specialization)

Hist- 2003        (3) History of Science and Technology

Eng- 2004        (3) Developing Communicative Skill

Geog-2010        (3) Human Geography (II)

Psy – 2005        (3) Introduction to Social Problem

Phil- 2007        (3) Philosophy of Environmental Conservation and Sustainable Development

Os-   2006         (3) Pāli Language

IR-   2004         (3) Elements of Political Organization

Myan-2008       (3) ျမန္မာအမ်ိဳးသမီးစာဆိုေတာ္မ်ားႏွင့္ ၄င္းတို႔၏ စာမ်ား

Anth- 2010       (3) Applied Anthropology (II)

*Elective Courses (For Other Specialization)

Anth- 2005      (3) Physical Anthropology (II)

Anth- 2006      (3) Socio-cultural Anthropology (II)

Anth- 2007      (3) Myanmar Culture (II)

Anth-2008       (3) Ethnography of Myanmar (II)

Third Year

Third Year (Anthropology)                                        Semester   I

Foundation Course

Eng- 3001      (3)English

Core Courses

Anth- 3101      (4) Social Organization (I)

Anth- 3102      (4) Religious Beliefs (I)

Anth- 3103      (4) Culture & Personality (I)

Anth- 3104      (4) The Study of Human Variation (I)

*Elective Courses (For Anthropology Specialization)

Geol-3001        (3) Palaeontology (I)

Anth-3001        (3) Anthropology and the future (1)

*Elective Courses (For Other Specialization)

Anth- 3003      (3) Religious Beliefs (I)

Third Year (Anthropology)                                                                      Semester   II

Foundation Course

Eng -3002      (3) English

Core Courses

Anth- 3105      (4) Social Organization (II)

Anth- 3106      (4) Religious Beliefs (II)

Anth- 3107      (4) Culture & Personality (II)

Anth- 3108     (4) The Study of Human Variation (II)

*Elective Courses (For Anthropology Specialization)

Geol-3002      (3) Palaeontology (II)

Anth-3002       (3) Anthropology and the future (1I)

*Elective Courses (For Other Specialization)

Anth- 3004      (3) Religious Beliefs (II)

Fourth Year

Fourth Year (Anthropology)                                                                      Semester   I

Foundation Course

Eng- 4001      (3) English

Core Courses

Anth- 4101      (4) Anthropological Theories (I)

Anth- 4102      (4) Anthropological Research Methods (I)

Anth- 4103      (4) Political Anthropology (I)

Anth- 4104      (4) Ethnology (I)

*Elective Courses (For Anthropology Specialization)

Anth- 4001      (3) Ethnography

Fourth Year (Anthropology)                                                                      Semester   II

Foundation Course

Eng- 4002      (3) English

Core Courses

Anth- 4105      (4) Anthropological Theories (II)

Anth- 4106      (4) Anthropological Research Methods (II)

Anth- 4107      (4) Political Anthropology (II)

Anth- 4108      (4) Ethnology (II)

*Elective Course (For Anthropology Specialization)

Anth- 4002     (3) Urban Anthropology

မွတ္ခ်က္။    ။ (၁) Anth- 4102 & Anth- 4106, Anthropological Research Methods

ဘာသာရပ္တြင္ ကြင္းဆင္းသုေတသနျပဳလုပ္ပံု၊ ျပဳလုပ္နည္းကို လက္ေတြ႔သင္ၾကားရန္အတြက္ သုေတသနခရီး ထြက္းပါမည္။

(၂) ပထမပညာသင္ႏွစ္ဝက္စာေမးပြဲေျဖဆိုျပီးပါက (၅) ရက္မွ (၁၀)ရက္အထိ ကြင္းဆင္းသုေတသန ခရီးထြက္ပါမည္။

(၃) ၎ဘာသာရပ္အတြက္ Tutorial (၁၀)မွတ္ ၊ လက္ေတြ႔ကြင္းဆင္းမႈကို (၁၀)မွတ္ သတ္မွတ္ပါမည္။

First Year (Honours)

First Year Honours (Anthropology)                                                          Semester   1

Foundation Courses

Eng-3001      (3) English

Core Courses

Anth- 3201      (4) Social Organization (I)

Anth- 3202     (4) Religious Beliefs (I)

Anth- 3203      (4) Culture & Personality (I)

Anth- 3204      (4) The Study of Human Variation (I)

*Elective Courses (For Anthropology Specialization)

Geol-3001        (3) Palaeontology (I)

Anth-3001        (3) Anthropology and the future (I)

*Elective Courses (For Other Specialization)

Anth- 3001      (3) Religious Beliefs (I)

First Year Honours (Anthropology)                                                    Semester   II

Foundation Courses

Eng- 3002      (3)English

Core Courses

Anth- 3205      (4) Social Organization (II)

Anth- 3206      (4) Religious Beliefs (II)

Anth- 3207      (4) Culture & Personality (II)

Anth- 3208      (4) The Study of Human Variation (II)

*Elective Courses (For Anthropology Specialization)

Geol – 3002     (3) Palaeontology (II)

Anth- 3002       (3) Anthropology and The future (II)

*Elective Courses (For Other Specialization)

Anth- 3002     (3) Religious Beliefs (II)

Second Year (Honours)

Second Year Honours (Anthropology)                                                      Semester I

Core Courses

Anth- 4201      (4) Anthropological Theories (I)

Anth- 4202      (4) Sociology (I)

Anth- 4203      (4) Political Anthropology (I)

Anth- 4204      (4) Ethnology (I)

Anth- 4205      (4) Economic Anthropology (I)

Anth- 4206      (4) Ethnography (I)

Second Year Honours (Anthropology)                                                 Semester   II

Core Courses

Anth- 4207      (4) Anthropological Theories (II)

Anth- 4208      (4) Sociology (II)

Anth- 4209      (4) Political Anthropology (II)

Anth- 4210      (4) Ethnology (II)

Anth- 4211      (4) Economic Anthropology (II)

Anth- 4012      (4) Ethnography (II)

Third Year (Honours) & Qualify

Third Year Honours (Anthropology) and Qualify                                 Semester   I

Core Courses

Anth- 5201      (4) Anthropology of Tourism (I)

Anth- 5202      (4) Medical Anthropology (I)

Anth- 5203      (4) Stone Ages of Asia, Europe, and Africa (I)

Anth- 5204      (4) Rural Studies in Anthropology

Anth- 5205      (4) Anthropological Research Methods (I)*

Anth- 5206      (4) Ecological Anthropology (I)

မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ (၁) Anth- 5205 & Anth- 5211, Anthropological Research Methods

ဘာသာရပ္တြင္ ကြင္းဆင္းသုေတသနျပဳလုပ္ပံု၊ ျပဳလုပ္နည္းကို လက္ေတြ႔သင္ၾကားရန္အတြက္ သုေတသနခရီး ထြက္းပါမည္။

(၂) ပထမပညာသင္ႏွစ္ဝက္စာေမးပြဲေျဖဆိုျပီးပါက (၅) ရက္မွ (၁၀)ရက္အထိ ကြင္းဆင္းသုေတသန ခရီးထြက္ပါမည္။

(၃) ၎ဘာသာရပ္အတြက္ Tutorial (၁၀)မွတ္ ၊ လက္ေတြ႔ကြင္းဆင္းမႈကို (၁၀)မွတ္ သတ္မွတ္ပါမည္။

Third Year Honours (Anthropology) and Qualify                                     Semester   II

Core Courses

Anth- 5207      (4) Anthropology of Tourism (II)

Anth- 5208      (4) Medical Anthropology (II)

Anth- 5209      (4) Stone Ages of Asia, Europe, and Africa (II)

Anth- 5210      (4) Urban Anthropology (II)

Anth- 5211      (4) Anthropological Research Methods (II)*

Anth- 5212      (4) Ecological Anthropology (II)

Diploma in Anthropology

General Anthropology

Social Anthropology

Folk Art

Making Union of Myanmar

Interpretation of Culture

Field work methods and documentation

Anthropology of Health and Healthcare Practices

Folklore

MA

M.A First Year (Anthropology) Semester I

M.A First Year (Anthropology) Semester II

M.A Second Year (Anthropology) Semester I

M.A Second Year (Anthropology) Semester II

M.A Second Year (Anthropology) Semester I

M.A Second Year (Anthropology) Semester I

M.A Second Year (Anthropology) Semester I

M.A Second Year (Anthropology) Semester II

PhD

GRADUATE COURSES FOR Ph. D. IN ANTHROPOLOGY

Total Credits = 16 per week

Total Hours   = 28 per week

Anth 711    Physical Anthropology

Part- 1

Introduction

Human anatomy

-Chemical compositions of man

Cell-Physical Structure of call

-Organelles of cell-structure and functions

Genetics

– Teminology

– General structure of Nucleic acids

– Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA)

– Ribonucleic acid ( RNA)

– different types of RNA and their significances

Protein Structure

– Amino acids

– Protein synthesis

Genetic disorders

– Chromosoneal disorders

– Some common diseases

Blood groups, race

Adaptation, evolution, race

Institution

General anatomy

Skeletal system

Part- 2

Origin of earth and vertebrate animal kingdom

– Origin of earth

(a) The solar system- the sun and nine planets

(b) Theories of formation of the earth

– Vertebrate animal kingdom

(a) Fishes, Amphibians, Reptiles, Mammals, Apes

Theories of Evolution

(a) Concept of Evolution

(b) Approach to Evolution

(c) Early theories in Evolution

(d) Darwin theory of Evolution

Primate and Evolution of man

– Primate: Fayum Primates, Pondaung Primates, Krabi Primates

– Evolution of man: Auatralopithecus, Homohabilis, Homoerectus, Homo Sapien

Neanderthalensis, Homo Sapien Sapien

Human Anatomy, Genetics and Races

(a) Basic anatomy of Man

(b) The genetic mechanisms of evolution

(c) DNA, RNA

(d) Race as an evolution process

Anth 712 Cultural Anthropology

Culture and Linguistics

(a) Language and communication

(b) Language in its cultural setting

(c) Language and thought

(d) Theoretical Linguistics

(e) American Linguistics

Cross-cultural Studies

(a) Capitalist development and cultural experience

(b) Colonialism and Malay peasants

(c) Post colonialism and Philippine

(d) Socio-culturalism and India

Cultural Theories

(a) Founders

(b) The nature of culture and society

(c) Evolutionary, adaptationalism and materialism

(d) Structures, symbols, and meaning, practice, agency and power

Archaeological Anthropology

(a) Archaeology in Anthropology

(b) Paleolithic culture, Mesolithic culture, Neolithic Culture, Metal, Metal Age

(c) Prehistoric economy and Social Organization

Anth 713 Ethnographic Methods

An Overview of Ethnography

Ethnographic Perspectives

Writing Ethnography

Anth 714 Applied Anthropology

Medical Anthropology

Introduction to Medical Anthropology

The Anthropological Approach in Health and Health Care

Qualitative Studies Including Anthropological Research in Health

Tourism Anthropology

An Anthropological Perspective on Tourism and Commodification

Authenticity Cultural Patrimony and Tourism

Host and Guest

Ecotourism

Educational Anthropology

Anthropology and Education

Classroom Culture

Local Traditional Education and community

Ecological Anthropology

Traditional Ecological Knowledge

Market Integration and Distribution of Ecological knowledge within An

Ecuadorian Fishing Community.

Ecological Perspective of Health and Disease

Cultural Ecological

Application of Ecological Anthropology

Post-graduate Diploma

COURSES FOR DIPLOMA IN ANTHROPOLOGY

Total Credits = 16 per week

Total Hours =   20 per week

DAE 111A An Introduction to General Anthropology

The Definition of Anthropology and Its Aims

The Scope of Anthropology

Introduction to physical anthropology

Introduction to Cultural anthropology

Development of Anthropology

The application of Anthropology

The Relation of Anthropology

Basic Anthropological Terminology

The Study of Ethnic Group in Myanmar

DAE 112 A Social Anthropology

The Meaning of Social Organization

Basic Social Groups

Types of Marriage

Divorce

Forms of Family

Kinship and Descent

Kinship Terminology and Kin Groups

DAE 113 A Making of the Union of Myanmar and Ethnic Groups

The nature of culture

The Key Points of Socialization

Valued Social Resources

The important Role of Census

Socio-cultural style of Pyu

Pyu and other nationals

The List of Ethnic Groups in Myanmar

Kachin

Kayah

Kayin

Chin

Bamar

Mon

Rakhine

Shan

DAE 114 A Folk Art

Background History of Myanmar Folk Art

Folk Art of Hill People and Plain People

Comparative Folk Art

DAE 111 B Field Work Method and Documentation

Notes and Queries

Equipment

Oral History

Choice of Informants

Direct Observation

Indirect Observation

Scientific Documentation

DAE 112 B Role of Folk-tale in Minority Culture

The definition and aim of Folk art in Folklore

Human Characteristics and Folk tales

Human Behavior and Folk tales

Human relationship and verbal folklore

The world and folk tale

Swapping tales and stealing story

Folk tale analysis

Myanmar folk tales

(a) Kachin

(b) Kayah

(c) Kayin

(d) Chin

(e) Bamar

(f) Mon

(g) Rakhine

(h) Shan

DAE 113 B Anthropology of Health and Health Care

Introduction to Medical Anthropology

Culture, Health and Illness

The Anthropological Approach in Health and Health Care

Introduction to Applied Health Research

Qualitative Studies in Health Research

Appreciation of Ethnographic Software

DAE 114 B The Interpretation of Culture

Introduction

The Emergence of the Concept of Culture in Anthropology

Part 1

(1)   The Founder, Tylor’s “The Evolution of Culture’’

(2)   Boas’s “Culture in Context’’

(3)   Sapir’s “Culture , language and individual”

(4)   Mead’s “The Individual and culture”

(5)    MalinowsKi’s “The Functions of culture ”

Part 11

(1)   Jenk’s “Culture and social Structure”

(2) Turnen’s “Culture is Symbolic”

(3)   Geertz’s “Thick description of Culture”

(4) Marcus’s “Writing Culture”

(5) Irwan Abdullah’s “Culture: The Area of Culture and changing process

in making sense”

(6) Kahn’s “Culture, Multiculture, postculture”

(7) Fernandez’s “post modern Culture and Anthropology”

5. The Redefinition of Culture and the Future of Anthropological Knowledge”

Dr. Sandar Win

Dr. Sandar Win
Professor and Head, Department of Anthropology

Email

:

dr.sandarwinygn@gmail.com

Academic Qualification

:

1. B.A (Hons:) (Anthropology), University of Yangon, 1994
2. Dip in Archaeology, University of Yangon, 1996
3. Dip in French, Yangon University Foreign Language, 2000
4. M.A, (Anthropology), University of Yangon, 1999
5. PhD, (Anthropology), University of Yangon, 2012

Career History:

:

University of Yangon Department of Anthropology 1995 to 2000
Nationalities Youth Resource Development Degree College
Department of Anthropology 2000
East Yangon University Department of Anthropology 2000 to 2012
Yadanabon University Department of Anthropology 2012 to 2017
East Yangon University Department of Anthropology 2017 to 2022
University of Yangon Department of Anthropology 2022 until now

International Cooperation Research:

:

1. Socio-economic Changes. On Livelihood in Htantaw Village, Amarapura Township, Mandalay Religion (Chiang Mai University, 2015).

Teaching courses

:

Cultural Anthropology, Medical Anthropology, Social Anthropology, Applied Anthropology and Political Anthropology

Field of interest

:

Cultural Anthropology, Social Anthropology and Medical Anthropology

Present Field of Research

:

Monastic Education: A Case on Mingaladone Village, Yangon Region

Publications:

ချင်းပြည်နယ်တောင်ပိုင်း၊ မင်းတပ်မြို့နယ်၊ လှေးကောင်းကျေးရွာအုပ်စုအတွင်း နေထိုင်ကြသော ချင်း(မွင်း) တိုင်းရင်းသားများ၏ ယုံကြည်ကိုးကွယ်မှု (University of Yangon, 2003) (Feb) (Vol. 11)

The Role of Traditional Medicine in Myanmar (2009) (July) Vol. 1, No.3, University of Yangon.

The Utility of the Herbal Medicine (Yar Ke) in Detoxification of Opiate addiets. University of East Yangon, 2011, December, Vol.3, No.1.

Socio-economic Changes in Libelihood of Htantaw Village, Amarapura Township, Mandalay Region. University Research Journal, 2016, August, Vol.8, No.6.

ဆလုံတိုင်းရင်းသားများ၏ လူမှုစီးပွားရေးဘဝ (ပါမောက္ခဒေါ်တင်ရီနှင့်အဖွဲ့)

Culture-Based Traditional Beliefs and Practices on Pregnancy, Childbirth and Postpartum Among Pa-O Women from Ho Pong Township, Taunggyi District, Southern Shan State. September, 2020, Vol. 8, No.1.

Daw Zin Zin Htet Aung

Name

:

Dr. Zin Zin Htet Aung

Designation

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of Anthropology, University of Yangon.

Email

:

anthroatozzin@gmail.com

Education

:

(1) B.A (Hons;) (Anthropology), Dagon University, 2011
(2) M.A (Anthropology), University of Yangon, 2014
(3) M.Res (Anthropology), University of Yangon, 2015
(4) PhD, (Anthropology), University of Yangon, 2022

Career History:

:

University of Yangon,Department of Anthropology,2015 to until

Teaching courses

:

Physical Anthropology, Cultural Anthropology, Social Anthropology, Religious Anthropology

Field of interest

:

Applied Anthropology

Publications:

Social Sector Footwear Industries in Sun Lun Quarter, Myinggyan Township, Mandalay Region, 2019, Vol. 9, No-1,pg-77-88, Yangon University of Research Journal.

Cultural Beliefs, Indigenous Knowledge and Health Care Practices: Case Study on Yin Baw ethnic, Kayah State, 2019, Vol. 9,No-1,pg- 53-66, Yangon University of Research Journal.

The Effectives of Youth Leadership Development Training for Youth in Yangon, 2020, Vol. 10, No.1, pg-15-26, Yangon University of Research Journal.

Youth Participation in Education Development for the Poor Children in Yangon, 2022, Vol. 11, No.1, pg-11-23, Yangon University of Research Journal.

Dr. Ye’ Tun

Name

:

Dr. Ye’ Tun

Position

:

Lecturer

Email

:

yehtun9@gmail.com

Academic Qualifications

:

B. Sc (Zoology)
Diploma (Archaeology), University of Yangon, 2002
M.A (Archaeology)
PhD (Archaeology)

Research Work:

:

Stone Age Culture and Pyu Culture

Publication:

:

Ye Tun, Myanma Palaeolithic Culture, Cultural Resource Studies Asian Linkage Building Seminar 2010, Working Papers, 2010.

U Soe Min Aung

Name

:

U Soe Min Aung

Position

:

Lecturer

Email

:

soeminaung.archaeology@gmail.com

Academic Qualifications

:

– B.A (History)
– Diploma (Archaeology), University of Yangon, 2002
-MA (Archaeology), University of Yangon, 2004

Research Experience

:

Neolothic Culture and Preservation and Restoration of Ancient Monuments

Daw Aye Aye Swe

Daw Aye Aye Swe
MSc in Chemistry, University of Yangon

MSc Title

:

A study of the isolation of alliin and allicin from allium sativum (Garlic) and its antibacterial activity.

Fields of Interest

:

– Environmental Chemistry

– Food Technology

Email address

:

ayeayeswe@uy.edu.mm

Daw Win Pa Pa Lwin

Name

:

Daw Win Pa Pa Lwin

Position

:

Tutor

Email

:

winpapalwin77@gmail.com, winpapalwin@uy.edu.mm

Academic Qualifications

:

-BA (Hons), University of Yangon, 2018
-MA (Archaeology), University of Yangon, 2021

Research Work

:

A Study on Royal Costumes of Yadanabon Period with Special References to National Museum (Yangon) and Mandalay Palace Museum

Dr. Soe Mya Mya Aye

Name

:

Dr. Soe Mya Mya Aye

Position

:

Professor, Head of Department, Department of Computer Studies, University of Yangon

Email

:

myamyaaye@gmail.com
soemyamyaaye@uy.edu.mm

Education

:

Ph.D(Computer Science, University of Yangon),2012
Diploma in Global English (University of Yangon),2006
M.Sc(Computer Science, University of Yangon),2004
M.Sc(Physical Chemistry, University of Yangon),1993
B.Sc(Hons;)( Chemistry, University of Yangon),1986
B.Sc( Chemistry, University of Yangon),1985

Research Background

:

Database,
Data Mining

Publication:
1. Soe Mya Mya Aye, Htway Htway Khing, Utilization of Data Warehousing as Decision Supporting Tool, Myanmar Academy Arts and Science Research Conference, Vol.V, No.3, 321-330, 2007.
2. Soe Mya Mya Aye, Optimizing Database Queries by Indexing, Universities Research Journal, Vol.1, No.3, 354-362, 2008.
3. Soe Mya Mya Aye, Htway Htway Khing, Myat Su Hlaing, Transformation of one Font to Another Myanmar Font, Myanmar Academy Arts and Science Research Conference, Vol.VI, No.3, 163-175, 2008.
4. Soe Mya Mya Aye, May Myat Mon Phyu, Solving the Redundancy Problem of Data Integration in Data Mining Process by Using Correlation Analysis, Myanmar Academy Arts and Science Research Conference, Vol.VIII, No.3, 199-208, 2010.
5. Soe Mya Mya Aye, The Effect of Indexing Strategies on Relational Database, 5thAUN/SEED-Net Regional Conference on Information and Communications Technology Conference, 80-93, 2012.
6. Soe Mya Mya Aye, Myat Su Hlaing, Nem Khan Dim, Learning Management System for Web Based Teaching System in University of Yangon, Universities of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.9, No.1, 651-656, 2019.
7. Soe Mya Mya Aye, Myat Su Hlaing, Nem Khan Dim, Location Management Using Geographic Information System(GIS) in Mobile Context, MTUJSET, Vol.6, 57-61, 2019.
8. Myat Su Hlaing & et al., Soe Mya Mya Aye, Parallel Computing Development for Image Order-Statistics Filters, Proceeding of The Sixth International Conference, 311-320, 2013.
9. Soe Lin Htet & et al., Soe Mya Mya Aye, Mission Control Over Multi U Vs in the Real-time Distributed Hardware-In-the-Loop Environment, 1st International Conference on Energy, Environment and Human Engineering (ICEEHE), Vol.2, No.2, 1-9, 2014.
10. Khin Sandar Myint, Soe Mya Mya Aye, Ontology Based Retrieval of Myanmar Dictionary Word, Universities Research Journal, Vol.8, No.4, 193-199, 2015.
11. Thet Thet Hlaing & et al., Soe Mya Mya Aye, Multiple Faces Authentication in Video Security System, ARC, Vol.5, NO.1&2, 185-192, 2016
12. Myat Su Hlaing, Soe Mya Mya Aye, Data parallel Programming model for an Operation Based Parallel Image Filtering System, Oral & Poster Presentation, University of Dagon,135-145, 2018.
13. Nem Khan Dim, Soe Mya Mya Aye, Motion Gesture Interfaces in Smartphone for People with Visual Impairments, Proceeding of 16th International Conference on Computer Application, 327-330, 2018.
14. Nem Khan Dim & et al., Soe Mya Mya Aye, GPS based Wearable Vibrations for Pedestrians, Proceeding of The Conference on Science and Technology Development, 148-254, 2018.
15. Myat Su Hlaing, Soe Mya Mya Aye, Parallel Computing Development for Image Order-Statistics Filters, Universities of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.8, No.4, 313-321, 2018.
16. Myat Su Hlaing, Soe Mya Mya Aye, Enhancement of Brain MRI Medical Imaging on Multicore Computer System, Proceeding of The 2nd International Conference on Education and Innovation, Vol.5, 478-481, 2019.
17. Nem Khan Dim & et al., Soe Mya Mya Aye, A Survey on the Use of Mobile Phone for People with Visual Impairments, Universities Research Journal, Vol.11, No.2, 323-332, 2018.
18. Wint Pa Pa Kyaw, Soe Mya Mya Aye, Parallel Processing in Monte Carlo Simulation on Graphical Processing Unit, Universities of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.9, No.1, 663-669, 2019.
19. Thet Thet Hlaing, Soe Mya Mya Aye, Biometric-Based Identification for Attendance Management, Universities of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.9, No.1, 657-662, 2019.
20. Htway Htway Khing & et al., Soe Mya Mya Aye, Using Monitoring Agent as a Learning Master for Virtual Learning Environment, Universities of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.9, No.1, 643-650, 2019.
21. Wint Pa Pa Kyaw, Soe Mya Mya Aye, Parallel chains in Markov Chain Monte Carlo Simulation, Universities Research Journal, Vol.12, No.1, 2019.
22. Htway Htway Khing & et al., Soe Mya Mya Aye, Assistive Interface for People with Visual Impairments, Myanmar Academy Arts and Science Research Conference, Vol.XVIII, No.3, 2020.
23. Shune Lae Aung & et al., Soe Mya Mya Aye, A Learner Aids System for Improving the Access of Online Learning, Myanmar Academy Arts and Science Research Conference, Vol.XVIII, No.3, 2020.

Dr Mya Thandar Aung

Dr Mya Thandar Aung
Associate Professor
PhD in Chemistry, University of Yangon (2007)

PhD Title

:

Isolation and Identification of some Bioactive Compounds from Ipomoea turpethum Linn. (Kyar hin) and Biophytum sensitivum Linn. (Shun – bwet hti-gayone) (2007)

Fields of Interest

:

– Natural Product of Organic Chemistry
– Biochemistry
– Environmental Chemistry

Email address

:

myathandarag2016@gmail.com

Publications:

Mya Thandar Aung, Myint Myint Khine, Saw Hla Myint. (2009). “Studies on Antitumor Activity and Chemical Constituents of Shun bwet htigayone (Biophytum sensitivum Linn.)”. Myan. Acad. Arts & Sc. Vol.VII, No. 1, 87-98

Mai Thet Mar Tun, Mya Thandar Aung and Ni Ni Than. (2018). “Investigation of Some Bioactivities of Peperomia pellucida L. (Thit-Yay-gyi) and Anhydra fluctuans L. (Kana-phaw)”. Myan. Acad. Arts & Sc. Vol. XVI, No.1B, 193-208

Mya Thandar Aung (2019). “Investigation of Phytochemical Constituents and Antimicrobial and Antioxidant Activities of Sida cordifolia L. (Katsi – ne)”. Proceedings of 10 th International Conference on Science and Engineering, Vol.2, 274 – 276

Mya Thandar Aung, Mya Mya Sainn and Nyein Nyein Htet. (2019). “Investigation of Phytochemical Constituents
and Antimicrobial, Antioxidant and Antiproliferative Activities of Piper longum L. (Peik-Chin)”. Engineering Technology and Scientific Journal, Kalay, Vol.01, Issue 01, 557-566

Mya Thandar Aung, Pyone Thazin and Mya Mya Sainn. (2019). “Study on Medicinal Benefits Such as Antimicrobial and Antioxidant Activities of Pandanus amaryllifollius Roxb. (Swan-Hmway)”. 1st Myanmar International Science and Culture Conference Journal, Myitkyina, Vol.1, No.3, 35-37

Mya Thandar Aung, Mai Thet Mar Tun, Khin Thandar Moe, Ni Ni Than. (2019). “Comparative Study of Phytochemical Constituents and Anti-Proliferative Activity of Peperomia pellucida L. and Saraca indica L.”. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.9, No.1, 509-514

Mya Thandar Aung, Phyu Phyu Myint, Yin Yin Myint, Ni Ni Than. (2020). “Comparative Study of Phytochemical Constituents and Antioxidant and Anti-Proliferative Activities of Rhizomes of Dioscorea alata L. and Fruits of Piper longum L.”. 3rd Korea Conference Research Journal, DU, Vol.3, No.5, 1653-1658

Mya Thandar Aung, Myint Myint Khin, Thet Zin Oo. (2019). “Screening of Some Phytochemical Constituents and Some Biological Activities of Roots of Croton tomentosus Muell. Arg. (Se-pale)”. Proceeding of the International Joint Symposium, Vol.1, No.1, 66-69

Mya Thandar Aung, Cherry Win, Phyu Phyu Myint, Yin Yin Myint. (2020). “Study on Nutritional Quality and Antimicrobial, Antioxidant and Anti-Proliferative Activities of Dioscorea alata L. (Myauk U)”. Myan. Acad. Arts & Sc, Vol. XVIII, No.1C, 21-30

Khin Thandar Moe, Mya Thandar Aung, Saw Hla Myint. (2019). “Phytochemical Constituents, Nutritional Values and Antimicrobial Activity of Saraca indica L. (Thawka)”. Myan. Acad. Arts & Sc., Vol. XVII, No.1A, 619- 632

Yin Yin Myint, Mya Thandar Aung. (2018). “Antidiabetic Activity, Antiarthritic Activity and Phytochemical Constituents of Oroxylum indicum (L.) Kurz Seeds”. International Conference on Recent Innovations in Nanoscience and Technology, Proceeding, ISSN 2520-0186, 144-147

Myint Myint Soe, Mya Thandar Aung, Moh Moh Aye. (2011). “Anti-tumor Activity of Some Myanmar Traditional Medicinal Plants”. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.3, No.1, 125-130

Mya Mya Sainn, Mya Thandar Aung. (2019). “Isolation and Identification of Chemical Constituents of Essential Oil from the Peel of Citrus limon L. by GC-MS Method”. Journal of Research & Innovation, Issue on Science, Engineering and Education, 50-53

Kay Khine Nyunt, Mya Thandar Aung. (2019). “Anti-arthritic Activity and Radical Scavenging Activity of Croton tomentosus Muell. Arg. (Se-pale)”. Proceeding of the International Joint Symposium, Vol.1, No.1, 93-97

Dr. Wint Pa Pa Kyaw

Name

:

Dr. Wint Pa Pa Kyaw

Position

:

Professor, Department of Computer Studies, University of Yangon

Email

:

wintpapakyaw@gmail.com

Education

:

Ph.D. (Computer Science) (University of Yangon) 2015, M.Sc. (Computer Science) 2004, M.Sc. (Chemistry) 1995, B.Sc.(Hons.) (Chemistry) 1992, Diploma (Global English) 2004

Research Background

:

Parallel Molecular Simulation, Organic Chemistry

Publications

Dr Maung Maung Htay,Wint Pa Pa Kyaw,Computer Assisted Teaching of Chemistry for the Ninth and Tenth Standard Basic Education High School Students,URJ,1995

Wint Pa Pa Kyaw ,Solving Buffon’s Needle Problem by Monte Carlo Method, URJ Vol. V, No.5,2012

Dr Pho Kaung,Wint Pa Pa Kyaw,Parallel Processing in Molecular Dynamics Simulation, MAAS Vol. XIII, No3,2015

Wint Pa Pa Kyaw,Parallel Single Chain in Markov Chain Monte Carlo Simulation, UYRJ Vol. VII , No1,2016

Wint Pa Pa Kyaw,Massively Parallel Population-Based Monte Carlo Methods with Many-Core Processors, MAAS Vol. XVI, No3,2018

Soe Mya Mya Aye,Wint Pa Pa Kyaw,Parallel Processing in Monte Carlo Simulation on Graphical Processing Unit, UYRJ Vol. 9 , No1,2019

Wint Pa Pa Kyaw,Parallel Chains in Markov Chain Monte Carlo Simulation,URJ , Vol. 12, No. 2,2019

Htet Yi Zaw,Wint Pa Pa Kyaw, Khin Myo Sett,Feature Extraction Enchancement in Voice Recognition SMS Messaging System, URJ Vol.12, No.2, 2019

Wint Pa Pa Kyaw,Parallel Processing in Monte Carlo Integration,URJ(UCSY Myeik), 2020

Tin Nilar Win,Wint Pa Pa Kyaw,Personalized Travel Recommendation System by Using User_Based Collaborative Filtering Method, Co-operative University, Thanlyin Research Journal, Vol.4, No.1, 2020

Tin Nilar Win,Wint Pa Pa Kyaw,Personalized Recommendation System in Mobile Commerce by Using Collaborative Filtering Method, MAAS Vol. XVIII, No.3,2020

Wint Pa Pa Kyaw ,Web-based Agricultural Information System and Services, UYRJ, Vol.10, No.1, 2020-21

Wint Pa Pa Kyaw ,Performance of Ray Tracing on Graphical Processing Unit, UYRJ, Vol.11, No.1, 2022

Dr. Thet Thet Hlaing

Name

:

Dr. Thet Thet Hlaing

Position

:

Professor , Department of Computer Studies, University of Yangon

Email

:

thet2hlaing@gmail.com, thetthethlaing@uy.edu.mm

Education

:

• PhD ( Computer Science), University of Yangon, 2013
• ME(Information Science and System Engineering), Ritsumeikan University(BKC Campus), Japan, 2007
• MSc ( Computer Science), University of Yangon, 2004
• MRes ( Physics), University of Mawlamyine, 2002
• MSc (Physics), University of Mawlamyine, 2001
• BSc(Hons) (Physics), University of Yangon, 1998

Research Background

:

Software Engineering, Data Mining, Text Mining, Machine Learning, Artificial Intelligence

Publications
1. Thet Thet Hlaing, A Study on Quality Measurement Methods for Component-Based Software, MAAS 2009, Vol.VII
2. Thet Thet Hlaing, Keywords Extraction from Textual Data Sources, URJ 2012, Vol.5, NO.1
3. Thet Thet Hlaing, Nwe Nwe Win, Clustering Words for Documents Labeling, The Proceeding of the 7th Global Conference Book, 2013
4. Thet Thet Hlaing, Nwe Nwe Win, Keywords Extraction from Documents Collection, MAAS , 2014, Vol.XII
5. Thet Thet Hlaing, Labeling the Clusters for Documents Categorization, CAIPT 2015, ISSN 2384-1435, The Proceeding of the 3rd International Conference on Computer Applications and Information Processing Technology
6. Thet Thet Hlaing, A Study on User Authentication Methods Using Biometric Information: Face Recognition, The Eight International Conference on Science and Mathematics Education in Developing Countries, 2015
7. Thet Thet Hlaing, Wine Chit, Thiha Tin Maung Aye, Myat Su Hlaing, Soe Mya Mya Aye, Multiple Faces Authentication in Video Security System, Journal of the ASIA Research Centre, Yangon University, 2016, Vol.5,NO.1&2
8. Thet Thet Hlaing, Soe Mya Mya Aye, Biometric-Based Identification for Attendance Management, UYRJ, 2019, Vol.9, No.1
9. Htway Htway Khing, Thet Thet Hlaing, Nwe Nwe Win, System Integration Framework on Multitask Environment, UYRJ 2009, Vol.1, No1
10. Khin Sandar Myint, Thet Mon Win, Thet Thet Hlaing, Searching Large Document Collections, MAAS 2010, Vol.VIII, No.3
11. Kyaw Myint Naing, Thet Thet Hlaing, Surveying of Some Web Filtering Programs and their Performance, Mandalay University of Distance Education Research Journal , 2016, Vol. 7, No. 1, 2016
12. Ohnmar Win, Thet Thet Hlaing, Semantic Concept and Visualization for Semantic Relationship of Pāli Words by Using Graph Database, Yadanabon University Research Journal, 2016, Vol.7, No.1
13. Wine Chit, Thet Thet Hlaing, A Study on Hand Gesture Segmentation for Human Computer Interaction Using Skeleton Tracking Model, MAAS, 2016, Vol XIV, No3, June 2016
14. Kyaw Myint Naing, Thet Thet Hlaing, A Study on Packet Filtering with IPTABLES, Mandalay University of Distance Education Research Journal , 2017, Vol. 8, No. 1
15. Kyaw Myint Naing, Thet Thet Hlaing, Developing and Installing Open SSH Server for Remote Connection, Mandalay University of Distance Education Research Journal, 2018, Vol. 9, No. 1
16. Khin Mar Wai , Thet Thet Hlaing et al, Impact of Flood and Riverbank Erosion on Human Livelihoods: A case study of some riverside villages in Lower Ayeyarwady, Population Development and the Environment: Challenges to Implementing the Sustainable Development Goals, Plagrave Macmillan(Publisher), 2019
17. Kyaw Myint Naing, Thet Thet Hlaing, Developing Samba Server on Linux OS and Studying Server Message Block Protocol (SMB) for Windows Environments, Mandalay University of Distance Education Research Journal, 2019, Vol. 10, No. 1

Dr Yee Mun Than

Dr Yee Mun Than
Lecturer
PhD in Chemistry, University of Yangon

PhD Title

:

Studies on Complex Formation between Slaked Lime and Curcumin from Curcuma longa Linn (Na-nwin) (2006)

Fields of Interest

:

Environmental Chemistry

E mail Address

:

yeemunthan@uy.edu.mm

Publication

:

Dr Yee Mun Than, Dr Kyaw Naing and Dr Aung Myint. (2008). “The effects of slaked Lime on Curcumin”. Journal Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol VI, No.1, p.99-110

Dr. Khin Sandar Myint

Name

:

Dr. Khin Sandar Myint

Position

:

Associate Professor, Department of Computer Studies, University of Yangon.

Email

:

sandar.yu@gmail.com

Education

:

PhD (Computer Science, University of Yangon, Myanmar) 2013
MSc (Computer Science, University of Yangon, Myanmar), 2004
MSc (Mathematics, University of Yangon, Myanmar), 2000
BSc (Hons) (Mathematics, University of Yangon, Myanmar), 1996
Diploma in Global English (University of Yangon, Myanmar), 2009

Research Background

:

Software Engineering, Artificial Intelligence

Publications
1. Khin Sandar Myint, Nwe Nwe Win, End User Development in Rapidly Changing Environment, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science (MAAS), Vol.V, No.3, 341-348, 2007
2. Khin Sandar Myint, Thet Mon Win, Thet Thet Hlaing, Searching on Large Document Collections, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science (MAAS), Vol.VIII, N0.3, 221-228, 2010
3. Khin Sandar Myint, Applying the Ontology Development Process on Textual Information Extraction, University of Yangon Research Journal (UYRJ), Vol.3, No.1, 139-145, 2011
4. Khin Sandar Myint, Nwe Nwe Win, Searching Dictionary Word and Its Part of Speech in Myanmar Document, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science (MAAS), Vol.XII, No.3, 77-87, 2014
5. Khin Sandar Myint, Soe Mya Mya Aye, Ontology Based Retrieval of Myanmar Dictionary Word, Universities Research Journal (URJ), Vol.8, No.4, 193-199, 2016
6. Htway Htway Khaing, Khin Sandar Myint, Analyzing the Utilization of Some Myanmar Web Sites by Using User Interface Design Principles, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science (MAAS), Vol.VII, No.3, 183-200, 2009
7. Htway Htway Khaing, Khin Sandar Myint, E-learning Based on Personalization Principle Using Conversational Style and Virtual Coaches, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science (MAAS), Vol.IX, No.3, 63-75, 2011
8. Thiri May, Khin Sandar Myint, Adaptive Learning in Web-based Educational Environment, MAAS, Vol.X, No.3, 133-144, 2012

Dr. Khin Khin Soe

Name

:

Dr. Khin Khin Soe

Email

:

Khinkhingeog.97@gmail.com

Academic Qualifications

:

PhD

Specialization

:

Human Geography
Urban Geography
Agriculture

Research Expertise

:

– Urban Heritage in Mawlamyine Town, Mon State/ Myanmar;
– Local People’s perceptions on Agriculture in Hpa-an Township, Kayin State/Myanmar;
– Economic Development Potential of Mon State/ Myanmar: Tourism Industry, funded by ARC

Current Teaching Duty

:

Undergraduate Class, Geography

Other Responsibilities

:

Co-leader in IRO Office, UY.
Core Team Member in QA,
Core Team Member/Contact person in CoE, Urban and Regional Development Research Centre

Dr. Zin Nwe Myint

Name

:

Dr. Zin Nwe Myint

Email

:

zinnwemyint@gmail.com

Academic Network

:

http://www.geographie.uni-koeln.de/14227.html?&L=1

Academic Qualifications

:

2004: Ph.D. from University of Yangon
1999: Diploma in GIS, from University of Yangon
1998: M.A. from University of Yangon with credit
1995: B.A. (Honours) from University of Yangon with credit

Specialization

:

Urban Geography
Geography of Tourism
Political Geography
Cultural Geography

Professional History

:

13-10-1997 Tutor, Department of Geography, University of Distance Education
2-8-1999 Tutor, Department of Geography, University of Yangon
1-7-2005 Assistant Lecturer, Department of Geography, University of Yangon
5-5- 2006 Assistant Lecturer, Department of Geography, Sittway University
26-3-2008 Assistant Lecturer, Department of Geography, University of Yangon
1-2-2010 Lecturer, Department of Geography, University of Yangon
3-8-2015 Associate Professor, Department of Geography, University of Yangon
3-12-2018 Professor, Department of Geography, University of Yangon

Other Responsibilities

:

Contact Person, CoE Urban and Regional Development Research Centre

Other Activities

:

Member of the Editorial Board, KKU International Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences, Khon Khen University, Thailand (since 2013)
Member of the ForUm Network (“ForUm for Urban Future in Southeast Asia”, Germany and Southeast Asian Countries) since 2008
Member of the Steering Committee of the MegaCity Task Force, International Geographical Union (IGU) (2004-2012)

Scholarship and Awards

:

German Academic Exchange Service (DAAD) Scholarship
From 01.5.2001 to 31.10.2001 (6 months)
Institute of Geography, University of Cologne, Germany
Research Fellowship by Japan Foundation Scholarship
From 15-6-2011 to 13-8-2011 (2 months)
Visiting Scientist, International Relations Department
International University of Japan (IUJ), Niigata, Japan
Alexandra von Humboldt, Georg Forster Research Fellowship for Experienced Researchers
From Alexandra von Humboldt Foundation, Germany
18 months (between 2017 and 2020)

International collaborations

:

22.9.2007 to 29.2.2008 (5 months)
Visiting Lecturer, Institute of Geography, University of Cologne
Germany (Winter Semester 2007-2008)
28-8-2012 to 10-9-2012 (12 Days)
Paper Reading at the 32nd International Geographical Conference (IGC),
University of Cologne, Germany
Paper Reading at the Forum on Urban Future in Southeast Asia,
University of Cologne, Germany (on 5-9-2012)
5-10-2014 to 28-11-2014 (2 months)
Post-doctoral Researcher, Geography Institute, University of Cologne, Germany
15-10-2015 to 14-1-2016 (3 months)
Post-Doctoral Researcher, Geography Institute, University of Cologne, Germany

Paper Reading

:

More than 40 at both internal and international conference, forum and workshop

Publication

:

Zin Nwe Myint and Frauke Kraas (2002) Urban Growth in Bangkok and Yangon: a comparison of recent developments, Thailand-Rundschau 3/2002, 97-100.
Zin Nwe Myint, Cho Cho Thwin, Aung Swe and Kyaw Soe Win (2005) Aspects of Sustainability in the Urban Areas of Yangon City. In Hartmut Gaese, Frauke Kraas, Mi Mi Kyi (eds) (2005): Sustainability in Rural and Urban Environments. Proceedings of the First German-Myanmar Workshop in Yangon/Myanmar, 17-21 November 2003. Cologne: 169-181.
Zin Nwe Myint (2005) Woodfuel Use in Yangon, Myanmar. In Christine Knie (ed.) (2005): Urban and Peri-Urban Developments – Structures, Processes and Solutions. Southeast Asian – German Summer School in Cologne/Germany, 16-29 October 2005. Cologne: 105-115.
Zin Nwe Myint (2006) Woodfuel Uses: A Distinct Phenomenon in Megacity Yangon, Myanmar. In Frauke Kraas, Hartmut Gaese, Mi Mi Kyi (eds.) (2006) Megacity Yangon: Transformation processes and modern developments. Southeast Asian Modernities 7. Berlin: 261-284.
Zin Nwe Myint (2006) Environmental Problems of Yangon City: Establishment of Industrial Zones. In Frauke Kraas, Hartmut Gaese, Mi Mi Kyi (eds.) (2006) Megacity Yangon: Transformation processes and modern developments. Southeast Asian Modernities 7. Berlin: 217-236.
Zin Nwe Myint, Soe Soe Khin and Nilar Aung (2006) Excursion: Downtown and Urban Fringe of Megacity Yangon. In Frauke Kraas, Hartmut Gaese, Mi Mi Kyi (eds.) (2006) Megacity Yangon: Transformation processes and modern developments. Southeast Asian Modernities 7. Berlin: 169-184.
Zaw Latt Tun and Zin Nwe Myint (2007) A Preliminary Study on Intra-Urban Public Transport of Sittway: A case of motorcycle taxies, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. V, No. 6, Yangon. pp. 265-276.
Zin Nwe Myint and Khin Myo Hla (2009) Preliminary Investigation on Tourist Industry of Mrauk-U, Rakhine State, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. VII, No. 6, Yangon. pp. 127-144.
Frauke Kraas, Yin May, Zin Nwe Myint (2010) Yangon/Myanmar: Transformation Processes and Mega-Urban Developments, Geographische Rundschau, International Edition, Vol. 6, No. 2 (April 2010). pp. 26- 37.
Zin Nwe Myint (2011) Host Perceptions on Tourism Development of Mrauk-U, Rakhine State. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. IX, No. 6, Yangon. pp. 175-194.
Frauke Kraas, Yin May, Regine Spohner, Zin Nwe Myint (2014) Yangon: Phases of Urban Development and Expansion. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. XII, No. 6, Yangon. pp. 125-138.
Zin Nwe Myint (2014) Heritage, Culture and Tourism Development of Mrauk-U: Perception of Local Community. In Cultural Traditions, 2014 SEAMEO Regional Centre for History and Tradition, SEAMEO, Yangon. pp. 1-20.
Frauke Kraas, Hlaing Maw Oo, Zin Nwe Myint, Regine Spohner (2015) Yangon’s Urban Heritage: Reassessing the Historic Stages of Development. In World Monument Fund (2015) Building the Future: The Role of Heritage in the Sustainable Development of Yangon, Report of an International Conference held in Yangon, Myanmar, January 15–17, 2015. pp. 24-31
Frauke Kraas, Zin Nwe Myint (2015): Potentials for Sustainable Tourism Development in Taunggyi Region, Myanmar. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. XIII, No. 6, Yangon. pp. 237-254.
Zin Nwe Myint (2016) Drivers of Cultural Tourism in Mrauk-U, Myanmar. In Frauke Kraas, Mi Mi Kyi, Win Maung (Eds) (2016): sustainability in Myanmar: Southeast Asian Modernities 15. Berlin. pp. 319-345.
Frauke Kraas, Zin Nwe Myint, Khin Khin Soe (2016) Urban Developments in Hakha and Falam, Chin State of Myanmar. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. XIV, No. 5, Yangon. pp.281-300.
Zin Nwe Myint, Saw Yu May, Zin May Oo, Frauke Kraas (2016) Economic Development Potential of Mrauk-U, Rakhine State. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. XIV, No. 5, Yangon. pp. 331-348.
Zin Nwe Myint (2017) Managing Tourism Under Strain in Myanmar. Social Science Asia, Journal of National Research Council of Thailand, Volume 3, Number 2 (April 2017), Khon Kaen, Thailand. pp. 40-52.
Zin Nwe Myint, Frauke Kraas and Shwe Zin Theik (2017) Gemstone Picture Production in Mogok: Opportunities and Challenges. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. XV, No. 5, Yangon. pp. 235-251.
Zin Nwe Myint and Frauke Kraas (2017) Tourism Development Potential of the Mawlamyine Area, Myanmar. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. XV, No. 5, Yangon. pp. 253-273.

Dr Khin Myo Win

Dr Khin Myo Win
Professor, Department of History

Tel

:

+95 9 5043353

E mail Address

:

khinthetsanwin@gmail.com

Education

BA (Hons:) , September, 1995,Yangon University
MA (October, 2000),Yangon University

Tile:The Social Structure of Myanmar During Late Konbaung Period (1819-1885)
PhD (November, 2006), Yangon University

Title: Economic Activities of Foreigners in Myanmar(1834-1885)
Diploma in Global English (July, 2006), Yangon University

Publication Research Papers

Khin Myo Win, Dr., “Social Condition of Late Kongbaung Period”, Myanmar Historical Research Journal, No.24, June, 2013.
Khin Myo Win, Dr. “Religions and Customs of Late Konbaung Period”, Myanmar Historical Research Journal, No.24, June, 2013.
Khin Myo Win, Dr., “Economic Activities of Foreigners in Late Kongbaung Period”, Myanmar Historical Research Journal, No.26, June, 2014.
Khin Myo Win, Dr., “Festivals of Twelve Seasons in Late Kongbaung Period”, Pathein University Research Journal, No.1, December, 2016.
Khin Myo Win, Dr., “Foreigners’ Participation in Agricultural and Forest Productions of Konbaung Period”, The Third Myanmar-Japan International Symposium Research Papers, ebook, Vol.1, No.1February, 2017.
Khin Myo Win, Dr., “History of Education in Late Kongbaung Period”, Myanmar Historical Research Journal, No.34, 2018.(in the process of printing)
Khin Myo Win, Dr., “Assessment of Historical Facts from the Sittansof Pathein 32 Myos”, The MAAS Journal , Best Paper Award 2018 (in the process of printing)

MRes Thesis Supervision

Myo Win New (MRes-Hist-2), “The Study of Education in Mawlamyine” (1826-1885), May, 2008.

MA Thesis Supervision

Seint Seint Thu (MA-Hist-4), “History of Revenue in Late Konbaung”, March, 2017.

Min Kyaw Myo Naing (MA-Hist-1) “Mon Nationality’s Culture and Tradition in Mon State”, 2018. ( still process)

Research Fields

Social History
Special interest in Economic History

Dr. Khin San Yu

Name

:

Dr. Khin San Yu

Email

:

Khinyu2475@gmail.com

Academic Qualifications

:

PhD

Specialization

:

Human Geography

Research Expertise

:

Settlement Pattern Changes in the Eastern Part of Bago Region

Current Teaching Duty

:

Undergraduate Class and MA Class Geography Teaching Assistant in GIS Class

Other Responsibilities

:

Contact Person for Geography Library

Dr. Saw Thandar

Name

:

Dr. Saw Thandar

Email

:

Sawsaw.aug@gmail.com

Academic Qualifications

:

PhD

Specialization

:

Human Geography

Research Expertise

:

Detection of Shoreline and Landcover Changes around the Letkokon Area Based on Remote Sensing Analysis

Current Teaching Duty

:

Undergraduate Class and MA Class Geography Teaching Assistant in GIS Class

Other Responsibilities

:

Contact Person for GIS Lab

Dr Nan Hlaing

Dr Nan Hlaing
Professor, Department of History

Phone

:

+95 9 796212800
+95 9 449005099

E mail Address

:

drnanhlaing9@gmail.com

Education

B.A. (Hnos.),
M.A., Ph.D.,
History, Dip. in English, Yangon MA (October, 2000),Yangon University
Tile:The Social Structure of Myanmar During Late Konbaung Period (1819-1885)
PhD (November, 2006), Yangon University
Title: Economic Activities of Foreigners in Myanmar(1834-1885)
Diploma in Global English (July, 2006), Yangon University

Publication Research Papers

1. Historical Sources of the Taunggu Period in Egyins (Historical Ballads), Journal of Myanmar Academic Arts and Science, Vol. IX, Pt.8, June 2011.
2. Influence of Brahmanism in the Inwa Period”, Research Journal of East Yangon University, Vol. I, Pt.III, 2009-2010.
3. “Sacred Kawgun Cave,”Journal of Myanmar Academic Arts and Science,
4. “Laterite Culture of Than Lyin”, Research Journal of Mawlamyine University, Special issue, .Nov., 2012.
5. Laterite Culture of the Mons in Lower Myanmar, read at the Best Paper Awards held by Higher Education Department, Ministry of Education, at Arts Hall, Yangon University
6. “Yodayah Naing Mawgun (Triumph of Myanmar over Ayuthiya)”, The Bulletin of Myanmar Studies, Vol. I, 2012.
7. “Glory and Greatness: Symbolisms of Myanmar Royalty,”The Bulletin of Myanmar Studies, Vol. II, August, 2015.
8. “Four Buddha Images excavated in Ye”,Academic Research Papers on Ye Ancient City, Mawalamyine University and Paper Reading Committee, 2015.
9. A History of the Kayins, Journal of Hpa-an University, Vol.IV ,Pt. I, Dec., 2012.

First Year

Semester I

Fundamental Courses
Myan 1001 (3) (2-2) Myanmar
Eng 1001 (3) (2-2) English

Core Courses
CS 1101 (4) (3-2) Computing Fundamentals I
CS 1102 (4) (3-2) Program Development Methodology I

Elective Courses (*)
Maths 1001 (3) (2-2) Mathematics
Phy 1001 (3) (2-2) Physics
AM 1001 (3) (2-2) Aspects of Myanmar

(*) A student can choose any 1 elective offered from the departments of Mathematics and Physics.

Semester II

Fundamental Courses
Myan 1002 (3) (2-2) Myanmar
Eng 1002 (3) (2-2) English

Core Courses
CS 1103 (4) (3-2) Computing Fundamentals II
CS 1104 (4) (3-2) Program Development Methodology II

Elective Courses (*)
Maths 1002 (3) (2-2) Mathematics
Phy 1002 (3) (2-2) Physics
AM 1002 (3) (2-2) Aspects of Myanmar

(*) A student can choose any 1 elective offered from the departments of Mathematics and Physics.

Bachelor of Arts

Core Courses of Bachelor of Arts in Geography (Four-year Programme)

Bachelor of Arts (Honours)

Core Courses of Bachelor of Arts (Honours) in Geography (Five-year Programme)

** In partial fulfilment of the requirements for the award of Bachelor of Arts (Honours) in Geography, Third Year Honours Students must take part in occasional field trips / project assignments related to their field of studies, as deemed necessary by the Department of Geography and submit a Term Paper at the end of the second semester.

Second Year

Semester I

Fundamental Courses
Eng 2001 (3) (2-2) English

Core Courses
CS 2101 (4) (3-2) Requirement Engineering I
CS 2102 (4) (3-2) Software Design I
CS 2103 (4) (3-2) Software Testing, Operation and Maintenance I

Elective Courses (*)
CS 2104 (3) (2-2) Fundamental Database Management System I
CS 2105 (3) (2-2) Computational Mathematics
CS 2106 (3) (2-2) Multimedia System Development I

(*) A student can choose any 2 electives offered from the department of Computer Studies.

Semester II

Fundamental Courses
Eng 2002 (3) (2-2) English

Core Courses
CS 2107 (4) (3-2) Requirement Engineering II
CS 2108 (4) (3-2) Software Design II
CS 2109 (4) (3-2) Software Testing, Operation and Maintenance II

Elective Courses (*)
CS 2110 (3) (2-2) Fundamental Database Management System II
CS 2111 (3) (2-2) Discrete Mathematics
CS 2112 (3) (2-2) Multimedia System Development II

(*) A student can choose any 2 electives offered from the department of Computer Studies.

Third Year

Semester I

Fundamental Courses
Eng 3001 (3) (2-2) English

Core Courses
CS 3101 (4) (3-2) Software Project Management
CS 3102 (4) (3-2) Risk management
CS 3103 (4) (3-2) Quality Management
CS 3104 (4) (3-2) System Security

Elective Courses (*)
CS 3105 (3) (2-2) Web-based System Development I
CS 3106 (3) (2-2) Computer Graphics I

(*) A student can choose any 1 elective offered from the department of Computer Studies

Semester II

Fundamental Courses
Eng 3001 (3) (2-2) English

Core Courses
CS 3107 (4) (3-2) System Configuration Management
CS 3108 (4) (3-2) Software Process Management
CS 3109 (4) (3-2) Computer Aided Software Engineering
CS 3110 (4) (3-2) Software Re-engineering

Elective Courses (*)
CS 3111 (3) (2-2) Web-based System Development II
CS 3112 (3) (2-2) Computer Graphics II

(*) A student can choose any 1 elective offered from the department of Computer Studies

Fourth Year

Semester I

Fundamental Courses
Eng 4001 (3) (2-2) English

Core Courses
CS 4101 (4) (3-2) IT in Business Management I
CS 4102 (4) (3-2) Social and Development Issues
CS 4103 (4) (3-2) Network Computing I
CS 4104 (4) (3-2) Fundamental Research Methodology

Elective Courses (*)
CS 4105 (3) (2-2) Database Development and Implementation I
CS 4106 (3) (2-2) Information Systems Engineering I

(*) A student can choose any 1 elective offered from the department of Computer Studies

Semester II

Fundamental Courses
Eng 4002 (3) (2-2) English

Core Courses
CS 4107 (4) (3-2) IT in Business Management II
CS 4108 (4) (3-2) Social and Professional Issues
CS 4109 (4) (3-2) Network Computing II
CS 4110 (4) (3-2) Study on IT Industries

Elective Courses (*)
CS 4111 (3) (2-2) Database Development and Implementation II
CS 4112 (3) (2-2) Information Systems Engineering II

(*) A student can choose any 1 elective offered from the department of Computer Studies

First Year (Honours)

Semester I

Fundamental Courses
Eng 3001 (3) (2-2) English

Core Courses
CS 3201 (4) (3-2) Software Project Management
CS 3202 (4) (3-2) Risk Management
CS 3203 (4) (3-2) Quality Management
CS 3204 (4) (3-2) System Security

Elective Courses (*)
CS 3205 (3) (2-2) Web-based System development I
CS 3206 (3) (2-2) Computer Graphics I

(*) A student can choose any 1 elective offered from the department of Computer Studies

Semester II

Fundamental Courses
Eng 3002 (3) (2-2) English

Core Courses
CS 3207 (4) (3-2) System Configuration Management
CS 3208 (4) (3-2) Software Process Management
CS 3209 (4) (3-2) Computer Aided Software Engineering
CS 3210 (4) (3-2) Software Re-engineering

Elective Courses (*)
CS 3211 (3) (2-2) Web-based System development II
CS 3212 (3) (2-2) Computer Graphics II

(*) A student can choose any 1 elective offered from the department of Computer Studies

Second Year (Honours)

Semester I

Fundamental Courses
Eng 4001 (3) (2-2) English

Core Courses
CS 4201 (4) (3-2) IT in Business Management I
CS 4202 (4) (3-2) Social and Development Issues
CS 4203 (4) (3-2) Network Computing I
CS 4204 (4) (3-2) Fundamental Research Methodology

Elective Courses (*)
CS 4205 (3) (2-2) Database Development and Implementation I
CS 4206 (3) (2-2) Information Systems Engineering I

(*) A student can choose any 1 elective offered from the department of Computer Studies

Semester II

Core Courses
CS 4207 (4) (3-2) IT in Business Management II
CS 4208 (4) (3-2) Social and Professional Issues
CS 4209 (4) (3-2) Network Computing II
CS 4210 (4) (3-2) Fundamental Artificial Intelligence

Elective Courses (*)
CS 4211 (3) (2-2) Database Development and Implementation II
CS 4212 (3) (2-2) Information Systems Engineering II

(*) A student can choose any 1 elective offered from the department of Computer Studies

Third Year (Honours)

Semester I

Semester II

MA

First Year

Semester I

*Elective Courses; a student can choose any one elective below
-AM 1001 (3) Aspects of Myanmar
-ES 1001 (3) Environmental Chemistry I
-ES 1002 (3) Environmental Physics I
-ES 1003 (3) Environmental Geology I

Semester II

* Elective Courses: a student can choose any one elective shown below
-AM 1002 (3) Aspects of Myanmar
-ES 1004 (3) Environmental Chemistry II
-ES 1005 (3) Environmental Physics II
-ES 1006 (3) Environmental Geology II

Second Year

Semester I

* Elective Courses
-ES 2104 (3) Geospatial Technology I
-ES 2001 (3) Food Security
– ES 2002 (3) Water Chemistry
– ES 2003 (3) Thermal Physics
– ES 2004 (3) Environmental Psychology

Semester II

* Elective Courses
-ES 2108 (3) Geospatial Technology II
-ES 2005 (3) Environmental Law
-ES 2006 (3) Soil Chemistry
-ES 2007 (3) Thermal Physics
-ES 2008 (3) Environmental Psychology

Third Year

Semester I

* Electives: A student can choose any one elective shown below
-ES 3001 (3) Geomorphic Environment
-ES 3002 (3) Biodiversity

Semester II

* Electives: A student can choose any one elective shown below.
-ES 3003 (3) Marine and Coastal Environment
-ES 3004 (3) River and Hydrology

Fourth Year

Semester I

Semester II

Post-Graduate Diploma

Courses in Diploma in GIS & RS (One-year Programme, Total Credit Units 24)

In partial fulfilment of the requirements for the award of GIS & RS, Diploma Students must take part in occasional field trips / project assignments related to their field of studies, as deemed necessary by the Department of Geography and submit a Term Paper at the end of the academic year.

PhD

Courses in PhD in Geography (Five –year Programme)

MA

Courses in Master of Arts & Qualifying (Two-year Programme, Total Credit Units 24)

Dr. Soe Soe Than

Dr. Soe Soe Than
Professor

Education

:

MS-ChE (De La Salle University-Manila),
PhD in Industrial Chemistry
2017 Fulbright U.S.-ASEAN Visiting Scholar

Research Expertise

:

Extraction of Essential Oils, Palm Sugar Processing, Plastic Polymer Degradation, Bioethanol Preparation from Lignocellulosic Biomass, Food Preservation, Food Safety, Process Optimization using Response Surface Methodology

Award

:

1. The best paper award in Industrial Chemistry by the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science at 7th Research Conference of MAAS in 2007
2. Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science 2009 Calendar Year Award Winning, Doctoral Dissertation Research Reports in 2009
3. Fulbright Outreach Lecture Award (Minnesota University) in 2017
4. The best paper award in Industrial Chemistry by the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science at 18th Research Conference of MAAS in 2018

E mail Address

:

soesoe.than@gmail.com

Publication:

Soe Soe Than, Brian A. Nummer, (2019). Assessment on Good Hygienic Practices of
American and Myanmar Packaged Foods, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVII. No.1B, 615-625.

Soe Soe Than, Khin Swe Oo and Saw Htet Thura Lin, (2019). Processing of Bio-cleaner
from Vegetable Wastes and Utilization in Treatment of Domestic Wastewater, University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol. 9, No.1, 673-681.

Soe Soe Than, Lei Lei Aung, Bo Bo Thet, and Lwin Ko Latt, (2018). Assessment on
Food Sanitation and Hygienic Practices of Food Stalls from Campus of University of Yangon, Journal of the Asia Research Centre Yangon University, Vol.7, No.1 & 2, 195-201.

War War Thin, Khin Swe Oo and Soe Soe Than, (2018). Preparation of Bioethanol
from Waste Banana, Universities Research Journal, Vol. 11, No.3, 59-70.

Than S.S., 2017, Optimization of acid hydrolysis of grasses using response surface
methodology for the preparation of bioethanol, Chemical Engineering Transactions, 56, 1615-1620. DOI:10.3303/CET1756270

Soe Soe Than,Thwe Linn Ko and Zar Zar Oo (2017)” Physico-chemical Properties of Extracted Mung Bean Protein Concentrate”, American Journal of Food Science and Technology, vol. 5, no. 6 (2017):pp. 265-269, DOI: 10.12691/ajfst-5-6-7.( View & Download PDF )

Aye Pa Pa Win, Soe Soe Than, and Khin Thet Ni, (2017). Optimization of Reducing
Sugar Production from Acid Hydrolysis of Taro Root Powder by Response Surface Methodology, Universities Research Journal, vol 10, No.2, 177-187.

Thin Zar Aung and Soe Soe Than, (2017). Formulation of Foundation Makeup
(Liquid) Using D-Optimal Mixture Design, Universities Research Journal, vol 10, No.2, 239-247.

Aye Aye Aung, Soe Soe Than, and Pansy Kyaw Hla, (2017). Evaluation of the Yield
of Bioethanol from Sterilized and Unsterilized Fruit Pulp of Waste Pineapple, Universities Research Journal, vol 10, No.2.297-306.

Kyaw Zaw Tun and Soe Soe Than, (2016). Formulating the Transparent Soap with
Carbon Black, Universities Research Journal, vol 9, No.4, 237-246.

Soe Soe Than, (2014). Assessment of Ethanol Preparation by Acid Hydrolysis and
Fermentation of Grasses, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol XII, No.1, 479-487.

Pwint Phyu Thinn and Soe Soe Than, (2013). Enzymatic Hydrolysis of Taro
(Colocasia esculenta) for the Preparation of Bioethanol, Universities Research Journal, vol 6, No.1, 319-328.

Soe Soe Than., Khin Thet Ni., and Kyaw Htin., (2012). Abiotic Degradability of Lucky
Bag and Anchor Branded Polyethylene (PE) Plastics Available in Myanmar, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol X, No.1, 431-439.

Hay Mar Soe, and Soe Soe Than, (2011). Observation on the Yield of Reducing Sugar
from Rice for the Preparation of Bioethanol by Acid Hydrolysis, Universities Research Journal, Vol 4, No.3, 431-438.

Soe Soe Than., Khin Thet Ni., and Kyaw Htin., (2010). Observation on Tentative
Bacteria Isolated from Soil Treated Photooxidized Polyethylene (PE) Plastics, Universities Research Journal, Vol 3, No.5, 327-337.

Soe Soe Than,Thwe Linn Ko and Zar Zar Oo (2017)”Isolation of Protein from Defatted Lentil Flour”, American Journal of Food Science and Technology, vol. 5, no. 6 (2017): 238-244. doi: 10.12691/ajfst-5-6-3.( View & Download PDF )

Soe Soe Than, Florinda T Bacani and Susan A.Roces (2017) ” Biodegradability of Untreated and Microwave Treated Low Density PolyethyleneTotally Degradable Plastic Additives (LDPE-TDPA): A Preliminary Result”, Chemical Engineering Department De la Salle University, Manila, Philippines.( View & Download PDF )

Soe Soe Than, Khin Thet Ni, Kyaw Htin, (2009). Photodegradation of Locally Available Lucky Bag and Anchor Branded Polyethylene (PE) Plastics. Universities Research Journal, Vol. 2, No.5, 341-348.

Soe Soe Than, Khin Thet Ni, Kyaw Htin, (2009). Abiotic Degradation by Air Oven
Treatment of Locally Available Polyethylene (PE) Plastics Branded as Lucky Bag and Anchor, Universities Research Journal, Vol. 2, No.5, 443-450.

Soe Soe Than., F. T. Bacani., S. A Roces, and H. Unno., (2008). Evaluation of
Biodegradability of Microwave-Irradiated Low-Density Polyethylene-Totally Degradable Plastic Additives (LDPE-TDPA) in Liquid Aerobic Environment, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol VI, No.1, 445-455.

Dr. Khin Thandar Oo

Dr. Khin Thandar Oo
Associate Professor

Education

:

B.A, M.A, Ph.D (Oriental Studies)

E mail Address

:

dr.khinthandaroo851@ gmail.com

Professional Experience
1998 – 2004 Tutor (Dagon University)
2004 – 2005 Tutor (Hpa-an University)
2005 – 2006 Tutor (Dagon University)
2005 – 2011 Assistant Lecturer (Dagon University)
2011 – 2012 Lecturer (University of Distance Education)
2012 – 2014 Lecturer (Sittway University)
2014 – 2015 Lecturer (Dagon University)
2015 – at present Associate Professor (University of Yangon)

Research experience
(၁) ဗုဒ္ဓဘုရားရှင်သက်တော်ထင်ရှားရှိစဉ်ကာလ၌ ၁၉၉၈ နည်းပြ(ဒဂုံ) အဖွဲ့ဝင်
ထင်ရှားသောလူပုဂ္ဂိုလ်များ
(၂) ဗုဒ္ဓဘုရားရှင်သက်တော်ထင်ရှားရှိစဉ်ကာလ၌ ၁၉၉၉ နည်းပြ(ဒဂုံ) အဖွဲ့ဝင်
ထင်ရှားသောတန်ခိုးရှင်များ
(၃) ဒီဃနိကာယ်နှင့် မဇ္ဈိမနိကာယ်တို့၌ တွေ့ရသော ၂၀ဝ၀ နည်းပြ(ဒဂုံ) အဖွဲ့ဝင်
တဗ္ဘာဝပုဒ်များနှင့် တဿမပုဒ်များ
(၄) သံယုတ္တနိကာယ်နှင့် အင်္ဂုတ္တရနိကာယ်တို့၌ တွေ့ရသော ၂၀ဝ၂ နည်းပြ(ဒဂုံ) အဖွဲ့ဝင်
တဗ္ဘာဝပုဒ်များနှင့် တဿမပုဒ်များ
(၅) ပါဠိစာပေလာစကားပုံများ ၂၀ဝ၁-ဝ၂ နည်းပြ(ဒဂုံ) အဖွဲ့ဝင်
(၆) ခုဒ္ဒကနိကာယ်လာ တဗ္ဘာဝပုဒ်များနှင့် တဿမပုဒ်များ ၂၀ဝ၁-ဝ၂ နည်းပြ(ဒဂုံ) အဖွဲ့ဝင်
(၇) ဇာတကဋ္ဌကထာကျမ်း၌ တွေ့ရှိရသော အပင်များအကြောင်း ၂၀ဝ၂-ဝ၃ နည်းပြ(ဒဂုံ) အဖွဲ့ဝင်
(၈) A Study of Mahavanvutthu by Kyee Thei Le 2001 (M.Res) ကိုယ်တိုင်
Htat Sayadaw in Comparison with the Chronicle Mahavamsa
(၉) Buddha Images with Abhaya Mudra found in Mathura 2000 (M.A) ကိုယ်တိုင်
(၁၀) ဗုဒ္ဓခေတ်အမျိုးသမီးများ၏ လူမှု့အခွင့်အရေး ၂၀၁၅ ကထိက(ဒဂုံ) ကိုယ်တိုင်
(၁၁) Buddhist Art in India ၂၀၁၆ တွဲဖက်ပါမောက္ခ(UY) အဖွဲ့ဝင်
(၁၂) The Analysis of Conditional Relation ၂၀၁၈ တွဲဖက်ပါမောက္ခ(UY) အဖွဲ့ဝင်
(၁၃) Buddhism Ethics are Based on Intention or Volition ၂၀၁၈ တွဲဖက်ပါမောက္ခ(UY) အဖွဲ့ဝင်
(၁၄) LIFE AND WORKS OF PANGON SAYADAW BHADDANTA KUMARA 2006 (Ph.D)

Workshop
(1) 6-12-2018 Compassion and Resilience in Stress Management
(2) 7-12-2018 Deep listening and Emotionally Balanced Learning (Mindfulness – based Life Long Learning)
(3) 24-26 April 2019 Upgrading for Curriculum, and Seminar

Dr. Tun Aung Kyaw

Dr. Tun Aung Kyaw
Professor (Head of Department)

Dr Wint War War Hlaing

Dr Wint War War Hlaing
Professor

Qualification

:

BA(Hons), MA, MRes, PhD (Myanmar)

Phone

:

095081336, 0931135554

Email

:

drwintwarwarhlaing70@gmail.com

Address

:

No.95,First floor, Shwe Taung Tan Street, Lanmadaw Township

Dr Cho Cho Aye

Dr Cho Cho Aye
Lecturer

Qualification

:

BA, MA, PhD(Myanmar)

Phone

:

09 421104267

Email

:

–

Address

:

No 111, Gandama Hostal, Hlaing University Campus, Hlaing, Yangon, Myanmar.

Dr Tin Myo Han

Dr Tin Myo Han
Lecturer

Qualification

:

BA, MA, PhD(Myanmar)

Phone

:

09 5184247

Email

:

–

Address

:

Kyaungone 1 street, Hlaing Township, Yangon, Myanmar.

Dr Khine Nwe Win

Dr Khine Nwe Win
Lecturer

Qualification

:

BA, MA, PhD(Myanmar)

Phone

:

095060640

Email

:

–

Address

:

Room 8/1, 106 Army Campus, Kabaraye Pagoda Road, Yangon

Dr Khin Ni Maw Aung

Dr Khin Ni Maw Aung
Lecturer

Qualification

:

BA, MA,MRes, PhD(Myanmar)

Phone

:

09 421105034

Email

:

knmaung@googlemail.com

Address

:

613 Marga 6 street, 12 Quarter, South Okkalapa Township. Yangon.

Dr Myat Thuzar

Dr Myat Thuzar
Lecturer

Qualification

:

BA, MA, PhD(Myanmar)

Phone

:

095053147

Email

:

–

Address

:

No.26, Bagayar Road, Kyimyintine Township

Daw Khin May Than

Daw Khin May Than
Assistant Lecture

Qualification

:

BA, MA,MRes

Phone

:

092612484628

Email

:

–

Address

:

Address : No (307) Myat Lay Hostal, Hlaing University Campus, Hlaing Township, Yangon, Myanmar.

Daw Nyein Nyein Nwe

Daw Nyein Nyein Nwe
Assistant Lecture

Qualification

:

BA(Hons), MA(Myanmar)

Phone

:

09 402710650

Email

:

nyeinpauckchaung@gmail.com

Address

:

Ingyne Hostal, Hlaing University Campus, Yangon.

Daw Wai Wai Soe

Daw Wai Wai Soe
Assistant Lecture

Qualification

:

MA(Myanmar)

Phone

:

09 450259407

Email

:

–

Address

:

No (682) , 1 quarter 7 street, Thamine, Yangon, Myanmar.

Core Courses of Bachelor of Science

Undergraduate Studies
Core Courses of Bachelor of Science in Industrial Chemistry (Four-year Program, Total Credit Units 168)

* Elective courses
This is industrial chemsitry in yangon university.
# In partial fulfillment of the requirements for the award of the Bachelor of Science in Industrial Chemistry degree, Fourth Year Students must take part in occasional field trips (to plants / factories) / project assignments, related to their field of studies, as deemed necessary by the Department of Industrial Chemistry and Submission of Term Paper at the end of the second semester.
First Year
Course Description
Industrial Chemistry I (Organic and Analytical Chemistry)
This module includes the structure and nomenclature of organic compounds and the fundamental principles of organic chemistry. It provides the basic concept of analytical chemistry and is also extended to acquire skills in various analytical techniques.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the fundamental principles and concepts related to Organic and Analytical Chemistry.
-Identify the organic compounds based on their functional groups.
-Apply these principles and concepts in the synthesis and processing of organic compounds.
-Analyze physical and chemical properties, methods of preparation, behavior of solutions and titration indicators.
-Solve the problems related to the calculation of acid base titration.
-Manipulate the Organic and Analytical experiments.

Industrial Chemistry II (Inorganic and Physical Chemistry)
This module provides concepts and principles in the synthesis and methods of processing. This unit deals with the study of different methods to analyze physical and chemical properties, behavior of gases, equilibrium constant. Moreover it can also study the operations and equipment for extraction of minerals and ores.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the fundamental principles and concepts related to basis chemistry of gases and liquids, colloids.
-Understand colloidal systems for industrial or technological interest.
-Analyze physical and chemical properties, behavior of gases, equilibrium constant.
-Manipulate the acid/base radicals and physical experiments.
-Identify the structure and configuration of atom, nature and energy of electron.
-Classify the position of metals and non-metals in the periodic table and their occurrence, extraction methods and application.
-Understand the methods of exploration, mining and concentrating of the ores, refining of metals and its processing.
Second Year
Course Description
Industrial Organic Chemistry I
This module aims to introduce the naming system, and physical and chemical properties of aromatic, heterocyclic compounds and natural products. This module includes the isolation techniques, preparation and physical and chemical properties of different types of industrially important derivatives.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the naming system of aromatic and heterocyclic compounds and their derivatives, the sources and pathways of preparation process.
-Apply the isolation techniques for extraction of alkaloids from plant materials.
-Categorize the physical and chemical properties of different types of carbohydrates, the preparation of different products (food and industrially important derivatives).
-Understand the types of amino acid and its nomenclature, physical and chemical properties, structure of amino acids and proteins.
Unit Operations I and II
This module aims to introduce industrial equipment for chemical processes, basic fluid dynamics and characteristics of different types of fluid flow. It provides the fundamentals of solid processing operation. This unit also involves fundamental principles and concepts related to calculation of mass and energy balances in heat exchangers, steam boilers and evaporators.
Learning Outcomes
Unit Operations I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand fundamental units, Dimensional Analysis, Process Development and Industrial Equipment for Chemical Processes.
-Understand the fundamental principles of flow of fluids, size separation, size reduction and sedimentation.
-Apply these mechanisms and principles in industrial engineering.
Unit Operations II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the fundamental principles and concepts related to calculation of heat balances.
-Apply these concepts and principles in the analysis of specified systems.
-Understand the mechanism of heat exchangers, steam boilers and evaporators.
-Analyze the material and energy balances in heat exchangers, boilers and evaporators.

Industrial Stoichiometry
This module aims to introduce chemical engineering calculations. This unit is also extended to the development of mass and energy balances as applied to the wide range of chemical processes such as distillation columns, evaporators and reactors.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the fundamental principles and concepts related to calculation of mass and heat balances in distillation and evaporation.
-Analyze the systems of heat transferred and mass transferred across the boundary.
-Derive the appropriate mass and energy balance equations for a giving system.
Learning Outcomes
Industrial Physical Chemistry I
This module deals with the basic concepts and criteria of thermodynamic, phase rule and catalysis. It also involves energy transfer for closed and control volume systems, the interpretation and application of binary phase diagrams and also the important of catalyst in a chemical reaction and their effects on reaction rate.
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the basic concepts of chemical thermodynamic such as temperature, pressure, system, properties, process, state, cycles, equilibrium, enthalpy and entropy.
-Understand the first law, second law and third law of thermodynamics.
-Know heat effect, thermodynamics properties of fluids and flow process.
-Understand the principles of binary phase diagrams.
-Interpret and apply the process conditions.
-Study the importance of catalyst in a chemical reaction and their effects on reaction rate.
-Apply thermodynamics concepts in analyzing the thermal efficiencies of heat engines such as Carnot cycles and the coefficients of performance for refrigerators.

Fuel Science and Technology
This module gives an overview of coal and petroleum industry. It includes the origins, types and qualities of coal and petroleum and their refining as well as introduction to biofuels.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the fundamental concepts, production, purification and combustion mechanism of fossil fuels (solid, liquid and gaseous).
-Classify the fuels according to their phase state as solid, liquid and gaseous and according to their properties.
-Apply the laboratory tests for the analysis of coal to assess its properties.
-Solve the problems related to combustion of fuel used in chemical process industries.

Third Year
Course Description
Water and Wastewater Technology I & II
This module aims to introduce the general knowledge of natural waters, water characteristics and treatment of water and wastewater. This unit also provides the natural water resources and water quality standards for boiler feed water, surface and ground water, and wastewater.
Learning Outcomes
Water and Wastewater Technology I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Identify the physical, chemical and biological parameters of the surface and ground water.
-Calculate the chemical parameters such as alkalinity and hardness.
-Recognize the water quality standards.
-Illustrate the fundamentals of water, boiler feed water and wastewater treatment.
-Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of softening and aeration.
-Gain knowledge on disinfection of water.
-Manipulate the experiments of water analysis.
Water and Wastewater Technology II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Describe and demonstrate basic knowledge of key principles underlying disinfection, coagulation, flocculation, sedimentation and filtration of water and wastewater.
-Describe the physical, chemical, and biological processes necessary for wastewater treatment processes.
-Understand the water pollution control.
-Apply the operational steps in water and wastewater treatment processes.

Unit Processes I & II
Main topics included are hydrolysis, esterification, oxidation, nitration, sulfonation and sulfation reactions in chemical process industries. This module deals with the principles, properties and application of various types of reagents and prime factors influencing the design of nitrators, and also possible side reactions during sulphonation.
Learning Outcomes
Unit Processes I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the process technologies of various organic and inorganic process industries.
-Describe the principles of oxidation, esterification and hydrolysis reactions in chemical process industries.
-Know the properties of various types of oxidizing gents, esterifying agents and hydrolyzing agents in chemical process industries.
-Apply the technology in manufacture of various inorganic and organic chemicals.
Unit Processes II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the principles of nitration, sulfonation and sulfation reactions involved in chemical process industries.
-Understand various types of nitration agents, sulfonating and sulfating agents.
-Analyze the pathway of the derivatives through the reactions.

Unit Operations I & II
This module gives an overview of mass transfer, phase equilibria, distillation, extraction and absorption. It involves the study of the fundamental principles of diffusion phenomenon and mass transfer. This unit also provides the equipment, different methods of computation and thermodynamic conditions related to the necessary experimental design.
Learning Outcomes
Unit Operations I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand mass transfer and diffusion in gas, liquid and solid molecules.
-Derive the equations to relate the necessary experimental data and the unknown phase conditions, temperature and pressure.
-Understand the separation techniques.
-Solve the problems related to distillation in chemical process industry.
Unit Operations II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to :
-Compare and contrast the concept of liquid-liquid extraction vs. solid-liquid extraction.
-Derive the mathematic equation of extraction processes.
-Solve the problems using the properties and relationships of extraction processes.
-Understand the mechanism of absorption process.
-Derive the mathematic equations for absorption process.

Industrial Physical Chemistry II & III
This module focuses on basic principles, concepts and mechanisms of chemical engineering kinetics and reactor design. It also provides on study of multiple phase reactions and reaction limitations in continuous and batch type reactors.
Learning Outcomes
Industrial Physical Chemistry II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Study the rate of chemical reactions and factors affecting the rate of chemical reaction.
-Understand reaction mechanism of chemical reactions.
-Classify the order of reaction and molecularity of chemical reactions.
-Apply various experimental techniques to measure the rate of a chemical reaction, order of reaction, rate constant, molecularity and activation energy in chemical process industries.
Industrial Physical Chemistry III
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the fundamental principles and concepts related to chemical reaction engineering and chemical kinetics.
-Apply these concepts and principles in the analysis of reaction systems.
-Analyze batch and continuous reactor system, multiphase reactor systems and their effects on the reaction.

Petrochemicals
This module gives an overview of the current and future technologies for the oil and gas industry. It involves the study of petrochemicals digest and their derivatives.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the sources of petrochemicals, techniques, skills and modern tools necessary for the processing of petrochemicals, synthetic gas and detergents.
-Categorize the key products and derivatives of petrochemicals in petroleum based industries.
-Understand the production routes of petroleum based industries.

Plastic Technology
This module gives an overview of the current and future technologies for plastic industry. It involves the study of the fundamental principles of plastic moulding techniques, modern plastic and general properties for design considerations.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the types and characteristics of raw materials in plastics industries.
-Know the types of plastics, plasticizers, fillers, resins and polymers.
-Understand the manufacturing and polymerization processes, molding techniques and the development of plastics products.
-Know the techniques for the production of elec¬tronic equipments, microelectronic devices and other industrial application.
Fourth Year
Course Description
Process Engineering Economics I & II
This module aims to introduce plant design and economics analysis for chemical engineers. It involves the determination of optimum operating conditions in experimental design, cost estimation and industrial management. Moreover, the leadership and management skill can be taught in this module.
Learning Outcomes
Process Engineering Economics I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Analyze the optimum operating conditions for minimum cost of a process.
-Apply the concept of alternates based on the quantity or yields.
-Understand the cost estimation of an industry/ factory.
-Evaluate the economic feasibility of new processes and products.
Process engineering Economics II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the role of leadership and management of differences and conflicts.
-Understand complex ideas and tolerate ambiguity in managerial and organisational problem-solving.
-Understand the basic managerial decisions.
-Manipulate economic analysis for a selection of plant site.

Unit Processes III & IV
Mechanisms of hydrogenation, polymerization, alkylation and industrial polymerization practices can also be learnt in this module. Moreover, it can give the knowledge on the production and application of different resins, covering the alkylation and types of alkylation.
Learning Outcomes
Unit Processes III
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the principles and mechanism of hydrogenation and polymerization reactions involved in chemical process industries.
-Describe the importance of hydrogenation and polymerization catalysts.
-Analyze the techniques of hydrogenation in the production of various types of hydrogenated compounds.
-Apply the polymerization reactions in industrial processes.
Unit Processes IV
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the principles and mechanism of alkylation and polymerization reactions involved in chemical process industries.
-Know the types of alkylating agents in alkylation and catalysts of particular polymerization reactions.
-Apply the technical unit processes and principles of alkylation to produce alkyl aryl detergents.
-Understand industrial polymerization practices.

Unit Operations V & VI
This module gives an overview of filtration, crystallization, drying and their industrial applications. It also provides the empirical and fundamental tools in the design of the process and equipment.
Learning Outcomes
Unit Operations V
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand and apply the basic methods of crystallization.
-Evaluate efficiency and requirements of unit operations encountered in process engineering.
-Manipulate empirical and fundamental tools in the design of equipment and processes.
Unit Operations VI
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the basic concepts of drying and adsorption processes in each respective field.
-Know about the dryer types and their classification and operations.
-Study the mechanism of adsorption and types of adsorption, adsorbents and their uses.
-Apply the fundamental theory of adsorption of solid when contacting with fluid mixture and solve the problems encountered in chemical process industries.

Selected Topics in Industrial Chemistry I
This module includes the identification of industrial oil and fat products and also involves the description of their refining and production methods. Moreover, the student can learn the manufacturing processes and uses of soap and detergent, and nitrogen and nitrogen based products. As part of the module, the student can learn research methodology for contribution of research concepts, ideas, laboratory rules, academic writing format and style.
Learning Outcomes
Selected Topics in Industrial Chemistry I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand in the processing and analysis of fats and oils, soaps, detergents and fertilizer.
-Analyze the unit operations and processes involved in manufacturing.
-Understand the basic concept of research methodology, management process and laboratory housekeeping.
-Manipulate research systemically and effectively contribute to the community.
-Write an original/ good research/ project paper.

Industrial Inorganic Chemistry
This module aims to introduce the concepts and principles related to inorganic chemistry and nuclear chemistry. It provides limitations of composites materials used in chemical process industries, properties and uses of the nuclear fuel in nuclear power plants and fundamental concepts of corrosion and the related problems encountered in oil and gas industries.
Learning Outcomes
Industrial Inorganic Chemistry
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the main raw materials, production, properties and uses of composite materials
-Distinguish the types of matrices and reinforcement.
-Discuss the advantages and limitations of composites materials used in chemical process industries.
-Know the fundamental of radioactivity, radioactive decays and nuclear reaction.
-Identify the properties and uses of the nuclear fuel.
-Understand the nuclear reactor and nuclear power plants.
-Understand the fundamental concepts of corrosion and the related problems encountered in oil and gas industries.
-Apply the prevention and protection methods in the piping systems.

Chemical Process Industries I & II
This module can give an access to the factors influencing their manufacturing processes of inorganic acids, pulp and paper products, cosmetic products, and how to prevent the environmental effect related to the chemical industries.
Learning Outcomes
Chemical Process Industries I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the manufacture of the followings: chlorine and sodium hydroxide, sodium, sulphur, sulphuric acid, hydrochloric acid, some inorganic chemicals, portland cement and glass.
-Identify the influencing factors for the manufacturing process of inorganic and organic products.
Chemical Process Industries II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the sources, conversion process and manufacture processes of pulp and paper products.
-Manipulate the conversion techniques from biomass into useful products.
-Understand the ingredients used in cosmetics and their functions.
-Describe the basic formulation of a cosmetic product.
-Manipulate the development of cosmetic product.

Core Courses of Bachelor of Science (Honours)

Undergraduate Studies
Core Courses of Bachelor of Science (Honours) in Industrial Chemistry (Five-year Program, Total Credit Units 216)

* Elective courses
# In partial fulfillment of the requirements for the award of the Bachelor of Science (Honours) in Industrial Chemistry degree, Third Year Honours Students must take part in occasional field trips (to plants / factories) / project assignments, related to their field of studies, as deemed necessary by the Department of Industrial Chemistry and Submission of Term Paper at the end of the second semester.
First Year Honours
Course Description
Water and Wastewater Technology I & II
This module aims to introduce the general knowledge of natural waters, water characteristics and treatment of water and wastewater. This unit also provides the natural water resources and water quality standards for boiler feed water, surface and ground water, and wastewater.
Learning Outcomes
Water and Wastewater Technology I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Identify the physical, chemical and biological parameters of the surface and ground water.
-Calculate the chemical parameters such as alkalinity and hardness.
-Recognize the water quality standards.
-Illustrate the fundamentals of water, boiler feed water and wastewater treatment.
-Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of softening and aeration.
-Manipulate the experiments of water analysis.
Water and Wastewater Technology II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Describe and demonstrate basic knowledge of key principles underlying disinfection and wastewater treatment such as coagulation, flocculation, sedimentation and filtration.
-Understand the physical, chemical, and biological processes necessary for wastewater treatment processes.
-Understand the water pollution control.
-Apply the operational steps in water and wastewater treatment processes.

Unit Processes I & II
Main topics included are hydrolysis, esterification, oxidation, nitration, sulfonation and sulfation reactions in chemical process industries. This module deals with the principles, properties and application of various types of reagents and prime factors influencing the design of nitrators, and also possible side reactions during sulphonation.
Learning Outcomes
Unit Processes I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the process technologies of various organic and inorganic process industries.
-Describe the principles of oxidation, esterification and hydrolysis reactions in chemical process industries.
-Understand the properties of various types of oxidizing gents, esterifying agents and hydrolyzing agents in chemical process industries.
-Apply the technology in manufacture of various inorganic and organic chemicals.
Unit Processes II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the principles of nitration, sulfonation and sulfation reactions involved in chemical process industries.
-Understand various types of nitration agents, sulfonating and sulfating agents.
-Analyze the pathway of the derivatives through the reactions.

Unit Operations I & II
This module gives an overview of mass transfer, phase equilibria, distillation, extraction and absorption. It involves the study of the fundamental principles of diffusion phenomenon and mass transfer. This unit also provides the equipment, different methods of computation and thermodynamic conditions related to the necessary experimental design.
Learning Outcomes
Unit Operations I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand mass transfer and diffusion in gas, liquid and solid molecules.
-Derive the equations to relate the necessary experimental data and the unknown phase conditions, temperature and pressure.
-Understand the separation techniques.
-Solve the problems related to distillation in chemical process industry.
Unit Operations II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to :
-Compare and contrast the concept of liquid-liquid extraction vs. solid-liquid extraction.
-Derive the mathematic equation of extraction processes.
-Solve the problems using the properties and relationships of extraction processes.
-Understand the mechanism of absorption process.
-Derive the mathematic equation of absorption process.

Industrial Physical Chemistry II & III
This module focuses on basic principles, concepts and mechanisms of chemical engineering kinetics and reactor design. It also provides on study of multiple phase reactions and reaction limitations in continuous and batch type reactors.
Learning Outcomes
Industrial Physical Chemistry II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Study the rate of chemical reactions and factors affecting the rate of chemical reaction.
-Understand reaction mechanism of chemical reactions.
-Classify the order of reaction and molecularity of chemical reactions.
-Apply various experimental techniques to measure the rate of a chemical reaction, order of reaction, rate constant, molecularity and activation energy in chemical process industries.
Industrial Physical Chemistry III
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the fundamental principles and concepts related to chemical reaction engineering and chemical kinetics.
-Apply these concepts and principles in the analysis of reaction systems.
-Analyze batch and continuous reactor system, multiphase reactor systems and their effects on the reaction.

Petrochemicals
This module gives an overview of the current and future technologies for the oil and gas industry. It involves the study of petrochemicals digest and their derivatives.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the sources of petrochemicals, techniques, skills and modern tools necessary for the processing of petrochemicals, synthetic gas and detergents.
-Categorize the key products and derivatives of petrochemicals in petroleum based industries.
-Understand the production routes of petroleum based industries.

Plastic Technology
This module gives an overview of the current and future technologies for plastic industry. It involves the study of the fundamental principles of plastic moulding techniques, modern plastic and general properties for design considerations.
Learning Outcomes
Plastic Technology
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the types and characteristics of raw materials in plastics industries.
-Analyze the types of plastics, plasticizers, fillers, resins and polymers.
-Understand the manufacturing and polymerization processes, molding techniques and the development of plastics products.
-Know the techniques for the production of elec¬tronic equipments, microelectronic devices and other industrial application.

Second Year Honours
Course Description
Process Engineering Economics I & II
This module aims to introduce plant design and economics analysis for chemical engineers. It involves the determination of optimum operating conditions in experimental design, cost estimation and industrial management. Moreover, the leadership and management skill can be taught in this module.
Learning Outcomes
Process Engineering Economics I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Analyze the optimum operating conditions for minimum cost of a process.
-Apply the concept of alternates based on the quantity or yields.
-Understand the cost estimation of an industry/ factory.
-Evaluate the economic feasibility of new processes and products.
Process engineering Economics II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the role of leadership and management of differences and conflicts.
-Understand complex ideas and tolerate ambiguity in managerial and organisational problem-solving.
-Understand the basic managerial decisions.
-Manipulate economic analysis for a selection of plant site.

Unit Processes III & IV
Mechanisms of hydrogenation, polymerization, alkylation and industrial polymerization practices can also be learnt in this module. Moreover, it can give the knowledge on the production and application of different resins, covering the alkylation and types of alkylation.
Learning Outcomes
Unit Processes III
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the principles and mechanism of hydrogenation and polymerization reactions involved in chemical process industries.
-Describe the importance of catalysts in hydrogenation and polymerization.
-Analyze the techniques of hydrogenation in the production of various types of hydrogenated compounds.
-Apply the polymerization reactions in industrial processes.
Unit Processes IV
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the principles and mechanism of alkylation and polymerization reactions involved in chemical process industries.
-Understand the types of alkylating agents in alkylation and catalysts of particular polymerization reactions.
-Apply the technical unit processes of alkylation for alkyl aryl detergents.
-Understand industrial polymerization practices.

Unit Operations V & VI
This module gives an overview of filtration, crystallization, drying and their industrial applications. It also provides the empirical and fundamental tools in the design of the process and equipment.
Learning Outcomes
Unit Operations V
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand and apply the basic methods of crystallization.
-Evaluate efficiency and requirements of unit operations encountered in processes.
-Manipulate empirical and fundamental tools in the design of equipment and processes.
Unit Operations VI
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the basic concepts of drying and adsorption processes.
-Know about the dryer types and their classification and operations.
-Understand the mechanism of adsorption and types of adsorption, adsorbents and their uses.
-Apply the fundamental theory of adsorption of solid when contacting with fluid mixture and solve the problems encountered in chemical process industries.

Selected Topics in Industrial Chemistry I
This module includes the identification of industrial oil and fat products and also involves the description of their refining and production methods. Moreover, the student can learn the manufacturing processes of soap and detergent, and nitrogen and nitrogen based products. As part of the module, the student can learn research methodology for contribution of research concepts, ideas, laboratory rules, academic writing format and style.
Learning Outcomes
Selected Topics in Industrial Chemistry I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the processing and analysis of fats and oils, soaps, detergents and fertilizer.
-Analyze the unit operations and processes involved in manufacturing.
-Understand the research methodology, management process and laboratory housekeeping.
-Manipulate research systemically and effectively contribute data presentation.
-Write an original/ good research/ project paper.

Industrial Inorganic Chemistry
This module aims to introduce the concepts and principles related to inorganic chemistry and nuclear chemistry. It provides limitations of composites materials used in chemical process industries, properties and uses of the nuclear fuel in nuclear power plants. It also includes fundamental mechanism of corrosion and the related problems encountered in oil and gas industries.
Learning Outcomes
Industrial Inorganic Chemistry
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the main raw materials, production, properties and uses of composite materials
-Distinguish the types of matrices and reinforcement.
-Discuss the advantages and limitations of composites materials used in chemical process industries.
-Understand the fundamental of radioactivity, radioactive decays and nuclear reaction.
-Identify the properties and uses of the nuclear fuel.
-Understand the nuclear reactor and nuclear power plants.
-Understand the fundamental concepts of corrosion and the related problems encountered in oil and gas industries.
-Apply the prevention and protection methods in the piping systems.

Chemical Process Industries I & II
This module can give an access to the influencing factors on their manufacturing processes of inorganic acids, pulp and paper products, cosmetic products, and how to prevent the environmental effect related to the chemical industries.
Learning Outcomes
Chemical Process Industries I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
 Understand the manufacture of chlorine and sodium hydroxide, sodium, sulphur, sulphuric acid, hydrochloric acid, some inorganic chemicals, portland cement and glass.
-Identify the influencing factors in the manufacturing process of inorganic and organic products.

Chemical Process Industries II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the sources, conversion process and manufacture processes of pulp and paper products.
-Manipulate the conversion techniques for biomass into useful products.
-Understand the ingredients used in cosmetics and their functions.
-Manipulate and analyze the basic formulation of a cosmetic product.
-Manipulate the development of cosmetic products.

Third Year Honours
Course Description
Process Engineering Economics and Plant Design I & II
This module aims to introduce general design considerations, cost estimation related to optimum design, heat and mass transfer equipment design, handling and treatment of equipment for chemical engineers. It involves determining the optimum conditions of equipment as necessary in the plant design economically.
Learning Outcomes
Process Engineering Economics and Plant Design I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the equipment of many different units in the development of a complete plant design.
-Apply determining the optimum conditions in unit operations.
-Understand the costs, profits and the important factors in the design of industrial plants.
-Apply the engineering principles in the complete industrial plant design.
Process Engineering Economics and Plant Design II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the design and cost estimation of heat transfer and mass transfer equipment.
-Analyze the optimum conditions in heat transfer and mass transfer.
-Illustrate the optimum design of heat exchangers by applying basic theories of heat transfer.

Unit Processes V & VI
This module focuses on the mechanisms of amination, halogenation, hydrocarbon synthesis and hydroformylation. It also provides the Nano Science and Technology for the preparation of polymer additives, blends and polymer composites according to solid-state properties of polymers and fundamental thermodynamic relationships.
Learning Outcomes
Unit Processes V
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the solid-state properties of polymers, degradation and fundamental thermodynamic relationships.
-Understand the management of plastics in the environment.
-Understand the polymer additives, blends and polymer composites.
-Apply the nano particles in their related polymer science and technology fields.
Unit Processes VI
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the Fischer Tropsch synthesis processes.
-Understand the reduction methods by amination and halogenation process of the aromatic and aliphatic compounds.
-Understand the design and construction of the equipment for these processes.
Instrumental Methods of Analysis
This module gives the basic principles, instrumentation and applications of UV, IR and NMR spectroscopy. It also provides the identification and purification of organic compounds by interpreting UV, IR and NMR spectrums.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the basic principles and relevant terms of UV, IR and NMR Spectroscopy.
-Understand the instrumentation and working principle of UV, IR and NMR Spectroscopy devices.
-Interpret UV, IR and NMR spectrums for identification of organic compounds.

Unit Operations VII
This module gives an overview of chemical reactors, fluidization, industrial furnaces, dryers, and different industrial heating processes. This unit also provides the kinetics of homogeneous and heterogeneous reaction processes accompanied by their performance and design of these reactors and also the fuel economy measures and waste heat recovery in industrial furnaces.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the mechanisms of heterogeneous catalyzed and non-catalyzed reactions and importance of adsorption processes.
-Understand the rate expressions of heterogeneous reactions and catalysis.
-Solve the related problems with fixed bed and fluidized bed reactors.
-Evaluate the design of fixed bed and fluidized bed reactors for heterogeneous reactions.
-Design the component of operating conditions to optimize a desired product in chemical process industries.

Selected Topics in Industrial Chemistry II & III
This module aims to introduce the concepts and principles related to the food product industries, perfume and flavor industries, industrial gases and analysis. It involves the concepts of food processing, preservation and safety, extraction of fragrances from various sources and also the application and handlings of the most common industrial gases.
Learning Outcomes
Selected Topics in Industrial Chemistry II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the properties of major food constituents and of the biohazards with regard to product quality in food industry.
-Understand the awareness of the principles and importance of cleaning and sanitation in food process operations.
-Evaluate the food processing operations that can affect the quality of foods.
-Apply HACCP for food safety management to a food product design.
-Apply the technical knowledge of waste management in food industry.
Selected Topics in Industrial Chemistry III
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Apply the extraction methods of fragrances or essential oils from various plant sources.
-Understand the various constituents of perfumes and flavors.
-Apply the different synthetics and semi synthetics processes used in perfumes and flavors.
-Understand the industrial gases, specialty gases and its manufacture, uses and safety handling.

Fuel Science
This module includes the fundamental principles of energy conversion by the combustion process (solid fuels, liquid fuels and gaseous fuels) and energy conversion by nuclear reactions. It also provides management of radioactive wastes, application of renewable energy, biological fuel generation, fuel combustion calculation by applying the principles of energy conversion.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the characteristics of solids, liquid and gaseous fuels for the processing of secondary fuel mixture such as colloidal fuel, petroleum based hydraulic fluids, gasification, methane reforming and synthesis.
-Solve the problems related to the flammability characteristics of hydrocarbon and alcohols, chimney heights and maximum gas concentration at ground level in fuel science and technology.
-Illustrate the basic concept of techniques, skills and modern tools necessary for the processing of nuclear fuel, energy conversion by nuclear reaction and radiation hazards in fissile fuel.

Environmental Science
This module aims to introduce the basic principles underlying air water pollution, effect of weather on pollution, solid waste, chemical reaction in the atmosphere, and stratospheric ozone. This unit provides the water and air pollution prevention techniques in the environment and the management of solid waste, hazardous waste and pesticide.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the nature and types of water pollutants.
-Understand the reasons of water and air pollution from natural contaminants and various treatment methods employed for the removal of impurities.
-Understand the effects of air pollution on human and animals heaths.
-Evaluate the effect of weather conditions on influence of air pollution and climate changes.
-Apply the systematic use of pesticides and to minimize their impact on environments.

Process Biotechnology I & II
This module gives an overview of fermentation technology and industrial microbiology. It includes basic principles of microbiology, application of fermentation techniques using microorganisms in the processing of food and beverages, production of chemicals and antibiotics and also treatment of wastewater.

Learning Outcomes
Process Biotechnology I
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the growth of substances and environmental conditions required for microorganisms, microbial ecology, and bioreactors.
-Apply these concepts in the production of biomass as source of renewable energy, fermentation process for food production, waste water treatment and composting (will fermentation), production of alcoholic beverages from fruits and vegetables.
-Understand and manipulate the different fermentation processes, treatment of waste effluent from food industries.
-Analyze the effect of influencing factors on different fermentation processes,
Process Biotechnology II
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the basic concepts of biogas technology, production of energy and fertilizer on a decentralized basis for small farms.
-Understand the fermentation conditions.
-Understand the functions of different microorganisms in fermentation.
-Utilize fermentation technology in processing of food, beverages, antibiotics, amino acids, organic acids, and vitamins, etc.
-Understand the process of hydrogen production in biological system.

MSc

Courses in Master of Science (Two-year Program, Total Credit Units 64)

First Year MSc
Course Description
Food Process Engineering
This unit can provide the knowledge in the production of value-added fruits and vegetables related to agro-economics based on nutrition and food safety. Fats and oil technology and their physico-chemical properties are also included in this course.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand keeping the nutritional quality of fruits and vegetables, good quality of fats and oil.
-Apply the knowledge in production of value added fruits and vegetables related agro-foods.
-Integrate the production techniques by maximizing the yield and quality.
-Identify the operations involved in food processing industries.
-Analyze and evaluate the problems involved in unit operations.

Chemical Engineering Principles in Transports Phenomena
This module gives the principles and concepts related to phase separation including distillation and absorption. It also connected with the mass and heat transport phenomena when considering reactor design.

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the phase separation in distillation and absorption units.
-Design proper separation techniques and heat and mass rates.
-Analyze the phases and heat and mass balances.
Biotechnology
The course deals with the metabolic pathway of carbohydrates, fatty acids and amino acids. It also involves principles of fermentation, bioremediation and wastewater treatment.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand advanced fermentation technology and various types of bioreactors.
-Understand the process layout of wastewater treatment.
-Understand the role of enzymes, their immobilization and productions.
-Understand about organic compounds and contaminants.
-Understand the Single-cell proteins and application of microorganisms in making foods.

Environmental Science and Engineering
Environmental Science and Engineering is the study of the principles of sustainable and green chemistry. Key topics are the characteristics of wastes from different industries and key concepts on waste disposal. It also illustrates the chemistry, toxicity, environmental fate and transport of twelve POPs.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the environmental and human toxicity of persistent organic pollutants.
-Understand the treatment methods of waste emerged from Industrial plant.
-Apply the systematic waste management system in chemical process industries.
-Identify the efficient methods of waste control in industrial plant.
-Illustrate the appropriate materials and methods used in control of environmental pollution problems.

Chemical Technology
This module focus on the production of ceramic, cement, glass, sugar and starch, pulp and paper, paint, varnish, lacquer and allied, leather, gelatin and glue products. It also covers the modern techniques for the preparation and applications of sulphur and nitrogen compounds.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the manufacturing process and quality control of sugar, starch and related products in sugar and starch industries.
-Understand the processing of paint, varnish, lacquer and allied in organic surface- coatings industries as well as processing, properties and uses of leather, gelatin and glue in leather and leather-tanning industries.
-Understand the fuel consumption in combustion of sulphur compounds, lime, cement and ceramic in chemical technology.

Energy Technology
This unit gives an overview of the current and future technology for deriving energy from biological resources. It also helps the students to understand both radiation and production of bioenergy and nuclear power.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Apply the processing technology for the production of bioenergy and biofuel (bioethanol, biodiesel) as renewable energy.
-Understand the radiation sources, effects of radiation and how to dispose radioactive waste.
-Review nucleon fusion and nuclear fusion power technology for the generation of nuclear power.
-Classify and analyze the lubricant oil blends which are designed to perform several jobs in engines and other industrial machines.

Advanced Quality Control
This course describes evaluation and interpretation of analytical data which eliminates probable error for sampling processes. It also includes the study of the HPLC and the performance of electrophoresis and electro-chromatography in addition to dealing with the principles of instrumental technique and isolating the elements in compound as pure a form as possible form as possible.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Manipulate the advance instrumentation of relevant terms of UV, IR, MS, NMR and AAS spectroscopy.
-Understand the instrumentation techniques and working principles of UV, IR, MS, NMR and AAS spectroscopy devices.
-Interpret UV, IR, MS, NMR and AAS spectrums for identification of organic compounds.

Statistical Design and Analysis of Experiments
This unit deals with the process design and experiment, using the basic statistics and statistical software. The process optimization, design and hypothesis of the experimental variables are covered in this unit.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the concepts related to sampling and population.
-Hypothesize the nature of research and experiments.
-Calculate and design the objective conclusion of data collected.
-Practice and demonstrate the research and experiment using statistics and statistical software.
-Verify the process design and process optimization.
-Relate the statistics in validation of research data.
-Manipulate the research skills using the statistical tool.

Diploma

Courses in Diploma in Food Technology (One-year Program, Total Credit Units 32)

# In partial fulfillment of the requirements for the award of Post-diploma in Food Technology, Diploma Students must take part in occasional field trips (to plants / factories) / project assignments, related to their field of studies, as deemed necessary by the Department of Industrial Chemistry and Submission of Term Paper at the end of the second semester.
Course Description
Food Processing I and II
This module involves the study of sources of fats and oils, their properties and various processing methods as well as processing of milk and milk products, meat, fruits, vegetables, and manufacturing methods of fruit juice and beverages.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the sources and properties of fats and oils, milk and meat, fruits and vegetables and their various processing methods.
-Manipulate the products based on fats and oils such as butter, magarine, shortening, mayonnaise and salad dressing.
-Adapt to produce fruit juice, carbonated and non-carbonated beverages such as beer, wine, coffee and tea.
-Apply the milling, processing, fermentation techniques to manufacture of value-added cereal products such as bread, cornflakes and corn starch etc.
-Assess different preservation techniques of cereal and cereal products.
-Analyze the spoilage of cereals and cereal products, and range of fermentation processes.

Food Nutrition I and II
This course aims to provide knowledge in the nutritional value of food on the body as it relates to cholesterol, fat, salt and sugar intake. Knowledge of good nutrition that is vital for good health, disease prevention, and essential for healthy growth and development of children and adolescents is also achieved after this course.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the nutritional values of food on the body.
-Understand the requirements of good health, disease prevention, and essential for healthy growth and development of children and adolescents.
-Understand the structure and properties of biologic molecules.
-Understand the nutrition requirement for pregnant and lactating mothers and prevention of malnutrition.
-Synthesize the nutritive value and processing of supplementary foods, their preservation and function.
-Understand the handling and storage of foods with regard to their physico-chemical characteristics.

Food Packaging and Food Engineering I and II
This course introduces function of food packaging, classification of packaging and packaging containers in food industry and the testing methods of packages. After this course, students can be able to design the process plants and calculate the engineering problems related to mass and energy transfer.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the function of food packaging and primary materials used in packaging.
-Understand the type of packaging in food industry.
-Classify the types of packaging containers used in food industry.
-Perform the engineering calculations of process plant operations.

Food Control I and II
This course includes major topics of food deterioration and food-borne diseases. It also covers the fundamental principles and concepts related to food preservation by temperature control such as heat and cold processing, sanitary and hygienic practices and habits, national and international food regulations. This also covers the food safety, risks and hazard analysis.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the major courses of food deterioration and food-borne diseases.
-Understand the principles of food preservation by temperature control.
-Analyze the food safety, risks, hazards and the effect of processing conditions on particular food.
-Apply the food preservation principles in the processing of fruits, vegetables and meat, food nutrition and labeling.
-Verify and solve the deterioration, risk and hazard of foods with the control of food safety.
-Integrate the concepts of food preservation, nutrition and labeling with governmental regulations.

PhD

Courses in PhD in Industrial Chemistry (Five –year Program)

PhD Programme
Course Description
Energy Resource Technology
This module gives a board study of the energy conversion by combustion of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels. Key topics include power production, efficiency, operating principles of renewable energy production from various renewable sources.

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the energy conversion by combustion of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels.
-Analyze the mechanism and chemistry of lubrication.
-Understand operating principles, power production, efficiency, energy yield of various renewable energy systems.
-Distinguish between the sustainable energy sources and fossil energy sources with emphasis on solar energy.
-Recognize the need of renewable energy technologies and their role in the Myanmar and world energy demand.
-Disseminate detailed technical aspect of fuel and energy technology.

Biotechnology
This unit let the students analyze chemical changes and biochemical processes and an emphasis will be placed on (1) preservation of the strain and purification of the strains and (2) manipulation of different fermentation states. Moreover, this also covers the concepts of bioreactors and membrane separation techniques.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the microorganisms, their growth and enzyme actions.
-Analyze chemical changes and biochemical processes.
-Integrate the preservation and purification of the strains.
-Manipulate different fermentation states.
-Adapt bioreactors and membrane separation.
-Integrate and practice fermentation processes.
-Identify different immobilization methods.

Food Science
This course deals with identification and classification of preserving techniques for particular foods. This unit delivers the message to the students about the important facts of temperature control in heat and cold preservation and also atmospheric control in preserving foods. This will investigate the manufacturing processes of various kinds of foods and their appropriate handling for food safety.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand the temperature control in heat and cold preservation and atmospheric control in preserving foods.
-Analyze handling of foods and their constituents, hydrocolloids and manufacturing processes.
-Assess fatty acid profiles, refining of fats and oils focusing on soybean oil extraction and recovery of byproduct
-Adapt preserving techniques for particular foods and manipulate preservation methods.
-Manipulate appropriate food handling and manufacturing processes.
-Solve malpractices of food safety.

Environmental Science
This unit provides in-depth study on water and wastewater treatment, especially on advanced filtration technique based on the concepts of physical and chemical unit processes and operations. Moreover, this also focus on providing the students with the skills to understand the type and nature of air pollutants, the behavior of plumes and relevant meteorological determinants influencing the dispersion of air pollutants.

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
-Understand in-depth knowledge of physical and chemical properties of unit processes and operations for water and wastewater treatment, especially on advanced filtration technique.
-Understand the radiobiological basis of radiation protection standards and effects radiation on environment and living things.
-Explain and use the main design criteria for water and wastewater treatment processes.
-Evaluate the health risks posed by abandoned toxic/hazardous waste sites and their waste disposal operations.
-Evaluate air quality management and analyze the causes and effects of air pollution.
-Disseminate detailed technical aspect of environmental engineering.

First Year

Semester I

Elective Courses for Oriental Studies Specialization

မ ၁၀ဝ၃ (၃) မြန်မာဇာတိမာန်စာပေ ၁

မ ၁၀ဝ၄ (၃) မြန်မာစကားပုံနှင့်ဆိုရိုးစကားများ

Hist 1001 (3) Introduction to Myanmar Civilization I
Phil 1001 (3) Logic in Practice
Psy 1003 (3) Public Relations
Geo 1003 (3) Geography of South-east Asian Countries

Elective Courses (for Other Specializations)
OS 1001 (3) Fundamentals of the Pāli Language
OS 1002 (3) Fundamentals of the Sanskrit Language
OS 1003 (3) Buddhist Culture
OS 1004 (3) Buddhist Ethics
* A student can choose any one elective course to fulfil the total of 20 credits.

Semester II

Elective Courses (for Oriental Studies Specialization)

မ ၁၀ဝ၆ (၃) မြန်မာဇာတိမာန်စာပေ ၂

မ ၁၀ဝ၇ (၃) မြန်မာစကားပုံနှင့်ဆိုရိုးစကားများ ၂

Hist 1004 (3) Introduction to Myanmar Civilization II
Phil 1003 (3) Logic in Practice
Psy 1004 (3) Understanding Human Interaction
Geo 1004 (3) Geography of Myanmar
Elective Courses (for Other Specializations)
OS 1005 (3) Pāli Language
OS 1006 (3) Sanskrit Language
OS 1007 (3) Pāli Literature
OS 1008 (3) History of Buddhism
* A student can choose any one elective course to fulfil the total of 20 credits.

Second Year

Semester I

Elective Courses (for Oriental Studies Specialization)

မ ၂၀ဝ၃ (၃) မြန်မာ့ကျေးလက်တေးကဗျာများ(၁)

မ ၂၀ဝ၄ (၃) မြန်မာအမျိုးသမီးစာဆိုများနှင့်၎င်းတို့၏စာများ(၁)

Hist 2002 (3) World History 1900 to the Present I
Eng 2003 (3) Developing Communicative Skills
Phil 2001 (3) History of Western Intellectual Development I
Phil 2003 (3) Aesthetics
OS 2004 (3) Buddhist Councils

Elective Courses (for Other Specializations)
OS 2001 (3) Pāli Language
OS 2002 (3) Buddhadassana
OS 2003 (3) Pāli Literature (Prose)
OS 2004 (3) Buddhist Councils
OS 2005 (3) Pāli Philology
* A student can choose any two elective courses to fulfil the total of 21 credits.

Semester II

Elective Courses (for Oriental Studies Specialization)

မ ၂၀ဝ၇ (၃) မြန်မာ့ကျေးလက်တေးကဗျာများ(၂)

မ ၂၀ဝ၈ (၃) မြန်မာအမျိုးသမီးစာဆိုများနှင့်၎င်းတို့၏စာများ(၂)

Hist 2005 (3) World History to 1500 II
Eng 2005 (3) Developing Communicative Skills
Phil 2006 (3) History of Western Intellectual Development II
Phil 2008 (3) Aesthetics
OS 2010 (3) Buddhist Councils

Elective Courses (for Other Specializations)
OS 2006 (3) Pāli Language
OS 2007 (3) Nīti Literature
OS 2008 (3) Pāli Literature (Poetry)
OS 2009 (3) Buddhadassana
OS 2010 (3) Buddhist Councils
* A student can choose any two elective courses to fulfil total of 21 credits.

Third Year

Semester I

Elective Courses
OS 3105 (3) Pāli Conversation and Composition
OS 3106 (3) History of Buddhism
OS 3107 (3) Linguistics

* A student can choose any one elective course to fulfil total of 22 credits.

Semester II

Elective Courses
OS 3112 (3) History of Buddhism
OS 3113 (3) Abhidhamma
OS 3114 (3) Linguistics

* A student can choose any one elective course to fulfil the total of 22 credits.

Fourth Year

Semester I

Elective Courses (for Oriental Studies Specialization)
OS 4105 (3) History of Pali Literature in Myanmar
OS 4106 (3) Buddhist Ethics
OS 4107 (3) Buddhist Art and Architecture

* A student can choose any one elective course to fulfil total of 22 credits.

Semester II

Elective Courses (for Oriental Studies Specialization)
OS 4112 (3) Buddhist Culture
OS 4113 (3) Buddhist Philosophy
OS 4114 (3) Buddhist Art and Architecture

* A student can choose any one elective course to fulfil the total of 22 credits.

First Year

ပထမနှစ်၊ မြန်မာစာ (ပထမနှစ်၀က် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၁၀၀၁ မြန်မာစာ
မ – ၁၁၀၁ စာပေယဉ်ကျေးမှုဆောင်းပါးများ
မ – ၁၀၀၂ အချင်းကဗျာစု

ပထမနှစ်၊ မြန်မာစာ (ဒုတိယနှစ်၀က် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၁၁၀၂ မြန်မာစာ
မ – ၁၁၀၃ ဘာသာဆောင်းပါးများ
မ – ၁၁၀၄ ရကန်

Second Year

ဒုတိယနှစ်၊ မြန်မာစာ (ပထမနှစ်၀က် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၂၁၀၁ စကားပြေ
မ – ၂၁၀၂ ကဗျာ (ပျို့)
မ – ၂၁၀၃ ဘာသာဆောင်းပါး

ဒုတိယနှစ်၊ မြန်မာစာ (ဒုတိယနှစ်၀က် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၂၁၀၄ ပြဇာတ်
မ – ၂၁၀၅ မော်ကွန်း၊ ဧချင်း
မ – ၂၁၀၆ ဘာသာစကား

Third Year

တတိယနှစ်၊ မြန်မာစာ (ပထမနှစ်၀က် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၃၁၀၁ ၀တ္တု (၁)
မ – ၃၁၀၂ ကဗျာ (၁)
မ – ၃၁၀၃ ဘာသာစကား (၁)
မ – ၃၁၀၄ ဘာသာဗေဒ၊ သဒ္ဒဗေဒ (၁)
မ – ၃၁၀၅ စာပေသဘောတရား

တတိယနှစ်၊ မြန်မာစာ (ဒုတိယနှစ်၀က် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၃၁၀၆ ၀တ္တု (၂)
မ – ၃၁၀၇ ကဗျာ (၂)
မ – ၃၁၀၈ ဘာသာစကား (၂)
မ – ၃၁၀၉ ဘာသာဗေဒ၊ သဒ္ဒဗေဒ (၂)
မ – ၃၁၁၀ ကမ္ဘာ့စာပေနိဒါန်း၊ ဘာသာပြန်

Fouth Year

စတုတ္ထနှစ်၊ မြန်မာစာ (ပထမနှစ်၀က် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၄၁၀၁ ၀တ္တု
မ – ၄၁၀၂ ပျို့
မ – ၄၁၀၃ ဘာသာစကား (၁)
မ – ၄၁၀၄ ဘာသာဗေဒ၊ သဒ္ဒဗေဒ (၁)
မ – ၄၁၀၅ သုတေသနနည်းပညာ၊ ြမန်မာဒေသိယစကားများ (၁)

စတုတ္ထနှစ်၊ မြန်မာစာ (ဒုတိယနှစ်၀က် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၄၁၀၆ ပြဇာတ်
မ – ၄၁၀၇ ဇာတိမာန်စာပေ
မ – ၄၁၀၈ ဘာသာစကား (၂)
မ – ၄၁၀၉ ဘာသာဗေဒ၊ သဒ္ဒဗေဒ (၂)
မ – ၄၁၁၀ သုတေသနနည်းပညာ၊ မြန်မာဒေသိယစကားများ (၂)

First Year (Honours)

ပထမနှစ်ဂုဏ်ထူးတန်း၊ မြန်မာစာ (ပထမနှစ်ဝက် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၃၂၀၁ ဝတ္တု (၁)

မ – ၃၂၀၂ ကဗျာ (၁)

မ – ၃၂၀၃ ဘာသာစကား (၁)

မ – ၃၂၀၄ ဘာသာဗေဒ၊ သဒ္ဒဗေဒ (၁)

မ – ၃၂၀၅ စာပေသဘောတရား

ပထမနှစ်ဂုဏ်ထူးတန်း၊ မြန်မာစာ (ဒုတိယနှစ်ဝက် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၃၂၀၆ ဝတ္တု (၂)

မ – ၃၂၀၇ ကဗျာ (၂)

မ – ၃၂၀၈ ဘာသာစကား (၂)

မ – ၃၂၀၉ ဘာသာဗေဒ၊ သဒ္ဒဗေဒ (၂)

မ – ၃၂၁၀ ကမ္ဘာ့စာပေနိဒါန်း၊ ဘာသာပြန်

Second Year (Honours)

ဒုတိယနှစ်ဂုဏ်ထူးတန်း၊ မြန်မာစာ (ပထမနှစ်ဝက် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၄၂၀၁ ဝတ္တု

မ – ၄၂၀၂ ပျို့

မ – ၄၂၀၃ ဘာသာစကား (၁)

မ – ၄၂၀၄ ဘာသာဗေဒ၊ သဒ္ဒဗေဒ (၁)

မ – ၄၂၀၅ သုတေသနနည်းပညာ၊ မြန်မာဒေသိယစကားများ (၁)

ဒုတိယနှစ်ဂုဏ်ထူးတန်း၊ မြန်မာစာ(ဒုတိယနှစ်ဝက် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၄၂၀၆ ပြဇာတ်

မ – ၄၂၀၇ ဇာတိမာန်စာပေ

မ – ၄၂၀၈ ဘာသာစကား (၂)

မ – ၄၂၀၉ ဘာသာဗေဒ၊ သဒ္ဒဗေဒ (၂)

မ – ၄၂၁၀ သုတေသနနည်းပညာ၊ မြန်မာဒေသိယစကားများ (၂)

Third Year (Honours)

တတိယနှစ်ဂုဏ်ထူးတန်း၊ မဟာဝိဇ္ဇာအရည်အချင်းစစ် မြန်မာစာ (ပထမနှစ်ဝက် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၅၂၀၁ စကားပြေ

မ – ၅၂၀၂ ဂီတစာပေ

မ – ၅၂၀၃ ရသ/ စာပေသဘောတရား၊ စာပေဝေဖန်ရေး

မ – ၅၂၀၄ ဘာသာစကား (၁)

မ – ၅၂၀၅ ဘာသာစကား (၂)

မ – ၅၂၀၆ ဘာသာစကား (၃)

တတိယနှစ်ဂုဏ်ထူးတန်း၊ မဟာဝိဇ္ဇာအရည်အချင်းစစ် မြန်မာစာ (ဒုတိယနှစ်ဝက် ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၅၂၀၇ စကားပြေ (၂)

မ – ၅၂၀၈ ဂီတစာပေ

မ – ၅၂၀၉ ရသ/ စာပေသဘောတရား၊ စာပေဝေဖန်ရေး (၂)

မ – ၅၂၁၀ ဘာသာစကား (၄)

မ – ၅၂၁၁ ဘာသာစကား (၅)

မ – ၅၂၁၂ ဘာသာစကား (၆)

MA

မဟာဝိဇ္ဇာ ပထမနှစ်၊ မြန်မာစာ (ပထမနှစ်ဝက်ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၆၁၁ မြန်မာစကားပြေ

မ – ၆၁၂ မြန်မာကဗျာ

မ – ၆၁၃ ရှေးဟောင်းစာ

မ – ၆၁၄ ဘာသာဗေဒ

မဟာဝိဇ္ဇာ ပထမနှစ်၊ မြန်မာစာ (ဒုတိယနှစ်ဝက်ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၆၂၁ မြန်မာစကားပြေ

မ – ၆၂၂ မြန်မာကဗျာ

မ – ၆၂၃ ရှေးဟောင်းစာ

မ – ၆၂၄ ဘာသာဗေဒ (၂)

မဟာဝိဇ္ဇာ ဒုတိယနှစ်၊ မြန်မာစာ (စာပေ) (ပထမနှစ်ဝက်ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၆၃၁ ရသစကားပြေ

မ – ၆၃၂ သုတ၊ ရသ စကားပြေ

မ – ၆၃၃ ရှေးစကားပြေ

မ – ၆၃၄ ခေတ်ကဗျာ

မဟာဝိဇ္ဇာ ဒုတိယနှစ်၊ မြန်မာစာ (ဘာသာ) (ပထမနှစ်ဝက်ပညာသင်ကာလ)

မ – ၆၃၁ ရှေးဟောင်းစာ

မ – ၆၃၂ မွန်ကျောက်စာ

မ – ၆၃၃ ဘာသာဗေဒ (၃)

မ – ၆၃၄ ဘာသာဗေဒ (၄)

PhD

ပါရဂူအကြိုသင်တန်း (ဘာသာ)

မ- ၇၁၁ မြန်မာရှေးဟောင်းစာ

မ- ၇၁၂ ပျူ၊ မွန် ရှေးဟောင်းစာ

မ- ၇၁၃ ဘာသာဗေဒ(၁)

မ-၇၁၄ ဘာသာဗေဒ (၂)

ပါရဂူအကြိုသင်တန်း (စာပေ)

မ- ၇၁၁ စာပေသဘောတရား၊ စာပေယဉ်ကျေးမှု

မ- ၇၁၂ ရှေးခေတ်မြန်မာစာပေ

မ- ၇၁၃ ကိုလိုနီခေတ်မြန်မာစာပေ

မ-၇၁၄ လွတ်လပ်ရေးခေတ်မြန်မာစာပေ

Post-graduated Diploma

Diploma Course

စာပေဖန်တီးရေးသားမှုနှင့် တည်းဖြတ်မှုအတတ်ပညာဒီပလိုမာသင်တန်း

DCWE 1011 စာပေသဘောတရား၊ စာပေအတတ်ပညာ

DCWE 1012 စာပေဖန်တီးရေးသားခြင်း၊ ရသပညာ

DCWE 1013 စာပေတည်းဖြတ်ခြင်း

DCWE 1014 စာပေပုံနှိပ်ထုတ်ဝေခြင်းလုပ်ငန်းအခြေခံ

နိုင်ငံခြားသားများအတွက် မြန်မာဘာသာကျွမ်းကျင်တတ်မြောက်မှုဒီပလိုမာ(ပ ဝက်)

မ- ၁၀၁၁ မြန်မာဘာသာ အပြောစွမ်းရည်

မ- ၁၀၁၂ မြန်မာဘာသာ အကြားစွမ်းရည်

မ- ၁၀၁၃ မြန်မာဘာသာ အရေးစွမ်းရည်

မ- ၁၀၁၄ မြန်မာဘာသာ အဖတ်စွမ်းရည်

နိုင်ငံခြားသားများအတွက် မြန်မာဘာသာကျွမ်းကျင်တတ်မြောက်မှုဒီပလိုမာ(ဒု ဝက်)

မ- ၁၀၂၁ အသုံးချမြန်မာဘာသာ

မ- ၁၀၂၂ ဘာသာ၊ စာပေ၊ ယဉ်ကျေးမှု

မ- ၁၀၂၃ အဆင့်မြင့် မြန်မာအရေးအသား

မ- ၁၀၂၄ ရုပ်သံမီဒီယာ မြန်မာဘာသာကြားနာလေ့လာမှု

Certificate Course

နိုင်ငံခြားသားများအတွက် အခြေခံမြန်မာဘာသာသင်တန်း

ဘာသာရပ် (၁) အခြေခံအပြောစကား

ဘာသာရပ် (၂) အခြေခံမြန်မာစာ အရေးအသား

ဘာသာရပ် (၃) အခြေခံမြန်မာဘာသာ နာကြားမှု

ဘာသာရပ် (၄) အခြေခံမြန်မာစာဖတ်ရှုမှု

Basic Myanmar Language for Foreigners (Level 1)

Basic Myanmar Language for Foreigners (Level 2)

Diploma in Myanmar Language Proficiency for Foreigner (D M L P F)

Diploma in Myanmar Language Proficiency for Foreigner (D M L P F)

Dr. LéLé Wynn

Name

:

Dr. LéLé Wynn

Position

:

Professor and Head

Educational Background

:

• PhD (Interdisciplinary Cultural Studies), The University of Tokyo, 2005
• MA (Interdisciplinary Cultural Studies), The University of Tokyo, 2002
• MA (Philosophy), University of Yangon, 1989
• BA Honours (Philosophy), University of Yangon, 1984
• BA (Philosophy), University of Yangon,1983

Research Background

:

Fields of Research Interest
• Aesthetics
• Environmental Philosophy
• Cultural Symbolism
• Gender Studies

Work Experience

:

Professor (Head), Department of Philosophy, University of Yangon
(November 2012 to date)
Professor (Head), Department of Philosophy, West Yangon University
(July 2007 to November 2012)
Associate Professor, Department of Philosophy, West Yangon University
(October 2005 to July 2007)
Lecturer, Department of Philosophy, University of Yangon
(September 1999 to October 2005)
Assistant Lecturer, Department of Philosophy, University of Yangon
(August 1994 to September 1999)
Tutor, Department of Philosophy, University of Yangon
(October 1991 to August 1994)
Tutor, Department of Philosophy, Hpa-An College
(September 1989 to October 1991)
Tutor, Department of Philosophy, University of Yangon
(October 1986 to August 1989)

Experience of Review
2007-2020, Research Journal of MAAS
2007-2020, URJ (Universities’ Research Journal)
2013-2020, UYRJ (University of Yangon Research Journal),
2007-2012, WYURJ (West Yangon University’s Research Journal)

Articles
(1) 2018-2019, “Reconsideration of the Watsuji Tetsuro’s Concept of Climate (fudo) from the Perspective of Environmental Aesthetics”, University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol. 9, No. 1
(2) 2018, “A Study of the Image of Woman as Subjection in Some Myanmar Literary Works from Feministic Viewpoint”, Journal of the Asia Research Centre, Yangon University, Vol. 7, No.1 & 2
(3) 2015, “The Concept of Space and Time in Japanese Traditional Thought”, University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.6
(4) 2010, “The Significant Role of Nagã Symbol in Myanmar Culture”, Universities’ Research Journal, Vol.3, No.7
(5) 2009, “A Study of Some Myanmar Traditional Poems from the Perspective of Western Aesthetics Theories”, West Yangon University Research Journal, 2009, Vol.1, No.1
(6) 2007, “A Study of the Dragon Symbol in Japan and Myanmar from the Perspective of Cultural Adaptability”, Research Journal of MAAS, Vol.5, No.6 (B)
(7) 2003 June, “Dragon Symbolism and Notion of Cosmology in Medieval Japan” (in Japanese), 中世日本における龍の表象と国土観－｢行基図｣をめぐって－, ZEAMI _ Art and Culture of Medieval Japan_ Vol.2 (Special Issue)
(8) 2003 March, “The Recovery of Artistic Representation” (in Japanese), 表現の奪還－植民地政権．軍事政権下のミャンマー映画―, The Research Proceedings of Culture and Representation Department, The University of Tokyo, Vol.2

Books
(1) 2017, The Role of Japanese Aesthetic Concepts in Environmental Conservation (published by the Research Grant of Sumitomo Foundation, Fiscal 2014 Grant for Japan Related Research Project Awarded), Ahlinnein Media Group, MYANMAR
(2) 1999, Myanmar Astrology and Traditional Myanmar Thought (in Myanmar), “နက္ခတ်ဗေဒင်ပညာနှင့်မြန်မာတို့၏အတွေးအမြင်အစဉ်အလာ”, Yaw Publishing, Yangon, Myanmar, (Co-author is Nandar Thein Zan), Published the research paper which was completed with UY Research Grant 1996.

E mail Address

:

llwphiluy@uy.edu.mm
llwynyangon@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

(+959) 5037023

Dr. Thida Oo

Name

:

Dr. Thida Oo

Current Position

:

Professor and Head, Department of Botany, University of Yangon

Dr.Wai Wai Thein

Dr.Wai Wai Thein
Associate Professor, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification:

:

B.Sc (Hons), 1987, University of Yangon
M.Sc, 1994, University of Yangon
Ph.D, 2011, University of Yangon

Career history

:

Demonstrator (1995)
Assistant Lecturer (2003)
Lecturer (2010)
Associate Professor (2015 up to now)

Field of Interest:

:

B.Sc (Hons), 1987, University of Yangon
Pharmacognosy, Microbiology

Publication
(1) Evaluation of wound healing properties of root extract of Flemingia strobilifera (L.) R. Br. In albino rat model, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, 2019, Vol.17,No.4, 181-188
(2) Estrogenic Activities of Pueraria candollei Grah. Tuberous Roots ( University of Research Journal, 2011, Vol.4,No.1, 139-150)
(3) Effect of Mycorrhiza on Germination, Growth and Mineral Uptake of Spathoglottis plicata Blume.( University of Yangon Research Journal, 2019, Vol.9,No.2, 43-51)
(4) Evaluation of Garbage Enzyme and Its Antimicrobial Activity (University of Yangon Research Journal, 2019, Vol.9, No.2, 171-179)

Supervision
(Total 4)
MRes. (2)
MSc (2)

Telephone

:

09797283010

Email

:

waiwaithein6@gmail.com

Daw Aye Aye Cho

Daw Aye Aye Cho
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc, 1985, University of Yangon;
BSc (Hons;), 1986, University of Yangon;
MSc (Tissue Culture), 1994, University of Yangon;

Career history

:

Demonstrator (1986);
Assistant Lecturer;
Lecturer (until now);

Field of Interest

:

Tissue Culture

Publication

:

International and local publication

Supervision

:

(Total 2)
MRes 2

Telephone

:

09448017726

Email

:

ayechobotany2018@gmail.com

Daw Win Win Aung

Daw Win Win Aung
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Hons.) – University of Yangon,
1991. MSc(Botany) – University of Yangon 1996

Career history

:

Demonstrator (1995-2003)
Assistant Lecturer (2003-2010)
Lecturer (2010- up to now)

Field of Interest

:

Pharmacognosy

Publication

:

International and local publication

Telephone

:

+959 31134452, +095260368663

Email

:

winwinaung@uy.edu.mm

Daw Htet Htet Lyin

Dr Htet Htet Lyin
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

B.Sc (Hons), Dangon University (2000)
M.Sc Dangon University (2002)

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2002-2010);
Assistant Lecturer (2010-2014);
Lecturer (2014 – until now)

Field of Interest

:

Taxonomy

Publication
(1). Study on Morphological and Medicinal Uses of Some Species Grown in Nyaung –Khone Village. (Pyay University Research Journal.2012,Vol.4, No.1)
(2). Study on Fabaceae and Acanthaceae Families of Angiosperms from Pyay Township in West Bago Region. (Universities Research Journal,2017,Vol.10.No.4)
(3). Taxonomic Studies of Some Members of Malvaceae Family occurring in Pyay Township, West Bago Region (Universities Research Journal, 2018, Vol.11, No.10)
(4). Taxonomic Description of the Lamiaceae and Verbenaceae Families of the Flora of Paukkhaung Township (University of Yangon Research Journal, December-2018, Vol.8, No.1)
(5). Study on Some Useful Angiosperm Plants Growing in Mong Kung Township and its Surrounding Area (University of Yangon Research Journal, 2018-2019, Vol.9, No.2)
(6). Study on Some Useful Angiosperm Plants Growing in Aung Myin Bar Hu Protected Forest Area, Pyay Township (Dagon University Commemoration of 25 th Anniversary Silver Jubilee Research Journal, 2019, Vol.9, No.2)
(7). Useful Flowering plants in Myanmar (Korea Research Institute of Bioscience & Biotechnology, 2019, Vol.1)
(8). Study on Some Useful Angiosperm Plants Growing in Nan Oo Pyin Pagoda and its Surrounding Area, Mong Kung Township (3rd Myanmar Korea Conference Research Journal, 2020, Vol. 3, No.4)
Supervision
(Total 1)
MSc 1

Email

:

htethtetlin@uy.edu.mm

Mobile Phone No.

:

+95 9 31359918

Dr Kathy Myint

Dr Kathy Myint
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Q) Botany (University of Yangon, 1995),
Msc (Tissue culture, Mawlamyaing University, 2001), MRes (Tissue culture, Mawlamyaing University, 2002), PhD (Microbiology, University of Yangon, 2010)

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2002- 2010)
Assistant lecturer (2010- 2014)
Lecturer (2014- until now)

Field of Interest

:

Microbiology

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1) Isolation of Fungi, Antimicrobial Activities and Fermentation Studies for the Production of Antibacterial Metabolite Especially Against Xanthomonas oryzae Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Volume.IX, No. 5, March 2011. Pg, 227-239.
(2) Antimicrobial Metabolite Producing Fungi Isolated from Soil at Dala Township. 1st Myanmar – Korea Conference Research Journal, 2018, June, Pg,29. (Kay Tha Ye Soe Win, Dr Kathy Myint)
(3) Disease Symptoms on Rice Plants and Identification of the Pathogens Causing Diseases Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Volume.XVIII, No. 4 A, March 2020. Pg, 125-132. (Nway Nandar Aung, Dr Kathy Myint, Dr Bay Dar)

Supervision
(Total 7)
MSc 3
MRes 3
PhD (Co) 1

Telephone

:

+95 9 421880669

Email

:

kathymyint@uy.edu.mm

Dr Thu Zar Tin

Dr Thu Zar Tin
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Hons:),
MSc, PhD

Career history

:

Demonstrator 2002- 2010
Assistant Lecturer 2010 – 2014
Lecturer 2014 – up to now

Field of Interest

:

Pharmacognosy

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1) Isolation and Identification of Stigmasterol, b -sitosterol and Lupeol compound of the plant Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br. (University of Yangon Research Journal, 2019, Vol.9, No.2, 151-161),(Thu Zar Tin, Sann Sann Aye)
(2) Antigrobacterial Activity of Endophytic Bacteria Isolated from Noni Fruit (Morinda citrifolia L.)(University of Yangon Research Journal,2019,Vol.9,No.2,69-80),(Nu Yin Aye,Bay Dar,Thu Zar Tin)

Telephone

:

095042890

Email

:

thuzartin@uy.edu.mm

Dr Pan Myat Nge

Daw Pan Myat Nge
Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Hons),
MSc, PhD

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2009-2016),
Assistant Lecturer (2016-2019),
Lecturer (2019 – until now)

Field of Interest

:

Pharmacognosy, Microbiology, Pathology

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1) Antitumor Activity of Aqueous and 70% Ethanolic Extract by Potato Crown Gall (PCG) Test or Potato Disc Assay (PDA) Method from Carica papaya L. leaves. (University of Yangon, Research Journal, 2016, Vol.7, No. 1. Pp 7-14)
(2) Antimicrobial Activity and Toxic effects of Carica papaya L. leaves. (The 3rd Myanmar-Japan International Symposium Research Paper, 2017 Vol. 1, No. 7, Pp 241-251)
(3) Study on Acute Toxicity and Hypoglycaemic Activity of Carica papaya L. leaves. (Myanmar Academy of Art and Science. 2017, Vol. XV, No. 4, Pp 311-333)
(4) Acute Toxicity Test of Aqueous and Ethanolic Extracts from Carica papaya L. leaves on Brine Shrimp. (University of Yangon Research Journal, 2018, Vol. 8, No. 1, Pp 173-178)
(5) Antioxidant Activity of Aqueous and 70% Ethanolic Extracts by DPPH Assay from Carica papaya L. leaves. (Universities’ Research Journal, 2019, Vol. 11, No. 11, Pp 221-228)

Telephone

:

095081065

Email

:

panmyatnge@uy.edu.mm

BA First Year(Core)

BA First Year (Semester-I)

Foundation Course

မ ၁၀၀၁ (3) မြန်မာစာ
Eng 1001(3) English

Core Courses

Phil 1101 (4) Deductive Logic-I
Phil 1102 (4) Introduction to Western Philosophy-I

Elective Courses (for Philosophy Specialization Student)

AM 1001 (3) Aspects of Myanmar
Hist 1003 (3) World History to 1500 I
Hist 1004 (3) World History 1500-1900 I
Geog 1003 (3) Geography of Southeast Asian Countries
OS 1001 (3) Fundamentals of the Pāli Language
OS 1002 (3) Fundamentals of the Sanskrit Language
Psy 1003 (3) Public Relations
Psy 1004 (3) General Psychology-I
IR 1002 (3) Introduction to International Relations-I
မ ၁၀၀၅ (3) မြန်မာ့ရိုးရာပုံပြင် (၁)
Anth 1001 (3) Introduction to General Anthropology-I
Math 1002 (3) Mathematics-I
LI 1001 (3) Information Sources of Library (Part-I)

* A student will have to take two electives.

Module No. : Phil 1101

Module Name : Deductive Logic-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– Logic is the study of sound reasoning and arguments. It investigates the relationship between propositions. This course covers some basic rules, concepts and skills of logic. Students will learn how to identify deductive and inductive arguments; how to use truth-tables to check deductive validity; how to spot formal and informal fallacies of reasoning etc. These skills have lifelong benefits for improving one’s writing, thinking, critical assessment of ideas and personal autonomy.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Introduction to Logic
2. A Study of Logical Fallacies
2.1. The Functions of Language
2.2. Material Fallacies
2.3. Formal Fallacies
3. A Study of Propositions
4. A Study of Immediate Inferences
4.1. The Study of Logical Relations
4.2. Distribution of the Terms in Propositions
4.3. The Traditional Square of Opposition
4.4. Establishing logical relations between propositions

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to improve the ability to think carefully and critically and writing skills which is essential for success in any field of work,

to obtain the ability to identify common fallacies in arguments,

to understand the structure of different kinds of arguments,

to recognize and evaluate different kinds of arguments,

to apply the principles of logic to ordinary language reasoning,

to realize that the proper use of logic is a reasonable way to solve problems.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

apply the ability to think carefully, critically and writing skills which is essential for success in any field of work

practice for getting effective communicative skill with other people speak logically

upgrade their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening

reproduce ways of thinking in daily life

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

explain logic is a reasonable way to solve problems

avoid daily life using fallacies

apply the principles of logic to ordinary language reasoning

manipulate the basic skills of 21st century higher education students such as critical thinking, analytical and synthesis, decision-making, problem-solving, self-study, and communication skills. These skills have lifelong benefits for improving one’s writing, thinking, and critical assessment of ideas

REFERENCES

1. Copi, I. M. (2013). Introduction to Logic (14th Edition). New York: The Macmillan Company.
2. Dan Cryan. Introducing Logic. USA: Icon Books.
3. Epstein, Richard L. (2000). The Pocket Guide to Critical Thinking, Wadsworth: Thomson Learning.
4. Kar, K. N. & U Hla Bu. (1993) A Text Book of Modern Formal Logic. Calcutta: Indian Publicity Society.
5. Khin Maung Din, U. (1982) Lecture Guideline on Elementary Logic, Yangon.
6. Layman, C. Stephen. The Power of Logic. (2005). New York: Mc Graw Hill Co, Inc.
7. Westo, Anhony. (2000). A Rulebook for Arguments, Cambridge: Hackett Publishing Company.

Module No. : Phil 1102

Module Name : Introduction to Western Philosophy-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims at being an introduction to philosophical thinking in general rather than to provide a full survey of philosophical disciplines, their methods, doctrines and leading ideas. Instead of trying to give a comprehensive account of all possible forms philosophy has assumed throughout its long history we shall zero in on several characteristic examples illustrating how classical and modern thinkers formulate their questions and how they grapple with their issues in contrast to ordinary, religious and scientific consciousness. In addition, the course will provide a preliminary orientation about the notion of philosophical argument, its various forms and the ways argument should be analyzed.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Introduction to Western Philosophy
2. The development of Early Greek Philosophy
2.1. The Pre-Socratic Philosophers
2.2. Socrates and the Sophists
3. A General Study of Plato’s Philosophy
4. A General Study of Aristotle’s Philosophy

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to introduce the crucial role of philosophy in the Western tradition since ancient times

to learn the basic characteristics of philosophy subject and how to read and interpret philosophical texts (rightly considered as belonging to the category of the most complex intellectual products),

to improve the critical thinking skill for evaluating the strong and weakness of several philosophical theories

to obtain the ability to analyse and synthesize the different ideas of philosophers

to improve the decision making skill, problem solving skill and communicative skill through the group works or initiative discussion in the classroom

to develop the sense of interdisciplinary approach through the presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

ask new questions with sense of curiosity

differentiate philosophical thought and common belief

justify different ideas of western philosophers by their point of views

apply the basic skills of 21st century higher education students such as critical thinking, analytical and synthesis, decision-making, problem-solving, self-study, and communication skills by means of conducting the active tutorial and discussion class, group work for presentation and assignment.

– The specific learning outcomes obtain
After this study, students will be able to

identify the nature and scope of philosophy,

understand the significant features of Western traditional thought and the interdisciplinary linkage between philosophy and other disciplines,

point to the strength and weakness of each system of western philosophy

discuss philosophies of western philosophers from different perspectives

REFERENCES

1. Armstrong. (1968). An Introduction to Ancient Philosophy. London: Methum Company.
2. Biffle, Christopher. (1999). Landscape of Wisdom. London: Mayfield Publishing Company.
3. Marias, Julian. (1982). History of Philosophy. New York: Dover Publication.
4. Mitchell, Craig Vincent. (2007). Charts of Philosophy and Philosophers. USA: Zodervan.
5. Perelman, C. H. (1965). An Historical Introduction to Philosophical Thinking. New York: Random House.
6. Scruton, Roger. (2001). Kant: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford University Press.
7. Shand, John. (1993). Philosophy and Philosophers. London: UCL Press.
8. Stace, W. T. (1981). A Critical History of Greek Philosophy. New York: The Macmillan Company.
9. Woodhouse, Mark B. (2000). A Preface to Philosophy. Wadsworth: Thomson Learning.
10. Zaine Ridling, PhD. (2001). Philosophy Then and Now: A Look Back at 26 Centuries of Thought. Part I to IV. Access Foundation.

BA First Year (Semester-II)

Foundation Course

မ ၁၀၀၂ (3) ျမန္မာစာ
Eng 1002 (3) English

Core Courses

Phil 1103 (4) Deductive Logic-II
Phil 1104 (4) Introduction to Western Philosophy-II

Elective Courses (for Philosophy Specialization)

AM 1002 (3) Aspects of Myanmar
Hist 1007 (3) World History to 1500-II
Hist 1008 (3) World History 1500-1900-II
Geog 1004 (3) Geography of Myanmar
OS 1005 (3) Pāli Language
OS 1006 (3) Sanskrit Language
Psy 1005 (3) Understanding Human Interaction
Psy 1007 (3) General Psychology-II
IR 1004 (3) Introduction to International Relations-II
မ ၁၀၀၈ (3) မြန်မာ့ရိုးရာပုံပြင် (၂)
Anth 1003 (3) Introduction to General Anthropology-II
Math 1004 (3) Mathematics-II
LI 1003 (3) Information Sources of Library (Part-II)

* A student will have to take two electives (one elective and AM 1002) from among those offered.

Module No. : Phil 1103

Module Name : Deductive Logic-II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– Deductive logic is concerned with valid reasoning in order to apply and utilize this knowledge correctly to new cases which we later come across in experience. Deductive argument is using representational devices, General Rules, Venn’s Diagram, different kinds of Mixed Syllogism and Poly- Syllogism can apply deductive logic as a guide to everyday thinking and everyday life. These rules are determined whether or not a particular deductive argument is valid. This course covers some basic rules, concepts and skills of logic. These skills have lifelong benefits for improving one’s writing, thinking, critical assessment of ideas and personal autonomy.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
A Study of Mediate Inferences
1. The Categorical Syllogism
1.1. The Nature and General Rules of Categorical Syllogisms
1.2. Testing the Validity of Categorical Syllogism
1.3. Some other rules and their proofs.
2. The Mixed Syllogism
3. A Study of Mediate Inference, A Study of Poly-syllogisms, Sorities, Epicherima, Enthymemes
4. The Utility of Deductive Logic for daily life (Problem solving)

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to give the knowledge of identifying the different kinds of arguments in the course of our daily life

to identify validity and invalidity of arguments

to test the validity of categorical syllogisms by means of Venn’s Diagram, different kinds of Mixed Syllogism, enthymematic arguments and Poly- Syllogism

to reveal the rules and principles which can guide us to decide correct forms of inferences

to help strengthen one’s problem-solving abilities is the logical puzzles

to realize that the proper use of deductive logic as a guide to everyday thinking

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

differentiate consistent argumentation

share deductive logic as a guide to everyday thinking

discuss their own ideas in line with logical sequence

practice for getting effective communicative skill with other people speak logically

manipulate their critical skills and analytical skills

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

discuss their own ideas in line with logical sequence with others

justify correct forms of inferences

ask new questions with sense of curiosity whatever they experience the matter of logic in daily life

realize strengthen one’s problem-solving abilities is the logical puzzles

REFERENCES

1. Copi, I. M. (2013) Introduction to Logic (14th Edition). New York: The Macmillan Company.
2. Dan Cryan. Introducing Logic. USA: Icon Books.
3. Epstein, Richard L. (2000). The Pocket Guide to Critical Thinking. Wadsworth: Thomson Learning.
4. Kar, K. N. and U Hla Bu. (1993) A Text Book of Modern Formal Logic. Calcutta: Indian Publicity Society.
5. Khin Maung Din, U. (1982) Lecture Guideline on Elementary Logic. Yangon: Department of Philosophy, University of Yangon.
6. Layman, C. Stephen. The Power of Logic. (2005). New York: Mc Graw Hill Co, Inc.
7. Westo, Anhony. (2000). A Rulebook for Arguments. Cambridge: Hackett Publishing Company.

Module No. : Phil 1104

Module Name : Introduction to Western Philosophy-II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims at being an introduction to medieval and modern philosophical thinking in general. This course demonstrate understanding of the content and significance of selected viewed of Rationalism, Empiricism and German Idealism. In addition, the course will provide a preliminary orientation about the arguments and conclusions of medieval and modern philosophers, with some reference to the contemporary significance of those arguments and conclusions.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. A Study of Medieval Philosophy
2. A Study of Modern Philosophy
2.1. Rationalism Vs Empiricism
2.1.1. René Descartes
2.1.2. Baruch Spinoza
2.1.3. Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz
2.1.4. Francis Bacon
2.1.5. John Locke
2.1.6. George Berkeley
2.1.7. David Hume
2.2. German Idealism
2.2.1. Immanuel Kant
2.2.2. Johann Gottlieb Fichte
2.2.3. Friedrich Wilhelm Joseph Schelling
2.2.4. Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to become familiar with major philosophical problems and the methods of dealing them,

to learn how to read and interpret philosophical texts (rightly considered as belonging to the category of the most complex intellectual products),

to improve the critical thinking skill for evaluating the strong and weakness of several philosophical theories

to obtain the ability to analyse and synthesize the different ideas of philosophers

to present and defend on philosophical and interpretative questions arising from engagement with medieval and modern philosophers’ ideas

to improve the sense of interdisciplinary approach through the presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

synthesize between the development of philosophy and the development of society

differentiate their knowledge about philosophical theories and share to other clearly

change attitudes in world outlook

to develop the basic skills of 21st century higher education students such as critical thinking, analytical and synthesis, decision-making, problem-solving, self-study, and communication skills by means of conducting the active tutorial and discussion class, group work for presentation and assignment.

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

summarize the development of western intellectual tradition

discuss philosophies of western philosophers from different perspectives

arrange their ideas consistently

respond others opinion with facts and figures

REFERENCES

1. Armstrong. (1968). An Introduction to Ancient Philosophy. London: Methum Company.
2. Biffle, Christopher. (1999). Landscape of Wisdom. London: Mayfield Publishing Company.
3. Marias, Julian. (1982). History of Philosophy. New York: Dover Publication.
4. Mitchell, Craig Vincent. (2007). Charts of Philosophy and Philosophers. USA: Zodervan.
5. Perelman, C. H. (1965). An Historical Introduction to Philosophical Thinking. New York: Random House.
6. Scruton, Roger. (2001). Kant: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford University Press.
7. Shand, John. (1993). Philosophy and Philosophers. London: UCL Press.
8. Stace, W. T. (1981). A Critical History of Greek Philosophy. New York: The Macmillan Company.
9. Woodhouse, Mark B. (2000). A Preface to Philosophy. Wadsworth: Thomson Learning.
10. Zaine Ridling, PhD. (2001). Philosophy Then and Now: A Look Back at 26 Centuries of Thought. Part I to IV. Access Foundation (eBook).

BA Second Year (Core)

BA Second Year (Semester I)

Foundation Course

Eng 2001 (3) English

Core Courses

Phil 2101 (4) Eastern Philosophy-I
Phil 2102 (4) Inductive Logic-I
Phil 2103 (4) Twentieth Century Western Philosophy-I

Elective Courses (for Philosophy Specialization Student)

Hist 2002 (3) World History 1900 to Present-I
Geog 2005 (3) Political Geography-I
OS 2001 (3) Pāli Language-I
OS 2003 (3) Pāli Literature (Prose)
Psy 2001 (3) Language and Thought
Psy 2002 (3) The Development of Self-Concept
Eng 2003 (3) Developing Communicative Skills-I
Math 2002 (3) Mathematics-I
LI 2001 (3) Effective Use of Information Centre
r 2004 (3) jrefrmtrsdK;orD;pmqdkrsm;ESifh4if;wdkU\pmrsm; (1)
Phil 2104 (3) The Cultural and Ethical Aspects of Environmental Conservation-I

* A student will have to take two electives.

Module No. : Phil 2101

Module Name : Eastern Philosophy-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course is a general and thematic introduction to India’s major philosophical traditions. Throughout the course, there will be discussed the differences among Indian philosophical schools and examine three streams of philosophical dissent from the orthodox tradition in the heterodox traditions of Carvaka, Jainism, and Buddhism. From then, move on to examine the development of the orthodox systems, focusing on the Nyaya Vaishesika systems, the Samkhya Yoga, the Mimamsa System and the Vedanta System.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Introduction to Eastern Philosophy
2. The Genesis of Indian Philosophy
2.1. The General Characteristic of Indian Philosophy
2.2. The Stages and Development of Indian Philosophy
3. A General Survey of Indian Philosophical Schools
3.1. The Heterodox Schools
3.2. The Orthodox Schools

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to understand the genesis of Indian philosophy

to achieve a direct view of something require more than logical reasoning; it also involves perception and intuition

to improve the understanding about wisdom of the East is philosophy and psychology and social and religion all rolled in one

It can also challenging as any in the history of Western thought

to examine the basic teaching of six schools in Indian philosophy

to explore some keys features of Indian Ethical, Ontological and Epistemological views

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

classify the Indian philosophical schools with their respective characteristics

distinguish from the Orthodox schools to Non-Orthodox

describe Ethics, Religion and Philosophy are mixed in Indian culture

analyze primary and secondary Eastern philosophical systems

point out the significant feature of each school

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

examine the key concepts in Indian Philosophy

indicate the general characteristics of Indian Philosophy

judge Indian Philosophy is not simply a matter of logic or speculation, but is also concerned with experience and intuition

discuss studying Eastern Philosophy is not, for someone brought up in the West, simply a matter of looking with detached interest at ideas that come from other culture

REFERENCES

1. Datta & Chatterjee. (1964). An Introduction to Indian Philosophy. Calcutta: University of Calcutta Press.
2. Hiriyana, M. (1949). The Essentials of Indian Philosophy. London: Unwin Brothers Ltd.
3. Hiriyanna, M. (1963). The Essentials of Indian Philosophy. Bombay: Blackie and Son Publishers Pvt. Ltd..
4. Radhakrishnan, Sir. (1982). History of Philosophy Eastern & Western. London: Allen & Unwin Ltd.

Module No. : Phil 2102

Module Name : Inductive Logic-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims at being an introduction to the nature of inductive reasoning. Then it can be discussed the process subsidiary to induction, basic principles of induction, and different kinds of induction. Throughout the course, it will be continue to discuss criteria of induction and utility of inductive logic in daily life.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. A Study of the Nature of Induction
2. Some Subsidiary Processes of Induction
3. Basic Principles of Induction
4. Different Kinds of Induction
5. Some New Theories of Induction (The modern view – Five kinds of induction)
6. Evaluation of Inductive Reasoning
7. Criteria for causal determination
8. The utility of inductive logic for daily life. (For Student -centred Approach)

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to understand about inductive reasoning and its value in daily life as well as professional

to learn the notion of inductive reasoning and the role of its application can be found out in daily life’s experience of the people whether they accept it or not

it is designed to help students to be upgraded their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening

to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

ask the new questions well with a sense of curiosity whatever they experience in daily life and how to respond the questions comprehensively

clearly explain their own assumptions

improve the skills of critical thinking, analytical approach, problem solving, multi-dimensional view, making inferences and interpretations

select what methods are suitable to do the effective study in this course

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

understand the distinction between deductive arguments from inductive arguments

draw the conclusion that is reasonable based on the evidences

identify some basic intuitions about what counts as “good” or “acceptable” reasoning

develop the capacity for applying philosophical knowledge to social issues

create generalizations and predictions for the problems

REFERENCES

1. Brennan, J. G. (1963). A Handbook of Logic. New York: Harper and Row.
2. Copi, I. M. (1984). Introduction to Logic (Sixth Edition). New York: The Macmillan Company.
3. Dan Cryan. Introducing Logic. USA: Icon Books.
4. Kar, K. N. and U Hla Bu, (1993). A Text Book of Modern Formal Logic. Calcutta: Indian Publicity Society.
5. Khin Maung Din, U. (1982). Lecture Guideline on Elementary Logic. Yangon.
6. Layman, C. Stephen. (2005). The Power of Logic. New York: Mc Graw Hill Co, Inc.

Module No. : Phil 2103

Module Name : Twentieth Century Western Philosophy-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to introduce the Twentieth Century philosophy in the light of the historical development and its general characteristics. The study based on some philosophical dimensions disclosed by significant philosophers such as Ontology and Epistemology as the most primary branches and the new trends of thought namely pragmatism, logical positivism and realism.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. The Development of Twentieth Century Philosophy and its General Characteristics
2. A Study of Bergson’s Ontology and Epistemology
3. A Study of the Pragmatism
4. A Study of Logical Positivism
5. A Study of Realism

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to improve the understanding about twentieth century western philosophy as its applied value in daily life as well as professional.

to become familiar with major figures, movements, concepts, theories and debates in twentieth century western philosophy .

to learn knowledge of the fundamental questions about truths, human existence and ultimate reality and analyze philosophical truth claims.

it is designed to help students to be upgraded their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening.

it challenges students to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom .

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

memorize the development of Twentieth Century Western philosophy and identify the nature and scope of western culture

apply knowledge of philosophical perspectives, logic, and critical reasoning to develop his or her own opinions regarding philosophical problems and issues and also manipulate the specific issues of daily life

articulate and criticize the values, principles and assumptions on which individual and social decisions rest.

synthesize the different views of other scholars to draw the effective conclusion using literature survey

select what methods are suitable to do the effective study in this course and organize the research frame

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

distinguish the different between absolute truth and relative truth, what are the good or bad action and what are the right and wrong action on social development

indicate the role of western thought in culture and its development

understand and be able to discuss major philosophical problems in the Western Tradition

share their knowledge and ideas to the public by means of research paper or publication

show their ideas with the suitable tools and devices which are needed to make presentation of the functions of western philosophy

REFERENCES

1. Datta, M. D. (1972). The Chief Currents of Contemporary Philosophy. Calcutta: University of Calcutta Press.
2. Grayling, A. C. (2002). Russell: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
3. Mitchell, Craig Vincent. (2007). Charts of Philosophy and Philosophers. USA: Zodervan.
4. Perelman, C. H. (1965). An Historical Introduction to Philosophical Thinking. New York: Random House.
5. Russell, Bertrand. (1966). Wisdom of the West. New York: A Fawcett Publication Inc.
6. Shand, John. (1993). Philosophy and Philosophers, London: UCL Press.
7. Thilly, Frank. (1965). A History of philosophy. Allahabad: Indian University Press.
8. Velasquez, Manuel. (2005). Philosophy. New York: Thomson, Wadsworth.
9. Zaine Ridling, PhD. (2001). Philosophy Then and Now: A Look Back at 26 Centuries of Thought, Part I to IV. Access Foundation. (E book)

Module No. : Phil 2104 (Elective)

Module Name : The Cultural and Ethical Aspects of Environmental Conservation -I

TOTAL HOURS : (60) Hours

Lecture : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to provide ethical justification and moral motivation for the cause of global environmental protection. In addition, the course will provide an orientation about the notion of environmental conservation, environmental ethics which examines the moral basis of environmental responsibility. This course can contribute to become awareness of environmental responsibility.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
• What is Environmental Conservation
• Definition of Key Terms e
• The need for an ethics of environmental conservation
• Environmental Ethics as a topic of Applied Ethics
• Contribution of Ethics

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to understand about environmental conservation, ecosystem and ecology.

to become familiar with the terms of environment and environmental ethics

to recognize and resolve the awareness and moral guideline of Environmental Conservation as the primary task of human being

it is designed to help students to be upgraded their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening

it challenges students to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

propose new perspective to control and prevent the deterioration of natural environment

discuss the present situations in global environment

organize the practical research from environmental problems

integrate their new perspective to present new ideas in environmental conservation

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

identify the nature and scope of environment

explain the survival of the human species in the face of environmental deterioration

demonstrate knowledge of existing organizations and programs in environmental problems

initiate their new approaches to study sustainable development from philosophical point of view

REFERENCES

1. Attfield, Robin (1991). The Ethics of Environmental Concern (2nd Edition). Athens & London: The University of Georgia Press.
2. Engel, J . Ronald. (1993). Ethics of Environment and Development. London: Belhaven Press.
3. Garvey, James. (2008). The Ethics of Climate Change. London: Continuum International Publishing Group.
4. Kyi Kyi Hla, Daw. (2010). The Ethics of Environmental Conservation. Yangon: Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science.
5. Ministry of Foreign Affairs. (2009) Basic Diplomatic Skills (Lecture Notes). Yangon: Ministry of Foreign Affairs.
6. Taylor, Paul W. (1986). Respect for Nature_A Theory of Environmental Ethics_. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press.
7. UNESCO. (2004). Ethics in Asia-Pacific. Bangkok: UNESCO.

BA Second Year (Semester II)

Foundation Course

Eng 2002 (3) English

Core Courses

Phil 2106 (4) Eastern Philosophy-II
Phil 2107 (4) Inductive Logic-II
Phil 2108 (4) Twentieth Century Western Philosophy-II

Elective Courses (for Philosophy Specialization)

Hist 2005 (3) World History 1900 to Present-II
Geog 2006 (3) Political Geography-II
OS 2006 (3) Pāli Language-II
OS 2008 (3) Pāli Literature (Poetry)
Psy 2004 (3) Stress and Stress Management
Psy 2005 (3) Individual, Social and Cultural Diversity in Pro and Anti-Social Behavior
Eng 2004 (3) Developing Communicative Skills-II
Math 2005 (3) Mathematics-II
LI 2003 (3) Effective Use of Information Centre
r 2008(3) jrefrmtrsdK;orD;pmqdkrsm;ESifh4if;wdkY\pmrsm; (2)
Phil 2109 (3) The Cultural and Ethical Aspects of Environmental Conservation-II

* A student will have to take two electives.

Module No. : Phil 2106

Module Name : Eastern Philosophy-II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course is an introduction to the Chinese philosophy, concerning on the work of such major thinkers as Confucius, Mencius, Hsun Tzu, Mohism, Taoism, Neo-Confucianism and Neo-Taoism. Topics of discussion include the general characteristics of Chinese philosophy, human nature and the human condition, the meaning and value of life, and the nature of the good life.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. An Introduction to Chinese Philosophy
2. The Genesis of Chinese Philosophy
3. The General Characteristic of Chinese Philosophies
4. A General Survey of Chinese Philosophy

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to achieve a direct views of All-embracing Love, Yin-Yang and Tao

to improve the understanding about wisdom of the East

It can also challenging as any in the history of Western thought

It can examine the basic teaching of Confucianism and Taoism in Chinese philosophy

It can explore some keys features of Chinese Cosmological, Social, Political, Legal and Human Nature

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

interpret different perspectives on traditional Chinese philosophical issues

distinguish from the views of human nature in Chinese Philosophy

describe Social, Political and Philosophy are mixed in Chinese culture

develop a deeper appreciation for Western perspectives through the method of comparison with Chinese philosophy

use the logical and critical thinking methods of philosophy to analyze and evaluate the ways in which Eastern philosophers attempt to solve the problems of philosophy

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

demonstrate the key concepts in Chinese Philosophy,

identify the major periods and the major figures in the history of Chinese philosophy,

analyze the basic problems of Eastern philosophy in the fields of metaphysics, axiology, and epistemology,

share actively in discussions of philosophical ideas and issues,

develop and refine the ability to offer criticism of philosophical positions, and will develop the ability to form their own educated positions on philosophical issues.

REFERENCES

1. Chai, C. & W. Chai. (1982). The Stories of Chinese Philosophy. New York: Washington Square Press.
2. Chan, Wing-Tsit. (1963). A Source Book in Chinese Philosophy. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
3. Creel, H. G. (1960). Chinese Thought from Confucius to Mao Tse-tung. Chicago: New American Library.
4. Fung Yu-Lan. (1981). A Short History of Chinese Philosophy. New York: The Free Press.
5. Theodore de Bary, William. (1980). Sources of Chinese Tradition. New York: Columbia University Press.
6. Xu Yuanxiang. (2007). Confucius: A Philosopher for the Ages. Beijing: China International Press.
7. Xu Yuanxiang. (2007). Lao Tzu: The Eternal Tao Te Ching. Beijing: China International Press.
8. Xu Yuanxiang. (2007). Sun Tzu: The Ultimate Master of War. Beijing: China International Press.

Module No. : Phil 2107

Module Name : Inductive Logic-II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims at being an introduction to the general study of Mill’s method, the nature of inference in science, how to falsified some hypothesis by giving negative instances, some characteristics of scientific methodology and some philosophers’ conception on scientific method.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. An Evaluation of Mill’s Method of Causal Determination
2. The Nature of Inference in Science
3. A Study of Scientific Methodology
4. Views Regarding Scientific Methodology

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to verify hypotheses and to falsify instances with giving new negative instances and its value in daily life as well as professional

to develop the notion that they have been able to extent their knowledge obtained from their sense organs through thinking and reasoning

to learn some characteristics of scientific methodology and some philosophers’ view of inductive reasoning and appreciate the role of induction and to know its value from the multidisciplinary perspective

it is designed to help students to be upgraded their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening

to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

promote their reasoning skills, logical thinking skills, critical thinking skills and problem solving skills

become confidence in every reasoning and argumentation

improve their professional and personal skills lifelong

have the opportunity to work with a wide range of probabilities

construct correct reasoning and arrange good presentation with effective power point slides

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

develop their critical, analytical and problem solving skills

evaluate evidences and draw inferences from that evidences

draw conclusion that is reasonable based on the evidences

understand the common patterns of scientific reasoning

improve the knowledge and skills of research method which is a requirement in academic studies

REFERENCES

1. Bernnan, J. G. (1963). A Handbook of Logic. New York: Harper & Row.
2. Copi, I. M. (1982). Symbolic Logic. Fifth Edition, London: The Macmillan Co.
3. Faris, J. A. (1964). Quantification Theories. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
4. Gustav, Bergman. (1957). Philosophy of Science. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
5. Kar, K. N. and U Hla Bu. (1963). A Text Book of Modern Formal Logic. Third Edition. Rangoon: Rangoon University Press.
6. Layman, C. Stephen. (2005). The Power of Logic. New York: Mc Graw Hill Co, Inc.
7. Prior, A. N. (1963). Formal Logic. London : Oxford University Press.
8. Purtill, R. L. (1971). Logic for Philosophers. New York: Harper & Row.
9. Quine, W. V. O. (1962). Method of Logic. Second Edition. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
10. Russell, Bertrand. (1948). Human Knowledge. New York: Siman and Schuster.
11. Tarski, A. (1972). Introduction to Logic and to the Methodology of Educative Science. London: Oxford University Press.

Module No. : Phil 2108

Module Name : Twentieth Century Western Philosophy-II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims at begin the development of analytical philosophy and its general characteristics, the nature of existentialism, idealism and contemporary philosophy, and postmodern thought and some significant philosophers’ views on existentialism, contemporary idealism and postmodern thought from the philosophical perspective. In addition, the course will provide an orientation about the notion of analytical philosophy and significant notions and concepts in twentieth century western philosophy. It can also be familiar students with major figures and movements in the history of western philosophy; familiar with central concepts, topics, theories, and debates and current developments in western philosophy.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. A Study of Analytical Philosophy
2. A Study of Existentialism
3. A Study of Contemporary Western Idealism
4. A Study of Later Twentieth Century philosophy
5. An Evaluation of Contemporary Philosophy
6. Postmodern Thought

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to improve the understanding about twentieth century western philosophy as its applied value in daily life as well as professional.

to become familiar with major figures, movements, concepts, theories and debates in twentieth century western philosophy .

to learn knowledge of the fundamental questions about truths, human existence and ultimate reality and analyze philosophical truth claims

to learn knowledge about fundamental concepts such as self and subjectivity; mind and consciousness; alienation, anxiety, and authenticity, freedom and determinism, gender, race, nationality, and social justice

it is designed to help students to be upgraded their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening.

it challenges students to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom .

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

memorize the development of Twentieth Century Western philosophy and Postmodern Thought

locate the existence of human nature and identify the nature and role of man in human culture

criticize philosophical methods, assumptions, and principles of the different views of the scholars to analyze philosophical ideas and positions including contemporary problems and issues

choose the necessary and meaningful questions to conduct their research or study and select what methods are suitable to do the effective study in this course by using literature survey

discuss their own ideas in line with logical sequence and organize the research frame logically

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

indicate the intimate relationship between man and nature and what are the good or bad on social and political development

distinguish the difference of western philosophers in culture and its development

explain successfully at least three of the following concepts: self and subjectivity; mind and consciousness; alienation, anxiety, and authenticity, freedom and determinism, gender, race, nationality, and social justice.

distinguish the role of language, meaning, and truth in philosophical inquiry and develop a philosophical analysis of a contemporary cultural, political, religious, or scientific problem.

ask new questions with sense of curiosity whatever they have been used experience and reason in daily life and sketch the key steps of sharing ideas in designing the presentation

REFERENCES

1. Anderson, W.T. (1995). The Fortana Postmodernism Reader. London: Fontana Press.
2. Butler, Christopher. (2002). Postmodernism: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
3. Datta, M. D. (1982). The Chief Currents of Contemporary Philosophy. Calcutta: Calcutta University Press.
4. McCallum, Dennis. (1996). The Death of Truth. USA: Bethany House Publishers.
5. Mitchell, Craig Vincent. (2007). Charts of Philosophy and Philosophers. USA: Zodervan.
6. Perelman, C. H. (1965). An Historical Introduction to Philosophical Thinking. New York: Random House.
7. Ridling, Zaine. PhD. (2001). Philosophy Then and Now: A Look Back at 26 Centuries of Thought, Part I to IV. Access Foundation, (eBook).
8. Shand, John. (1993). Philosophy and Philosophers. London: UCL Press.
9. Thilly, Frank. (1965). A History of Philosophy. Allahabad : Indian University Press.
10. Velasquez, Manuel. (2005). Philosophy. US: Thomson Wadsworth.

Module No. : Phil 2109

Module Name : The Cultural and Ethical Aspects of Environmental Conservation -II

TOTAL HOURS : (60) Hours

Lecture : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to provide a unique set of moral values and rules from world religions and ancient cultural views to guide human beings in their relationship with the environment. In addition, the course will provide an orientation about the notions of religion, it can be a powerful source for environmental conservation and protection and world religions, each in their own way, offer a unique set of moral values and rules to guide human beings in their relationship with the environment.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
• Ethical Views on Environmental Conservation and Sustainable Development (Hindu Views)
• Ethical Views of Nature of Taoism
• Ethical Views on Environmental Conservation and Sustainable Development (Myanmar views)

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to improve the understanding about religion which can evoke a kind of awareness in persons that is different from scientific or technological reasoning

to understand the terms of moral values in world religion

to learn how to appreciate and interpret the role of religion which is careful to observe moral teaching regarding the treatment of Nature

to upgrade their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening

to develop the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

to understand the role of cultural and ethical aspects in environmental conservation

to improve human responsibility to environmental conservation from each respective culture

organize the practical environmental research from religious awareness

make their new perspective to present new ideas in environmental conservation

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

identify the nature of environment and the role of moral values in environmental conservation

explain the ethics of environmental conservation and sustainable development as a social and moral guide in the human world

apply knowledge and values of eastern cultural tradition in solving environmental problems

initiate their new approaches to study sustainable development from philosophical point of view

REFERENCES

1. Engel, J . Ronald. (1993). Ethics of Environment and Development. London: Belhaven Press.
2. Garvey, James. (2008) The Ethics of Climate Change. London: Continuum International Publishing Group.
3. Kyi Kyi Hla, Daw. (2010). The Ethics of Environmental Conservation. Yangon: Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science.
4. Ministry of Foreign Affairs. (2009) Basic Diplomatic Skills (Lecture Notes). Yangon: Ministry of Foreign Affairs.
5. Paul W. Taylor (1986). Respect for Nature_A Theory of Environmental Ethics_. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press.
6. Robin Attfield (1991). The Ethics of Environmental Concern (2nd Edition). Athens & London: The University of Georgia Press.
7. UNESCO. (2004). Ethics in Asia-Pacific. Bangkok: UNESCO.

Third Year

BA Third Year (Semester-I)

Eng 3001 – English                        (Foundation)

Phil 3101 – Advanced Logic-I           (Core)

Phil 3102 – Western Aesthetics       (Core)

Phil 3103 – Philosophy of History-I           (Core)

Phil 3104 – Myanmar Culture and Myanmar Ways of Thinking-I         (Core)

*Elective – Student’s Choice (from Philosophy specialization)    (Elective)

BA Third Year (Semester-II)

Eng 3002 – English             (Foundation)

Phil 3107 – Advanced Logic-II             (Core)

Phil 3108 – Eastern Aesthetics             (Core)

Phil 3109 – Philosophy of History-II        (Core)

Phil 3110 – Myanmar Culture and Myanmar Ways of Thinking-II        (Core)

*Elective – Student’s Choice (from Philosophy specialization)    (Elective)

PhD

PhD PRELIMINARY COURSE

Phil 711 – Traditional Culture of the East and West                (Core)

Phil 712 – Philosophical Anthropology                                       (Core)

Phil 713 – Culture, Language and Art                                         (Core)

Phil 714 – Mythology, Culture and Religion                              (Core)

Daw Soe Soe Yu Hnin

Dr Soe Soe Yu Hnin
Assistant Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc ,
MSc, MRes, PhD (Microbiology)

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2015-2019),
Assistant Lecturer (2019 until now)

Field of Interest

:

Microbiology

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1) Mycorrnizal Association of Ten Selected Forb plants fromYangon University Campus and Its Effect on Hibiscus sabdariffa L. (Chinbaung) (Myanmar Academy of Arts andSciences (Vol. XIV, No. 4, June 2016, Pp 163 – 188),
(2) Fermentation Studies of Bioactive Fungal Strain Aspergillus sp. Ss 7 Isolated from Zingiber cassumunar Roxb. (Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVI, No. 4, October, 2018, 123 – 138),
(3) Isolation of Endophytic Fungal Strains from Selected Plants of Zingiberaceae and Their Antimicrobial activity (Universities Research Journal, August 2018, Vol. 10, No. 5),
(4) Isolation of Bioactive Compounds from Aspergillus sp. Produced from Rhizome of Zingiber cassumunar Roxb. (Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVII, No. 4, August, 2019, 123 – 138),
(5) Antimicrobial Compounds of Aspergillus sp. isolated from Zingiber cassumunar Roxb. (2nd Myanmar-Korea Conference Research Journal, August 2019, Vol. 1, 360 – 368)
(6) Active Metabolites of Aspergillus sp. Isolated from Alternanthera dentate (Moench) Stuchlik Ex R.E.FR. (Myanmar – China Conference, Breeding Elites Rice Varieties and Optimizing Their Cultivation in Myanmar, Venue- Mawlamyine University, 8th – 9th of October, 2019, Pp 33 – 43)

Telephone

:

09260374780

Email

:

sithuaungmin@uy.edu.mm

MA

MA First Year (Semester-I)

Phil 611 – Logic and Research Methodology    (Core)

Phil 612 – Social Philosophy             (Core)

Phil 613 – Axiological Studies            (Core)

Phil 614 – Special Topics in Eastern Philosophy       (Core)

MA First Year (Semester-II)

Phil 621 – Philosophy of Science            (Core)

Phil 622 – Philosophy of Historical Studies             (Core)

Phil 623 – Philosophy of Culture             (Core)

Phil 624 – Special Topics in Western Philosophy             (Core)

MA Second Year (Semester-I)

Phil 631 – Seminar-I             (Core)

Phil 632 – Seminar-II            (Core)

Phil 633 – Research and Progress Report            (Core)

Phil 634 – Research Outline and their Presentation             (Core)

MA Second Year (Semester-II)

Phil 641 – Research and Seminar           (Core)

Phil 642 – Thesis and Viva Voce             (Core)

MA (Qualifying) (Semester-I)

Phil 5201 – Issues in Indian Philosophy             (Core)

Phil 5202 – Issues in Western Philosophy -I             (Core)

Phil 5203 – Philosophy of Education-I             (Core)

Phil 5204 – Topics in Buddhism-I                         (Core)

Phil 5205 – Ethics of Virtue-I (Plato)            (Core)

Phil 5206 – Selected Philosophical Writing-I           (Core)

MA (Qualifying) (Semester-II)

Phil 5207 – Issues in Chinese Philosophy             (Core)

Phil 5208 – Issues in Western Philosophy -II           (Core)

Phil 5209 – Philosophy of Education-II             (Core)

Phil 5210 – Topics in Buddhism-II             (Core)

Phil 5211 – Ethics of Virtue-II (Aristotle)           (Core)

Phil 5212 – Selected Philosophical Writing-II             (Core)

U Sithu Aung Min

U Sithu Aung Min
Assistant Lecturer, Department of Botany

Academic Qualification

:

BSc (Hons.),
MSc, MRes (Microbiology)

Career history

:

Demonstrator (2015-2019),
Assistant Lecturer (2019 until now)

Field of Interest

:

Microbiology; Microbial Biotechnology, Food Microbiology, Pharmaceutical Microbiology

Publication

:

International and local publication
(1.) Effects of Plant Extracts and Commercial Bacteriocides on Erwinia chrysanthemi (Rhizome Rot Bacteria) in Banana Plants (International Journal of Trend in Sciencetific Research and Development (IJTSRD), 2019, July-August, Vol.3, Issue.5, 2077-2081)

Telephone

:

09260374780

Email

:

sithuaungmin@uy.edu.mm

Postgraduate

FIELDS OF RESEARCH FOR

POSTGRADUATE COURSE (MASTER AND DOCTORAL)

(depends on the choice of candidates)

(1) Metaphysics

Philosophy of Science

Mind and Body

Study of Metaphysical Theories

Metaphysical Concepts

(2)   Epistemology

Logic, Analytical Philosophy and Cognitive Science

Mind and Body

Study of Knowledge

Study of Epistemological Theories

(3)   Value Study

Ethics

Aesthetics

(4)    Social and Political Philosophy

Philosophy of Education

Philosophy of Law

Feminism

Social Philosophy in Literature

Political Concepts

(5)    Philosophy of Culture

Philosophy of Religion

Philosophical Anthropology

Folklore

Literature

(6)   Comparative Philosophy

First Year

B.A First Year ( IR Specialization ) (Semester I)

Foundation Courses

မြန်မာစာ-၁၀၀၂ (3) မြန်မာစာ

Eng 1001 – (3) English

Core Courses

IR 1101 –     (4) International Relations in Political Thought I

IR 1102 – (4) Introduction to International Relations I

* Elective Courses

Geog 1003 –   (3) Geography of Southeast Asian Countries

Hist 1003 –    (3) World History to 1500 I

AM 1001 –    (3) Aspects of Myanmar

*A student must take one course (3 credits), and can choose one elective (3 credits) offered by the Department of Myanmar, Geography and History.

IR-1101 International Relations in Political Thought I

Course Description

This course aims to introduce students to political thought of various philosophers including western and non-western thinkers as well as classical and modern thinkers. Students will be familiar with famous political thinkers’ different perspectives on human nature, society, justification of government and state, citizenships, liberty, justice, morality, war and peace.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able

to interpret, analyse and evaluate the arguments of the thinkers

to take their own position and stands on these debated issues.

Class organisation

This course is divided into sixteen (16) weeks. In each week, nearly three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two hours will be classwork.

Grading

Class Work

Students will be assessed on their participation and attendance in lectures. There will be one-time group presentation (three/four in each group). Students will individually need to submit an essay in which main arguments and thought of two or more thinkers on same issues are critically examined and analyzed in comparative way. Students have to sit three tutorial tests. All class activities will be worth 35 of the students overall final grade.

Class Participation                             5

Tutorial 10

Presentation                                        10

Academic Essay                                 10

Class Work Total                               35

Final Exam

There will be final exam at the end of all lectures. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 of the overall course grade.

IR-1102 Introduction to International Relations I

Course Description

The course aims to understand the basic concepts of International Relations among nation-states. The course will describe the linkages of conflict and cooperation between states. The course will also explain significant elements of national power and the nature of foreign policy and diplomacy.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

– to explore different types of state, nation and nation-state in modern state system

– to clarify elements of national power

-to analyze decision making actors and process through the nature of foreign policies

-to examine the criteria of diplomats through learning diplomacy

Class Organization: The course is divided into sixteen weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two hours will be classwork.

Readings: There are articles and textbook chapters assigned each week which will be provided with handouts.

Grading

Classwork (Attendance and Presentations)

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in reading circles. All class activities and attendance will be worth 35 of the students overall final grade.

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The Final exam will be comprehensive (i.e.., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 of the overall course grade.

B.A First Year ( IR Specialization ) (Semester II)

Foundation Courses
မြန်မာစာ-၁၀၀၂ (3) မြန်မာစာ
Eng 1002 – (3) English

Core Courses
IR 1103 – (4) International Relations in Political Thought II
IR 1104 – (4) Introduction to International Relations II
* Elective Courses
Geog 1004 – (3) Geography of Myanmar
Hist 1006 – (3) World History to 1500 II
AM 1002 – (3) Aspects of Myanmar

*A student must take one course (3 Credits) and can choose one elective (3 Credits ) offered by the Department of Myanmar, Geography and History .

IR- 1103: International Relations in Political Thought II

Course Description

This course aims to introduce students to political thought of various philosophers including western and non-western thinkers as well as classical and modern thinkers. Students will be familiar with famous political thinkers’ different perspectives on human nature, society, justification of government and state, citizenships, liberty, justice, morality, war and peace.

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course, students will be able

to interpret, analyse and evaluate the arguments of the thinkers

to take their own position and stands on these debated issues.

Class organisation

This course is divided into sixteen (16) weeks. In each week, nearly three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two hours will be class work.

Grading

Class Work

Students will be assessed on their participation and attendance in lectures. There will be one-time group presentation (three/four in each group). Students will individually need to submit an essay in which main arguments and thought of two or more thinkers on same issues are critically examined and analyzed in comparative way. Students have to sit three tutorial tests. All class activities will be worth 35 of the students overall final grade.

Class Participation                             5

Tutorial                                               10

Presentation                                        10

Academic Essay                                 10

Class Work Total                               35

Final Exam

There will be final exam at the end of all lectures. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

IR 1104- Introduction to International Relations II

Course Description

The course aims to focus on numerous elements of economic and military aspect of International Relations. The course will deal with major threats to global security during the post-cold war era. The course will also explore the salient features of non-state actors in International Relations which involve Regional and International organizations and International Non-governmental Organizations/Non-governmental Organizations (INGOs/NGOs).

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

to analyze the essential role of economic and military factors in International Relations

to identify major threats to the international security after the Cold War

to examine important functions of non-state actors in International Relations

Class Organization: The course is divided into sixteen weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two hours will be classwork.

Readings: There are articles and textbook chapters assigned each week which will be provided on handouts.

Grading

Classwork (tutorials, presentations, quiz)

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in reading circles. All class activities and attendance will be worth 35 marks of the students overall final grade.

Final Exam

There will be final exam at the end of all lectures. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Dr. Lin Lin Latt

Name

:

Dr. Lin Lin Latt

Designation

:

Professor / Head of Department

Department

:

Department of Psychology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

B.A (Hons) (Psychology), University of Yangon, 1996

M.A (Psychology), University of Yangon, 2000

Ph.D (Psychology), University of Yangon, 2007

Present Fields of Research

:

Social Psychology

Publications

:

Violence Against Women in Myanmar. 2009 (June), Vol. 7, No. No. 8, MAAS.

A Study of the Difference of Parenting Style between Urban and Sub-urban Areas. 2020 (September), Vol. 11, No. 1, YURJ

Second Year

B.A Second Year ( IR Specialization ) (Semester I)

Core Courses

IR 2101 – (4) Elements of Political Institutions I

IR 2102 – (4) Governments and Politics of Southeast Asia I

IR 2103 – (4) Post World War II International Relations

⃰ Elective Courses

Eco 2001 – (3) Principles of Economics

Law 2001- (3) Study of Law

Hist 2001-World History 1900

⃰ A student must choose any two elective courses offered by the Department of Economics, Law and History.

IR 2101     Elements of Political Institutions I

Course Description

The course aims to study the introduction of the nature, classification, functions of different political institutions. It will focus on types of constitution, state systems, and interactive relations between political institutions. Three branches of government (legislative, executive, and judiciary) will also be studied in the course.

Learning Outcomes

to understand the basic concepts of political institutions

to examine the specific role and essential functions of state, constitution and government

to analyze the differences and significances of political institutions in different political system

Class organization

The course is divided into sixteen (16) weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two hours will be assigned for presentation and quiz.

Grading

Classwork (Presentation, Assignment, quiz)                         35%

Final Exam Paper                                                                   65%

Final Exam

There will be a final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall grade course.

Attendance and Presentation

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures, quiz, tutorial, and their participation in group presentation in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students’ overall final grade.

IR 2102           Governments and Politics of Southeast Asia I

Course Description

This course will introduce the students to study the politics of the Southeast Asia region and regionalism, the role of international actors in SEA and the cold war in SEA. It aims to provide students with the understanding of domestic politics in Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore and Brunei countries. The system of governance, the party and electoral system, and an assessment of the state will be analyzed in each country. This course will also examine the socio-political, economic trends and developments, foreign policy of each country and their foreign relations with major powers such as US, China and Japan.

Learning Outcomes

to evaluate the process of political change and transition in Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore and Brunei

to analyse key trends of political and economic development in those countries

Class Organization

The course is divided into sixteen (16) weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two hours will be assigned for group activities, presentation and tutorials.

Grading

Class Work (Presentation/Assignment/Tutorials)                            35%

Final Exam Paper                                                                               65%

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 % of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures, tutorials and their participation in group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

IR 2103           Post World War II International Relations

Course Description

The course is designed to introduce the history of international relations after the Second World War. It aims to examine conflicts and cooperation between the two blocs that characterized a bipolar system. The main idea of the course is that the two superpowers confronted one another, the United States and the Soviet Union, although there was disagreement about whether this had led to peace and stability or to rising tension and insecurity.

Learning Outcomes

to identify and discuss key concepts in Post-World War II International Relations

to analyze specific issues, events and processes in global politics

Class Organization

The course is divided into sixteen (16) weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to   interactive lectures and two hours will be assigned for group activities, presentation and tutorials.

Grading

Class Work (Presentation/Assignment/Tutorials)                            35%

Final Exam Paper                                                                               65%

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 % of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures, tutorials and their participation in group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

B.A Second Year ( IR Specialization ) (Semester II)

Core Courses

IR 2104 – (4) Elements of Political Institutions II

IR 2105 – (4) Governments and Politics of Southeast Asia II

IR 2106 – (4) Post-Cold War II International Relations

⃰ Elective Courses

Eco 2002 – (3) International Trade

Law 2006 – (3) Introduction to International Law

Hist 2004 – (3) World History 1900

⃰ A student must choose any two elective courses offered by the Department of Economics, Law and History.

IR 2104       Elements of Political Institutions II

Course Description

This course aims to explore how the concepts of political institutions come to be essential in democratic countries. It will analyze the differences of party systems in democratic countries which have various types of elections, voting system in particular institutions. It will also examine the role of citizenships, civil society and media which are major parts of political institutions in democratic countries.

Learning Outcomes

After ending the course, the students will assess

-To understand the basic concepts of political institutions

-To criticize the differences of the party systems, elections system and voting system

-To explore the important of citizenships, civil society and media

Class Organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. Three hours will be taken for the lecture time and two hours will be had for other class activities during each week.

Grading:

a) Exam Marks 65 marks

b) Class activity (attendance, discussion and assignment, etc.)           35 marks

Final Exam

After ending the semester, all course descriptions will be completed for the final exam which is worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentation

Class participation (attendance, tutorial, discussion, presentation and assignment) is important for a student. Grade will be depended on the student’s activities. Plagiarism is strongly limited in the paper.

IR-2105-Governments and Politics of Southeast Asia II

Course Description

This course will introduce the students to the overview politics of the Southeast Asia region and regionalism, the international actors in SEA and the cold war in SEA. This course aims to provide students with the understanding of domestic politics in Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos, Thailand and the Philippines countries. Each country study includes an analysis of the system of governance, the party and electoral system, and an assessment of the state. This course will also examine the socio-political, economic trends and developments, foreign policy and foreign relations to the larger powers of the US, China and Japan.

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course, students will evaluate the process of political change and transition with the key trends and development in the Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos, Thailand and the Philippines politics.

Class Organization: The course is divided into sixteen (16) weeks. In each week, it will consist of interactive lectures, group activities, presentation and tutorials.

Grading

Class Work (Presentations/Assignment/Tutorials and Attendance)                                     35

Final Exam Paper                                                                                                       65

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

IR 2106         Post-Cold War International Relations

Course Description

This course aims to understand the nature of Cold War, major causes for the outbreak of cold war and the consequences of the Cold War. It will also focus on the role of external powers in the domestic affairs of a country and the unipolar world order which arise after the end of the cold war will be introduced. Students will learn what polarity is, what it means by uni-polarity and the pros and cons of the unipolar world order.

Learning Outcomes

to understand the basic concepts of the International relations in the post-cold war era

to analyze the changes in post-cold war period of International Relations

to explore the important in new ideas and theories after the cold war

Class Organization

The course is divided into sixteen (16) weeks. Three hours will be devoted to the interactive lectures and two hours will be taken for group discussion and assignment in each week.

Grading:

Class work (discussion and assignment)                35 %

Exam Marks 65 %

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 % of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentation

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures, tutorials, assignments and their participation in group presentation in tutorial time. All class activities and attendance will be worth 35 % of the students overall final grade.

Third Year

B.A Third Year ( IR Specialization ) (Semester I)

Core Courses

IR 3101 – (4) Government and Politics of USA

IR 3102 – (4) Current Issues in International Relations

IR 3103 – (4) Government and Politics of Myanmar

Eco 3001 – (4) Economic Development

Law 3002 – (4) International Law I

* Elective Courses

IR 3104 – (3) International Relations in Middle East I

IR 3105 – (3) International Relations in Latin America

Geog 3001 – (3) Elements of Political Geography I

*A student must choose any one elective course offered by the Department of International Relations and Geography.

IR 3101 Government and Politics of USA

Course Description

The objective of this course is to introduce key political concepts, ideas, institutions, policies, characteristics of the constitutional system, Supreme Court decisions, the relationships and interactions among political institutions, and political culture of the United States. The course aims to develop critical understanding of the strengths and weakness of the American political system as well as their rights and responsibilities as citizens. This course aims to explore history, the formation of the American system and how it shapes public policy.

Learning Outcomes

            At the end of the semester, the student will be able

to examine civil liberty and civil rights, civic participation in a representative democracy, policy-making decision process, and the Constitution

to identify and explain the formation, function, players, organizations, and institutions that make up the government system of the United States system of government

to analyze federalism, Separation of Powers and Check, and Balance system

Class Organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two or one hours will be devoted to tutorials and discussions.

Grading

Class Room Activities           35 marks (Attendance, Tutorial, Assignment, Discussions and Presentation)

Final Exam Paper                   65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Tutorials, Mini-tests and Presentations

Tutorials will be a range of actives and will aim to increase student’s understanding of the weekly readings and key concepts. In addition, tutorials will build student’s practical skill.

IR 3102 Current Issues in International Relations

Course Description

The course aims to explain causes and effects of current political and economic issues in International Relations. The course will identify sources of social issues among states. The course will also explore major factors in international cooperation to settle the issues.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

define root causes of current issues in IR

examine the effect of current issues and their impact among countries

clarify the development of political, economic and social issues in IR

Class Organization

This course is divided into sixteen (16) weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures.

Readings

There are articles and textbook chapters assigned each week which will be provided on handouts.

Grading

Attendance and Presentations 35 marks

Final Exam                                                                             65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The Final exam will be comprehensive (i.e.., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and interactive discussion in group presentations. Term paper will be included in 35% of the students’ overall final grade.

IR 3103 Government and Politics of Myanmar

Course Description

This course covers the political processes of Myanmar from the colonial period at the beginning of 1900 to current political atmosphere in Myanmar. Since Myanmar regained its independence from Britain in 1948, many challenges continue to face Myanmar, including ethnic peace, economic progress and addressing humanitarian needs. The instructor will start with the political development of Myanmar based on the religion since the early 1900s. Main areas of this course include constitutional interpretation and its implications, ethnic minority rights, faction in parties and organizations as well as the role of military in Myanmar’s politics. The basic idea of this course is to identify themes that have shaped contemporary political landscape of Myanmar. This course also discusses such factors as ethnic politics and legacies of colonial rule that Myanmar government has faced today.

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course, students will be able

to evaluate contemporary Myanmar politics by learning political history of Myanmar

to assess nature of political institutions and political parties in Myanmar

Class organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, three hours lectures will be devoted to interactive learning.

Grading

Class participation (tutorial, assignments, presentation, etc) 35 marks

Exam                                                                                                   65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The Final exam will be comprehensive (i.e.., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and interactive discussion in group presentations. Term paper will be included in 35% of the students’ overall final grade.

*Elective Course (Major)

IR-3104       International Relations in Middle East I

Course Description

This class aims to know the students about the geopolitical locations of Middle East and the emergence of the State of Israel in 1948. After establishing the State of Israel, four major wars appeared among Arab and Israel. International organizations and super powers countries involved the affairs of Middle East but Middle East’s situations cannot settle yet. Different non-states actors evolve and the current circumstances are more complex.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

-to understand the past and present conditions in Middle East,

-to analyze the various problems in Middle East and

-to use effective methods for settling Middle East’s affairs

Class Organization

The Course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, 3 hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and 2 hours will be classwork.

Grading

Class work (presentation, assignment, quiz)             35 marks

Final Exam paper                                                       65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive ( i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial, discussion, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

B.A Third Year ( IR Specialization ) (Semester II)

Core Courses

IR 3106 – (4) Contemporary US Foreign Policy

IR 3107 – (4) European Union

IR 3108- (4) Myanmar Foreign Relations since 1948

Eco 3002 – (4) International Finance

Law 3005 – (4) International Law II

* Elective Courses

IR 3109 – (3) International Relations in Middle East II

IR 3110 – (3 Environmental Issues

Geog 3002 – (3) Elements of Political Geography II

*A student must choose any one elective course offered by the Department of International Relations and Geography

IR 3106     Contemporary US Foreign Policy

Course Description

The prominent role of the United States and a global leader makes examining and understanding the actions that the U.S. takes toward the rest of the world and how these decisions are made important for both American and citizens of other nations alike. This course will explain and examine the contemporary United States foreign policy. It also aims to analyze history, theory, and perspectives on foreign policy issues to provide the student with a foundation for understanding the study of foreign policy and perspectives. In general, the foreign policy of the United States includes policy decisions regarding international issues and relationships with foreign countries.

Learning Outcomes

            At the end of the semester, the student will be able

to understand contemporary issues in the United States foreign policy

to predict and prescribe for the future of the US (eg, What policies should the U.S. adopt toward current problems and crises?)

to study how the United States’ relationship with the world has changed over time and how world events and U.S. foreign policy have mutually influenced one another.

Class Organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two or one hours will be devoted to tutorials and discussions.

Grading

Class Room Activities           35 marks (Attendance, Tutorial, Assignment, Discussions and Presentation)

Final Exam Paper                   65 marks

Tutorials, Mini-tests and Presentations

Tutorials will be a range of actives and will aim to increase student’s understanding of the weekly readings and key concepts. In addition, tutorials will build student’s practical skill.

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

IR 3107     European Union

Course Description

The course aims to explore the creation of new structure in Europe after the Second World War which involves in integration process of three broad areas: military, political and economic union. The course will explain major institutions of European Union and policy-making and law-making processes. The course will also review border management strategy in Europe and Beyond Brexit in the EU.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

To analyze the dominant role of European integration ideas around the world

to examine the economic and political importance of European Union as a group

to differentiate main functions of EU institutions

Class Organization

This course is divided into (16) weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures.

Readings

There are articles and textbook chapters assigned each week which will be provided on handouts.

Grading

Attendance and Presentations            35 marks

Final Exam                                                                             65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The Final exam will be comprehensive (i.e.., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and interactive discussion in group presentations. Term paper will be included in 35% of the students’ overall final grade.

IR 3108   Myanmar Foreign Relations since 1948

Course Description

Foreign policy is the actions of government officials designed to promote national interests beyond a country’s territorial boundaries. The study of foreign policy and relations is an ever-changing story of how states, institutions and people engage with one another within a dynamic international system. This class will explore the nature of foreign policy and analyze the factors which determine the formulation of the foreign policy. Then, the course illustrates Myanmar’s foreign relations in regional and global context and emphasize how Myanmar maintains friendly ties with all the countries of the world since 1948.

Learning Outcomes

  At the end of the course, the students will able:

to understand the factors which determine the formulation of the foreign policy

to interpret political, economic and social cooperation may bring about more cordial and close relations between neighbors

to analyze the pull and push factors may affect relations between Myanmar and its counterpart countries, the cools and even strained

Class organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures.

Grading

Class Work (presentation, assignments, attendance)                                    35 marks

Final Exam                                                                                         65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

*Elective Course (Major)

IR-3109       International Relations in Middle East II

Course Description

This lecture aims to understand the students about the past and present situations of Middle East and how to solve the various problem of the Middle East from the United Nations and other superpower countries. What are some conflicts in Middle East? Why did great powers want to influence in Middle East? Is the United Nations effective in keeping peace in Middle East?

Learning outcomes

After finishing the lectures, students will become

-to know the various organizations in Middle East,

-to analyze the previous issues in Middle East and

-to settle the current affairs in Middle East for future peace process.

Class Organization

The Course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, 3 hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and 2 hours will be classwork.

Grading

Class work (presentation, assignment, quiz)             35 marks

Final Exam paper                                                       65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive ( i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial, discussion, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

First Year (Honours)

B.A (HONS) First Year ( IR Specialization ) SEMESTER I

Core Courses

IR 3201 – (4) Government and Politics of USA

IR 3202 – (4) Current Issues in International Relations

R 3203 – (4) Government and Politics of Myanmar

Eco 3001 – (4) Economic Development

Law 3202 – (4) International Law I

* Elective Courses

IR 3204 – (3) International Relations in Middle East I

IR 3205 – (3) International Relations in Latin America

Geog 3001 – (3) Elements of Political Geography I

*A student must choose any one elective course offered by the Department of International Relations and Geography.

IR 3201 Government and Politics of USA

Course Description

The objective of this course is to introduce key political concepts, ideas, institutions, policies, characteristics of the constitutional system, Supreme Court decisions, the relationships and interactions among political institutions, and political culture of the United States. The course aims to develop critical understanding of the strengths and weakness of the American political system as well as their rights and responsibilities as citizens. This course aims to explore history, the formation of the American system and how it shapes public policy.

Learning Outcomes

            At the end of the semester, the student will be able

to examine civil liberty and civil rights, civic participation in a representative democracy, policy-making decision process, and the Constitution

to identify and explain the formation, function, players, organizations, and institutions that make up the government system of the United States system of government

to analyze federalism, Separation of Powers and Check, and Balance system

Class Organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two or one hours will be devoted to tutorials and discussions.

Grading

Class Room Activities            35 marks (Attendance, Tutorial, Assignment, Discussions and Presentation)

Final Exam Paper                    65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Tutorials, Mini-tests and Presentations

Tutorials will be a range of actives and will aim to increase student’s understanding of the weekly readings and key concepts. In addition, tutorials will build student’s practical skill.

IR 3202 Current Issues in International Relations

Course Description

The course aims to explain causes and effects of current political and economic issues in International Relations. The course will identify sources of social issues among states. The course will also explore major factors in international cooperation to settle the issues.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

define root causes of current issues in IR

examine the effect of current issues and their impact among countries

clarify the development of political, economic and social issues in IR

Class Organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures.

Readings

There are articles and textbook chapters assigned each week which will be provided on handouts.

Grading

Attendance and Presentations                                                            35 marks

Final Exam                                                                              65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The Final exam will be comprehensive (i.e.., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and interactive discussion in group presentations. Term paper will be included in 35% of the students’ overall final grade.

IR 3203           Government and Politics of Myanmar

Course Description

This course covers the political processes of Myanmar from the colonial period at the beginning of 1900 to current political atmosphere in Myanmar. Since Myanmar regained its independence from Britain in 1948, many challenges continue to face Myanmar, including ethnic peace, economic progress and addressing humanitarian needs. The instructor will start with the political development of Myanmar based on the religion since the early 1900s. Main areas of this course include constitutional interpretation and its implications, ethnic minority rights, faction in parties and organizations as well as the role of military in Myanmar’s politics. The basic idea of this course is to identify themes that have shaped contemporary political landscape of Myanmar. This course also discusses such factors as ethnic politics and legacies of colonial rule that Myanmar government has faced today.

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course, students will be able

to evaluate contemporary Myanmar politics by learning political history of Myanmar

to assess nature of political institutions and political parties in Myanmar

Class organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, three hours lectures will be devoted to interactive learning.

Grading

Class participation (tutorial, assignments, presentation)                     35 marks

Exam                                                                                                   65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The Final exam will be comprehensive (i.e.., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and interactive discussion in group presentations. Term paper will be included in 35% of the students’ overall final grade.

*Elective Course (Major)

IR-3204       International Relations in Middle East I

Course Description

This class aims to know the students about the geopolitical locations of Middle East and the emergence of the State of Israel in 1948. After establishing the State of Israel, four major wars appeared among Arab and Israel. International organizations and super powers countries involved the affairs of Middle East but Middle East’s situations cannot settle yet. Different non-states actors evolve and the current circumstances are more complex.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

-to understand the past and present conditions in Middle East,

-to analyze the various problems in Middle East and

-to use effective methods for settling Middle East’s affairs

Class Organization

The Course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, 3 hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and 2 hours will be classwork.

Grading

Class work (presentation, assignment, quiz)                     35 marks

Final Exam paper                                                       65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive ( i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade

.Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial, discussion, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

* Elective Course (Minor)

IR 3002 Current issues in International Relations (Law)

Course Description

This course will discuss political, security, economic and environmental issues of the world. Firstly, this course will cover political and security issues in the world such as the security cooperation among the US, Japan and India, Russia’s interest in the Arctic Region. Secondly, this module will examine the process of economic issues such as China’s Belt and Road Initiative, US-China trade conflict and economic tension between Japan and South Korea. Thirdly, this course will explore the environmental issues in current international relations such as global warming.

Learning Outcomes

The students will be able to analyze the situations of the international community, to identify the basic concept within and between states in the current issues of International Relations. The students will have the knowledge and skills to have a broad understanding of some of the most important ideas, issues and events in international relations.

Class organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures.

Grading

Classwork (assignment, tutorial and presentation)                 35 marks

Final Exam                                                                              65 marks

Final Exam

There will be a final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities, attendance will be worth 35 of the student’s overall final grade.

B.A (HONS) First Year ( IR Specialization ) SEMESTER II

Core Courses

IR 3206 – (4) Contemporary US Foreign Policy

IR 3207 – (4) European Union

R 3208- (4) Myanmar Foreign Relations since 1948

Eco 3002 – (4) International Finance

Law 3205 – (4) International Law II

* Elective Courses

IR 3209 – (3) International Relations in Middle East II

IR 3210 – (3 ) Environmental Issues

Geog 3002 – (3) Elements of Political Geography II

*A student must choose any one elective course offered by the Department of International Relations and Geography

IR 3206     Contemporary US Foreign Policy

Course Description

The prominent role of the United States and a global leader makes examining and understanding the actions that the U.S. takes toward the rest of the world and how these decisions are made important for both American and citizens of other nations alike. This course will explain and examine the contemporary United States foreign policy. It also aims to analyze history, theory, and perspectives on foreign policy issues to provide the student with a foundation for understanding the study of foreign policy and perspectives. In general, the foreign policy of the United States includes policy decisions regarding international issues and relationships with foreign countries.

Learning Outcomes

            At the end of the semester, the student will be able

to understand contemporary issues in the United States foreign policy

to predict and prescribe for the future of the US (eg, What policies should the U.S. adopt toward current problems and crises?)

to study how the United States’ relationship with the world has changed over time and how world events and U.S. foreign policy have mutually influenced one another.

Class Organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two or one hours will be devoted to tutorials and discussions.

Grading

Class Room Activities            35 marks (Attendance, Tutorial, Assignment, Discussions and Presentation)

Final Exam Paper                    65 marks

Tutorials, Mini-tests and Presentations

Tutorials will be a range of actives and will aim to increase student’s understanding of the weekly readings and key concepts. In addition, tutorials will build student’s practical skill.

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

IR 3207     European Union

Course Description

The course aims to explore the creation of new structure in Europe after the Second World War which involves in integration process of three broad areas: military, political and economic union. The course will explain major institutions of European Union and policy-making and law-making processes. The course will also review border management strategy in Europe and Beyond Brexit in the EU.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

To analyze the dominant role of European integration ideas around the world

to examine the economic and political importance of European Union as a group

to differentiate main functions of EU institutions

Class Organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures.

Readings

There are articles and textbook chapters assigned each week which will be provided on handouts.

Grading

Attendance and Presentations                                                            35 marks

Final Exam                                                                              65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The Final exam will be comprehensive (i.e.., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and interactive discussion in group presentations. Term paper will be included in 35% of the students’ overall final grade.

IR 3208   Myanmar Foreign Relations since 1948

Course Description

Foreign policy is the actions of government officials designed to promote national interests beyond a country’s territorial boundaries. The study of foreign policy and relations is an ever-changing story of how states, institutions and people engage with one another within a dynamic international system. This class will explore the nature of foreign policy and analyze the factors which determine the formulation of the foreign policy. Then, the course illustrates Myanmar’s foreign relations in regional and global context and emphasize how Myanmar maintains friendly ties with all the countries of the world since 1948.

Learning Outcomes

  At the end of the course, the students will able:

to understand the factors which determine the formulation of the foreign policy

to interpret political, economic and social cooperation may bring about more cordial and close relations between neighbors

to analyze the pull and push factors may affect relations between Myanmar and its counterpart countries, the cools and even strained

Class organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures.

Grading

Class Work (presentation, assignments, attendance)                                  35 marks

Final Exam                                                                                          65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

*Elective Course (Major)

IR-3209       International Relations in Middle East II

Course Description

This lecture aims to understand the students about the past and present situations of Middle East and how to solve the various problem of the Middle East from the United Nations and other superpower countries. What are some conflicts in Middle East? Why did great powers want to influence in Middle East? Is the United Nations effective in keeping peace in Middle East?

Learning outcomes

After finishing the lectures, students will become

-to know the various organizations in Middle East,

-to analyze the previous issues in Middle East and

-to settle the current affairs in Middle East for future peace process.

Class Organization

The Course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, 3 hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and 2 hours will be classwork.

Grading

Class work (presentation, assignment, quiz)                     35 marks

Final Exam paper                                                       65 marks

Final Exam

There will be final exam in week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive ( i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial, discussion, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

* Elective Course (Minor)

IR 3004 Current issues in International Relations (Law)

Course Description

This course will discuss political, security, economic and environmental issues of the world. Firstly, this course will cover political and security issues in the world such as the security cooperation among the US, Japan and India, Russia’s interest in the Arctic Region. Secondly, this module will examine the process of economic issues such as China’s Belt and Road Initiative, US-China trade conflict and economic tension between Japan and South Korea. Thirdly, this course will explore the environmental issues in current international relations such as global warming.

Learning Outcomes

The students will be able to analyze the situations of the international community, to identify the basic concept within and between states in the current issues of International Relations. The students will have the knowledge and skills to have a broad understanding of some of the most important ideas, issues and events in international relations.

Class organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures.

Grading

Classwork (assignment, tutorial and presentation)                 35 marks

Final Exam                                                                              65 marks

Final Exam

There will be a final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities, attendance will be worth 35 of the student’s overall final grade.

U Thant Zaw Moe

Name

:

U Thant Zaw Moe

Designation

:

Assistant Lecturer

Department

:

Department of Psychology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

BA (Hons) (Psychology), Monywa University, 2004
MA (Psychology), Mandalay University, 2006

E mail Address

:

thantzawmoe1@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

+95-9-444041518

Second Year (Honours)

B.A (HONS) Second Year ( IR Specialization ) SEMESTER I

Core Courses

IR 4201 – (4) Diplomacy I

IR 4202 – (4) IR of Southeast Asia

IR 4203 – (4) International Relations Theories

Eco 4001- (4) International Trade Policy and Issues

Law 4202 – (4) Administrative Law

Elective Courses

IR 4204 – (3) Governments and Politics of East Asia

IR 4205- (3) Myanmar-China Relations

A student must submit a research paper as a requirement for the degree of BA.

IR 4201              Diplomacy I

Course Description

This course aims to contribute the students for understanding the significance of diplomacy in international relations. It aims to focus on the evolution of diplomacy since civilization, role and functions of diplomacy in international relations. Diplomatic immunities, Cold War diplomacy, diplomacy in the 21^st century, functions of diplomatic mission and Ministry of Foreign Affairs will be studied in the course. Students will engage in group discussion, paper assignment and paper presentation for widening of their knowledge on diplomacy and quality of diplomat in international relations.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

to understand the changing trends of diplomacy in international relations

to analyze the diplomacy of small powers and major powers for achieving their interests

to enhance their knowledge on comprehensive role and functions of diplomacy in the 21^st century

Class Organization

The course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, 3 hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and 2 hours will be assigned for group discussion and paper presentation.

Grading

Class work (presentation, assignment)               35

Final Exam paper                                                65

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 % of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentation

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures, tutorials, assignments and their participation in group presentation in tutorial time. All class activities and attendance will be worth 35 % of the students overall final grade.

IR 4202           International Relations of Southeast Asia

Course Description

This class aims to familiarize students with the knowledge of the security and dynamics of international relations in Southeast Asia since the end of World War II. Firstly, this module will cover the development of Southeast Asia regionalism such as imaging Southeast Asia as a region, theoretical perspectives of IR in Asia, and the situation of Southeast Asia in the Cold War and Post-Cold War era. Next, this course will explore the role of such external powers as the United States, China, Australia, Japan, and India in Southeast Asia. Thirdly, this course will cover current regional challenges in building the ASEAN Community. Throughout the course, we will engage seminar discussions to evaluate the regionalism and regional cooperation in Southeast Asia and how ASEAN and its members have coped with several security challenges, and managed regional order and stability.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the semester, the student will be able

to understand the development of Southeast Asian regionalism,

to get familiar with the main Theoretical Perspectives of IR in Asia,

to analyze the situation of SEA in the Cold War and Post-Cold War era,

to identify and analyze the role of external powers in Southeast Asia, and

to analyze current regional challenges in building the ASEAN Community.

Class organization

The course is divided into sixteen (16) weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two hours will be classwork.

Grading

Classwork (Presentation, Assignment, quiz)                          35%

Final Exam Paper                                                                    65%

Final Exam

There will be a final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall grade course.

Attendance and Presentation

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures, quiz, tutorial, and for their participation in discussions, involving group presentation in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students’ overall final grade.

IR 4203              Theories of International Relations

Course Description

This course aims to analyze the important theories of International Relations. It will include four different types of International Relations theories such as Realism, Liberalism, Radicalism and Constructivism. The description on how to apply these theories in the issues of International Relations will also be presented.

Learning Outcomes

After ending the course, the students will assess

– to understand the basic concepts of theories of International Relations

– to criticize the differences of the Realism, Liberalism, Radicalism and Constructivism

– to explore the important of application of the International Relations Theories

Class Organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. Three hours will be taken for the lecture time and two hours will be had for other class activities during each week.

Grading:

Exam Marks                                                                                       65 marks

Class activity (attendance, discussion and assignment, etc.)           35 marks

Final Exam

After ending the semester, all course descriptions will be completed for the final exam which is worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentation

Class participation (attendance, tutorial, discussion, presentation and assignment) is important for a student. Grade will be depended on the student’s activities. Plagiarism is strongly limited in the paper.

IR 4204     Governments and Politics of East Asia

Course Description

This course aims to provide the students with clear understanding of politics and governments of East Asians countries as well as some issues between and among them. In addition, it also aims the students at learning how these countries try to solve their issues and how to interact with one another and what the United States’ policy towards East Asia and Pacific will be explored as well. In this sense, we’d like to focus on the politics and governments of only four countries: Japan, two Korea and China although the East Asian region is made up of eight countries.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

to analyze comparatively the democratic politics of Japan and South Korea,

to think about correlation between political system and economic development,

to understand China’s foreign and security policy in East Asia

Class Organization

The course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, 3 hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and 2 hours will be classwork

Grading

Class work (presentation, assignment, tutorial)              35

Final Exam paper                                                            65

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

IR-4205                      Myanmar-China Relations

Course Description

This course aims to provide students with a solid understanding of the situations of Myanmar-China Relations as a way of analysing Myanmar and China politics. Student will examine various determinant factors which influence and determine the Myanmar-China Relations. This course will provide students with critical thinking of various the dimensions, obstacles and opportunities in Myanmar-China Relations.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

to interpret the concept of Myanmar’s geopolitical situation

to access China’s foreign policy and Myanmar’s foreign policy

to examine the various dimensions of Myanmar-China Relations

to analyse the challenges and opportunities of Myanmar-China Relations in the 21^st

Class organisation

This course is divided into sixteen (16) weeks. In each week, two hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two hours will be devoted to tutorials.

Grading

Attendance and Presentations                                                35%

Final Exam                                                                  65%

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade.

B.A (HONS) Second Year ( IR Specialization ) SEMESTER II

Core Courses

IR 4206 – (4) Diplomacy II

IR 4207 – (4) ASEAN

IR 4208 – (4) United Nations

Eco 4002- (4) Economic Development of Myanmar

Law 4204 – (4) International Human Rights Law

Elective Courses

IR 4209 – (3) Governments and Politics of South Asia

IR 4210 – (3) Myanmar-India Relations

A student must submit a research paper as a requirement for the degree of BA.

IR 4206              Diplomacy II

Course Description

This course aims to contribute the students for understanding the significance of diplomacy in international relations. It aims to focus on the art of negotiation and the instruments of foreign policy in international relations. The necessary arrangements for pre- negotiation and negotiation stages, difficulties and limitations for achieving the successful negotiations and the significant role of military strength and economic wealth in foreign policy formulation will be examined in the course. Students will engage in group discussion, paper assignment and paper presentation for widening of their knowledge on negotiation and international relations.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

to understand the problems and approaches for achieving a successful negotiation

to analyze the instruments of foreign policy formulation with IR theories

to promote the negotiation skills in dealing with their social and working environment

Class Organization

The course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, 3 hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and 2 hours will be class work.

Grading

Class work (presentation, assignment)               35

Final Exam paper                                                65

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentation

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures, tutorials, assignments and their participation in group presentation in tutorial time. All class activities and attendance will be worth 35 % of the students overall final grade.

IR 4207                       ASEAN

Course Description

On regards with studying ASEAN, most of the students in Myanmar has developed a perception that ASEAN is a mere “Talk shop” or ASEAN is a semi-EU international institution. The reason is mainly because to understand ASEAN, it is to look from a new lens which is not the lens of Realism, through power or the lens of Liberalism, which is through benefits from cooperation, but from the lens of Constructivism, which emphasize on the reason why ASEAN came together and How they can build a Unity among diversity.

Learning Outcomes

After ending the course, the students will assess

– to understand the basic concepts of the ASEAN

– to criticize the non-interference principle of ASEAN

– to develop a theoretical concept on the progress of ASEAN

Class Organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. Three hours will be taken for the lecture time and two hours will be had for other class activities during each week.

Grading

Exam Marks                                                                                       65 marks

Class activity (attendance, discussion and assignment, etc.)           35 marks

Final Exam

After ending the semester, all course descriptions will be completed for the final exam which is worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentation

Class participation (attendance, tutorial, discussion, presentation and assignment) is important for a student. Grade will be depended on the student’s activities. Plagiarism is strongly limited in the paper.

IR 4208                       The United Nations

Course Description

IR 4108 is a course that students will study about the history of the United Nations, its structure, main bodies and agencies and also challenges and opportunities that the UN faces in the 21st century. It also introduces students to the academic discussion about the role of the UN in the contemporary world politics. In this course students will examine the strength and weakness of UN in place of overcoming the global challenges. Moreover, students will consider that how does UN response to the pressure of globalization, and whether UN’s performances are converging with those of the Great Power countries and then can determine the positions of Great Powers in the international affairs. In addition, students are expected to be familiar with central theories of international relations regarding the UN and can also understand the unique position of the UN system in the world politics.

Learning Outcomes

By learning this course, the students will be able

– to understand the role of the United Nations in global politics

– to examine the achievements and weakness of UN’s performance in global challenges

– to criticize the impacts of UN’s intervention over some countries

Class Organization

This course is divided into sixteen weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two hours will be group discussion.

Grading

Tutorials                                                          10%

Group Presentation & Assignment                 25%

Final Exam                                                      65%

Final Exam

The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e, it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade. The exam will include materials from lectures, tutorials and discussion topics.

Presentation and Tutorials–Groups will be formed based on students’ portion and assigned topics for presentation. The presentation topics are based on course readings and outside research. Tutorials will include a range of lectures and will aim to increase student’s understanding of the weekly readings and key concepts. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

IR 4109          Governments and Politics of South Asia

Course Description

The aims of this course are to provide the students with clear understanding of politics and governments of South Asian countries as well as some issues between and among them. In addition, it also aims the students at learning how these countries try to establish their governments and politics and how to interact with one another will be explored as well. In this sense, we’d like to focus on the politics and governments of only Four countries: India, Pakistan, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka although the South Asian region is made up of eight countries.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

to realize about good governance as prerequisite for rapid growth and sustained economic development,

to help them think critically about democratic politics,

to assess what is the best political system for their country

Class Organization

The course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, 3 hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and 2 hours will be classwork.

Grading

Class work (presentation, assignment, tutorial)                   35

Final Exam paper                                                                 65

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

IR-4210                      Myanmar-India Relations

Course Description

This course aims to provide students with a solid understanding of the situations of Myanmar-India Relations as a way of analysing Myanmar and India politics. Students will explore the importance of Myanmar-India Relations to implement the Indo-Pacific strategy. Student will examine various determinant factors which influence and determine the Myanmar-India Relations. This course will provide students with critical thinking of various the dimensions, obstacles and opportunities in Myanmar-India Relations.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

to interpret the concept of Myanmar’s geopolitical situation

to access India’s foreign policy and Myanmar’s foreign policy

to examine the various dimensions of India-Myanmar Relations

to analyse the challenges and opportunities of India-Myanmar Relations under the Indo-Pacific strategy

Class organisation

This course is divided into sixteen (16) weeks. In each week, two hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two hours will be devoted to tutorials.

Grading

Attendance and Presentations                                    35%

Final Exam                                                      65%

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade.

Third Year (Honours & Qualifying)

B.A (HONS & MA(Q)) Third Year ( IR Specialization ) SEMESTER I

IR – 5101/5201         Conflict Management and Conflict Resolution I

Course Description

The course aims to introduce conceptual framework on conflict management and resolution, and role of states, and non-state actors in conflict resolution .It also aims to provide students with an understanding of theory and practical cases to highlight nature of solutions of international conflicts.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, students will be able

to understand theoretical perspectives on conflict management and resolution

to analyze basic causes of conflict

to identify approaches in conflict resolution with cases

Class Organization

The course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week three hours will be for interactive lectures and two hours will be class works.

Grading

Classwork (Attendance, assignment, Quiz) –   35%

Final exam                          –    65% (Closed Book)

Final Exam

The final exam will cover 65% of the overall course grade and will be held in Week 16. It will be a comprehensive exam covering the entire semester. It will be a closed book exam.

Attendance and Presentation

Students will be assessed on their attendance, quiz, and assignment for 35% of the course grade. The assignment will include a group presentation and paper.

IR-5101/5201 Geopolitics and International Relations I

Description of the course

Geopolitics, traditionally the study of power relations across geographic space, has transformed to embrace the cyber domain and the geopolitics of sustainability. Critical issue areas such as the geopolitical impacts of climate change and resource competition are studied alongside enduring classical themes, notably sea power and the return of great power rivalry. The geo-strategies employed by global and regional actors, including China, the United States, and Russia across global regions, are examined through the lens of geopolitical theory. This analytical approach is accompanied by historical and regional-cultural contexts, providing students with knowledge and understanding of the dynamics of contemporary geopolitical challenges.

Learning Outcomes

After completing the module successfully, the students will be able to have the following competences:

Becoming familiar with socio-economic, political, and environmental processes in contemporary global political issues;

Using key social science and geographic concepts to analyze the processes which shape and reshape these issues;

Thinking critically about contemporary global political issues and explore how to handle them from the perspective of IR;

Understanding of central geopolitical perspectives for dimensions in disaster situations

Teaching Methodology

The cause is taught with four specific teaching methods: lecturing, group discussions in the class, contributing tutorial tests and presentations. The course combines with 14 lecturers (2 hours for each lecture) in one semester. Main concepts and certain geopolitical theories are basically emphasized in each lecture.

Assessment

Class work (tutorials, group presentations, assignments) – 25%

Attendance                                    – 10%

Exam paper                                    _ 65%

Total                                         – 100%

IR – 5104/5204 National Security and Human Security I

Course description

The course is divided into four parts. The first part deals with the major theories of international relations and their theoretical perceptions on security. The second parts focuses on the collective security involving the study of the regional and international security organizations. The third parts explores the security paradigm shift and non-traditional security issues. Finally, the course concludes with the study of human security.

Class Organization

These four parts will be covered within the sixteen weeks lecturers. Each week will involve: 3 hours lecture and 2 hours discussion.

Learning Outcomes

  This course explores the security studies through two different domains: national security and human security. It will take theoretical understanding of the security to examine how the actors and institutions have been working in the international relations. It will consider the changing pattern of security studies and the significant of people-centered security approach. The students will be expected to gain a better understanding on the security studies through different theoretical perspectives at the end of the semester.

Materials: “Paul D. Williams. ‘Security Studies: An Introduction’, Security Studies: An Introduction. London: Routledge (2013) “ will be the major reading for every week. Other relevant readings such as articles will be provided for every week.

Assessments:

Article review: 20% (Students have to submit weekly article review)

Multiple Choice Exam: 15% ( this assessment will be done after week 14 lecture)

Exam: 65%

B.A (HONS & MA(Q)) Third Year ( IR Specialization ) SEMESTER II

IR 5105/ 5205-Conflict Management and Conflict Resolution II

Course Description

The course aims to provide students with an understanding of models of conflict resolution , mediation, and nature of international conflicts .It also aims to examine strategies of mediation and international conflict resolution with practical cases.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, students will be able

to understand models of international conflict resolution

to distinguish tension, disputes and conflict in international relations

to identify strategies of mediation with cases

Class Organization

The course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week three hours will be for interactive lectures and two hours will be class works.

Grading

Classwork (Attendance, assignment, Quiz) –   35%

Final exam                          –   65% (Closed Book)

Final Exam

The final exam will be in week 16 and will cover 65% of the overall course grade. It will be a comprehensive exam covering the entire semester. It will be a closed book exam.

Attendance and Presentation

Students will be assessed on their attendance, quiz, and assignment for 35% of the course grade. The assignment will include a group presentation and paper.

IR- 5107/5207 Geopolitics and International Relations II

Course Description and Objectives

Generally, Geopolitics is a broad spectrum of studying the geographic perspective to aid in understanding the dynamics of contemporary global politics, including issues related to global power struggles, nationalist conflicts, border dynamics, the global military actions over terrorism, peace movements, resource conflicts, and the politics of climate change. This course aims to provide the students with a greater understanding of the subdivision of the international politics called “geopolitics”, how it works, how it can be used to assess the capabilities of a state, a region, or a union of states in terms of their domestic and foreign policy orientations in international relations. In this course, different aspects of the geopolitical approach will be analysed the changing context of geographical, cultural, and political divergent.

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course, the students are expected to have a greater knowledge on how to assess geopolitical issues, improve their understanding of foreign policy and international system analyses. It is also hoped that students will have a firm grasp of conceptual & theoretical explorations of the core concepts of strategy and related debates and controversies from a global perspective based on their sound knowledge and understanding. Moreover, they are able to analyze the geopolitical principles and strategies within the international relations system with well-developed judgement.

Teaching Methodology

The cause is taught with four specific teaching methods: lecturing, group discussions in the class, contributing tutorial tests and presentations. The course combines with 14 lecturers (2 hours for each lecture) in one semester. Main concepts and certain geopolitical theories are basically emphasized in each lecture.

Assessment

Class work (tutorials, group presentations, assignments) – 25%

Attendance                                    – 10%

Exam paper                                    _ 65%

Total                                         – 100%

IR 5108/5208- National Security and Human Security II

Course description

The course is divided into three parts. The first part explores the meaning of national security in relation to the nature of the state, the nature of threats and individual security. The second parts focuses on developing a national security policy. The third parts aims to study human security.

Class Organization

These three parts will be covered within the sixteen weeks lecturers. Each week will involve: 3 hours lecture and 2 hours discussion.

Objectives and learning outcomes

This course aims to improve students’ in depth understanding on security and its components and at the end of the semester, students are expected to gain the knowledge of national security and human security from various aspects.

Materials: “People, States and Fear: The National Security Problem in International Relations” by Barry Buzan and other relevant readings such as articles will be provided for every week.

Assessments:

Policy Brief ( Defense White Paper): 15% ( Students will have to submit the policy brief on Myanmar Defense White Paper)

Major Essay: 20% ( 1500 words essay will have to be submitted before the exam)

Exam: 65%

Fourth Year

B.A Fourth Year (Semester I)

Core Courses

IR 4101 – (4) Diplomacy I

IR 4102 – (4) Research Design & Method

IR 4103 – (4) International Relations Theories

Eco 4001- (4) International Trade Policy and Issues

Law 4002 – (4) Administrative Law

Elective Courses

IR 4104 – (3) Governments and Politics of East Asia

IR 4105- (3) Myanmar-China Relations

A student must submit a research paper as a requirement for the degree of BA.

IR 4101             Diplomacy I

Course Description

This course aims to contribute the students for understanding the significance of diplomacy in international relations. It aims to focus on the evolution of diplomacy since civilization, role and functions of diplomacy in international relations. Diplomatic immunities, Cold War diplomacy, diplomacy in the 21^st century, Functions of diplomatic mission and Ministry of Foreign Affairs will be studied in the course. Students will engage in group discussion, paper assignment and paper presentation for widening of their knowledge on diplomacy and quality of diplomat in international relations.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

to understand the changing trends of diplomacy in international relations

to analyze the diplomacy of small powers and major powers for achieving their interests

to enhance their knowledge on comprehensive role and functions of diplomacy in 21^st century

Class Organization

The course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, 3 hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and 2 hours will be assigned for group discussion and paper presentation.

Grading

Class work (presentation, assignment)           35

Final Exam paper                                           65

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 % of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentation

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures, tutorials, assignments and their participation in group presentation in tutorial time. All class activities and attendance will be worth 35 % of the students overall final grade.

IR 4103                       Theories of International Relations

Course Description

This course aims to analyze the important theories of International Relations. It will include four different types of International Relations theories such as Realism, Liberalism, Radicalism and Constructivism. The description on how to apply these theories in the issues of International Relations will also be presented.

Learning Outcomes

After ending the course, the students will assess

– to understand the basic concepts of theories of International Relations

– to criticize the differences of the Realism, Liberalism, Radicalism and Constructivism

– to explore the important of application of the International Relations Theories

Class Organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. Three hours will be taken for the lecture time and two hours will be had for other class activities during each week.

Grading:

Exam Marks                                                                                      65 marks

Class activity (attendance, discussion and assignment, etc.)                      35 marks

Final Exam

After ending the semester, all course descriptions will be completed for the final exam which is worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentation

Class participation (attendance, tutorial, discussion, presentation and assignment) is important for a student. Grade will be depended on the student’s activities. Plagiarism is strongly limited in the paper.

IR 4104     Governments and Politics of East Asia

Course Description

This course aims to provide the students with clear understanding of politics and governments of East Asians countries as well as some issues between and among them. In addition, it also aims the students at learning how these countries try to solve their issues and how to interact with one another and what the United States’ policy towards East Asia and Pacific will be explored as well. In this sense, we’d like to focus on the politics and governments of only four countries: Japan, two Korea and China although the East Asian region is made up of eight countries.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

to analyze comparatively the democratic politics of Japan and South Korea,

to think about correlation between political system and economic development,

to understand China’s foreign and security policy in East Asia

Class Organization

The course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, 3 hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and 2 hours will be classwork

Grading

Class work (presentation, assignment, tutorial)              35

Final Exam paper                                                            65

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

IR-4105                     Myanmar-China Relations

Course Description

This course aims to provide students with a solid understanding of the situations of Myanmar-China Relations as a way of analysing Myanmar and China politics. Student will examine various determinant factors which influence and determine the Myanmar-China Relations. This course will provide students with critical thinking of various the dimensions, obstacles and opportunities in Myanmar-China Relations.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

to interpret the concept of Myanmar’s geopolitical situation

to access China’s foreign policy and Myanmar’s foreign policy

to examine the various dimensions of Myanmar-China Relations

to analyse the challenges and opportunities of Myanmar-China Relations in the 21^st

Class organisation

This course is divided into sixteen (16) weeks. In each week, two hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two hours will be devoted to tutorials.

Readings

Readings from a variety of sources will be available to students through the course. The main textbooks will be “In the name of Pauk-Paw: Myanmar’s China Policy since 1948”, by Maung Aung Myoe and Modern China- Myanmar Relations: Dilemmas of Mutual Dependence, by David I. Steinberg and Hongwei Fan. Chapters from the book of Myanmar: Reintegrating into the International Community will also be used.

Grading

Attendance and Presentations                                                35%

Final Exam                                                                 65%

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade.

B.A Fourth Year (Semester II)

Core Courses

IR 4106 – (4) Diplomacy II

IR 4107 – (4) ASEAN

IR 4108 – (4) United Nations

Eco 4002- (4) Economic Development of Myanmar

Law 4004 – (4) International Human Rights Law

Elective Courses

IR 4109 – (3) Governments and Politics of South Asia

IR 4110 – (3) Myanmar-India Relations

A student must submit a research paper as a requirement for the degree of BA.

IR 4106               Diplomacy II

Course Description

This course aims to contribute the students for understanding the significance of diplomacy in international relations. It aims to focus on the art of negotiation and the instruments of foreign policy in international relations. The necessary arrangements for pre- negotiation and negotiation stages, difficulties and limitations for achieving the successful negotiations and the significant role of military strength and economic wealth in foreign policy formulation will be examined in the course. Students will engage in group discussion, paper assignment and paper presentation for widening of their knowledge on negotiation and international relations.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

to understand the problems and approaches for achieving a successful negotiation

to analyze the instruments of foreign policy formulation with IR theories

to promote the negotiation skills in dealing with their social and working environment

Class Organization

The course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, 3 hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and 2 hours will be class work.

Grading

Class work (presentation, assignment)             35

Final Exam paper                                             65

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade

Attendance and Presentation

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures, tutorials, assignments and their participation in group presentation in tutorial time. All class activities and attendance will be worth 35 % of the students overall final grade.

IR 4107                       ASEAN

Course Description

On regards with studying ASEAN, most of the students in Myanmar has developed a perception that ASEAN is a mere “Talk shop” or ASEAN is a semi-EU international institution. The reason is mainly because to understand ASEAN, it is to look from a new lens which is not the lens of Realism, through power or the lens of Liberalism, which is through benefits from cooperation, but from the lens of Constructivism, which emphasize on the reason why ASEAN came together and How they can build a Unity among diversity.

Learning Outcomes

After ending the course, the students will assess

– to understand the basic concepts of the ASEAN

– to criticize the non-interference principle of ASEAN

– to develop a theoretical concept on the progress of ASEAN

Class Organization

This course is divided into 16 weeks. Three hours will be taken for the lecture time and two hours will be had for other class activities during each week.

Grading:

Exam Marks                                                                                      65 marks

Class activity (attendance, discussion and assignment, etc.)                     35 marks

Final Exam

After ending the semester, all course descriptions will be completed for the final exam which is worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentation

Class participation (attendance, tutorial, discussion, presentation and assignment) is important for a student. Grade will be depended on the student’s activities. Plagiarism is strongly limited in the paper.

IR 4108 The United Nations

Course Description

IR 4108 is a course that students will study about the history of the United Nations, its structure, main bodies and agencies and also challenges and opportunities that the UN faces in the 21st century. It also introduces students to the academic discussion about the role of the UN in the contemporary world politics. In this course students will examine the strength and weakness of UN in place of overcoming the global challenges. Moreover, students will consider that how does UN response to the pressure of globalization, and whether UN’s performances are converging with those of the Great Power countries and then can determine the positions of Great Powers in the international affairs. In addition, students are expected to be familiar with central theories of international relations regarding the UN and can also understand the unique position of the UN system in the world politics.

Learning Outcomes

By learning this course, the students will be able

– to understand the role of the United Nations in global politics

– to examine the achievements and weakness of UN’s performance in global challenges

– to criticize the impacts of UN’s intervention over some countries

Class Organization

This course is divided into sixteen weeks. In each week, three hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two hours will be group discussion.

Grading

Tutorials                                                         10%

Group Presentation & Assignment                25%

Final Exam                                                     65%

Final Exam

The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e, it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade. The exam will include materials from lectures, tutorials and discussion topics.

Presentation and Tutorials–Groups will be formed based on students’ portion and assigned topics for presentation. The presentation topics are based on course readings and outside research. Tutorials will include a range of lectures and will aim to increase student’s understanding of the weekly readings and key concepts. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

IR 4109          Governments and Politics of South Asia

Course Description

The aims of this course are to provide the students with clear understanding of politics and governments of South Asian countries as well as some issues between and among them. In addition, it also aims the students at learning how these countries try to establish their governments and politics and how to interact with one another will be explored as well. In this sense, we’d like to focus on the politics and governments of only Four countries: India, Pakistan, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka although the South Asian region is made up of eight countries.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

to realize about good governance as prerequisite for rapid growth and sustained economic development,

to help them think critically about democratic politics,

to assess what is the best political system for their country

Class Organization

The course is divided into 16 weeks. In each week, 3 hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and 2 hours will be classwork.

Grading

Class work (presentation, assignment, tutorial)                   35

Final Exam paper                                                                 65

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65 marks of the overall course grade.

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

IR-4110                      Myanmar-India Relations

Course Description

This course aims to provide students with a solid understanding of the situations of Myanmar-India Relations as a way of analysing Myanmar and India politics. Students will explore the importance of Myanmar-India Relations to implement the Indo-Pacific strategy. Student will examine various determinant factors which influence and determine the Myanmar-India Relations. This course will provide students with critical thinking of various the dimensions, obstacles and opportunities in Myanmar-India Relations.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the semester, the students will be able

to interpret the concept of Myanmar’s geopolitical situation

to access India’s foreign policy and Myanmar’s foreign policy

to examine the various dimensions of India-Myanmar Relations

to analyse the challenges and opportunities of India-Myanmar Relations under the Indo-Pacific strategy

Class organisation

This course is divided into sixteen (16) weeks. In each week, two hours will be devoted to interactive lectures and two hours will be devoted to tutorials.

Readings

Readings from a variety of sources will be available to students through the course. The main textbooks will be India-Myanmar Relations: Changing Contours, by Rajiv Bhatia and India-Myanmar Relations: Historical Links to Contemporary Convergences, by Lipi Ghosh and other authors. The related Articles will also be used.

Grading

Attendance and Presentations                                    35%

Final Exam                                                     65%

Attendance and Presentations

Students will be assessed on their attendance in lectures and tutorials and for their participation in tutorial discussions, including group presentations in tutorial time. All tutorial activities and attendance will be worth 35% of the students overall final grade.

Final Exam

There will be final exam in Week 16. The final exam will be comprehensive (i.e., it will cover the entire semester) and be worth 65% of the overall course grade.

MA

Modules for International Relations Specialization

(Master of Arts Degree)

IR (First Year)

Semester I

IR 611      International Relations of Asia Pacific I

IR 612     Major Issues in International Relations

IR 613     International Relations: Theories and Approaches

IR 614     International Political Economy I

Semester II

IR 621    International Relations of Asia Pacific II

IR 622     International Relations of Central Asia

IR 623     Globalization: Ecological Issues

IR 624     International Political Economy II

IR (Second Year)

Semester I

IR 631    Research Progress Report

IR 632   Research & Seminar

Semester II

Research

PS (First Year)

Semester I

Semester II

*Modules for Political Science specialization are being discussed.

PS (Second Year)

Semester I

Semester II

*Modules for Political Science specialization are being discussed.

PhD

Modules for International Relations Specialization

(PhD Preliminary Course)

Ph D

Preliminary

IR 711       Myanmar Foreign Policy

IR 712      United Nations and Myanmar

IR 713      Regional Development in Asia

IR 714      Treaties, Agreements & Conventions

Modules for Diploma in International Relations (DIR)

DIR

Semester I

D IR Module I      Elements of International Relations I

D IR Module II     Elements of Political Institutions I

DIR Module III     Diplomacy I

D IR Module IV    Current Issues in International Relations I

Semester II

D IR Module V     Elements of International Relations II

D IR Module VI    Elements of Political Institutions II

DIR Module VII    Governments of Southeast Asia

D IR Module V III Current Issues in International Relations II

Modules for Diploma in Political Science (DPS)

Semester I

DPS Module I      International Relations in Political Thought

DPS Module II     Essentials of International Relations

DPS Module III     Comparative Politics

DPS Module IV    Public Administration

Semester II

DPS Module V     Foreign Policy Formulation

DPS Module VI    Elements of Political Institutions

DPS Module VII    Comparative Politics

DPS Module VIII   Public Policy

Dr Kay Lwin Tun

Name

:

Dr Kay Lwin Tun

Present Appointment

:

Professor(Head)

Department

:

Fisheries and Aquaculture, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a) B.Sc (Hons), Zoology, University of Yangon,Myanmar
(b) M.Sc (Aquatic Bioscience), The University of Tokyo, Japan
(c) Ph.D (Aquatic Bioscience), The University of Tokyo, Japan

Career history

:

(a) Tutor (1997 – 2005)
(b) Assistant Lecturer (2005 – 2010)
(c) Lecturer (2010 – 2015)
(d) Invitation Fellowships (JSPS, The University of Tokyo) (2014)
(e) Associate Professor (2015 – 2018)
(f) Invited Researcher (University of Arizona) (2017)
(g) Professor (2018-2021)

(e) Head of Department (2021 to date)

Course taught

:

I have lectured and given practical classes to students on the undergraduates and graduate courses at University of Yangon, Myanmar since 2008. Theses lectures were on aquaculture productions, water quality, the diseases of aquatic organisms, their pathology, impact to commercial fisheries and research methodology. The lectures were augmented with practical classes on how to detect, observe and collect the diseases from freshwater and marine aquatic organisms and how to measure water quality in aquaculture farms.

Supervising

:

(2 ) B.Sc (Hons) student,
(3) MRes students,
(21) PhD students

Research interest

:

(a) Aquatic animal diseases, OIE listed aquatic animal diseases
(b) Climate change impact in aquaculture and fisheries
(c) Reproductive development of aquatic organisms
(d) Ecosystem approach to fisheries and aquaculture management
(e) Curriculum development of fisheries and aquaculture intertiary education

(f) Quality Assurance in Higher Education

Awards

:

(1) The Hitachi Glogal Foundation Asia Innovtion Award 2020 (November, 2020)
(2)Asia Research Centre, Research Grant (2020-2021)Diagnosis and Biosecurity management of shrimp diseases in aquaculture farms
(3)Department of Higher Education (2021-2022)Investigation on giant mass mortality of clam in Rakhine Coastal Region
(4)Ayeyarwaddy Fisheries Development Company Award (2019) “Development of Fish Diseases Education in University of Yangon”
(5) Deutsche Gesellschaft für international Zusammenarbeit (GIZ),‘Myanmar Sustainable Aquaculture Programme (MYSAP)’ “ Establishment of 201Fisheries and Aquaculture Programme in University of Yangon” (2018-2021) (equipped the teaching facilities such as two classrooms, six laboratories and the wastewater treatment system for the laboratories)
(6)FAO Project FMM/RAS/298/MUL (2020-2021) “Strengthening capacities, policies and national action plans on prudent and responsible use of antimicrobials in fisheries
(7)Project Leader, Oregon State University, Aqua Fish Innovation Lab (2016-2017) “Capacity building of University faculty in Myanmar in aquaculture production science”
(8)Country Co-principal-Investigator. (2014-2017) “USAID’s Developing a Sustainable Seafood Industry Infrastructure in Myanmar”
(9)Honjo International Scholarship Foundation Young Researcher’s Fellowship, Japan. (2012-2013) Infection dynamics of Myxidium sp. (Myxozoa) in Rohu, Labeo rohita
(10)Department of Higher Education (Lower Myanmar) (2013). grant (Myanmar government funded grant) “Development of basic manual histology techniques in Universities in Myanmar”
(11)Department of Higher Education (Lower Myanmar) grant (2012-13). (Myanmar government funded grant) “Effect of gender separation on growth rate of Oreochromis sp.”
(12)Department of Higher Education (Lower Myanmar) grant (2012-13). (Myanmar government funded grant) “Development of small-scale culture of mud eel,　Monopterus albus”
(13)Department of Higher Education (Lower Myanmar) grant (2011-12). Myanmar government funded grant: “Reproductive development of monosex and mixed sex Oreochromis sp.”
(14)Asia Research Center (Yangon University) Research Grant. (2010). Morphology and molecular identification of Labeo rohita from Ayeyarwaddy River
(15)Honjo International Scholarship (2004-2007). Fully funded to attend the PhD programme in The University of Tokyo, Japan
(16)The Okazaki Kaheita International Scholarship (2001-2003). Fully funded to attend the MSc programme in The University of Tokyo, Japan

Research interest

:

(a)Aquatic animal diseases, OIE listed aquatic animal diseases
(b) Climate change impact in aquaculture and fisheries
(c) Reproductive development of aquatic organisms
(d) Ecosystem approach to fisheries and aquaculture management
(e) Curriculum development of fisheries and aquaculture in tertiary education
(f) Quality Assurance in Higher Education

E mail Address

:

kaylwintun@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

+95-9-259767797

Selected Publications

:

(1)Aye Aye Khine, Khin Win Thein, Kay Lwin Tun. Some aspects on reproductive biology of three crab species in rakhine coastal region. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, 2021 (Accepted)
(2)Nway Ei Khaine, Cho Cho Thin, Kay Lwin Tun. Detection of white spot syndrome virus infection using nested PCR in Penaeus monodon cultured in extensive farms. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, 2021 (Accepted)
(3)Nan Wai Wai Phyo, Kay Lwin Tun. Morphological identification and reproductive conditions of prawns (Decapoda: Palaemonidae) from tributaries of Thanlwin River, Kayin State. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, 2021 (Accepted)
(4)San Htet San, Moe Thandar Oo, Kay Lwin Tun. Growth rate of gift tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus) cultured in different aquaponic systems. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, 2021 (Accepted)
(5)Tin Mar Cho, Saw Marlar Than, Nway Ei Khaing, Yu Wai Hlaing, Kay Lwin Tun. Scanning of Macrobrachium rosenbergii nodavirus (MrNV) in Macrobrachium rosenbergii hatchery. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, 2021 (Accepted)
(6)Yu Yu Aye, Thant Zin, Kay Lwin Tun. Myxosporean Infection in the Intestine of Cirrhinus mrigala (Hamilton, 1822) at Yezin Fishery Station, Nay Pyi Taw, Myanmar. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, 2021 (Accepted)
(1)Yan Naung Tun, Myint Myint Win, Hnin Hnin Htay, Kay Lwin Tun. Study of parasitic infection in Piaractus brachypomus (cuvier, 1817) in Lay Daung Kan fish farm of Yangon region. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, 18 (3), pp. 295-310, Jul., 2020.
(2)Ca Tin Hoi, Khin Mar Kyi, May Thurain Oo, Kay Lwin Tun. Investigation on some diseases of short fin eel Anguilla bicolor from McClelland, 1844 from fattening concrete tank. University of Yangon Research Journal, 9 (2), pp. 453-470, 2019.
(3) Nant Thin Thin Kywe, Khin Than Htwe, Myint Myint Win, Kay Lwin Tun. Reproductive aspects of Polynemus paradiseus (Linnaeus, 1758) from Pazundaung Chanug, Yangon Region. University of Yangon Research Journal, 9 (2), pp.469-631, 2019.
(4)Tin Mar Cho, Kay Lwin Tun, San San Aye, Thida Ei, Saw Malar Than. Study on relationship between body length and digestive tract of some fishers in order Saluriformes in Maubin Township, Ayeyarwaddy Region, University of Yangon Research Journal, 9 (2), pp.721-729, 2019.
(5)Nang Sanda Myint, Kay Lwin Tun, Thida Min, Khin Mar Kyi. Study on some vertebrate skin using histology methods. University of Yangon Research Journal, 9 (2), pp.611-618, 2019
(6)Kathy Moe, May Thurain Oo, Kay Lwin Tun. Induced breeding and rareing of Monopterus albus (Zulew, 1793) swamp eel larvae with four different kinds of food. University of Yangon Research Journal, 9 (2), pp.515-527, 2019
(7)Myitzu Thin Aung, Kay Lwin Tun, Aye Thida Than. Gemetogenic cycle of Sinovacula constricta (roza clam) in Kyaut Phyu Township, Rakhine State.University of Magawe Research Journal (9), pp. 193-2019
(8)Yan Naung Tun, Hnin Hnin Htay, Hendrik, Fernando and Kay Lwin Tun. Protozoan Infections in Labeo Rohita (Hamilton, 1822), Piaractus Brachypomus (Cuvier, 1817) and Pangasius Hypopthalmus (Sauvage, 1878). Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, 17 (3), pp. 83-106, Aug., 2019
(7)Yan Naung Tun, Hnin Hnin Htay, Hendrik, Fernando and Kay Lwin Tun. Protozoan Infection in Three Freshwater Cultivated Fish Species (Accepted by Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, 2019)
(8)Kay Lwin Tun. Fish Diseases in Myanmar (Published by Myanmar Fisheries Federation and USAID, 2018) (in Burmese)
(9)Myint Myint Win, Khin Than Htwe, Nant Thin Thin Kywe, Kay Lwin Tun. Monogenean parasitic infestation in some cultivated fish. University of Yangon Research Journal 7 (1), pp. 237-241, 2016.
(10)Nant Thin Thin Kywe, Kay Lwin Tun. Effects of dietary Soybean meal on growth and survival of Rohu, Labeo rohita. University of Yangon Research Journal 7 (1), pp. 261-265, 2016.
(11)Yu Yoshimine, Tadashi Isshiki, Shizuo Aino, Kay Lwin Tun and Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga. Infection by Lernaea cyprinacea (Copepoda) in ayus Plecoglossus altivelis and several other fishes in the Shonai River, Japan. Fish Pathology, 50 (2), 81–84, 2015.
(12)Lin Lin Latt, Kay Lwin Tun. Effect of sex separation on growth rate and reproductive development of Oreochromis species (Linnaeus, 1758) Universities research Journal, Myanmar, 2014
(13)Kyawt Kyawt Shin, Kay Lwin Tun. Attachment position of Dactylogyrus species on Carassius auratus(Linnaeus 1758) Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, 12 (4), pp. 5-8, Mar., 2013
(14)Phyo Ma Ma Lin, Kay Lwin Tun. Occurrence of Ichthyophthirius multifiliis in some ornamental fish. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, 12 (4), pp. 9-11, Mar., 2013
(15)Khin Than Htwe, KayLwin Tun. Effect of aeration system on the growth rate of Rohu, Labeo rohita Universities research Journal, Myanmar, 5(2), 1-10, 2012
(16)Myint Myint Win, Kay Lwin Tun. Distribution of freshwater fish species in Sittaung river and its wet lands Universities research Journal, Myanmar, 5(2), 189-201, 2012
(17)July Maung Maung, Kay Lwin Tun. Reproductive cycle of Ruditapes philippinarum. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, 10 (4), pp. 19-28, Mar., 2012.
(18) Kay Lwin Tun, Naoki Itoh, Maung Maung Gyi. Ribosomal DNA sequencing for identification of Crassostrea sp. and study on its reproductive cycle. Journal of science and technology, Vietnam, Feb, 2011
(19) Kay Lwin Tun, Khin May That. Occurrence of parasites in Labeo rohita (Hamilton) form Yangon, Myanmar. Universities’ research Journal, pp. 58-62, Dec, 2009.
(20)Myint Oo, Kay Lwin Tun. Plasmodium falciparum: The use of cytochemical method for distinguishing between parasitized glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase normal and deficient erythrocytes. Journal of Myanmmar Academy of Technology, 8 (1), pp. 10-18, Dec., 2008.
(21) Myo Thant Tin, Win Maung, Aye Phye, Kyaw Myint Than, Thazin Lwin, Nyain Nyain Hlaing, Baydar, Kay Lwin Tun, Yi Yi Lwin. Study on bioremediation of water contamination caused by Nargis cyclone around Mawlamyinegyun area, Ayeyarwady Delta. Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol.6, Mar.132-165, 2008
(22)Kay Lwin Tun, Naoki Itoh, Yasuko Shimizu, Hideo Yamanoi, Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga and Kazuo Ogawa. Pathogenicity of the protozoan parasite Marteilioides chungmuensis in the Pacific oyster Crassostrea gigas. International Journal for Parasitology, 38 (2), pp. 211–217, Jul., 2008.
(23)Kay Lwin Tun, Yasuko Shimizu, Hideo Yamanoi, Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga and Kazuo Ogawa. Determination of invasion period of Marteilioides chungmuensis into Pacific oysters, Crassostrea gigas. Diseases of Aquatic Organisms 80 (2), pp. 157–165, Jul., 2008.
(24)Kay Lwin Tun, Naoki Itoh, Noriyuki Ueki, Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga and Kazuo Ogawa. Relationship between Marteilioides chungmuensis infection and reproduction in the Pacific oyster, Crassostrea gigas. Journal of Invertebrate Pathology 96 (3), pp. 205-212, June, 2007.
(25)Kay Lwin Tun, Naoki Itoh, Hideki Komiyama, Noriyuki Ueki , Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga, Kazuo Ogawa. Comparison of Marteilioides chungmuensis infection in the Pacific oyster Crassostrea gigas cultured in different conditions. Aquaculture 253 (1-4), pp. 91-97, Mar., 2006.
(26)Naoki Itoh, Kay Lwin Tun, Hideki Komiyama, Noriyuki Ueki, Kazuo Ogawa. An ovarian infection in the Iwagaki oyster, Crassostrea nippona, with the protozoan parasite Marteilioides chungmuensis. Journal of Fish Diseases 27 (5), pp. 311-314, May, 2004.

Conference papers

:

(1)Kay Lwin Tun, Kevin M Fitzsimmons, Siddhartha Kanrar, Yu Wai Hlaing, Yan Naung Tun, Arun K. Dhar. Risks of shrimp diseases associated with the importation of post-larvae (7th International Conference on Fisheries and Aquaculture, November, 2020, Page-19
(2)Hnin Hnin Htay, Yan Naung Tun, Kay Lwin Tun. Occurrence of Myxosporean parasites in juvenile Rohu, Labeo Rohita. (7th International Conference on Fisheries and Aquaculture, November, 2020) Page-55
(3)July Maung Maung, Kay Lwin Tun. Reproductive cycle and gonad development of Mud clam, Polymesoda erosa (Bivalvia: Corbiculidae) in Chaung Tha, Ayeyarwaddy Region, Myanmar. (7th International Conference on Fisheries and Aquaculture, November, 2020) Page-56
(4)Kalayar Win Maung , Thida Ei, Khin Thuzar Win, Saw Marlar Than, Kay Lwin Tun. Alternative protein source for aquafeed production for Catfish, Pangasius hypothalamus (Sauvage, 1878). (7th International Conference on Fisheries and Aquaculture, November, 2020) Page-57
(5)Thida Ei, Kalayar Win Maung, Khin Thuzar Win, Saw Marlar Than, Kay Lwin Tun. Growth performance of Anabas testudineus, climbing perch, feed with insect meal. (7th International Conference on Fisheries and Aquaculture, November, 2020) Page-58
(6)Tin Mar Cho, Stolz H., Saw Malar Than, Kay Lwin Tun, Detection of Yellow Head Virus Infection in a giant freshwater prawn, Macrobrachium Rosenbergii hatchery. (7th International Conference on Fisheries and Aquaculture, November, 2020, Page-59
(7)Saw Marlar Than, Khin Thuzar Win, Khin Mar Kyi, Maung Maung Gyi, and Kay Lwin Tun. Distribution and Abundance of Some Gastropods in Mangrove Habitat from Rakhine Costal Region, Myanmar (ASEAN-FEN, 9th International Fisheries Symposium, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, November 2019) Page-37
(8)May Thu Rein Oo, Min Thu Aung, and Kay Lwin Tun. Species Richness and Population Abundance of Fishes in Leasable Inlets of Twante Township, Yangon Region, Myanmar. (ASEAN-FEN, 9th International Fisheries Symposium, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, November 2019) Page-60
(9)Khin Thuzar Win, Saw Marlar Than, Khin Mar Kyi, Maung Maung Gyi, and Kay Lwin Tun. Population Abundance and Reproductive Biology of Otolithoides pama in Bago River, Myanmar. (ASEAN-FEN, 9th International Fisheries Symposium, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, November 2019) Page-61
(10)Khin Mar Kyi, Hendrik Stolz, Khin Thuzar Win, Saw Marlar Than, and Kay Lwin Tun. Fungal Infection in Snakehead fish, Channa striata (Bloch, 1793). (ASEAN-FEN, 9th International Fisheries Symposium, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, November 2019) Page-177
(11)Yu Wai Hlaing, Hendrik Stolz and Kay Lwin Tun. Detection of White Spot Syndrome Virus (WSSV) from Wild Crustaceans in Myeik, Tanintharyi Region, Myanmar. (ASEAN-FEN, 9th International Fisheries Symposium, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, November 2019) Page-193
(12)Kalayar Win Maung, Than Than Myint, Thida Ei and Kay Lwin Tun. Comparison of Different Doses of Hormone Provisions on the Reproductive Performance of Prochilodus lineatus ( Valenciennes, 1837). (ASEAN-FEN, 9th International Fisheries Symposium, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, November 2019) Page-289
(13)Thida Ei, Kalayar Win Maung, Than Than Myint, and Kay Lwin Tun. Seasonal Abundance and Reproductive Condition of Rhinomugil corsula (Hamilton, 1822) in Bago River, Myanmar. (ASEAN-FEN, 9th International Fisheries Symposium, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, November 2019) Page-293
(14)Than Than Myint, Kalayar Win Maung, Thida Ei, May Lei Win and Kay Lwi Tun. Induced Breeding, Embryonic and Larval Development of a Near Threatened Cyprinid Osteobrama belangeri (Valenciennes,1844) (ASEAN-FEN, 9th International Fisheries Symposium, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, November 2019) Page-296
(15)Kay Lwin Tun, Kevin Fitzsimmons, Hillary Egna, Hendrik Stolz, Uwe Scholz. Higher Education for Fisheries and Aquaculture in Myanmar (Asia Pacific Aquaculture Symposium, APA, 2019, Chennai, June 2019, Page-357
(16)Thida Ei, Kalayar Win Maung, Than Than Myint, Moe Thandar Oo, Maung Maung Gyi, Kay Lwin Tun. Determination of sex ratio and spawning condition of Mugil cephalus linnaeus, in Bago River, Myanmar. Asia Pacific Aquaculture Symposium, APA, 2019, Chennai, June 2019. Page-199
(17)Nway Ei Khaine, Cho Cho Thin, Nant Thin Thin Kywe, Hendrik Stolz, Kevin Fitzsimmons, Kay Lwin Tun. Detection of White Spot Syndrome Virus (WSSV) infection in Penaeus monodon cultured in trap and hold farming . (Asia Pacific Aquaculture Symposium, APA, 2019, Chennai, June 2019, Page-308
(18)Kalayar Win Maung, Thida Ei, Than Than Myint, Moe Thandar Oo, Tin Tin Aye, Kay Lwin Tun. Seasonal variations in gonadal development of female Tenualosa ilisha (Hamilton,1822). (Asia Pacific Aquaculture Symposium, APA, 2019, Chennai, June 2019 ). Page-412
(19)Than Than Myint, Kalayar Win Maung, Thida Ei, Moe Thandar Oo, Kay Lwin Tun. Induced breeding of climbing perch Anabas testudineus (bloch, 1792) under varying brood stock rations. (Asia Pacific Aquaculture Symposium, APA, 2019, Chennai, June 2019, Page-463
(20)Moe Thandar Oo,Than Than Myint, Kalayar win Maung, Thidar Ei, Kay Lwin Tun. Comparative study on reproductive biology of two Cuttlefish species, Sepia aculeata (D’orbigny, 1848) and Sepiella inermis (Van Hasselt, 1835) in Myanmar coastal area. (Asia Pacific Aquaculture Symposium, APA, 2019, Chennai, June 2019, Page-509
(21) Hendrik Stolz and Kay Lwin Tun. productivity and profitability of solar-driven aquaponic systems utilizing GIFT Tilapia (Oreochromis sp.) in Myanmar. (Asia Pacific Aquaculture Symposium, APA, 2019, Chennai, June 2019, Page-771
(22)Kay Lwin Tun, Kevin Fitzsimmons, Hillary Egna, Hendrik Stolz, Uwe Scholz, Peter Buri. Development of BSc and MSc fisheries and aquaculture degree programs in Myanmar. Auquaculture Europe, November 2019, Berlin, Germany. Page-1541
(23)Kay Lwin Tun, Kevin Fitzsimmons, Hendrik Stolz, Uwe Scholz, , May Myat Noe Lwin,Soe Tun, Hillary Egna. Development of research and Education for fisheries and aquaculture in Myanmar Aqua2018, Montpellier, Aug 2018.
(24)Kay Lwin Tun, Siddhartha Kanrar, Kevin M. Fitzsimmons, Jean E. McLain, Luis F. Aranguren, Moe T. Oo, Hlain H. T. Kyi, May T. Oo, and Arun K. Dhar. Identification of acute hepatopancreaticnecrosis disease (AHPND) in Black Tiger shrimp (Penaeus monodon) Pacific White shrimp (Penaeus vannamei), and Freshwater shrimp (Macrobrachium rosenbergii) World Aquaculture Society Meeting, Asia-Pacific Aquaculture, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, Jul, 2017, Page-209
(25)Kevin M. Fitzsimmons, Kay Lwin Tun,. Supply and demand in tilapia markets. Asia-Pacific Aquaculture, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, Jul, 2017. Page- 104
(26)Kay Lwin Tun, Hnin Hnin Htay, Yaung Naung, Hiroshi Yokoyama, Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga. Morphology, phylogeny and seasonal fluctuation of Zschokkella sp. (Myxozoa: Myxosporea) infecting the gallbladder of Labeo rohita (Cypriniformes: Cyprinidae) HISF 20th Anniversary International Symposium, Tokyo, Japan, Aug. 2017, Page-40
(27)Khin Win Thein, Kay Lwin Tun The relation between the molting period and sex of mud crab, Scylla serrata. Myanmar Aquaculture Science and Technology Symposium, Myanmar, Dec. 2016. Page-25
(28)Kay Lwin Tun Parasitic infection in fresh water cultivated fishes in Myanmar. Myanmar Aquaculture Science and Technology Symposium, Myanmar, Dec. 2016, Page-9
(29)Htet Lin Kyaw, Yu Wai Hlaing, Kay Lwin Tun, Kalayar Win Maung, MyintMyint Win, Kevin Fitzsimmons. Study on the growth rate of Anguilla anguilla (Linnaeus,1758) . Myanmar Aquaculture Science and Technology Symposium, Myanmar, Dec. 2016, Page-21
(30)Min Min Than, Kay Lwin Tun. Seasonal cycle in gonad development of swamp eel, Monopterus albus (Zuiew,1793). Myanmar Aquaculture Science and Technology Symposium, Myanmar, Dec. 2016. Page-31
(31)Myint Myint Win, Kay Lwin Tun. Occurrence of fishes species in Myitkyipauk Sae and Moekaung Sae, Taungoo Township. Myanmar Aquaculture Science and Technology Symposium, Myanmar, Dec. 2016. Page-38
(32)MyitzuThinn Aung, Kay Lwin Tun. Reproductive biology and seasonal occurrence of stomach content in Cynoglossus lingua (Hamiton, 1822) in Ayeyawady Coastal Area. Myanmar Aquaculture Science and Technology Symposium, Myanmar, Dec. 2016. Page-44
(33)Hlaing Hlaing Thin Kyi, Kay Lwin Tun. Reproductive biology of mud crab, Scylla serrata (Forsskal,1755) from Sittwe Environ. Myanmar Aquaculture Science and Technology Symposium, Myanmar, Dec. 2016, . Page-45
(34)Moe Thandar Oo, Kay Lwin Tun, Than Than Myint. Reproductive biology and seasonal occurrences of stomach content of Needle Cuttlefish, Sepiella aculeata (d’orbigny,1848) in Ayeyawady Coastal Area. Myanmar Aquaculture Science and Technology Symposium, Myanmar, Dec. 2016, . Page-46.
(35)Kay Lwin Tun, Kevin M. Fitzsimmons, May Myat Noe Lwin, Soe Tun, Yan Naung Tun, Hiroshi Yokoyama, Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga. Myxozoan infections in cultured major carps in Myanmar. World Aquaculture Society, Las Vegas, United States, Feb. 2016,
(36) Myint Zu Thin Aung, Kay Lwin Tun. Gametogenic cycles of Sinovacula constricta (razor clam) in Kyauk Phyu Township, Rakhine State Symposium of Myanmar Academic of Arts and Sciences. pp. 30, Nov. 2016, Myanmar
(37)Seasonal fluctuation of Myxozoan infection in Rohu, Labeo rohita (Cypriniformes: Cyprinidae), in Myanmar. ISAAH 7. pp. 34, Aug. 2014, Oregon, United States (Kay Lwin Tun, Hnin Hnin Htay, July Maung Maung, Hiroshi Yokoyama, Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga)
(38)Effects of storage temperature on histamine development in Hilsa, Tenualosa ilisha Symposium of Myanmar Academic of Arts and Sciences. pp. 17, Nov. 2012, Myanmar (Tinzar Lin, Kay Lwin Tun, Nov. 2012)
(39)Monogenean parasites in Sittaung River. Symposium of Myanmar Academic of Arts and Sciences. pp. 10, Nov. 2012, Myanmar (Myint Myint Win, Kay Lwin Tun)
(40)Some aspects on small- scale culture of Monopterus albus (zuiew- 1793) Symposium of Myanmar Academic of Arts and Sciences. pp. 15, Nov. 2012, Myanmar (Myat Thandar Swe, Kay Lwin Tun)
(41)Effects of Dietary Soybean Meal on Growth and Survival of Rohu, Labeo rohita Symposium of Myanmar Academic of Arts and Sciences. pp. 13, Nov. 2012, Myanmar (Nant Thin Thin Kywe, Kay Lwin Tun)
(42)Molecular and morphological identification of the clam, Ruditapes sp. Symposium of Myanmar Academic of Arts and Sciences. pp. 21, Nov. 2012, Myanmar (July Maung Maung, Kay Lwin Tun, Nov. 2012)
(43)Development of culture methods to achieve low Marteilioides chungmuensis infection. Symposium of the Japanese society of aquatic bioscience. pp. 74-75, Mar. 2005, Japan. (Kay Lwin Tun, Naoki Itoh, Hideki Komiyama, Noriyuki Ueki , Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga, Kazuo Ogawa)
(44)Relationship between Marteilioides chungmuensis Infection and Reproduction in the Pacific Oyster, Crassostrea gigas. Symposium of the Japanese society of aquatic bioscience. pp. 214-215, Mar. 2007, Japan. (Kay Lwin Tun, Naoki Itoh, Yasuko Shimizu, Hideo Yamanoi, Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga and Kazuo Ogawa)
(45)Determination of Invasion Period of Marteilioides chungmuensis in the Pacific Oysters, Crassostrea gigas. International symposium of the Japanese society for fish pathology. pp. 40-41, Sep. 2006, Japan. (Kay Lwin Tun, Naoki Itoh, Yasuko Shimizu, Hideo Yamanoi, Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga and Kazuo Ogawa)
(46)Infection in the Iwagaki oyster, Crassostrea nippona, with the protozoan parasite Marteilioides chungmuensis Symposium of the Japanese society of aquatic bioscience. pp. 112-113, Apr. 2004, Japan. (Naoki Itoh, Kay Lwin Tun, , Hideki Komiyama, Noriyuki Ueki , Kazuo Ogawa)
(47)Recovering from Marteilioides chungmuensis infection in Pacific oyster Crassostrea gigas during winter. International symposium of the Japanese society for fish pathology, pp. 38-39, Oct. 2003, Japan. (Kay Lwin Tun, Naoki Itoh, Hideki Komiyama, Noriyuki Ueki , Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga, Kazuo Ogawa)
(48)Development of the ovarian parasite in the oocytes of the Pacific oyster. International symposium of the Japanese society for fish pathology. pp. 37-38, Oct. 2003, Japan (Naoki Itoh, Kay Lwin Tun, , Hideki Komiyama, Noriyuki Ueki , Kazuo Ogawa)
(49)Seasonality in the infection and invasion of Marteilioides chungmuensis in the Pacific oyster Crassostrea gigas. Fifth International Symposium of the Japanese Society for Fish Pathology, Tokyo, Japan. Oct 2008. (Kay Lwin Tun, Yasuko Shimizu, Hideki Yamanoi, Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga, Kazuo Ogawa)
(50)Study of the parasite, Perkinsus olseli, on the clam Ruditapes philippinarum Symposium of the Japanese society of aquatic bioscience. Mar. 2007. (Waki Tukasa, , Watanabe, Kenji, Tomoyoshi Yoshinaga and Kazuo Ogawa, Kay Lwin Tun)

Dr. ThaZin Hlaing

Name

:

Dr. ThaZin Hlaing

Present Appointment

:

Associate Professor

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

B.Sc (Zoology) University of Yangon
B.Sc (Honours) University of Yangon
M.Sc (Zoology), University of Yangon
PhD (Zoology), University of Yangon

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (1986 – 1994)
Assistant lecturer (1994 – 1999)
Lecturer (1999-2009)
Associate Professor (2009-Present)

Course taught

:

Undergraduate and post graduate classes

Research interest

:

Entomology

Supervising

:

(1)MSc student, (1) MRes student, (2) PhD students

E mail Address

:

thezin.edu.30@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

09-5054349

Publications

:

1. Nyo Nyo Tun, Tha Zin Hlaing, Nan Pan, Aye Aye Thin 2009. လင်းနို့နှင့်လူသားတို့ဆက်နွယ်မှု. Myitkyina University Research Journal,Vol. I. No. 1, Pg. 129 -134
2. Ni Ni Win, Tha Zin Hlaing, Cho Cho Oo, 2019. Incidence of Aedes larvae in water storage containers from two villages, Hpa-an township, Kayin State. Hpa-an University Research Journal, 10- 1, 226-231
3. Ni Ni Win, Tha Zin Hlaing, Cho Cho Oo, Nyunt Nyunt Oo, 2020. Larvicidal activity of Neem seed oil and Copper-sulphate solution against Aedes aegypti larvae in laboratory condition. Hpa-an University Research Journal, 11-1, 135-141
4. Min Zaw Latt, Maung Maung Mya, Tha Zin Hlaing, Yi Yi Win and Aye Mon Sann, 2020. Biological control of Aedes larvae using Colisa labiosus (Day, 1876) in selected area of Hinthada Township, Ayeyarwady Region. Journal of ICT in Multidisciplinary issues on Arts and Science, Enginnering, Economics and Education, 1-1, 212-218

Dr Khin Ma Ma Myo

Dr Khin Ma Ma Myo is an Professor in the Department of International Relations, University of Yangon. Her teaching career at the University of Yangon started in 1997. She teaches peace and security, identity issues in Asia-Pacific, public administration and public policy, and regional development in Asia. She holds an MA in International Development from the International University of Japan and an MA and PhD in International Relations from the University of Yangon. Her research interests include Japan and public administration. She contributed a chapter in “Reintegration into the International Community: Myanmar”, published by World Scientific Press, Singapore in 2016. She has also published articles in Yangon University Research Journal in 2001, Journal of Asia Research Centre in 2015 and MAAS Journal in 2008, 2011 and 2014.

Phone

:

(+95 9) 5115456

Email

:

khinma1@gmail.com

Dr. San San Khine

Dr. San San Khine is a Professor of the Department of International Relations and Political Science, University of Yangon. She achieved B.A (Honours) International Relations (IR) (1993), M.A (IR) Credit (2000), Master of Research (IR) (2001), PhD (IR) (2007 February), Diploma in Tourism Studies and Management (2006), Post-grad Diploma in Global English (2010) from University of Yangon. She joined the Department of International Relations, University of Yangon as a Tutor in 1998. She is a member of the MOU/MOA Assessment Team, and a member of the University of Yangon Quality Assurance (UYQA) Team (Core Group). Her research interests are Peace and Security, focusing on Non-traditional Security Issues in International Relations. Currently, she teaches International Relations: Theories and Approaches, Foreign Relations of Central Asia, and Comparative Politics of South Asia, and Political Thoughts to students of International Relations and Political Science. She was awarded research fellowships by Open Society Foundations (OSF), Central European University, Hungary in 2016, and by Korean Foundation for Advanced Studies (KFAS), Republic of Korea in 2018.

Publications
(1) A Study on China’s Strategies towards Southeast Asia”, Yangon University Research Journal Vol.3, No.1, December 2011
(2) Myanmar-Thai Cooperation in Migrant Workers Issues, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol.XII, No.9, June 2014
(3) Myanmar’s Cooperation in BIMST-EC, Journal of the Asian Research Centre, Journal of the Asia Research Centre, Yangon University, Vol.4, No. 1, 2015

(4) Kyaukphyu Special Economic Zone Project in the Context of Myanmar-China Relations, Universities Research Journal Vol.9, August 2017

(5) South Korea’s ODA Policy towards Myanmar, LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing, Mauritius, June 2019, (eBook) ISBN978-620-0-22520-7,

Home

Phone

:

(+95 9) 43126251

Email

:

sansankhine33@gmail.com
sansankhine@uy.edu.mm

Dr. Myint Zu Win

Myint Zu Win is an Associate Professor of the Department of International Relations and Political Science, University of Yangon. She obtained her PhD in International Relations from the University of Yangon in 2013. She worked previously at Dagon University (2005-2016). She joined the Department of International Relations, University of Yangon as a lecturer in 2016. She teaches the undergraduate and postgraduate courses for Comparative Politics of Southeast Asia and Governments and Politics of Southeast Asia. Her research focuses on Comparison of Myanmar and Southeast Asia Countries.

Publications
1) International Security (Non-Traditional Security)”, ISIS, Malaysia, April 2018.
2) The Role of Military in Myanmar’s Peace Process Since 2011, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science 2019, Vol. 17, No.7, August 2019, 253-264.
3) Civil-Military Relations: A Comparative Study of Myanmar and Thailand Since 2011, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science 2020, Vol. 18, No.7, August 2020, 335-344.

Phone

:

(+95 9) 5162968

Email

:

drmyintzuwin@uy.edu.mm

Dr Tin Lay Mon

Name

:

Dr Tin Lay Mon

Present Appointment

:

Associate Professor

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon, Department of Higher Education, Ministry of Education, Myanmar

Qualifications

:

(1) BSc (Hons), Zoology (1998) University of Yangon
(2) MSc (Malacology) (2001), University of Yangon
(3) PhD (Entomology) (2007), University of Yangon

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (2002 – 2010)
Assistant Lecturer (2010 – 2014)
Lecturer (2014 – 2020)
Associate Professor (2020 – present)

Course taught

:

Undergraduate and post graduate classes

Supervising

:

(5) Undergraduate students, (1) Msc student, (4) PhD students

Research interest

:

Entomology, Biodiversity Conservation, Ecology, Molecular Biology

E mail Address

:

tinlaymon74.mm@gmail.com
tinlaymon@uy.edu.mm

Phone Number

:

095048105

Selected Publications

:

1. Khin Khin Sein, Aye Aye Myint and Tin Lay Mon (2012). Morphological development of three Lycaenids. Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol-X, No.4, 29 – 40.
2. San San Hmwe, Moe Sanar Oo, Mie Mie Than, Tin Lay Mon and Aye Mya Phyu (2012). Feeding Habits of Samblhur Cervus unicolar kerr, 1792 and Hog Deer Axis pocinus Zinmermann, 1780 in Hlawga Wildlife Park. Universities Research Journal, Vol-V, No.2,119 – 126.
3. San San Hmwe, Aung Kyaw Zaw, Moe Sanda Oo, Aye Mya Phyu and Tin Lay Mon (2014). Zooplanktons in different environments of the Hlaing River: Distribution, abundance and relationship with physic chemical environmental condition. Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol-XII, No.4, 111-123.
4.Nyo Nyo Lwin, Moe Sanda Oo, Aye Mya Phyu and Tin Lay Mon (2014). Colony Structure of Honeybee And Bee Products based on Natural Food Source (Cruciferous Plant) and Supplementary Food. Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol-XII, No.4, 137-150.
5.San San Oo, Naing Naing Aung, Thein Gi Thein, Sandar Myint, Tin Tin Myo, Tin Lay Mon (2014). The Prevalence of Aedes aegypti, on Launglone; The Vector of Dengue / Dengue Haemorrhagic Fever in Launglone Township. Dawei University Research Journal, Vol-6, No.1, 69-75.
6. Tin Lay Mon, Thida Swe and Wai Wai Hnin (2016). Occurrence of Butterfly Species and Population Abundance With Habitat Association In and Around Dawei City, Taninthayi Region. Universities Research Journal, Vol-8, No.2, 119-132.
7.Ye Ye Htwe and Tin Lay Mon (2016). Occurrence of Butterflies in Thayetchaung environs, Thanintharyi Region. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol-7, No.1, 307-314.
8. Tin Lay Mon and Wai Wai Hnin (2019). Occurrence of Butterfly Species and Population Abundance With Habitat Association Around Yangon Region. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol-9, No.2, 709-720.
9.San San Oo, Tin Lay Mon , Nyo Nyo Aung, Thida Ei, Toe Toe Soe, Aye Aye Su, Myat Lwin Htwe (2020). Seasonal Prevalence of Aedes aegypti in Semi-Urban Area of Yangon Region , Myanmar. Journal of Advances in Entomology, Vol- 8, No. 3, 107-116.
10.San San Oo, Khin Myat Hmwe, Nyo Nyo Aung, Aye Aye Su, Khin Khin Soe, Tin Lay Mon, Khin mar Lwin, Myat Lwin Htwe (2020). Diversity of Journal of Advances in Entomology Insect Pest and Predator Species In Monsoon and Summer Rice Fields of Taungoo Environs, Myanmar. Journal of Advances in Entomology, Vol- 8, No. 3 117-129.
11.Nandar Moe Oo,Tin Lay mon, Maung Maung Mya (2020). Colour preference and biting behavior of mosquitoes on the specific parts of the cattle body. Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol.XVIII,No.3, 219-227.
12 Maung Maung Mya, Nandar Moe Oo,Tin Lay Mon, Yan Naung Maung Maung (2020). Biting habit of mosquitoes on the specific parts of the Cattle body in Taikky Township, Yangon Region. International Journal of Educational Research and Studies, Vol- 2; Issue1; 2020 7-11.
13.Tin Lay Mon, Kyi Kyi Thein, Htay Htay Win and Kyu Kyu San (2021). Investigation on behavioral patterns of some butterfly species in flowering parks,Yangon Environs. Hakha University Research Journal, Vol.2,No.1, 220-231.
14.Tin lay Mon, Khaing Khaing Thein and Wai wai Hnin (2020-21). Study on Eco-Ethology of some butterfly species in urban areas of Dawei and Yangon environs. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.10,No.1, 373-384.
15.Nandar Moe Oo,Tin Lay mon, Maung Maung Mya (2020-21). Biting preference of Anopheles and Culex mosquitoes on the specific parts of the cattle body. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.10,No.1, 333-347.
16. Tin Lay Mon,Khin Thuzar Win,Kalayar Wn Maung & Kay Lwin Tun (2022). Alternative Protein Source for Fish Meal Production Focusing on the Protein Contents of Cockroach. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol.11,No.2, 551-558.

Daw Lwin Cho Latt

Daw Lwin Cho Latt is an Associate Professor of the Department of International Relations at the University of Yangon and a PhD candidate at the Graduate School of International Relations at Ritsumeikan University on the JDS programme (2019-2022). She holds a double M.A degree in ‘International Relations’ from the University of Yangon and International University of Japan. Her research focuses on Myanmar’s cooperation with China under the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) framework and her field of study is Peace and Security.

Phone

:

(+95 9) 795267194

Email

:

lwincholatt@gmail.com

Publication

:

1) Lwin Cho Latt. (2020). The National League for Democracy Government’s Outlook on the China-Myanmar Economic Corridor: A Harbinger of Internal Peace and National Development, Ritsumeikan Journal of International Relations and Area Studies, Vol. 52, Institute of International Relations and Area Studies, Ritsumeikan University, 113-134.
2) Lwin Cho Latt. (2019). The Importance of Legitimacy in Myanmar’s Peacemaking Efforts, Universities Research Journal 2018, Vol. 11(3), 357-372.
3) Lwin Cho Latt. (2019). Negotiations on Federalism in Myanmar’s Peace Process since 2011, Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science 2019, Vol. 17(7), 265-281. http://www.maas.edu.mm/Research/Admin/pdf/15.%20Daw%20Lwin%20Cho%20Latt(265-282).pdf
4) Lwin Cho Latt, Hillman, B., and others. (2018). ‘From Ceasefire to Dialogue: The Problem of “All-Inclusiveness” in Myanmar’s Stalled Peace Process’. In: Myanmar Transformed? People, Places, Politics. ed. Chambers, McCarthy, Farrelly and Chit Win, Singapore: Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, 2018, 231-250. https://bookshop.iseas.edu.sg/publication/2345
5) Lwin Cho Latt. (2016). Myanmar’s Attitude to the Candidacy of India in the United Nations Security Council, Universities Research Journal 2016, Vol. 9(4), 315-330.

U Hein Myat Thu

Hein Myat Thu is an Assistant Lecturer of the Department of International Relations and Political Science, University of Yangon. He obtained B.A (Q) in 2008, MA (Thesis) in 2012 and MRes in 2013 in the specialization of International Relations from Dagon University. He also obtained his PhD degree in International Relations from the University of Yangon in 2019. His specialization is Non-Traditional Security such as Environmental Issue. He has been teaching Environment and Politics and Myanmar Foreign Relations in International Relations and Political Science.

Phone

:

(+95 9) 73135709

Email

:

heinmyatthuir@gmail.com

Dr. Wah Wah Aung

Dr. Wah Wah Aung is an Associate Professor in the Department of International Relations and Political Science at the University of Yangon. She obtained PhD degree in International Relations from the University of Yangon in 2013. Her teaching career began at Dagon University in 2005 and transferred to the Department of International Relations and Political Science, University of Yangon in 2016. She is responsible for teaching International Relations courses on Current Issues in International Relations. Her research focuses on political, social and economic issues in East Asia.

Phone

:

(+95 9) 260382110

Email

:

wahwahaung2005@gmail.com
drwahwahaung@uy.edu.mm

Dr. Myint Sandar Win

Name

:

Dr. Myint Sandar Win

Present Appointment

:

Associate Professor

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a) B.Sc(Hons), Zoology, University of Yangon
(b) M.Sc Zoology (Parasitology), University of Yangon
(c)Ph.D Zoology (Ornithology), University of Yangon

Training course

:

Advanced Computer Studies, KMD Center
Dynamic English Summer Course
English Language Course For Higher Education Teacher
Leadership Strategy First
British Council English Course

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator ( 21.1.2002 – 4.3.2010)
Assistant Lecturer ( 4.3.2010 – 24.12.2014)
Lecturer ( 24.12.2014 – 13.10.2021)
Associate Professor ( 13.10.2021 – to date)

Supervising

:

2 Undergraduate students, one MSc student, one PhD Student

Research interest

:

Ornithology, Ecology, Biodiversity

E mail Address

:

myintsandarwin2016@gamil.com

Phone Number

:

09-420703200

Selected Publication

:

1. Myint Sandar Win (2008). Some Threatened Species Of Birds In The Environs Of Maletto In, Maubin Township, Ayeyarwady Division. Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. VI, No. 4, 97 – 115.
2. Myint Sandar Win (2014). Preliminary Study On Some Beetles in The Mandalay Environ, Mandalay University of Distance Education Research Journal, Vol. 5, No.1, 143 – 153.
3. Tin New Win & Myint Sandar Win (2021).Nest Site Selection And Nest Numbers Of Some Passerine Bird Species In Mubin Environs, Maubin University Research Journal, Vol. 12, No.1, 128-139.

Dr. Cho Cho Thin

Name

:

Dr. Cho Cho Thin

Present Appointment

:

Associate Professor

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a)B.Sc (Hons), Zoology, Magway University, Myanmar
(b) M.Sc (Herpetology), Magway University, Myanmar
(c) Ph.D (Ichthyology), University of Yangon, Myanmar
(d) Diploma in English, University of Yangon, Myanmar

Carrier history

:

(a) Demonstrator (2002-2010)
(b) Assistant Lecturer (2010-2014)
(c) Lecturer (2014-2021, October)
(d) Associate Professor (2021 October – to date)

Course taught

:

I have been giving lectures and practical classes to the students since 2002. These lectures are Fishery Biology and Soil and Water Quality.

Supervising

:

4- Undergraduate student, 1- MRes student, 2-PhD students

Research interest

:

(a)Relation of some Essential and Toxic Elements on Different Feeding Types of some Freshwater Fishes along the Ayeyarwady River Segment, Salay Environs
(b)Assessment of Heavy Metal Contamination of aquatic organisms in Kyetmauk Taung Dam, Mandalay Region

Trainings

:

(1)Curriculum Development Training for Fisheries and Aquaculture (February, 2018)
(2)The 1st workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum (May, 2018)
(3)The 2nd workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum (July, 2018)
(4)The 3rd workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum (August, 2018)
(5)The 4th workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum (December, 2018)
(6)Workshop on Conservation and Management of Ocean, Sea and Marine Resources, Japan (December, 2018)
(7)Workshop on Fish Taxonomy Training at Institute of Fishery Technology (IFT) (May, 2019)
(8)The 5th workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum (May, 2019)
(9)Online Training of Proposal Writing presented by Partners of America’s Farmer-to-Farmer Myanmar Program (6-10 July, 2020)
(10)Online Training of Course description for BSc (Fisheries and Aquaculture) (20-24 July, 2020)
(11)Modern Fishery Technologies for South Asia Countries (Technical Level) (18 Oct-6 Dec 2021)
(12)2022 Training of Higher – Order – Thinking Skills for ASEAN Educators (12-14, October, 2022)

Awards

:

The Hitachi Global Foundation Asia Innovation Award 2020 (November, 2020) (As a follower)

E mail Address

:

chochothin.uy2016@gmail.com

Selected Publications

:

1.Cho Cho Thin, Myin Zu Minn, Min Thu Aung. Heavy metal analysis of some fishes and their environs of Ayeyarwady River Segment, Salay Environs. (Accepted by Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. VIII, No. 3, July. 315-328, 2020)
2.Cho Cho Thin, Myin Zu Minn, Min Thu Aung. Bioaccumulation of Metals in Gills and Liver of Some Fishes of Different Feeding Habits from Water and Sediment of Ayeyarwady River Segment, Salay Environs. (Accepted by 19th Science Asia Council, 2019)
3.Cho Cho Thin, Myin Zu Minn, Min Thu Aung. Seasonal Variation of essential and toxic metals contents in water, sediment, and some fishes of different feeding habits at Ayeyarwady River Segment of Salay Environ. (Accepted by Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. VII, No. 3, August. 143-160, 2019)
4.Cho Cho Thin, Myin Zu Minn, Min Thu Aung. Species Richness and Metal Concentrations in Some Fishes and Their Environs of Ayeyarwady River Segment, Salay Township, Magway Region. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol. IX (2), pp. 477-489, 2018-2019.
5. Cho Cho Thin, Myin Zu Minn. Essential Elements Concentrations of Some Fishes in Ayeyarwady River Segment of Salay Environs. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol. X (1), pp. 299-308, 2020-2021.
6.Aye Mon Sann, Cho Cho Thin, Shwe Wett Hmone. Bioaccumulation of Heavy Metals in Some Indigenous Fish, Water and Sediments from Hinthada Environs, Ayeyarwady Region. The Second Myanmar National Conference on Earth Sciences MNCES 2018. Pp. 1129-1138.
7.San San Oo, Naing Naing Aung, Theingyi Thein, Sandar Myint, Tin Tin Myo, Tin Lay Mon, Khaing Khaing Thein, Cho Cho Thin, Aye Aye Aung, Thida Shwe, Hla Hla Khaing. The Prevalence of Aedes aegypti, on Launglone; The vector of Dengue/ Dengue Haemorrhagic Fever in Launglone Township. Dawei University Research Journal Vol. VI, pp. 69-75, 2014
8.Nay Lin Aung, Cho Cho Thin. Effect of temperature on hatching and survival rates of Nile Tilapia Oreochromic niloticus (Linnaeus, 1758). Myanmar Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol.6, Mar.107-126, 2008
9.Nway Ei Khaing, Kay Lwin Tun, Cho Cho Thin. Detection of the white sport syndrome virus infection using nested PCR in Penaeus monodon cultured in extensive farm. MAAS, 2020.
10.Analysis of some heavy metal concentrations in muscle tissues of three fish species and environs, Thanlwin River Segment. Yee Yee Win, Kay Lwin Tun, Min Thu Aung, Cho Cho Thin. (19th Science Asia Council, 2019)
11. May Thu Rein Oo, Cho Cho Thin, Cho Cho Mar, Kay Lwin Tun. Productive of fish larvae feed, Nannochloropsis sp. using different fertilizers media. University of Yangon Research Journal, Vol. XI (2), pp. 469-480, 2022.

First Year

Semester I (December-March)

Core Courses

Psy – 1101 Introduction to Psychology I

Elective Courses (for other Specialization)

Psy – 1001 Child Development

Psy – 1002 States of Consciousness

Psy – 1003 General Psychology I

Psy – 1004 Public Relations

Semester II (June-September)

Core Courses

Psy – 1102 Introduction to Psychology II

Elective Courses (for other Specialization)

Psy – 1005 Psychology of Adolescence

Psy – 1005 Psychology of Adolescence

Psy – 1006 Psychological Disorders

Psy – 1007 General Psychology II

Psy – 1008 Understanding Human Interaction

Second Year

Semester I (December-March)

Core Courses

Psy – 2101 Developmental Psychology

Psy – 2102 Applied Psychology I

Psy – 2103 Experimental Psychology I

Elective Courses (for other Specializations)

Psy – 2001 Language and Thought

Psy – 2002 Psychology of Adulthood and Aging

Psy – 2003 Occupational Psychology I

Semester II (June-September)

Core Courses

Psy – 2104 Educational Psychology

Psy – 2105 Applied Psychology II

Psy – 2106 Experimental Psychology II

Elective Courses (for other Specializations)

Psy – 2004 Stress and Stress Management

Psy – 2005 Psychology of Adulthood and Aging II

Psy – 2006 Occupational Psychology II

Third Year

Semester I (December-March)

Core Courses

Psy – 3101 Social Psychology I

Psy – 3102 Industrial and Organizational Psychology I

Psy – 3103 Abnormal Psychology I

Psy – 3104 Psychological Statistics I

Elective Courses

Psy – 3105 Crime and Psychology I

Psy – 3106 Community Psychology

Elective Course (for Law)

Psy – 3001 Crime and Psychology I

Semester II (June-September)

Core Courses

Psy – 3107 Social Psychology II

Psy – 3108 Industrial and Organizational Psychology II

Psy – 3109 Abnormal Psychology II

Psy – 3110 Psychological Statistics II

Elective Courses

Psy – 3111 Crime and Psychology II

Psy – 3112 Psychology of Aging

Elective Course (for Law)

Psy – 3002 Crime and Psychology II

Final Year

Semester I (December-March)

Core Courses

Psy – 4101 Counseling Psychology II

Psy – 4102 Sport Psychology I

Psy – 4103 Psychological Testing I

Psy – 4104 Psychological Research I

Elective Courses

Psy – 4105 Health Psychology I

Psy – 4106 Introduction to Social Problems I

Psy – 4107 Psychology of Communication

Semester II (June-September)

Core Courses

Psy – 4108 Counseling Psychology II

Psy – 4109 Sport Psychology II

Psy – 4110 Psychological Testing II

Psy – 4111 Psychological Research II

Elective Courses

Psy – 4112 Health Psychology II

Psy – 4113 Introduction to Social Problems II

Psy – 4114 The Development of Gender

First Year (Hons)

Semester I (December – March)

Core Course
Psy – 3201 Social Psychology I
Psy – 3202 Industrial and Organizational Psychology I
Psy – 3203 Abnormal Psychology I
Psy – 3204 Psychological Statistics I

Elective Courses
Psy – 3205 Crime and Psychology I
Psy – 3206 Community Psychology

Elective Course (for Law)
Psy – 3101 Crime and Psychology I

Semester II (June – September)

Core Course
Psy – 3207 Social Psychology II
Psy – 3208 Industrial and Organizational Psychology II

Psy – 3209 Abnormal Psychology II
Psy – 3210 Psychological Statistics II

Elective Courses
Psy – 3211 Crime and Psychology II
Psy – 3212 Psychology of Aging

Elective Course (for Law)
Psy – 3102 Crime and Psychology II

Second Year (Hons)

Semester I (December – March)

Core Course
Psy – 4201      Counselling Psychology II
Psy – 4202      Sport Psychology I
Psy – 4203      Psychological Testing I

Psy – 4204      Psychological Research I

Elective Courses
Psy – 4205      Health Psychology I
Psy – 4206      Introduction to Social Problems I
Psy – 4207      Psychology of Communication

Semester II (June – September)

Core Course
Psy – 4208     Counselling Psychology II
Psy – 4209     Sport Psychology II
Psy – 4210      Psychological Testing II

Psy – 4211       Psychological Research II

Elective Courses
Psy – 4212      Health Psychology II
Psy – 4213      Introduction to Social Problems II

Psy – 4214      The Development of Gender

Final Year (Hons)

Semester I (December – March)

Core Course
Psy – 5201     Advanced Industrial Psychology
Psy – 5202    Advanced Abnormal Psychology
Psy – 5203    Psychological Theories
Psy – 5204    Advanced Psychological Research

Elective Courses
Psy – 5205    Advanced Social Psychology
Psy – 5206    Advanced Health Psychology
Psy – 5207    Advanced Psychological Testing

Semester II (June – September)

Core Course
Psy – 5208     Social Relations and Group Behaviour

Psy – 5209    Organizational Psychology
Psy – 5210     Clinical Psychology
Psy – 5211      Physiological Psychology

Elective Courses
Psy – 5212    Cultural Psychology
Psy – 5213    Environmental Psychology
Psy – 5214    Qualitative and Social Research

MA

B.A (Hons) graduates who have enough credits in their undergraduate course are eligible to study for a Master’s Course in the Department of Psychology. The intake is usually once a year.

Master’s Courses: Psychology Subjects (2 Years)

First Year

Semester I (June – September)

Psy-611      Psychological Assessment
Psy-612     Theories of Personality
Psy-613     Counseling and Psychotherapy
Psy-614     Advanced Cognitive Psychology

Semester II (December – March)

Psy-621      Organizational Behaviour
Psy-622    Interpersonal Behaviour and Group Processes
Psy-623      Health Psychology / Environmental Psychology / Psychology of Childhood and Adolescence
Psy-624      Research Methodology

Second Year

Semester I (June – September)

Psy-631      Seminar I (Review of Literature)
Psy-633     Seminar II (Research and Methodological Issue in the Study Area)

Semester II (December – March)

Psy-641      Seminar III (Results and Discussion)
Psy-642     Thesis and Viva Voce

PhD

M.A. graduates are eligible to sit for the selection examination for Ph.D courses conducted by the Doctoral Selection Committee of the Department of Psychology. The intake is usually once a year. The selection is made based on the scores obtained in the written examination and interview, and on the service record.

Ph.D (Preliminary)   ( June – March )

Psy – 711      Biological Bases of Behaviour
Psy – 712     Cognitive Affective Bases of Behaviour
Psy – 713     Social Bases of Behaviour
Psy – 714     Individual Differences

First Year Ph.D to Fourth Year ( June – March )

Research

Post-graduated Diploma

Graduates from any subjects are eligible to study for the Diploma in Applied Psychology Courses in the Department of Psychology. The intake is usually once a year.

Diploma in Applied Psychology (1 1/2 Years)

First Year DAP (June-March)

Psy – 101        Basic Concepts in Psychology

Psy – 102        Industrial and Organizational Psychology

Psy – 103        Counselling and Clinical Psychology

Second Year DAP

Project Paper

Diploma in Applied Psychology (1 Years)

Any graduates are eligible to study for the Diploma in Social Work Courses in the Department of Psychology. The intake is usually once a year. The selection is made based on the scores obtained in a written examination and interview.

First Year DSW

Semester I (June-September)

SW 4001      A Social Work Theory and Practice

SW 4002      A Psychology and Social Work

SW 4003      A Law and Social Work

SW 4004      A Field Work

Semester II (December-March)

SW 4001 B     Social Work Theory and Practice

SW 4002 B Psychology and Social Work

SW 4003 B     Law and Social Work

SW 4004 B   Field Work

Internship

Semester I (June-September)

Field Practicum hours

Semester II (December-March)

120 hours

First Year

First Year BSc (Semester I)

Total Credits – 19: Total hours –25

*A student can choose any threeelectives including those offered by the Department of Mathematics, Geology and Chemistry to fulfill total of 19 credit points. Counseling is advisable.

First Year BSc (Semester II)

Total Credits – 19: Total hours – 25

A student can choose any threeelectives including those offered by the Department of Mathematics, Geology and Chemistry to fulfill total of 19 credit points. Counseling is advisable.

All students who wish to take Physics as a special or subsidiary subject must take Phys 1101/1001 and proceed to Phys 1102/1002. A total of 170 credit units must be required for a BSc Degree and a total of 218 credit units are required for an Honours Degree.
.

Second Year

Second Year BSc (Semester I)

Total Credits – 21: Total hours – 27

*A student can choose any two electives offered from the Department of Mathematics and Physics to fulfill total of 21 credits. Phys 2107or Phys 2109 is assigned as Elective 1. Math 2001 is assigned as Elective 2.

Elective Course for Chemistry, Mathematics, Geology, Industrial Chemistry, Marine Science, GeographyStudents: Phys 2003 Electric and Magnetic Fields.

Second Year BSc(Semester II)

Total Credits – 21: Total hours – 27

*A student can choose any two electives offered from the Department of Mathematics and Physics to fulfill total of 21 credits. Phys 2108 or Phys 2110 is assigned as Elective 1. Math 2004 is assigned as Elective 2.

Elective Course for Chemistry, Mathematics, Geology, Industrial Chemistry, Marine Science, GeographyStudents: Phys 2004 Thermal Physics

Third Year

Third Year BSc (Semester I)

Total Credits – 22: Total hours – 28

*A student can choose any one elective offered from the Department of Mathematics and Physics to fulfill total of 22 credits. Phys 3109 orMath 3001 is assigned as Elective.

Third Year BSc (Semester II)

Total Credits – 22: Total hours – 28

*A student can choose any one elective offered from the Department of Mathematics and Physics to fulfill total of 22 credits. Phys 3110or Math 3002 is assigned as Elective.

Fourth Year

Fourth Year BSc (Semester I)

Total Credits – 23: Total hours – 29

*A student can choose Physics to fulfill total of 23 credits.

Fourth Year BSc (Semester II)

Total Credits – 23: Total hours – 29

*A student can choose Physics to fulfill total of 23 credits. Term/ Project paper must be submitted by each group not more than 10 students in Fourth Year Second Semester. Group paper presentation must be included.

Dr. Yin Maung Maung

Dr. Yin Maung Maung (Mr)

Degree

:

PhD, UY

Position

:

Professor (Head)

Organization

:

Department of Physics, University of Yangon,
Ministry of Education

Contact Detail:

Email

:

yinmaungmaung@uy.edu.mm, dryinmgmg@gmail.com

HP

:

+959890504553

Office

:

+95-1-536772

Fax

:

+95-1-510721

Work Experience
Demonstrator (1997-1999), Department of Physics, Botataung College, Yangon
Demonstrator (1999–2004), Department of Physics, University of Yangon
Assistant Lecturer (2004 – 2005), Department of Physics, University of Yangon
Assistant Lecturer (2005 – 2006), Department of Physics, Kalay University
Assistant Lecturer (2006 – 2010), Department of Physics, University of Yangon
Lecturer (2010 – 2012), Department of Physics, University of Yangon
Lecturer (2012 – 2014), Department of Physics, Kyaing Tong University
Lecturer (2014 – 2015), Department of Physics, University of Yangon
Associate Professor (2015 – 2017), Department of Physics, Mandalay University
Associate Professor (2017 – 2018), Department of Physics, University of Yangon
Professor (2018 – Today), Department of Physics, University of Yangon
Professor/ Head, (2021 July-Today), Department of Physics, University of Yangon, Yangon

Educational Background:
1985-1986, B.E.H.S passed No.2, Basic Education High School Dagon, Yangon
1992-1993, B.Sc. (Physics) (Hons), University of Yangon, Kamayut, Yangon
1995-1996, M.Sc. (Physics), University of Yangon, Kamayut, Yangon
1999-2002, Ph.D.(Physics/Materials Science), University of Yangon, Kamayut, Yangon
2009-2010, Post-doctoral Research, Nano-Materials and Devices Lab Department of Materials Science and Engineering, Korea University, Seoul, Korea
2015-2016, Post-doctoral Research, Study for Mechanisms and Deterrent Technologies for Potential Induced Degradation of Solar Cells Department of Renewable Energy Gifu University, Gifu, Japan

Research interests
1) Materials Science and Engineering
2) Renewable Energy
3) Nanomaterials & Devices

Projects
1.Design and Synthesis of Novel Perovskite Nanocrystals for Photovoltaic Application (First China-Myanmar-Joint-Intergovernmental Research Project)
China Side =prof Jianyu Yuan, Department of Science and Technology of jiangsu Province, Soochow University, China
Myanmar Side=Prof Yin Maung Maung Department of Physics, University of Yangon
(2020-2022)
Area= New Energy
2.Collaborative Research Project (ICE-Matter Program):Project Title : Naphthalene diimide based polymer acceptor for wide band gap all polymer solar cell (2021-2022)
Principal Investigator: Prof Yin Maung Maung, Myanmar
Co-researcher: Prof Ratchatee, KU, Thailand

Award
1.“Structural and Microstructural Properties of TiO2 Nano-Patterns Using PDMS Replica” Best Paper Award (‘“Spring Conference of Surface Engineering”; (Jeju,korea) (2010)
2.“Photoanode Formation Using SnO2 Nanofibres for Enhancing Photovoltaic Properties of Natural Dye Sensitized Solar Cells” (“The 10th International Conference on Photonics and Applications” ) Quality Paper Award : Hanoi, Vietnam) (2018)
3.Post-doc research , Korea University, Korea, 2009-2010 (KFAS, ISEF)
4.Post-doc research , Gifu University, Japan, 2015-2016 (NEDO, Japan)

Quality Paper Awarding:
1) “Structural and Microstructural properties of TiO2 Nano-patterns using PDMS Replica” Yin Maung Maung & Heon Lee, Spring Conference of Korean Institute of Surface Engineering held at Jeju island, Korea.(2010)
2) “SnO2 Nanofibres with Grass Dye Sensitizer” Yin Maung Maung et al, The 10th International Conference on Photonics and Applications held at Halong, Vietnam. (2018)

Proceedings:
1) “Biochars Produced from Biomass Fuels and Their Characterizations for Direct Carbon Fuel Cell (DCFC) Application”, Yin Maung Maung, ThinzarLwin, Than Than Win and Khin Khin Win, CASEAN-6 PROCEEDINGS, 2019 (October)131-136
2) “Photoanode Formation Using SnO2 Nanofibers for Enhancing Photovoltaic Properties of Natural Dye Sensitized Solar Cells”, Yin Maung Maung, Zayar Pyae Phyo Aung, Than Than Win and Khin Khin Win, Proceedings of 10th International Conference on Photonics & Applications (Advances in Optics, Photonics, Spectroscopy & Applications), 2018 (November)305-3014

Peer-reviewed Papers
1.“Aromatic Amine- assisted Pseudo-Solution-Phase Ligand Exchange in CsPbI3 Perovskite Quantum Dot Solar Cells” Xuliang Zhang, Huang Hehe, Yin Maung Maung, Jianyu Yuan, Wanli Ma, CHEMICAL COMMUNICATIONS 57(64) DOI: 10.1039/D1CC 02866 A (IF= 6.22)
2.“Efficient Wide Bandgap All-Polymer Solar Cells Benifiting from a Random n-Type Copolymers Strategy” Xin Yuan, Jiabei Yuan, Ban Li, Yifeng Feng, Yin Maung Maung, jianu yuan CHEMICAL ENGINEERING JOURNAL 417(8) DOI: 10.1016/j.cej 2020. 128000 (IF=16.744)
3.“Understanding the Interplay of Transport Morphology-Performance in PBDB-T Based Polymer Solar Cells”. Q.Zhang; X.Yuan; Y.Feng;B.W.Larson; G.M.Su; Y.Maung Maung; N.Rujisamphan; Y.Li;J.Yuan; W.Ma, SOLAR RRL 4(4) 201900524 (1-8) DOI: 10.1002/Solar.201900524 (IF= 9.2)
4.“Magnetron Sputtered SnO2 Constituting Double Electron Transport Layers for Efficient PbS Quantum Dot Solar Cells”. Yong Li;Fan Yang; Yongjie Wang; Guozheng Shi; Yin Maung Maung; Jianyu Yuan; Shujuan Huang; Wanli Ma, SOLAR RRL 4(7) 2000218 (1-8) DOI: 10.1002/Solr.2020 00218 (IF= 9.2)

Dr. Nyein Thida

Dr Nyein Thida (Ms)

Degree

:

DCSc, PhD

Position

:

Professor

Organization

:

Department of Physics, University of Yangon,
Ministry of Education

Contact Detail:

Email

:

nyein151270@gmail.com

HP

:

+959890504553

Office

:

+95-1-536772

Fax

:

+95-1-510721

Dr Nyein Thida is an Associate Professor at the Department of Physics, University of Yangon. She received her PhD in Theoretical Physics from University of Yangon, Myanmar. She also got her BSc (Hons) and MSc from University of Yangon. She participates as the member of Physics Curriculum & Syllabus Committee (Basic Education) and also a member of the Institute of Physics (IOP, UK).

Work Experience
She started her service life since 1995 and has been in her current position in August 2015. Her research focuses on Theoretical Physics. She has published International Journal, National Journal and Proceedings papers.

Educational background:
1994, BSc (Hons) Physics, University of Yangon
1996, MSc, University of Yangon
2000, DCSc, University of Computer Studies, Yangon
2004, PhD, University of Yangon

Membership
2009, MInstP, IOP (London)

Area of Interest:
(1) Mathematical and Computational Physics
(2) General Relativity
(3) Theoretical Astrophysics and Cosmology

Publications:

:

1)NyeinThida and HlaHla Maw, 2019, Theoretical and Numerical Aspects of Gravitational Waves, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVII, No.2B. P 223-234
2)NyeinThida, NaingNaingWintHtun, ZarZarMyintAung, Han Win Than and AungMyat, 2019,Solving Some Quantum Mechanics Problems using Matrix method, International Journal of Trend in Research and Development, Vol.VI Issue 4,P 465-466
3)KhinSweOo, Hla Win, NyeinThida and Thant ZinNaing, 2007, Dark Energy Domination in Cosmology, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol.V, No.2B, P 365-372
4) ThetHtarNwe, Aye TheingiKaing, Thaw ThawHlaing, MyaWuttYii, NyeinThida,KhinMiMi, KhinKhin Win, 2007,Image Segmentation Using Watershed Transform, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol.5, No.3, P 125-131
5)Hla Toe, HlaHtay, ThetThet Aye, NyeinThida and Tin MaungTun, 2011,Study on Photovoltaic Properties of CdS/P-Si Junction,Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. IX, No 2B, P 171-181
6)ZarZarMyintAung and NyeinThida, 2018, A Fluid Model Analogue for Black Hole Thermodynamics, Lashio University Research Journal, P 117-123

Dr. Khin Lay Thwe

Dr. Khin Lay Thwe
Lecturer

Education

:

Ph.D

Current Research Field

:

Materials Science

Research Interest Fields

:

X-ray Crystallography, Nanotechnology, Renewable Energy

Email

:

khinlaythwe @gmail.com

Prof. Dr Khin Phone Myint Kyu

Name

:

Dr Khin Phone Myint Kyu

Current Position

:

Professor (Head), Department of Law

Education

:

LLB, LLM, PhD

E-Mail address

:

khinphonemyintkyu@uy.edu.mm

Field of Research Interest

:

Family Law, Constitutional Law, Civil Law, Insurance Law

Publication ( Domestic / Foreign )
(1) “Intestate Succession” Mandalay University of Distance Education Research Journal, Vol.1, No.1, 2009.
(2) “ Comparative Legal Education: Challenges for Studying Law Abroad”, Programs for Asian Global Legal Professions Series II, ISBN 978-4-76642504-8, June, 2018.
(3) “How Civil Law is Taught in University of Yangon”, Programs for Asian Global Legal Professions Series III, ISBN 978-4-76642568-5, March, 2019
(4) Myanmar’s Current Legal System and Inheritance under the Myanmar Customary Law, Programs for Asian Global Legal Professions Series III, ISBN 978-4-76642589-5, March, 2019
(5) “Use of Common Topics to Improve Comparative Law and Legal Education of Myanmar1”, Programs for Asian Global Legal Professions Series III, Vol.3 ISBN 784-7664-2568-5, March, 2019
(6) “Constitution and Constitutional Review in Myanmar”, Programs for Asian Global Legal Profession Series IV, ISBN 978-4-7664-2660-1, 2020
(7) “The Functions and Duties of the Constitutional Tribunal of Myanmar”, Emergance and Features if the Constitutional Review Bodies in Asia: A Comparative Analysis of Transitional Countries’ Development, CALE Discussion Paper No.19, 2020
(8)“Legal Aspect on Child’s Right in Myanmar”, Programs for Asian Global Legal Profession Series V- Promoting the Rule of Law in Asian Dynamics, ISBN 978-4-7664-2728-8, January, 2021

Dr Kyi Phyu Oo

Name

:

Dr Kyi Phyu Oo

Current Position

:

Associate Professor

Education

:

LLB, LLM, PhD
Diploma in International Relations and Development
Diploma in Global English

E-Mail address

:

kyiphyuoo@uy.edu.mm

Research Background:

:

(1) Read Research Paper at Departmental Research Paper Reading Session, Law Department, University of Yangon on December 2008
Title: Application of Anti- Dumping Measures under WTO Rules

(2) Read Research Paper at Sittwe University Research Paper Reading Session, Law Department, Sittwe University on September 2011
Title: Application of Standards and Safety measures under WTO Rules

(3) Read Research Paper at Dagon University Research Paper Reading Session, Law Department, Dagon University on November 2013
Title: Challenges of Myanmar in ASEAN Free Trade Area (2015)

(4) Completed a group research project at Law Department, Dagon University on March 2014
Title: Foreign Direct Investment Laws and Policies of ASEAN Countries

(5) Researched and wrote a research paper at Law Department, Dagon University in 2015
Title: Legal Issues on Domestic Violence against Women in Myanmar

(6) Completed a group research project at Law Department, Dagon University on September 2016
Title: Protection on Myanmar Nationals in Foreign Countries under International Law

(7) Researched and wrote a research paper at Law Department, Dagon University in 2017
Title: Legal Protection on Myanmar Migrant Women in Thailand

(8) Read Research Paper in Silver Jubilee Oral and Poster Presentation, Dagon University at Law Department, Yangon University on December 2018
Title: Legal Analysis on Gender Equality and Women’s Rights in Myanmar

Publications

:

(1) Kyi Phyu Oo, “Challenges of Myanmar in ASEAN Free Trade Area (2015)”, Published in the Dagon University Research Journal, Vol.5, December 2013, p-47-58.
(2) Kyi Phyu Oo, “Legal Issues on Domestic Violence Against Women in Myanmar”, Published in the Universities Research Journal, Vol.7, No.4, February 2015, p-269-283.
(3) Kyi Phyu Oo, “Legal Analysis on Gender Equality and Women’s Rights in Myanmar”, Published in the Dagon University Commemoration of 25th Anniversary Silver Jubilee Research Journal, Vol.9, No.1, July 2019, p-284.

Dr. Su Su Mon

Dr. Su Su Mon
Associate Professor, (LLB, LLM, PhD)

Research interests

:

Commercial Law: Franchising Law, Intellectual Property Law,
Sales Law, International Trade Law

Email

:

drsusumon@uy.edu.mm

Publication ( Domestic / Foreign )

:

“Analysis on Laws relating to Franchise Business in Myanmar”,
Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVI.
No.8, 2018.

Dr. Khin Hninn Wint Kyaw

Dr. Khin Hninn Wint Kyaw
Lecturer (LLB, LLM, MRes, PhD)

Field of Interest

:

Law of Contract, Law Relating to Sale of Goods, Transport Laws

Publication ( Domestic / Foreign )
(1) “Specific Performance of International Sale Contract: English Law, Myanmar Law and CISG”, Journal of the Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol. XVII. No.8, August, 2019
(2) “Challenges of the Local People in Dawei Special Economic Zone”, The 20th Anniversary Conference Proceedings, February,2020
(3) “Legal Protection from the Worst Forms of Child Labour”, Dawei University Research Journal, Vol.12. No.1, December, 2020

U Ba Thwin

U Ba Thwin
Part Time Professors
B.Sc, BL, MA (Development Economics, U.S.A)
Director General (Rtd.), Ministry of Foreign Affairs

Research interests

:

Administrative Law, History, Development Economics

Teaching Subjects

:

International Economics Law

Email

:

–

Prof. Daw Wai Wai Kyi

Prof. Daw Wai Wai Kyi
Part Time Professors
B.A (Law), LLB, LLM
Professor and Head of Department (Rtd.),
Department of Law, Yangon University of Distance Education

Teaching Subjects

:

Family Laws in Myanmar, Law of Employment

Email

:

–

First Year

CURRICULUM FOR LL B DEGREE

FIRST YEAR    SEMESTER   I

Foundation Courses

မ ၁၀၀၁ ျမန္မာစာ

Eng 1001      English

Core Courses (For Law Specialization)

Law 1101    Introduction to the Study of Law I

Law 1102    History of State and Law

Elective Courses (One subject to be chosen)

Phil 1001    Logic in Practice I

Hist 1001     Introduction to Myanmar Civilizations I

IR 1002       Introduction to International Relations I

Psy 1004      Public Relations

Eco 1001      Principles of Microeconomics

Geog1003    Geography of Southeast Asian Countries

OS   1003     Buddhist Culture

AM 1001      Aspects of Myanmar

FIRST YEAR    SEMESTER   II

Foundation Courses

မ ၁၀၀၂    ျမန္မာစာ

Eng 1002        English

Core Courses

Law 1103         Introduction to the Study of Law II

Law 1104        Jurisprudence

Elective Courses (One subject to be taken)

Phil 1003        Logic in Practice II

Hist 1004        Introduction to Myanmar Civilizations II

IR 1004           Introduction to International Relations II

Psy 1008         Understanding Human Interaction

Eco 1002         Principles of Macroeconomics

Geog1004        Geography of Myanmar

OS 1007         Pali Literature

AM 1002         Aspects of Myanmar

Second Year

SECOND YEAR     SEMESTER I

Foundation Course

Eng 2001         English

Core Courses

Law 2101        Myanmar Customary Law I

Law 2102        Law of Contract

Law 2103        Labour Law

Elective Courses   (For Law Specialization )

(One subject to be chosen)

Law 2104        Law Relating to Sale of Goods

Law 2105        Principles of Legal Profession

(One subject to be chosen )
Eng 2003         Developing Communicative Skills I
Phil 2004         Philosophy of Law I
IR 2002          Elements of Political Institutions I
Eco 2001         Macroeconomics
Elective Courses ( For other Specializations )
Law 2001        Study of Law (CU – 3 For IR)
Law 2002       Law and Justice I (For Political Science)

SECOND YEAR    SEMESTER II

Foundation Course

Eng 2002         English

Core Courses

Law 2106        Myanmar Customary Law II

Law 2107        Law of Tort

Law 2108        Land Law

Elective Courses (For Law Specialization )

(One subject to be chosen)

Law 2109        Negotiable Instruments Act

Law 2110        Law of Banking

(One subject to be taken)

Eco 2002         International Trade

Eng 2004         Developing Communicative Skills II

Phil 2009         Philosophy of Law II

IR 2004           Elements of Political Institutions II

Elective Courses (For other Specializations )

Law 2003       Business Law (Commerce + B Act)

Law 2004       Law and Justice II (For Political Science)

Law 2005        ASEAN Documents

Law 2006        Introduction to International Law (For IR)

Third Year

THIRD YEAR        SEMESTER I

Foundation Course

Eng 3001         English

Core Courses

Law 3101        Criminal Law

Law 3102        Public International Law I

Law 3103        Business Law I

Elective Courses   (For Law Specialization)

(One subject to be taken)

Law 3104        Conflict of Laws

Law 3105        Law of Banking

(One subject to be taken)

Psy 3001        Crime and Psychology I

Eng3003          Communicative Skills (Advanced)

Eng 3006         Translation

Eco 3001         Introduction to Economics of Development

IR 3002          Current Issues in International Relations

Elective Courses (For other Specializations)

Law 3001             ILO Convention)

Law 3002                   International Law I (4 CU For IR)

Law 3003                   General Principles of International Law (For PS)

MS 3105                    Customary Law of Myanmar (4 Cu For MS)

Mgt 3101                    Business Law

CL 3001                      Commercial Law I

BM 3107                    Business Law I

PP                               Administration Law I

ES 3101                     Environmental Law

AS 3003                      Legal Framework on ASEAN I

THIRD YEAR           SEMESTER     II

Foundation Course

Eng 3002         English

Core Courses

Law 3106        Criminal Procedure Code

Law 3107        Human Rights Law

Law 3108        Business Law II

Elective Courses (For Law Specialization)

(One subject to be taken)

Law 3109        Law of Insurance

Law 3110        Law of Treaties

Elective Courses (One subject to be taken)

Psy 3002         Crime and Psychology II

Eco 3002         International Finance

Eng 3004         Developing Communicative Skills

IR 3004           Current Issues in International Relations II

Elective Courses (For other Specializations)

Law 3004/Law 3204                        Legal Protection of Intellectual Property Rights (For LI)

Law 3005/Law 3205 (1^stYr Hon.)   International Law II (4 CU for IR)

Law 3006/Law 3206 (1^stYr Hon.) International Human Rights Law (For P S)

Law 3007/Law 3207                           Business and Human Rights (3Cu for BDevS) (Eco)

BM 3108                                             Business Law II (For UDE)

PP 3002/PP 3202                               Public Administration Law II

AS 3006/ AS 3206                              Legal Framework on ASEAN II

Fourth Year

FOURTH YEAR            SEMESTER I

Core Courses

Law 4101        Constitutional Law

Law 4102        Civil Procedure Code I

Law 4103        Revenue Law I

Law 4104        Law of International Institutions I

Elective Courses

Law 4105        Environmental Law

Law 4106        International Economic Law

Law 4107        Child Law of Myanmar

Elective Courses (For Other Specializations)

Law 4001/Law 4201(2^nd Yr. Hons)    World Constitutions (For IR)

Law 4002/Law 4202 (2^nd Yr. Hons) Administrative Law (For IR)

AS 4003/Law 4203                             Constitutions of ASEAN Countries I

BS 4002                                              Business Law (EPP)

FOURTH YEAR            SEMESTER II

Core Courses

Law 4108        Administrative Law

Law 4109        Civil Procedure Code II

Law 4110        Revenue Law II

Law 4111        Law of International Institutions II

Elective Courses

Law 4112        Law of the Sea

Law 4113        Transport Law

Law 4114        Intellectual Property Law

Elective Courses (For Other Specializations)

Law 4003/Law 4203      (2^nd Yr. Hons)          International Environmental Law (For IR)

Law 4004/Law 4204 (2^nd Yr. Hons)            International Human Rights Law (For IR)

Law 4005                                                        Law of Contract (3 CU for BDevS) (Eco)

ES   4110 (4^th Yr.)/4210(2^nd Yr. Hons)           Enforcement of Environmental Law (4 Cu)

AS 4006/AS 4206                                          Constitutions of ASEAN Countries II

MS 4109/MS 4209                                          Practical Aspects of Myanmar Customary Law

Fifth Year & Qualifying

FIFTH YEAR & QUALIFYING CLASS          SEMESTER I

Core Courses

Law     5101   Law of Evidence I

Law     5102 Shipping Law I

Law     5103   Military Law

Elective Courses

Law     5104   Comparative Law

Law     5105   Criminology

Law     5106   International Humanitarian Law

Elective Courses (For Other Specializations)

Law     5001/Law 5201 (3^rdYr.Hons)              Law of World Institutions I (For IR)

Law     5002/Law 5202 (3^rdYr.Hons)             Law of Treaties I

ES       5206 (3^rd Yr. Hons, Qualifying)          Environmental Law and International

Organizations

AS       5003                                                   ASEAN Economic Agreements I

FIFTH YEAR & QUALIFYING CLASS               SEMESTER   II

Core courses

Law 5107        Law of Evidence II

Law 5108        Shipping Law II

Law 5109        Civil Litigation

Elective Courses

Law 5110        Constitutions of ASEAN Countries

Law 5111        Law of Commercial Arbitration

Law 5112        International Air and Space Law

Elective Courses (For IR Student)

Law 5003/ Law 5203 (3^rd Yr. Hons) Law of World Institutions II (For IR)

Law 5004 / Law 5204 (3^rd Yr. Hons) Law of Treaties II

Elective Courses(For Other Specialization)

AS 5006                                             ASEAN Economic Agreements II

PA 5104 (Final YrHons; BBA,         Administrative Law (For Applied Economics)

Qualifying BBA/BDevS)

MS 5212                                             Family Laws in Myanmar (For MS)

First Year

FIRST YEAR – ENGLISH              SEMESTER –I

Foundation Course

မ ၁၀၁   ျမန္မာစာ

Core Courses

Eng 1101      English Literature – 1 (19^thand 20^th Century Prose and 20^thCentury Short Stories)

Eng 1102      English Literature – 2 (20^th Century Poetry and Drama)

Eng 1103      Communicative Skills -1

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Psy 1001      Public Relations

Phil 1001      Logic in Practice – 1

OS 1001       Fundamentals of the Pali Language

IR 1002        Introduction to International Relations – 1

Hist 1003     World History to 1500 – 1

AM 1001      Aspects of Myanmar

* An English specialisation student will have to take two electives (one elective, and AM 1001) from among those offered.

ENG 1101: English Literature – 1 (19^th& 20^th Century Prose and 20^th Century Short Stories)

Course Description

This module introduces students to English literature through selected 19^th& 20^th century prose passages and the 20^th century short stories by well-known authors. The selection is based on the inclusion of a variety of themes. This module will help students to explore various types of prose passages, styles of writing and characteristics of short stories such as plot, setting, mode of development, and literary devices. Prose writing and short stories being mirrors of a particular period or age, these selections will raise students’ awareness of the historical, social and cultural background of the story. This module will also train students to read literary texts closely, and appreciate them and express their understanding of texts both in class discussion and in writing.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

identify salient features of literary texts

analyze works by authors who represent diverse world cultures

appreciate literature and express their understanding of texts both in class discussion and in writing, and

discuss the connections between literature and its historical, social and cultural contents.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of theories in analyzing prose passages

completion of one written assignment/ project and one group presentation

completion of one individual assignment

completion of the closed book final written examination

Coursebook

Choo, S & Yeo, R (2013). Mining for Meaning. Learners Publishing Private Limited.

References for Prose

Abrams, M. H. (1986). The Norton Anthology of English Literature. (Fifth edition). New York: Norton & Company.

Armour, J. S. (1958). Standard English Essays. Bombay: Blackie and Son Ltd.

Boas, G. (1954). Modern English Prose. London: Macmillan & Co. Ltd.

Conlin, M.L. (1990). Patterns Plus: A Short Prose Reader with Argumentation. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company.

D’oyley, E. (1934). Modern Prose. London: Edward Arnold & Co.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion. New York: Charles Scribner’s.

Stafford, W. & Candelaria, F. (1966). The Voices of Prose. USA: McGraw. Hill, Inc.

References for Short Stories

Dolley, C. (1967). The Penguin Book of English Short Stories. Great Britain: Penguin Books Ltd.

Konigsberg, I. (1971) The Classic Short Story. U.S.A.: Harper and Row Inc.

Mizener, A. (1967). Modern Short Stories: The Uses of Imagination. U.S.A.: Norton & Company, Inc.

Chin, B. A. et. al. (2002). Glencoe Literature: The Reader’s Choice. U.S.A.: The McGraw-Hill Companies.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.

Eng 1102: English Literature – 2 (20^th Century Poetry and Drama)

Course Description

This module deals with 20^th century poetry and drama. It will acquaint students with various styles of literary texts and enable them to gain the socio-cultural knowledge of that period as reflected in the selected texts. Students have to study a variety of 20^th Century poems, both British and American, which are representative of the period, being presented through a thematic approach. It aims at helping students to appreciate modern English poems. It is hoped that students’ language skills will be enhanced through literature learning. Moreover, students will be able to appreciate and write poems while learning different types of poems. A collection of 20^th century English Drama will enable students to read plays not only for pleasure but also to understand life as presented by playwrights This module includes the plays, written in a variety of styles, for the stage, making it possible for them. It makes it possible for students to study plays to get a glimpse of play-acting and the theatre from the mid-nineteenth century to the present, encompassing such radical movements as realism, naturalism and symbolism. It also introduces them to the theatre of the absurd, and post-modernism.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

recite poems with correct pronunciation, stress, intonation, rhyme and rhythm

appreciate poems and plays by classifying, interpreting and discussing them

criticize and compare the situations in poems and plays which reflect different themes, cultures, social economic and educational aspects

express their ideas and feelings and defending to highlight their standpoints.

write poems and display and illustrate them in attractive and creative ways

write skits and perform on the stage improving their language skills.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a final closed book examination (80%)

combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each poem and play

completion of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one group activity: poem writing / play performance

completion of the closed book final examination

References

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Vol. 1. USA: Norton and Company, Inc.

Alexander, Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. London: Macmillan Press Ltd.

Allison, A. W. et al. (1986) Masterpieces of Drama. USA: Macmillan Publishing Co.

Hewett, R. P. (1984) A Choice of Poets: An Anthology of Poets from Wordsworth to the present day. UK: Nelson House.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D & James H. Pickering (1990) Poetry: An Introduction. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Leech, Geoffrey N, A linguistic guide to English poetry, (1^st ed.) London, Longman, 1969.

Peacock, W (1963) English Verse. Vol. V. Oxford: OUP

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Vaughan-Rees, Michael, Rhymes and rhythm: A poem-based course for English pronunciation, (1^st edn.) UK, Macmillan Publishers Ltd,1994.

Ward, Thomas Humphry (1883) The English Poets. Vol. IV. London: Macmillan and Co.

Weekes, A. R (year not mentioned) The Odes of John Keats. London: University Tutorial Press Ltd.

Wilkie, Brian & James Hurt (1998) Literature of the Western World. Vol. I. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Wollman, Maurice (1948) Poems of Twenty Years: An Anthology. London: Macmillan and Co.

Eng 1103: Communicative Skills – 1

Course Description

This module aims to develop students’ communicative skills. It contains Grammar, Vocabulary, Reading, Listening, and Speaking/Pronunciation components. Grammar is contextualized and introduced through an inductive approach. A variety of authentic and semi-authentic reading and listening texts will be given to introduce grammar and vocabulary. Vocabulary section focuses on word building and lexical patterns and recycled through activities in each unit. Regular pronunciation sections are integrated with the presentation of new language to practice word and sentence stress, difficult sounds, contractions and intonation. The Scenario lessons are included to extend speaking practice with important communicative features in a real-life situation. Study Skills section enhance students’ learning outside the classroom, participation in discussions, note-taking skills, presentation skills, and so on. Different genres of written texts are introduced to develop students’ writing through analysis of models and practice.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

use language phrases and vocabulary appropriately to express their opinions, agree or disagree with others, and make suggestions in a ‘real-life’ situation.

improve their pronunciation in English and be confident enough to speak English.

develop their problem solving skills, critical thinking skills and creativity.

write argumentative essays, biographical profiles, job advertisements, typical covering letters and CVs

apply strategies for better comprehension skills such as: listen for gist and for specific information, uses of tenses, different methods of note-taking, etc.

Assessment Criteria

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment (20%) and a final examination (80%).

For tutorial-based assessment, the students are asked to do some quizzes, give group presentation, take some mini-tests based on reading, writing, listening, vocabulary, and grammar they have learned.

In the final examination, they will be assessed through such components as reading, vocabulary, grammar, language use, and writing.

References

Cotton, D., Falvey, D. & Kent, S. (2014). New Language Leader 1: Coursebook. Pearson Education Limited.

MyEnglishLab: english.com/activate

FIRST YEAR – ENGLISH                          SEMESTER –II

Foundation Course

မ ၁၀၂   ျမန္မာစာ

Core Courses

Eng 1104     English Literature – 3 (19^thand 20^th Century Prose and 20^thCentury Short Stories)

Eng 1105     English Literature – 4 (20^th Century Poetry and Drama)

Eng 1106     Communicative Skills – 2

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

OS 1007       Pali Literature

Phil1003       Logic in Practice – 2

Psy1004       Understanding Human Interaction

IR 1005        Introduction to International Relations – 2

Hist 1006     World History 1500 – 2

AM 1002      Aspects of Myanmar

* An English specialisation student will have to take two electives (one elective and AM 1002) from among those offered.

ENG 1104: English Literature – 3 (19^th& 20^th Century Prose and 20^th Century Short Stories)

Course description

This module introduces literature through a selection of 19^th& 20^th century prose passages and short stories by well-known writers in the 20^th century. The selection of literary texts is based on a variety of themes. This module helps students to understand the style of various types of prose passages and the characteristics of short stories such as plot, setting, mode of development, and literary devices. This module focuses on analyzing the narrative features and tension and suspense of a literary work. As short stories are mirrors of the age in which they were written, the selection helps students to gain the historical, social and cultural knowledge of the story. This module trains students to read literary texts intensively and to express their understanding of these texts both in class discussion and in writing.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

identify salient features of literary texts

analyze works by authors who represent diverse world cultures.

discuss the connections between literature and its historical, social and cultural content.

appreciate literature and express their understanding of texts both in class discussion and in writing.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion formal written assignments (20%)

a final closed book written examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of theories on analyzing prose and short stories

completion of one group assignment

completion of one individual assignment

completion of the final closed book examination

Prescribed Coursebook

Choo, S & Yeo, R (2013). Mining for Meaning. Learners Publishing Private Limited.

References for Prose

Abrams, M. H. (1986). The Norton Anthology of English Literature. (Fifth edition). New York: Norton & Company.

Armour, J. S. (1958). Standard English Essays. Bombay: Blackie and Son Ltd.

Boas, G. (1954). Modern English Prose. London: Macmillan & Co. Ltd.

Conlin, M.L. (1990). Patterns Plus: A Short Prose Reader with Argumentation. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company.

D’oyley, E. (1934). Modern Prose. London: Edward Arnold & Co.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion. New York: Charles Scribner’s.

Stafford, W. & Candelaria, F. (1966). The Voices of Prose. USA: McGraw. Hill, Inc.

References for Short Stories

Dolley, C. (1967). The Penguin Book of English Short Stories. Great Britain: Penguin Books Ltd.

Konigsberg, I. (1971) The Classic Short Story. U.S.A.: Harper and Row Inc.

Mizener, A. (1967). Modern Short Stories: The Uses of Imagination. U.S.A.: Norton & Company, Inc.

Chin, B. A. et. al. (2002). Glencoe Literature: The Reader’s Choice. U.S.A.: The McGraw-Hill Companies.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.

Eng 1105: English Literature – 4 (19^th and 20^th Century Poetry & Drama)

Course Description

This module deals with the study of a rich variety of poems, both British and American, which are representative of the century, being selected and presented in a thematic approach. Students will be able to appreciate the selected poems expressed in modern English so that their language development in speaking and writing will be enhanced.

This module also deals with selections from English Drama of 20^th century. Students will be able to read not only for pleasure but also to tackle conventional themes in the light of a new understanding of the theory and development of tragedy, comedy, and other modes of dramatic expression. It aims at helping students to develop their language through an intensive study of the style of writing in these plays, which introduce the on-setting element of modernism.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

appreciate and evaluate poems and plays by classifying, interpreting and discussing them

identify the theme of the literary texts and reflect on their personal development

express their ideas and feelings and defending to highlight their standpoints

write poems and display and illustrate them in attractive and creative ways, and

write skits and perform on the stage, improving their language skills.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a final examination (80%) \

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt.

completion of one group activity: poem writing / play performance

completion of the closed book final examination

References

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Vol. 1. USA: Norton and Company, Inc.

Alexander, Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. London: Macmillan Press Ltd.

Allison, A. W. et al. (1986) Masterpieces of Drama. USA: Macmillan Publishing Co.

Hewett, R. P. (1984) A Choice of Poets: An Anthology of Poets from Wordsworth to the present day. UK: Nelson House.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D & James H. Pickering (1990) Poetry: An Introduction. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Leech, Geoffrey N, A linguistic guide to English poetry, (1^st edn.) London, Longman, 1969.

Peacock, W (1963) English Verse. Vol. V. Oxford: OUP

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Vaughan-Rees, Michael, Rhymes and rhythm: A poem-based course for English pronunciation, (1^st edn.) UK, Macmillan Publishers Ltd,1994.

Ward, Thomas Humphry (1883) The English Poets. Vol. IV. London: Macmillan and Co.

Weekes, A. R (year not mentioned) The Odes of John Keats. London: University Tutorial Press Ltd.

Wilkie, Brian & James Hurt (1998) Literature of the Western World. Vol. I. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Wollman, Maurice (1948) Poems of Twenty Years: An Anthology. London: Macmillan and Co.

Eng 1106: Communicative Skills – 2

Course Description

This module aims to develop students’ communicative skills and language skills: grammar, vocabulary, reading, listening, speaking, pronunciation, critical thinking skills, problem solving skills and creativity. Authentic and semi-authentic reading and listening texts are used to teach grammar in inductive approach and introduce vocabulary. The scenario in real-life situation is given to make students practise the language they have learned in different contexts. Students are introduced to different genres and develop their writing through analysis of models and practice in producing different text styles. Throughout the course, engaging class activities will be given to make students communicate in English and develop their language skills.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

use the English language appropriately in giving presentations, describing things and evaluating qualities in a real-life situation

write an opinion-led essay, a formal letter and a product report in a systematic way

apply strategies of skimming, scanning and proofreading

use such grammar patterns as defining relative clauses and non-defining relative clauses, modal verbs, second conditional for unreal situations in the present or future, comparative and superlative structures in real contexts

develop their critical thinking skills, problem solving skills and creativity

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment (20%) and a final examination (80%).

Tutorial-based assessment includes quizzes, give group presentation, mini-tests based on reading, writing, listening, vocabulary, and grammar they have learned.

In the final examination, they will be assessed through such components as reading, vocabulary, grammar, language use, and writing.

References

Cotton, D., Falvey, D. & Kent, S. (2014). New Language Leader 1: Coursebook. Pearson Education Limited.

MyEnglishLab: english.com/activate

Second Year

SECOND YEAR – ENGLISH                 SEMESTER –I

Foundation Course

မ ၂၀၀၁ ျမန္မာစာ

Core Courses

Eng 2101     English Literature – 5 (16^thto 20^th Century Prose and 19^th and 20^th Century Short Stories)

Eng 2102     English Literature – 6 (19^th and 20^th Century Poetry and Drama)

Eng 2103     English Language Studies – 1 (Introduction to General Linguistics and Phonetics)

Eng 2104     Communicative Skills – 3

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Hist 2003     Social History of England

Psy 2001     Language and Thought

Phil 2001      History of Western Intellectual Development – 1

IR   2001      Elements of Political Institutions – 1

OS 2001       Pali Language

OS 2003       Pali Literature (Prose)

Elective Courses (for Other Specialisations)

Eng 2003 Developing Communicative Skills – 1

* An English specialisation student will have to take one elective

Eng 2101: English Literature – 5 (16^th to 20^th Century Prose and 19^th& 20^th Century Short Stories)

Course Description

This module introduces students to literature through a selection of 16^th to 20^th century prose passages and 19th& 20th century short stories by well-known writers in these periods. The selection is done from a variety of themes. This module helps students to extend their knowledge of styles of various types of prose passages and characteristics of short stories.

This module focuses more on characterization and tone of the text in particular. As short stories are mirrors of a certain age, the selection helps the students to gain knowledge about the author’s life, and the historical, social and cultural background of the story. This module trains students to read literary texts intensively, express their understanding of these texts both in class discussion and in writing, and develop language skills through literature.

16^th& 20^th Century Prose

Close reading (Prose)

Chapter 15 – Characterization

15.1. Character types and roles

15.2. Character analysis

Chapter 16 – The tone of the text: Comic, Tragic or Ironic

16.1.    Comedy

16.2.    Tragedy

16.3.    Irony

19^th& 20^th Century Short Stories

A Clean Well-Lighted Place               Earnest Hemingway

The Jockey                                          Carson McCullers

The Purloined Letter                           Edgar Allan Poe

The Voyage                                         Katherine Mansfield

The Pomegranate Trees                       William Saroyan

Learning Outcomes

After this module, students will be able to:

identify and analyze characterization techniques used by the different writers

analyse a character in a short story

identify and analyze the comic, tragic and ironic elements in a story

create stories with different tones and characters using different characterization techniques

Assessment Criteria

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments and a final closed book written examination.

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one written assignment/ project and one group presentation, and

completion of the final closed book written examination

Prescribed Coursebook

Choo, S & Yeo, R (2013). Mining for Meaning. Learners Publishing Private Limited.

References for Prose

Abrams, M. H. (1986). The Norton Anthology of English Literature. (Fifth edition). New York: Norton & Company.

Armour, J. S. (1958). Standard English Essays. Bombay: Blackie and Son Ltd.

Boas, G. (1954). Modern English Prose. London: Macmillan & Co. Ltd.

Conlin, M.L. (1990). Patterns Plus: A Short Prose Reader with Argumentation. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company.

D’oyley, E. (1934). Modern Prose. London: Edward Arnold & Co.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion. New York: Charles Scribner’s.

Stafford, W. & Candelaria, F. (1966). The Voices of Prose. USA: McGraw. Hill, Inc.

References for Short Stories

Dolley, C. (1967). The Penguin Book of English Short Stories. Great Britain: Penguin Books Ltd.

Konigsberg, I. (1971) The Classic Short Story. U.S.A.: Harper and Row Inc.

Mizener, A. (1967). Modern Short Stories: The Uses of Imagination. U.S.A.: Norton & Company, Inc.

Chin, B. A. et. al. (2002). Glencoe Literature: The Reader’s Choice. U.S.A.: The McGraw-Hill Companies.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.

Eng 2102: English Literature – 6 (19^th& 20^th Century Poetry & Drama)

Course Description

This module deals with the study of a rich variety of poems, both British and American, which are representative of the period. The poems are selected and presented using a thematic approach. Students will be able to appreciate the selected poems expressed in English so that their language power in speaking and writing will be enhanced.

This module also deals with selections from English Drama of 19^th and 20^th centuries. Students will be able to read not only for pleasure but also to tackle conventional themes in the light of a new understanding of the theory and development of tragedy, comedy, and other modes of dramatic expression. It aims at helping students to develop their language through an intensive study of the style of writing in these plays, which introduce the on-setting element of modernism.

19^th& 20^th Century Poetry

The World is Too much with us          William Wordsworth

The Road not Taken                           Robert Frost

Invictus                                               William Ernest Henley

A Red, Red, Rose                               Robert Burns

When I was One and Twenty             A. E. Housman

How Do I Love Thee                          Elizabeth Barrett Browning

19^th& 20^th Century Drama

The Princess and the Swineherd                     Nicholas Stuart Gray

Learning Outcomes

After completing the course, students will be able to:

gain knowledge of the culture-specific conventions of both British and American literatures

appreciate the selected poems expressed in modern English so that their speaking and writing skills will be enhanced

analyze the functions of texts and their relations with historical, social and political contexts, and

analyze how purpose, style and genre function in texts to achieve particular literary, rhetorical and aesthetic effects.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment (20%), and a final closed book written examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

completion of tutorial-based assessment; group works, written assignments, poster competition/ role play and the presentations

completion of final closed book examination

References for Poetry

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Vol. 1. USA: Norton and Company, Inc.

Hewett, R. P. (1984) A Choice of Poets: An Anthology of Poets from Wordsworth to the present day. UK: Nelson House.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D & James H. Pickering (1990) Poetry: An Introduction. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Peacock, W (1963) English Verse. Vol. V. Oxford: OUP

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Ward, Thomas Humphry (1883) The English Poets. Vol. IV. London: Macmillan and Co.

Weekes, A. R (year not mentioned) The Odes of John Keats. London: University Tutorial Press Ltd.

Wilkie, Brian & James Hurt (1998) Literature of the Western World. Vol. I. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Wollman, Maurice (1948) Poems of Twenty Years: An Anthology. London: Macmillan and Co.

References for Drama

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Norton & Com. Inc

Alexander, Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan Press Ltd.

Allison, Alexander W. et al. (1986) Masterpieces of Drama. Macmillan Publishing Co.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Eng 2103: English Language Studies – 1 (Introduction to General Linguistics and Phonetics)

Course Description

This module introduces general linguistics and phonetics. The first part consists of the definition of language, the origin and development of human languages, characteristics and varieties of language, as well as animal and human language. It also focuses on the definition, the scope of linguistics, types of linguistics and its related fields. The second part deals with the definition of phonetics, its branches, and the description of vowels and consonants.

Contents

Part A:

Language

Definition

Origin and development of human language

Characteristics

Varieties

Linguistics

Animal communication and human language

The origin and development of human language

Varieties of language

Speech and writing

What is language?

What is linguistics?

Is linguistics a science?

The scope of linguistics

Linguistic levels

Linguistics and related fields

Types of linguistics or linguistics and other branches of knowledge

Descriptive, historical and comparative linguistics

Part B:

Phonetics

Definition of phonetics

History of phonetics

Branches of phonetics

The production of speech: the speech mechanism

The description of speech

Vowels

Consonants

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to

discuss the history and characteristics of human language and animal communication

use linguistic and phonetic knowledge in language learning

distinguish speech sounds in English: for example, British English and American English, and

transform words into phonemic scripts and vise visa.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion, formal written assignments (20%) and a final examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of three tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of two written assignments, and

completion of the final closed book written examination

References

Introduction to General Linguistics and Phonetics

Verma, S.K. & Krishnaswamy, N. (1989). Modern Linguistics: An Introduction. Dehli: OUP.

Radhey L.Varshney (2003). An Introductory Textbook of Linguistics and Phonetics. Bareilly: Student Store. Chapter 2 & 4

Kelly, G. (2000)How to teach pronunciation. England: Pearson Education Ltd.Chapter 1, 3, 4

Fromkin, V. Rodman, R. & Hyams, N. (2003). An Introduction to Language. Heinle. Chapter 6

Clark, J. & Yallop. C (1997). An Introduction and Phonetics and Phonology. UK: Blackwell Publishers Ltd. Chapter 2.

Eng- 2104: Communicative Skills -3

Course description

This module aims to develop students’ communicative skills and language skills: grammar, vocabulary, reading, listening, speaking, pronunciation, critical thinking skills, problem solving skills and creativity. Authentic or semi-authentic reading and listening texts taken from a variety of text types will be used to develop their reading and listening skills. In grammar section, students are encouraged to analyse and understand grammar through an inductive approach regarding examples in reading and listening texts and the vocabulary component pays attention to word building and lexical patterns and they are recycled through the speaking activities. The speaking section includes a variety of activities, which enable the students to comment on the topics and discuss the issues that arise, as well as talk about more personal experiences and knowledge and the writing section will develop students’ writing through analysis of models and practice in producing different text styles.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

utilize the language phrases for giving presentations, describing and evaluating qualities in a real-life situation

produce a cause-effect essay, an online review, and a short formal report in a systematic way

apply reading strategies: skimming, scanning, and proofreading

use grammar patterns learned in real contexts

develop their critical thinking skills, problem solving skills and creativity

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion, formal written assignments, presentations (20%) and a final examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of six tutorials based on reading, writing, listening, speaking, vocabulary, and grammar.

completion of individual written assignments and group presentation on a Mega Project

completion of the final closed book written examination

Prescribed Coursebook

Cotton, D., Falvey, D. & Kent, S. (2014). New Language Leader 2: Coursebook. England: Pearson Education Limited.

References

https://english-dashboard.pearson.com

SECOND YEAR – ENGLISH                             SEMESTER –II

Foundation Course

မ ၂၀၀၂ ျမန္မာစာ

Core Courses

Eng 2105     English Literature – 7 (16^thto 20^th Century Prose and 19^thand 20^th Century Short Stories)

Eng 2106     English Literature – 8 (19^thand 20^th Century Poetry and Drama)

Eng 2107     English Language Studies – 2 (Introduction to English Phonology)

Eng 2108     Communicative Skills – 4

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Hist 2006      Social History of England

Psy 2004      Stress and Stress Management

Phil 2006      History of Western Intellectual Development – 2

IR   2004      Elements of Political Institutions – 2

OS 2006       Pali Language

OS 2008       Pali Literature (Poetry)

Elective Courses (for Other Specialisations)

Eng 2004 Developing Communicative Skills – 2

* An English specialisation student will have to take one elective.

Eng 2105: English Literature – 7 (16^th to 20^th Century Prose & 19^th& 20^th Century Short Stories)

This module extends students’ knowledge of literature through a selection of 16^th to 20^th century prose passages and 19th& 20th century short stories by well-known writers in these centuries. Literary works with various themes were selected. This module helps students to study the style of various types of prose passages and the characteristics of short stories.

This module focuses more on prose genres and on the works of the great essayists. As short stories are mirrors of the age, the selection helps the students to gain knowledge about the author’s life, and the historical, social and cultural background of the story. This module trains students to read literary texts intensively and express their understanding of the selected texts both in class discussion and in writing.

16^thto 20^th Century Prose

How to put off doing a job Andy Rooney

August Andrei Codrescu

Of studies Francis Bacon

From the diary(the great fire) Pepys

On familiar style Hazlitt

19^th& 20^th Century Short Stories

Before the End of Summer Grant Moss Jr.

Learn to Say Good-by Jessamyn West

Odor of Chrysanthemums H. Lawrence

The Lady or the Tiger? Frank R. Stockton

Learning Outcomes

After this module, students will be able to:

compare and contrast essays and other forms of prose passages

create prose passages on familiar topics and recreating the simplicity and style of the model prose passages

detect underlying and foreshadowing techniques used in narration

compare and contrast the stories based on their plot structure and other elements of narration and characterization

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%) and a final examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt.

completion of one written assignment/ project and one final quiz

completion of the final closed book written examination

References for Prose

Abrams, M. H. (1986). The Norton Anthology of English Literature. (Fifth edition). New York: Norton & Company.

Armour, J. S. (1958). Standard English Essays. Bombay: Blackie and Son Ltd.

Boas, G. (1954). Modern English Prose. London: Macmillan & Co. Ltd.

Conlin, M.L. (1990). Patterns Plus: A Short Prose Reader with Argumentation. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company.

D’oyley, E. (1934). Modern Prose. London: Edward Arnold & Co.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion.NewYork: Charles Scribner’s.

Stafford, W. & Candelaria, F. (1966). The Voices of Prose. USA: McGraw. Hill, Inc.

References for Short Stories

Dolley, C. (1967). The Penguin Book of English Short Stories. Great Britain: Penguin Books Ltd.

Konigsberg, I. (1971) The Classic Short Story. U.S.A.: Harper and Row Inc.

Mizener, A. (1967). Modern Short Stories: The Uses of Imagination. U.S.A.: Norton & Company, Inc.

Chin, B. A. et. al. (2002). Glencoe Literature: The Reader’s Choice. U.S.A.: The McGraw-Hill Companies.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.

Eng 2106: English Literature – 8 (19^th& 20^th Century Poetry & Drama)

Course Description

This module deals with the study of a rich variety of poems, both British and American, which are representative of the century, being selected and presented in a thematic approach. Students will be able to appreciate the selected poems expressed in modern English so that their language power in speaking and writing will be enhanced.

This module also deals with selections from English Drama of 19^th&20^th centuries. Students will be able to read not only for pleasure but also to tackle conventional themes in the light of a new understanding of the theory and development of tragedy, comedy, and other modes of dramatic expression. It aims at helping students to develop their language through an intensive study of the style of writing in these plays, which introduce the on-setting element of modernism.

19^th& 20^th Century Poetry

Stopping By Woods On A Snowy Evening Robert Frost

It Is A Beauteous Evening, Calm And Free William Wordsworth

A Slumber Did My Spirit Seal William Wordsworth

The Splendour Falls On Castle Walls Alfred Tennyson

Spring And Fall Gerard Manly Hopkins

Loveliest Of Trees E. Housman

19^th& 20^th Century Drama

1.      The Miracle Worker                                                    William Gibson

Learning Outcomes

After completion the course, students will be able to:

acquire knowledge of culture-specific conventions of both British and American literatures

appreciate the selected poems expressed in modern English so that their language power in speaking and writing will be enhanced

analyze the functions of texts and their relations with historical, social and political contexts, and

analyze how purpose, style and genre function in texts to achieve particular literary, rhetorical and aesthetic effects.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment (20%), and a final closed book written examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

completion of tutorial-based assessment; group works, written assignments, poster competition/ role play and the presentations

completion of final closed book examination

References for Poetry

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Vol. 1. USA: Norton and Company, Inc.

Hewett, R. P. (1984) A Choice of Poets: An Anthology of Poets from Wordsworth to the present day. UK: Nelson House.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D & James H. Pickering (1990) Poetry: An Introduction. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Peacock, W (1963) English Verse. Vol. V. Oxford: OUP

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Ward, Thomas Humphry (1883) The English Poets. Vol. IV. London: Macmillan and Co.

Weekes, A. R (year not mentioned) The Odes of John Keats. London: University Tutorial Press Ltd.

Wilkie, Brian & James Hurt (1998) Literature of the Western World. Vol. I. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Wollman, Maurice (1948) Poems of Twenty Years: An Anthology. London: Macmillan and Co.

References for Drama

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Norton & Com. Inc

Alexander, Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan Press Ltd.

Allison, Alexander W. et al. (1986) Masterpieces of Drama. Macmillan Publishing Co.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Eng 2107: English Language Studies – 2 (Introduction to English Phonology)

Course Description

The module deals with two sub-disciplines in linguistics, namely phonetics and phonology. It also describes the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA), English consonants and vowels, and phonemes. It focuses on the smallest of the superordinate units, the syllable and the phonological units above the syllable such as the phonetic characteristics of stress, stress position, segmental phonology of the phrase and word.

Contents

Phonetics and Phonology

Variation

The International Phonetic Alphabet

Describing English Consonants

Describing Vowels

Vowel phonemes

Syllables: Phonology above the segment

The word and above: Phonological unit above the syllable

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

classify levels of language structure

describe English vowels and consonants

indicate position of stress, and construct tree diagrams to show primary stress and secondary stress positions, and

describe syllable and the phonological units above the syllable.

apply knowledge of phonology in producing sounds

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%) and a final examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of three tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt.

completion of two written assignments

completion of the final closed book written examination

References

McMahon, A. (2002) An Introduction to English Phonology. Edinburgh: EUP. Chapter 3, 6

Clark, J. & Yallop, C (1997). An Introduction and Phonetics and Phonology. UK: Blackwell Publishers Ltd. Chapter 1.

McMahon, A. (2002) An Introduction to English Phonology. Edinburgh: EUP. Chapter 1, 3, 6, 9, 10

Yule, G. (2006). The Study of Language. Cambridge: CUP. Chapter 5.

Eng- 2108: Communicative Skills -4

Course Description

This module aims to develop students’ communicative skills and language skills: grammar, vocabulary, reading, listening, speaking, pronunciation, critical thinking skills, problem solving skills and creativity. Authentic or semi-authentic reading and listening texts taken from a variety of text types will be used to develop their reading and listening skills. In the grammar section, students are encouraged to analyse and understand grammar through an inductive approach regarding examples in reading and listening texts and the vocabulary component pays attention to word building and lexical patterns and they are recycled through the speaking activities. The speaking section includes a variety of activities, which enable the students to comment on the topics and discuss the issues that arise, as well as talk about more personal experiences and knowledge, and the writing section will develop students’ writing through analysis of models and practice in producing different text styles.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

utilize the language phrases for giving presentations, describing and evaluating qualities in a real-life situation

write argumentative essays, summary, and a questionnaire in a systematic way

apply reading strategies: skimming, scanning, and proofreading

use grammar patterns learned in real contexts

develop their critical thinking skills, problem solving skills and creativity

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion, formal written assignments, presentations and a final examination.

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of six tutorials based on reading, writing, listening, speaking, vocabulary, and grammar.

completion of individual written assignments and group presentation on a specific topic

completion of the final closed book written examination

Prescribed Coursebook

Cotton, D., Falvey, D. & Kent, S. (2014). New Language Leader 2: Coursebook. England: Pearson Education Limited.

References

https://english-dashboard.pearson.com

Third Year

THIRD YEAR – ENGLISH SEMESTER – I

Foundation Course

မ ၃၀၀၁ ျမန္မာစာ

Core Courses

Eng 3101     English Literature – 9 (19^thand 20^th Century Short Stories and The Novel)

Eng 3102      English Literature – 10(18^th and 19^th Century Poetry and Drama)

Eng 3103      English Language Studies – 3 (Morphology)

Eng 3104      Translation & Interpretation – 1

Elective Courses (for English Specialistion)

Eng 3105      Communicative Skills – 5

Eng 3106      Business English – 1

Eng 3107      Introducing ELT Methodology – 1

Elective Courses (for Other Specialisations)

Eng 3003      Developing Communicative Skills– 3

* An English specialisation student will have to take one elective.

Eng 3101: English Literature – 9 (19th & 20th century Short Stories & The Novel)

Course Description

This module includes a selection of the 19^th and 20^th century English short stories and novels. Setting, plot, characterization, literary devices, climax, point of view, theme, symbols, conflicts, and development of the story are the focus of this module. This module will enhance the students’ ability to arrive at the correct interpretation of the writer’s message and to appreciate literature from different points of view.

The novels in the 19^th and 20^thcenturies particularly engaged the students in the events, circumstances, beliefs and attitudes in those periods. It concentrates on a critical study of works by the centuries’ major literary figures like Katherine Mansfield, Graham Greene, George Orwell, etc. The focus is on understanding the role of the novel in representing life and people and exploring socio-cultural changes, the flexibility of the genre and how it developed aesthetically, stylistically and structurally. This module also expands students’ literary vocabulary, and exercises critical reading and writing.

19th& 20th Century (Short Stories)

Bliss (1918) Katherine Mansfield

The Destructors Graham Greene

19^th& 20^th Century (The Novel)

Animal Farm George Orwell

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

read and write critically and reflectively

respond logically and creatively orally and in writing to what they read

understand the literary aspects of the novel through written assignments

develop critical thinking and creative thinking of the students.

Assessment

There are six assignments / presentations (individual and group work) that make up 20%, and the final closed book written examination of 80%. The assignments / presentations are based on the materials used in class.

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

References for Short Stories

Dolley, C. (1967). The Penguin Book of English Short Stories. Great Britain: Penguin Books Ltd.

Konigsberg, I. (1971) The Classic Short Story. U.S.A.: Harper and Row Inc.

Mizener, A. (1967). Modern Short Stories: The Uses of Imagination. U.S.A.: Norton & Company, Inc.

Chin, B. A. et. al. (2002). Glencoe Literature: The Reader’s Choice. U.S.A.: The McGraw-Hill Companies.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.

References for The Novel

Alexander,   Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan. London

Drew, Elizabeth. (1967) The Novel: A Modern Guide to Fifteen English Masterpieces. Dell Publishing Co. Inc.

Lass, Abraham H. Ed. (1966) A Student’s Guide to 50 British Novels. Washington Square Press, Inc. New York.

Pickering, H. James, & Hoeper, D. Jeffrey. (1982) Literature. Macmillan Publishing Company. New York.

Eng-3102: English Literature 10 – (19^th & 20^th Century Poetry & Drama)

Course Description

This module deals with the study of poems and a play which are representative of 19^th and 20^th century poetry and drama. Studying selected English poems enables students to extend their knowledge of English poetry that they have already garnered in their academic pursuit. While pursuing the scholarly studies in English poetry, students simultaneously perceive the development of English poetry over the centuries. This module also engages students to learn a farcical comedy of Oscar Wilde, a famous Irish playwright. Through Wilde’s popular Victorian drama, students observe Wilde’s trademarks ‘satiric epigrams, paradoxes and puns’. It is Wilde’s popular work that represents the finest literature in the English language written during the 19^th century and questions Victorian social values and norms. Moreover, how nineteenth-century intellectuals think through the relationship between dramatic form and the social world, and how nineteenth-century drama mobilizes new images of gender and the family can be learned through Wilde’s famous drama.

18^th& 19^th Century Poetry

‘Break, break, break’                                      Alfred Lord Tennyson

The Tyger (from songs of experience) William Blake

I wandered lonely as a cloud                          William Wordsworth (1804)

Opening extract from ‘song of myself’ Walt Whitman

Ozymandias Peter Bysshe Shelly

Drama

The Importance of Being Earnest                                           Oscar Wilde

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

recognize and explain the elements of poetry and drama through selected literary texts

interpret critically certain ideas or messages that the authors of selected literary works are trying to illustrate

evaluate the selected literary works and write reflections on them

Assessment

Class discussions during the lectures – 5%: Active engagement of students in class discussion is requested. Their active participation will be highly appreciated or graded.

Attendance – 5%: Students are to attend all lectures and their attendance will be one of the criteria in assessment.

Written Assignment – 5% of the grade is for written tasks assigned for the respective poems or acts in the play. Students are asked to work in groups so that they can learn from each other by sharing their own ideas in groups.

Presentation – 5%: 5% of the grade is allotted for students’ group presentation on the assigned tasks. In assessing group presentation, three-fold group assessment will be carried out. The teacher gives a grade to the group’s final product, group members give a grade to each other, and each group member gives a grade to him/herself, and justifies it. Every student’s grade is then a combination of: the teacher’s grade, average of peer grades, and self-assigned grades.

Exam – 80%: The grade is for students’ achievement in the final exam.

References for Poetry

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Vol. 1. USA: Norton and Company, Inc.

Hewett, R. P. (1984) A Choice of Poets: An Anthology of Poets from Wordsworth to the Present Day. UK: Nelson House.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D & James H. Pickering (1990) Poetry: An Introduction. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Kloeppel, L. A Teacher’s Guide to ‘The Importance of Being Earnest and Other Plays’. The Signet Classic Edition.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Wilkie, Brian & James Hurt (1998) Literature of the Western World. Vol. I. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

References for Drama

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Norton & Com. Inc

Alexander, M (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan Press Ltd.

Allison, Alexander W. et al. (1986) Masterpieces of Drama. Macmillan Publishing Co.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Eng 3103: English Language Studies – 3 (Morphology)

Course Description

This module acquaints learners of English with some background concepts of words and rules of word formation. Moreover, it also deals with morphemes: free and bound morphemes, lexical and functional morphemes, inflectional versus derivational morphology, and morphological analysis. The objective of this module is to provide an introduction to major concepts in the study of morphology and discusses its place within linguistic theory.

  Morphology

Words: Some background concepts

Complex words and morphemes

How are new words created?

Inflectional versus derivational morphology

Problematic aspects of morphological analysis

Morphemes: The Minimal Units of Meaning

(Bound and Free Morphemes, Prefixes and Suffixes, Infixes, Circumfixes, Roots and Stems, Huckles and Ceives)

Rules of Word Formation

(Derivational morphology, the hierarchical structure of words, more about derivational morphemes, lexical gaps)

Sign Language Morphology

Word Coinage (Compounds, Meaning of Compounds)

Grammatical morphemes (Inflectional morphemes, exceptions and suppletions, morphology and syntax)

Morphological analysis: Identifying morphemes

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

identify different types of morphology

demonstrate how morphology is used across languages in a theoretically-informed way

make informed judgements on the basis of cross-linguistic evidence to better understand the properties of their own native language

discuss the relationship between morphology and other components of language, such as phonology, syntax and semantics

engage in relevant research work.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment: quizzes, group presentations, individual/group assignments (20%) and a final closed book examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

References

Akmajan, A. et al. (2001). Linguistics: An Introduction to Language and Communication. Chapter 2

Fromkin, V. Rodman, R. & Hyams, N. (2003). An Introduction to Language. Heinle. Chapter   2

Thomas, W. Stewart, Jr. & Vaillette, N. (eds). Language Files. Columbus: The Ohio State University Press. File 5

Eng 3104: Translation and Interpretation – 1

Course Description

This module deals with the theoretical aspect of translation and translation studies, the background history of translation, general types of translation, features of a good translation, and directives by different translators. It trains students to apply their theoretical knowledge to the practice of translation. It also focuses on conceptual bases required to understand both the principles and recurrent issues, and difficulties in professional translation and interpreting.

Introduction to Translation and Interpretation

Translation: Definition and General Types

Translation Equivalence

Main Issues of Translation Studies

The concepts of translation

What is translation studies?

A brief History of the Discipline

The Holmes/ toury ‘map’

Development since the 1970s

Summary

Discussion and Research Points

Translation Theory Before the Twentieth Century

Introduction

‘Word-for-word’ or ‘Sense-for-sense’

Martin Luther

Faithfulness, spirit and truth

Early attempts at systematic translation theory: Dryden, Dolet and Tytler

Schleiermacher and valorization of the foreign

Translation theory of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries in Britain

Towards contemporary translation theory

Summary

Discussion and research points

The Components of Translation Competence

Types of Interpretation

Translation and Interpretation Exercises

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

identify the differences between translation and interpretation and identify the different set skills required.

analyze and evaluate translation works in terms of extent, level and rank based on the linguistic theory of translation

apply the word-for-word, literal and free translation methods and choose the suitable one to translate a particular text

define the two different types of interpretation and apply the voice shadowing and sight interpretation

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussions and formal written assignments and a final closed book written examination.

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt and their ability to apply the theoretical knowledge in their own translation and assessing others’ works

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

References

Baker, Mona (1992) In Other Words: A Course book on Translation. Routledge.

Carford. J.C (1965) A Linguistic Theory of Translation. OUP.

Gile, D. (2009) Basic Concepts and Models for Interpreters and Translator Training. John Benjamins Publishing Company. Denmark.

Munday, J (2001) Introducing Translation Studies Routledge.

Newmark, P (1988) A Textbook of Translation. Prentice Hall International (UK) Ltd.

Newmark, P (1993) Paragraphs on Translation. Longman.

Win Pe, U, et al., (2008) Translators’ Reference.Volume I. Shwe Pyi Taw Press

Eng 3105: Communicative Skills – 5

Course Description

This Module aims at developing students’ language proficiency, communicative skills and study skills. It introduces language items in authentic and semi-authentic engaging reading and listening texts. It also exposes students to different styles of written texts. Engaging activities will be given to make students practise the language structure, vocabulary and grammar rules in a variety of meaningful contexts to develop their reading, writing, speaking, pronunciation and writing skills with strong emphasis on the area of critical thinking skills. This module enables students to express their ideas and develop their communicative abilities through its engaging content and systematic skills work.

Learning Outcomes

After the course, students will be able to:

apply grammar rules and vocabulary appropriate to their communication needs

integrate study skills to improve their language and communication skills

identify appropriate language styles for different social contexts

produce different types of written texts systematically

confidently use English in any social context

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion, formal written assignments, presentations and a final examination.

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of six tutorials based on reading, writing, listening, speaking, vocabulary, and grammar.

completion of final closed book examination on all language skills

Prescribed Coursebook

Clandfield, L (2010) Global. Level 3 Course book, T’s book, Work book), Macmillan Publishing House.

References

Acklam, R.& Crace, A. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Clare, A.& Wilson, J. J. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Work Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Naughton, D. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Teacher’s Resource Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Harris, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Pre-intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Longman.

Dean, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Pre-intermediate, Teacher Book. London: Pearson Education Ltd.

Eng 3106 Business English – 1

Course Description

This module covers all the four language learning skills, grammar points and vocabulary that are used in business communication. It also focuses on different areas of business that closely reflect business undertakings. It aims to develop students’ spoken and written English, enabling them to use it accurately and appropriately. The course provides updated content and a significantly enhanced range of authentic resource material, reflecting the latest trends in the business world.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to

develop their language skills as well as the content knowledge regarding respective business functions, and

develop confidence to deal with people and business issues in the business world.

Assessment

Exam 80 marks + Tutorial 20 marks

There will be at least 5 tutorials for each semester. Group presentations, role plays, group or individual assignments will also be counted as tutorial.

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

Prescribed Coursebook

Market Leader (Intermediate Business English Course Book, 3^rd Edition), David Cotton, David Falvey & Simon Kent, Pearson Longman Press

References

Mascull, Bill (2002) Business Vocabulary in Use. CUP.

Naunton, Jon (2005) Profile 1Pre-intermediate, Oxford Business English. OUP.

Eng 3107: Introducing ELT Methodology – 1

Course description

This module introduces the theoretical background to the practice of English language teaching. It also aims to develop students’ awareness of learner differences and its importance in language teaching, different roles of teacher and different teaching methods that are helpful in the realization of teaching methodology.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

1) classify learners according to their age;

2) analyse learners based on learner differences such as aptitude, learning styles, language levels, motivation, etc.;

3) identify teacher’s roles in language teaching;

4) determine the appropriate teaching methods.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of theories

completion of micro teaching

completion of formal written examination

References

Harmer, J (1998) The Practice of English Language Teaching. Longman group Ltd.   Pg 37 -197.

Edwards, C & Willis, J. (2005) Teachers Exploring Tasks in English Language Teaching. New York: Palgrave Macmillan

THIRD YEAR – ENGLISH SEMESTER – II

Foundation Course

မ ၃၀၀၁၂ ျမန္မာစာ

Core Courses

Eng 3108      English Literature – 11 (19^thand 20^th Century Short Stories and The Novel)

Eng 3109      English Literature – 12 (18^thand 19^th Century Poetry and Drama)

Eng 3110      English Language Studies – 4 (Syntactic Theory – 1)

Eng 3111     Translation & Interpretation – 2

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Eng 3112      Communicative Skills – 6

Eng 3113      Business English – 2

Eng 3114    Introducing ELT Methodology – 2

Elective Courses (for Other Specialisations)

Eng 3004      Developing Communicative Skills – 4

* An English specialisation student will have to take one elective.

Eng 3108: English Literature – 11 (19th & 20th century Short Stories & The Novel)

Course Description

This module includes a selection of the 19^th and 20^th century English short stories and a novel. Short stories are studied with particular attention to setting, plot, characterization, literary devices, climax, point of view, theme, symbols, conflicts, and development of the story. This module will enhance the students’ ability to arrive at the correct interpretation of the writer’s message and to appreciate literature from different points of view.

This module deals with the novel in the 19^th and 20^thcenturies which were particularly engaged with the events, circumstances, beliefs and attitudes of their time. It concentrates on a critical study of works by the centuries’ major literary figures like RK Narayan, H.G.Wells, Harper Lee,

etc. The focus is on the role of the novel in representing life and people, and exploring social and cultural changes, the flexibility of the genre and how it developed aesthetically, stylistically and structurally. This module also expands literary vocabulary, and exercises critical reading and writing skills.

19^th& 20^th Century (Short Stories)

A Horse and Two Goats RK Narayan

The Door in the Wall H.G.Wells

19^th& 20^th Century (The Novel)

To Kill a Mockingbird                                    Harper Lee

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

read and write literary works critically and reflectively

respond to what they read logically and creatively in writing

analyse the literary aspects of the novel through written assignments

Assessment

There are six assignments / presentations (individual and group work) that make up 20% and the other 80% goes to the completion of the final closed book written examination of this course. The assignments / presentations are related to the material covered in class.

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

References for Short Stories

Dolley, C. (1967). The Penguin Book of English Short Stories. Great Britain: Penguin Books Ltd.

Konigsberg, I. (1971) The Classic Short Story. U.S.A.: Harper and Row Inc.

Mizener, A. (1967). Modern Short Stories: The Uses of Imagination. U.S.A.: Norton & Company, Inc.

Chin, B. A. et. al. (2002). Glencoe Literature: The Reader’s Choice. U.S.A.: The McGraw-Hill Companies.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.

References for The Novel

Alexander,   Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan. London

Drew, Elizabeth. (1967) The Novel: A Modern Guide to Fifteen English Masterpieces. Dell Publishing Co. Inc.

Lass, Abraham H. Ed. (1966) A Student’s Guide to 50 British Novels. Washington Square Press, Inc. New York.

Pickering, H. James, & Hoeper, D. Jeffrey. (1982) Literature. Macmillan Publishing Company. New York.

Eng-3109: English Literature – 12 (19th & 20th Century Poetry & Drama)

Course Description

This module deals with the study of poems and a play which are representative of 19^th and 20^th century poetry and drama. Studying selected 19^th century English poems enables students to extend their knowledge of English poetry that they have already garnered in their academic pursuit. While pursuing the scholarly studies in English poetry, students simultaneously perceive the development of English poetry over the centuries. This module also engages students to learn a 20^th century modern American tragedy of Arthur Miller, a famous American playwright. Through Miller’s play, students study what he is trying to say about ‘the American Dream’ of his time.

18^th& 19^th Century Poetry

Porphyria’s Lover                                                       Robert Browning

Ode to a Nightingale                                                  John Keats

Pied Beauty                                                                Gerald Manley Hopkins

A certain slant of Light                                               Emily Dickinson

She Walks in Beauty                                                   Lord Byron

Drama

Death of A Salesman                                                              Arthur Miller

Learning outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

recognize and explain the elements of poetry and drama through selected literary texts

critically interpret ideas or messages that the authors of selected literary works are trying to communicate with the readers

evaluate the selected literary works and write reflections on them

Assessment

Class discussions during the lectures – 5%: Active engagement of students in class discussion is requested. Their active participation will be highly appreciated or graded.

Attendance – 5%: Students are to attend all lectures and their attendance will be one of the criteria in assessment.

Written Assignment – 5% of the grade is for written tasks assigned for the respective poems or acts in the play. Students are asked to work in groups so that they can learn from each other by sharing their own ideas in groups.

Presentation – 5%: 5% of the grade is allotted for students’ group presentation on the assigned tasks. In assessing group presentation, three-fold group assessment will be carried out. The teacher gives a grade to the group’s final product, group members give a grade to each other, and each group member gives a grade to him/herself, and justifies it. Every student’s grade is then a combination of: the teacher’s grade, average of peer grades, and self-assigned grades.

Exam – 80%: The grade is for students’ achievement in the final exam.

References for Poetry

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Vol. 1. USA: Norton and Company, Inc.

Hewett, R. P. (1984) A Choice of Poets: An Anthology of Poets from Wordsworth to the present day. UK: Nelson House.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D & James H. Pickering (1990) Poetry: An Introduction. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Tetu, R. A Teacher’s Guide to the Arthur Miller’s ‘Death of a Salesman’. The Penguin Edition.

Ward, Thomas Humphry (1883) The English Poets. Vol. IV. London: Macmillan and Co.

Weekes, A. R (year not mentioned) The Odes of John Keats. London: University Tutorial Press Ltd.

Wilkie, Brian & James Hurt (1998) Literature of the Western World. Vol. I. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

References for Drama

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Norton & Com. Inc

Alexander, Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan Press Ltd.

Allison, Alexander W. et al. (1986) Masterpieces of Drama. Macmillan Publishing Co.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey, D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Eng 3103: English Language Studies – 4 (Syntactic Theory – 1)

Course Description

This module concerns preliminaries to syntactic structure such as the goals of syntactic theory, the importance of syntactic theory, introduction to constituent structure, ways of representing constituent structure, investigation of constituent structure and phrasal categories. It also deals with types of syntactic rules, the relation between rules and sentences. Moreover, it also looks at the subcategorization through different approaches such as the Aspects approach, Principles and Parameters (P&P) approach and Phrase Structure Grammar (PSG) approach.

    Syntactic Theory – 1

Preliminaries (The goals of syntactic theory, acceptability and grammaticality, syntactic theory and traditional grammar, the importance of syntactic theory)

Constituent structure (The motivation for constituent structure, the representation of constituent structure, the investigation of constituent structure, intermediate categories, some further categories)

Syntactic rules (Phrase structure rules, rules and sentences, immediate dominants and linear precedence rules, non-local conditions on trees)

Syntactic categories (Additional information about expressions, phrasal categories and word level categories, cross-categorical generalizations, features, categories in rules and the lexicon and categories in trees)

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

understand the basic terminology and concepts of syntactic description and theory

identify syntactic categories and their features

determine syntactic structure by constituency tests, representing the information in syntactic tree diagrams and labelled bracketing

apply logical reasoning and problem-solving techniques in order to analyze new data

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment: quizzes, group presentations, individual/group assignments (20%) and a final closed book examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

References

Akmajan, A. et al. (2001). Linguistics: An Introduction to Language and Communication. Chapter 5

Borsley, R. (1999). Syntactic Theory: A Unified Approach. London: Aronold. Chapter 1- 4 (Pg 1- 64)

Fromkin, V. & Rodman, R. (1993). An Introduction to Language. Chapter 3

Thomas, W. Stewart, Jr. & Vaillette, N. (eds). Language Files. Columbus: The Ohio State University Press. File 6

Eng 3111: Translation and Interpretation – 2

Course Description

This module deals with the theoretical aspect of the process of translating and translation procedures. Students will be able to put their theoretical knowledge into practice through the translation of lexis, proper names, idioms and proverbs, abbreviations and acronyms, first at the sentence level, and then at the paragraph level. It also focuses on basic theoretical components in interpreter and translator training, similarities and differences between interpreting and translation.

Introduction to Translation and Interpretation

Translation: Definition and General Types

Translation Equivalence

Main Issues of Translation Studies

The concepts of translation

What is translation studies?

A brief History of the Discipline

The Holmes/ Toury ‘map’

Development since the 1970s

Summary

Discussion and Research Points

Translation Theory Before the Twentieth Century

Introduction

‘Word-for-word’ or ‘Sense-for-sense’

Martin Luther

Faithfulness, spirit and truth

Early attempts at systematic translation theory: Dryden, Dolet and Tytler

Schleiermacher and valorization of the foreign

Translation theory of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries in Britain

Towards contemporary translation theory

Summary

Discussion and research points

The Components of Translation Competence

Types of Interpretation

Translation and Interpretation Exercises

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

demonstrate the understanding of the concept of translation and translation studies

compare and contrast the different assessment criteria and relate them to the practices

apply various translation techniques in translation

apply the summarizing and note taking techniques in interpretation

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%) and a final examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials which assess the students’ understanding of what they have learnt and their ability to apply the theoretical knowledge in their own translation and assessing others’ works

completion of two case studies

completion of the final examination.

References

Baker, Mona (1992) In Other Words: A Course book on Translation. Routledge.

Carford. J.C (1965) A Linguistic Theory of Translation. OUP.

Gile, D. (2009) Basic Concepts and Models for Interpreters and Translator Training. John Benjamins Publishing Company. Denmark.

Munday, J (2001) Introducing Translation Studies Routledge.

Newmark, P (1988) A Textbook of Translation. Prentice Hall International (UK) Ltd.

Newmark, P (1993) Paragraphs on Translation. Longman.

Win Pe, U, et al., (2008) Translators’ Reference.Volume I. Shwe Pyi Taw Press

Eng 3112: Communicative Skills – 6

Course Description

This Module aims at developing students’ language skills, communicative skills and study skills. It introduces language items in authentic and semi-authentic engaging reading and listening texts. It also exposes students to different styles of written texts. Engaging activities will be given to make students practise the language structure, vocabulary and grammar rules in a variety of meaningful contexts to develop their reading, writing, speaking, pronunciation and writing skills with strong emphasis on the area of critical thinking skills. So, this module enables students to express their ideas and develop their communicative abilities through its engaging content and systematic skills work.

Learning Outcomes

After the course, students will be able to:

apply grammar rules and vocabulary appropriate to their communication needs

integrate study skills to improve their language and communication skills

identify appropriate language styles for different social contexts

produce different types of written texts systematically

confidently use English in any social context

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion, formal written assignments, presentations (20%) and a final examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of six tutorials based on reading, writing, listening, speaking, vocabulary, and grammar.

completion of closed book examination on all language skills

Prescribed Coursebook

Clandfield, L (2010) Global. Level 3 Course book, T’s book, Work book, Macmillan Publishing House.

References

Acklam, R.& Crace, A. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Students’ Book.London: Pearson Longman.

Clare,A.& Wilson,J. J. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Work Book.London: Pearson Longman.

Naughton,D. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Teacher’s Resource Book.London: Pearson Longman.

Harris, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Pre-intermediate, Students’ Book.London: Longman.

Dean, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities,Pre-intermediate, Teacher Book.London: Pearson Education Ltd.

Eng 3113 Business English – 2

Course Description

This module covers all the four language learning skills, grammar and vocabulary that are used in business communication. It also focuses on different areas of business that closely reflect business undertakings. It aims to develop students’ spoken and written English, enabling them to use it accurately and appropriately. The course provides updated content and a significantly enhanced range of authentic resource material, reflecting the latest trends in the business world.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to

develop their language skills as well as the content knowledge regarding respective business functions, and

develop confidence in deal with people and business issues in the business world.

Assessment

Exam 80 marks + Tutorial 20 marks

There will be at least 5 tutorials for each semester. Group presentations, role plays, group or individual assignments will also be counted as tutorial.

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

Prescribed Coursebook

Market Leader (Intermediate Business English Course Book, 3^rd Edition), David Cotton, David Falvey & Simon Kent, Pearson Longman Press

References

Mascull, Bill (2002) Business Vocabulary in Use. CUP.

Naunton, Jon (2005) Profile 1Pre-intermediate, Oxford Business English. OUP.

Eng 3114 (Introducing ELT Methodology – 2)

Course Description

This module deals with studying and researching language to increase knowledge of the English language system. It also focuses on teaching pronunciation techniques and the assessment of students’ performance and giving feedback. It explores various aspects of task-based teaching and learning and gives insights into ways in which tasks can be designed, adapted and implemented in a range of teaching contexts and illustrates ways in which tasks and task-based learning can be investigated as a research activity.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

apply knowledge and skills on their classroom technique

discuss methodology for teaching all the skill sectors in ELT

demonstrate a variety of ways in which teachers use tasks to better understand their teaching and their students’ learning

continue their professional development alone or with others

Assessment

This module will be assessed through a combination of tutorial-based assessment: quizzes, group presentations, individual/group assignments (20%) and a final closed book examination (80%).

References

Harmer, J. (1998) The Practice of English Language Teaching Longman group Ltd.    Pg 37-197.

Edwards, C. & Willis, J. (2005) Teachers Exploring Tasks in English Language Teaching. New York: Palgrave Macmillan

Fourth

FOURTH YEAR – ENGLISH         SEMESTER – I

Foundation Course

မ ၄၀၀၁         ျမန္မာစာ

Core Courses

Eng 4101    Research Paper Writing

Eng 4102    English Literature – 13 (19^thCentury Short Stories and The Novel)

Eng 4103    English Language Studies – 5 (Syntactic Theory – 2 and Introduction to Semantics)

Eng 4104    Translation and Interpretation – 3

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Eng 4105    ASEAN Literature in English – 1

Eng 4106    Communicative Skills – 7

Eng 4107    Business English – 3

Eng 4108    English Language Teaching – 1

* An English specialisation student will have to take one elective.

Eng 4101: Research Paper Writing

Course description

This module is designed to enable students to discover different and essential steps in writing a research paper. It aims at developing students’ skills in writing research papers. It familiarizes students with basic format of a research paper. It enhances students’ understanding of the different approaches to research studies, making decisions on the appropriate approach to any research they undertake. It also helps the students to develop sound techniques and good practice which will serve them well in future research projects. It focuses on writing a research paper systematically with the correct format. It also enables students to find relevant references, to take notes, to develop a reference list and to indicate sources. This module provides students with language convention, instruction and practice. Moreover, this module helps students to write research proposal, literature reviews, summaries, abstract, and especially theses and dissertations.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

recognize essential elements of a research paper

critically evaluate information for their research papers

choose a topic for their research

design their research, and

write research papers systematically with the correct format and appropriate language.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through tutorials and classwork (30%) and the final examination (70%). For the tutorials and classwork (30%) students have to:

actively participate in class and group discussions for each lesson

take of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt, and

complete a research proposal in groups

Prescribed Coursebook

Weissberg, Robert & Buker, Suzanna (1990) Writing Up Research. NJ: Prentice Hall Regents.

Lionel Menasche (1997) Writing a Research Paper (Revised Edition). University of Michigan.

References

Bell, J. (1999) Doing Your Research Project. Buckingham, Open University Press. (Pages of Check List)

Renandua, W. (-) Qualitative and Quantitative Research in Applied Linguistics. Singapore, RELC.

Shepherd, J.F. (1982) The Houghton Mifflin Study Skills Handbook. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Company. (Pages 290- 311, 362-396).

Sweals, J.M. & Feak, C.B. (1994) Academic Writing for Graduate Students. Ann Arbor, The University of Michigan Press. (pages 131-217)

Sweals, J.M. & Feak, C.B. (2000) English in Today’s Research World: A Writing Guide. Ann Arbor, The University of Michigan Press. (Pages 114-147 Chapter 4)

Eng 4102: English Literature – 13 (19th Century Short Stories & The Novel)

Course description

This module offers students a selection of the 19^th century short stories and the novel with particular attention to famous authors such as Leo Tolstoy, Mark Twain, Edgar Allan Poe and Jane Austen. It centers on the critical reading of the selected short stories, enabling students to develop conceptual learning and the critical thinking skills.

This module also deals with the evolution of the nineteenth-century novels through a consideration of the British novel’s historical, literary-historical and critical contexts. It introduces the disruptive pressure of increasingly powerful women and the intensifying pull of the past, which becomes more difficult to resist as modernity takes shape. This module focuses on the works concerned with social comedy and satire of the period, the 19^th century. It concentrates on the works of Oscar Wilde, Jane Austen, Emily Bronte, Thomas Hardy, etc.

Short Stories

A problem                                                                               Anton Chekhov

How much land does a man need                                           Leo Tolstoy

From nature                                                                             Ralph Waldo Emerson

The Californian’s Tale                                                 Mark Twain

The Masque of the Red Death                                                Edgar Allan Poe

Novel

Pride and Prejudice                                                                 Jane Austen (1775-1817)

Learning Outcomes

At the end of studying this module, students will be able to:

discuss the history and culture of the English language

express their opinions on the issue they want to address in different types of short stories and infer the author’s view on the same issue

identify the salient features of literary texts from a broad range of different literary works

describe how a character’s personality, attitudes, conflict and relationships change and explain why these changes are important to the novel

analyze and appreciate the underlying meanings of the novel by using the elements of novel analysis

Assessment

Students will be assessed through the final examination (80%) and class work, 20 % of total mark, which counts on students’ regular attendance, their active participation in class activities, completion of the assignments and group works, and presentation of their findings.

References for Short Stories

Choo, S & Yeo, R (2013). Mining for Meaning. Learners Publishing Private Limited.

Dolley, C. (1967). The Penguin Book of English Short Stories. Great Britain: Penguin Books Ltd.

Konigsberg, I. (1971) The Classic Short Story. U.S.A.: Harper and Row Inc.

Mizener, A. (1967). Modern Short Stories: The Uses of Imagination. U.S.A.: Norton & Company, Inc.

Chin, B. A. et. al. (2002). Glencoe Literature: The Reader’s Choice. U.S.A.: The McGraw-Hill Companies.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.

References for The Novel

Alexander, Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan. London

Drew, Elizabeth. (1967) The Novel: A Modern Guide to Fifteen English Masterpieces. Dell Publishing Co. Inc.

Lass, Abraham H. Ed. (1966) A Student’s Guide to 50 British Novels. Washington Square Press, Inc. New York.

Pickering, H. James, & Hoeper, D. Jeffrey. (1982) Literature. Macmillan Publishing Company. New York.

Eng 4103: English Language Studies – 5 (Syntactic Theory & Introduction to Semantics)

Course Description

This module will look at the behaviour of reflexives and reciprocals (known as anaphora) within P&P and PSG frameworks. It will also familiarize students with a variety of sentence types which involve either Noncanonical complements or subjects and canonical complements or subjects and they will be analysed through the monostratal approach (PSG) and multistratal approach (P&P). Moreover, it is also concerned with the notions of subject and object and how they are defined within the frameworks of Lexical Functional Grammar (LFG), Relational Grammar (RG) and Transformational Grammar (TG). Moreover, this module also introduces the area of Semantics which includes the meaning of Semantics, lexical and grammatical meaning, and different semantic theories.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

analyse the structures of sentence with the scientific approaches and theories

determine the meanings of words and how the meanings of sentences are derived.

discuss theories and aspects of linguistics

develop comprehension skills and English language proficiency.

Assessment

Throughout the course, students will be given 3 tutorials, a group presentation, 3 formal written assignments for classroom-based assessment. There is the final examination at the end of the semester. Mark allocation is 20% for classroom assessment and 80% for the semester-end examination.

Prescribed text:

Borsley, R. (1999). Syntactic Theory: A Unified Approach. London: Aronold. Chapter 7 – 9 (Pg. 96 – 134)

Thomas, W. Stewart, Jr. & Vaillette, N. (eds) (2001). Language Files. Columbus: The Ohio State University Press. Chapter 6 & 7

References

Borsley, R. (1999). Syntactic Theory: A Unified Approach. London: Aronold.

Burton-Roberts, N. (2016). Analysing Sentences: An Introduction to English Syntax. New York: Routledge.

Finegan, E. (2015). Language: Its Structure and Use. University of Southerrn California: CENGAGE. (Chapter 5: Syntax, Chapter 6: Semantics)

Dawson, H. C. & Phelm, M. (2016). Language Files 12: Materials for an Introduction to Language and Linguistics. Columbus: The Ohio State University Press. (Chapter 5 & 6)

Eng 4104: Translation and Interpretation – 3

Course Description

This module focuses on the methods and procedures of translation and interpretation. It imparts the knowledge of strategies of translation and interpretation. Regarding translation, this module trains students to be able to translate texts of various types from source language to target language efficiently at various levels of language. Regarding interpretation, students are trained to interpret different genres of speeches: authentic speeches made by public figures from the local and international arenas. With a special focus on skills development, this module will equip final year BA (English) students with translation and interpretation skills, which are and will be in great demand on the job market now and in the future.

Part A: Translation

What is Translation? (Hatim and Munday, 2004)

Translation Strategies (A2) (Hatim and Munday, 2004)

Literal Translation ( Newmark, 1988)

The Other Translation Procedures (Newmark, 1988)

The Unit of Translation (Hatim and Munday, 2004)

Practical exercises

Part B: Interpretation

Chapter 2: preparation/ Anticipating the Speaker

Chapter 3: Complex Syntax/ Compression

Chapter 4: Word Order/ Clusters

Chapter 5: General Adverbial Clauses

Chapter 9: Diction/ Register

Chapter 10: Formal Style

Chapter 11: A Policy Address

Chapter 13: Political Discourse

Chapter 17: Numbers

Chapter 18: Note-taking (Nolan, 2005)

Practical exercises

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, the students will be able to:

understand and identify different translation strategies

choose and apply appropriate translation strategies for different text types

deal with different levels of grammatical and lexical units in interpretation

apply note-taking skills in both consecutive and simultaneous interpretation

explore and apply the technologies and software for both translation and interpretation

Assessment

This module will be assessed through a combination of class-based assessment (which counts 20% of total marks) which includes class and group discussions, formal written assignments, a group project presentation and a final examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt and their ability to apply the theoretical knowledge in their own translation and assessing others’ works

completion of one written assignment and one group project that includes a presentation

completion of the final examination.

References

Baker, Mona (1992) In Other Words: A Course book on Translation. Routledge.

Carford. J.C (1965) A Linguistic Theory of Translation. OUP.

Dollerup, C & Anne Loddegoard (1992) Teaching Translation and Interpreting: Training, Talent and Experience. Papers from the First Language International Conference, Elsinmore, Denmark, 31 May – 2 June 1991 (Copenhagen Studies in Translation)” John Benjamins B.V

Munday, J (2001) Introducing Translation Studies Routledge.

Newmark, P (1988) A Textbook of Translation. Prentice Hall International (UK) Ltd.

Newmark, P (1993) Paragraphs on Translation. Longman.

Win Pe, U, et al., (2008) Translators’ Reference.Volume I. Shwe Pyi Taw Press

Eng 4105: ASEAN Literature in English – 1

Course Description

This module introduces ASEAN Literature in English to students and provides them with knowledge of ASEAN culture and a firm foundation of approaches to literary studies. The focus is on the different genres of literary works written by authors from ASEAN countries. In this module, students have to study several pieces of ASEAN literature that cover a wide range of socio-cultural aspects in Southeast Asian countries such as people, family ties and values, growing up, festivals, and so on. It helps students to gain a critical appreciation of the writer’s craft through close textual study. It also enhances students’ exploration of themes, characterization, setting, plot and point of view of literary texts.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this module, students will be able to:

discuss socio-cultural aspects and cultures of people in ASEAN region

discover values of people in ASEAN countries

compare the cultures of their neighbours with their own

develop their communication, comprehension and literary skills

Assessment

Assessment will be done through tutorials and classwork (20%) and the final examination (80%). For the tutorials and classwork (20%) students have to:

actively participate in class and group discussions for each lesson

take of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt, and

complete a written assignment.

References

Gill, Richard (2002) Mastering English Literature. Third Edition. Palgrave Master Series.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D. & Pickering, J. H. (1986)Literature. Second Edition. Macmillan Publishing Co. New York.

Salleh, Muhammad Haji (ed) (1997) Stories from South East Asia. Yayasan Penataran Ilmu.

Toh, Glenn (1999) Voices of Southeast Asia: An Anthology of Southeast Asian Short Stories. Singapore :SEMEO Regional Language Centre.

Websites

http://www.seasite.niu.edu/Tagalog/Literature/Short%20Stories/How%20My%20Brother%20Leon%20Brought%20Home%20A%20Wife.htm

http://literatureofthephilippines.blogspot.com/2011/09/mats-by-francisco-arcellana.html

http://www.vietnamwebsite.net/story/story18.htm

http://www.textetc.com/criticism.html

http://pages.prodigy.net/manila_girl/rizal

Eng 4106: Communicative Skills – 7

Course Description

This Module aims at developing students’ language proficiency, communication skills and study skills. It introduces language items in authentic and semi-authentic engaging reading and listening texts. It also exposes students to different styles of written texts. The lessons will be conducted in communicative language teaching and deductive approach to present grammar and vocabulary items. Engaging activities will be given to make students practise the language structure, vocabulary and grammar rules in a variety of meaningful contexts to develop their reading, writing, speaking, pronunciation and writing skills.

Learning Outcomes

After the course, students will be able to:

apply grammar rules and vocabulary appropriate to their communication needs

integrate study skills to improve their language and communication skills

identify appropriate language style for different social context

write different types of written texts systematically and comprehend listening and reading text well

be confident to use English in any different social context

Assessment

Assessment will be done through tutorials and classwork (20%) and the final examination (80%). For the tutorials and classwork (20%) students have to:

actively participate in class and group discussions for each lesson

take of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt, and

complete a written assignment (group work)

Prescribed Text

Cotton, D., Falvey, D. & Kent, S. (2014). New Language Leader 4: Coursebook. Pearson Education Limited.

MyEnglishLab: english.com/activate

References

Acklam, R.& Crace, A. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Clandfield, L (2010) Global. Level 4 Course book, T’s book, Work book, Macmillan Publishing House.

Clare, A.& Wilson, J. J. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Work Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Harris, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Longman.

Naughton, D. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Teacher’s Resource Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Dean, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Intermediate, Teacher Book. London: Pearson Education Ltd.

Eng 4107: Business English – 3

Course Description

This module aims to develop students’ presentation and communication skills to be better able to communicate in a business environment. It enhances students’ exposure to English used in business context, bringing the real world of international business into the language-teaching classroom with topic-based units. Authentic reading texts, listening materials and specially-filmed interviews with business practitioners are included in each unit.

This module is designed to help students to prepare for a career in business and to develop their English communication skills especially in business contexts. Moreover, this module also tries to widen students’ knowledge of different business fields.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module students will be able to:

select appropriate vocabulary and grammar structure for different fields of business

develop communication skills especially for business contexts

develop business related knowledge for their career and/ or their own business

produce effective written texts for different business contexts

Assessment

Students will be assessed through classroom-based assessment (20%) and a final examination (80%). Classroom-based assessment includes the following:

written assignments.

group projects and case studies and presentation on them

tutorial tests for language items they have learned

completion of closed book examination on English for Business.

Coursebook

Cotton, David .et al. (2011) Market Leader (Upper Intermediate), 3th Edition. England, Pearson Education Limited.

References

Learning resources including websites and video are included according to the topics.

Eng 4108: English Language Teaching – 1

Course Description

This module introduces theoretical background to the practice of English language teaching. Moreover, it provides methodologies for developing the language skills: receptive and productive skills. It also deals with classroom management and tackling the problem behaviour of learners.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

apply different teaching strategies that are necessary in ELT;

recognize problems in teaching and learning of language skills;

successfully manage a language class.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of theories

completion of micro teaching

completion of formal written examination

Reference:

Edwards, C & Willis, J. (2005) Teachers Exploring Tasks in English Language Teaching. New York: Palgrave Macmillan

Harmer, J (1998) The Practice of English Language Teaching. London: Longman group Ltd.

Celce-Murcia, M. (2001) Teaching English as a Second and Foreign Language. UK: Heinle & Heinle.

FOURTH YEAR – ENGLISH                 SEMESTER – II

Foundation Course

မ ၄၀၀၂    ျမန္မာစာ

Core Courses

Eng 4109      Public Speaking and Presentation Skills

Eng 4110      English Literature – 14 (17^thand 18^thCentury Poetry and Drama)

Eng 4111      English Language Studies – 6 (Syntactic Theory – 3 and Introduction to Discourse Analysis)

Eng 4112      Translation and Interpretation – 4

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Eng 4113      ASEAN Literature in English – 2

Eng 4114      Communicative Skills – 8

Eng 4115      Business English – 4

Eng 4116      English Language Teaching – 2

* An English specialisation student will have to take one elective.

* It is compulsory for all students to submit term papers at the end of the semester.

Eng 4109: Public Speaking and Presentation Skills

Course description

This module enables students to speak clearly and confidently in different situations – in classrooms, in workplaces and in communities. It enables students to identify the elements of speech communication process and prepare an organized speech. It aims at developing students’ oral communication skills (speaking and listening) and written communication skills (reading and writing). It presents principles with applications emphasizing audience-centred communication so that students can learn how to talk to and with them and not at them. This module also provides students with key skills for effective presentation such as useful language expressions, voice and delivery, rhetorical techniques, question handling and visual preparation.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

speak clearly and confidently in different situations – in classroom, in workplaces and in communities

prepare their presentation by themselves using visuals, and

conduct an effective presentation.

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of tutorials and quizzes

completion of assignments

giving a group-presentation on a topic

completion of formal written examination

Prescribed Coursebook

Hamilton Gregory (2018) Public Speaking for College and Career (11^th Ed.). McGraw-Hill

Malcolm Goodale (1998) Professional Presentations. CUP.

References

Gregory, H. (1999) Public Speaking (fifth Edition) McGraw- Hill

Powell, M. (2002) Presenting in English Thomson Heinle

Eng 4110: English Literature – 14 (17^th& 18^th Century Poetry & Drama)

Course Description

This module deals with the study of a rich variety of theme-based selections of English poetry, which are presumably representative of 17^th and 18^th century. Students, making an academic pursuit of English poetry over the past centuries, are able to get a broad perspective of how English poetry had developed over the centuries, as well as of how the poetic language in English had changed. This module also introduces students to outstanding literary piece of English Drama written before 1660. It explores the major literary genres of that period, as well as the socio-cultural contexts in which they were produced. It also examines how literary texts articulate changes in language and form, as well as in concepts of family, nation, and community during the medieval period. It deals with the creation of such gifted authors as William Congreve, and – supremely– Shakespeare. It will cover the publication of Shakespeare’s comedies which mark the apex of Renaissance literature.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

understand terminology and elements of poetry and drama

recognize the history or culture of the English language

analyze various aspects of poetry, such as diction, tone, form, genre, imagery, figures of speech, symbolism, theme, etc.

explore the underlying meanings of a poem

compare and contrast poems

find out the underlying meanings of a play by using basic elements of drama

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of two group-presentation: analysis of the poem ‘Death be not proud’ in terms of form, structure, speaker and listener, imagery and theme and ‘which character to as the central character of the play ‘The Tempest’

completion of 4 assignments

Assignment 1: Writing an autobiographical poem

Assignment 2: Compare and contrast the two poems (Lord Byron’s “She walks in beauty” & Wordsworth’s “She was a Phantom of delight”)

Assignment 3: Analyzing the relationship of the characters (Boatswain – Alonso/ Antonio/ Gonzalo/ Sebastian) in Act I of the drama “Tempest”.

Assignment 4: What are three main themes in The Tempest? Write one paragraph for each of three main themes and explain each thoroughly.

References

17^th& 18^th Century Poetry

A Poison Tree                                                          William Blake (1757–1827)

When We Two Parted                                               George Byron

She Was a Phantom of Delight William Wordsworth

Evening In Autumn James Thomson (1700-1748)

Easter Songs George Herbert (1593-1633)

Death, be not proud (Holy Sonnet 14)                       John Donne (1572-1631)

References for Poetry

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Vol. 1. USA: Norton and Company, Inc.

Hewett, R. P. (1984) A Choice of Poets: An Anthology of Poets from Wordsworth to the present day. UK: Nelson House.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D & James H. Pickering (1990) Poetry: An Introduction. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Peacock, W (1963) English Verse. Vol. V. Oxford: OUP

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Ward, Thomas Humphry (1883) The English Poets. Vol. IV. London: Macmillan and Co.

Weekes, A. R (year not mentioned) The Odes of John Keats. London: University Tutorial Press Ltd.

Wilkie, Brian & James Hurt (1998) Literature of the Western World. Vol. I. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Wollman, Maurice (1948) Poems of Twenty Years: An Anthology. London: Macmillan and Co.

Drama

The Tempest                                                                            William Shakespeare

References for Drama

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Norton & Com. Inc.

Alexander, Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan Press Ltd.

Allison, Alexander W. et al. (1986) Masterpieces of Drama. Macmillan Publishing Co.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Eng 4111: English Language Studies – 6 (Syntactic Theory & Introduction to Discourse Analysis)

Course Description

This module familiarizes students with the analysis of raising and control sentences using the classical transformational approach and P&P approach. It also discusses the main differences and the relation between P & P and PSG. Moreover, in this module, students will be provided with the definition of discourse, discourse versus text, types of discourse, interpreting discourse, linguistic elements in discourse such as cohesion, coherence, and conversation analysis.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

distinguish between raising and control sentences

justify the structure of wh-questions and the constraints in the structure of wh-questions, and

identify salient features of spoken and written texts

analyze any text with high level of comprehension

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of 4 tutorials

completion of 3 written assignment

completion of the formal written examination

Prescribed texts:

Borsley, R. (1999). Syntactic Theory: A Unified Approach. London: Aronold. Chapter 11- 15 (Pg. 157 – 244)

McCarthy, Michael (1991) Discourse Analysis for Language Teachers. Cambridge Language Teaching Library. Glasgow: CPU (Page 5 – 32)

References

Burton-Roberts, N. (2016). Analysing Sentences: An Introduction to English Syntax. New York: Routledge.

Dawson, H. C. & Phelm, M. (2016). Language Files 12: Materials for an Introduction to Language and Linguistics. Columbus: The Ohio State University Press. (Chapter 5: Syntax).

Finegan, E. (2015). Language: Its Structure and Use. University of Southerrn California: CENGAGE. (Chapter 5, The Structure and Function of Phrases and Sentences: Syntax).

Nunan, D. (1993) Introducing Discourse Analysis. London: The Penguin Group Ltd.

Richards, J. C. (2015). Key Issues in Language Teaching. UK: Cambridge University Press. (Chapter 16: Discourse Analysis).

Thornbury, S. (2005). Beyond the Sentence: Introducing discourse analysis. Oxford: Macmillan Publishers Limited. (Chapter 3, What makes a text make sense ? & Chapter 4, Spoken text).

Eng 4112: Translation and Interpretation – 4

Course Description

This module focuses on the methods and procedures of translation and interpretation. It imparts the knowledge of strategies of translation and interpretation. Regarding translation, this module trains students to be able to translate texts of various types from SL to TL efficiently at various levels of language. Regarding interpretation, students are trained to interpret different genres of speeches: authentic speeches made by public figures from the local and international arenas. With a special focus on skills development, this module will equip final year EPP students with translation and interpretation skills, which are and will be in great demand on the job market now and in the future.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, the students will be able to:

analyze and evaluate translation works based on their theoretical understanding of the translation theories

improve their own translations using different strategies

apply the appropriate interpretation strategies that is suitable for the type of discourse and context

explore and apply the technologies and software for both translation and interpretation

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials which assess the students’ understanding of what they have learnt and their ability to apply the theoretical knowledge in their own translation and assessing others’ works

completion of one written assignment and one group project that includes a presentation

completion of the final examination.

References

Baker, Mona (1992) In Other Words: A Course book on Translation., Routledge.

Carford. J.C (1965) A Linguistic Theory of Translation. OUP.

Gile, D. (2009) Basic concepts and models for interpreters and translator training. John Benjamins Publishing Company. Denmark.

Munday, J (2001) Introducing Translation Studies Routledge.

Newmark, P (1988) A Textbook of Translation Prentice Hall International (UK) Ltd

Newmark, P (1993) Paragraphs on Translation. Longman.

Win Pe, U, et al., (2008) Translators’ Reference. Volume II. Shwe Pyi Taw Press.

Eng 4113: ASEAN Literature in English – 2

Course Description

This module introduces students to the study of ASEAN Literature in English and provides them with the knowledge of ASEAN culture and a firm foundation of approaches to literary study. The focus is on the different genres of literary works from ASEAN countries. This module covers a wide range of socio-cultural aspects in South East Asia countries such as people, family ties and values, growing up, festivals, and so on. It helps students to gain a critical appreciation of the writer’s craft through close textual study and through social aspects. It also enhances students’ exploration of themes, characterization, setting, plot and point of view.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, the students will be able to:

analyze and evaluate different genres of literary works from ASEAN countries

explore themes, characterization, setting, plot and point of view of the stories

give a critical appreciation of the writer’s craft through detailed textual analysis and social aspects

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials which assess the students’ understanding of what they have learnt and their ability to apply the theoretical knowledge in their own translation and assessing others’ works

completion of one written assignment and one group project that includes a presentation

completion of the final examination.

References

Gill, Richard (2002) Mastering English Literature. Third Edition. Palgrave Master Series.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D. & Pickering, J. H. (1986) Literature. Second Edition. New York: Macmillan Publishing Co.

Salleh, Muhammad Haji (ed) (1997) Stories from South East Asia. Yayasan Penataran Ilmu.

Toh, Glenn (1999) Voices of Southeast Asia: An Anthology of Southeast Asian Short Stories. Singapore: SEMEO Regional Language Centre.

Websites

http://www.seasite.niu.edu/Tagalog/Literature/Short%20Stories/How%20My%20Brother%20Leon%20Brought%20Home%20A%20Wife.htm

http://literatureofthephilippines.blogspot.com/2011/09/mats-by-francisco-arcellana.html

http://www.vietnamwebsite.net/story/story18.htm

http://www.textetc.com/criticism.html

http://pages.prodigy.net/manila_girl/rizal

Eng 4114: Communicative Skills – 8

Course Description

This Module aims at developing students language skills, communicative skills and study skills. It introduces language items in authentic and semi-authentic engaging reading and listening texts. It also exposes students to different styles of written texts. The lessons will be conducted in communicative language teaching and deductive approach to present grammar and vocabulary items. Engaging activities will be given to make students practise the language structure, vocabulary and grammar rules in a variety of meaningful contexts to develop their reading, writing, speaking, pronunciation and writing skills.

Learning Outcomes

After the course, students will be able to:

apply grammar rules and vocabulary appropriate to their communication needs

integrate study skills to improve their language and communication skills

identify appropriate language style for different social context

write different types of written texts systematically and comprehend listening and reading text well

be confident to use English in any different social context

Assessment

Assessment will be done through tutorials and classwork (20%) and the final examination (80%). For the tutorials and classwork (20%) students have to:

actively participate in class and group discussions for each lesson

take of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt, and

complete a written assignment (group work)

Prescribed Text

Cotton, D., Falvey, D. & Kent, S. (2014). New Language Leader 4: Coursebook. Pearson Education Limited.

MyEnglishLab: english.com/activate

References

Acklam, R. & Crace, A. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Clandfield, L (2010) Global. Level 4 Course book, T’s book, Work book, Macmillan Publishing House.

Clare, A.& Wilson, J. J. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Work Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Harris, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Longman.

Naughton, D. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Teacher’s Resource Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Dean, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Intermediate, Teacher Book. London: Pearson Education Ltd.

Eng 4115: Business English 4

Course Description

This module aims to develop students’ presentation and communication skills to be better able to communicate in a business environment. It enhances students’ exposure to English used in business context, bringing the real world of international business into the language-teaching classroom with topic-based units. Authentic reading texts, listening material and specially-filmed interviews with business practitioners are included in each unit.

This module is designed to help students to prepare for a career in business and to develop their English communication skills especially in business contexts. Moreover, this module also tries to widen students’ knowledge of different business fields.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module students will be able to:

select appropriate vocabulary and grammar structure for different fields of business

develop communication skills especially for business contexts

develop business related knowledge for their career and/ or their own business

produce effective written texts for different business contexts

Assessment

Students will be assessed through classroom-based assessment (20%) and a final examination (80%). Classroom-based assessment includes the following:

written assignments.

group projects and case studies and presentation on them

tutorial tests for language items they have learned

completion of closed book examination on English for Business.

Cotton, D. et al. (2011) Market Leader (Upper Intermediate), 3th Edition. England, Pearson Education Limited.

References

Mascull, B. (2002) Business Vocabulary in Use. CUP.

Naunton, J. (2005) Profile 2Intermediate,Oxford Business English. OUP.

Learning resources including websites and video are included according to the topics.

Eng 4116: English Language Teaching – 2

Course Description

This module introduces theoretical background to the practice of English language teaching. Moreover, it provides methodologies for developing the language skills: receptive and productive skills. It also deals with classroom management and tackling the problem behaviour of learners.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

apply different teaching strategies that are necessary in ELT;

recognize problems in teaching and learning of language skills;

successfully manage a language class.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of theories

completion of micro teaching

completion of formal written examination

References

Edwards, C. & Willis, J. (2005) Teachers Exploring Tasks in English Language Teaching. New York: Palgrave Macmillan

Harmer, J. (1998) The Practice of English Language Teaching. London: Longman group Ltd.

Celce-Murcia, M. (2001) Teaching English as a Second and Foreign Language. UK: Heinle & Heinle.

First Year (Honours)

FIRST YEAR HONOURS – ENGLISH                                  SEMESTER – I

Foundation Course

မ ၃၀၀၁       ျမန္မာစာ

Core Courses

Eng 3201     English Literature – 9   (19^th and 20^th Century Short Stories and The Novel)

Eng 3202      English Literature – 10 (18^th and 19^th Century Poetry and Drama)

Eng 3203      English Language Studies –3 (Morphology)

Eng 3204      Translation and Interpretation – 1

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Eng 3205      Communicative Skills – 5

Eng 3206      Business English – 1

Eng 3207      Introducing ELT Methodology– 1

* An English specialisation student will have to take one elective.

Eng 3201: English Literature – 9 (19th & 20th century Short Stories & The Novel)

Course Description

This module includes a selection of the 19^th and 20^th century English short stories and novel. Setting, plot, characterization, literary devices, climax, point of view, theme, symbols, conflicts, and development of the story are the focus in studying short stories. This module will enhance the students’ ability to arrive at the correct interpretation of the writer’s message and to appreciate literature from different points of view.

The novels in the 19^th and 20^thcenturies are particularly engaged with the events, circumstances, beliefs and attitudes of their time. It concentrates on a critical study of works by the centuries’ major literary figures like Katherine Mansfield, Graham Greene, George Orwell, etc. The focus is on understanding the role of the novel in representing life and people and exploring socio-cultural changes, the flexibility of the genre and how it developed aesthetically, stylistically and structurally. This module also expands literary vocabulary, exercise critical reading and writing skills and comfort important themes suggested by the literature.

19th& 20th Century (Short Stories)

Bliss (1918) Katherine Mansfield

The Destructors Graham Greene

19^th& 20^th Century (The Novel)

Animal Farm George Orwell

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

read and write critically and reflectively

respond logically and creatively orally and in writing to what they read

understand the literary aspects of the novel through written assignments

Assessment

There are six assignments / presentations (individual and group work) that make up 20%, and the final closed book written examination of 80%. The assignments / presentations are based on the materials covered in class.

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

References for Short Stories

Dolley, C. (1967). The Penguin Book of English Short Stories. Great Britain: Penguin Books Ltd.

Konigsberg, I. (1971) The Classic Short Story. U.S.A.: Harper and Row Inc.

Mizener, A. (1967). Modern Short Stories: The Uses of Imagination. U.S.A.: Norton & Company, Inc.

Chin, B. A. et. al. (2002). Glencoe Literature: The Reader’s Choice. U.S.A.: The McGraw-Hill Companies.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.

References for The Novel

Alexander,   Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan. London

Drew, Elizabeth. (1967) The Novel: A Modern Guide to Fifteen English Masterpieces. Dell Publishing Co. Inc.

Lass, Abraham H. Ed. (1966) A Student’s Guide to 50 British Novels. Washington Square Press, Inc. New York.

Pickering, H. James, & Hoeper, D. Jeffrey. (1982) Literature. Macmillan Publishing Company. New York.

Eng-3202 English Literature –10 (19^th & 20^th Century Poetry & Drama)

Course Description

This module deals with the study of poems and a play which are representative of 19^th and 20^th century poetry and drama. Studying selected English poems enables students to extend their knowledge of English poetry that they have already garnered in their academic pursuit. While pursuing the scholarly studies in English poetry, students simultaneously perceive the development of English poetry over the centuries. This module also engages students to learn a farcical comedy of Oscar Wilde, a famous Irish playwright. Through Wilde’s popular Victorian drama, students observe Wilde’s trademarks ‘satiric epigrams, paradoxes and puns’. It is Wilde’s popular work that represents the finest literature in the English language written during the 19^th century and questions Victorian social values and norms. Moreover, how nineteenth-century intellectuals think through the relationship between dramatic form and the social world, and how nineteenth-century drama mobilizes new images of gender and the family can be learned through Wilde’s famous drama.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

recognize and explain the elements of poetry and drama through selected literary texts

interpret critically certain ideas or messages that the authors of selected literary works are trying to illustrate

evaluate the selected literary works and write reflections on them.

Assessment

Class discussions during the lectures – 5%: Active engagement of students in class discussion is requested. Their active participation will be highly appreciated or graded.

Attendance – 5%: Students are to attend all lectures and their attendance will be one of the criteria in assessment.

Written Assignment – 5% of the grade is for written tasks assigned for the respective poems or acts in the play. Students are asked to work in groups so that they can learn from each other by sharing their own ideas in groups.

Presentation – 5%: 5% of the grade is allotted for students’ group presentation on the assigned tasks. In assessing group presentation, three-fold group assessment will be carried out. The teacher gives a grade to the group’s final product, group members give a grade to each other, and each group member gives a grade to him/herself, and justifies it. Every student’s grade is then a combination of: the teacher’s grade, average of peer grades, and self-assigned grades.

Exam – 80%: The grade is for students’ achievement in the final exam.

References for Poetry

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Vol. 1. USA: Norton and Company, Inc.

Hewett, R. P. (1984) A Choice of Poets: An Anthology of Poets from Wordsworth to the Present Day. UK: Nelson House.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D & James H. Pickering (1990) Poetry: An Introduction. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Kloeppel, L. A Teacher’s Guide to ‘The Importance of Being Earnest and Other Plays’. The Signet Classic Edition.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Wilkie, Brian & James Hurt (1998) Literature of the Western World. Vol. I. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

References for Drama

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Norton & Com. Inc

Alexander, M (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan Press Ltd.

Allison, Alexander W. et al. (1986) Masterpieces of Drama. Macmillan Publishing Co.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Eng 3203: English Language Studies – 3 (Morphology)

Course Description

This module acquaints learners of English with some background concepts of words and rules of word formation. Moreover, it also deals with morphemes: free and bound morphemes, lexical and functional morphemes, inflectional versus derivational morphology, and morphological analysis. The objective of this module is to provide an introduction to major concepts in the study of morphology and discusses its place within linguistic theory.

    Morphology

Words: Some background concepts

Complex words and morphemes

How are new words created?

Inflectional versus derivational morphology

Problematic aspects of morphological analysis

Morphemes: The Minimal Units of Meaning

(Bound and Free Morphemes, Prefixes and Suffixes, Infixes, Circumfixes, Roots and Stems, Huckles and Ceives)

Rules of Word Formation

(Derivational morphology, the hierarchical structure of words, more about derivational morphemes, lexical gaps)

Sign Language Morphology

Word Coinage (Compounds, Meaning of Compounds)

Grammatical morphemes (Inflectional morphemes, exceptions and suppletions, morphology and syntax)

Morphological analysis: Identifying morphemes

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

identify different types of morphology

demonstrate how morphology is used across languages in a theoretically-informed way

make informed judgements on the basis of cross-linguistic evidence to better understand the properties of their own native language

point out the relationship between morphology and other components of language, such as phonology, syntax and semantics

take more advanced option course(s) on the subject and be able to engage in relevant research work.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment: quizzes, group presentations, individual/group assignments (20%) and a final closed book examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

References

Akmajan, A. et al. (2001). Linguistics: An Introduction to Language and Communication. Chapter 2

Fromkin, V. Rodman, R. & Hyams, N. (2003). An Introduction to Language. Heinle. Chapter   2

Thomas, W. Stewart, Jr. & Vaillette, N. (eds). Language Files. Columbus: The Ohio State University Press. File 5

Eng 3204: Translation and Interpretation – 1

Course Description

This module deals with the theoretical aspect of translation and translation studies, the background history of translation, general types of translation, features of a good translation, and directives by different translators. It trains students to apply their theoretical knowledge to the practice of translation. It also focuses on conceptual bases required to understand both the principles and recurrent issues and difficulties in professional translation and interpreting.

Introduction to Translation and Interpretation

Translation: Definition and General Types

Translation Equivalence

Main Issues of Translation Studies

The concepts of translation

What is translation studies?

A brief History of the Discipline

The Holmes/ toury ‘map’

Development since the 1970s

Summary

Discussion and Research Points

Translation Theory Before the Twentieth Century

Introduction

‘Word-for-word’ or ‘Sense-for-sense’

Martin Luther

Faithfulness, spirit and truth

Early attempts at systematic translation theory: Dryden, Dolet and Tytler

Schleiermacher and valorization of the foreign

Translation theory of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries in Britain

Towards contemporary translation theory

Summary

Discussion and research points

The Components of Translation Competence

Types of Interpretation

Translation and Interpretation Exercises

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

identify the differences between translation and interpretation and identify the different set skills required.

analyze and evaluate translation works in terms of extent, level and rank based on the linguistic theory of translation

apply the word-for-word, literal and free translation methods and choose the suitable one to translate a particular text

define the two different types of interpretation and apply the voice shadowing and sight interpretation

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussions and formal written assignments and a final closed book written examination.

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt and their ability to apply the theoretical knowledge in their own translation and assessing others’ works

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

References

Baker, Mona (1992) In Other Words: A Course book on Translation. Routledge.

Carford. J.C (1965) A Linguistic Theory of Translation. OUP.

Gile, D. (2009) Basic Concepts and Models for Interpreters and Translator Training. John Benjamins Publishing Company. Denmark.

Munday, J (2001) Introducing Translation Studies Routledge.

Newmark, P (1988) A Textbook of Translation. Prentice Hall International (UK) Ltd.

Newmark, P (1993) Paragraphs on Translation. Longman.

Win Pe, U, et al., (2008) Translators’ Reference.Volume I. Shwe Pyi Taw Press

Eng 3205: Communicative Skills – 5

Course Description

This Module aims at developing students’ language proficiency, communicative skills and study skills. It introduces language items in authentic and semi-authentic engaging reading and listening texts. It also exposes students to different styles of written texts. Engaging activities will be given to make students practise the language structure, vocabulary and grammar rules in a variety of meaningful contexts to develop their reading, writing, speaking, pronunciation and writing skills with strong emphasis on the area of critical thinking skills. This module enables students to express their ideas and develop their communicative abilities through its engaging content and systematic skills work.

Learning Outcomes

After the course, students will be able to:

apply grammar rules and vocabulary appropriate to their communication needs

integrate study skills to improve their language and communication skills

identify appropriate language styles for different social contexts

produce different types of written texts systematically

confidently use English in any social context

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion, formal written assignments, presentations and a final examination.

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of six tutorials based on reading, writing, listening, speaking, vocabulary, and grammar.

completion of final closed book examination on all language skills

Prescribed Coursebook

Clandfield, L (2010) Global. Level 3 Course book, T’s book, Work book), Macmillan Publishing House.

References

Acklam, R.& Crace, A. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Clare, A.& Wilson, J. J. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Work Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Naughton, D. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Teacher’s Resource Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Harris, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Pre-intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Longman.

Dean, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Pre-intermediate, Teacher Book. London: Pearson Education Ltd.

Eng 3206 Business English – 1

Course Description

This module covers all the four language learning skills, grammar points and vocabulary that are used in business communication. It also focuses on different areas of business that closely reflect business undertakings. It aims to develop students’ spoken and written English, enabling them to use it accurately and appropriately. The course provides updated content and a significantly enhanced range of authentic resource material, reflecting the latest trends in the business world.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to

develop their language skills as well as the content knowledge regarding respective business functions, and

develop confidence to deal with people and business issues in the business world.

Assessment

Exam 80 marks + Tutorial 20 marks

There will be at least 5 tutorials for each semester. Group presentations, role plays, group or individual assignments will also be counted as tutorial.

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

Prescribed Coursebook

Market Leader (Intermediate Business English Course Book, 3^rd Edition), David Cotton, David Falvey & Simon Kent, Pearson Longman Press

References

Mascull, Bill (2002) Business Vocabulary in Use. CUP.

Naunton, Jon (2005) Profile 1Pre-intermediate, Oxford Business English. OUP.

Eng 3207: Introducing ELT Methodology – 1

Course description

This module introduces the theoretical background to the practice of English language teaching. It also aims to develop students’ awareness of learner differences and its importance in language teaching, different roles of teacher and different teaching methods that are helpful in the realization of teaching methodology.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

1) classify learners according to their age;

2) analyse learners based on learner differences such as aptitude, learning styles, language levels, motivation, etc.;

3) identify teacher’s roles in language teaching;

4) determine the appropriate teaching methods.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of theories

completion of micro teaching

completion of formal written examination

References

Harmer, J (1998) The Practice of English Language Teaching. Longman group Ltd.   Pg 37 -197.

Edwards, C & Willis, J. (2005) Teachers Exploring Tasks in English Language Teaching. New York: Palgrave Macmillan

FIRST YEAR HONOURS – ENGLISH                              SEMESTER – II

Foundation Course

မ ၃၀၀၂       ျမန္မာစာ

Core Courses

Eng 3208      English Literature – 11 (19^th and 20^th Century Short Stories and The Novel)

Eng 3209      English Literature – 12 (18^th and 19^th Century Poetry and Drama)

Eng 3210      English Language Studies – 4 (Syntactic Theory – 1)

Eng 3211      Translation and Interpretation – 2

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Eng 3212        Communicative Skills – 6

Eng 3213        Business English – 2

Eng 3214        Introducing ELT Methodology – 2

* An English specialisation student will have to take one elective.

Eng 3208: English Literature – 11 (19th & 20th century Short Stories & The Novel)

Course Description

This module includes a selection of the 19^th and 20^th century English short stories and novel. Short stories are studied with particular attention to setting, plot, characterization, literary devices, climax, point of view, theme, symbols, conflicts, and development of the story. This module will enhance the students’ ability to arrive at the correct interpretation of the writer’s message and to appreciate literature from different points of view.

This module deals with the novel in the 19^th and 20^thcenturies which were particularly engaged with the events, circumstances, beliefs and attitudes of their time. It concentrates on a critical study of works by the centuries’ major literary figures like RK Narayan, H.G.Wells, Harper Lee,

etc. The focus is on the role of the novel in representing life and people and exploring social and cultural changes, the flexibility of the genre and how it developed aesthetically, stylistically and structurally. This module also expands literary vocabulary, exercise critical reading and writing skills and comfort important themes suggested by the literature.

19^th& 20^th Century (Short Stories)

A Horse and Two Goats RK Narayan

The Door in the Wall H.G.Wells

19^th& 20^th Century (The Novel)

To Kill a Mockingbird                                    Harper Lee

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

read and write literary works critically and reflectively

respond to what they read logically and creatively in writing

analyse the literary aspects of the novel through written assignments

Assessment

There are six assignments / presentations (individual and group work) that make up 20% and the other 80% goes to the completion of the final closed book written examination of this course. The assignments / presentations are related to the material covered in class.

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

References for Short Stories

Dolley, C. (1967). The Penguin Book of English Short Stories. Great Britain: Penguin Books Ltd.

Konigsberg, I. (1971) The Classic Short Story. U.S.A.: Harper and Row Inc.

Mizener, A. (1967). Modern Short Stories: The Uses of Imagination. U.S.A.: Norton & Company, Inc.

Chin, B. A. et. al. (2002). Glencoe Literature: The Reader’s Choice. U.S.A.: The McGraw-Hill Companies.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.

References for The Novel

Alexander,   Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan. London

Drew, Elizabeth. (1967) The Novel: A Modern Guide to Fifteen English Masterpieces. Dell Publishing Co. Inc.

Lass, Abraham H. Ed. (1966) A Student’s Guide to 50 British Novels. Washington Square Press, Inc. New York.

Pickering, H. James, & Hoeper, D. Jeffrey. (1982) Literature. Macmillan Publishing Company. New York.

Eng-3109: English Literature – 12 (19th & 20th Century Poetry & Drama)

Course Description

This module deals with the study of poems and a play which are representative of 19^th and 20^th century poetry and drama. Studying selected 19^th century English poems enables students to extend their knowledge of English poetry that they have already garnered in their academic pursuit. While pursuing the scholarly studies in English poetry, students simultaneously perceive the development of English poetry over the centuries. This module also engages students to learn a 20^th century modern American tragedy of Arthur Miller, a famous American playwright. Through Miller’s play, students study what he is trying to mean ‘the American Dream’ of his time.

18^th& 19^th Century Poetry

Porphyria’s Lover                                                       Robert Browning

Ode to a Nightingale                                                  John Keats

Pied Beauty                                                                Gerald Manley Hopkins

A certain slant of Light                                               Emily Dickinson

She Walks in Beauty                                                   Lord Byron

Drama

Death of A Salesman                                                              Arthur Miller

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

recognize and explain the elements of poetry and drama through selected literary texts

critically interpret ideas or messages that the authors of selected literary works are trying to communicate with the readers

evaluate the selected literary works and write reflections on them

Assessment

Class discussions during the lectures – 5%: Active engagement of students in class discussion is requested. Their active participation will be highly appreciated or graded.

Attendance – 5%: Students are to attend all lectures and their attendance will be one of the criteria in assessment.

Written Assignment – 5% of the grade is for written tasks assigned for the respective poems or acts in the play. Students are asked to work in groups so that they can learn from each other by sharing their own ideas in groups.

Presentation – 5%: 5% of the grade is allotted for students’ group presentation on the assigned tasks. In assessing group presentation, three-fold group assessment will be carried out. The teacher gives a grade to the group’s final product, group members give a grade to each other, and each group member gives a grade to him/herself, and justifies it. Every student’s grade is then a combination of: the teacher’s grade, average of peer grades, and self-assigned grades.

Exam – 80%: The grade is for students’ achievement in the final exam.

References for Poetry

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Vol. 1. USA: Norton and Company, Inc.

Hewett, R. P. (1984) A Choice of Poets: An Anthology of Poets from Wordsworth to the present day. UK: Nelson House.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D & James H. Pickering (1990) Poetry: An Introduction. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Tetu, R. A Teacher’s Guide to the Arthur Miller’s ‘Death of a Salesman’. The Penguin Edition.

Ward, Thomas Humphry (1883) The English Poets. Vol. IV. London: Macmillan and Co.

Weekes, A. R (year not mentioned) The Odes of John Keats. London: University Tutorial Press Ltd.

Wilkie, Brian & James Hurt (1998) Literature of the Western World. Vol. I. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

References for Drama

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Norton & Com. Inc

Alexander, Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan Press Ltd.

Allison, Alexander W. et al. (1986) Masterpieces of Drama. Macmillan Publishing Co.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey, D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Eng 3210: English Language Studies – 4 (Syntactic Theory – 1)

Course Description

This module concerns preliminaries to syntactic structure such as the goals of syntactic theory, the importance of syntactic theory, introduction to constituent structure, ways of representing constituent structure, investigation of constituent structure and phrasal categories. It also deals with types of syntactic rules, the relation between rules and sentences. Moreover, it also looks at the subcategorization through different approaches such as the Aspects approach, Principles and Parameters (P&P) approach and Phrase Structure Grammar (PSG) approach.

    Syntactic Theory – 1

Preliminaries (The goals of syntactic theory, acceptability and grammaticality, syntactic theory and traditional grammar, the importance of syntactic theory)

Constituent structure (The motivation for constituent structure, the representation of constituent structure, the investigation of constituent structure, intermediate categories, some further categories)

Syntactic rules (Phrase structure rules, rules and sentences, immediate dominants and linear precedence rules, non-local conditions on trees)

Syntactic categories (Additional information about expressions, phrasal categories and word level categories, cross-categorical generalizations, features, categories in rules and the lexicon and categories in trees)

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

understand the basic terminology and concepts of syntactic description and theory

identify syntactic categories and their features

determine syntactic structure by constituency tests, representing the information in syntactic tree diagrams and labelled bracketing

apply logical reasoning and problem-solving techniques in order to analyze new data

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment: quizzes, group presentations, individual/group assignments (20%) and a final closed book examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

References

Akmajan, A. et al. (2001). Linguistics: An Introduction to Language and Communication. Chapter 5

Borsley, R. (1999). Syntactic Theory: A Unified Approach. London: Aronold. Chapter 1- 4 (Pg 1- 64)

Fromkin, V. & Rodman, R. (1993). An Introduction to Language. Chapter 3

Thomas, W. Stewart, Jr. & Vaillette, N. (eds). Language Files. Columbus: The Ohio State University Press. File 6

Eng 3211: Translation and Interpretation – 2

Course Description

This module deals with the theoretical aspect of the process of translating and translation procedures. Students will be able to put their theoretical knowledge into practice through the translation of lexis, proper names, idioms and proverbs, abbreviations and acronyms, first at the sentence level, and then at the paragraph level. It also focuses on basic theoretical components in interpreter and translator training, similarities and differences between interpreting and translation.

Introduction to Translation and Interpretation

Translation: Definition and General Types

Translation Equivalence

Main Issues of Translation Studies

The concepts of translation

What is translation studies?

A brief History of the Discipline

The Holmes/ Toury ‘map’

Development since the 1970s

Summary

Discussion and Research Points

Translation Theory Before the Twentieth Century

Introduction

‘Word-for-word’ or ‘Sense-for-sense’

Martin Luther

Faithfulness, spirit and truth

Early attempts at systematic translation theory: Dryden, Dolet and Tytler

Schleiermacher and valorization of the foreign

Translation theory of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries in Britain

Towards contemporary translation theory

Summary

Discussion and research points

The Components of Translation Competence

Types of Interpretation

Translation and Interpretation Exercises

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

demonstrate the understanding of the concept of translation and translation studies

compare and contrast the different assessment criteria and relate them to the practices

apply various translation techniques in translation

apply the summarizing and note taking techniques in interpretation

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%) and a final examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials which assess the students’ understanding of what they have learnt and their ability to apply the theoretical knowledge in their own translation and assessing others’ works

completion of two case studies

completion of the final examination.

References

Baker, Mona (1992) In Other Words: A Course book on Translation. Routledge.

Carford. J.C (1965) A Linguistic Theory of Translation. OUP.

Gile, D. (2009) Basic Concepts and Models for Interpreters and Translator Training. John Benjamins Publishing Company. Denmark.

Munday, J (2001) Introducing Translation Studies Routledge.

Newmark, P (1988) A Textbook of Translation. Prentice Hall International (UK) Ltd.

Newmark, P (1993) Paragraphs on Translation. Longman.

Win Pe, U, et al., (2008) Translators’ Reference.Volume I. Shwe Pyi Taw Press

Eng 3212: Communicative Skills – 6

Course Description

This Module aims at developing students’ language skills, communicative skills and study skills. It introduces language items in authentic and semi-authentic engaging reading and listening texts. It also exposes students to different styles of written texts. Engaging activities will be given to make students practise the language structure, vocabulary and grammar rules in a variety of meaningful contexts to develop their reading, writing, speaking, pronunciation and writing skills with strong emphasis on the area of critical thinking skills. So, this module enables students to express their ideas and develop their communicative abilities through its engaging content and systematic skills work.

Learning Outcomes

After the course, students will be able to:

apply grammar rules and vocabulary appropriate to their communication needs

integrate study skills to improve their language and communication skills

identify appropriate language styles for different social contexts

produce different types of written texts systematically

confidently use English in any social context

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion, formal written assignments, presentations (20%) and a final examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of six tutorials based on reading, writing, listening, speaking, vocabulary, and grammar.

completion of closed book examination on all language skills

Prescribed Coursebook

Clandfield, L (2010) Global. Level 3 Course book, T’s book, Work book, Macmillan Publishing House.

References

Acklam, R.& Crace, A. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Students’ Book.London: Pearson Longman.

Clare,A.& Wilson,J. J. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Work Book.London: Pearson Longman.

Naughton,D. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Teacher’s Resource Book.London: Pearson Longman.

Harris, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Pre-intermediate, Students’ Book.London: Longman.

Dean, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities,Pre-intermediate, Teacher Book.London: Pearson Education Ltd.

Eng 3213 Business English – 2

Course Description

This module covers all the four language learning skills, grammar points and vocabulary that are used in business communication. It also focuses on different areas of business that closely reflect business undertakings. It aims to develop students’ spoken and written English, enabling them to use it accurately and appropriately. The course provides updated content and a significantly enhanced range of authentic resource material, reflecting the latest trends in the business world.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to

develop their language skills as well as the content knowledge regarding respective business functions, and

develop confidence to deal with people and business issues in the business world.

Assessment

Exam 80 marks + Tutorial 20 marks

There will be at least 5 tutorials for each semester. Group presentations, role plays, group or individual assignments will also be counted as tutorial.

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt

completion of one written assignment and one group project

completion of the final examination.

Prescribed Coursebook

Market Leader (Intermediate Business English Course Book, 3^rd Edition), David Cotton, David Falvey & Simon Kent, Pearson Longman Press

References

Mascull, Bill (2002) Business Vocabulary in Use. CUP.

Naunton, Jon (2005) Profile 1Pre-intermediate, Oxford Business English. OUP.

Eng 3214 (Introducing ELT Methodology – 2)

Course Description

This module deals with studying and researching language to increase knowledge of the English language system. It also focuses on teaching pronunciation techniques and the assessment of students’ performance and giving feedback. It explores various aspects of task-based teaching and learning and gives insights into ways in which tasks can be designed, adapted and implemented in a range of teaching contexts and illustrates ways in which tasks and task-based learning can be investigated as a research activity.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

apply knowledge and skills on their classroom technique

discuss methodology for teaching all the skill sectors in ELT

demonstrate a variety of ways in which teachers use tasks to better understand their teaching and their students’ learning

continue their professional development alone or with others

Assessment

This module will be assessed through a combination of tutorial-based assessment: quizzes, group presentations, individual/group assignments (20%) and a final closed book examination (80%).

References

Harmer, J. (1998) The Practice of English Language Teaching Longman group Ltd.    Pg 37-197.

Edwards, C. & Willis, J. (2005) Teachers Exploring Tasks in English Language Teaching. New York: Palgrave Macmillan

Second Year (Honours)

SECOND YEAR HONOURS – ENGLISH                                SEMESTER – I

Foundation Course

မ ၄၀၀၁ ျမန္မာစာ

Core Courses

Eng 4201         Research Paper Writing

Eng 4202         English Literature – 13 (19^thCentury Short Stories and The Novel)

Eng 4203          English Language Studies – 5 (Syntactic Theory – 2 and Introduction to Semantics)

Eng 4204 Translation & Interpretation – 3

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Eng 4205         ASEAN Literature in English – 1

Eng 4206         Communicative Skills – 7

Eng 4207 Business English – 3

Eng 4208         English Language Teaching – 1

* An English specialisation student will have to take one elective.

Eng 4201: Research Paper Writing

Course description

This module is designed to enable students to discover different and essential steps in writing a research paper. It aims at developing students’ skills in writing research papers. It familiarizes students with basic format of a research paper. It enhances students’ understanding of the different approaches to research studies, making decisions on the appropriate approach to any research they undertake. It also helps the students to develop sound techniques and good practice which will serve them well in future research projects. It focuses on writing a research paper systematically with the correct format. It also enables students to find relevant references, to take notes, to develop a reference list and to indicate sources. This module provides students with language convention, instruction and practice. Moreover, this module helps students to write research proposal, literature reviews, summaries, abstract, and especially theses and dissertations.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

recognize essential elements of a research paper

critically evaluate information for their research papers

choose a topic for their research

design their research, and

write research papers systematically with the correct format and appropriate language.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through tutorials and classwork (30%) and the final examination (70%). For the tutorials and classwork (30%) students have to:

actively participate in class and group discussions for each lesson

take of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt, and

complete a research proposal in groups

Prescribed Coursebook

Weissberg, Robert & Buker, Suzanna (1990) Writing Up Research. NJ: Prentice Hall Regents.

Lionel Menasche (1997) Writing a Research Paper (Revised Edition). University of Michigan.

References

Bell, J. (1999) Doing Your Research Project. Buckingham, Open University Press. (Pages of Check List)

Renandua, W. (-) Qualitative and Quantitative Research in Applied Linguistics. Singapore, RELC.

Shepherd, J.F. (1982) The Houghton Mifflin Study Skills Handbook. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Company. (Pages 290- 311, 362-396).

Sweals, J.M. & Feak, C.B. (1994) Academic Writing for Graduate Students. Ann Arbor, The University of Michigan Press. (pages 131-217)

Sweals, J.M. & Feak, C.B. (2000) English in Today’s Research World: A Writing Guide. Ann Arbor, The University of Michigan Press. (Pages 114-147 Chapter 4)

Eng 4202: English Literature – 13 (19th Century Short Stories & The Novel)

Course description

This module offers students a selection of the 19^th century short stories and the novel with particular attention to famous authors such as Leo Tolstoy, Mark Twain, Edgar Allan Poe and Jane Austen. It centers on the critical reading of the selected short stories, enabling students to develop conceptual learning and the critical thinking skills.

This module also deals with the evolution of the nineteenth-century novels through a consideration of the British novel’s historical, literary-historical and critical contexts. It introduces the disruptive pressure of increasingly powerful women and the intensifying pull of the past, which becomes more difficult to resist as modernity takes shape. This module focuses on the works concerned with social comedy and satire of the period, the 19^th century. It concentrates on the works of Oscar Wilde, Jane Austen, Emily Bronte, Thomas Hardy, etc.

Short Stories

A problem                                                                               Anton Chekhov

How much land does a man need                                           Leo Tolstoy

From nature                                                                             Ralph Waldo Emerson

The Californian’s Tale                                                 Mark Twain

The Masque of the Red Death                                                Edgar Allan Poe

Novel

Pride and Prejudice                                                                 Jane Austen (1775-1817)

Learning Outcomes

At the end of studying this module, students will be able to:

discuss the history and culture of the English language

express their opinions on the issue they want to address in different types of short stories and infer the author’s view on the same issue

identify the salient features of literary texts from a broad range of different literary works

describe how a character’s personality, attitudes, conflict and relationships change and explain why these changes are important to the novel

analyze and appreciate the underlying meanings of the novel by using the elements of novel analysis

Assessment

Students will be assessed through the final examination (80%) and class work, 20 % of total mark, which counts on students’ regular attendance, their active participation in class activities, completion of the assignments and group works, and presentation of their findings.

References for Short Stories

Choo, S & Yeo, R (2013). Mining for Meaning. Learners Publishing Private Limited.

Dolley, C. (1967). The Penguin Book of English Short Stories. Great Britain: Penguin Books Ltd.

Konigsberg, I. (1971) The Classic Short Story. U.S.A.: Harper and Row Inc.

Mizener, A. (1967). Modern Short Stories: The Uses of Imagination. U.S.A.: Norton & Company, Inc.

Chin, B. A. et. al. (2002). Glencoe Literature: The Reader’s Choice. U.S.A.: The McGraw-Hill Companies.

Ridout, A. K. & Stuart, J. (1968). Short Stories for Discussion. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.

References for The Novel

Alexander, Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan. London

Drew, Elizabeth. (1967) The Novel: A Modern Guide to Fifteen English Masterpieces. Dell Publishing Co. Inc.

Lass, Abraham H. Ed. (1966) A Student’s Guide to 50 British Novels. Washington Square Press, Inc. New York.

Pickering, H. James, & Hoeper, D. Jeffrey. (1982) Literature. Macmillan Publishing Company. New York.

Eng 4203: English Language Studies – 5 (Syntactic Theory & Introduction to Semantics)

Course Description

This module will look at the behaviour of reflexives and reciprocals (known as anaphora) within P&P and PSG frameworks. It will also familiarize students with a variety of sentence types which involve either Noncanonical complements or subjects and canonical complements or subjects and they will be analysed through the monostratal approach (PSG) and multistratal approach (P&P). Moreover, it is also concerned with the notions of subject and object and how they are defined within the frameworks of Lexical Functional Grammar (LFG), Relational Grammar (RG) and Transformational Grammar (TG). Moreover, this module also introduces the area of Semantics which includes the meaning of Semantics, lexical and grammatical meaning, and different semantic theories.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

analyse the structures of sentence with the scientific approaches and theories

determine the meanings of words and how the meanings of sentences are derived.

discuss theories and aspects of linguistics

develop comprehension skills and English language proficiency.

Assessment

Throughout the course, students will be given 3 tutorials, a group presentation, 3 formal written assignments for classroom-based assessment. There is the final examination at the end of the semester. Mark allocation is 20% for classroom assessment and 80% for the semester-end examination.

Prescribed text:

Borsley, R. (1999). Syntactic Theory: A Unified Approach. London: Aronold. Chapter 7 – 9 (Pg. 96 – 134)

Thomas, W. Stewart, Jr. & Vaillette, N. (eds) (2001). Language Files. Columbus: The Ohio State University Press. Chapter 6 & 7

References

Borsley, R. (1999). Syntactic Theory: A Unified Approach. London: Aronold.

Burton-Roberts, N. (2016). Analysing Sentences: An Introduction to English Syntax. New York: Routledge.

Finegan, E. (2015). Language: Its Structure and Use. University of Southerrn California: CENGAGE. (Chapter 5: Syntax, Chapter 6: Semantics)

Dawson, H. C. & Phelm, M. (2016). Language Files 12: Materials for an Introduction to Language and Linguistics. Columbus: The Ohio State University Press. (Chapter 5 & 6)

Eng 4204: Translation and Interpretation – 3

Course Description

This module focuses on the methods and procedures of translation and interpretation. It imparts the knowledge of strategies of translation and interpretation. Regarding translation, this module trains students to be able to translate texts of various types from source language to target language efficiently at various levels of language. Regarding interpretation, students are trained to interpret different genres of speeches: authentic speeches made by public figures from the local and international arenas. With a special focus on skills development, this module will equip final year BA (English) students with translation and interpretation skills, which are and will be in great demand on the job market now and in the future.

Part A: Translation

What is Translation? (Hatim and Munday, 2004)

Translation Strategies (A2) (Hatim and Munday, 2004)

Literal Translation ( Newmark, 1988)

The Other Translation Procedures (Newmark, 1988)

The Unit of Translation (Hatim and Munday, 2004)

Practical exercises

Part B: Interpretation

Chapter 2: preparation/ Anticipating the Speaker

Chapter 3: Complex Syntax/ Compression

Chapter 4: Word Order/ Clusters

Chapter 5: General Adverbial Clauses

Chapter 9: Diction/ Register

Chapter 10: Formal Style

Chapter 11: A Policy Address

Chapter 13: Political Discourse

Chapter 17: Numbers

Chapter 18: Note-taking (Nolan, 2005)

Practical exercises

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, the students will be able to:

understand and identify different translation strategies

choose and apply appropriate translation strategies for different text types

deal with different levels of grammatical and lexical units in interpretation

apply note-taking skills in both consecutive and simultaneous interpretation

explore and apply the technologies and software for both translation and interpretation

Assessment

This module will be assessed through a combination of class-based assessment (which counts 20% of total marks) which includes class and group discussions, formal written assignments, a group project presentation and a final examination (80%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt and their ability to apply the theoretical knowledge in their own translation and assessing others’ works

completion of one written assignment and one group project that includes a presentation

completion of the final examination.

References

Baker, Mona (1992) In Other Words: A Course book on Translation. Routledge.

Carford. J.C (1965) A Linguistic Theory of Translation. OUP.

Dollerup, C & Anne Loddegoard (1992) Teaching Translation and Interpreting: Training, Talent and Experience. Papers from the First Language International Conference, Elsinmore, Denmark, 31 May – 2 June 1991 (Copenhagen Studies in Translation)” John Benjamins B.V

Munday, J (2001) Introducing Translation Studies Routledge.

Newmark, P (1988) A Textbook of Translation. Prentice Hall International (UK) Ltd.

Newmark, P (1993) Paragraphs on Translation. Longman.

Win Pe, U, et al., (2008) Translators’ Reference.Volume I. Shwe Pyi Taw Press

Eng 4205: ASEAN Literature in English – 1

Course Description

This module introduces ASEAN Literature in English to students and provides them with knowledge of ASEAN culture and a firm foundation of approaches to literary studies. The focus is on the different genres of literary works written by authors from ASEAN countries. In this module, students have to study several pieces of ASEAN literature that cover a wide range of socio-cultural aspects in Southeast Asian countries such as people, family ties and values, growing up, festivals, and so on. It helps students to gain a critical appreciation of the writer’s craft through close textual study. It also enhances students’ exploration of themes, characterization, setting, plot and point of view of literary texts.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this module, students will be able to:

discuss socio-cultural aspects and cultures of people in ASEAN region

discover values of people in ASEAN countries

compare the cultures of their neighbours with their own

develop their communication, comprehension and literary skills

Assessment

Assessment will be done through tutorials and classwork (20%) and the final examination (80%). For the tutorials and classwork (20%) students have to:

actively participate in class and group discussions for each lesson

take of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt, and

complete a written assignment.

References

Gill, Richard (2002) Mastering English Literature. Third Edition. Palgrave Master Series.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D. & Pickering, J. H. (1986)Literature. Second Edition. Macmillan Publishing Co. New York.

Salleh, Muhammad Haji (ed) (1997) Stories from South East Asia. Yayasan Penataran Ilmu.

Toh, Glenn (1999) Voices of Southeast Asia: An Anthology of Southeast Asian Short Stories. Singapore :SEMEO Regional Language Centre.

Websites

http://www.seasite.niu.edu/Tagalog/Literature/Short%20Stories/How%20My%20Brother%20Leon%20Brought%20Home%20A%20Wife.htm

http://literatureofthephilippines.blogspot.com/2011/09/mats-by-francisco-arcellana.html

http://www.vietnamwebsite.net/story/story18.htm

http://www.textetc.com/criticism.html

http://pages.prodigy.net/manila_girl/rizal

Eng 4206: Communicative Skills – 7

Course Description

This Module aims at developing students’ language proficiency, communication skills and study skills. It introduces language items in authentic and semi-authentic engaging reading and listening texts. It also exposes students to different styles of written texts. The lessons will be conducted in communicative language teaching and deductive approach to present grammar and vocabulary items. Engaging activities will be given to make students practise the language structure, vocabulary and grammar rules in a variety of meaningful contexts to develop their reading, writing, speaking, pronunciation and writing skills.

Learning Outcomes

After the course, students will be able to:

apply grammar rules and vocabulary appropriate to their communication needs

integrate study skills to improve their language and communication skills

identify appropriate language style for different social context

write different types of written texts systematically and comprehend listening and reading text well

be confident to use English in any different social context

Assessment

Assessment will be done through tutorials and classwork (20%) and the final examination (80%). For the tutorials and classwork (20%) students have to:

actively participate in class and group discussions for each lesson

take of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt, and

complete a written assignment (group work)

Prescribed Text

Cotton, D., Falvey, D. & Kent, S. (2014). New Language Leader 4: Coursebook. Pearson Education Limited.

MyEnglishLab: english.com/activate

References

Acklam, R.& Crace, A. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Clandfield, L (2010) Global. Level 4 Course book, T’s book, Work book, Macmillan Publishing House.

Clare, A.& Wilson, J. J. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Work Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Harris, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Longman.

Naughton, D. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Teacher’s Resource Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Dean, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Intermediate, Teacher Book. London: Pearson Education Ltd.

Eng 4207: Business English – 3

Course Description

This module aims to develop students’ presentation and communication skills to be better able to communicate in a business environment. It enhances students’ exposure to English used in business context, bringing the real world of international business into the language-teaching classroom with topic-based units. Authentic reading texts, listening materials and specially-filmed interviews with business practitioners are included in each unit.

This module is designed to help students to prepare for a career in business and to develop their English communication skills especially in business contexts. Moreover, this module also tries to widen students’ knowledge of different business fields.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module students will be able to:

select appropriate vocabulary and grammar structure for different fields of business

develop communication skills especially for business contexts

develop business related knowledge for their career and/ or their own business

produce effective written texts for different business contexts

Assessment

Students will be assessed through classroom-based assessment (20%) and a final examination (80%). Classroom-based assessment includes the following:

written assignments.

group projects and case studies and presentation on them

tutorial tests for language items they have learned

completion of closed book examination on English for Business.

Coursebook

Cotton, David .et al. (2011) Market Leader (Upper Intermediate), 3th Edition. England, Pearson Education Limited.

References

Learning resources including websites and video are included according to the topics.

Eng 4208: English Language Teaching – 1

Course Description

This module introduces theoretical background to the practice of English language teaching. Moreover, it provides methodologies for developing the language skills: receptive and productive skills. It also deals with classroom management and tackling the problem behaviour of learners.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

apply different teaching strategies that are necessary in ELT;

recognize problems in teaching and learning of language skills;

successfully manage a language class.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of theories

completion of micro teaching

completion of formal written examination

Reference:

Edwards, C & Willis, J. (2005) Teachers Exploring Tasks in English Language Teaching. New York: Palgrave Macmillan

Harmer, J (1998) The Practice of English Language Teaching. London: Longman group Ltd.

Celce-Murcia, M. (2001) Teaching English as a Second and Foreign Language. UK: Heinle & Heinle.

SECOND YEAR HONOURS – ENGLISH                                SEMESTER – II

Foundation Course

မ ၄၀၀၂      ျမန္မာစာ

Core Courses

Eng 4209      Public Speaking and Presentation Skills

Eng 4210      English Literature – 14 (17^th and 18^th Century Poetry and Drama)

Eng 4211      English Language Studies – 6 (Syntactic Theory – 3 and Introduction to Discourse Analysis)

Eng 4212      Translation and Interpretation – 4

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Eng 4213      ASEAN Literature in English – 2

Eng 4214      Communicative Skills – 8

Eng 4215      Business English – 4

Eng 4216      English Language Teaching – 2

* An English specialisation student will have to take one elective.

Eng 4209: Public Speaking and Presentation Skills

Course description

This module enables students to speak clearly and confidently in different situations – in classrooms, in workplaces and in communities. It enables students to identify the elements of speech communication process and prepare an organized speech. It aims at developing students’ oral communication skills (speaking and listening) and written communication skills (reading and writing). It presents principles with applications emphasizing audience-centred communication so that students can learn how to talk to and with them and not at them. This module also provides students with key skills for effective presentation such as useful language expressions, voice and delivery, rhetorical techniques, question handling and visual preparation.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

speak clearly and confidently in different situations – in classroom, in workplaces and in communities

prepare their presentation by themselves using visuals, and

conduct an effective presentation.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of tutorials and quizzes

completion of assignments

giving a group-presentation on a topic

completion of formal written examination

Prescribed Coursebook

Hamilton Gregory (2018) Public Speaking for College and Career (11^th Ed.). McGraw-Hill

Malcolm Goodale (1998) Professional Presentations. CUP.

References

Gregory, H. (1999) Public Speaking (fifth Edition) McGraw- Hill

Powell, M. (2002) Presenting in English Thomson Heinle

Eng 4210: English Literature – 14 (17^th& 18^th Century Poetry & Drama)

Course Description

This module deals with the study of a rich variety of theme-based selections of English poetry, which are presumably representative of 17^th and 18^th century. Students, making an academic pursuit of English poetry over the past centuries, are able to get a broad perspective of how English poetry had developed over the centuries, as well as of how the poetic language in English had changed. This module also introduces students to outstanding literary piece of English Drama written before 1660. It explores the major literary genres of that period, as well as the socio-cultural contexts in which they were produced. It also examines how literary texts articulate changes in language and form, as well as in concepts of family, nation, and community during the medieval period. It deals with the creation of such gifted authors as William Congreve, and – supremely– Shakespeare. It will cover the publication of Shakespeare’s comedies which mark the apex of Renaissance literature.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

understand terminology and elements of poetry and drama

recognize the history or culture of the English language

analyze various aspects of poetry, such as diction, tone, form, genre, imagery, figures of speech, symbolism, theme, etc.

explore the underlying meanings of a poem

compare and contrast poems

find out the underlying meanings of a play by using basic elements of drama

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of two group-presentation: analysis of the poem ‘Death be not proud’ in terms of form, structure, speaker and listener, imagery and theme and ‘which character to as the central character of the play ‘The Tempest’

completion of 4 assignments

Assignment 1: Writing an autobiographical poem

Assignment 2: Compare and contrast the two poems (Lord Byron’s “She walks in beauty” & Wordsworth’s “She was a Phantom of delight”)

Assignment 3: Analyzing the relationship of the characters (Boatswain – Alonso/ Antonio/ Gonzalo/ Sebastian) in Act I of the drama “Tempest”.

Assignment 4: What are three main themes in The Tempest? Write one paragraph for each of three main themes and explain each thoroughly.

References

17^th& 18^th Century Poetry

       1.      A Poison Tree                                                            William Blake (1757–1827)

When We Two Parted                                               George Byron

She Was a Phantom of Delight William Wordsworth

Evening In Autumn James Thomson (1700-1748)

Easter Songs George Herbert (1593-1633)

6.      Death, be not proud (Holy Sonnet 14)                       John Donne (1572-1631)

References for Poetry

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Vol. 1. USA: Norton and Company, Inc.

Hewett, R. P. (1984) A Choice of Poets: An Anthology of Poets from Wordsworth to the present day. UK: Nelson House.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D & James H. Pickering (1990) Poetry: An Introduction. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Peacock, W (1963) English Verse. Vol. V. Oxford: OUP

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Ward, Thomas Humphry (1883) The English Poets. Vol. IV. London: Macmillan and Co.

Weekes, A. R (year not mentioned) The Odes of John Keats. London: University Tutorial Press Ltd.

Wilkie, Brian & James Hurt (1998) Literature of the Western World. Vol. I. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Wollman, Maurice (1948) Poems of Twenty Years: An Anthology. London: Macmillan and Co.

Drama

The Tempest                                                                            William Shakespeare

References for Drama

Abrams, M. H. (1986) The Norton Anthology of English Literature. Norton & Com. Inc.

Alexander, Michael (2000) A History of English Literature. Macmillan Press Ltd.

Allison, Alexander W. et al. (1986) Masterpieces of Drama. Macmillan Publishing Co.

Pickering, James H. & Jeffrey D Hoeper (1986) Literature. USA: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Eng 4211: English Language Studies – 6 (Syntactic Theory & Introduction to Discourse Analysis)

Course Description

This module familiarizes students with the analysis of raising and control sentences using the classical transformational approach and P&P approach. It also discusses the main differences and the relation between P & P and PSG. Moreover, in this module, students will be provided with the definition of discourse, discourse versus text, types of discourse, interpreting discourse, linguistic elements in discourse such as cohesion, coherence, and conversation analysis.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

distinguish between raising and control sentences

justify the structure of wh-questions and the constraints in the structure of wh-questions, and

identify salient features of spoken and written texts

analyze any text with high level of comprehension

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of 4 tutorials

completion of 3 written assignment

completion of the formal written examination

Prescribed texts:

Borsley, R. (1999). Syntactic Theory: A Unified Approach. London: Aronold. Chapter 11- 15 (Pg. 157 – 244)

McCarthy, Michael (1991) Discourse Analysis for Language Teachers. Cambridge Language Teaching Library. Glasgow: CPU (Page 5 – 32)

References

Burton-Roberts, N. (2016). Analysing Sentences: An Introduction to English Syntax. New York: Routledge.

Dawson, H. C. & Phelm, M. (2016). Language Files 12: Materials for an Introduction to Language and Linguistics. Columbus: The Ohio State University Press. (Chapter 5: Syntax).

Finegan, E. (2015). Language: Its Structure and Use. University of Southerrn California: CENGAGE. (Chapter 5, The Structure and Function of Phrases and Sentences: Syntax).

Nunan, D. (1993) Introducing Discourse Analysis. London: The Penguin Group Ltd.

Richards, J. C. (2015). Key Issues in Language Teaching. UK: Cambridge University Press. (Chapter 16: Discourse Analysis).

Thornbury, S. (2005). Beyond the Sentence: Introducing discourse analysis. Oxford: Macmillan Publishers Limited. (Chapter 3, What makes a text make sense ? & Chapter 4, Spoken text).

Eng 4212: Translation and Interpretation – 4

Course Description

This module focuses on the methods and procedures of translation and interpretation. It imparts the knowledge of strategies of translation and interpretation. Regarding translation, this module trains students to be able to translate texts of various types from SL to TL efficiently at various levels of language. Regarding interpretation, students are trained to interpret different genres of speeches: authentic speeches made by public figures from the local and international arenas. With a special focus on skills development, this module will equip final year EPP students with translation and interpretation skills, which are and will be in great demand on the job market now and in the future.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, the students will be able to:

analyze and evaluate translation works based on their theoretical understanding of the translation theories

improve their own translations using different strategies

apply the appropriate interpretation strategies that is suitable for the type of discourse and context

explore and apply the technologies and software for both translation and interpretation

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials which assess the students’ understanding of what they have learnt and their ability to apply the theoretical knowledge in their own translation and assessing others’ works

completion of one written assignment and one group project that includes a presentation

completion of the final examination.

References

Baker, Mona (1992) In Other Words: A Course book on Translation., Routledge.

Carford. J.C (1965) A Linguistic Theory of Translation. OUP.

Gile, D. (2009) Basic concepts and models for interpreters and translator training. John Benjamins Publishing Company. Denmark.

Munday, J (2001) Introducing Translation Studies Routledge.

Newmark, P (1988) A Textbook of Translation Prentice Hall International (UK) Ltd

Newmark, P (1993) Paragraphs on Translation. Longman.

Win Pe, U, et al., (2008) Translators’ Reference. Volume II. Shwe Pyi Taw Press.

Eng 4213: ASEAN Literature in English – 2

Course Description

This module introduces students to the study of ASEAN Literature in English and provides them with the knowledge of ASEAN culture and a firm foundation of approaches to literary study. The focus is on the different genres of literary works from ASEAN countries. This module covers a wide range of socio-cultural aspects in South East Asia countries such as people, family ties and values, growing up, festivals, and so on. It helps students to gain a critical appreciation of the writer’s craft through close textual study and through social aspects. It also enhances students’ exploration of themes, characterization, setting, plot and point of view.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, the students will be able to:

analyze and evaluate different genres of literary works from ASEAN countries

explore themes, characterization, setting, plot and point of view of the stories

give a critical appreciation of the writer’s craft through detailed textual analysis and social aspects

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson

completion of four tutorials which assess the students’ understanding of what they have learnt and their ability to apply the theoretical knowledge in their own translation and assessing others’ works

completion of one written assignment and one group project that includes a presentation

completion of the final examination.

References

Gill, Richard (2002) Mastering English Literature. Third Edition. Palgrave Master Series.

Hoeper, Jeffrey D. & Pickering, J. H. (1986) Literature. Second Edition. New York: Macmillan Publishing Co.

Salleh, Muhammad Haji (ed) (1997) Stories from South East Asia. Yayasan Penataran Ilmu.

Toh, Glenn (1999) Voices of Southeast Asia: An Anthology of Southeast Asian Short Stories. Singapore: SEMEO Regional Language Centre.

Websites

http://www.seasite.niu.edu/Tagalog/Literature/Short%20Stories/How%20My%20Brother%20Leon%20Brought%20Home%20A%20Wife.htm

http://literatureofthephilippines.blogspot.com/2011/09/mats-by-francisco-arcellana.html

http://www.vietnamwebsite.net/story/story18.htm

http://www.textetc.com/criticism.html

http://pages.prodigy.net/manila_girl/rizal

Eng 4214: Communicative Skills – 8

Course Description

This Module aims at developing students language skills, communicative skills and study skills. It introduces language items in authentic and semi-authentic engaging reading and listening texts. It also exposes students to different styles of written texts. The lessons will be conducted in communicative language teaching and deductive approach to present grammar and vocabulary items. Engaging activities will be given to make students practise the language structure, vocabulary and grammar rules in a variety of meaningful contexts to develop their reading, writing, speaking, pronunciation and writing skills.

Learning Outcomes

After the course, students will be able to:

apply grammar rules and vocabulary appropriate to their communication needs

integrate study skills to improve their language and communication skills

identify appropriate language style for different social context

write different types of written texts systematically and comprehend listening and reading text well

be confident to use English in any different social context

Assessment

Assessment will be done through tutorials and classwork (20%) and the final examination (80%). For the tutorials and classwork (20%) students have to:

actively participate in class and group discussions for each lesson

take of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of what they have learnt, and

complete a written assignment (group work)

Prescribed Text

Cotton, D., Falvey, D. & Kent, S. (2014). New Language Leader 4: Coursebook. Pearson Education Limited.

MyEnglishLab: english.com/activate

References

Acklam, R. & Crace, A. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Clandfield, L (2010) Global. Level 4 Course book, T’s book, Work book, Macmillan Publishing House.

Clare, A.& Wilson, J. J. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Work Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Harris, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Longman.

Naughton, D. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Teacher’s Resource Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Dean, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Intermediate, Teacher Book. London: Pearson Education Ltd.

Eng 4215: Business English 4

Course Description

This module aims to develop students’ presentation and communication skills to be better able to communicate in a business environment. It enhances students’ exposure to English used in business context, bringing the real world of international business into the language-teaching classroom with topic-based units. Authentic reading texts, listening material and specially-filmed interviews with business practitioners are included in each unit.

This module is designed to help students to prepare for a career in business and to develop their English communication skills especially in business contexts. Moreover, this module also tries to widen students’ knowledge of different business fields.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module students will be able to:

select appropriate vocabulary and grammar structure for different fields of business

develop communication skills especially for business contexts

develop business related knowledge for their career and/ or their own business

produce effective written texts for different business contexts

Assessment

Students will be assessed through classroom-based assessment (20%) and a final examination (80%). Classroom-based assessment includes the following:

written assignments.

group projects and case studies and presentation on them

tutorial tests for language items they have learned

completion of closed book examination on English for Business.

Cotton, D. et al. (2011) Market Leader (Upper Intermediate), 3th Edition. England, Pearson Education Limited.

References

Mascull, B. (2002) Business Vocabulary in Use. CUP.

Naunton, J. (2005) Profile 2Intermediate,Oxford Business English. OUP.

Learning resources including websites and video are included according to the topics.

Eng 4216: English Language Teaching – 2

Course Description

This module introduces theoretical background to the practice of English language teaching. Moreover, it provides methodologies for developing the language skills: receptive and productive skills. It also deals with classroom management and tackling the problem behaviour of learners.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

apply different teaching strategies that are necessary in ELT;

recognize problems in teaching and learning of language skills;

successfully manage a language class.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

active participation in class and group discussions

completion of tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of theories

completion of micro teaching

completion of formal written examination

References

Edwards, C. & Willis, J. (2005) Teachers Exploring Tasks in English Language Teaching. New York: Palgrave Macmillan

Harmer, J. (1998) The Practice of English Language Teaching. London: Longman group Ltd.

Celce-Murcia, M. (2001) Teaching English as a Second and Foreign Language. UK: Heinle & Heinle.

Third Year (Honours)

THIRD YEAR HONOURS – ENGLISH                           SEMESTER – I

Core Courses

Eng 5201      English Literature – 15

Eng 5202      Intercultural Communication –1

Eng 5203      English Language Studies – 7 (Introduction to Sociolinguistics and Psycholinguistics)

Eng 5204      Effective Negotiating and Effective Meetings

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Eng 5205      World Literature in English – 1

Eng 5206      Communicative Skills – 9

Eng 5207      Business English – 5

Eng 5208     English for Hospitality and Tourism – 1

* An English specialisation student will have to take two electives (elective 1*and 2*) from among those offered.

Eng 5101: English Literature – 15 (Short Stories, Novel, Poetry & Drama in the Themes of Feminism)

Course Description

This module deals with the study of the theme of feminism and the role of women in life and literature. It focuses on the social construction of gender: the gendered division of labour, production, and reproduction; intersections of gender, race, class, and ethnicity. Students will be able to analyse texts in relation to each other – across genres, countries and historical and social contexts. It allows students to track changes in thinking, beliefs and literary conventions which can aid in their understanding and analyses of texts. The repetition of ideas, themes, language and vocabulary across the genres can boost students’ confidence in building up to and dealing with longer and more complex texts, something which is very important for second language learners of literature. The order of study is designed to contribute to this gradual building of the necessary language, reading and critical thinking skills to deal with increasingly more complex texts.

A non-fiction text is introduced in this module. Students will read extracts from this text to develop their understanding of the women’s life at that time and how the works of the writers they are studying reflect and analyse the events of the time and their effects on different peoples around the world. The remaining texts are spread across the 18^th, 19^th and early 20^th centuries to broaden students’ experiences of literature and to allow them to analyse how literature, like politics, beliefs, attitudes etc., and often because of them, change over time.

Short Stories

‘A Jury of Her Peers’                                        Susan Keating Glaspell (1876 – 1948)

‘New Directions’                                                 Maya Angelou (1928-2014)

‘Regret’                                                                 Kate Chopin(1850-1904)

Novel

‘Prelude’             Katherine Mansfield(1888-1923)

Poems

‘No, Thank you, John’                                           Christina Rossetti (1830 – 1894)

‘Patterns’ Amy Lowell (1874 – 1925)

‘Regret’ Katherine Mansfield(1888-1923)

Drama

‘The Merchants of Venice’                               William Shakespeare (1564 – 1616)

Learning Outcomes

After completing the course, students will be able to:

articulate creative, informed and relevant responses to literary texts, using appropriate terminology and concepts, and coherent, accurate written expression.

demonstrate detailed critical understanding in analysing the ways in which structure, form and language shape meanings in literary texts.

explore connections and comparisons between different literary texts, informed by interpretations of other readers.

demonstrate understanding of the significance and influence of the contexts in which literary texts are written and received.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, and a final closed book written examination.

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

completion of tutorial-based assessment; group works, written assignments, poster competition/ role play and the presentations

completion of closed book examination

References

Alpers (editor), Antony (1984). The Stories of Katherine Mansfield. Auckland: Oxford University Press.

Bloom, Harold (2007). Heims, Neil (ed). The Merchant of Venice. New York: Infobase.

Bryan, Patricia L. (1997). “Stories in Fiction and in Fact: Susan Glaspell’s A Jury of Her Peers and the 1901 Murder Trial of Margaret Hossack”. Stanford Law Review.

https://www.ukessays.com/essays/english-literature/regret-by-kate-chopin-english-literature-essay.php?vref=1

Eng 5202: Intercultural Communication – 1

Intercultural Communication focuses on the importance of culture in our everyday lives, and the ways in which culture interrelates with and influences communication processes. This module covers such topics as intercultural communication flexibility, cultural value, cultural and ethnic identities, cultural shock, verbal communication and non-verbal communication across cultures, cultural influences on the expression and perception of emotions, intergroup communication and biases against outgroups. It is intended to help students find out how people from different cultural backgrounds communicate, in similar and different ways among themselves, and how they endeavour to communicate across cultures.

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course, students are expected to

have awareness of self and awareness of others

apply knowledge of intercultural communication concepts to investigate the situation by reflecting, and discussing with others

explore different cultural identities, perception, practices, linguistic differences, stereotyping, and intercultural communication in various fields: education, medicine, business etc.

investigate how people from different cultural backgrounds communicate, in similar and different ways among themselves

have better communication with others through intercultural awareness

Assessments

Total                           : 100 %

Final Examination     : 70%

Class Work                : 30 %

Class discussions during the lectures: 5% Active engagement of students in class discussion is requested. During the lectures, students are expected to give proper response when the teacher asks questions that check their understanding of the elements of intercultural communication they are dealing and to give their own opinion, comment and examples enthusiastically in analysing it. The instructor leads the class discussion to check understanding and help them to have intercultural awareness. Their active participation will be highly appreciated or graded.

Attendance: 5% Students are to attend all lectures and their attendance will be one of the criteria in assessment.

Written Assignment: 10% of the grade is for written tasks assigned for elements of intercultural communication (reasons to flexibility, cultural value, verbal communication, nonverbal communication). Students are asked to discuss in groups so that they can learn from each other by sharing their own ideas in groups. The teacher gives a grade to the paper submitted by groups or individuals.

Presentation: 10% Another 10% of the grade is allotted for students’ group presentation on the assigned tasks, (cultural and Ethnic identities, biases against outgroup, nonverbal communication across cultures). In assessing group presentation, Three-fold group assessment will be carried out. The teacher gives a grade to the group’s final product, group members give a grade to each other, and each group member gives a grade to him/herself, and justifies it. Every student’s grade is then a combination of: 50% teacher’s grade, 30% average of peer grades, and 20% of self-assigned grades.

Coursebook

Ting-Toomey & Chung. (1999). Understanding Intercultural Communication. 2^nd ed. OUP.

References

Holliday, Adrian. (2013). Understanding Intercultural Communication: Negotiating a Grammar of Culture. Routledge: London. (H)

Eng 5203: English Language Studies – 7 (Introduction to Sociolinguistics and Psycholinguistics)

Course Description

This module introduces Sociolinguistics and Psycholinguistics. The first part focuses on how language and societies are mutually constitutive and they both have impact on each other. In this part students will learn language variation such as dialects, regional dialects, social dialects, pidgin, creole, registers, second language education, language contact and language in use. The second part focuses on language acquisition. In this part students will be provided with Stages in Language Acquisition.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this module, students will be able to

use specific functions of language to convey social meaning

classify real-life attitudes and social situations

analyze the structures and processes which underlie a human’s ability to speak and understand language

explain the errors students do in the language learning

Assessment

Assessment will be done through tutorials and examination. They will be given 20% for tutorials and 80% for examination. There will be group assignments, group activities, presentations and individual assignments for tutorials. At the end of the module, there will be an examination.

References

Fromkin, Victoria, Robert Rodman, Nina Hyams(2011) Inroduction to Language. Cengage

Learning: Canada (Page324-374, 430-539)

Radhey L.Varshney(2003). An Introductory Textbook of Linguistics and Phonetics.

Bareilly: Student Store. Chapter 20,21,22

Thomas, W. Stewart, Jr. & Vaillette, N. (eds). Language Files. Columbus: the Ohio State

University Press. File 9,10, 11, 12

Yule, G. (2006). The Study of Language. Cambridge: CUP. Chapter14,15,16,18,19

Eng 5204: English for Negotiating & English for Meetings

Course Description

This module will equip students with important skills that they will need at work: negotiation and meeting skills. Effective negotiating component will provide students with the language they need to hand the typical scenario encountered on the way to successful negotiations. Effective meetings will present all the speaking skills that they students in order to participate in a meeting with confidence. It will also provide them with expressions needed in typical everyday business meetings.

Learning Outcomes

English for Negotiating

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

set objectives for a successful negotiation and draw up the agenda

approach to get the best goal and respond a proposal and offer counterporposal

clarify position, introduce new ideas and resolve the differences

handle conflicts and finalize the agreement and set up action plan for closing

English for Meetings

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

arrange a meeting, confirm a meeting by email and schedule a meeting.

open a meeting , set the objectives and interrupt and deal with interruptions

ask for comments and contribution and express strong and tentative opinions and agreeing and disagreeing.

respond to offer and summarize the results of a meeting , confirm decisions and action points and end a meeting.

Assessment

The assessment will be done through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, presentations and formal written assignment and a final examination.

Tutorial based assessment: Short answer tests (10%)

Written assignments (5%)

Project / presentation: Short oral presentation delivered during tutorials (5%)

Final Examination: Closed book long and short answer questions (80%)

Prescribed Coursebooks

Lafond, Charles, Sheila Vine & Brigit Welch (2010) English for Negotiating. Oxford: OUP.

Kenneth Thomson (2007) Effective Meetings. Oxford: OUP.

Eng 5205: World Literature – 1

Course Description

This module introduces students a vast collection of literary works produced by authors from different nations. It enables students to study different literary genres of international authors in global contexts. Students dealing with this module will have a chance to enjoy different taste given by the world’s national literatures and the circulation of works in the wider world beyond their country of origin.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

recognize the main ideas that express the commonality of human spirit and experience across culture

respond critically to literary works across the world, analysing and evaluating texts’ messages based on international contexts

Assessment

Class discussions during the lectures: 5% Active engagement of students in class discussion is assessed. During the lectures, students are expected to give critical response through discussion.

Attendance: 5% Students are to attend all lectures and their attendance will be one of the criteria in assessment.

Written Assignment: 5% of the grade is for written tasks assigned for the respective literary work. The teacher gives a grade to the paper submitted by groups.

Presentation: 5% Another 5% of the grade is allotted for students’ group presentation on the assigned tasks. In assessing group presentation, three-fold group assessment (the teacher’s grade, average of peer grades, and self-assigned grades will be carried out.

Exam: 80% of the grade is for students’ achievement in the final exam.

References

Allison, A.W. et al. (1986) Masterpieces of the Drama. Macmillan. Fifth Edition

Barnet, S. et al. (1997)Types of Drama: Plays and Context. Longman

Bowler et. al. (1996) Literature: World Masterpieces. Prentice-Hall

Eng 5206: Communicative Skills – 9

Course Description

This Module aims to develop students’ language development, communicative skills and study skills. It introduces language items in authentic and semi-authentic engaging reading and listening texts. It also exposes students to different styles of written texts. The lessons will be conducted in communicative language teaching and deductive approach to present grammar and vocabulary items. Engaging activities will be given to make students practise the language structure, vocabulary and grammar rules in a variety of meaningful contexts to develop their reading, writing, speaking, pronunciation and listening skills.

Learning Outcomes

After the course, students will be able to:

apply grammar rules and vocabulary appropriate to their communication needs

integrate study skills to improve their language and communication skills

identify and choose appropriate language style for different social context

write different types of texts systematically

use English in any different social context with confidence

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

regular attendance and active participation in class and group discussion

completion of tutorials testing students’ knowledge about language items they have learned

completion of formal written examination

Prescribed Text

Cotton, D., Falvey, D. & Kent, S. (2014). New Language Leader 5: Coursebook. Pearson Education Limited.

MyEnglishLab: english.com/activate

References

Acklam, R.& Crace, A. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Clandfield, L (2010) Global. Level 4 Course book, T’s book, Work book, Macmillan Publishing House.

Clare, A.& Wilson, J. J. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Work Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Harris, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Longman.

Naughton, D. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Teacher’s Resource Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Dean, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Intermediate, Teacher Book. London: Pearson Education Ltd.

Eng 5207: Business English – 5

Course Description

This module covers all the four language learning skills featuring completely updated content and a significantly enhanced range of authentic materials which reflect the latest trends in the business world. It is based on topics of great interest to everyone involved in or studying international business. This module presents business-related vocabulary, grammar points and functions students will need to use in the workplace. It aims to develop students’ spoken and written English, enabling them to use it accurately and appropriately. Students will be able to develop their language skills as well as the content knowledge regarding respective business functions.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

use business vocabulary they have learnt through authentic interviews with business people in real context

develop reading skills through discussion on the ideas and responding to the issues in the authentic articles which include a variety of contemporary topics from the Financial Times and other newspapers and books on business management

develop essential business communication skills such as giving presentations, dealing with questions, taking an active part in meetings, negotiating, strategies for telephoning and teleconferences, English for networking, as well as using the language for a variety of business writing tasks

practise speaking, listening, reading and writing skills in realistic contexts

raise awareness of potential problems or misunderstandings that may raise when doing business with people from different cultures

Assessment

Tutorials (4 times ) – 10 marks

In terms of tutorials, the questions will mostly be based on writing (Case Study) of each unit. Before the tutorials, students have to discuss the discussion questions given in the text concerning with the respective case study in pairs or in groups to get some ideas or to share their ideas together. Only after that, they have to take the tutorials individually.

Presentations – 5 marks

In terms of presentations, students are asked to do mainly on the questions of discussion part. Group presentations are preferred because of time constraints. Before they do presentations, they have to discuss with their group members so that active participation is one of the important factors in presentation. Students are assessed on relevancy, accuracy, and organization of the content, presentation, pronunciation as well as the effective use of power point.

Assignments + Attendance – 5 marks

In terms of assignments, students are mainly asked to do on tasks of reading and sometimes on writing. Depending on the allotted time and types of task, they will be done at home or in class.

Attendance is thought to be one of the key factors for the students.

References

Council of Europe (2001) Common European Framework of Reference for Languages: Learning, teaching, assessment. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

North, B. (2000) The Development of a Common Framework Scale of Language Proficiency. New York: Peter Lang.

Schneider, Guenther and Brian North (1999) ‘In anderen Sprachen kann ich’. Skalen zur Beschreibung, Beurteilung und Selbsteinschätzung der fremdsprachlichen Kommunikationmsfähigkeit. Berne, Project Report, National Research Programme 33, Swiss National Science Research Council.

Schneider, G., North, B. (2000) Fremdsprachen können – was heißt das? Chur / Zürich: Rüegger

Eng 5208: English for Hospitality and Tourism – 1

Course Description

This module focuses on the needs of professionals working in the tourism industry. This course builds learner confidence in the professional skills needed for the tourist industry whilst developing their language awareness. Students practise these skills in realistic Case Studies that reflect topical tourism issues.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

apply the interpersonal and business skills which are essential job requirements in the travel and tourism industries

demonstrate their professional skills such as dealing with enquires, marketing destinations, preparing guided tour, meeting clients’ needs, offering advice, negotiating, writing emails, problem solving, and speaking to groups

use the specialized vocabulary needed for tourism profession

Assessment

Assignment                 20 marks

Final Exam                  80 marks

Students need to complete five written assignments and they also need to do some in-class activities for the first semester. They are given all the necessary information to write the assignments. Some assignments are group work and some are individual work on writing a brochure and designing an itinerary for a package, describing different options of transportation in region, holding a meeting and writing a meeting-minute, writing a letter of apology, and writing geographical description of their country. Written assignments will be assessed based on the format and criteria for each particular type of writing.

Prescribed Text

Strutt, Peter (2013) English for International Tourism, Intermediate Coursebook (New Edition). Pearson.

References

Agar, M. Culture. In Language Shock: Understanding the Culture of Conversation, 108-139, New York: Perennial, 1994.

Braithwaite, C. A. Communicative Silence: A Cross-cultural Study of Basso’s Hypothesis. In Cultural Communication and Intercultural Contact, ed. D. Carbaugh, 321-327. Hilsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 1990.

Daun, A. Swedishness as an Obstacle in Cross-cultural interaction. In Intercultural Discourse and Communication: The Essential Readings.eds. S. F. Kiesling and C. B. Paulston, 150-163. Oxford: Blackwell, 2005.

Tannen, D. New York Jewish Conversational Style. In Intercultural Discourse and Communication: The Essential Readings. eds. S. F. Kiesling and C. B. Paulston, 135-149. Oxford: Blackwell, 2005.

THIRD YEAR HONOURS – ENGLISH                                       SEMESTER – II

Core Courses

Eng 5209      English Literature – 16

Eng 5210      Intercultural Communication – 2

Eng 5211      English Language Studies – 8 (Introduction to Stylistics and Pragmatics)

Eng 5212      English in the Media

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Eng 5213      World Literature in English – 2

Eng 5214      Communicative Skills – 10

Eng 5215      Business English – 6

Eng 5216     English for Hospitality and Tourism – 2

* An English specialisation student will have to take two electives (elective 1*and 2*) from among those offered.

* It is compulsory for all students to submit term papers at the end of the semester.

Eng 5209: English Literature – 16 (Short Stories, Novel, Poetry & Drama in the themes of Colonialism)

Course Description

This module deals with the study of the theme of colonialism and the effects of civil war. Students will be able to analyse texts in relation to each other – across genres, countries and historical and social contexts. It allows students to track changes in thinking, beliefs and literary conventions which can aid in their understanding and analyses of texts. Also, the repetition of ideas, themes, language and vocabulary across the genres can boost students’ confidence in building up to and dealing with longer and more complex texts, something which is very important for second language learners of literature. The order of study is designed to contribute to this gradual building of the necessary language, reading and critical thinking skills to deal with increasingly more complex texts.

A non-fiction text is introduced in this module. Students will read extracts from this text to develop their understanding of the history of colonialism and post colonialism and how the works of the writers they are studying reflect and analyse the events of the time and their effects on different peoples around the world. The remaining texts are spread across the 18^th, 19^th and early 20^th centuries to broaden students’ experiences of literature and to allow them to analyse how literature, like politics, beliefs, attitudes etc., and often because of them, change over time.

Short Stories

‘The Outstation’     Somerset Maugham (1874 – 1865)

‘The Monkey’s Paw’     W. Jacobs (1863 – 1943)

‘The Man Who Would be King’     Rudyard Kipling (1865 – 1936)

Novel

‘The Heart of Darkness’     Joseph Conrad (1857 – 1924)

Poems

‘A Far Cry from Africa’ Henry Walcott (1869 – 1947)

‘To the Right Honourable William, Earl of Dartmouth’ Phillis Wheatley (1753 – 1784)

‘The Second Coming’       B. Yeats (1865 – 1947)

Drama

‘Peace in Our Time’                                                          Noel Coward (1899 – 1973)

Learning Outcomes

After completing the course, students will be able to:

articulate creative, informed and relevant responses to literary texts, using appropriate terminology and concepts, and coherent, accurate written expression.

demonstrate detailed critical understanding in analysing the ways in which structure, form and language shape meanings in literary texts.

explore connections and comparisons between different literary texts, informed by interpretations of other readers.

demonstrate understanding of the significance and influence of the contexts in which literary texts are written and received.

Assessment

Assessment will be carried out through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, and a final closed book written examination.

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

Completion of tutorial-based assessment; group works, written assignments, poster competition/ role play and the presentations

Completion of closed book examination

References

Barton, Thomas F., Robert C. Kingsbury, and Gerald R. Showalter (1970).  Southeast Asia in Maps. Chicago: Denoyer-Geppert Company.

Lesley, Cole (1976). The Life of Noël Coward. London: Cape.

Olson, James S., ed. (1996) Historical Dictionary of the British Empire

Osborne, M. 2000, Southeast Asia : An introductory history, 8th edn. Sydney: George Allen & Unwin.

Eng 5210: Intercultural Communication – 2

Course Description

This module focuses on gaining an advanced understanding of the concepts associated with culture and communication. It provides students the opportunity to develop intercultural awareness and patterns of perception and thinking to enable effective communication across cultural boundaries. Topics discussed include the effect of cultural differences on communication styles, personal identities, and various organizational contexts. Students will learn strategies to manage intercultural conflict flexibly, the challenges in developing intercultural-intimate relationship, the communication issues facing a global identity and the practices to become ethical intercultural communicator.

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

identify and summarize the fundamental concepts, multiple perspectives, and theories about culture and communication, and the influence of culture and communication on interpersonal and cultural interactions

explain how culture shapes human perception, communication and conflict styles, behaviours, and ways of thinking

apply knowledge of intercultural communication concepts to analyze intercultural communication scenarios regarding styles and methods of communication in different cultural settings

manage cultural conflict flexibly

cope with challenges in developing an intercultural-intimate relationship

deal with cultural bumps appropriately/ successfully through intercultural awareness

Assessments

Total                           : 100 %

Final Examination     : 70 %

Class Work                : 30 % (which includes the following a, b, c, and d)

Class discussions during the lectures: 5% Active engagement of students in class discussion is requested. During the lectures, students are expected to give proper response when the teacher asks questions that check their understanding of the elements of intercultural communication they are dealing and to give their own opinion, comment and examples enthusiastically in analyzing it. The instructor leads the class discussion to check students’ understanding and help them to have intercultural awareness. Their active participation will be highly appreciated or graded.

Attendance: 5% Students are to attend all lectures and their attendance will be one of the criteria in assessment.

Written Assignment: 10% Written tasks assigned for elements of intercultural communication (reasons to flexibility, cultural value, verbal communication, nonverbal communication). Students are asked to discuss in groups so that they can learn from each other by sharing their own ideas in groups. The teacher gives a grade to the paper submitted by groups or individuals.

Presentation: 10% Students’ group presentation on the assigned tasks, (cultural and Ethnic identities, biases against outgroup, nonverbal communication across cultures). In assessing group presentation, Three-fold group assessment will be carried out. The teacher gives a grade to the group’s final product, group members give a grade to each other, and each group member gives a grade to him/herself, and justifies it. Every student’s grade is then a combination of: 50% teacher’s grade, 30% average of peer grades, and 20% of self-assigned grades.

Prescribed Coursebook

Ting-Toomey & Chung. (1999). Understanding Intercultural Communication. 2^nd ed. OUP.

References

Agar, M. Culture. In Language Shock: Understanding the Culture of Conversation, 108-139, New York: Perennial, 1994.

Braithwaite, C. A. Communicative Silence: A Cross-cultural Study of Basso’s Hypothesis. In Cultural Communication and Intercultural Contact, ed. D. Carbaugh, 321-327. Hilsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 1990.

Daun, A. Swedishness as an Obstacle in Cross-cultural interaction. In Intercultural Discourse and Communication: The Essential Readings.eds. S. F. Kiesling and C. B. Paulston, 150-163. Oxford: Blackwell, 2005.

Holliday, Adrian. (2013). Understanding Intercultural Communication: Negotiating a Grammar of Culture. Routledge: London. (H)

Tannen, D. New York Jewish Conversational Style. In Intercultural Discourse and Communication: The Essential Readings. eds. S. F. Kiesling and C. B. Paulston, 135-149. Oxford: Blackwell, 2005.

Eng 5211: English Language Studies – 8 (Introduction to Stylistics and Pragmatics)

Course Description

This module introduces Stylistics and Pragmatics. The first part focuses on the interpretation of texts of all types and/or spoken language in regard to their linguistics and tonal style. In this part, students will learn the main concepts and definition of stylistics such as the scope of stylistic study, the definitions of style and stylistics, and stylistic analysis. The second part focuses on how context and convention contribute to meaning and understanding. In this part, students will be provided such definitions as deixis, references, presupposition, and implicature.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

construct discourse peculiarities

analyze language habits, identifying linguistics features common to English

explain why these features have been used

point out language use in context

explain the aspects of meaning which cannot be found in the plain sense of words or structures

Assessment

Students will be assessed through tutorials and examination. They will be given 20% for tutorials and 80% for examination. There will be group assignments, group activities, presentations and individual assignments for tutorials. At the end of the semester, there will be an examination.

References

Verdonk, Peter (2014) Stylistics. Series Editor H.G. Widdowson. Oxford University Press. (Page 1-40)

Simpson, Paul (2004) Stylistics. Aresource book for sutdents.(Page 1-13, 53-65)

Yule, George (1996) Pragmatics. Series Editor H.G. Widdowson. Oxford University Press

Radhey L.Varshney (2003). An Introductory Textbook of Linguistics and Phonetics.

Bareilly: Student Store. Chapter 17

Rodman, R. & Hyams, N. (2003). An Introduction to Language. Chapter 3

Thomas, W. Stewart, Jr. & Vaillette, N. (eds). Language Files. Columbus: the Ohio State

University Press. File 8

Yule, G. (2006). The Study of Language. Cambridge: CUP. Chapter 11

Eng 5212: English in the Media

Course Description

This module will improve students’ communication skills at work and their language knowledge in key areas of the media. it will also give students opportunity to discuss the media topic, to participate in listening activities reflecting media scenarios, realistic speaking activities, reading and writing practices based on authentic media documents and engage them in topics and articles which ensure that learning is interesting and motivating.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

plan and write a newspaper article, true life story, film review and plan and write a blog.

organize a film schedule, a shoot and the relaunch of a podcast.

create a podcast, a print advert and a screen advert.

analyse problems and provide solutions, edit a TV documentary and evaluate the success of a relaunch.

Assessment

The assessment will be carried out through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, presentations and formal written assignment and a final examination.

Tutorial based assessment: Short answer tests (10%)

Written assignments (5%)

Project / presentation: Short oral presentation delivered during tutorials (5%)

Final Examination: Closed book long and short answer questions (80%)

References

Ceramella, Nick and Lee, Elizabeth (2009) Cambridge English for the Media. Cambridge University Press

Eng 5213: World Literature in English – 2

Course Description

This module introduces students a vast collection of literary works produced by authors from different nations. This module deals with short story, poetry, drama, prose and the novel ranging from 17^th century to 20^th century, written by writers of great prominence: Russia, France, China, India, Japan, Nigeria, Vietnam, Chile, Spain, South Korea, Norway, Germany, and America. Students are introduced to a rich variety of selections both from the East and the West, written in a variety of styles so that they will get a panorama of the World Literature.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

recognize the main ideas that express the commonality of human spirit and experience across culture

respond critically to literary works across the world, analysing and evaluating texts’ messages based on international contexts

Assessment

Class discussions during the lectures: 5% Active engagement of students in class discussion is assessed. During the lectures, students are expected to give critical response through discussion.

Attendance: 5% Students are to attend all lectures and their attendance will be one of the criteria in assessment.

Written Assignment: 5% of the grade is for written tasks assigned for the respective literary work. The teacher gives a grade to the paper submitted by groups.

Presentation: 5% Another 5% of the grade is allotted for students’ group presentation on the assigned tasks. In assessing group presentation, three-fold group assessment (the teacher’s grade, average of peer grades, and self-assigned grades will be carried out.

Exam:80% of the grade is for students’ achievement in the final exam.

References

Allison, A.W. et al. (1986) Masterpieces of the Drama. Macmillan. Fifth Edition

Barnet, S. et al. (1997)Types of Drama: Plays and Context. Longman

Bowler et. al. (1996) Literature: World Masterpieces. Prentice-Hall

Eng 5214: Communicative Skills – 10

Course Description

This Module aims to develop students’ language development, communicative skills and study skills. It introduces language items in authentic and semi-authentic engaging reading and listening texts. It also exposes students to different styles of written texts. The lessons will be conducted in communicative language teaching and deductive approach to present grammar and vocabulary items. Engaging activities will be given to make students practise the language structure, vocabulary and grammar rules in a variety of meaningful contexts to develop their reading, writing, speaking, pronunciation and writing skills.

Learning Outcomes

After the course, students will be able to:

apply grammar rules and vocabulary appropriate to their communication needs

integrate study skills to improve their language and communication skills

identify and choose appropriate language style for different social context

write different types of texts systematically and comprehend listening and reading text well

use English in any different social context with confidence

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (80%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion and formal written assignments (20%)

Students will be able to demonstrate the achievement of learning outcomes by:

regular attendance and active participation in class and group discussion

completion of tutorials testing students’ knowledge about language items they have learned

completion of formal written examination

Prescribed Text

Cotton, D., Falvey, D. & Kent, S. (2014). New Language Leader 5: Coursebook. Pearson Education Limited.

MyEnglishLab: english.com/activate

References

Acklam, R.& Crace, A. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Clandfield, L (2010) Global. Level 4 Course book, T’s book, Work book, Macmillan Publishing House.

Clare, A.& Wilson, J. J. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Work Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Harris, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Intermediate, Students’ Book. London: Longman.

Naughton, D. (2008) Total English, Upper Intermediate, Teacher’s Resource Book. London: Pearson Longman.

Dean, M. et al. (2006) New Opportunities, Intermediate, Teacher Book. London: Pearson Education Ltd.

Eng 5215: Business English – 6

Course Description

This module covers all the four language learning skills featuring completely updated content and a significantly enhanced range of authentic materials which reflect the latest trends in the business world. It is based on topics of great interest to everyone involved in or studying international business. This module presents business-related vocabulary, grammar points and functions students will need to use in the workplace. It aims to develop students’ spoken and written English, enabling them to use it accurately and appropriately. Students will be able to develop their language skills as well as the content knowledge regarding respective business functions.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

increase business vocabulary through authentic interviews with business people

develop reading skills through discussion on the ideas and responding to the issues in the authentic articles which include a variety of contemporary topics from the Financial Times and other newspapers and books on business management

develop essential business communication skills such as giving presentations, dealing with questions, taking an active part in meetings, negotiating, strategies for telephoning and teleconferences, English for networking, as well as using the language for a variety of business writing tasks

practise speaking, listening, reading and writing skills in realistic contexts

raise awareness of potential problems or misunderstandings that may raise when doing business with people from different cultures

Assessment

Tutorials (4 times ) – 10 marks

In terms of tutorials, the questions will mostly be based on writing (Case Study) of each unit. Before the tutorials, students have to discuss the discussion questions given in the text concerning with the respective case study in pairs or in groups to get some ideas or to share their ideas together. Only after that, they have to take the tutorials individually.

Presentations – 5 marks

In terms of presentations, students are asked to do mainly on the questions of discussion part. Group presentations are preferred because of time constraints. Before they do presentations, they have to discuss with their group members so that active participation is one of the important factors in presentation. Students are assessed on relevancy, accuracy, and organization of the content, presentation, pronunciation as well as the effective use of power point.

Assignments + Attendance – 5 marks

In terms of assignments, students are mainly asked to do on tasks of reading and sometimes on writing. Depending on the allotted time and types of task, they will be done at home or in class.

Attendance is thought to be one of the key factors for the students.

References

Council of Europe (2001) Common European Framework of Reference for Languages: Learning, teaching, assessment. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

North, B. (2000) The Development of a Common Framework Scale of Language Proficiency. New York: Peter Lang.

Schneider, Guenther and Brian North (1999) ‘In anderen Sprachen kann ich’. Skalen zur Beschreibung, Beurteilung und Selbsteinschätzung der fremdsprachlichen Kommunikationmsfähigkeit. Berne, Project Report, National Research Programme 33, Swiss National Science Research Council.

Schneider, G., North, B. (2000) Fremdsprachen können – was heißt das? Chur / Zürich: Rüegger

Eng 5216: English for Hospitality and Tourism – 2

Course Description

This module focuses on the needs of professionals working in the tourism industry. This course builds learner confidence in the professional skills needed for the tourist industry whilst developing their language awareness. Students practise these skills in realistic Case Studies that reflect topical tourism issues.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

apply the interpersonal and business skills which are essential job requirements in the travel and tourism industries

demonstrate their professional skills such as dealing with enquires, marketing destinations, preparing guided tour, meeting clients’ needs, offering advice, negotiating, writing emails, problem solving, and speaking to groups

use the specialized vocabulary needed for tourism profession

Assessment

Assignment                 20 marks

Final Exam                  80 marks

Students need to complete five written assignments and they also need to do some in-class activities for the first semester. They are given all the necessary information to write the assignments. Some assignments are group work and some are individual work on writing a brochure and designing an itinerary for a package, describing different options of transportation in region, holding a meeting and writing a meeting-minute, writing a letter of apology, and writing geographical description of their country. Written assignments will be assessed based on the format and criteria for each particular type of writing.

Coursebook

Strutt, Peter (2013) English for International Tourism, Intermediate Coursebook (New Edition). Pearson.

MA First_Second_Qualifying

MA FIRST YEAR – ENGLISH SEMESTER – I

Module No. Name of Module Credit Points Hours per Week

Lecture Tutorial

E 611 Grammar and Syntax 4 4 2

E 612 Sociolinguistics and Discourse Analysis 4 4 2

E 613 Thematic Studies – 1 4 4 2

E 614 Methodology 4 4 2

Total 16 16 8

Total Credit: 16 Total Hours: 24

E 611: Grammar and Syntax

Course Description

This module is designed to introduce different types of grammar, and aims and attitudes of modern linguistics. It also discusses the basic grammar notions, the goals of linguistic theories and the role of grammar in language teaching. This module helps students to discover prominent linguists. They also have to learn classic definitions of language, language in communication and role of grammar in defining a language. Students have to compare and contrast what language, linguistics and its role in modern society with its classic definition of language, traditional aspects of language. The course will include lectures, presentation, discussion and sharing sessions on the following:

Different types of grammar: Descriptive grammar, Pedagogical grammar, Prescriptive grammar, Reference grammar, Theoretical grammar, Traditional grammar

Aims and attitudes of modern linguistics

Basic grammatical notions: Morphology, Morpheme problems, Inflectional and derivational, Word classes, Grammatical categories, The sentence, Aspects of sentence syntax, Immediate constituent, Phrase structure, Rules, Word order

The goals of linguistic theories

Grammar and language teaching: Correlates of Grammar and language teaching, Traditional grammar, Taxonomic grammar, Phrase structure grammar, Transformational grammar, Case grammar, Prepositional and modal information in a grammar, Halliday’s functional grammar, Transformational and systemic models of grammar, Communicative competence, Functional grammar and functional language teaching

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

discuss the different types of grammar

analyze the relationship between the structure and the meaning of English sentences

distinguish linguistic aspects to explain language, grammar and its structures

apply appropriate theoretical approaches in language teaching and learning context

combine their knowledge of language with grammar and structure to produce appropriate or effective utterances in different contexts in real-life situation.

Assessment

Total                           : 100 %

Final Examination     : 70 %

Class work                 : 30%

Class work includes attendance (5%), active participation in class discussion and group work (5 %), group- presentations and sharing sessions (10%) and written assignments and tutorials (10 %).

Coursebooks

Allen, J. P. B., & Widdowson, H. G. (1975) Grammar and Language Teaching: Edinburgh Course in Applied Linguistics. Vol. II. London: OUP

Burns, A., & Caroline, C. (2001). Analysing English in Global Context. London: Routledge.

Lyons, John. (1970). Chomsky. London: Fontana Modern Masters.

References

Butt,D. et al. Using Functional Grammar (an explorer’s guide) (3^rd ed). (2012) Palgrave Macmillan.

Eggins, S. (2004) Introduction to Systemic Functional Linguistics (2^nd ed). Bloomsbury.

Halliday, M.A.K. (1985). An Introduction to Functional Grammar (2^nd ed). London: Arnold.

Kim, J-B., & Sells, P. (2008). English Syntax: An Introduction. Center for the Study of Language and Information.

Miller, J. (2002). An Introduction to English Syntax. Edinburgh University Press.

Newson, M. (2006). Basic English Syntax with Exercises. Bolcsesz Konzorcium.

Valin, R. D. V., & Lapolla. R. J. (2004). Syntax: Structure, Meaning & Function. Cambridge University Press.

E 612: Sociolinguistics and Discourse Analysis

Sociolinguistics

Course Description

This module improves students’ understanding of relationship between language and sociology, how social norms and values affect linguistic behaviour, how variety and diversity of language is related to the social framework of its speakers and how language is used by people. The course includes lectures, presentations, discussions and sharing sessions on the following:

Differences between linguistics and sociolinguistics

Key Terms: Speech, Speech Community, Language Community, Dialect (Regional, Social, Temporal)

Language contact & Language change: Bilingualism (Stable/ Unstable), Pidgin, Creole, Lingua franca, External change (Borrowing, Loan translation), Internal change (Coining, Combining, Extending)

Speech event, Speech factors, Speech functions, Paralinguistic behaviour, Code switching

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

predict the consequences of the language used in societies

recognize that language and society are mutually constitutive

examine the impact that society and language have on each other

use language in society effectively.

Discourse Analysis

This module explores the ways in which language varies according to subject areas, social settings, communicative purposes and the social roles and identities of people. The course includes lectures, presentation, discussion and sharing sessions on the following:

What is discourse analysis?: What is discourse?; Discourse versus context; Spoken versus written language; Types of discourse

Linguistic elements in discourse: Cohesion; Information structure; ‘Given’ and ‘new’ information; Theme and rheme; Genre; Propositional analysis

Making sense of discourse: Discourse coherence; Speech acts; Background knowledge; How we process discourse; Conversation analysis; Negotiating meaning; Intercultural communication

Developing discourse competence: The early years: oral competence; School years

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

interpret the relationship between sentences and social meaning and action

analyse language in use (structure, function)

investigate the formal devices used to connect sentences together

interpret the relationship between sentences and such different actions as requesting, ordering, promising, predicting and so on.

Assessment

The assessment of this module is through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, presentations and formal written assignment, (03%) and a final examination (70%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

several pieces of research work and presentations during tutorial sessions that cover the basic theories and components of Sociolinguistics and Discourse analysis.

producing written assignments and project work.

A closed book examination on Sociolinguistics and Discourse Analysis.

Assessment:

Tutorial based assessment (10%)

Written assignments (10%)

Project work / presentation: Short oral presentation delivered during tutorials (10%)

Final Examination (70%)

References for Sociolinguistics

Allen, J. P. B. & S. P. Corder (1975). Papers in Applied Linguistics: Vol. 2. OUP (P.155 –)

Romaine, S. (1994). Language in Society: An Introduction to Sociolinguistics. Oxford: OUP

Wardhaugh, R. (1998). An Introduction to Sociolinguistics. Blackwell Publishers Inc.

References for Discourse Analysis

Coulthard, M. & Montgomery, M. (1981). Studies in Discourse Analysis. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd.

Halliday, M. A. K. & Hasan, R. (1976) Cohesion in English. Longman Group Ltd.

Kimberly L. G. & Long, A.Y. (2014). Sociolinguistics and Second Language Acquisition: Learning to Use Language in Context. Routledge

McCathy, M. (1991). Discourse Analysis for Language Teachers. Cambridge Teaching Library. CUP.

Nunan, D. (1993) Discourse Analysis: Penguin Books Ltd.

Platridge. B (2012) Discourse Analysis: An Introduction (Bloomsbury Discourse) 2nd Edition. Bloomsbury Publishing

E 613: Thematic Studies – 1

Course Description

This module deals with the study of different genres of literature (poetry, prose and short story) through a thematic approach. It introduces students to 20^th Century poems with interesting and recurring themes, different types of prose passages that describe, narrate and reveal cause and effect, and also short stories that address various contemporary themes. This module provokes students into critical and analytical thinking about the central themes to be explored in literary texts. Thematic studies enable students to examine themes or patterns of meaning within qualitative data.

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course, students will be able to

formulate their thoughts and ideas about the selected literary works of different genres

explore themes of the literary texts and analyse the theme development

Assessment

Class discussions during the lectures: 5% Active engagement of students in class discussion is compulsory. During the lectures, students are expected to give proper response when the teacher asks questions that check their understanding of the literary text they are dealing and to give their own opinion and comment enthusiastically in analysing it. The instructor leads the class discussion to check students’ understanding and help them to get ideas about the theme of each literary text in the respective genre. Their active participation will be graded.

Attendance: 5% Attendance of students will be one of the criteria in assessment.

Written Assignment: 10% of the grade is for written tasks assigned for each genre of literature. Students are asked to work in groups so that they can learn from each other by sharing their own ideas in groups. The teacher gives a grade to the paper submitted by groups.

Presentation: 10% The another 10% of the grade is allotted for students’ group presentation on the assigned tasks. In assessing group presentation, Three-fold group assessment will be carried out. The teacher gives a grade to the group’s final product, group members give a grade to each other, and each group member gives a grade to him/herself, and justifies it. Every student’s grade is then a combination of: 50% teacher’s grade, 30% average of peer grades, and 20% of self-assigned grades.

Exam:70% of the grade is for students’ achievement in the final exam.

References

Abrams, M.H. (1993). A Glossary of Literary Terms. Rhinehart and Winston Inc.

Abrams, M.H & Harpham, G.G (2009) A Handbook of Literary Terms. Cengage Learning India Private      Limited: New Delhi.

Conlin, M. L. (1992). Pattern Plus: A Short Prose Reader with Argumentation. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co.

Hoeper, J. D. & Pickering, J. H. (1986). Literature. (Pg. 591-682). Second Edition. Macmillan Publishing Co.

Hoeper, J. D., & Pickering, J. H. (1990) Poetry. An Introduction. New York. Macmillan Publishing Co.

E 614: Methodology

Course Description

This module focuses on different language teaching methods which dated from the very first Grammar Translation to the more commonly used approach, Communicative Approach. This module also provides the common nature of approaches and method in language teaching from three aspects: approach, design and procedure. It also focuses on lesson objectives, materials, the role of teachers and students, the role of native language, and the most outstanding features of each method.

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

identify different language teaching methods

demonstrate knowledge and understanding of past and current approaches of language teaching methodology

apply a variety of approaches and techniques by adapting them to the teaching context of their country

Assessment

Class discussions during the lectures: 5%

During the lectures, students are expected to give their own opinion and comment enthusiastically when theories on different methods are discussed. They need to think and give comments on whether a certain method is suitable for the teaching context in our country, and how they can adapt this method. Their active participation will be highly appreciated or graded.

Attendance: 5%

Students are to attend all lectures and their attendance will be one of the criteria in assessment.

Written Assignment: 10%

Students are asked to write assignments in groups so that they can learn from each other by sharing their own ideas in groups. The teacher gives a grade to the paper submitted by groups.

Presentation: 10%

Another 10% of the grade is allotted for students’ group presentation on the assigned tasks. In presentation session, every student is to ask question, discuss on the ideas presented, or give comment. All these activities are graded.

Exam: 70%

70% of the grade is for students’ achievement in the final exam.

Coursebook

Richards, J. C. & Theodore S. Rogers (1986) Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching. Cambridge: CUP.

References

Freeman, Diane Larsen (1998) Techniques and Principles on Language Teaching. OUP.

Lightbown. P.M & Spada.N (2006) How Languages are Learned (Third Edition) Oxford University Press. New York.

Nation. I.S.P (2009) Teaching ESL/ EFL Reading and Writing. Routledge.

Nation. I.S.P & Newton. J (2009) Teaching ESL/EFL Listening and Speaking. Routledge.

Willis & Willis (2007) Doing Task-based Teaching. Oxford University Press. Oxford.

MA FIRST YEAR – ENGLISH SEMESTER – II

Module No. Name of Module Credit Points Hours per Week

Lecture Tutorial

E 621 Research Methodology 4 4 2

E 622 Error Analysis and Psycholinguistics 4 4 2

E 623 Academic Writing 4 4 2

E 624 Stylistics and Semantics 4 4 2

Total 16 16 8

Total Credit: 16 Total Hours: 24

E 621: Research Methodology

Course Description

This module is designed to guide students to do research; to impart terms and types of research, methods, procedures and methodology. Moreover, students will be trained to be able to write essential components of a research report: research proposal, introduction, literature review, methodology, discussion, conclusion, references, and abstract. Students have to analyze different research articles and theses so that they will be well aware of the formats, essential components, and common mistakes in writing a research report. This practice session will help students to be confident to start their own research for their thesis in the next semester. The course components will include the following:

Designing a Research Study: introduction (the nature of research), qualitative research, quantitative research, conclusion (course evaluation: combining research types)

Writing a Research Paper: proposal writing, outlining, abstract, introduction, literature review, research methodology, finding and discussion, conclusion, bibliographies, citing sources, paraphrasing, summarizing and quoting.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

distinguish different types of research, essential parts of a research report, different types of data and methods

write a systematic research proposal

design their own research for their MA degree

carry out their research project successfully and

write up their own research report successfully

Assessment:

Final Examination     : 60 %

Class work                 :   40 %

Class work includes attendance (5%), active participation in class activities: writing book reviews, group discussions, presentations (5 %), writing a proposal (10 %), writing tasks for introduction, abstract, literature review, etc. (10 %) and an analysis of a research report/ article / thesis in terms of the format, essential elements of each part in the report (10 %).

Coursebooks

Arkin, M., & Macheski, C. (2001). Research Papers: A Practical Guide. Houghton Mifflin Company.

Brown, J. D., & Rodgers, T.S. (2009). Doing Second Language Research. Oxford University Press.

Bitchener, J. (2010) Writing an Applied Linguistics Thesis or Dissertation: A Guide to Presenting Empirical Research. Palgrave Macmillan.

Feak, C. B., & Swales, J.M. (2009). Telling A Research Story: Writing a Literature Review. The University of Michigan Press.

McMillan, K., & Weyers, J. (2011). How to write Dissertations & Project Reports (2^nded). Pearson Education Inc.

Swales. J.M., & Feak, C. B. (2009). Abstracts and the Writing of Abstracts. The University of Michigan Press.

Swales. J.M., (2011). Aspects of Article Introductions. The University of Michigan Press

Yagelski, R. P. (2015). The Essentials of Writing: Ten Core Concepts. Cenage Learning.

References

Bell, J., (2005). Doing Your Research Project (4^th ed). Open University Press. McGraw-Hill Education.

Brown. J.D., & Coombe, C. (2015). Research in Language Teaching and Learning. Cambridge University Press. UK.

Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research Design (Fourth Edition) SAGE Publications. Inc. USA.

Leedy, P.D., & Ormrod, J. E. (2015). Practical Research: Planning and Design (11^th ed). Pearson Education Limited. UK.

Swales, J.M., & Feak, C. B. (2012). Academic Writing for Graduate Students. (3^rded).The University of Michigan Press.

Weissberg, R., & Buker, S. (1990). Writing Up Research. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall Regents.

E 622: Error Analysis and Psycholinguistics

Error Analysis

Course Description

This module introduces error analysis, constructive analysis, non-constructive, types of errors and different types of errors and remedial work. The course will include lectures, presentation, discussion and sharing sessions on the following:

The study of learners’ language: Error Analysis: Lapses, mistakes and errors, Expressive and receptive errors, The practical uses of error analysis; Attitudes towards errors: Aims and uses of error analysis, Aims of research workers Aims of teachers, syllabus designers and materials writers;

Data for error analysis: Both correct and incorrect instances should be included, Data from individuals or groups, Variety of data; The significance of learners’ errors: The process of error analysis, Recognition, Interpretation, Reconstruction, Linguistic classification; Explanation of causes: Interlingual causes of errors, Intralingual causes of errors, Cross-association, Wrong analogy and over-generalization, Other possible causes of errors, Carelessness, Other errors ‘encouraged’ by teaching

Non-contrastive approach to error analysis: Types and causes of intralingual and developmental errors, Over-generalisation, Ignorance of rule restriction, Incomplete application of rules, False concepts hypothesized

Remedial work: The need for remedial teaching, Selection of problem areas for remedial work, Errors for incidental correction, Selecting errors for more intensive remedial work

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

identify types and patterns of errors to establish error taxonomies.

identify common difficulties in second language acquisition.

determine whether those errors are systematic and explain their causes.

Psycholinguistics

This module is designed to introduce students with psycholinguistic principles: how a person acquires his/her mother tongue or first language, how he/she learns his/her second language or third language, perceives a language and produces language, the basic theories in developing language teaching methods and the errors students do in the language teaching. The course will include lectures, presentation, discussion and sharing sessions on the following:

Introduction: View of language from psycholinguistic perspective, Criteria for correct language usage, Behaviourist views of language; Child language acquisition: Milestones and patterns in development, How children learn language, Speech production, Speech comprehension, Relation of speech production, comprehension and thought, Early childhood bilingualism, Developmental sequences; Theoretical approaches to explaining L1 acquisition: Behaviorism, Analyses of Children’s speech samples, Biological basis for the innatist position, The Critical period hypothesis, The interactionist position, Child directed speech; Theoretical approaches to explaining L2 acquisition: Criteria for distinction of L2 acquisition from L1 acquisition, Innatism, Behaviorism, Universal Grammar, Krashen’s ‘monitor model’, Factors affecting L2 learning, Recent psychological theories, Information processing; Factors affecting L2 learning: Characteristics of a good language learner, Research on learner characteristics; Learner language: The concept, Developmental sequences; Second language teaching: Instructional and natural settings, Characteristics in the two settings, Classroom observation schemes, Feedback in the classroom, Teaching methods; Second language learning in the classroom: The implications of classroom research for teaching; Facts and opinions on language teaching.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

use the most effective ways to teach and learn a second language in the classroom

teach language to their students effectively as they understand the first language acquisition and second language acquisition of the children

teach the lessons to their students successfully as they clearly know the individual learner characteristics

Assessment

This module will be assessed through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, presentations and formal written assignment and a final examination.

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

several pieces of research work and presentations during tutorial that cover the basic theories and components of Error Analysis and Psycholinguistics.

written assignments and project work.

a closed book examination on Error Analysis and Psycholinguistics.

Tutorial based assessment:

Tutorial based assessment (10%)

Written assignments (10%)

Project work / presentation: Short oral presentation delivered during tutorials (10%)

Final Examination: Closed book long and short answer questions (70%)

References for Error Analysis

Corder, S. P. (1973) Introducing Applied Linguistics. Harmondsworth: Penguin.

James, Carl (1998) Errors in Language Learning and Use: Exploring Error Analysis. USA. Addison Wesley Longman Limited.

Keshavarz, M.H (2006) Error Analysis: A Practical Course for English students and teachers. SAMT, Tehran.

Richards, J. C. (1971) A Non-contrastive Approach to Error: Analysis. English Language Teaching. Vol. 25.

Windgard, Peter & Abbott Gerry (1981) The Teaching of English as an International Language: Glasgow: William Collins Sons and Co. Ltd.

References for Psycholinguistics

Allen, J. P. B. & Corder, S. Pit. (1975) Papers in Applied Linguistics: The Edinburgh Course in Applied Linguistics (Vol.2). London: OUP.

Demers, Richard A. et al. (2001) Linguistics: An Introduction to Language and Communication. U.S.A: Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Fromkin Victoria et al. (2003) An Introduction to Language. USA: Heinle.

Fromkin. V & Rodman. R & Hyams. N (2010) An Introduction to Language. Wordsworth.

Lightbown, Patsy & Spada, Nina (1999) How Languages are Learned (Revised Edition). Oxford: OUP.

Steinberg, Danny & et al. (2001) Psycholinguistics: Language, Mind and World (Second Edition). (Chapter 1 and 6). Essex: Pearson Education Ltd.

E 623: Academic Writing

Course Description

This module introduces unique features of academic writing to students and guides them through the writing process to produce well-organized, adequately developed different types of paragraphs, opinion essays, argumentative essays and critical book reviews (critiques). It also provides students with knowledge about formal and informal registers, the use of transition signals and academic vocabulary. Moreover, this module helps students learn how to write concisely by eliminating wordiness together with extensive practical exercises and activities. Paraphrasing and summary writing are also useful components students need to master in this module. Students will be given a variety of writing assignments, and evaluation of various tasks will necessarily be carried out through students’ peer feedback, their group-work discussion and the instructor’s constructive suggestions. This module will familiarize students with principles of academic writing.

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

recognize the characteristics of academic writing and the features of different types of paragraphs, opinion essays, argumentative essays, summaries, critiques and formal and informal language

display ability to concisely write academic essays, summary papers and critiques in correct formats with a wide range of academic vocabulary, employing their acquired knowledge about writing and also their logical thinking or/ and critical thinking

analyze and evaluate their weaknesses and strengths in their own writing and others’ writing

Assessment

Class discussions during the lectures: 5% Active engagement of students in class discussion is a must. During the lectures, students are expected to recognize the structures and features of writing genres they are dealing thorough detailed examination of given models together with the instructor. The instructor leads the class discussion and checks students’ understanding about different text types and writing genres.

Attendance: 5% Students are to attend all lectures and their attendance will be one of the criteria in assessment.

Participation and Performance in class work: 10% of the grade is for students’ active participation and performance in practical writing in pairs or in groups. In writing paragraphs and essays, students are asked to go through all writing processes, starting from brain-storming, and moving to outlining and then writing a draft. They are expected to display their ability to write logically, critically, sensibly and concisely in doing their assigned writing tasks together. The teacher will give a grade for the product of each pair or group.

Peer-feedback:10% After writing drafts, students have to do formative peer-feedback activity Students review and comment on each other’s work. Then, each group must rewrite for the improved version based on the comments and suggestions of their peers. Next, the teacher also gives constructive feedback for further improvement. Finally, they have to write a fair/final copy. For book reviews, individual work is requested and peer-feedback is to be done for this.

(*Students have to keep all the written assignments done in class in portfolios so that they can see their progress in writing.)

Examination: 70% of the grade is for students’ achievement in the final exam.

References

Ede, L. (2008). The Academic Writer: A Brief Guide. Bedford / St. Martin’s. USA.

Folse, K. S., & Pugh, T. (2015). Great Writing: From Great Essays to Research 5. (3^rd ed). National Geographic Learning/ Cengage Learning. USA.

Godfrey, J. (2013). The Student Phrase Book: Vocabulary for Writing at University. Palgrave Macmillan

Oshima, A. & Hogue, A. (2007). Introduction to Academic Writing. (3^rd ed). Level 3. Pearson Education.

Oshima, A., & Hogue, A. (2006). Writing Academic English. (4^th ed). Level 4. Pearson Education.

Oshima, A. & Hogue, A. (2017). Longman Academic Writing Series 4. (5^th ed). Pearson Education, INc. USA.

Swales, J.M., & Feak, C. B. (2012). Academic Writing for Graduate Students. (3^rd ed).

The University of Michigan Press.

Yagelski, R. P. (2015). The Essentials of Writing: Ten Core Concepts. Cenage Learning.

E 624: Stylistics and Semantics

Course Description

Stylistics

This module focuses on linguistic features to be considered in carrying out a stylistic analysis, and practical analysis. First, students need to learn linguistic description and stylistic features in analysis. Next, they learn sample analysis of different types of texts as examples. Finally, they have to carry out an analysis in groups.

Learning Outcomes

After completing the course, students will be able to:

demonstrate knowledge and understanding of theoretical preliminaries for stylistic analysis

point out the stages in analyzing different texts

analyse the style of different types of texts

Semantics

The second part focuses on what “semantics” means, general principles of semantics, and semantic structure. Students can learn meanings of “meaning”, different types of meaning and general principles of semantics from which they can learn how to carry out semantic analysis.

Learning Outcomes

After completing the course, students will be able to:

demonstrate knowledge and understanding of principles for semantic analysis

apply the general principles of semantics

analyse the meaning of word, phrases, and sentences in different types of texts

Assessment

Class discussions during the lectures: 5%

During the lectures, students are expected to recognize the theoretical preliminaries and principles so that they will be able to carry out analyses. So their active participation in class discussion will be highly appreciated or graded.

Attendance: 5%

Students are to attend all lectures and their attendance will be one of the criteria in assessment.

Written Assignment: 10%

Students are asked to write assignments in groups so that they can learn from each other by sharing their own ideas in groups. The teacher gives a grade to the paper submitted by groups.

Presentation: 10%

Another 10% of the grade is allotted for students’ group presentation on the assigned tasks. In presentation session, every student is to ask questions, discuss the ideas presented, or give comments. All these activities are graded.

Exam: 70%

70% of the grade is for students’ achievement in the final exam.

Coursebooks for Stylistics

Crystal, David & Derek Davy (1969) Investigating English Style. New York: Longman English Language Series.

Simpson,P. (2004). Stylistics: A resource book for students. Routledge.

Coursebooks for Semantics

Leech, G. (1985). Semantics: The Study of Meaning (2^nd ed). Middlesex Penguin. (Chapter 1& 2)

Palmer, F. R. (1976) Semantics. Great Britain. CUP.

Riemer, N. (2012). Introducing Semantics. Cambridge University Press.

References

Allen, J. P. B & S. P. Corder (1975) Papers in Applied Linguistics. (pp. 122 – 153). Vol. 2, OUP.

Crystal, D. (1987) The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Language. (pp. 100-113). Cambridge: CUP.

Jackson. H & Amvela. E.Z (2001) Words, Meaning and Vocabulary: An Introduction to Modern English Lexicology. The Cromwell Press, Trowbridge.

Lyons, John (1971) Introduction to Theoretical Linguistics. (pp. 400-405). London and New York: CUP.

MA SECOND YEAR – ENGLISH SEMESTER – I

Module No. Name of Module Credit Points Hours per Week

Lecture Tutorial

E 631 Developing Language and Literary Skills 4 4 2

E 632 Syllabus Design 4 4 2

E 633 Thematic Studies – 2 4 4 2

E 634 Assessment 4 4 2

Total 16 16 8

Total Credit: 16 Total Hours: 24

E 631: Developing Language and Literary Skills

Course Description

This module consists of two parts: developing language skills and developing literary skills. The main focus of this module is to help students discover more about ideas in English language teaching, gain an overview of theory and practice in ELT, develop a thoughtful and principled approach to using literature in the language classroom and provide with the tools for developing own classroom materials which are relevant to the learners. Developing Language Skills will deal with (1) the framework for teaching and learning: learners and learning, classroom and context, communicative classroom, learner autonomy and learner training (2) teaching and learning systems: vocabulary and grammar (3) developing language skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing and (4) planning and assessing learning: course design and classroom assessment. Developing Literary Skills consists of (1) approaches to using literature with the language learner, (2) selecting and evaluate materials, (3) Material design and lesson planning, and (4) reflecting on the literature lesson.

Learning Outcomes

Developing Language Skills

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

identify factors that affect vocabulary acquisition and create activities that can develop for the teaching of vocabulary.

apply approaches to the teaching of grammar to meet the learners’ needs and design the grammar component of a course.

establish goals for the reading and listening classes, select appropriate texts and devise tasks that help students to develop reading and listening abilities.

devise accuracy-based and fluency-based activities in speaking and apply the policy for treating errors in speaking.

analyze the structure of written texts and apply process approach to writing.

establish goals and objectives of a course, and apply criteria in choosing and evaluating a course, and analyze issues for communicative curriculum

apply characteristics of good assessment practice

Developing Literary Skills

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

apply approaches to using literature in their teaching.

evaluate literary materials for a language classroom.

design materials and lesson plans for novels, short stories, poems and plays.

assess students’ performance by using observational sheets and discuss literary competence and the language classroom.

Assessment

Attendance: 5%

Students are to attend the lectures and be engaged in discussions and presentation done in the class.

Presentation: 10%

10% of the grade is allotted for students’ group presentation on the assigned tasks. In assessing group presentation, it includes assessing the product and assessing the process. 5% will be given for the quality of the product which includes fulfillment of the objectives, language, organization and originality. 5% will be given for the process of the presentation including delivery, pronunciation, posture, timing, visual aids and handling questions.

Classroom Participation: 5%

Giving 5% of the grade for classroom participation can stimulate the students’ interest in the topics they are discussing especially they have to give peer feedback on the group presentation. It also makes them the active listeners in the class.

Written Assignment: 10%

10% of the grade is allotted for written assignment.

Examination: 70% of the grade is for students’ achievement in the final examination.

Coursebooks

Hedge, Tricia (2000) Teaching and Learning in the Language Classroom. Oxford: OUP.

Lazar, Gillian (1993) Literature and Language Teaching: A Guide for Teachers and Trainers. Cambridge: CUP

References

Carter, Ronald & Michael N. Long (1991) Teaching Literature. Assessment in Literature Teaching Review of ELT. Longman.

Harmer, Jeremy (1998) How to Teach English. Longman.

Ur, Penny (1997) A Course in the Language Teaching. Trainer Book. Cambridge: CUP.

Windgard, Peter & Abbott Gerry (1981) The Teaching English as a Foreign Language. Collins.

E 632: Syllabus Design

Course Description

In this module, students will be taught key stages and procedures in curriculum development including needs analysis, syllabus design, planning goals and outcomes, course planning, material development and evaluation. The prescribed textbook, “Curriculum Development in Language Teaching” reflects contemporary issues in curriculum development.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

discuss the differences between curriculum development and syllabus design,

explain the importance of need analysis in preparing language program.

plan a course, design a syllabus, plan goals and outcomes and evaluate a course.

Assessment

Students’ performance will be assessed by a combination of tutorial-based assessments, presentations, formal written assignment, and a final examination.

Tutorial based assessment:

Tutorial-based assessment (10%)

Written assignments (10%)

Presentation: Short oral presentation delivered during tutorials (10%)

Final Examination: Closed book long and short answer questions. (70%)

References

Bell, Roger T. (1981) An Introduction to Applied Linguistics: Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching. London: Batsford Academic and Education Ltd.

Clark, John L. (1987) Curriculum Renewal in School Foreign language Learning. Oxford: OUP.

Kelly, A. V. (1977) The Curriculum: Theory and Practice. Harper and Row Ltd.

Lawton, Denis (1983) Curriculum Studies and Educational Planning. Hodder and Stoughton Education.

Munby, John (1978) Communicative Syllabus Design. Cambridge: CUP.

Nation. I. S.P & Macalister. J (2009) Language Curriculum Design. Routledge.

Richards, J. C. (2001) Curriculum Development ion Language Teaching. Cambridge: CUP.

Stenhouse, Lawrence (1975) An Introduction to Curriculum Research and Development. Heinemann Educational Books Ltd.

Strevens, Peter (1978) New Orientations in the Teaching of English. Oxford: OUP.

U Thi-Ha (1999) The ELT Curriculum: An Overview. (In-house Training for YU and YIOE Staff.) (Keynote Address presented at INCELT, IFL, Yangon.)

Ur, Penny (1996) A Course in Language Teaching: Practice and Theory. Cambridge: CUP.

Willis, Dave (1990) The Lexical Syllabus: A New Approach to Language Teaching. Collins Cobuild.

White, Ronald V. (1988) The ELT Curriculum: Design, Innovation and Management. Oxford: Basil Blackwell Ltd.

Yalden, Janice (1983) The Communicative Syllabus: Evaluation, Design and Implementation. New York: Pergammon Press Ltd.

E 633: Thematic Studies – 2

Course Description

This module deals with the study of different genres of literature: two novels by the 19^th and 20^th centuries’ major literary figures, Chinua Achebe and Scott Fitzgerald, and a tragedy by Shakespeare which mark the apex of Renaissance literature, through a thematic approach. Thematic studies enable students to examine themes or patterns of meaning within qualitative data, analyze language and literary devices used in novels and plays, explore the historical, cultural, and political practices, the morality of society at those times, generalize cause and effect in that society, draw conclusions, referring to the evidences in the literary texts. This module provokes students into critical and analytical thinking about the central themes to be explored in literary texts.

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course, students are expected to be able to:

analyse literary texts including Shakespeare’s works critically.

compare and contrast the different styles, themes and the theme development of various texts.

formulate their thoughts and ideas about the literary works of different genres from different ages.

explore the unique aspects of the diverse literatures of the world, a perspective of the trends and literary aspects of the period.

understand and appreciate the aesthetic, moral and cultural trends of Literatures in English Language.

investigate the relationship between literature and the historical/cultural contexts, Arts/Humanities in that time.

relate the social, cultural practices, lifestyle and moral, ethical concept presented in novels and play to their daily activities, and practices.

respond the ideas on a piece of literature analytically, critically and find out better solution with logical reasons.

Assessment

Final Examination     :   70 %

Class work                 :   30 % (which includes the following a, b, c & d)

Class discussions during the lectures: 5% Active engagement of students in class discussion is required. During the lectures, students are expected to give proper response when the teacher asks questions that check their understanding of the literary text they are dealing and to give their own opinion and comment enthusiastically in analyzing it. The instructor leads the class discussion to check students’ understanding and help them to get ideas about the theme of each literary text in the respective genre. Their active participation will be graded.

Attendance: 5% Students are to attend all lectures and their attendance will be one of the criteria in assessment.

Written Assignment: 10% Written tasks are assigned for each genre of literature (characterization, script writing, literary devices, letter sending to authors/ characters, recommendation to readers, review etc.). Students are asked to do individual as well as in groups, and the teacher gives a grade to the paper submitted by groups or individuals.

Presentation: 10% Students will be assigned to give presentations on the assigned topics, dramatization, script writing and play performance. In assessing group presentations and performances, Three-fold group assessment will be carried out: the teacher gives a grade to the group’s final product; each group gives a grade to the other group, and each group member gives a grade to him/herself, and justifies it. Every student’s grade is then a combination of: 50% teacher’s grade, 30% average of peer grades, and 20% of self-assigned grades.

Coursebooks

Achebe, C. (1971). Things Fall Apart. St. Paul’s Press Ltd. Malta.

Fitzgerals, F. S., (1968). The Great Gatsby. Charles Scribner’s Sons.

Shakespeare, W. (1960). Macbeth. Ed. Hunter, G. K. Penguin International Edition.

References

Abrams, M.H. (1993). A Glossary of Literary Terms. Rhinehart and Winston Inc.

Abrams, M.H & Harpham, G.G (2009) A Handbook of Literary Terms. Cengage Learning India Private      Limited: New Delhi.

Brooks, C. & Robert Penn Warren (1938). Understanding Poetry. An Anthology for College Students. New York: Henry Holt.

Conlin, M. L. (1992). Pattern Plus: A Short Prose Reader with Argumentation. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co.

De Laney. D, Ward. C & Fiorina C.R (2003) Fields of vision, Literature in the English Language. Volume 1 and 2. Longman Pearson Education Limited. UK.

Hoeper, J. D. & Pickering, J. H. (1986). Literature. (Pg. 591-682). Second Edition. Macmillan Publishing Co. Ltd.

Hoeper, J. D., & Pickering, J. H. (1990) Poetry. An Introduction. New York. Macmillan Publishing Co. Ltd.

Peden, W. (2010) Short Fiction: Shape and Substance. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co. Ltd.

Wiggins. G at el. (2010) Literature (Language and Literacy). Teacher’s Edition. Pearson.

E 634: Assessment

Course Description

This module is designed to introduce the fundamental concepts of assessment, an important aspect of language teaching. Moreover, students will have to evaluate tests and types of assessment they have experienced with reference to theories and practices introduced in this module. They also have to practise designing sample tests, analyzing texts in terms of characteristics of good tests, and to identify possible ways of assessment for their teaching learning context.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

define testing, assessment, and identify characteristics of good test, types of test, etc.

distinguish testing from assessment, and formative assessment from summative assessment

apply appropriate modes of assessment for testing a specific language skill: reading, writing, speaking or listening

evaluate the reliability and validity of tests

design appropriate, reliable and valid tests for their own language class

Assessment

Class work                : 30 % (Tutorial-based assessment 10%, Presentations and Discussion 10% and Designing a test and evaluation 10%)

Final Examination: 70%

Coursebooks

Hughes, A. (2003). Testing for Language Teachers. UK: Cambridge.

Brown, H. D. (2010). Language Assessment: Principles and Classroom Practices. Pearson Education. Inc. USA.

Reference

Barkley, E. F., & Major, C. H. (2016). Learning Assessment Techniques: A Handbook for College Faculty. John Wiley & Sons. Inc. USA.

MA SECOND YEAR – ENGLISH SEMESTER – II

Module No. Module Name Credit Unit Credit Point

E 641 Research Progress Report and Seminar 8 4

E 642 Thesis and Viva Voce 8 4

Total 16 8

Distribution of Marks for Seminar and Research Progress Report (E 641)

No. Description Mark

1 Research Progress Report 20

2 Organization of the paper 20

3 Originality and Creativity 20

4 Presentation 20

5 Response to Questions 20

100

Distribution of Marks for Thesis and Viva Voce (E 642)

No. Description Mark

1 Organization of the Thesis 20

2 Organization and Creativity 20

3 Contribution of research outcome to academic and national interest 20

4 Presentation 20

5 Response to Questions 20

100

Conversion from Marks to Grade Point

No. Marks Grade Point

1 75 to 100 5

2 65 to 74 4

3 50 to 64 3

4 0 to 49 2

POST-GRADUATE DIPLOMA – ENGLISH SEMESTER – I

Module No. Name of Module Credit Points Hours per Week

Lecture Tutorial

DE 1 Developing Communicative Skills – 1 4 3 2

DE 2 Linguistics and Grammar – 1 4 3 2

DE 3 Methodology – 1 4 3 2

DE 4 Teaching Listening and Speaking Skills 4 3 2

DE 5 Phonetics 4 3 2

DE 6 Teaching Pronunciation, Vocabulary and Grammar 4 3 2

Total 24 18 12

Total Credit: 24 Total Hours: 30

DE 1: Developing Communicative Skills – 1

Course Description

This module aims at developing students’ communicative skills: listening skills, speaking skills, reading skills and writing skills. Reading component familiarizes students with a variety of texts that develop students’ information gathering skills, thinking skills, literal as well as inferential comprehension skills. Writing component provides students with a firm foundation in writing formal, informal business letters and academic papers. Speaking component provides students with useful expressions that can be used in different social, academic and business contexts. Listening component provides students with opportunities to listen to authentic listening materials from a variety of sources to promote understanding. Vocabulary component deals with developing students’ ability to infer meaning from words as used in the context and in building up their vocabulary. Grammar component introduces a variety of sentence structures which will help students improve their reading as well as writing skills.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

–    identify the main ideas in a text through skimming and scanning.

–    generate different types of questions based on the reading text.

produce well-organized academic essays and cover letters.

identify key functions and principles of communication.

apply adequate speaking skills to communicative effectively and participate in interviews.

apply specific strategies to show their teamwork skills while in teams.

Assessment

There are six assignments / tutorials (individual and group work) that make up 30% of the final marks of this course. The assignments / tutorials are related to the materials covered in class. The final written examination will count 70% of the total marks.

Prescribed Coursebook

Dummett, P, Hughes, J & Stephenson, H (2014) Life Advanced, T’s book, Work book, St’ book. Cheriton House,United Kingdom.

References

Acklam, R.& Crace, A. (2008) Total English, Advanced, Students’ Book.London: Pearson Longman.

Clare,A.& Wilson,J. J. (2008) Total English, Advanced, Work Book.London: Pearson Longman.

Naughton,D. (2008) Total English, Advanced, Teacher’s Resource Book.London: Pearson Longman.

DE 2: Linguistics and Grammar – 1

Course Description

This module introduces the fundamental concepts of linguistics and the major areas of linguistics on phonology (the sound systems of languages), semantics (the study of meaning), as well as pragmatics and social variation. It introduces students to the techniques of linguistic analysis and equips them with knowledge and skills for future linguistic research and studies.

This module also offers excellent materials and a wide range of grammatical topics with very accessible theoretical explanations along with numerous examples followed by several exercises. Based on the materials, it also explains the role of grammar in language teaching and explores ways to teach grammar effectively.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to

demonstrate sound knowledge of the different areas of linguistics

describe and explain linguistic phenomena

analyze the structure of different languages

collect and process language data for language research

discuss critically the linguistic issues in the areas of semantics, phonology, phonetics and pragmatics

express the importance of grammar in teaching a language and apply ways of teaching grammar effectively

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (70%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment (10%), presentations and discussion (10%) and formal written assignments (10%)

References

Eastwood, J. (1992). Oxford Practice Grammar. OUP

Poole, S. C. (1999). An Introduction to Linguistics. Macmillan

Other learning resources: Websites like you-tube

DE 3: Methodology – 1

Course Description

This module focuses on different language teaching methods which date from the very first Grammar Translation to the more commonly used approach, Communicative Approach. This module not only presents a variety of techniques to students but also encourages them to apply these techniques by providing suggestions and indications for their practical classroom application. It also focuses on the role of teachers and students, culture-specific teaching practice, the role of native language, and the most outstanding features of each method. Therefore, this module is a solid introduction for novice teachers or anyone starting ESL teaching.

Learning Outcomes

After completion of the course, students will be able to:

discuss past and current theories of language teaching methodology.

apply a variety of techniques by adapting them to their teaching context.

develop a greater awareness of their own teaching approach and beliefs about language and language teaching.

Assessment

In this module, students will be assessed through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, micro-teaching, and a final closed book written examination.

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

tutorial-based assessment, group works, written assignments and the presentations (20%)

individual micro-teaching (10%)

a closed book examination (70%)

References

Larsen-Freeman, D. & Anderson, M. (2011) Techniques and Principles in Language Teaching. Oxford: Oxford University Press

Other learning resources including websites, and videos are provided.

DE 4: Teaching Listening and Speaking Skills

Course Description

This module introduces students the factors involved in English language teaching. It familiarizes students with classroom management, different seating arrangements and different types of listening and speaking activities. It enhances students’ understanding of the qualities of a good teacher and learners’ differences. It also provides students with the knowledge of different teaching methodologies and nature of English language. It enables students to teach listening and speaking lessons effectively using different activities.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

–    identify the nature of their students.

–     choose the appropriate teaching materials.

–     create engaging activities.

–     conduct effective and interactive listening and speaking lessons.

Assessment

In this module, students will be assessed through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, assignments, discussions, Presentations (30%) and a final written examination (70%).

Prescribed Coursebook

Jeremy Harmer (2007) How to Teach English (new edition). Pearson Education Ltd.

Reference

Abbott, G. (1981) Teaching English as an International Language. Pearson Education Ltd.

DE 5: Phonetics

Course Description

This module aims to develop students’ English pronunciation and to introduce ways to help their own learners to be able to pronounce English words and English expressions correctly. It introduces the basic terms and theories in phonetics and phonology. Students will learn phonetic symbols or phonemic scripts so that they could check the correct pronunciation of English words in dictionaries. Students will become conscious of correct English pronunciation and will be able to correct their learners’ mispronunciation in English by doing interactive classroom activities like group work, pair work and presentation. Moreover, students will also be provided with sound knowledge of phonetics pedagogy that they can apply in their teaching context, prepare lesson plans and do micro-teaching.

Learning Outcomes

After completion of the course, the participants will be able to:

communicate with the world effectively with clear pronunciation in any context

apply the knowledge of phonetics and pedagogy in their teaching context.

teach phonetics and improve their learners’ pronunciation successfully with a sound knowledge of phonetics and effective teaching strategies.

Assessment

Class work : 30%

Class discussions during the lectures: 5% (Active engagement of students in class discussion is requested. During the lectures, students are expected to give proper response when the teacher asks questions that check their understanding of the elements of phonetics they are studying and to give their own examples enthusiastically. The instructor leads the class discussion to check students’ understanding and help them to get ideas and examples of each element through practices in pairs and in groups. Their active participation will be highly appreciated or graded.)

Attendance: 5% (Students are to attend all lectures and their attendance will be one of the criteria in assessment.)

Written Assignment and recording: 5% (written tasks assigned for elements of phonetics: vowels, consonants, stress, intonation, assimilation, etc. Students are asked to work in groups, so that they can learn from each other by sharing their own ideas, examples in groups. The teacher gives a grade to the paper submitted by groups and sometimes individuals. Students are also asked to record their pronunciation of consonants, vowels, stress in words/phrases/ sentences and stress and intonation in sentences and texts, then send to teacher via email or in google drive. Teacher will send the sample pronunciation recording so that students can check their pronunciation.)

Presentation: 5% (Three-fold group assessment will be carried out. The teacher gives a grade to the group’s final product, group members give a grade to each other, and each group member gives a grade to him/herself, and justifies it. Every student’s grade is then a combination of: 50% teacher’s grade, 30% average of peer grades, and 20% of self-assigned grades.)

Micro-teaching: 10% (The teacher gives a grade to the lesson plan and teaching procedures, each peer student gives a grade to the demonstrator, and justifies it. Every student’s grade is then a combination of: 60% teacher’s grade: (30% on lesson plan, 30% on micro-teaching), and 40% average of peer grades.)

Final Examination: 70%

References

Basic Phonetics (YIOE)

Clark,John, Yallop, Colin. An Introduction to Phonetics and Phonology. UK: Blackwell

Publishers Ltd.

Stewart, Thomas W. Language Files: Materials for an Introduction to Language and

               Linguistics.

Yule, G. (2010) The Study of Language: Fourth edition, Cambridge University Press

DE 6: Teaching Pronunciation, Vocabulary and Grammar

Course Description

This module introduces methods and techniques to teach English grammar, vocabulary and pronunciation in different contexts. Students will be first introduced to various techniques for teaching grammar, vocabulary and pronunciation. Then, students have to evaluate the methods they are introduced and reflect their own experience of language learning. Finally, students have to practise these techniques in class and in microteaching sessions.

Learning Outcomes

After completing the module successfully, the students will be able to:

describe various theories, methods and techniques to teach English grammar, vocabulary and pronunciation.

evaluate and apply appropriate methods and techniques for their students.

integrate appropriate techniques to teach English grammar, vocabulary and pronunciations for Myanmar learners of English.

carry out research to find insights of teaching English grammar, vocabulary and pronunciation in Myanmar.

Assessment

In this module, students will be assessed through a combination of attendance, discussions, presentations and micro-teaching (30%) and a final written examination (70%).

References

Ur, P. (1996). A Course in Language Teaching: Practice and Theory. Cambridge, CUP.

Websites

https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320571421.

www2.vobs.at/ludescher/pdf files/grammar.pdf ·

https://www.eduhk.hk/ele/programmes/professional.

https://americanenglish.state.gov/files/ae/.

POST-GRADUATE DIPLOMA – ENGLISH SEMESTER – II

Module No. Name of Module Credit Points Hours per Week

Lecture Tutorial

DE 1 Developing Communicative Skills – 2 4 3 2

DE 2 Linguistics and Grammar – 2 4 3 2

DE 3 Methodology – 2 4 3 2

DE 4 Teaching Reading and Writing Skills 4 3 2

DE 5 Managing the Teaching and Learning Process 4 3 2

DE 6 Basic Research Methodology and Project 4 3 2

Total 24 18 12

Total Credit: 24 Total Hours: 30

DE 7: Developing Communicative Skills – 2

Course Description

This module aims at developing students’ communicative skills: listening skills, speaking skills, reading skills and writing skills. Reading component familiarizes students with a variety of texts that develop students’ information gathering skills, thinking skills, literal as well as inferential comprehension skills. Writing component provides students with a firm foundation in writing formal, informal business letters and academic papers. Speaking component provides students with useful expressions that can be used in different social, academic and business contexts. Listening component provides students with opportunities to listen to authentic listening materials from a variety of sources to promote understanding. Vocabulary component deals with developing students’ ability to infer meaning from words as used in the context and in building up their vocabulary. Grammar component introduces a variety of sentence structures which will help students improve their reading as well as writing skills.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

–     identify the main ideas in a text through skimming and scanning.

–     generate different types of questions based on the reading text.

produce well-organized academic essays and cover letters.

identify key functions and principles of communication and participate in interviews.

apply adequate speaking skills to communicative effectively.

apply specific strategies to show their teamwork skills while working in teams.

Assessment

There are six assignments / tutorials (individual and group work) that make up 30% of the final mark of this course. The assignments / tutorials are related to the material covered in class. The final written examination will count 70% of the total marks.

Prescribed Coursebook

Dummett, P, Hughes, J & Stephenson, H (2014) Life Advanced, T’s book, Work book, St’ book. Cheriton House,United Kingdom.

References

Acklam, R.& Crace, A. (2008) Total English, Advanced, Students’ Book.London: Pearson Longman.

Clare,A.& Wilson,J. J. (2008) Total English, Advanced, Work Book.London: Pearson Longman.

Naughton,D. (2008) Total English, Advanced, Teacher’s Resource Book.London: Pearson Longman.

DE 8: Linguistics and Grammar – 2

Course Description

This module introduces the fundamental concepts of linguistics and the major areas of linguistics on morphology (the structure of words) and syntax. It introduces the techniques of linguistic analysis and equips students with knowledge and skills for future linguistic research and studies. This module also offers excellent materials and a wide range of grammatical topics with accessible theoretical explanations along with numerous examples followed by several exercises. Based on the materials, it also explains the role of grammar in language teaching and explores ways to teach grammar effectively.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

demonstrate sound knowledge of different areas of linguistics.

describe and explain linguistic phenomena.

analyze the structure of different languages.

collect and process language data for language research.

discuss critically linguistic issues in the areas of morphology and syntax.

understand the importance of grammar in teaching a language and apply ways of teaching grammar effectively in any context.

Assessment

Assessment will be done through the following modes:

a formal written examination (70%)

a combination of tutorial-based assessment (10%), presentations and discussion (10%) and formal written assignments (10%)

References

Eastwood, J. (1992). Oxford Practice Grammar

Poole, S. C. (1999). An Introduction to Linguistics. Macmillan

Other learning resources: Websites like you-tube

DE 9: Methodology – 2

This module deals with classroom management techniques. It trains learners to create the most engaging and positive-learning environment, creating and maintaining rapport with their students. It also trains learners to anticipate and avoid problems in the classroom, allowing more time to be devoted to meaningful activities. By analysing the classroom from three perspectives: the classroom, the teacher and the learners, this module presents a ground-breaking analysis of 14 kinds of teacher intervention, allowing learners to examine the way they communicate with their students. It also deals with critical teaching issues including mixed level classes in difficult physical conditions.

Learning Outcomes

After completion of the course, students will be able to:

choose the best techniques to deal with their students in different backgrounds, ages and language levels.

solve any unforeseeable problems in their real teaching contexts.

create a positive working model whereby their students are motivated to try their best in all class activities.

Assessment

This module will be assessed through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, classroom observation, (30%) and a final closed book written examination (70%).

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

tutorial-based assessment, group works and written assignments

classroom observation and giving feedbacks

a closed book examination

References

Scrivener, J. (2012) Classroom Management Techniques. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press

Other learning resources including websites, and videos are provided.

DE 10: Teaching Reading and Writing Skills

Course Description

This module introduces students not only to different reading strategies and activities but also to different writing genres and writing issues. It enables students to choose a coursebook and to use it effectively in teaching. It enhances students’ understanding of the use of lesson plan in language teaching. It provides students with assessment knowledge and different test items.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

select an appropriate coursebook for their teaching.

devise a detailed lesson sequence.

create engaging activities.

design reliable tests.

create effective and interactive reading and writing lessons.

Assessment

In this module, students will be assessed through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, assignments, discussions, presentations, and micro-teaching (30%) and a final written examination (70%).

Prescribed Coursebook

Jeremy Harmer (2007) How to Teach English (new edition). Pearson Education Ltd.

References

Abbott, G. (1981) Teaching English as an International Language

Regier, N. (2012) Book Two: 60 Formative Assessment Strategies. Regier Educational Resources

DE 11: Managing the Teaching and Learning Process

Course Description

This module provides an overall insight into the principles and practices of the teaching and learning process. It aims at broadening the students’ understanding of approaches to levels of understanding and learning styles, outcomes-based course planning and designing, and monitoring and evaluation in classrooms. It will enhance students’ skills in writing learning goals and outcomes and statements. It will also address issues related to student motivation and reflective practice, and provide strategies for enhancing student motivation and reflective practice.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module students will be able to:

distinguish different learning styles of students.

write learning goals and outcomes statements for a course or a module.

design a course or a module that they are particularly interested in.

prepare for pre-observation conference, observation and post-observation conference.

define types of motivation and explain different motives and behaviours.

apply the theoretical knowledge to become reflective practitioners.

Assessment

In this module, students will be assessed through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, class and group discussion, presentations, formal written assignments and a final examination.

Students will be able to demonstrate the completion of learning outcomes by:

active participation in the class and group discussions for each lesson (10%)

four tutorials, which test the students’ understanding of the theories they have learnt (10%)

producing assignments which require them to apply theories into practice (5%)

giving presentations on the assigned group work for designing a course (5%)

a closed book examination (70%)

References

Fry, H., Ketteridge, S., Marshall, S. (2009). A Handbook for Learning & Teaching in Higher Education, Second Edition, London, Routledge.

Department of Education (2008), Managing teaching and learning A module of the Advanced Certificate: Education (School Management and Leadership), Department of Education.

Resources for English Language Training and Supervision for University Lecturers in Myanmar. SEAMEO RELC, Singapore.

DE 12: Basic Research Methodology and Project

Course Description

This module is designed to guide students to do research; to impart terms and theories of research methods and procedures; and train them to become confident to do their own research in the field of language teaching and learning. At the end of the course, students will have experienced in doing projects in groups while studying the methods, procedures and practices in language teaching; in writing up the report of their project work (a related topic in English language teaching and learning); and doing presentation on their research project.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

discuss the terms, research methods and procedure to carry out a research project.

choose the appropriate method and procedure for their own research.

conduct research for their action research project.

write up a research report in a proper format.

Assessment

In this module, students will be assessed through a combination of tutorial-based assessment, assignments, discussions, presentations, (30%) and a final written examination (70%).

References

Walliman, N. (2011). Your Research Project: Designing and Planning Your Work. Sage Publications Ltd.

Weissberg, R & Buker, S. (1990). Writing up Research. Prentice Hall Printing.

Dawson, C. (2002). Practical Research Methods. How To Books Ltd. UK.

MA QUALIFYING – ENGLISH                                                   SEMESTER – I

Core Courses

Eng 5201      English Literature – 15

Eng 5202      Intercultural Communication – 1

Eng 5203      English Language Studies – 7 (Introduction to Sociolinguistics and Psycholinguistics)

Eng 5204      Effective Negotiating and Effective Meetings

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Eng 5205      World Literature in English – 1

Eng 5206      Communicative Skills – 9

Eng 5207      Business English – 5

Eng 5208     English for Hospitality and Tourism – 1

* An English specialisation student will have to take two electives (elective 1*and 2* ) from among those offered.

MA QUALIFYING – ENGLISH                                                   SEMESTER – II

Core Courses

Eng 5209      English Literature – 16

Eng 5210      Intercultural Communication – 2

Eng 5211      English Language Studies – 8 (Introduction to Stylistics and Pragmatics)

Eng 5212      English in the Media

Elective Courses (for English Specialisation)

Eng 5213      World Literature in English – 2

Eng 5214      Communicative Skills – 10

Eng 5215      Business English – 6

Eng 5216      English for Hospitality and Tourism – 2

* An English specialisation student will have to take two electives (elective 1*and 2*) from among those offered.

Daw Nem Sian Man

Name

:

Daw Nem Sian Man

Present Appointment

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

B.Sc (Zoology), M.Sc (Entomology)

Carrier history

:

Demonstrator (2012 – 2016)
Assistant Lecturer (2016 – to date)

Course taught

:

–

Research interest

:

Parasitology

E mail Address

:

nsman.nunu@gmail.com

Phone Number

:

+95 09257999299

Publications

:

–

Dr. May Thu Rein Oo

Name

:

Dr. May Thu Rein Oo

Present Appointment

:

Lecturer

Department

:

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon

Qualifications

:

(a)B.Sc (Qualify), Zoology, Dagon University, Myanmar
(b) M.Sc (Ichthyology), Dagon University, Myanmar
(c) M.Res (Ichthyology), Dagon University, Myanmar
(d) Ph.D (Ichthyology), University of Yangon, Myanmar

Carrier history

:

(a) Demonstrator (2012-2016)
(b) Assistant Lecturer (2016-2020)
(c) Lecturer (2020- to date)

Course taught

:

I have given Lecture classes to the students since 2016. These lectures are FA-1105 Systematic of fishes II, FA-2111 Aquaculture facility and system, FA-2112 Aquatic Pollution and Toxicology, FA-2107 Fisheries Management, FA-3204 Aquaculture and Sustainability, and FA-3201 Hatchery Technology I.

Supervising

:

1- Undergraduate student, 1- MSc student

Research interest

:

(a)Productive of fish larvae feed, marine microalgae Nannochloropsis sp.,Chlorella sp.,Chaetoceros sp., Tetraselmis sp.
(b) Productive of fish larvae feed, marine zooplankton Rotifer sp.
(c) Live food culture and larval rearing of fin fishes
(d) Water quality management in aquaculture
(e)Reproductive development of aquatic organisms

Trainings

:

(1)“Capacity Building of University Faculty in Aquaculture Production Science I” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon”. (7-16 June, 2017)
(2)“Shared Experiences in Developing Sustainable Seafood in Myanmar” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (10-15 July, 2017)
(3)“Capacity Building of University Faculty in Aquaculture Production Science II” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (27-30 Nov 2017)
(4)“Hatchery Management and Pathology in Aquaculture” at Cantho University, Vietnam. (4-31 March, 2018)
(5)The 1st workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (May, 2018)
(6)The 2nd workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (July, 2018)
(7)The 3rd workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (August, 2018)
(8)The 4th workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (December, 2018)
(9)Introductory Bioinformatic Workshop” at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (December, 2018)
(10)The 5th workshop for supporting Fisheries and Aquaculture Bachelor Degree Curriculum at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (May, 2019)
(11)Principle of Curriculum Development and Writing, Learning Objectives and Principle of Education Science at Aquatic Bioscience lab, University of Yangon (11, June, 2019)
(12)Online Training of Proposal Writing presented by Partners of the America’s Farmer- to-Farmer Myanmar Program (6-10 July, 2020)
(13)Online Training of Course description for BSc (Fisheries and Aquaculture) (20-24 July, 2020)
(14)Online Training of Email Writing Course (1/2020) (December, 2020)
(15)Online Training of Business Planning Training (December, 2020)
(16)Online Training of Modern Fishery Technologies for South Asia Countries (Technical Level) (December, 2021)
(17)2022 Training of Higher – Order – Thinking Skills for ASEAN Educators (12-14, October, 2022)

Symposium

:

International Fisheries Symposium (IFS, 2019) in Malaysia (18-21 November, 2019)Species richness and population abundance of fishes in Leasable inlets of Twante Township, Yangon Region, Myanmar, Dr. May Thu Rein Oo, Dr. Min Thu Aung, Dr. Kay Lwin Tun

Awards

:

The Hitachi Global Foundation Asia Innovation Award 2020 (November, 2020) (As a follower)

E mail Address

:

drmaythureinoo77@gmail.com

Selected Publications

:

1.Kay Lwin Tun, Siddhartha Kanrar, Kevin M. Fitzsimmons, Jean E. McLain, Luis F. Aranguren, Moe T. Oo, Hlain H. T. Kyi, May T. Oo, and Arun K. Dhar Identification of acute hepatopancreaticnecrosis disease (AHPND) in Black Tiger shrimp (Penaeus monodon) Pacific White shrimp (Penaeus vannamei), and Freshwater shrimp (Macrobrachium rosenbergii) (to be submitted to Diseases of Aquatic Organisms, 2019)
2.Kathy Moe, MayThu Rein Oo and Kay Lwin Tun “Induced Breeding and Rearing of Monopterus albus (Zuiew, 1793) swamp eel larvae with four different kinds of feeds” published at University of Yangon Research Journal, 2019, VoL9. No.2
3.Khin Thiri Khit , Ei Mon Ko, May Thu Rein Oo and Kay Lwin Tun “Induced Breeding of Stinging Catfish, Heteropneustes fossilis, (Bloch, 1794) using different hormones” published at Universities of Research Journal , 2019, VoL12
4.Ca Tin Hoi, Khin Mar Kyi, May Thu Rein Oo, Kay Lwin Tun. Investigation on some diseases of short fin eel Anguilla bicolor from McClelland, 1844 from fattening concrete tank. University of Yangon Research Journal, 9 (2), pp. 453-470, 2019.
5.Sandar Win, Sein Sein Win and May Thu Rein Oo “Study on some aquarium Fishes from Mandalay” published at Mandalay University of Distance Education Research Journal,2018,VoL 1
6.May Thu Rein Oo, Min Thu Aung and Kay Lwin Tun “Species richness and population abundance of fishes in Leasable inlets of Twante Township, Yangon Region, Myanmar” to be submitted to 2019 ASEAN-FEN 9th INTERNATIONAL FISHERIES SYMPOSIUM (IFS 2019)
7.May Thu Rein Oo, Cho Cho Thin, Cho Cho Mar, Kay Lwin Tun. “Productive of fish larvae feed, Nanochloropsis Sp. Using different fertilizer Media” Published at University of Yangon Research Journal 2022, Vol.11, No 2, pp, 469-480.

Asian Vertebrates International Symposium (AVIS)

AVIS was organized by Department of Zoology, University of Yangon, in collaboration with Japan Society for Promotion of Science and the Kyoto University Museum, Kyoto University, Japan.
Objectives of AVIS
1. Formation of Asian (ASEAN + East Asia) network / platform for Asian Vertebrate Species Diversity
2. Sharing the importance of specimens and museums Development of young researchers and students for sustainable biodiversity research

1. Kyoto University and University of Yangon International Symposium:
– 5th Dec, 2017
– Diamond Jubilee Hall, University of Yangon

2. JSPS Core-to-Core Program:
– 7th International Symposium on Asian Vertebrates Species Diversity
– 7th – 8th Dec, 2017
– Art Hall, University of Yangon

3. JSPS Core-to-Core Program:
– Field Training Workshop for Asian Vertebrate Species Diversity Research
– 8th – 9th Dec, 2017
– Hlawga Wildlife Park, Yangon

Environmental Study

Department of Zoology, University of Yangon provides weekly lectures on Ecological Science in the Post Graduate Diploma in Environmental Study through the one year course.

Course contents:
1. Biodiversity and Ecosystems
2. Trophic level: Food chain and Food Web
3. Animal ecology: Diversity and population
4. Adaption and distribution
5. Myanmar IUCN Red List animal species and conservation strategy

Fishery Science

Lecture and Practical in B.Sc course

– B.Sc (Zoology)
– B.Sc (Fisheries and Aquaculture)
– M.Sc (Zoology)
– M.Res (Zoology)
– PhD (Zoology)
– Annual special lectures will be delivered by professors and lecturers from Department of Biological Science, National University of Singapore (NUS)

Paleontology (PhD)

PALEONTOLOGY SPECIALIZATION

Total Hour – 24

SYLLABUS

Geol 711P              Biochronology & Paleoecology

Biochronology

Introduction to Biostratigraphy

Biostratigraphic Zones

Bio-and Chronostratigraphic Units]

Correlation of Biostratigraphic Zones

Geochronology anf Radiometric Dating Methods

Paleoecology

Paleoautecology and Paleosynecology

Evidence of Organic Activities in Rock-layers

Relationships among biological communities

Comparison with modern species

Environmental Associates

Evolution of communities through Stratigraphic Record

Geol 712P              Advanced Invertebrate Paleontology

Application of Invertebrate Paleontology to geological problems

Use of Paleozoic and Mesozoic Index fossil species and fossil assemblages in dating, correlation, and stratigraphical subdivision

Taxonomic principles and methods used in generic and specific level identification of macro and microfossils

Geol 713P              Vertebrate Paleontology & Paleobotany

Vertebrate Paleontology

Human Paleontology

Stratigraphic Vertebrate Paleontology

Selected Vertebrate Paleontology

Selected Topics and Assignment

Geol   714P     Micropaleontology

     Systematic study of Foraminifera and their biostratigraphic significance with a special reference to Myanmar, and Myanma fusulinids.

     Introduction to Conodonta.

* Four term papers and seminars are required; at least two should be from Module No. 711P

ECONOMIC GEOLOGY SPECIALIZATION

Total Hour – 24

SYLLABUS

Geol 711ECG                Economic Geology

Principles, Types of ore deplosits (Myanmar examples)

Ore deposit models

Ore microscopy

Mineralization in relation to rock type

Mineralization in relation to plate tectonic settings

Analytical methods.

Geol 712ECG                Mining Geology

Uses of geologic principls in ore-rearch

Sampling and estimation of ore reserves

Mining and processing methods

Mineral economic and evaluation.

Geol 713ECG                Geophysics

Theorectical Geophysics

Exploration Geophysics

Data acquisition and analysis

Geol 714ECG                Geochemistry

Principles: Thermodynamics, Phase rule and equilibrium, Solution chemistry

Ion exchange, geochemical environments

Applied Geochemical methods: geothermometry, geobarometry, fluid inclusion study, isotopic study-stable isotopes and radiometric isotopes.

Exploration Geochemistry.

* Four term papers and seminars are required; at least two should be from Module No. 711ECG

SEDIMENTOLOGY SPECIALIZATION

Total Hour – 24

SYLLABUS

Geol 711S        Selected Topics in Sedimentology

Sedimentation and plate tectonics

Current trends in sedimentology

Global sea level changes and its effect on local sedimentary environments

Modern techniques in sedimentology

Sedimentary basins in Myanmar

Trace fossils and sedimentary environments

Sequence stratigraphy

Geol 712S        Geochemistry of sediments

Isotope geochemistry and sedimentary environment

Thermodynamics

Oxidation and reduction potential of sedimentary environments

Sedimentary geochemistry

Geol 713S        Sedimentology of clastic and non-clastic rocks

Composition

Texture and structure

Classification

Origin

Geol 714S        Sedimentation and sedimentary environments

Sedimentation and sedimentary environments

Recent sedimentation

Applied sedimentation

Sedimentary facies and basin modeling

* Four term papers and seminars are required; at least two should be from Module No. 711S

REGIONAL GEOLOGY SPECIALIZATION

Total Hour – 24

SYLLABUS

Geol 711R   Structural Geology & Tectonic

Advanced Structural Geology-Some Selected Topics

Structural Petrology and Petrofabrics

Recent Advances in Global Tectonics

Geodynamics of India-Asia Collision

Regional Neotectonics & Seismicity of Myanmar-Reciew and Problems

Geol 712R   Petrology & Economic Geology

Advanced Igneous Petrology-Some Selected Topics

Advanced Metamorphic Petroloty-Some Selected Topics

Economic Mineral Deposits of Myanmar-A Brief Review

Geol 713R   Sedimentology & Stratigraphy

Clastic Petrography

Carbonate Petrography

Facies and Microfacies

Sequence Stratigraphy

Geol 714R   Paleontology

Biostratigraphy

Paleoecology

Micropaleontology (OR) Vertebrate Paleontology

*Four term papers and seminars are required; at least two should be from Module No. 711R

PETROLOGY SPECIALIZATION

Total Hour – 24

SYLLABUS

Geol 711PT         Advanced Igneous Petrology

Principles

Recent Advances

Igneous Petrology of Myanmar

Geol 712PT         Advanced Metamorphic Petrology

Principles

Recent Advances

Metamorphic Petrology of Myanmar

Geol 713PT         Geochemistry for Petrology

Principles

Experimental Petrology

Applications

Geol 714PT         Selected Topics in Petrology

History of Petrology

Plate Tectonics & Petrology

Ore Deposits & Rocks

Structural Petrology

Extra-terrestrial Petrology

* Four term papers and seminars are required; at least two should be from Module No. 711PT

ENGINEERING GEOLOGY SPECIALIZATION

Total Hour – 24

SYLLABUS

Geol 711EG          Advanced Geotechnology

Advanced Soil Mechanic

Advanced Rock Mechanic

Instrumentation

Geol 712EG        Engineering Geology

Foundation Geology and Design

Advanced Engineering Geology

Application of Engineering Geology in Environmental Science

Geol 713EG        Groundwater Related Problems in Geotechnical Engineering

The Study of Soil-Water in the State of Static Equilibrium

The Study of Soil-Water in the State of Dyanmic Equilibrium(concepts, methods, determination processes of both field and laboratory)

Seepage Analysis and FilterDesign

Geol 714EG        Advanced Structural Geology and Engineering Mathematics

Limits, Dervatives

Integration of Algebraic Functions and Transcendental Functions

Plane Analytic Geometry, Partial Differential, Multiple Integration and solution of Ordinary Linear Differential Equations

Advanced Structural Geology

* Four term papers and seminars are required; at least two should be from Moduke No. 711EG

HYDROGEOLOGY SPECIALIZATION

Total Hour – 24

SYLLABUS

Geol 711HG          Geotechnical Engineering and Groundwater

Principles of soil mechanics rock mechanics

Geotechnical problems related with groundwater (pore-pressures, landslides, slope stability, dams and related problems, groundwater inflow into tunnels and excavation)

Geol 712HG          General Hydrogeology

Groundwater resources evaluation(pumping tests)

Hydrochemistry

(a) Hydrochemical sequences and facies

(b) Graphical methods and hydrochemistry

Groundwater in Carbonate Terrain

Groundwater in Crystalline Terrain

Groundwater in Complex Sedimentary Terrain

Geol 713HG          Selected Topics in Hydrogeology

General Hydrogeology of Myanmar

Groundwater in Geologic Processes

(a) Groundwater and Structural Geology

(b) Groundwater and Petroleum Geology

(c) Groundwater and Thermal Processes

(d) Groundwater and Economic Mineralization

Groundwater Pollution and Restoration

Groundwater Modeling

Groundwater Development and Management

Geol 714HG          Advanced Structural Geology and Engineering Mathematics

Limits, Derivatives and Interation of Algebraic Funstions,

Transcendental Functions, Plane Analytic Geometry,

Linear Algaebra-vector in a-space, Vector Functions and Derivatives,Partial

Differentiation, Multiple Integral and

Solution of ordinary linear differential equations

Advanced Structural Geology

* Four term papers and seminars are required; at least two should be from Module No. 711HG

BA First Year (Honours)

BA Honours First Year(Semester I)

Foundation Course

Eng 3001 (3) English

Core Courses

Phil 3201 (4) Western Aesthetics
Phil 3202 (4) Advanced Logic-I
Phil 3203 (4) Philosophy of History-I
Phil 3204 (4) Myanmar Culture and Myanmar Ways of Thinking-I

Elective Courses (for Philosophy Specialization)

Phil 3206 (3) Ethics-I (Theoretical Ethics)

Module No. : Phil 3201

Module Name : Western Aesthetics

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims at begin the nature and scope of aesthetics, difference between art and aesthetics, general characteristics of aesthetics, different kinds of art criticism and the introduction to some aesthetic movements and some philosophers’ view on aesthetics of western traditions in classical period, in transitional period, and in modern period from the philosophical perspective. In addition, the course will provide an orientation about the notion of aesthetics and its applied values in not only in the sphere of art works, it can be found out or appreciate in daily life’s experience of the people through comparison between the Western aesthetic theories and those of the East.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. The Nature of Aesthetics
1.1. The definition of Aesthetics
1.2. The history of Aesthetics
1.3. Art and Aesthetics
1.4. Aesthetics and Art Criticism
2. Different Kinds of Art Criticism
3. Art and Society (Western Theories)
4. A Critical Study of Western Aesthetics
4.1. The Classical Period
4.2. The Transitional Period
4.3. The Modern Period

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to improve the understanding about western aesthetics as a significant philosophical study as its applied value in daily life as well as professional

to become familiar with the aesthetic movements and aesthetic concepts in the western traditions

to learn how to appreciate and interpret the role of aesthetics in society or several areas from the multidisciplinary perspective

it is designed to help students to be upgraded their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening

it challenges students to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

draw out meaning from given data or statements, generate and evaluate arguments and make their own judgement

study collaboratively with each other through group practices and competitions for getting effective communicative skill

synthesize the different views of other scholars to draw the effective conclusion and manipulate self-study skills

select what methods are suitable to do the effective study in this course and trace the former theories by using online or off line literature survey

organize the research frame logically and arrange good presentation with effective power point slides

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

indicate the intimate relationship between art and morality, art and society and interpret the different theories of art and artistic movements in western traditions

judge what is authentic or inauthentic art by means of its genuine aesthetic value

utilize their knowledge of value judgment in their daily lives

reconstruct a new perspective to recommend the further studies about axiological studies

show their ideas with the suitable tools and devices which are needed to make presentation of the value theories in line with logical sequence with others.

REFERENCES

1. Aldrich, V. C. (1963). Philosophy of Art. Englewood Cliff: Prentice Hall, Inc.
2. Beardsley, M.E. (1966). Aesthetics from Classical Greece to the Present. New York: The Macmillan Company.
3. Commaraswamy, A. C. (1948). The Dance of Shivas. Calcutta, Asia Publishing House, Bombay.
4. Fisher, E. (1959). The Necessity of Art. London, Penguin Book Ltd.
5. Graham, Gordon. (2000). Philosophy of The Arts_An Introduction to Aesthetics_(2nd Edition). London & New York: Routledge.
6. Ridling, Zaine PhD. (2001). Philosophy Then and Now: A Look Back at 26 Centuries of Thought , Part III & IV. Access Foundation.
7. Stolnitz, J. (1981). Aesthetics and Philosophy of Art Criticism. New York, Houghton Mifflin Company.
8. နိုင်ဇော်။ (၂၀၁၀)။ အနုပညာ၏သရဖူကိုသွန်းလုပ်ခြင်း။ ရန်ကုန်၊ သီရိဝစ္ဆစာပေ။

Module No. : Phil 3202

Module Name : Advanced Logic-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course assumes to familiar with symbolic logic, including the meanings of the logical constants, translation from English into logical language, truth tables and a deductive proof system. The special symbols of logic are much better adapted than ordinary language to the actual process of inferences. The use of special technical symbols can also make the nature of deductive inference clear. This course covers some basic rules, concepts and skills of logic. Students will learn how to identify deductive arguments; how to use truth-tables, Polish, Quine methods and formal proof to check deductive validity. These skills have lifelong benefits for improving one’s writing, thinking, critical assessment of ideas and personal autonomy.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. A Brief History of Logic
2. Truth Functional Logic
2.1. Simple and Compound Statements
2.2. The Nature of Implication
2.3. Argument Forms and Truth Tables
2.4. Truth-value Analyses
2.5. Tautologies, Contradictions and Contingencies
2.6. Material Equivalences
2.7. Testing Implications and Equivalences by Quine’s Method
3. The method of deduction
3.1. Formal Proof of validity
3.2. Incompleteness of the Nineteen Rules
3.3. The Rules of Conditional Proof
3.4. The Rule of Indirect Proof
3.5. Proof of Tautologies
3.6. Proving Invalidity
3.7. Shorter Truth Table Technique (Reductio ad Absurdum Method)
3.8. The Strengthened Rule of Conditional Proof

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to know the meaning and definition of symbolic logic and its usefulness

to obtain the ability to identify validity and invalidity of an argument containing truth functionally compound statements by the some methods

to apply the principles for Formal Proof of Validity, Conditional Proof and Indirect Proof.

to realize that the proper use of logic is a reasonable way to solve problems

to help students cover the most recent developments in contemporary logic and learn modal and philosophical logics as well as alternative logical systems.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

solve the linguistic difficulties in sciences by using technical and special symbolisms

improve the ability to think carefully and critically and writing skills which is essential for success in any field of work

discuss logical analyses of the relations of philosophical concepts in specific areas

develop self-study skills and critical thinking skill

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

apply the principles of logic to ordinary language reasoning

realize that the proper use of logic is a reasonable way to solve problems

share the basic skills of 21st century higher education students such as critical thinking, analytical and synthesis, decision-making, problem-solving, self-study, and communication skills

reconstruct lifelong benefits for improving one’s writing, thinking, and critical assessment of ideas

challenge their own ideas and to develop self-understanding in the context of a diverse range of ideas which inform contemporary controversies and social conflict.

Module No. : Phil 3203

Module Name : Philosophy of History-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to introduce the nature of philosophy of history, the difference between the historical knowledge and scientific knowledge, the idealist account of explanation in history, the nature of the correspondence and coherence theory and its role in history, and nineteenth century historical theories from some philosophers’ point of view.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. The Nature of Philosophy of History
2. A Philosophical Study of Historical Problems
3. A study of some nineteenth century historical theories
3.1. Kant’s conception of history
3.2. Herder’s conception of history

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to cultivate their knowledge of philosophical history

to become general understanding of the philosophy of history and a specific understanding of some portion of that history

to learn how to appreciate and interpret the role of philosophy of history from the multidisciplinary perspective

to help students to be upgraded their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening

it challenges students to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

Understand philosophy of history, including knowing their nature, main ideas and theories

demonstrate the philosophical study of historical problems

discuss how several major philosophers have understood history and how they differently portray history

reflect critically on the adequacy of historians’ explanations both new perspective and those of others

improve team work and competitions for getting effective communicative skill by doing presentation

The specific learning outcomes

After this study, students will be able to

understand recent developments in the philosophy of history and speak knowledgeably about them.

indicate philosophical views or theory more than one perspective

share their knowledge and ideas to the others effectively

distinguish philosophical accounts of problem from other kinds of theoretical explanations

improve writing philosophical essays with reasonable arguments

REFERENCES

1. Carr, E. H. (1964). What is History. London: Cox and Warnan Ltd.
2. Collingwood, R. G. (1965). Essays in Philosophy of History. Texas: University of Texas Press.
3. Khaler, E. (1968). The Meaning of History (Meridian Book). New York: World Pub. Co.
4. Popper, K. R. (1969). The Poverty of Historicism, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
5. Walsh, W. H. (1967). An Introduction to Philosophy of History. London, Hutchinson University Library.

Module No. : Phil 3204

Module Name : Myanmar Culture and Myanmar Ways of Thinking-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to introduce salient features of Myanmar culture and philosophical thought. This course will provide an overview of Myanmar thought on reality, knowledge, and morality. In this course, some Myanmar proverbs and categories of dialectic method indicates a right way for the achievement of success in human’s thoughts and actions. In addition, Myanmar proverbs synthesize the opposites not to go the extremes and to have right actions in all deeds. The philosophical outlooks can be reduced from Myanmar proverbs.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Nature and Definition of Myanmar Culture
2. Nature of Myanmar Way of Thinking
3. Philosophical impact on Myanmar Traditional Festival
4. Myanmar Thought on Reality
5. Myanmar Thought on Knowledge
6. Myanmar Thought on Morality
7. Myanmar Proverbs and Categories of Dialectic Method

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to give Myanmar thought on reality, knowledge and morality

to learn Myanmar thought based on rich cultural traditions of Myanmar

to understand the concept of Mind, Matter in Myanmar traditional thought

to know the pairs of the categories of Dialectic Method in Myanmar proverbs

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

discuss salient features of Myanmar culture and philosophical thought

identify the nature and scope of Myanmar traditional thought

manipulate self-study skills, decision making skills, analytical skills and synthetic skills

make fair-minded or positive critique

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

understand significant concepts in Myanmar traditional thought

apply the crucial role of dialectical method in studying Myanmar culture and ways of thinking

to propose new perspectives on Myanmar culture to make recommendation to other scholars in the same area of study

discuss their own ideas in line with logical sequence with others

REFERENCES

1. Burma Piṭaka Association. (1987). Digha Nikãya-Long Discourses of the Buddha. Tokyo: Bukkyo Dendo Kyokai (Buddhist Promoting Foundation) (Reproduced and co-distributed).
2. K. (2006). Myanmar Culture. Yangon: Today Publishing.
3. Khin Myo Chit. (1995). Colorful Myanmar. Yangon: Parami Sarpay.
4. Hla Pe, Dr. (1962). Myanmar Proverbs. London: John Murray.
5. Htin Aung, Dr. (1962). Folk Element in Myanmar Buddhism. London: Oxford University Press.
6. Ledi Sayadaw. (1965). Manual of Buddhism. Rangoon: Buddha Sasana Council.
7. Nakamura, Hajime. (1964). Ways of Thinking of Eastern People. Honolulu: East-West Center Press.
8. Shwe Zan Aung. (1956). Compendium of Philosophy. London: Luzac & Co Ltd.
9. Taw Sein Ko. (1913). Burmese Sketches. Rangoon: British Burma Press.
10. စန္ဒာဆွေ။(၁၉၇၇)။စကားပုံကပြောသောဒဿန။ရန်ကုန်၊စိန်ကြည်ပုံနှိပ်တိုက်။
11. သာသနာရေးဝန်ကြီးဌာန။(၁၉၉၇)။ပါထိကဝဂ်ပါဠိတော်-မြန်မာပြန်။ရန်ကုန်မြို့၊သာသနာရေးဝန်ကြီးဌာန၊ သာသနာရေးဦးစီးဌာန။

Module No. : Phil 3206 (Elective)

Module Name : Ethics-I (Theoretical Ethics)

TOTAL HOURS : (60) Hours

Lecture : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– The chief aims of the course are to know the fundamental theory of ethics, the nature and scope of moral philosophy. And then how to define human conduct as good or bad and right and wrong from the ethical point of views. It can study why it is needed to relate an ethical theories and applied ethics in human daily life. Finally, ethics is a dynamic, evolving field of knowledge for applying, balancing, and modifying principles in light of new facts, new technology, new social attitudes and changing economic and political conditions.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. The Nature and Scope of Ethics
2. The Fundamental Concepts of Ethical Problems
3. A General Study of Some Western Ethical Theories
4. A General Study of Some Eastern Ethical Theories
4.1. Indian Ethics
4.2. Chinese Ethics
4.3. Japanese Ethics

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to improve the understanding about ethics as a significant normative study and as its applied value in daily life and professional

to recognize ethics is a dynamic, evolving field of knowledge for applying, balancing, and modifying principles in light of new fact

to learn how to extent and interpret the role of ethics in society or several areas from the multidisciplinary perspectives

it challenges students to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

know and define the basic principles or ideas of fundamental theory of Ethics

identify the results of unethical behaviors in the history of human beings

learn the various ethical theories in western and eastern tradition and compare their strength and weakness of these theories

select good moral guideline for daily life and make open minded

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

indicate the relationship between ethics and morality

utilize the ethical norms and values for solving problems in daily life

identify ethical dilemmas and apply different theoretical approaches

critically assess the relationship between theory and practice in the formulation of values

REFERENCES

1. Fung Ya-Lan. (1948). A Short History of Chinese Philosophy. New York: The Macmillan Company.
2. Fung Yu-Lan. (1962). The Spirit of Chinese Philosophy. (Translated by Hughes). Boston: E. R. Beacon press.
3. Huxley, A. (Translated by Swami Prabhavamanda and Christopher Isherwood). (1954). Bhagava Gita. The new American Library.
4. Kaufman, Walter. (1975). Existentialism from Dosteusky to Sartre. New York: New American Library.
5. K. Piovesana S. J., Gino. (1997). Recent Japanese Philosophical Thought. Tokyo: Japanese Library.
6. Lillie, William. (1948). An Introduction of Ethics. New York: Methuen and Noble Inc.
7. Magill, Franh N. & Jan P Mcgreal. (1981). Masterpieces of World Philosophy. New York: Harper & Row, Publishers.
8. Melden, A.J. (1955). Ethical Theories. Prentice-hall Inc.
9. Robinson, Dave and Chris Garratt. (1999). Introducing Ethics. UK. Icon Books Ltd.
10. Ryusaku Tsunoda & Wm. Theodore de Bary. (1958). Sources of Japanese Tradition. New York: Columbia University Press.
11. Sharma, I.C. (1965). Ethical philosophies of India. New York: George Allen and Unwin.
12. Theodore de Bary, William. (edt.) (1958). Sources of Japanese Tradition. New York: Columbia University Press.
13. Theodore de Bary, William. (edt.) (1964). Source of Indian Tradition. New York: Columbia University Press.
14. Titus, H.H. (1966). Ethics for Today. New Delhi: Eurasia Publishing House.

BA Honours First Year(Semester II)

Foundation Course

Eng 3002 (3) English

Core Courses

Phil 3207 (4) Eastern Aesthetics
Phil 3208 (4) Advanced Logic-II
Phil 3209 (4) Philosophy of History-II
Phil 3210 (4) Myanmar Culture and Myanmar Ways of Thinking-II

Elective Courses (for Philosophy Specialization)

Phil 3212 (3) Ethics-II (Applied Ethics)

Module No. : Phil 3207

Module Name : Eastern Aesthetics

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims at being an introduction to aesthetics of Eastern tradition such as Indian, Chinese, Japanese, and Myanmar art or aesthetic theories from the philosophical perspective. In addition, the course will provide an orientation about the notion of aesthetics and its applied values in not only in the sphere of art works, it can be found out or appreciate in daily life’s experience of the people through comparison between the Western aesthetic theories and those of the East.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. A Study of Some Eastern Aesthetics
1.1. Indian Aesthetics
1.2. Chinese Aesthetics
1.3. Japanese Aesthetics
2. Myanmar Aesthetics
2.1. Introduction to Myanmar Aesthetics
2.2. Zayya’s View on Art
2.3. Zawgyi’s View on Art
2.4. Dagon Taryar’s View on Art
2.5. Letwae Minnyo’s View on Art
2.6. Min Thu Wun’s View on Art
2.7. Shwe Don B Aung’s View on Film
2.8. Director U Thu Kha’s View on Film and Art
2.9. Bagyi Aung Soe’s View on Art

COURSE OBJECTIVE

S
The main objectives of this course are

to improve the understanding about eastern aesthetics as a significant philosophical study as its applied value in daily life as well as professional.

to become familiar with the aesthetic concepts in the Eastern traditions

to learn how to appreciate and interpret the role of aesthetics in society or several areas from the multidisciplinary perspective

it is designed to help students to be upgraded their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening

it challenges students to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

construct own assumptions and to make fair-minded or positive critique

practice for getting effective communicative skill with other people

choose the necessary and meaningful questions to ask other people in conducting their research or study and select what methods are suitable to do the effective study in this course

trace the former theories by using online or off line literature survey

organize the research frame logically and arrange good presentation with effective power point slides

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

judge what is authentic or inauthentic art by means of its genuine aesthetic value and utilize their

knowledge of value judgment in their daily lives
reconstruct a new perspective to recommend the further studies about axiological studies

ask new questions with sense of curiosity whatever they experience the relation of art and morality in daily life and share their knowledge and ideas to the others who have interest on making proper value judgement

discuss their own ideas in line with logical sequence with others

show their ideas with the suitable tools and devices which are needed to make presentation of the value theories

REFERENCES

1. Aldrich, V. C. (1963). Philosophy of Art. Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood.
2. Commaraswamy, A. C. (1948). The Dance of Shivas. Bombay, Calcutta: Asia Publishing House.
3. Graham , Gordon. (2000). Philosophy of The Arts_An Introduction to Aesthetics_(2nd Edition). London & New York: Routledge.
4. Lin Yutang. (1969). The Chinese Theory of Art. London, England: Panther Book.
5. Stanley-Baker, Joan. (1988) Japanese Art, London: Thames and Hudson Ltd.
6. Stolnitz, J. (1981) Aesthetics and Philosophy of Art Criticism. U. S. A: Houghton Mifflin Company.
7. Suzuki, D.T. (1959). Zen and Japanese Culture. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
8. Theodore de Bary, William. (edt.). (1958). The Sources of Japanese Tradition. Vol.1, New York and London: Columbia University Press.
9. Theodore de Bary, William. (edt.). (1980). Sources of Chinese Tradition. New York: Columbia University Press.
10. Ueda Makoto. (1967). Literary and Art Theories in Japan. Cleveland: Press of Western Reserve University.
11. Xu Yuanxiang. (2007). Lao Tzu: The Eternal Tao Te Ching. Beijing: China International Press.
12. Zaw Lynn . (2002). “Contemporary Myanmar Painting as Art in Its Second Function”, Research Journal of the Arts and Science Vol. I: Arts & Humanities. Yangon: University Press.

Module No. : Phil 3208

Module Name : Advanced Logic-II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course can be applied to establish the validity or invalidity of the arguments whose components are the truth-functionally compound statements cannot be applied to the arguments whose components are not compounds. The special symbols of logic are much better adapted than ordinary language to the actual process of inferences. The use of special technical symbols can also make the nature of deductive inference clear. The arguments are symbolized and proved by using nineteen Rules of inference, the strengthened Rule of Conditional Proof, four Quantification Rules and Quantifier Negation.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Quantification Theory
2. Extended Theory of Quantification
3. Theory of Relations
4. Two types of deductive systems
4.1. Propositional calculus
4.2. Class calculus
5. Boolean Expansion

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to know the validity of the arguments involving quantifiers using the four quantification rules, UG, UI, EG and EI

to obtain the ability to identify validity and invalidity of an argument containing truth functionally compound statements by some methods

to apply the symbolize relational propositions in terms of propositional functions

to identity definite description and prove the validity of arguments involving identity symbols

to be able to decide the validity or invalidity of arguments by using the method of transforming into two Boolean Expansions

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

solve the linguistic difficulties in sciences by using technical and special symbolisms

improve the ability to think carefully and critically and writing skills which is essential for success in any field of work

manipulate self-study skill, critical thinking skill and problem solving skill

formulate more definite results by using quantification theories

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

judge the principles of logic to ordinary language reasoning

decide the validity or invalidity of arguments and solve the problems in reasonable way

share the basic skills of 21st century higher education students such as critical thinking, analytical and synthesis, decision-making, problem-solving, self-study, and communication skills

reconstruct lifelong benefits for improving one’s writing, thinking, and critical assessment of ideas

REFERENCES

1. Bernnan, J. G. A Handbook of Logic. New York: Harper & Row.
2. Copi, I. M. Symbolic Logic (Fifth Edition). London: The Macmillan Company,
3. Faris, J. A. (1964). Quantification Theories. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
4. Kar, K. N. and U Hla Bu., (1963). A Text Book of Modern Formal Logic (Third Edition). Yangon: Rangon University Press.
5. Layman, C. Stephen. (2005). The Power of Logic. New York: Mc Graw Hill Co, Inc.
6. Quine, W. V. O. (1962). Method of Logic (Second Edition). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
7. Purtill, R. L. (1971). Logic for Philosophers, New York: Harper & Row.

Module No. : Phil 3209

Module Name : Philosophy of History-II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to introduce philosophy of history and examine the theoretical foundations of the practice, application, and social consequences of history with special reference to some nineteenth and twentieth century philosophers.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. A Study of Some Nineteenth Century Historical Theories
1.1. Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel
1.2. Karl Marx
2. A Study of Some Twentieth Century Philosophy of History
2.1. Leo Tolstoy
2.2. Oswald Spengler
2.3. Arnold Joseph Toynbee
2.4. E. H. Carr
3. Wave Theory of Alvin Toffler

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to explain the meaning of philosophy of history broadly

to become familiar with the famous philosophers’ view of philosophy of history especially from some nineteenth and twentieth century

to learn how to appreciate and interpret the role of philosophy of history from the multidisciplinary perspective

it challenges students to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes

After this study, students will be able to

understand some philosophers’ views on history in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries from the philosophical perspective

identify the significance of key ideas and issues, period and people, events and movements in the world history

discuss the basic features of nineteenth and twentieth centuries historical theories

develop critical thinking skill and analytical skills

do team work and competitions for getting effective communicative skill select what methods are suitable to do the effective study in this course

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

describe the opinions on history of some significant philosophers such as Hegel, Marx, Tolstoy, Spengler, Toynbee and Toffler.

summarize the different ideas and concepts of the significant philosophers

indicate philosophical views or theories more than one perspective

distinguish philosophical accounts of problem from other kinds of theoretical explanations

REFERENCES

1. Atkinson, R. F. (1978). Knowledge and Explanation in History. New York: Macmillan Education Ltd.
2. Carr, E. H. (1964). What is History. Cox and Warnan Ltd.
3. Collingwood, R. G. (1965). Essays in Philosophy of History. Texas: University of Texas Press.
4. Hegel, G. W. F. (1956). The Philosophy of History. New York: Dover Publications, INC.
5. Khaler, E. (1968). The Meaning of History. Meridian Book.
6. Popper, K. R. (1969). The Poverty of Historicism. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
7. Walsh, W. H. (1958). An Introduction to Philosophy of History. London: Hutchinson University Library.
8. Toffler, Alvin. (1982). The Third Wave. New York: Bantan Books.
9. Tolstoy, L. (1970). War and Peace. New York: Macmillan Lid.

Module No. : Phil 3210

Module Name : Myanmar Culture and Myanmar Ways of Thinking-II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to introduce Myanmar view on the causal relation with reference to some Myanmar scholars. It can also be studied humanism in Myanmar literature, Myanmar philosophical view on history and Myanmar cultural traditions. In addition, this course highlights logical reasoning and aesthetic value of Myanmar literature especially in Myanmar riddles and poems. More specifically, this course examines the ethics, logic, and aesthetic value of Myanmar cultural heritage.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Myanmar View on Cause and Effect
2. Humanism in Myanmar Literature
3. Myanmar Philosophical View on History
4. Filial piety in Myanmar Tradition
5. Logical Reasoning in Myanmar Riddles
6. The Role of Myanmar Poems in Environmental Aesthetics

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to understand the concept of Myanmar view on causal relation

to become familiar with Myanmar philosophical view on history

to know the concept of filial Piety in Myanmar and understand the essence of Buddha teaching

to learn how to appreciate Myanmar poems are significant in the environmental conservation

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

understand the concepts of the natural law and social Law in Myanmar Ways of thinking

illustrate the definition of Human Nature and the relation between Man and Nature

point out the concept of filial piety in Myanmar that has been widely influenced by Buddhism

improve analysis in studying Myanmar riddles and pomes

manipulate self-study skills and make fair-minded or positive critique

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

identify Myanmar traditional thought accepts the reality of the concept of law

indicate that the most of Myanmar obey the duty and keep up the obligations of the duty

apply the argument form of Myanmar Sagahta that is nearly similar with informal logic to improve logical thinking and reasoning skills.

formulate their new perspective to present new ideas in environmental conservation

REFERENCES

1. Ba Han, Dr. (edt.). (1964). Shin Uttamagyaw’s Tawla and Letwethondara’s Radus. Rangoon: The Hanthawaddy Press. (In Burmese by U Thein Han and U Wun)
2. Burma Piṭaka Association. (1987). Digha Nikãya-Long Discourses of the Buddha. Tokyo: Bukkyo Dendo Kyokai (Buddhist Promoting Foundation) (Reproduced and co-distributed).
3. Carlson, A. (2000). Aesthetics and the Environment: The Appreciation of Nature, Art and Architecture. London: Routledge.
4. Goodman, Nelson (1976): Languages of Art, Indianapolis, IN: Hackett.
5. Hla Pe. (1985). “Riddles” (Part E- On Life), BURMA: Literature, Historiography, Scholarship, Language, Life, and Buddhism. Presented to a Seminar at the School of Oriental and African Studies (University of London). Singapore: Institute of South East Asian Studies. ISBN 9971-988 003.
6. Htin Aung, Dr. (1962) Folk Element in Myanmar Buddhism. London: Oxford University Press.
7. K. (2006). Myanmar Culture. Yangon: Today Publishing.
8. Khin Myo Chit. (1995). Colorful Myanmar. Yangon: Parami Sarpay.
9. Kyi Kyi Hla, Daw. (2004). A Myanmar Tapestry (A Collection of Articles on Myanmar): Yangon: Taw Win Publishing House.
10. Kyi Kyi Hla, Daw. (2010). The Ethics of Environmental Conservation. Yangon: Publication Committee, The Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science.
11. Ledi Sayadaw. (1965). Manual of Buddhism, Rangoon: Buddha Sasana Council.
12. Shwe Zan Aung. (1956). Compendium of Philosophy. London: Luzac& Co Ltd.
13. Taw Sein Ko. (1913). Burmese Sketches. Rangoon: British Burma Press.

Module No. : Phil 3212 (Elective)

Module Name : Ethics-II (Applied Ethics)

TOTAL HOURS : (60) Hours

Lecture : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– The chief aims of the course are to know the fundamental theory of ethics, the nature and scope of moral philosophy. And then how to define human conduct as good or bad and right and wrong from the ethical point of views. It can be studied why it is needed to relate an ethical theories and applied ethics in human daily life. Finally, ethics is a dynamic, evolving field of knowledge for applying, balancing, and modifying principles in light of new facts, new technology, new social attitudes and changing economic and political conditions.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Introduction
2. Contemporary Ethical Issues
3. Current Ethical Issues in Myanmar
4. Guidelines Provided by the Cognitive Beliefs and Moral Values of Myanmar Theravada Buddhist Culture for Resolving Ethical Conflicts and Issues
4.1. The Brahma Vihara Dhamma As A Moral Norm
4.2. The Mangala Sutta as an Ethical Principle
4.3. The Law of Kamma as an Ethical Principle

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to improve the understanding about ethics as a significant comparative study and as its applied value in daily life and professional

to recognize ethics is a dynamic, evolving field of knowledge for applying, balancing, and modifying principles in light of new fact

to learn how to extent and interpret the role of ethics in society or several areas from the multidisciplinary perspective

it challenges students to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

know and characterize the role of ethics in general

select good moral guidelines for life and make open minded

identify the results of unethical behavior in every professional career

apply ethical norms and values to solve ethical issues in social, political, economic, medical and ICT.

point out the role of applied ethics for resolving ethical conflicts in Myanmar

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

indicate the applied ethics is the application of general ethical theories to moral problems with the objective of solving the problems

resolve moral problems, ethical conflicts and global crisis

utilize their ethical knowledge of value judgment in their daily lives

initiate new approach to study current ethical issues by laying emphasis on ethical point of view

REFERENCES

1. Engel, J. Ronald & Joan Gibb Engle (edited). (1993). Ethics of Environment and Development. Tucson & London: The University of Arizona Press.
2. Kar, K. N. (1950). Ethics. Rangon: Sarpay Beikman Press.
3. Kyi Kyi Hla, Daw. (2010). The Ethics of Environmental Conservation. Yangon: Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science.
4. Gonsalves, Milton A. (1989). Right and Reason. London: The Macmillan Co.
5. Sīlānandābhivamsa, U. (2000). Paritta Pāli & Protective Verses. Yangon: International Theravāda Buddhist Missionary University.
6. Thiroux, Jacques P. (1980). Ethics: Theory and Practice. New York: Macmillan Publishing.
7. UNESCO. (2004). Ethics in Asia-Pacific. Bangkok: UNESCO.

BA Fourth Year

BA Fourth Year (Semester-I)

Core Courses

Phil 4101   – Philosophy of Religion-I

Phil 4102   – Problems of Philosophy-I

Phil 4104   – Research Methodology in Philosophy-I

Phil 4105 – Twentieth Century Eastern Philosophy-I

Phil 4106   – Political Philosophy (West)

Elective Courses (for Philosophy Specialization)
Phil 4103 – Philosophy of Science-I
Phil 4113 – Philosophy of Language-I

BA Fourth Year (Semester-II)

Core Courses

Phil 4101 – Philosophy of Religion-II

Phil 4102 – Problems of Philosophy-II

Phil 4114 – Research Methodology in Philosophy-II

Phil 4115 – Twentieth Century Eastern Philosophy-II

Phil 4116 – Political Philosophy (East)

Note: The Final Year Student have to submit their Term Paper two weeks ahead of their final examination as a part of necessary procedures for completion their degree. The TP should be created with their research finding of field study or literature survey.

BA Second Year (Honours)

BA Honours Second Year(Semester-I)

Core Courses

Phil 4201 (4) Philosophy of Religion-I
Phil 4202 (4) Problems of Philosophy-I
Phil 4204 (4) Research Methodology in Philosophy-I
Phil 4205 (4) Twentieth Century Eastern Philosophy-I
Phil 4206 (4) Political Philosophy (West)

Elective Courses (for Philosophy Specialization)

Phil 4213 (3) Philosophy of Language-I

Module No. : Phil 4201

Module Name : Philosophy of Religion-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to introduce the several definitions of religion from the philosophical perspective. This course contains the four major religions of the world and their theoretical and practical principles will be studied elaborately from the approach of philosophy of religion. In addition, the course will provide the knowledge of what are the differences between religion and theology and how religion has made a great contribution in moral cultivation of humankind that is essential for building peace and order of human societies since earliest times of human culture.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Introduction to Philosophy of Religion
2. Approaches to Philosophy of Religion
3. The Four Religions of the World and their Philosophical Trends
4. Analytical Study of Philosophy of Religion
5. The Critical Examination of the Philosophy of Religion

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to understand philosophy of religion is not the study of religion from a specific religious point of view but rather is a careful analysis and critical evaluation of the philosophical implications of religion

to promote mutual understanding and mutual respect among the students who come from various religions and different cultural backgrounds

to be reflective movement within a religion lifts the religious consciousness into the region of speculative thinking

to distinguish critics, anthropologist, theologians and poets all argue about the nature, structure and function of symbols

to learn how to make philosophical linkage between the role of religion and the need of moral cultivation in human culture with wise and active point of view in order to promote their creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

improve for getting effective communicative skill with others

synthesize the different views of other scholars to draw the effective conclusion

make their new perspective to present new ideas in different kinds of religion

discuss with their own ideas in line with the main topic of their study without prejudice

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

judge different religions objectively

avoid religious extremism and to attain peace, unity and among those different religions

explain the origins of religion, showing particular awareness of the thought of four major religions in the world

obtain mutual respect among other peoples of different religions

REFERENCES

1. Adams, James L. (1976). On Being Human Religiously: Selected Essays in Religion and Society. New York: Beacon Press.
2. Cheney, Sheldon. (1974). Men Who Have Walked with God. New York: Delta.
3. Elidae, Mircea. (1973). Patterns in Comparative Religion. New York: Sheed and Word.
4. Hick, John. (1973). Philosophy of Religion. 2nd ed. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.
5. James, William. (1958). Varieties of Religious Experience. New York: Mentor.
6. Kitagawa, Joseph M. (1968). Religions of the East. Philadelphia. Westminister.
7. Pojman, Louis P. (1998). Philosophy of Religion: An Anthology. New York: wadsworth Publishing Co.
8. Chad Meister, (2009). Introducing Philosophy of Religion, London and New York: Routledge.
9. Pojman, Louis P. (2001). Philosophy: The Pursuit of Wisdom, US: Wadsworth, Thomson Learning.
10. Thiroux, Jacques P. (1980). Philosophy: Theory and Practice. New York: Macmillan Publishing. Company

Module No. : Phil 4202

Module Name : Problems of Philosophy-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to introduce the nature of philosophical problems by focusing on the epistemological problems and problems concerning truth such as reason versus perception, intuition, testimony, the correspondence theory, the coherence theory, and the pragmatic theory.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. The Nature of Philosophical Problems
2. A Study of Some Epistemological Problems
2.1. The Problem Concerning the Origin and Source of Knowledge
2.1.1. Reason Versus Perception
2.1.2. Intuition
2.1.3. Testimony
2.2. Problem of Truth
2.2.1. The Correspondence Theory
2.2.2. The Coherence Theory
2.2.3. The Pragmatic Theory

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to know the philosophical questions that arise from human thought and action
to become familiar with the philosophical problems such as the mind-body problem, the existence of God, freedom and determinism, the human nature, and how to get knowledge
to learn how to appreciate and interpret the problems of philosophy from the multidisciplinary perspective
to help students to be upgraded their skills of argumentation and listening which can bring them into research-oriented discussions
to engage in problem solving, creative thinking, and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom
to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

introduce students to some of the major problems encountered in philosophy

understand how to learn concepts, theories and problems academically

develop the general skills of formulating, defending, and critiquing of arguments and theoretical positions and the ability to think critically about difficult and abstract issues

present effectively own ideas through written and communication

manipulate effective discussion and consistent argumentation

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

develop the ability to think critically about difficult and abstract issues

identify, explain and evaluate philosophical problems and arguments logically

distinguish philosophical problems from other kinds of theoretical explanations

introduce other students to some of the major problems encountered in philosophy

utilize their knowledge of philosophical problems in their daily lives

REFERENCES

1. Blackwood, R. T. (1975). Problems in Philosophy: West and East. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall.
2. Chatterjee. (1949). The Problems of Philosophy. Calcutta: Das Gupta.
3. Hartnack, J. (1962). Philosophical Problem- A Modern Introduction, Copenhagen: Munkasggaard.
4. Hirst, R. J. (1959). The Problem of Perception. London: Allen and Unwin.
5. Rachels, James. (2004). Problems from Philosophy. New York: Mc Graw Hill.
6. Ridling, Zaine PhD. (2001). Philosophy Then and Now: A Look Back at 26 Centuries of Thought . Part IV. Access Foundation.
7. Stumpf, Samuel Enoch & James Fieser. (2003). Philosophy: History and Problems.New York:Mc Graw Hill.

Module No. : Phil 4204

Module Name : Research Methodology in Philosophy -I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to introduce the nature and role of research to students through studying concepts and methodological significance of philosophical research. To facilitate students how to construct a research proposal with its essential components such as research problem, hypothesis, methods, finding, principle and contribution. It also includes the study of types of research, methods of thinking, data collection and literature review.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. The Nature and Role of Research in Conceptual Learning
2. A General Study of Research Methodology
2.1. Research Problem
2.2. Research Hypothesis
2.3. Research Methods
2.4. Research Finding
2.5. Research Principle
2.6. Contribution
2.7. Definitions of Key words
3. Ways of Thinking and Research Methodology
– Methods of Thinking
4. What is a Research Problem?
– Data Collection and Literature Review

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to improve the understanding about research methodology and its role in conceptual learning

to gain familiarity with a phenomenon or to achieve new insights into it

to know the research procedures in humanities and social sciences

to learn types of research styles , nature of them and how to make a good research formally

to become develop the decision making, problem solving, critical thinking, and creative thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom or in making research of their own

it is designed to help students to be upgraded their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

understand the nature and scope of philosophical research and become familiar with research methods of humanities and social sciences

develop how to build research questions, data collection, discussion and argumentation

formulate their new trend to present new ideas by drawing out meaning from given data or statements, generate and evaluate arguments

choose the necessary and meaningful questions to ask other people in conducting their research or study and develop communicative skill

select what methods are suitable to do the effective study in this course and to organize the research frame logically

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

learn how to think research problem, hypothetical solution, and outcomes

write a research paper from the philosophical methods which can apply in most disciplines because of its nature of multidisciplinary or interdisciplinary concerns

obtain the decision making skill and problem solving skill through the group works in writing assignment, planning research project in the classroom

apply values of philosophical research in social, political, cultural, regional, and global issues

sketch the key steps of sharing ideas in designing the effective presentation by making logical linkage

REFERENCES

1. Bloomberg, Linda Dale & Marie Volpe. (2012). Completing Your Qualitative Dissertation _A Road Map from Beginning to End_, 2nd Edition. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc.
2. Creswell, John.W. (1994). Research Design: Qualitative & Quantative Approaches. London: International Educational and Professional Publisher.
3. Feinberg, Joel. (2002). Doing Philosophy, A Guide to the Writing of Philosophy Paper. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth/ Thomson Learning.
4. Good, C. V. & D. E. Scatws. (1979). Methods of Research. New York: Appleton Century Croft Inc.
5. Hansen, Kristine. (2003). Writing in the Social Sciences. USA: Pearson Custom Publishing.
6. Robert, Carol M. (2004). The Dissertation Journey. London: Sage Publications Co

Module No. : Phil 4205

Module Name : Twentieth Century Eastern Philosophy-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– The chief aims of the course are to introduce the general features and specific ideas of Twentieth Century Eastern philosophy and philosophers. In this course the nature and scope of Indian philosophy and its close relation to cultural practice has deeply rooted in Hinduism. To encourage students’ more comprehensive review on “Significant Views of Outstanding Indian Philosopher, students’ preparation of reading primary or secondary sources thoroughly will be demanded.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. A Brief Study of the Background of Indian Thought
2. A Critical Study of the Outstanding Indian Philosophers’ views
2.1. The Philosophy of Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan
2.2. The Philosophy of Sri Aurobindo
2.3. The Philosophy of Rabindranath Tagore
2.4. The Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to know the significant views of the Twentieth Century Indian Philosophers

to learn how to define the origin of Indian philosophy and its significant trend

to identify how to be the inseparable bond of the ways of philosophy, arts and literature, and political ideas in the Indian tradition

it challenges students to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

explain the general features of Twentieth Century Indian Philosophy

identify their outstanding views in education system, moral teaching and political thought with comparison to those of Indian philosophy

compare and contrast the views of the outstanding Indian philosophers

select a better way to learn thoughts and cultural practice of other cultures

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

indicate the relationship between the philosophy and religious teachings in Indian tradition

extend a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of Twentieth Century Indian Philosophy

improve insight into close relation of Arts and Literature, Education, and Politics in Indian Philosophical framework

utilize their knowledge of Indian philosophy which had developed in the Twentieth Century when they study the Twentieth Century Japanese and Chinese Philosophies in Semester-II

REFERENCES

1. Dasgupta, S. (1965). Development of Moral Philosophy in India. New York: Frederick Ugra Publishing Co.
2. Radhakrishnan, S. (Edited). (1952) Contemporary Indian Philosophy. London: George Allen & Unwin.
3. Radahakrishnan, S. & C. A. Moore (Edited). (1957). A Source Book in Indian Philosophy. Princeton University Press.
4. Theodore de Bary, William & others (edt. & Compiled). (1959). A Source Book in Indian Philosophy. Columbia University Press.

Module No. : Phil 4206

Module Name : Political Philosophy (West)

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to introduce political philosophy of the west in general rather than to provide a full survey of origin, problem, value and essential political concepts of western political philosophy. This course give comprehensive accounts from ancient Greek to recent political thinkers, formulate their views and how they grapple with their political views. In addition, the course will provide a preliminary orientation about the notion of political argument, its various forms and the ways should be analyzed.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Introduction to Political Philosophy
2. Essential Political Concepts
3. Ancient Greek and Roman Political Institutions and Political Philosophy
4. Medieval Political Philosophy
5. Modern Political Philosophies
6. Social Contract Theories
7. Political Theories of the French Revolution
8. Political Philosophy of Adam Smith and Malthus
9. Marxist Political Thought
10. Recent Political Thoughts

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to understand the nature and scope of western political philosophy from the political theories of Greek and Roman to the recent debates of political philosophers

to appreciate the voices of demand for Democracy and written Constitutional Governments

to obtain the ability to analyse and synthesize the different political ideas

to improve the critical thinking skill for evaluating the strong and weakness of several political theories

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

construct analogies to illustrate their political standpoint logically

to indicate how to train to be perfect guardians

make their new perspective to present new ideas in current political situation

distinguish from political philosophy, politics and political science

make fair-minded or positive critique

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

learn different political views from their own perspective objectively

avoid extremes and to think or make discussion of the possible way how to bring society towards peace and unity

synthesize the different political views to draw the effective conclusion by analyzing significant political concepts and events

make their new perspective to present to others for promoting further interested discussion of politics

REFERENCES

1. Aristotle. (Jowett, Benjamin (trans.)). (1900). The Politics. New York: The Colonial Press.
2. Fukuyama, Francis. (2011). The Origins of Political Order. Nwe York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux.
3. Fukuyama, Francis. (2014). The Origins of Political Decay. Nwe York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux.
4. Gettell, Raymond G. (1953). History of Political Thought. London: George Allen & Unwin Ltd.
5. Goodin, Robert E. (2007). A Companion to Contemporary Political Philosophy Vol .I&II. (Second Edition). Backwell Publishing Ltd.
6. Nelson, Brain R. (2009). Western Political Thought. Delhi: Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt, Ltd.
7. Sabine, George H. (1963). A History of Political Theory. London: George G. Harrap & Co. Ltd.

Module No. : Phil 4213 (Elective)

Module Name : Philosophy of Language-I

TOTAL HOURS : (60) Hours

Lecture : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– The purpose of this module is to introduce what philosophy of language is and to convey the development of Philosophy of Language in the West. Students will have the chance to study the significant transitional points of linguistic turn in the West from philosophical point of view from the time of ancient Greek to the Postmordern (developed in the mid-to late 20th century).
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Introduction to Philosophy of Language
1.1. Philosophy and Language
1.2. Language and Thought
1.3. Nature, Function and Scope of Philosophy of Language
2. Western Philosophical Perspectives on Language
2.1. Ancient Greek
2.2. Early Modern Period
3. The Linguistic Turn of Western Philosophy
4. Structuralism, Postmodernism and Deconstructionism

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

aim to know nature, function and scope of philosophy of language

to improve understanding about the philosophy of language is connected to other sub-disciplines in philosophy

to examine the study of language is itself partly a philosophical enterprise

It can examine the philosophical study of natural language and its working, particularly of linguistic meaning and the use of language

It can explore as a very newly developing branch of philosophy has engaged since the age of analysis or 20th century western philosophy, the philosophical thoughts concerning language seen in the writings of Ancient Greek philosophers such as Plato and Aristotle

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

understand historical development of the Philosophy of Language

demonstrate a through insight in problems of Philosophy of Language

explain some major issues in the Philosophy of Language

critically evaluate theories, arguments and pre-suppositions in the Philosophy of Language

explore the philosophical investigation of the nature of language; the relation between language, language users, and the world

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

understand how to learn a language philosophically by analyzing its major components and its functions

indicate language, philosophy and culture are three overlapping areas of human studies in current time

point out philosophy of language is a systematic and theoretical study about the nature and meaning of the concept ‘language’ from the philosophical point of view

judge the difference between linguistic philosophy and the philosophy of language

REFERENCES

1. Alston, William P. (1964). Philosophy of Language. Prentice-Hall Inc.
2. Cassirer, Ernst. (1953). An Essay on Man. New York: Anchor Book.
3. Garvey, James & Jeremy Stangroom. The Story of Philosophy: A History of Western Thought. Quercus Book.
4. Magee, Bryan. (2011).The Story of Philosophy. Singapore: Dorling Kindersley Book.
5. Morris, Michael. (2006). An Introduction to the Philosophy of Language. Cambridge University Press.
6. Morris, Charles. (1964). Signification and Significance. Cambridge: M.I.T Press.
7. Pike, Kenneth L. (1993). Talk Thought and Think. U.S. A: Sil International, Global Publishing.
8. Sawyer, Sarah (edt). (2010). New Waves in Philosophy of Language. Macmillan.

BA Honours Second Year(Semester-II)

Core Courses

Phil 4207 (4) Philosophy of Religion-II
Phil 4208 (4) Problems of Philosophy-II
Phil 4210 (4) Research Methodology in Philosophy-II
Phil 4211 (4) Twentieth Century Eastern Philosophy-II
Phil 4212 (4) Political Philosophy (East)

Elective Courses (for Philosophy Specialization)

Phil 4214 (3) Philosophy of Language-II

* As the BA Honours degree course, Students require to submit a term paper which is necessarily linked to the Two core modules (Phil 4104/Phil 4110: Research Methodology in Philosophy-I/II) at BA Honours third year.

Module No. : Phil 4207
Module Name : Philosophy of Religion-II
TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours
Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to introduce history and philosophy of religion and to promote students’ understanding of the diverse religions with comparative study and critical examination of the nature of philosophy of religion. Though the course bases on the thorough study of the various religious problems come from their particular nature and cultural backgrounds, Buddhism will be highlighted because of its unique philosophical nature.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. History and Philosophy of Religion
2. History of Buddhism
3. Buddhism as Philosophy and Buddhism as Religion
4. A Comparative Study of Religion
5. The Critical Examination of Philosophy of Religion

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to understand what are the primary philosophical differences between the Theravāda Buddhism and the Mahāyāna Buddhism

to recognize about the wisdom is purified by morality and morality is purified by wisdom

to realize Buddhism as Philosophy and Buddhism as Religion

to learn how to appreciate and interpret all the role of religion in the world it challenges students to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

construct analogies to illustrate from the religious point of views

make their new perspective to present new ideas in religions

distinguish from religion and philosophy of religion

discuss their own religious ideas in line with other religions

make fair-minded or positive critique

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

judge different views on religions objectively

avoid religious extreme to find out the way to peace and unity among the people of those different religions

present their new perspective or ideas based on the proper understanding of different religions

synthesize the different views of other scholars to draw the effective conclusion by analyzing key concepts and ideas of philosophy of religion

REFERENCES

1. Adams, James L. (1976). On Being Human Religiously: Selected Essays in Religion and Society. New York: Beacon Press.
2. Cheney, Sheldon. (1974). Men Who Have Walked with God: New York: Delta.
3. Earhart, H Byron. (1982). Japanese Religion, California: Wadsworth Publishing Company.
4. Elidae, Mircea. (1973). Patterns in Comparative Religion: New York: Sheed and Word.
5. Hick, John. (1973). Philosophy of Religion. 2nd ed. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.
6. James, William. (1958). Varieties of Religious Experience. New York: Mentor.
7. Kitagawa, Joseph M. (1968). Religions of the East. Philadelphia. Westminister.
8. Miller, Edward L. (1972). God and Reason: A Historical Approach to Philosophical Theory. New York: Macmillan.
9. Needleman, Jacob. (1970). The New Religions. New York: Doubleday.
10. Vries, Jan De. (1967). The Study of Religion: New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Module No. : Phil 4208

Module Name : Problems of Philosophy-II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course will provide the effective way of studying philosophical problems through the topics found in the ontological problems and ethical problems such as the problem of Being and Becoming, substance, human nature, individual and society and human freedom and determinism.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. A Study of Ontological problems
1.1. The problem of Being and Becoming
1.2. The problem of Substance
2. Ethical problem
2.1. The problem of human nature
2.2. The problem of Individual and society
2.3. The problem of human freedom and determinism

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to introduce the philosophical problems that arise in Ontology and Ethics of philosophy

to improve the understanding about eastern and western views on human nature

to know the important role of individual and society and how it relates from the multidisciplinary perspective

it is designed to help students to be upgraded their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening

to engage students in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

draw out ideas from philosophical problems and evaluate arguments and make their own judgment

establish their conversation with understanding and positive critique

clearly express the original ideas and solve problems appropriate to the contexts

ask new questions with sense of curiosity whatever they learned from this course

promote their ability to think critically

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

utilize their knowledge to solve the particular problems in their daily lives from philosophical perspective

explain the nature of philosophical problems and arguments

evaluate the problems of existence of the things nature and social problems from the ontological or ethical point of views

distinguish philosophical accounts of problems from other kinds of theoretical explanations

introduce other students to some of the major problems encountered in Philosophy

initiate their new approaches to study the problems of philosophy

REFERENCES

1. Blackwood, R.T. & A.L. Herman (edtd). (1975). Problems in Philosophy: West and East. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.
2. Hartnack, J. (1962). Philosophical Problem-A Modern Introduction. Munkasggaard, Copenhagen.
3. Hirst, R. J. (1959). The Problem of Perception. London, Allen and Unwin.
4. Rachels, James. (2004). Problems from Philosophy. New York: Mc Graw Hill.
5. Ridling, Zaine PhD. (2001). Philosophy Then and Now: A Look Back at 26 Centuries of Thought , Part IV. Access Foundation.
6. Stumpf, Samuel Enoch & James Fieser. (2003). Philosophy: History and Problems. New York: Mc Graw Hill.

Module No. : Phil 4210

Module Name : Research Methodology in Philosophy -II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks= (45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks= (30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to empower the students to write the research paper practically. Hence, how to write essential components of a research proposal and how to complete their paper will be highlighted. In order to achieve this purpose, student will be demanded for going field trip (urban or rural) and doing data collection (literature survey, interview, and questionnaire) as compulsory activities.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. The Writing of an Abstract
2. The Entry of Notes, Bibliography, Diagrams, Illustration, Contents
3. Principles of Usage (Words, Citation, Quotation, and so forth)
4. Ethical Consideration

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to improve organizing the research frame logically and formally

to share how to write not to commit plagiarism by using quotations or citations properly

to indicate how to write abstract, notes , bibliography, diagrams, illustration and contents specifically

to learn, practice and improve the research presentation skills and with the latest tools

to understand the research ethics and academic integrity of which publications and research procedure

to become develop the logical thinking skills, problem solving skills, critical thinking skills and creative thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom or in making research of their own

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

become research-minded persons or passionate researchers in future

understand how to write a good research paper with correct format and logical sequence

apply correct usage of grammar or words and learn ethical consideration in writing research

identify consistencies and inconsistencies of specific philosophical theories or worldviews

trace the former theories by using literature survey to make their new trend to present new ideas

create good presentation with the effective power point slides and digital literacy skill

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

learn how to write an abstract, notes, bibliography, diagrams, Illustration, contents and select suitable words or correct grammar

understand about plagiarism and how to avoid plagiarism and how to write ethically

apply the crucial role of research in higher education sector, to grasp the philosophical research in the disciplines of social sciences and humanities

obtain the decision making skill and problem solving skill through the group works in writing assignment, planning research project in the classroom

improve presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey

REFERENCES

1. Bloomberg, Linda Dale & Marie Volpe. (2012). Completing Your Qualitative Dissertation _A Road Map from Beginning to End_, 2nd Edition. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc.
2. Creswell, John.W. (1994). Research Design: Qualitative & Quantative Approaches. London: International Eductional and Professional Publisher.
3. Feinberg, Joel. (2002). Doing Philosophy, A Guide to the Writing of Philosophy Paper. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth/ Thomson Learning.
4. Good, C. V. & D. E. Scatws. (1979). Methods of Research. New York: Appleton Century Croft Inc.
5. Hansen, Kristine. (2003). Writing in the Social Sciences. USA: Pearson Custom Publishing.
6. Robert, Carol M. (2004). The Dissertation Journey. London: Sage Publications Co.

Module No. : 4211

Module Name : Twentieth Century Eastern Philosophy-II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks= (45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks= (30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– The chief aims of the course are to have more understanding the philosophies of significant Japanese and Chinese philosophers of the Twentieth Century. The course will be highlighted on some particular and important concepts and thoughts in Twentieth Century Japanese and Chinese philosophies. Students will have opportunity to upgrade their knowledge of Japanese and Chinese philosophies more deeply through this course.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Nishida’s Philosophy of Mu
2. A Critical Study of the Outstanding Japanese Philosophy
3. A Brief Study of the Background of Chinese Thought
4. A Critical Study of the Writing of the Outstanding Japanese Philosophers
5. General Characteristics and Evaluation of Contemporary Eastern Philosophy

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

The aim of the course is exactly to know the Twentieth Century Japanese and Chinese Philosophy.

to know how to define the Japanese and Chinese philosophy and trend of it

to recognize the significant ethical, metaphysical, epistemological, and political thoughts under the umbrella of Twentieth Century Eastern Philosophy by means of comparison among diverse philosophies

it challenges students to engage in analytical thinking, synthesis, and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study students will be able to

understand the nature and significant characteristics the Twentieth Century Eastern Philosophy

develop proper understanding of Japanese and Chinese traditions

identify the results of their outstanding views in epistemological concepts, education system, moral teaching, political thought

select a better way to learn broadly and think logically through the comparative study among those Eastern ways of thinking

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

indicate the relationship between traditional impact of social and religious thoughts and Twentieth Century Japanese and Chinese philosophies

get deeper understanding of general features of the Twentieth Century Eastern Philosophy

comprehend the close linkage of philosophy and other spheres of human culture

utilize their knowledge to be mutual understanding among the culture and social welfare of Eastern Nations

REFERENCES

1. Blocker, H. Gene & Christopher L. Starling. (2001). Japanese Philosophy. State University of New York Press.
2. Boot, Willen. (2006). Sources of Japanese Tradition, Volume 2: Part One: 1600 to 1868 (2nd Abridged edition).Columbia University Press.
3. Chan, Wing-Tsit. (1963). A Source Book in Chinese Philosophy. USA: Printice Hall, Inc.
4. James W. Heisig, Thomas P. Kasulis (Author, Editor). (2011). Japanese Philosophy: A Source Book. University of Hawaii Press.
5. Keene, Donald. (April 10 2002). Sources of Japanese Tradition: Volume 1: From Earliest Times to 1600 (2nd Revised edition). Columbia University Press.
6. Lai, Karyn L.. (2008). Introduction to Chinese Philosophy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
7. Nakamura Hajime. (1964). Ways of Thinking of Eastern Peoples: India, China, Tibet, Japan. (Revised edition). University of Hawaii Press.
8. Natamura & Nakamura Hajime. (1999). A History of the Development of Japanese Thought. Routledge.
9. Piovesana, Gino. (2003). Contemporary Japanese Philosophical Thought. Tokyo.
10. Tsunoda, R.(Compiled). (1960). Sources of Japanese Tradition. New York: Columbia University Press.

Module No. : Phil 4212

Module Name : Political Philosophy (East)

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to introduce political philosophy of the East in general rather than to provide a full survey of Hindu, Chinese and Japanese’s political thoughts are essential political concepts. This course give comprehensive accounts from ancient Hindu to today, high growth democracy political thinkers formulate their views and how they grapple with their political views. In addition, the course will provide a preliminary orientation about the notion of political argument, its various forms and the ways should be analyzed.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Indian Political Thoughts
1.1. Introduction to Ancient Indian Political Thought
1.2. Modern Period
2. Chinese Political Thoughts
2.1. Ancient Period
2.2. Modern Period
2.3. Post-Mao China
3. Japanese Political Thoughts
3.1. Ancient and Medieval Thought
3.2. Modern Period
3.3. Political Thoughts after the Meiji Restoration
3.4. Constitutional Government and Democracy: Yoshino Sakuzo

COURSE OBJECTIVES

to improve the basic understanding about the political philosophy of the East

to understand the nature of eastern political philosophy, especially Indian, Chinese and Japanese

to introduce the crucial role of philosophy in the Eastern tradition since ancient times

to learn how to practice all the political power vested group the citizens

to obtain the skills to analyse and synthesize the different political ideas or thoughts

to improve the critical thinking skill for evaluating the strong and weakness of several political theories

to develop the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES
– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

construct analogies to illustrate from political point of views

grasp the significant features of eastern traditional thought

make their new perspective to present new ideas in current political situation

distinguish from political philosophy, politics and political science

make fair-minded or positive critique

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

judge different views on politics of the East objectively

reconstruct a new perspective to recommend the further studies and to present new ideas

judge what are the good or bad impacts of political ideology on society especially in the eastern tradition

synthesize the different views to draw the effective conclusion

REFERENCES
Module No. : Phil 4214 (Elective)
Module Name : Philosophy of Language-II

TOTAL HOURS : (60) Hours

Lecture : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– The purpose is enable students to examine the specific features of Philosophy of Language and apply their knowledge in other studies in humanities and social sciences. From this study, students will be expected to have better understanding the crucial role of philosophical approach in linguistic research and studies.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Theories Concerning Philosophy of Language
1.1. Theories of Meaning
1.2. Theory of Signs
2. Language and Reality
3. Ordinary Language Philosophy
4. Philosophy of Language and Other Areas of Human Studies
4.1. Philosophy of Language and Linguistics
4.2. Philosophy of Language and Logic

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

aim to know the different theories in language

to improve understanding about the philosophy of language is connected to other sub-disciplines in philosophy

to understand about language and reality, difference between philosophy of language and linguistics and philosophy of language and logic

It can explore as a very newly developing branch of philosophy has engaged since the age of analysis or 20th century western philosophy, the philosophical thoughts concerning language seen in the writings of Ancient Greek philosopher such as Plato and Aristotle

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

understand that contemporary philosophy of language plays important role in studying the linguistic theories of meanings and signs

to have proper understanding of the functions and notions of language and its origins in philosophy

critically evaluate the relation between Language and Reality

explain the different conceptions of Ordinary Language, Philosophy, Philosophy of Language, Philosophy of linguistics, and Semiotics and semantics

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

apply some key terms in Philosophy of Language and Linguistic Philosophy

to indicate ‘Language’ play a vital position in the current issues and problems which are solved by most contemporary philosophers

to explore theories concerning Philosophy of Language

to contrast differences between Language, Logic and Reality

initiate their new approaches to study various types of theory of Philosophy of Language by using online media such as YouTube or other else

REFERENCES

1. Alston, William P. (1964). Philosophy of Language. Prentice-Hall Inc.
2. Cassirer, Ernst. (1953). An Essay on Man. New York: Anchor Book.
3. Garvey, James & Jeremy Stangroom. The Story of Philosophy: A History of Western Thought. Quercus Book.
4. Magee, Bryan. (2011).The Story of Philosophy. Singapore: Dorling Kindersley Book.
5. Morris, Michael. (2006). An Introduction to the Philosophy of Language. Cambridge University Press.
6. Morris, Charles. (1964). Signification and Significance. Cambridge: M.I.T Press.
7. Pike, Kenneth L. (1993). Talk Thought and Think. U.S. A: Sil International, Global Publishing.
8. Sawyer, Sarah (edt). (2010). New Waves in Philosophy of Language. Macmillan.

BA Third Year (Honours)

BA Honours Third Year(Semester-I)

BA (Honours) Third Year (Semester-I)

Phil 5201 (4) Issues in Indian Philosophy
Phil 5202 (4) Issues in Western Philosophy-I
Phil 5203 (4) Philosophy of Education-I
Phil 5204 (4) Topics in Buddhism-I
Phil 5205 (4) Ethics of Virtue-I (Plato)
Phil 5206 (4) Selected Philosophical Writings-I

Module No. : Phil 5201

Module Name : Issues in Indian Philosophy

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

The purpose of this subject is enable students to examine the synthetic ways of thinking of Eastern Philosophy. Students have to study characteristic of Indian Philosophy, stages and development of Indian Philosophy and a general survey of Indian Philosophical systems. In addition, students will study the problems of Reality, knowledge, causation and sources of Indian Ethics.

The frame of the course bases on the topics of;

The Problem of Reality in Indian Philosophy
– The Law of Kamma

The Problem of Knowledge in Indian Philosophy
– Means to The Ultimate Goal

The Problem of Causation

Metaphysical Background of Ethical Theories

COURSE DESCRIPTION

The main objectives of this course are

to notice that the aim of the Indian philosophy, except Charvaka school, is to be released from the imposition of endless lives,

to improve the understanding about the problems of Reality, Epistemology, Causation and Ethical theories in Indian Philosophy,

to provide opportunities for a comprehensive study and understanding of Indian Philosophical concepts through analysis of primary texts and commentaries,

to examine the notion of liberation is ethico-religious character in Indian culture,

to explore some keys concepts of Religious and Ethical terms such as Brahman, Ataman, Dharma, Karma, Moksha, Non-violence etc.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

understand how Indian philosophers view the problem of reality, knowledge, and causation in India philosophy,

interpret Indian traditions of thought and their conceptual foundations including perception, categories and methods,

distinguish and discuss the concept of karma in different ways with Jainism and Buddhism

display Ethics, Religion and Philosophy are mixed in Indian culture

assess complex philosophical argumentation, to develop a reasoned framework for their own worldview as well as enhance their composition skills.

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

compare the history of Western thought and Eastern thought

analyze the key concepts in Indian Philosophy,

judge Indian Philosophy is not simply a matter of logic or speculation, but is also concerned with religious practice in this life and life after death,

indicate Indian Philosophy is traditionally called Darshana implying thereby insight into the real nature of things,

discuss studying Eastern Philosophy is not, for someone brought up in the West, simply a matter of looking with detached interest at ideas that come from other culture.

REFERENCES

1. Bali, D. R. (1997). Introduction to Philosophy (Revised Edition). New Delhi: Sterling Publishers Private Limited.
2. Datta & Chatterjee. (1956). An Introduction to Indian Philosophy. Calcutta: University of Calcutta Press.
3. Hiriyana, M. (1949). The Essentials of Indian Philosophy. London: Unwin Brothers Ltd.
4. Hiriyanna, M. (1963). The Essentials of Indian Philosophy. Bombay: Blackie and Son Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
5. Radhakrishnan, Sir. (1982). History of Philosophy Eastern & Western. London: Allen & Unwin.

Module No. : Phil 5202

Module Name : Issues in Western Philosophy-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

This course presents the world views of philosophers from ancient to modern times. The philosophers will be chosen from a broad range of historical and cultural backgrounds. This course will also provide both an overview of Western Philosophy in some points as well as an exploration of some of the most important philosophical issues. Special attention is given to how ancient and modern thinkers understood the problem of reality, mind and metaphysics, the search for truth and the limits of human knowledge and reason. Primary emphasis is on the evaluation of these thinkers’ views.

The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. The Problem of Reality
1.1. The Pre-Socratic Materialists
1.2. Early Nonphysical Views of Reality
1.3. Plato’s Forms
1.4. Aristotle’s Metaphysics
2. Mind and Metaphysics
2.1. Rene Descartes
2.2. Baruch Spinoza
2.3. Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz
3. Idealism
4. The Search for Truth
4.1. Rationalism and Empiricism
4.2. Skepticism

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to understand fundamental issues, including the problem of reality, the nature of mind and the search for truth,

to observe changes of intellectual outlook over time, and the effect of scientific, religious, cultural, and social concerns on the development of philosophical ideas,

to improve analytical and critical reading, writing and reasoning skills through an examination of the works of ancient and modern philosophers

to examine the wide diversity and historical background of philosophical positions,

to reconstruct a new perspective based on studying into issues of Western philosophy.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

comprehend and discuss some philosophical issues in the course

respond clearly, logically and critically to questions and discussion about some important philosophical issues relevant to the course

synthesize and reflect some important aspects of the contributions of Western philosophy

compare and contrast the core of a philosophical problems, issues, or question by referencing the inquiry to a system

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

demonstrate a basic understanding of issues in Western philosophy relevant to each of the topics of the course

share some insight into the origins, motivations, and evolution of these issues as well as their implications for contemporary thought

differentiate consistencies and inconsistencies of specific philosophical theories or worldviews

synthesize the different views of other scholars to draw the effective conclusion

REFERENCES

1. Jones, W.T. and Robert J. Fogelin. (1998) The Twentieth Century to Quine and Derrida (Third Edition). Harcourt Brace College Publishers.
2. Ridling, Zaine PhD. (2001). Philosophy Then and Now: A Look Back at 26 Centuries of Thought, Part I to IV. Access Foundation, (eBook).
3. Solomon, Robert C. (1998) The Big Questions (Fifth Edition). Harcourt Brace College Publishers.

Module No. : Phil 5203

Module Name : Philosophy of Education -I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims at being an introduction to meaning, concepts, nature and function of education and some significant educational philosophers to provide a brief survey of philosophical disciplines, their methods, doctrines and leading ideas. This course is to arrive at a clear understanding of the concept of education and as a result be a better position to assess educational institutions and to determine what can be done to improve them in their function as educational institutions. In addition, the course will provide idealism and realism as a great concern for education.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Meaning of Philosophy of Education
2. The Concepts of Education
3. Values and Education
4. Ethics and Education
5. Eastern Philosophies and Education
6. Idealism and Education
7. Realism and Education

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to understand the meaning, concepts, nature and function of education

to improve understanding about the basic characteristics of concept, value, ethics in education

to learn how to apply realism and idealism so that student can face the real challenges of life

it challenges students to engage in critical thinking, to rethink assumptions and resist dogmatism or pat answers

to improve the sense of interdisciplinary approach through the presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

discuss the different significance of aim, methods, curriculum and critique in education

share their own ideas in line with educational philosophy

develop their critical skills and analytical skills

select which methods are suitable to do the effective study in this course

construct own assumptions to suitable system for the students in line with the 21st Century skills

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

distinguish the role of education and its development

reconstruct a new perspective to recommend the further studies about education

justify different ideas of eastern educational philosophy by their point of views

describe philosophy of education from different perspectives to the strength and weakness of each system

arrange their new approaches to study educational theories by laying emphasis on the philosophical point of view

REFERENCES

1. Gutek, Gerald L. (1997). Historical And Philosophical Foundations of Education A Biographical Introduction. New Jersey: Merrill, an important of Prentice Hall.
2. Hamm, Cornel M. (1989). Philosophical Issues in Education: An Introduction. New York: The Flamer Press.
3. Kneller, George F. (1986). Introduction To The Philosophy Of Education. New York: Macmillan Publishing Company.
4. Knowles, Richard T and Mc Learn, George. (1992). Psychological Foundations of Moral Education And Character Development: An Integrated Theory of Moral Development. Washington: Library of Congress Cataloging-in- Publication.
5. Mclean, George F. (1991). Chinese Foundations for Moral Education And Character Development. Washington: Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication.
6. Mujibul Hasan Siddiqui. (2016). Philosophical And Sociological Foundations Of Education. New Delhi: A P H Publishing Corporation.
7. Olson, Ivan (2000). The Arts and Critical Thinking in American Education. London: An Important of Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.
8. Ozmon, Howard A. & Samuel M. Craver. (1986). Philosophical Foundations of Education. London: Merrill Publishing Company.
9. Sharma, Promila. (2013). Philosophy of Education. New Delhi: A P H Publishing Corporation.
10. Tubbs, Nigel. (2004). Philosophy’s Higher Education. New York: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Module No. : 5204

Module Name : Topics in Buddhism-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to learn about different schools of Indian philosophy and how they are different and examine the known historical facts of the Buddha’s life. His teachings are introduced, including the Four Noble Truths, the Eightfold Path to Enlightenment, and the five Precepts. It focuses on the history of Buddhist philosophy in the 2500 years science its origin and the differences among the main branches into which Buddhism has evolved. This course provides students with the opportunity to understand explain and critique the broadest possible conceptions of human identity, diversity, and community, as well as how these conceptions should fit into our lives.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. The Background of Buddhism
1.1. Upanisad Thinkers
1.2. 7th B.C. Astika and Nastika Thinkers
2. Life of the Buddha
2.1. Social Life in the time of Buddha
2.2. Renunciation, Enlightenment and Demise in Kasinagar
3. A Historical sketch of Buddhism
3.1. 45 Years of Buddha’s Mission
3.2. Basic Teachings of the Buddha

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to improve the understanding of the historical roots of early Buddhism

to make sure a good grasp of the fundamental of Buddhist philosophical thought

to consider the nature of Nirvana and Enlightenment, and the distinction between the two

to obtain the opportunity to survey the various ways Buddhism has obvious in different parts of the word during diverse time periods

to provide students with the necessary foundations to explore further the Buddhist world in the form of further academic courses or self-study.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

make known the principles of Buddhism and to encourage the study and practice of those principles,

propose a solid foundation of early Buddhist thought and the necessary tools for approaching the later Buddhist traditions,

analyze and synthesize the major forms of Buddhism, including Theravada and Mahayana Buddhism, important historical, philosophical and development of Buddhism

obtain the synthesis, decision-making, problem-solving, self-study, and communication skills by means of conducting the active tutorial and discussion class, group work for presentation and assignment.

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

describe the background history of Buddhism and Life of the Buddha,

understand the significant features of Buddhism and basic teaching of the Buddha,

share the knowledge that is some touchstone ideas in Buddhist philosophy to others clearly

practice ways of thinking in daily life as a permanent process of change,

compare and contrast Buddhism to other religious traditions with which they may be familiar, and be applied to any other subject that they wish to analyze

REFERENCES

1. Chatterjee, Satischandra. (1960). An Introduction to Indian Philosophy. Calcutta: Calcutta University Press.
2. Dasgupta, Surama. (1965). Development of Moral Philosophy in India. New York: Unbar Publishing Co.
3. Radhakrishnan, S. (1953). History of Philosophy: Eastern and Western, Vol. I. London: Unwin Brothers Ltd.
4. Radhakrishnan, S. (1957). A Source Book in Indian Philosophy. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
5. Theodore de Bary, William. (1959). Sources of Indian Tradition. New York: Columbia University Press

Module No. : Phil 5205

Module Name : Ethics of Virtue-I (Plato)

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– The purpose of this course is to enable you to examine the synthetic ways of Plato’s Virtue Ethics. This course surveys the essential content of the philosophies of Plato and considers more briefly some of the earlier thinkers whose ideas set the context for their works. This course covers general study of Plato’s philosophy and his view on knowledge and virtue.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. A General Study of Plato’s Philosophy
2. Plato’s View on Knowledge and Virtue
2.1. Plato’s conception of Knowledge
2.2. Plato’s Conception of Virtue

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to improve the understanding of the Plato’s theory of knowledge in detail,

to become familiar with ethical theories and their foundational principles and assumptions,

to achieve a direct views of Virtue Ethics and it serves as the cornerstone in Plato works, the key to understanding his philosophical world,

to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

know the dialogues fall into three main groups which correspond roughly to the three periods of Plato’s life

demonstrate Plato’s four cardinal virtues

distinguish four stages of the truth in the theory of knowledge

discuss a connection between virtue and happiness in Plato’s conception of the virtues

to synthesize the different views of other scholars to draw the effective conclusion

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

indicate a distinction between philosophic virtue and customary virtue

analyze the key concepts such as justice, wisdom, courage and temperance in Virtues Ethics

compare and contrast the central thesis of Socrates’ ethics is ‘knowledge is virtue’ and Plato’s ‘virtue is knowledge’

survey some ancient “eudaimonistic” versions of virtue ethics and explore some recent developments, investigate some key objections and criticisms, and examine some applied issues.

REFERENCES

1. Gonslaves, M. A. (1989). Right and Reason. Merrill Publishing Company.
2. Gould, J. A., (1989). Classic Philosophical Questions. Macmillan Publishing Company.
3. Hintz, H. W. (1959). Knowledge and Value. Harcourt, Brace & World Inc.
4. Solomon, H. W. (1996). A Handbook of Ethics. Harcourt, Brace & Company.
5. Thiroux, H. W. (1985). Philosophy: Theory and Practice. Macmillan Publishing Company.

Module No. : Phil 5206

Module Name : Selected Philosophical Writings-I

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to provide the main lines of thought from Western Philosophers’ original writings in epistemology. This course emphasizes on theory of knowledge subtracted from the original works of ancient to contemporary philosophers.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Truth and Knowledge
1.1. Plato: Truth as Extra-Sensible Reality
1.2. A.J. Ayer: Sense-Experience as the Standard of Truth
1.3. William James: The Pragmatist’s Approach to Truth
2. Theories of Knowledge
2.1. Rene Descartes: Rationalism
2.2. John Locke: Empiricism
2.3. George Berkeley: Epistemological Idealism
2.4. David Hume: The Empirical Grounds of Causal Reasoning
3. Mind and Matter
3.1. B.F. Skinner: Behaviorism
3.2. Jean-Paul Sartre: Existentialism

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to improve understanding about theory of truth, theory of knowledge, mind and matter in some of the Western philosophers’ original writings

to become familiar with epistemological terms in Western philosophy

to learn how to appreciate and interpret the role of truth and knowledge

it is designed to help students to be upgraded their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening

it challenges students to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

summarize with clarity and evaluate with insight some of the arguments, problems, questions, or issues central to epistemology

identify the recent trends of the major intellectual controversial characteristics of the Western philosophical tradition

discuss the generic importance of intellectual curiosity in philosophical inquiries and other academic subjects

construct analogies and examples to illustrate major philosophical points

organize the research frame logically

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

discuss some western philosopher’s approach about the question of what is truth, theory of knowledge and mind and matter

distinguish the role of perception and conception

learn the different theories of justification and how they are different

indicate the complexity and dynamics of even basic epistemological issues

explain the origins of western philosophy, showing particular awareness of the thought of Plato and Aristotle

distinguish what truths are known with certainty, what are known with probability and possibility and what are impossible

REFERENCES

1. Cohen, Eilliot D. (2000). Philosophers at Work. Second Edition, Harcourt College Publisher.
2. Locke, John (Pringle-Pattison, A.S. trans.). (1947). An Essay concerning Human Understanding. New York: Oxford at the Clarendon Press.

BA (Honours) Third Year (Semester-II)

Core Courses

Phil 5207 (4) Issues in Chinese Philosophy
Phil 5208 (4) Issues in Western Philosophy-II
Phil 5209 (4) Philosophy of Education-II
Phil 5210 (4) Topics in Buddhism-II
Phil 5211 (4) Ethics of Virtue-II (Aristotle)
Phil 5212 (4) Selected Philosophical Writings-II

Module No. : Phil 5207

Module Name : Issues in Chinese Philosophy

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– The purpose of this subject is enable students to examine the synthetic ways of thinking of Eastern Philosophy. Students have to study, in the second semester, characteristic of Chinese Philosophy, stages and development of Chinese Philosophy and a general survey of Chinese Philosophical systems. In addition, students will study bloom of new schools in Chinese Philosophy.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Metaphysical Background of Chinese Philosophy
2. Moral Problems in Chinese Philosophy
2.1. Problem of Human Nature in Confucianism
2.2. Problem of Human Nature in Neo-Confucianism
3. Problems of Human Nature in Chinese Philosophy
3.1. Problem of Human Nature in Taoism
3.2. Problem of Human Nature in Neo-Taoism
3.3. Problem of Human Nature in Maoism

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to achieve a direct views of metaphysical background of Chinese Philosophy

to improve the understanding about the problems of human nature in Chinese Philosophy schools

It can also challenge as any in the history of Western thought

It can examine the further teaching of Neo-Confucianism and Neo-Taoism in Chinese philosophy

It can explore some keys features of later Chinese Cosmology of Neo-Confucianism

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

understand the ethical terms in Chinese philosophy

differentiate various views on human nature in Chinese Philosophy

describe Social, Political and Philosophy are mixed in Chinese culture

revise the theories of human nature that were developed by Chinese thinkers and the ways in which these theories structured political, religious, and philosophical views.

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

demonstrate their knowledge of problems of Chinese philosophy

examine the metaphysical background of Chinese philosophy

indicate the general characteristics of Chinese Philosophy

analyze the key concepts in Chinese Philosophy

enhance recognition and understanding of cultural differences between China and western societies and their roots in the Chinese intellectual heritage

REFERENCES

1. Chai, C. & W. Chai. (1982). The Stories of Chinese Philosophy. New York: Washington Square Press.
2. Chan, Wing-Tsit. (1963). A Source Book in Chinese Philosophy. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
3. Fung Yu- Lan. (1981). A Short History of Chinese Philosophy. New York: The Free Press.
4. Theodore de Bary, William. (1980). Sources of Chinese Tradition. New York: Columbia University Press.
5. Xu Yuanxiang. (2007). Confucius: A Philosopher for the Ages. Beijing: China International Press.

Module No. : Phil 5208

Module Name : Issues in Western Philosophy-II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to understand issues in Western philosophy through the study of the philosophy of some Greek and modern philosophers. The frame of this course bases on the development of reading, writing, thinking, and speaking with studying on the major works of modern philosophies. In addition, it considers some of the most important problems in the theory of knowledge and morality and the good life from a selection of classical and contemporary viewpoints.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Philosophies of Process
2. Moore and the Revival of Realism
3. The Nature of Truth
4. Morality and The Good life

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to understand the nature of the issues in Western philosophy,

to learn thoughtfully but critically assess the arguments the students find in the philosophy of some philosophers,

to expand their ability of critical reasoning by studying those philosophers’ original writings,

to develops a sense of the value and limits of philosophy, a reflective attitude and sensitivity to the subtleties and complexities of philosophical judgments, and a life-long commitment to learning and inquiry,

to develop writing philosophical essays that have coherent theses and reasonable supporting arguments, and that include consideration of factors evaluating for and against different positions.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

understand epistemological and ethical issues from different perspectives and thus to understand that different people will define issues in different ways

state a view fully and carefully, give reasons for that view, and defend the view against common objections, as measured by the presentations and papers.

summarize and explain difficult ideas and concepts using language appropriate to their studied area

demonstrate the ability to do original philosophical research on some issues of epistemology and ethics

synthesize the different views of other scholars to draw the effective conclusion

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

describe knowledge of several philosophers and classical philosophical writings, and the arguments, principles, concepts, and issues contained the course,

analyze philosophical texts, particularly with respect to recognizing, expressing, and evaluating arguments

propose a new idea from philosophical point of view by using the knowledge of the course

obtain the basic skills of resolving those issues, such as critical thinking, analytical and synthesis, decision-making, problem-solving, self-study, and communication skills by means of conducting the active discussion class, group work for presentation and assignment.

REFERENCES

1. Jones, W.T. and Robert J. Fogelin. (1998). The Twentieth Century to Quine and Derrida (Third Edition). Harcourt Brace College Publishers.
2. Solomon, Robert C. (1998). The Big Questions (Fifth Edition). Harcourt Brace College Publishers.

Module No. : Phil 5209

Module Name : Philosophy of Education -II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to provide students with an overview of the most important some significant western educational theories that have been put forward as extensions of, or alternatives. This course is to arrive at a clear understanding of the significant some educational philosophers who have suggested a responsible eclecticism in building a personal philosophy of education. In addition, the course will provide the theories of pragmatists, existentialists, marxists and reconstructionists who advocated an attitude toward change that encourages individuals to try to make life better than it was or is. Moreover, students will have a chance to study some skills which are demanded in 21st Century educational system such as ‘self-study’, ‘creative’, ‘cooperative’, and ‘critical’ can be cultivated students to be active learners by philosophy of education.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Pragmatism and Education
2. Existentialism, Phenomenology, and Education
3. Analytic Philosophy and Education
4. Reconstructionism and Education
5. Behaviourism and Education
6. Marxism and Education
7. Philosophy, the Theory and Practice of Education

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to evaluate systematic reflection upon general theories

to learn how to develop the knowledge, skills, or characters of students

to synthesis of educational facts with educational values

to provide a view of social transformation and promotes a view of purposeful human action to carry through on that transformation

it challenges students to engage in critical thinking, to rethink assumptions and resist dogmatism or pat answers

to improve the sense of interdisciplinary approach through the presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

apply their subject analytically and comprehensively

discuss the different significances of western educational theories in education

develop their critical skills and analytical skills

select which educational methods are suitable to do the effective study in this course

discuss philosophy of education from different perspectives to the strength and weakness of each system

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

differentiate the different concepts inherent in the western point of view, such as aim, methods, curriculum and critique of eastern philosophies in education

reproduce a new perspective to recommend the further studies about education

make their new trend to present new ideas

synthesize the different views to draw the effective conclusion

construct own assumptions to suitable system for the students in line with the 21st Century skills

REFERENCES

1. Gutek, Gerald L. (1997). Historical And Philosophical Foundations of Education A Biographical Introduction. New Jersey: Merrill, an important of Prentice Hall.
2. Hamm, Cornel M. (1989). Philosophical Issues in Education: An Introduction. New York: The Flamer Press.
3. Kneller, George F. (1986). Introduction To The Philosophy Of Education. New York: Macmillan Publishing Company.
4. Knowles, Richard T and Mc Learn, George. (1992). Psychological Foundations of Moral Education And Character Development: An Integrated Theory of Moral Development. Washington: Library of Congress Cataloging-in- Publication.
5. Mclean, George F. (1991). Chinese Foundations for Moral Education And Character Development. Washington: Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication.
6. Mujibul Hasan Siddiqui. (2016). Philosophical And Sociological Foundations Of Education. New Delhi: A P H Publishing Corporation.
7. Olson, Ivan (2000). The Arts and Critical Thinking in American Education. London: An Important of Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.
8. Ozmon, Howard A. & Samuel M. Craver. (1986). Philosophical Foundations of Education. London: Merrill Publishing Company.
9. Sharma, Promila. (2013). Philosophy of Education. New Delhi: A P H Publishing Corporation.
10. Tubbs, Nigel. (2004). Philosophy’s Higher Education. New York: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Module No. : 5210

Module Name : Topics in Buddhism-II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to understand a broad view to schools of Buddhist thought, teachings, philosophical concepts and aesthetic evaluation of Buddhist Arts. It covers keys aspects of Theravada Buddhist thought and practice. This course will also provide an overview of Buddhism as it becomes increasingly influential in the modern world, including the areas of art, architecture, science, politics, and culture.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Schools of Buddhist Thought
2. Main Themes of Buddhist Teachings
2.1. The Doctrine of Two Extremes and 62 Brahmanic Views of Ancient India
2.2. The Doctrine of Middle Way
3. Philosophical Concepts in Buddha’s Teachings
4. Aesthetic Evaluation of Buddhist Arts

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to describe the schools of Buddhist thought, main themes, philosophical concepts and practice of Buddhism

to learn textual and architecture in the context of wider knowledge of Buddhism

to evaluate several issues in literature, history, doctrine and practice in Buddhism

to apply the practices and teachings of the Buddha from 2500 years ago, and how these are relevant today in order to work with mind and to show up more fully in daily life

to awaken, encourage or nourish in students a love of peace and truth for their own sake and a desire to live in a better world, free from suffering, now and in the future.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

describe what Buddhism and its teaching are and how to implement them into daily lives

demonstrate the different schools of Buddhism and how they are different

discuss the understanding about the complexity and dynamic of basic issues about way of life

construct artistic views based on Buddhist Arts

reproduce their ability of critical reasoning and thus be able to become reflective citizens of the twenty-first century multi-cultural society

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

indicate the Buddhist teaching and practices, allowing us to understand how these teachings shaped the ways people since ancient time and interacted with their world

analyze the meaning of life, the nature of the Law of Kamma and its Implications in Social life

evaluate aesthetic value of Buddhist Arts

obtain the basic skills of 21st century higher education students such as critical thinking, analytical and synthesis, decision-making, problem-solving, self-study, and communication skills by means of conducting the active tutorial and discussion class, group work for presentation and assignment.

REFERENCES

1. Chatterjee, S. (1960). An Introduction to Indian Philosophy. Calcutta: Calcutta University Press.
2. Dasgupta, Surama. (1965). Development of Moral Philosophy in India. New York: Unbar Publishing Co.
3. Radhakrishnan, S. (1953). History of Philosophy: Eastern and Western. Vol. I. London: Unwin Brothers.
4. Radhakrishnan, S. (1957). A Source Book in Indian Philosophy. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Module No. : Phil 5211

Module Name : Ethics of Virtue-II (Aristotle)

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– The purpose of this course is to provide the synthetic ways of Aristotle’s Virtue Ethics. It surveys the essential content of the philosophies of Aristotle and considers more briefly some of the earlier thinkers whose ideas set the context for their works. It examines the history of virtue ethics, one of the major traditions in ethical theory. Virtue ethics is a theory that emphasizes the goodness or badness of those who act, rather than the rightness or wrongness of particular actions. This course focuses on knowledge and virtue of Aristotle’s philosophy.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. A General Study of Aristotle’s Philosophy
2. Aristotle’s View on Knowledge and Virtue
2.1. Aristotle’s Conception of Knowledge
2.2. Aristotle’s Conception of Virtue

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to understand the nature of virtue ethics and virtue theory

to achieve a direct views of Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics

to develop the evaluating about the Ethical concepts of Virtues and Vices

to explore good moral character bears an especially close relation to human happiness, or the ability to construct a meaningful human life.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

understand Aristotle’s knowledge and virtues broadly

distinguish virtue in particular and virtue in general

explain the virtues are at a middle ground between excess and deficiency

compare Aristotle’s own philosophical system, with a focus on the ways in which it is similar to and different from Plato’s,

integrate set of ideas about the fundamental nature of reality, man, knowledge, and value in Aristotle’s philosophy.

The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

indicate what is virtues and vices in Aristotle’s virtues ethics

analyze the key concept of Aristotle’s Virtue Ethics

discuss the idea that virtue is primarily a matter of good upbringing and becomes second nature

trace the concept of virtue through several important Platonic dialogues before investigating the ethical system of Aristotle presented in his Nicomachean Ethics,

survey some ancient “eudaimonistic” versions of virtue ethics and explore some recent developments, investigate some key objections and criticisms, and examine some applied issues.

REFERENCES

1. Gonslaves, M. A. (1989). Right and Reason. Merrill Publishing Company.
2. Gould, J. A. (1989). Classic Philosophical Questions. New York: Macmillan Publishing Company.
3. Hintz, H. W. (1959). Knowledge and Value. Harcourt, Brace & World Inc.
4. Solomon, R. C. (1996). A Handbook of Ethics. Harcourt, Brace & Company.
5. Thiroux, J. P. (1985). Philosophy: Theory and Practice. New York: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Module No. : Phil 5212

Module Name : Selected Philosophical Writings-II

TOTAL HOURS : (75) Hours

Lecture : (3) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(45) Hours
Tutorial/Discussion : (2) Hours per Week * (15) Weeks=(30) Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION

– This course aims to provide the main lines of thought from Western Philosophers’ original writings in ethics. In addition, the course will provide an orientation about the meanings of the good, the end, moral virtue, friendship and happiness in Aristotle’s original writings and the more understanding of the concept of moral values and rules from some of the Western Philosophers’ original writings.
– The frame of the course bases on the topics of;
1. Virtue Ethics (Aristotle)
1.1. The Nicomachean Ethics (Book I- The End)
1.2. The Nicomachean Ethics (Book II- Moral Virtue)
1.3. The Nicomachean Ethics (Book VIII- Why we need friendship)
1.4. The Nicomachean Ethics (Book X – Happiness)
2. Moral Sense Ethics
 David Hume- A Treatise of Human Nature
(Moral Distinctions Derived from a Moral Sense)
3. Naturalism and Anti-naturalism
3.1. G. E. Moore- Principia Ethica (Chapter I- The Subject Matter of Ethics)
3.2. John Dewey- Reconstruction in Philosophy (Reconstruction in Moral conception)
4. Ludwig Wittgenstein- A Lecture on Ethics
5. Existentialist Ethics
5.1. Sǿren Kierkegaard
5.2. Friedrich Nietzsche
5.3. Jean-Paul Sartre

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objectives of this course are

to improve the understanding about ethics in some of the Western philosophers’ selected writings

to become familiar with the terms of moral values in ethics

to learn how to appreciate and interpret the concept of ethics

it is designed to help students to be upgraded their skills of discussion, argumentation and listening

it challenges students to engage in creative thinking and critical thinking skills through the group works in writing assignment or initiative discussion in the classroom

to improve the sense of self-study and pro-active thinking, classroom atmosphere will be put emphasis on presentation and assignment which necessarily linked with data collection from survey (literature or observation)

LEARNING OUTCOMES

– The generic learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

describe the main lines of thought of selected philosophical writing

distinguish between our actions can be praiseworthy and blameworthy

reproduce on and evaluate ethical arguments from diverse sources in order to communicate effectively with others who might have a different opinion from one’s own,

discuss about our good life which is based on our rational faculties,

make the philosophical assumptions that are rooted in moral ideas and in philosophical works in order to define one’s moral responsibility in contemporary society.

– The specific learning outcomes
After this study, students will be able to

think about our actions and decide rationally on the best course of action

employ theories of professional ethics and responsibility to evaluate choices, actions and consequences in professional life

compare and contrast the core of ethical problems, issues or questions by referencing the inquiry to some philosophers

explain moral virtues are not ends in themselves but a necessary preconditions for living a good life

initiate their new approaches to study successful life from philosophical point of view

REFERENCES

1. Hume, David. (1740). A Treatise of Human Nature. London: Wm. Collins Sons & Co, Ltd.
2. Johnson, Oliver A. (1999) Ethics (Selections from Classical and Contemporary Writers). Harcourt Brace College Publishers.
2. Warnock Mary. (1967). Existentialist Ethics. London: Macmillan.

MSc Geology

REGIONAL GEOLOGY SPECIALIZATION

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER I

1.Module No: Geol 611R

Geomorphology with special reference to air-photo interpretation; Techniques of air-photo interpretation in geology; Air-photo interpretation of depositional landforms; Structural interpretation of air-photos; Sensor principles and capabilities, specific properties of images and records. Remote-sensing in geologic mapping; Remote sensing in Applied Geology; Remote sensing as an aid in development and the evaluation of natural hazards. Type of images and image processing methods.

2.Module No: Geol 612R

Micropaleontology; Ichnology; Conodonts

3.Module No: Geol 613R

Current trends in structural geology; Stress and strain in two dimensions; Behaviour of rock deformation; Rock behavior under experimental conditions; Dynamics of faulting; Analysis of macro-structures; Petrofabrics; Morphotectonics.

4.Module No: Geol 614R

Petrographic methods- a review; Modern classification and nomenclature of hard rocks; Genetic types of granitoids; Granitoid rocks of Myanmar; Metamorphic facies and facies series- a review; Metamorphic Epochs and Metamorphic Belts of Myanmar; Geochemical Cycles.

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER II

1.Module No: Geol 621R

Overview and general consideration; Nature and aspects of various geologic hazards:-hazards from earthquakes, hazards from volcanic eruption, hazards from ground failures, ways and means of mitigating these hazards; Earthquake prediction and control; Proper use and care for Earth resources:-groundwater resources, mineral resources, fossil fuel, soil; Geologic condition for proper waste disposal; Use of environmental potential maps in regional planning; Disaster Management and Risk Reduction.

2.Module No: Geol 622R

Recent advances in plate tectonics; Magmatism, metamorphism, sedimentation and metallogeny along different plate boundaries; Origin of marginal basins; Collision tectonics of India and Eurasia; Geodynamics of South-east Asia.

3.Module No: Geol 623R

Introduction and general consideration; Principles and problems of classification of sedimentary rocks; Clay minerals; Mud rocks; Turbidites, Flysch; Molasses; Sedimentation as ore genesis; Applied sedimentation.

Sedimentary environments and facies: – alluvial, deltaic, estuarine, clastic shoreline, carbonate platform, bathyal, abyssal, trench; Carbonate petrography; Carbonate microfacies analysis; Organism and sediments; Phosphate; Bedded chert.

4.Module No: Geol 624R

Stratigraphic invertebrate paleontology of the Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Cenozoic rock sequences; Sedimentologic and stratigraphic application of selected groups of the invertebrates and microfossils; Depo-environments.

(OR)

Geology of the Moon; Mineral belts and mineral epochs of Myanmar; Mineralization at spreading centers; Quaternary stratigraphy of South-East Asia; Theory of evolution- a critical review; and other current topics.

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER I

1.Module No: Geol 631R

2.Module No: Geol 632R

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER II

1. Module No: Geol 641R

2.Module No: Geol 642R

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

PETROLOGY SPECIALIZATION

FIRST YEAR                                      SEMESTER I

1.Module No: Geol 611PT

Abundance and geochemical classification of elements; Radioactivity and geochronology; Thermodynamics; Crystallization in igneous rocks melts.

2.Module No: Geol 612PT

Micropaleontology; Ichnology; Conodonts(OR) Orthoscopic and conoscopic studies of minerals; Review of silicate structure; Isomorphism and polymorphism in minerals; Solid solution in mineral groups; Systematic microscopic study of all important rock-forming mineral groups with emphasis on feldspar, pyroxene, micas ,aluminosilicates and garnets.

3.Module No: Geol 613PT

Current trends in structural geology; Stress and strain in two dimensions; Behaviour of rock deformation; Rock behavior under experimental conditions; Dynamics of faulting; Analysis of macro-structures; Petrofabrics; Morphotectonics.

4.Module No: Geol 614PT

Petrographic methods- a review; Modern classification and nomenclature of hard rocks; Genetic types of granitoids; Granitoid rocks of Myanmar; Metamorphic facies and facies series- a review; Metamorphic Epochs and Metamorphic Belts of Myanmar; Geochemical Cycles.

FIRST YEAR                                      SEMESTER II

1.Module No: Geol 621PT

Element association in igneous rocks and minerals. Geochemistry of metamorphic processes; Sedimentary geochemistry; The hydrosphere; Atmosphere.

2.Module No: Geol 622PT

Historical development of petrology; Petrogenetic models; Experimental petrology and its uses; Origin of granitic and basaltic magmas; Magma association in relation to plate tectonic settings; Carbonatites; Metamorphism in relation to plate convergence.

3.Module No: Geol 623PT

Introduction and general consideration; Principles and problems of classification of sedimentary rocks; Clay minerals; Mud rocks; Turbidites, Flysch; Molasses; Sedimentation as ore genesis; Applied sedimentation.

Sedimentary environments and facies: – alluvial, deltaic, estuarine, clastic shoreline, carbonate platform, bathyal, abyssal, trench; Carbonate petrography; Carbonate microfacies analysis; Organism and sediments; Phosphate; Bedded chert.

4.Module No: Geol 624PT

Stratigraphic invertebrate paleontology of the Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Cenozoic rock sequences; Sedimentologic and stratigraphic application of selected groups of the invertebrates and microfossils; Depo-environments.(OR) Scanning Electron Microscope:- General principles of Electron Microscopy; Image formation and electron diffraction; Sample preparation; Scattering of electrons by crystalline solids; Electron optical contrast phenomena. Electron Probe Micro-Analysis:- Instrumentation; The x-ray detection system; Sample preparation; Qualitative and quantitative analyses; Standards and calculation of correction factors; Some applications of the method in mineralogy. Introduction; Historical background of geothermometry; Origin of inclusions; Terms and terminology on fluid inclusions; Properties and characteristics of fluid inclusions. Types of inclusions; Instruments and methods of inclusion studies; Inclusion measurements and interpretation of measurements; Application of inclusion studies in various geologic environments; Future of inclusion studies.

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER I

1.Module No: Geol 631PT

2.Module No: Geol 632PT

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER II

1. Module No: Geol 641PT

2. Module No: Geol 642PT

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

MINERALOGY SPECIALIZATION

FIRST YEAR                                                       SEMESTER I

1.Module No: Geol 611M

Mineral separation techniques; Sampling and preparation; Separation by gravity; Magnetic separation; Miscellaneous methods. X-ray diffraction techniques; Classification of crystals; nature and generation of x-rays; The Laue Method; The powder method; Mineral identification.

2.Module No: Geol 612M

Orthoscopic and conoscopic studies of minerals. Uniaxial minerals; wave-velocity sufaces, optical indicatrix, interference figures, optic signs. Biaxial minerals; wave-velocity sufaces, optical indicatrix, interference figures, optic signs. Interference colors in relation to thickness and optical orientation; uses of colour chart. Optic orientation of biaxial minerals; construction of orientation diagram. Review of silicate structure; Isomorphism and polymorphism in minerals; Solid solution in mineral groups; Systematic microscopic study of all important rock-forming mineral groups with emphasis on feldspar, pyroxene, micas ,aluminosilicates and garnets. Principles and applications of Universal Stage.

3.Module No: Geol 613M

Ore microscopy (reflected light polarizing microscope); Physical and optical properties of ore minerals; Reflectivity method; Mineralogical analysis; Ore texture; Ore genesis; Description of important ore minerals (elements and intermetallic compounds, common sulphides and sulphates, oxidic ore minerals, gangue minerals).

4.Module No: Geol 614M

Petrographic methods- a review; Modern classification and nomenclature of hard rocks; Genetic types of granitoids; Granitoid rocks of Myanmar; Metamorphic facies and facies series- a review; Metamorphic Epochs and Metamorphic Belts of Myanmar; Geochemical Cycles

FIRST YEAR                                                       SEMESTER II

1.Module No: Geol 621M

Element association in igneous rocks and minerals. Geochemistry of metamorphic processes; Sedimentary geochemistry; The hydrosphere; Atmosphere.The Phase Rule and heterogeneous equilibrium- a review; important phase equilibrium; System of silicate melts and important metamorphic reactions; Application of these phase equilibrium and reactions in mineralogy.

2. Module No: Geol 622M

Introduction; Physical properties of gemstones; Light and related phenomena in gemstones; Colour in gemstones; Instruments used in gem testing; Fashioning of gemstones; Synthetic gemstones; Imitation and artificial treatments; Important gem species and their occurrences:- diamond, ruby and sapphire (corundum), emerald and aquamarine (beryl), spinals, garnets, topaz, tourmaline, chrysoberyl and alexandrite, dunburite, peridot, jadeite and nephrite jade, quartz and silica varieties, feldspars (moonstone, sunstone), pearls, corals, amber.

3.Module No: Geol 623M

Glasses, enamels and ceramic materials; Building materials; Phosphate and other mineral fertilizers; Mineral commodities (clay, feldspars, manganese minerals, etc).

4. Module No: Geol 624M

Scanning Electron Microscope:- General principles of Electron Microscopy; Image formation and electron diffraction; Sample preparation; Scattering of electrons by crystalline solids; Electron optical contrast phenomena; Electron Probe Micro-Analysis:- Instrumentation; The x-ray detection    system; Sample preparation; Qualitative and quantitative analyses; Standards and calculation of correction factors; Some applications of the method in mineralogy. Introduction; Historical background of geothermometry; Origin of inclusions; Terms and terminology on fluid inclusions; Properties and characteristics of fluid inclusions. Types of inclusions; Instruments and methods of inclusion studies; Inclusion measurements and interpretation of measurements; Application of inclusion studies in various geologic environments; Future of inclusion studies.

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER I

1.Module No: Geol 631PT

2.Module No: Geol 632PT

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER II

1. Module No: Geol 641PT

2. Module No: Geol 642PT

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

PALEONTOLOGY SPECIALIZATION

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER I

1.Module No: Geol 611P

Modern techniques in current research; mass extinction; Species and species problem; Conodonts. Methods of approach; Morphology and classification; Application of conodonts.

2.Module No: Geol 612P

Nature of fossil records and preservability of organic remains; Principles, practice and methods in description of a fossil specimen; Determination and description of ontogenetic variation; Variation in populations and population dynamics; Species, speciation, species problems, formal naming and description of species; Classification and taxonomy; General procedure and outline in identification of fossils; Modes, rates, trends and patterns of evolution, determination of phylogenetic relationships, and extinction.

3.Module No: Geol 613P

Biometrical methods in the study of invertebrate fossils; Introduction; The role of Biometrics in taxonomy; Basic statistical concepts; Population and sample in paleontology; Univariate analysis; Bivariate analysis: Statistical discrimination: Concepts of variability in bivariate samples. (OR)

Palynology:- Definition. Brief history; Sampling, processing and identification of faunas; Study of pollen assemblages; Determination of chronostratigraphic dating, formation representative and stratigraphic position; Determination of paleoenvironments. Nannoplanktonology:- Definition; Brief history; Methods of study; Sampling and preparation techniques; Identification of Nannofossils; Uses and advantages in application of Nannofossils; Age dating and interpretation of paleoenvironments; Ecology and comparison between forams and Nannofossils.

4.Module No: Geol 614P

Lower vertebrates :- Ostracoderms; Paleozoic fishes:- Placodermi and other groups; Aves:-earliest birds- ( birds of Mesozoic Era); Early reptiles:- marine reptiles, flying reptiles, land reptiles; Early Amphibian; Dinosaurs:- Sauropods, Theropods; Archiac mammals: Primitive mammals, mammals of Tertiary period. Primates:- Lower primates, higher primates, higher Anthropoid primates. Human Paleontology:- evolution of man (from Australopithecus to Homo Sapiens).

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER II

1.Module No: Geol 621P

Paleoecology: Scope; Methods and materials; Paleoautoecology and Synecology; Fossils and sediments association; Analysis and interpretation of paleo-depositional environments.

Biostratigraphy: Methods and approaches; Fossils as chronostratigraphic tools; Biochronology and evolution; Distribution of fossils in time and space; Paleoclimatological interpretation and paleogeographic aspects.

2.Module No: Geol 622P

Application of fossil foraminifera; extraction and processing of foraminifera; Classification; Paleoecology of fossil foraminifera: (a) Planktonic and (b) Benthonic larger foraminifera; Systematic study.

Application of fossil conodonts; extraction and processing of conodonts; Classification; Paleoecology of fossil conodonts.

3.Module No: Geol 623P

Introduction and general consideration; Principles and problems of classification of sedimentary rocks; Clay minerals; Mud rocks; Turbidites, Flysch; Molasses; Sedimentation as ore genesis; Applied sedimentation.

Sedimentary environments and facies:- alluvial, deltaic, estuarine, clastic shoreline, carbonate platform, bathyal, abyssal, trench; Carbonate petrography; Carbonate microfacies analysis; Organism and sediments; Phosphate; Bedded chert.

4. Module No: Geol 624P

Stratigraphic invertebrate paleontology of the Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Cenozoic rock sequences; Sedimentologic and stratigraphic application of selected groups of the invertebrates and microfossils; Depo-environments.

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER I

1.Module No: Geol 631P

2.Module No: Geol 632P

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER II

1. Module No: Geol 641P

2. Module No: Geol 642P

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

ENGINEERING GEOLOGY SPECIALIZATION

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER I

1.Module No: Geol 611EG

Geomorphology with special reference to air-photo interpretation; Techniques of air-photo interpretation in geology; Air-photo interpretation of depositional landforms; Structural interpretation of air-photos; Sensor principles and capabilities, specific properties of images and records. Remote-sensing in geologic mapping; Remote-sensing in Applied Geology; Remote sensing as an aid in development and the evaluation of natural hazards. Types of images and image processing methods.

Applied Geomorphology:   Development of landforms. Relationship between landform and the underlying geology. Geomorphologic survey and analysis techniques.

2.Module No: Geol 612EG

Basic principles of soil mechanics; Index properties and soil classification; State of stress in soils; Stress-strain behaviour and shear strength; Effective stress concepts and permeability; Compressibility of soils; normally and overconsoildated soils; Soil compaction. Labiratory tests : Seieve analysis, Liquid limit, plastic limit and other index properties tests, Permeability tests, Triaxial tests, Diert shear test, Standard Proctor Test.

3. Module No: Geol 613EG

Current trends in Structural Geology. Stress and Strain in two dimensions. Behavior of rock deformation; Rock behavior under experimental conditions. Dynamics of faulting; Analysis of macro-structures. Petrofabrics. Morphotectonics. Global Tectonics (with special reference to recent developments).

4. Module No: Geol 614EG

Basic principles of rock mechanics; intact rock properties, rock mass and discontinuities, Deformability of rock mass; Rock slope engineering; basic mechanics of slope failures, Graphical presentation of geologic data, geological data collection, Shear strength of rock, Groundwater flow in rock mass, Plane failure, Wedge failure, circular failure, toppling failure.

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER II

1.Module No: Geol 621EG

Geological hazards:- seismic risk, landslides, subsidence, floods, erosion, volcanic eruptions, discrete and continuous hazards; event return time, Geological resources and their management; Type of resources use and potential environmental conflict; Resource economic and policy formulation; Waste disposal and the mineral industry; Reclamation and rehabilitation of land used for extractive purposes:- Swamp drainage; Geology and Urban planning; Map preparation, Multiple land use principle, Aesthetic criteria for landscape evaluation. Environmental impact of dams, roads, explorative and extractive stages of mining; Impact statement techniques, Case studies; Disaster Management and Risk Reduction.

2. Module No: Geol 622EG

Current trends and aspects in advanced hydrogeology. Groundwater and Geotechnological problems.

Techniques and interpretation of shallow seismic refraction. Application of dam-site, highways, depth of weathering, material quality. Electrical Methods; Direct current geoelectric theory; resistivity sounding and profiling with applications to determination to bedrock depth, location of water table, sheared zones, etc. Magnetic, Electromagnetic and Gravity methods applied to engineering and hydrogeology problems; Various geophysical well loggings applied to determination of rock properties and location of clay-filled joints.

3. Module No: Geol 623EG

Subsurface exploration; Site investigation for dams; Highways and other engineering structures; Foundation analysis; Bearing capacity for shallow and deep foundation; Lateral earth pressure; Ground improvement methods; Tunneling; Disaster prevention and management; Earthquakes, Landslides etc.; Current trends and aspects in advanced geotechnology. Engineering Geology of Myanmar: Case-studies on Engineering Geology of dams, highway, bridge construction foundations etc. of Myanmar.

4. Module No: Geol 624EG

Foundation principles: Shallow and deep foundations (spread footing foundation, mat foundation, deep foundation, bearing capacity); Settlements (basic for design methods)

Foundation investigation for dams and other hydraulic structures; High way and airports, bridges, and building;

Seepage through dam foundation: Groundwater control methods; Cutoff trench, sheet piles, diaphragm walls and other methods of controlling seepages;

Foundation and engineering geology in hydropower development: Diversion type power development; Dam type power development;

Foundation Improvement: Grouting, Dental treatment, Rock anchors, and Load transfer;

Geology of tunnels and large underground openings; Foundations on unstable landforms and in seismically active regions

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER I

1. Module No: Geol 631EG

2.Module No: Geol 632EG

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER II

1. Module No: Geol 641EG

2. Module No: Geol 642EG

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

PETROLEUM GEOLOGY SPECIALIZATION

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER I

1. Module No: Geol 611PG

Geomorphology with special reference to air-photo interpretation; Techniques of air-photo interpretation in geology; Air-photo interpretation of depositional landforms; Structural interpretation of air-photos; Sensor principles and capabilities, specific properties of images and records. Remote-sensing in geologic mapping; Remote-sensing in Applied Geology; Remote sensing as an aid in development and the evaluation of natural hazards. Types of images and image processing methods.

2. Module No: Geol 612PG

The origin and formation of petroleum

The nature of oil and gas

Source rocks and reservoir rocks

Hydrocarbon trap types and seal

Petroleum exploration methods

Well drilling and completion

Subsurface geology (Well correlation , constructing cross-sections , subsurface geological maps)

Wireline well logs (Electrical logs , Radioactivity logs, Sonic log)

Improved and enhanced oil recovery methods

Oil and Gas reserve

Nonconventional petroleum   resources (plastic and solid hydrocarbon, Tar sands , Oil shales, Coalbed methane, Shale gas)

Petroleum System

3. Module No: Geol 613PG

Palynology: Definition. Brief history; Sampling, processing and identification of faunas; Study of pollen assemblages; Determination of chronostratigraphic dating, formation representative and stratigraphic position; Determination of paleoenvironments. Nannoplanktonology: Definition; Brief history; Methods of study; Sampling and preparation techniques; Identification of Nannofossils; Uses and advantages in application of Nannofossils; Age dating and interpretation of paleoenvironments; Ecology and comparison between forams and Nannofossils.           (OR)

Current trends in Structural Geology. Stress and Strain in two dimensions. Behavior of rock deformation; Rock behavior under experimental conditions. Dynamics of faulting; Analysis of macro-structures. Petrofabrics. Morphotectonics. Global Tectonics (with special reference to recent developments).

4. Module No: Geol 614PG

Petroleum Geophysics: An advanced course in Petroleum Exploration with emphasis on the techniques and interpretation, GPS, GIS etc.; Laboratory assignments including computer processing of field data and interpretation of problems. Petroleum Geochemistry: Sample collections; Stratigraphy (rock units); Geostratigraphy laboratory analysis; Organic Analysis, TOC and type, Oil and Gas Analysis; Estimation of source rocks (Oil kitchen, Migration & trap); Estimation of oil in place; Risk Analysis.

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER II

1. Module No: Geol 621PG

Selected topics on the reservoir geology of giant oil and gas field; Myanmar oil field and its economics.

2. Module No: Geol 622PG

Application of fossil Foraminifera; Extraction and processing of foraminifera; Classification; Paleoecology of fossil foraminifera: (a) Planktonic and (b) Benthonic larger foraminifera; Systematic study.

Methods and approaches; Fossils as chronostratigraphic tools; Biochronology and evolution; Distribution of fossils in time and space; Paleoclimtological interpretation and　paleogeographic aspects; Current trends in Paleontology and Nannoplanktonology. (OR) Case studies of Petroleum Geology

3. Module No: Geol 623PG

Introduction and general consideration; Principles and problems of classification of sedimentary rocks; Clay minerals; Mud rocks; Turbidites, Flysch; Molasses; Sedimentation as ore genesis; Applied sedimentation.

Sedimentary environments and facies:- alluvial, deltaic, estuarine, clastic shoreline, carbonate platform, bathyal, abyssal, trench; Carbonate petrography; Carbonate microfacies analysis; Organism and sediments; Phosphate; Bedded chert.

4. Module No: Geol 624PG

Structural Mapping, Stratigraphy (Biozone & lithology), Well-log Analysis, Reservoir character (contour, fault, fault blocks, formation water analysis, Lab: data (porosity, Permeability, formation water); Oil & gas character in trap; Decline rate and risk analysis; Primary recovery and Secondary Process.

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER I

1. Module No: Geol 631PG

2. Module No: Geol 632PG

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER II

1. Module No: Geol 641PG

2. Module No: Geol 642PG

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

HYDROGEOLOGY SPECIALIZATION

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER I

1. Module No: 611HG

Geomorphology with special reference to air-photo interpretation; Techniques of air-photo interpretation in geology; Air-photo interpretation of depositional landforms; Structural interpretation of air-photos; Sensor principles and capabilities, specific properties of images and records. Remote-sensing in geologic mapping; Remote-sensing in Applied Geology; Remote sensing as an aid in development and the evaluation of natural hazards. Types of images and image processing methods. Applied Geomorphology: Development of landforms. Relationship between landform and the underlying geology. Geomorphologic survey and analysis techniques.

2. Module No: Geol 612HG

Hydrologic cycle. Groundwater hydraulics. Hydrochemistry of groundwater. Recent advances in hydrogeology.

3. Module No: Geol 613HG

Current trends in Structural Geology. Stress and Strain in two dimensions. Behavior of rock deformation; Rock behavior under experimental conditions. Dynamics of faulting; Analysis of macro-structures. Petrofabrics. Morphotectonics. Global Tectonics (with special reference to recent developments).

4. Module No: Geol 614HG

Current trends and aspects in advanced hydrogeology. Groundwater and Geotechnological problems.

Hydrogeology of Myanmar: Case studies on Hydrogeology of Myanmar.

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER II

1. Module No: Geol 621HG

Geological hazards:- seismic risk, landslides, subsidence, floods, erosion, volcanic eruptions, discrete and continuous hazards; event return time, Geological resources and their management; Type of resources use and potential environmental conflict; Resource economic and policy formulation; Waste disposal and the mineral industry; Reclamation and rehabilitation of land used for extractive purposes:- Swamp drainage; Geology and Urban planning; Map preparation, Multiple land use principle, Aesthetic criteria for landscape evaluation. Environmental impact of dams, roads, explorative and extractive stages of mining; Impact statement techniques; Case studies; Disaster Management and Risk Reduction.

2. Module No: Geol 622HG

Sources of Salinity , Measures of Water Quality, Chemical Analysis, Graph Representations, Physical Analysis, Biological Analysis, Groundwater Samples, Water Quality Criteria, Changwgs in Chemical Composition, Dissolved Gases, Temperature, Saline Groundwater. Techniques and interpretation of shallow seismic refraction. Application of dam-site, highways, depth of weathering, material quality. Electrical Methods; Direct current geoelectric theory; resistivity sounding and profiling with applications to determination to bedrock depth, location of water table, sheared zones, etc. Magnetic, Electromagnetic and Gravity methods applied to engineering and hydrogeology problems; various geophysical well loggings applied to determination of rock properties and location of clay-filled joints.

3 . Name of Module: Groundwater Engineering (or) Sedimentology

Water Wells, Test Holes and Well Logs, Methods for Construction Shallow Wells, Methods or Drilling Deep Wells, Well Completion, Well Development, Testing Wells for Yield, Well Rehabilitation, Horizontal Wells. Concepts of Basin Management, Equation of Hydrologic Equilibrium, Groundwater Basin Investigations, Data Collection and Fieldwork, Alternative Basin Yields, Evaluation of Penennial Yield, Salt Balance, Basin Management by Conjunctive Use, Examples of Groundwater Management. (OR) Introduction and general consideration; Principles and problems of classification of sedimentary rocks; Clay minerals; Mud rocks; Turbidites, Flysch; Molasses; Sedimentation as ore genesis; Applied sedimentation. Sedimentary environments and facies:- alluvial, deltaic, estuarine, clastic shoreline, carbonate platform, bathyal, abyssal, trench; Carbonate petrography; Carbonate microfacies analysis; Organism and sediments; Phosphate; Bedded chert.

4. Module No: Geol 624HG

Evaluation of bounded aquifers, wedge-shaped and sloping aquifers, Anisotropic aquifers, Multi-layered aquifer systems and partial penetrating wells; well performance tests. Index properties and soil classification; Hydraulic conductivity.

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER I

1. Module No: Geol 631HG

2. Module No: Geol 632HG

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER II

1. Module No: Geol 641HG

2. Module No: Geol 642HG

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

ECONOMIC AND MINING GEOLOGY SPECIALIZATION)

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER I

1. Module No: Geol 611EMG

Geomorphology with special reference to air-photo interpretation; Techniques of air-photo interpretation in geology; Air-photo interpretation of depositional landforms; Structural interpretation of air-photos; Sensor principles and capabilities, specific properties of images and records. Remote-sensing in geologic mapping; Remote-sensing in Applied Geology; Remote sensing as an aid in development and the evaluation of natural hazards. Types of images and image processing methods.

2. Module No: Geol 612EMG

Provides a basic introduction to mining. Includes the unique characteristics of the mining industry. Surface and underground mining methods and the unit operations of drilling, blasting, loading and haulage. Myanmar Mines Law is studied. Introduces the role of a mine geologist and the applications of geologic principles to mining practice. Underground and open pit mine mapping and solving of typical problems encountered in the mining industry. Covers mine sampling techniques and ore reserve estimation methods. Includes placer sampling and sampling of drill holes. Calculation of the tonnage factor, recovery, the concentration ratio and the value of the run of mine ore.

A general survey of mineral processing technology and topics include crushing, grinding, sizing, screening, thickening, classification, floatation and leaching.

3. Module No: Geol 613EMG

Ore Mineralogy: A detailed treatment of the ore minerals, their physical, chemical and optical properties, and their relation to each other in ores. Laboratory work includes the identification of minerals by optical, microchemical and X-ray methods, and study of paragenesis of mineral suites from selected mining districts of Myanmar.

Industrial Mineralogy: Glasses, enamels and ceramic materials; Building materials; Phosphate and other mineral fertilizers; Mineral commodities (clay, feldspars, manganese minerals, etc).

4. Module No: Geol 614EMG

The study of the styles, characteristics of metallic ore deposits. Theories of their origin and their implications related to known occurrences. Ore deposits models of the major types of deposits. The lecture series include detailed description of classical mining districts throughout the world.

Studies probability distributions, sampling distributions, estimation and hypotheses testing, regression and correlation.

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER II

1. Module No: Geol 621EMG

Geological hazards:- seismic risk, landslides, subsidence, floods, erosion, volcanic eruptions, discrete and continuous hazards; event return time, Geological resources and their management; Type of resources use and potential environmental conflict; Resource economic and policy formulation; Waste disposal and the mineral industry; Reclamation and rehabilitation of land used for extractive purposes:- Swamp drainage; Geology and Urban planning; Map preparation, Multiple land use principle, Aesthetic criteria for landscape evaluation. Environmental impact of dams, roads, explorative and extractive stages of mining; Impact statement techniques; Case studies; Disaster Management and Risk Reduction.

2. Module No: Geol 622EMG

Exploration Geochemistry: Lectures deal with various geochemical environments, sample media, sample preparation, analytical methods, control of contamination and error problems. Laboratory work includes layout of exploration programs, sample collection and data analysis using geostatistical computer programs.

Exploration Geophysics: Studies methods of geophysical exploration with emphasis on the fundamental theory of measurement of the physical properties of the earth. The major methods used in geophysical prospecting and the instruments used are studied.

3. Module No: Geol 623EMG

A detailed study of the mining districts of Myanmar which includes the Bawdwin, Yadanatheingi and Bawsaing lead districts, Monywa and Shangalon porphyry copper deposits, the Mawchi tin lodes and the Kyaukpahto, Thabeikkyin and Pyinmana goldfields. Covers the occurrence, distribution, origin and economic importance of nonmetallic deposits. Studies the nonmetallic mining industry of Myanmar.

4. Module No: Geol 624EMG

Case studies on Economic Mineral Deposits of Myanmar

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER I

1. Module No: Geol 631EMG

2. Module No: Geol 632EMG

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER II

1. Module No: Geol 641EMG

2. Module No: Geol 642EMG

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS

First Year

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER I

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER II

Second Year

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER I

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER II

Third Year

THIRD YEAR SEMESTER I

THIRD YEAR SEMESTER II

Fourth Year

FOURTH YEAR SEMESTER I

FOURTH YEAR SEMESTER II

Post-graduate Diploma

PROGRAMME FOR (D.A.G) COURSES

For Economic and Mining Geology Specialization

Syllabus

E 501(A)                    English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 502-GS             Geostatistics and Data processing: Elementary Statistics, frequency distributions, mean, medium, mode and other measurements of distribution. Statistical decision theory. Correlation theory, Analysis of Multivariate data. Computer application in Applied Geology; Data collection and assessment ; Techniques for computer assisted analysis.

DAG 511-EMG         Industrial Mineralogy / Ore Mineralogy – I

Fundamentals of the atomic structure of minerals; Mode of formation of minerals and ores in economic metallic and non-metallic minerals. Principles of X-ray diffractometry and the use of X-ray power cameras and diffractometer. Principles of S.E.M. and their application. Nature of reflected light. Ore features and their interpretation. Phase relations. Nature of reflected light. Ore textures and their measurements. Study of selected ores and ore mineral under microscope including textural studies.

DAG 512-EMG         Exploration Geophysics – I : Review of the basics in electromagnetic, electromics and vector analysis. Density, magnetic, electrical, conductivity, solubility and other physical and chemical characteristics of common ore and gangue minerals, Introduction to I.P., resistivity, electromagnetic , magnetic, gravity, radiometric and seismic refraction methods, simple laboratory exercises.

DAG 513-EMG         Exploration Geochemistry – I : Basic Principles. Field and analytical methods. Dispersion of elements ( secondary and primary ) and its applications in mineral exploration. Some mathematical and statistical methods applied in geochemical exploration. Laboratory exercises.

DAG 514-EMG(A)   Ore deposits – I : Types of ore deposits and their geological and geochemical characteristics. Use of isotopic and fluid inclusion data. Genetic models for ore formation.

DAG 515-EMG(A)   Economic and Mining Geology – I: General statement. Resources and reserves. Stages in mineral exploration. Mineral exploration techniques. Surveying for field geology. Drilling in mineral exploration. Exploration characteristics of ore deposits. Case studies. Laboratory exercises.

E 501(B)                    English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 514-EMG(B)   Ore deposits – II: Major geological environments with respect to the plate tectonic hypothesis, and associated ore deposits, and their characteristics. Applications of ore genesis modeling in defining the exploration criteria for the various ore deposits.

DAG 515-EMG(B)   Economic and Mining Geology – II : Sampling and valuation. Ore reserve calculations and grade controls. Mine surveying. Mining methods. Mineral dressing. Ore microscopy and extractive metallurgy. Marketing. Design and management in mineral exploration and development project. Environmental factors in mining industries.

DAG 521-EMG         Structural Geology:    Techniques of strain analysis and reconstruction of primary structures. Discussion of fracture patterns, shear zones, folding and boundinage. Statistical analysis of orientation data, superposed folding , domainal analysis of complex structures with practical work. Laboratory work of advanced subsurface methods and stereographic projection.

DAG 522-EMG         Remote Sensing and Photogeology include lectures and laboratory exercises useful in mineral exploration and Applied Geology.

DAG 523-EMG         Integrated Mineral Exploration ; Ore controls. Case studies of mineral exploration dealing with world and Myanmar examples.

DAG 524-EMG         Field Work and Defense of Dissertation : Research works on assigned specialized Field; Preparation and defense of dissertation.

For Exploration Geophysics Specialization

E 501(A)                    English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 502-GS             Geostatistics and Data processing : Elementary Statistics, frequency distributions, mean, medium, mode and other measurements of distribution. Statistical decision theory. Correlation theory, Analysis of Multivariate data. Computer application in Applied Geology; Data collection and assessment ; Techniques for computer assisted analysis.

DAG 511-GP             Industrial Mineralogy / Ore Mineralogy – I Fundamentals of the atomic structure of minerals; Mode of formation of minerals and ores in economic metallic and non-metallic minerals. Principles of X-ray diffractometry and the use of X-ray power cameras and diffractometer. Principles of S.E.M. and their application. Nature of reflected light. Ore features and their interpretation. Phase relations. Nature of reflected light. Ore textures and their measurements. Study of selected ores and ore mineral under microscope including textural studies.

DAG 512-GP (A)      Exploration Geophysics – I : Review of the basics in electromagnetic, electromics and vector analysis. Density, magnetic, electrical, conductivity, solubility and other physical and chemical characteristics of common ore and gangue minerals, Introduction to I.P., resistivity, electromagnetic, magnetic, gravity, radiometric and seismic refraction methods, Simple laboratory exercises.

DAG 513-GP             Exploration Geochemistry – I : Basic Principles. Field and analytical methods. Dispersion of elements (secondary and primary) and its applications in mineral exploration. Some mathematical and statistical methods applied in geochemical exploration. Laboratory exercises.

DAG 514-GP (A)      Ore deposits – I: Types of ore deposits and their geological and geochemical characteristics. Use of isotopic and fluid inclusion data. Genetic models for ore formation.

DAG 515-GP             Economic and Mining Geology – I: General Statement. Resources and reserves. Stages in mineral exploration. Mineral exploration techniques. Surveying for field geology. Drilling in mineral exploration. Exploration characteristics of oredeposits. Case studies. Laboratory exercises.

E 501(B)                    English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 512-GP(B)       Exploration Geophysics – II : Geophysical methods in exploration includes review of introductory course, induced polarization (frequency and time domains), resistivity ( mapping and sounding), electromagnetic ( Turam, Slingram, V.L.F) , and their applications, field procedures, interpretation and limitations. Also includes magnetic, radiometric, gravity, seismic refraction, airborne and borehole methods; Integrated geophysical surveys and case histories. Laboratory exercises; Instrumentation.

DAG 514-GP (B)      Ore deposits – II: Major geological environments with respect to the plate tectonic hypothesis, and associated ore deposits, and their characteristics. Applications of ore genesis modeling in defining the exploration criteria for the various ore deposits.

DAG 521-GP             Structural Geology: Techniques of strain analysis and reconstruction of primary structures. Discussion of fracture patterns, shear zones, folding and boundinage. Statistical analysis of orientation data, superposed folding, domainal analysis of complex structures with practical work. Laboratory work of advanced subsurface methods and stereographic projection.

DAG 522-GP             Remote Sensing and Photogeology include lectures and laboratory exercises useful in mineral exploration and Applied Geology.

DAG 523-GP             Integrated Mineral Exploration; Ore controls. Case studies of mineral exploration dealing with world and Myanmar examples.

DAG 524-GP             Field Work and Defense of Dissertation: Research works on assigned specialized field; Preparation and defense of dissertation.

For Exploration Geochemistry Specialization

E 501(A)                    English : Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 502-GS             Geostatistics and Data processing : Elementary Statistics, frequency distributions, mean, medium, mode and other measurements of distribution. Statistical decision theory. Correlation theory, Analysis of Multivariate data. Computer application in Applied Geology; Data collection and assessment ; Techniques for computer assisted analysis.

DAG 511-GC            Industrial Mineralogy / Ore Mineralogy – I Fundamentals of the atomic structure of minerals; Mode of formation of minerals and ores in economic metallic and non-metallic minerals. Principles of X-ray diffractometry and the use of X-ray power cameras and diffractometer. Principles of S.E.M. and their application. Nature of reflected light. Ore features and their interpretation. Phase relations. Nature of reflected light. Ore textures and their measurements. Study of selected ores and ore mineral under microscope including textural studies.

DAG 512-GC            Exploration Geophysics – I : Review of the basics in electromagnetic, electromics and vector analysis. Density, magnetic, electrical, conductivity, solubility and other physical and chemical characteristics of common ore and gangue minerals, Introduction to I.P., resistivity, electromagnetic , magnetic, gravity, radiometric and seismic refraction methods, Simple laboratory exercises.

DAG 513-GC(A)      Exploration Geochemistry – I : Basic Principles. Field and analytical methods. Dispersion of elements ( secondary and primary ) and its applications in mineral exploration. Some mathematical and statistical methods applied in geochemical exploration. Laboratory exercises.

DAG 514-GC(A)      Ore deposits – I : Types of ore deposits and their geological and geochemical characteristics. Use of isotopic and fluid inclusion data. Genetic models for ore formation.

DAG 515-GC            Economic and Mining Geology – I: General Statement. Resources and reserves. Stages in mineral exploration. Mineral exploration techniques. Surveying for field geology. Drilling in mineral exploration. Exploration characteristics of ore deposits. Case studies. Laboratory exercises.

E 501(B)                    English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 513- GC(B)     Exploration Geochemistry -II : Geochemistry of the earth. Detailed studies of soil science. Secondary and primary dispersion of elements. Systematic methods and procedures of geochemical exploration. Data processing and interpretation techniques. Review of exploration geochemistry in Myanmar. Seminars and laboratory exercises.

DAG 514-GC(B)      Ore deposits – II: Major geological environments with respect to the plate tectonic hypothesis, and associated ore deposits, and their characteristics. Applications of ore genesis modeling in defining the exploration criteria for the various ore deposits.

DAG 521-GC            Structural Geology: Techniques of strain analysis and reconstruction of primary structures. Discussion of fracture patterns, shear zones, folding and boundinage. Statistical analysis of orientation data, superposed folding , domainal analysis of complex structures with practical work. Laboratory work of advanced subsurface methods and stereographic projection.

DAG 522-GC            Remote Sensing and Photogeology include lectures and laboratory exercises useful in mineral exploration and Applied Geology.

DAG 523-GC            Integrated Mineral Exploration : Ore controls. Case studies of mineral exploration dealing with world and Myanmar examples.

DAG 524-GC            Field Work and Defense of Dissertation : Research works on assigned specialized field; Preparation and defense of dissertation.

For Industrial Mineralogy and Ore Mineralogy Specialization

E 501(A)                    English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 502-GS             Geostatistics and Data processing : Elementary Statistics, frequency distributions, mean, medium, mode and other measurements of distribution. Statistical decision theory. Correlation theory, Analysis of Multivariate data. Computer application in Applied Geology; Data collection and assessment ; Techniques for computer assisted analysis.

DAG 511-IM (A)      Industrial Mineralogy / Ore Mineralogy -I Fundamentals of the atomic structure of minerals; Mode of formation of minerals and ores in economic metallic and non-metallic minerals. Principles of X-ray diffractometry and the use of X-ray power cameras and diffractometer. Principles of S.E.M. and their application. Nature of reflected light. Ore features and their interpretation. Phase relations. Nature of reflected light. Ore textures and their measurements. Study of selected ores and ore mineral under microscope including textural studies.

DAG 512-IM             Exploration Geophysics – I: Review of the basics in electromagnetic, electromics and vector analysis. Density, magnetic, electrical, conductivity, solubility and other physical and chemical characteristics of common ore and gangue minerals, Introduction to I.P., resistivity, electromagnetic , magnetic, gravity, radiometric and seismic refraction methods, Simple laboratory exercises.

DAG 513- IM            Exploration Geochemistry – I : Basic Principles. Field and analytical methods. Dispersion of elements ( secondary and primary ) and its applications in mineral exploration. Some mathematical and statistical methods applied in geochemical exploration. Laboratory exercises.

DAG 514-IM(A)       Ore deposits – I : Types of ore deposits and their geological and geochemical characteristics. Use of isotopic and fluid inclusion data. Genetic models for ore formation.

DAG 515-IM             Economic and Mining Geology – I: General Statement. Resources and reserves. Stages in mineral exploration. Mineral exploration techniques. Surveying for field geology. Drilling in mineral exploration. Exploration characteristics of ore deposits. Case studies. Laboratory exercises.

E 501(B)                    English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 511-IM(B)       Industrial mineralogy/ Ore Mineralogy – II : Advanced methods in mineralogy includes ore microscopy; X-ray diffraction; emission spectrography; differential thermal analysis; their basic principles, techniques, interpretation, limitations and practical applications.

Ore mineralogy includes crystal chemistry, principal mineral groups, native metals and semimetals, sulphides and sulphosalts, oxides. Industrial mineralogy includes abrasives, mineral pigments, glasses and enamels, ceramics and refractories, bonding materials, fillers and filters, single crystals, construction materials, metallurgical industry and commodities.

DAG 514-IM(B)       Ore deposits – II: Major geological environments with respect to the plate tectonic hypothesis, and associated ore deposits, and their characteristics. Applications of ore genesis modeling in defining the exploration criteria for the various ore deposits.

DAG 521-IM             Structural Geology: Techniques of strain analysis and reconstruction of primary structures. Discussion of fracture patterns, shear zones, folding and boundinage. Statistical analysis of orientation data, superposed folding , domainal analysis of complex structures with practical work. Laboratory work of advanced subsurface methods and stereographic projection.

DAG 522-IM             Remote Sensing and Photogeology include lectures and laboratory exercises useful in mineral exploration and Applied Geology.

DAG 523-IM             Integrated Mineral Exploration ; Ore controls. Case studies of mineral exploration dealing with world and Myanmar examples.

DAG 524-IM             Field Work and Defense of Dissertation : Research works on assigned specialized field; Preparation and defense of dissertation.

For Gemmology Specialization

E 501(A)                    English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 502-GS             Geostatistics and Data processing : Elementary Statistics, frequency distributions, mean, medium, mode and other measurements of distribution. Statistical decision theory. Correlation theory, Analysis of Multivariate data. Computer application in Applied Geology; Data collection and assessment ; Techniques for computer assisted analysis.

DAG 511-GM           Industrial Mineralogy / Ore Mineralogy – I Fundamentals of the atomic structure of minerals; Mode of formation of minerals and ores in economic metallic and non-metallic minerals. Principles of X-ray diffractometry and the use of X-ray power cameras and diffractometer. Principles of S.E.M. and their application. Nature of reflected light. Ore features and their interpretation. Phase relations. Nature of reflected light. Ore textures and their measurements. Study of selected ores and ore mineral under microscope including textural studies

DAG 512-GM           Mineral dressing : Basic theory, comminution, liberation and grindability; conventional comminution equipments. Screening and classification; types of screen. Physical concentration process; gravity concetration; jigs, electronic and optical sorting; electrical and magnetic separation. Chemical concentration process; Leaching Cyanidation and amalgamation, Floatation: Liquid-solid separation: Flocation : Thickening, Filtration. Pollution control.

DAG 513-GM(A)     Gemmology – I : Introduction to Gemmology : The nature of gemmology and gemstones,; classification of natural and artificial stones; Formation of minerals and types of occurrence of gems; Elementary crystal chemistry and crystallography ; Physical Properties; Units of Measurement; Nature of light.

DAG 514-GM           Ore deposits – I : Types of ore deposits and their geological and geochemical characteristics. Use of isotopic and fluid inclusion data. Genetic models for ore formation.

DAG 515-GM(A)     Gemmology-II: Optical Properties; Apparatus used in identification; Fashioning of gemstones; Description and elementary methods of identification of gems.

E 501(B)                    English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 513-GM(B)     Advanced Gemmology – I : Crystal Chemistry and crystallography; Light and colour, Apparatus used in identificaion; Synthetic and imitation ( Simulant stones); Inclusion in Gemstones.

DAG 515-GM(B)     Advanced Gemmology – II : Enhancement of Gemstone; Gem species (a) Inorganic Gems and (b) Organic products and their common simulants.

DAG 521-GM           Structural Geology: Techniques of strain analysis and reconstruction of primary structures. Discussion of fracture patterns, shear zones, folding and boundinage. Statistical analysis of orientation data, superposed folding , domainal analysis of complex structures with practical work. Laboratory work of advanced subsurface methods and stereographic projection.

DAG 522-GM           Remote Sensing and Photogeology include lectures and laboratory exercises useful in mineral exploration and Applied Geology.

DAG 523-GM           Exploration for Gemstones: Application of Remote Sensing, Geochemistry, Geophysics and Geology. Extraction of Gemstones.

DAG- 524-GM          Field Work and Defense of Dissertation : Research works on assigned specialized field; Preparation and defense of dissertation.

For Engineering Geology Specialization

E 501(A)                    English : Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 502-GS             Geostatistics and Data processing: Elementary Statistics, frequency distributions, mean, medium, mode and other measurements of distribution. Statistical decision theory. Correlation theory, Analysis of Multivariate data. Computer application in Applied Geology; Data collection and assessment ; Techniques for computer assisted analysis.

DAG 511-EG Environmental Geology : Introduction; Nature and aspects of various geologic hazards; Ways and means of mitigating these hazards; Proper use and care for Earth resources; Waste disposal problems.

DAG 512-EG Exploration Geophysics – I: Review of the basics in electromagnetic, electromics and vector analysis. Density, magnetic, electrical, conductivity, solubility and other physical and chemical characteristics of common ore and gangue minerals, Introduction to I.P., resistivity, electromagnetic , magnetic, gravity, radiometric and seismic refraction methods, Simple laboratory exercises.

DAG 513-EG(A)      Engineering Geology – I : Scope and aim of engineering geology; Basic principles of engineering structures ; Geologic conditions for engineers.

DAG 514-EG(A)      Soil Mechanics – I: Basic principles of soil mechanics; methods of testing soil properties.

DAG 515-EG Rock Mechanics: Basic Principles of rock mechanics. Interpretation of the geologic conditions concerning the safety of engineering structures, Studies made in the construction of the shafts, drifts, tunnels, mine pillars, rock foundations and slopes, etc.

E 501(B)                    English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 513-EG(B)       Engineering Geology – II : Selected topics in case histories and engineering geological problems. Site visit.

DAG 514-EG(B)       Soil Mechanics – II: Continuation of DAG 4306-EG Various engineering problems, such as foundation settlement, slope stability, seepage and drainage.

DAG 521-EG Structural Geology: Techniques of strain analysis and reconstruction of primary structures. Discussion of fracture patterns, shear zones, folding and boundinage. Statistical analysis of orientation data, superposed folding , domainal analysis of complex structures with practical work. Laboratory work of advanced subsurface methods and stereographic projection.

DAG 522- EG           Remote Sensing and Photogeology include lectures and laboratory exercises useful in mineral exploration and Applied Geology.

DAG 523- EG           Hydrogeology for Engineering Geology: Basic principles of hydrogeology, Groundwater reservoirs, and hydrogeological exploration methods.

DAG 524- EG           Field Work and Defense of Dissertation : Research works on assigned specialized field; Preparation and defense of dissertation.

For Hydrogeology Specialization

E 501(A)                    English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 502-GS             Geostatistics and Data processing: Elementary Statistics, frequency distributions, mean, medium, mode and other measurements of distribution. Statistical decision theory. Correlation  theory, Analysis of Multivariate data. Computer application in Applied Geology; Data collection and assessment ; Techniques for computer assisted analysis.

DAG 511-HG            Environmental Geology :. Introduction; Nature and aspects of various geologic hazards; Ways and means of mitigating these hazards; Proper use and care for Earth resources; Waste disposal problems.

DAG 512-HG            Exploration Geophysics -I: Review of the basics in electromagnetic, electronics and vector analysis. Density, magnetic, electrical, conductivity, solubility and other physical and chemical characteristics of common ore and gangue minerals, Introduction to I.P., resistivity, electromagnetic , magnetic, gravity, radiometric and seismic refraction methods, Simple laboratory exercises.

DAG 513-HG(A)      Hydrochemistry – I: Principles of hydrogeochemistry. Chemical nature of groundwater, analysis and chemical classification.

DAG 514-HG(A)      Groundwater Well Hydraulics – I: Basis of groundwater well hydraulics; hydraulics; hydraulic characteristics of rocks; aquifers and groundwater occurrence; hydraulic characteristics of aquifers.

DAG 515-HG            General Hydrology : Hydrologic cycle, Measurement of precipitation, Evaporation & transipiration. Runoff and stream flow; Introduction to hydraulics; Pipe flow; Pumps and their characteristics.

E 501(B)                    English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 513-HG(B)      Hydrochemistry- II: Continuation of DAG 513-HG. Salinity and alkalinity problems of soils with Myanmar examples, mineral factors, and hydrochemical dispersion of elements in groundwater.

DAG 514-HG(B)      Groundwater Well Hydraulics – II : Continuation of DAG 514- HG. Methods of pumping test; aquifer boundaries and groundwater flownets; multiple well system; partially penetrating wells; and well spacing problems.

DAG 521-HG            Structural Geology: Techniques of strain analysis and reconstruction of primary structures. Discussion of fracture patterns, shear zones, folding and boundinage. Statistical analysis of orientation data, superposed folding , domainal analysis of complex structures with practical work. Laboratory work of advanced subsurface methods and stereographic projection.

DAG 522-HG            Remote Sensing and Photogeology include lectures and laboratory exercises useful in mineral exploration and Applied Geology.

DAG 523-HG            Exploration methods and Regional Hydrogeology : Classification of aquifers for water supply; hydrogeologic investigation of groundwater for industry, irrigation, etc; hydrogeologic nature of dry zone region; and regional hydrogeology of Myanmar.

DAG- 524-HG          Field Work and Defense of Dissertation : Research works on assigned specialized field; Preparation and defense of dissertation.

For Petroleum Geology Specialization

E 501(A)                                English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 502-GS                         Geostatistics and Data processing: Elementary  Statistics, frequency distributions, mean, medium, mode and other measurements of distribution. Statistical decision theory. Correlation theory, Analysis of Multivariate data. Computer application in Applied Geology; Data collection and assessment ; Techniques for computer assisted analysis.

DAG 511-PG(A)                   Applied Paleontology: Morphology, Paleoecology, methods of sampling and preparation of various microfossil groups including foraminifera and spores; practical introduction to procedures in micropaleontological laboratories and biostratigraphical methods.

Sedimentology : Textures and structures of sediments; Petrology of sandstones and limestones; processes of deposition ; environmental and basin analysis.

DAG 512-PG(A)                   Exploration Geophysics – I: Review of the basics in electromagnetic, electromics and vector analysis. Density, magnetic, electrical, conductivity, solubility and other physical and chemical characteristics of common ore and gangue minerals, Introduction to I.P., resistivity, electromagnetic , magnetic, gravity, radiometric and seismic refraction methods, Simple laboratory exercises.

DAG 513-PG                         Petroleum Exploration : The search for hydrocarbon deposits has led to the development of subsurface branches of stratigraphy, micropaleontology, structural geology and exploration geophysics. This course introduces the student to the application and interaction of these four branches in the exploration for oil and gas.Source, reservoirs, traps, origin, migration, physical and chemical properties and distribution of petroleum, as well as conservation and utilization of hydrocarbon resources are discussed along with drilling, well logging, magnetic, gravity and seismic method. Laboratory work includes well-sample examination, subsurface contour mapping, sedimentary basin evaluation and electrical log correlation.

DAG 514-PG                         Log Interpretation : Application of electric logs, practical analysis of electrical, radioactivity and temperature Logs and interpretation, base upon their data. Estimation and evaluation of primary oil reserves.

DAG 515-PG                         Applied Petroleum Geochemistry : Concepts in Geochemistry, Sedimentation of organic matter, composition and structure of organic matter in Immature sediments, transformation of organic matter into Hydrocarbon, source rock character and types of organic matter, oil window area, Migration of hydrocarbon, oil in reservoir and Traps, Geochemical methods and tools in petroleum explorations, and methods to get require data for explorationist.

E 501(B)                                English: Technical English course intended to give the student enough ability to converse, to read periodicals and write technical reports.

DAG 511-PG(B)                   Applied Paleontology: Morphology, Paleoecology, methods of sampling and preparation of various microfossil groups including foraminifera and spores; practical introduction to procedures in micropaleontological laboratories and biostratigraphical methods.

Sedimentology : Textures and structures of sediments; Petrology of sandstones and limestones; processes of deposition ; environmental and basin analysis.

DAG 512-PG(B)                   Petroleum Geophysics : An advanced course in exploration with emphasis on the techniques and interpretation of seismic reflection measurements. Other topics include theory of selected logging methods, and dynamic gravity measurement. Laboratory assignment include computer processing of field data, and interpretation of problems.

DAG 521-PG                         Structural Geology: Techniques of strain analysis and reconstruction of primary structures. Discussion of fracture patterns, shear zones, folding and boundinage. Statistical analysis of orientation data, superposed folding , domainal analysis of complex structures with practical work. Laboratory work of advanced subsurface methods and stereographic projection.

DAG 522-PG                         Remote Sensing and Photogeology include lectures and laboratory exercises useful in mineral exploration and Applied Geology.

DAG 523-PG                         Formation Evaluation and Risk Analysis : Properties of reservoir rocks and fluids, Data evaluation for reservoir calculations water drive and solution gas drive, gas drive oil reservoirs, dissolved gas drive, gas cap drive and water drive oil reservoirs. Infection operations and water flooding process, Pressure maintenance.

DAG 524- PG            Field Work and Defense of Dissertation : Research works on Oil field development ; Test well drilling; Cementing; Biostratigraphy and Risk Analysis in oil business; Preparation and defense of Dissertation.

Dr Day Wa Aung

Dr Day Wa Aung
Professor and Head, Department of Geology

Educational Records

:

2009 Dip in GIS & RS, University of Yangon
2006 PhD (Geology), University of Yangon
1993 MSc (Geology), University of Yangon
1984 BSc Honours (Geology), University of Yangon

Contact

:

+95 9 5321989, daywaaung.geol@gmail.com

Field Of Interest

:

Sedimentology, Marine Geology, Oceanography.

Research Activities

:

Kyaw Lin Oo, Khin Zaw, Sebastien Meffre, Day Wa, Aung, Chun-kit Lai , 2015 (Provenance of the Eocene sandstones in the southern Chindwin Basin, Myanmar: Implications for the Unroofing history of the Cretaceous-Eocene magmatic arc)
Moe Zat and Day Wa Aung, 2016 (Sandstones composition and provenance of late Eocene Yaw Formation of the Southern Chindwin Basin, Sagaing Region)
Moe Moe Lwin and Day Wa Aung, 2016 (Submarine fan development of Taungnyo Formation in Mawlamyaing- Mudon Area, Mon State)

International Experience

:

Australia – Conference, Research
China – MOU Signing, Workshop
India – ICIMOD and HUC Meeting
Japan – Forum, Conference
Thailand – Meeting
Sri Lanka – Kick off Meeting
UK – Research
USA – Research
Vietnam – Meeting
Spain – Meeting

Daw Thandar Sein

Daw Thandar Sein
Lecturer, Department of Geology

Contact

:

+95 9 451236706

Educational Records

:

1999 MSc (Geology), University of Yangon
1993 BSc Honours (Geology), University of Yangon

Field Of Interest

:

Sedimentology, Stratigraphy.

Research Activities

:

1. Geology and Economic Aspect of Popa Area, Kyaukpadaung Township. (2005)
2. Stratigraphy of Shwesettaw Area, Minbu Township. (2008)
3. Stratigraphy of Pyintha Area, Pyin – Oo – Lwin Township, Mandalay Region. (2011)

Dr Thida Oo

Dr Thida Oo
Associate Professor, Department of Geology

Contact

:

+95 9428213762, thidaoo.ms@gmail.com

Educational Records

:

2010 PhD (Geology), University of Yangon
2003 MSc (Geology), Pyay University
1995 BSc. Q (Geology), University of Yangon

Field Of Interest

:

Sedimentology, Marine Geology, Environmental Geology

Research Activities

:

Sedimentology of the Myet-Ye Formation in Eastern Pindaya Range
Petrology of Padaung Formation
Shoaling upward shelf Cycle and shelf dolomitization in Wunbye Formation
Clastic Sedimentology of Cambrian Pandaung and Myet-Ye Formation
Petrographic study of Oolits limestones in Wunbye Formation

International Experience

:

China – Training
Thailand – Conference
USA – Research

Daw Thazin Htet Tin

Daw Thazin Htet Tin
Demonstrator, Department of Geology

Contact

:

+ 95 9 43184726, thazinhtettin@gmail.com

Educational Records

:

2014 MRes (Geology), University of Yangon
2013 MSc (Geology), University of Yangon
2012 Diploma in GIS and Remote Sensing, University of Yangon
2010 BSc Honours (Geology), East Yangon University

Field Of Interest

:

Seismology, Engineering Geology, Hydrogeology, Environmental Geology.

Research Activities

:

Preliminary study on seismic hazard and site characterization for Bagan-Nyaung U area, Mandalay Region, Myanmar (2017), co-researcher
Site Specific Probabilistic Seismic Hazard Assessment for Yangon City, Myanmar (2016), co-researcher
Seismic Hazard Assessment of Major Cities such as Sagaing, Bago and Taungoo Cities occurred along the Sagaing Fault (2014), co-researcher
Development of Seismic Microzonation Maps of Mandalay City, Mandalay Region (2014), co-researcher S-Wave Velocity Profiles Based on the HVRs in Bago, Myanmar for Seismic Hazard Mapping (2013),co-researcher

International Experience

:

Japan – Training
China – Training

Dr Wai Yan Lai Aung

Dr Wai Yan Lai Aung
Demonstrator, Department of Geology

Contact

:

+95 9 5330602, waiyanlaiaung@gmail.com, mamamusi@gmail.com

Educational Records

:

2017 PhD (Geology), University of Yangon
2010 MRes (Geology), University of Yangon
2009 MSc (Geology), University of Yangon
2006 BSc Engg: (Gem & Gem Mining), University of Yangon
2006 BA (English)
2001 Matriculation Examination (TTC, Kamayut)

2018 Post-Graduate Dip in Business Law, University of Yangon
2008 Post-Graduate Dip in Applied Geology (Gemmology), University of Yangon

2007 Cert of Advanced Liberian Course, University of Yangon
2015 Cert of the Geological Computer Mapping Course (Auto CAD 2010, Global Mapper II and GPS), GEO CAD
2014 Cert of Swiss Government Excellence Scholarship (FCS), Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, ETH, Zurich, Switzerland
2014 Cert of Perple_X and related software, ETH Zurich, Switzerland
2014 Cert of Special Lecture Course on Resource Geology, University of Yangon
2009 Cert of Ground Surveying and Topo Mapping (Land Development and Software Application), MMT Centre
2008 Cert of Auto CAD 2D/(3D), MMT Centre.
2003 Cert of Advanced Course in Theory and Practical of Gemmology, Gemmological Science Centre, Myanmar.

Field Of Interest

:

Gemmology, Mineralogy, Petrology of Igneous and Metamorphic rocks.

Research Activities

:

Coexistence of Three Al2SiO5 Polymorphs and P-T Condition of Associated Rocks Around Yin Swe Area, Kyaukse Township, Mandalay Region
Comparative Study on P-T condition of Kyanites from the Mohnyin and Kyaukse Areas
Nature and Occurrences of Padaukkhi (Dawna) Amethyst Deposit from Padaukkhi Area, Kyainseikkyi Township, Kawkareik District, Kayin State, South Eastern Myanmar
`Mineral Chemistry and P-T evolution of High-grade Gneiss and Granulite from the Mount Loi-Sau and its Environs, Mogok and Momeik Townships, Mandalay Region and Shan State (North)
Morphology of Manganese Dendrite in the Biotite-Microgranite from Chauksu Taung, Mandalay Region, Myanmar
Role of Al2SiO5 Polymorphs in Mohnyin Area, Kachin State
A Study on Granulite between Mogok Township, Mandalay Region and Momeik Township, Shan State (North)
Granulite and its P-T Condition of the Mount Loi-Sau and its Environs, Mogok Township, Mandalay Region and Momeik Township, Shan State (North)
Petrology, Phase Equilibria Modelling and P-T Conditions of High-Grade Gneiss from the Mount Loi-Sau and its Environs, Mogok Township, Mandalay Region and Momeik Township, Shan State (North)
P-T Condition of High-Grade Gneiss from the Mount Loi-Sau and its Environs, Mogok Township, Mandalay Region and Momeik Township, Shan State (North)
P-T Conditions of Metamorphism and Genesis of Sapphire and Danburite of Mogok-Momeik Area, Myanmar
P-T Conditions of Metamorphism and Genesis of Sapphire in Mogok – Momeik Area, Myanmar
Occurrences of Kyanite and Associatied Minerals in Southeast Ywathit Area, Mohnyin Township, Mohnyin District, Kachin State
Kyanite in Southeast Ywathit Area, Mohnyin Township, Kachin State

International Experience

:

Switzerland – Research, Conference, Workshop, Training, Student
France – Conference, Workshop
Germany – Geological Field Trip
Chez Republic – Geological Field Trip
Austria – Geological Field Trip

Environmental Studies ဘွဲ့လွန်ဒီပလိုမာသင်တန်းလျှောက်လွှာခေါ်ယူခြင်း

၁။ ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ် လူ့စွမ်းအားအရင်းအမြစ်ဖွံ့ဖြိုးမှုဌာန အစီအစဉ်ဖြင့် ၂၀၁၈-၂၀၁၉ ပညာသင်နှစ် အတွက် ဘွဲ့လွန်ဒီပလိုမာဘွဲ့ (Environmental Studies) (၁) နှစ်သင်တန်းကို ဖွင့်လှစ်မည် ဖြစ်ပါသည်။
(၁) သင်တန်းအမည် – Post Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies
(၂) သင်တန်းအောင်လက်မှတ် – Post Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies (PGDES)
(၃) သင်တန်းကာလ – (၁) နှစ်
(၄) သင်တန်းဖွင့်မည့်နေ့ရက် – ၃-၁၂-၂၀၁၈ (တနင်္လာနေ့)
(၅) လျှောက်လွှာစတင်လက်ခံမည့်နေ့ရက် – ၁၂-၁၁-၂၀၁၈ (တနင်္လာနေ့)
(၆) လျှောက်လွှာပိတ်မည့်နေ့ရက် – ၂၃-၁၁-၂၀၁၈ (သောကြာနေ့)
(၇) သင်တန်းချိန် – နံနက် (ရးဝ၀) မှ (၉းဝ၀) နာရီအထိ
(တနင်္လာနေ့မှမှ သောကြာနေ့အထိ)

၂။ ဝင်ခွင့်အရည်အချင်းသတ်မှတ်ချက်
(၁) ပြည်ထောင်စုသမ္မတ မြန်မာနိုင်ငံသား ဖြစ်ရမည်။
(၂) တက္ကသိုလ်တစ်ခုခုမှ ဘွဲ့ရရှိပြီးသူများ ဖြစ်ရမည်။
(၃) ဝင်ခွင့်ရေးဖြေစာမေးပွဲကို ၂၅-၁၁-၂၀၁၈ (တနင်္ဂနွေနေ့) နံနက် (၉းဝ၀) နာရီ၊ (A-5) အခန်း၊ ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ်တွင် ဖြေဆိုရမည်။
(၄) ရြေးဖေစာမေးပွဲ အောင်မြင်ပါက လူတွေ့ဖြေဆိုခြင်းကို ၃၀-၁၁-၂၀၁၈ (သောကြာနေ့) တွင် ြဖေဆိုရမည်။
၃။ ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ်၊ ကျောင်းသားရေးရာဌာနတွင် သတ်မှတ်ထားသည့် လျှောက်လွှာကို ထုတ်ယူ၍ ၂၃-၁၁-၂၀၁၈ ရက် (သောကြာနေ့) တွင် နောက်ဆုံးထား လျှောက်ထားရမည်။
၄။ အသေးစိတ်အချက်အလက်များကို ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ်၊ ကျောင်းသားရေးရာဌာန (ဖုန်း-၀၁-၅၃၄၃၉၀) တွင် (ရုံးချိန်)အတွင်း စုံစမ်းနိုင်ပါသည်။

သင်တန်းရေးရာဌာန၊ ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ်

Call for Papers

International Conference: “Transformation Processes in Myanmar III”

15 December 2018

It is our pleasure to invite international and national scholars to the Third International Conference on “Transformation Processes in Myanmar”. The conference is jointly organized by the University of Yangon and the Centre of Excellence on Urban and Regional Development (University of Yangon) in collaboration with the University of Cologne, Germany. It will take place at the University of Yangon on 15^th December 2018.

The University of Yangon was established in 1920 and is the first university of Myanmar. On the occasion of its 98th Anniversary in 2018, it is the aim of the International Conference to contribute to the transformation processes in Myanmar. Multidisciplinary topics, approaches and perspectives will be applied in order to support a vivid exchange beyond disciplinary borders and to enhance scientific networks.

The aims of the Conference are:

to create a platform of academic discussion for Myanmar scholars on the importance of the transformation processes in the country,

to widen the scope of discussions within the University of Yangon to connected institutions and to the public, and

to enhance the relationship between the University of Yangon and international universities.

Topics of sessions

Environmental threats in the transformation process of Myanmar

Economic challenges in the transformation process of Myanmar

Socio-cultural potentials in the transformation process of Myanmar

Rural and urban options in the transformation process of Myanmar

Link to the conference website: www.uy.edu.mm

Publication

In order to enable discussion within the scientific community, we are planning to publish a special issue of the new, reviewed Myanmar Journal of Urban and Regional Development.

Important deadlines

Deadline for the submission of abstract: 3 December 2018.

Travel and accommodation

Unfortunately no travel and accommodation support can be given, but speakers do not need to pay any conference and registration fees.

Organising Committee:

Prof. Dr. Pho Kaung, Rector, University of Yangon (Chair Person)

Prof. Dr. Aung Kyaw, Pro-Professor, University of Yangon (Member)
Prof. Dr. Frauke Kraas, Professor, Institute of Geography, University of Cologne (Member)
Prof. Dr. Htun Ko, Head of Department of Geography, University of Yangon (Member)
Prof. Dr. Zaw Soe Min, Professor, Department of History, University of Yangon (Member)
Prof. Dr. Thandar Aye, Professor of Botany Department, University of Yangon (Member)

Dr. Khin Khin Soe, Associate Professor, Department of Geography, University of Yangon (Secretary)

Dr. Zin Mar Than, Research Fellow, University of Cologne and Centre of Excellence (CoE), University of Yangon (Joint-Secretary)

For any enquiries regarding the programme, please contact: Dr. Khin Khin Soe (khinkhingeog.97@gmail.com).

We are very much looking forward to welcoming you at the International Conference on transformation processes in Myanmar.

Sincerely,
Prof. Dr. Pho Kaung, Rector of the University of Yangon

David Taw Scholarship Announcement 2018

The Norwegian embassy in Yangon, in collaboration with the University of Yangon, is proud to announce the third time grant for the 10 Bachelor’s scholarships to study at the University of Yangon in the fields of history and humanities.

Background

His Majesty, the King Harald V of Norway during his state visit in Myanmar in early December 2014 announced the establishment of Norwegian scholarship fund to provide the opportunity for selected students from different remote states and regions of Myanmar to study history or humanities at the University of Yangon.

On 4 September 2015, the Royal Norwegian embassy and the University of Yangon signed an official agreement regarding cooperation for the David Taw Scholarship Fund Programme 2015-2020. With addendum No. 1 of 27^th November 2017, the scholarship period was extended to 2017-2022.

The scholarship fund is named after David Taw, a distinguished graduate of the University of Yangon, who showed an unwavering commitment to peace throughout his life.

Objective of the Scholarship Fund

The objective of the David TawScholarship Fund is to provide opportunities for outstanding undergraduate students of 2015 to 2018 intakes from different remote states and regions of Myanmar who are financially challenged to study history or humanities at the University of Yangon.

Target groups:

Candidates from rural area of Myanmar who are eligible to study at the University of Yangon and who have been admitted first year of studies at December 2018 intakes in the area of history and humanities subjects (History, Anthropology, Archaeology, Geography, Law, Political Science, Philosophy, Psychology, International relations, Literature (Myanmar and English)

Total Scholarship

Bachelor degree program: 10 scholarships for the December 2018 intakes

Award Value

The award shall be in the form of a grant to subsidize the tuition fee and other expenses associated to the study. Each scholarship will be a monthly award of Kyats 135000 for ten months each academic year.

In order to be entitled to the whole scholarship for the bachelor degree, a student must satisfactorily complete the required credits during the four academic years.

Timeframe

The timeframe of the support cover 2018-2021 academic years Bachelor (8 months for fulltime enrollment).

Selection Critera for the potentail candidates

Student Status: The candidates should be admitted for first year of studies at the University of Yangon during December 2018 intakes in the following fields;

history

humanities

Strong Consideration will be given to

Candidates of ethnic minorities who are financially challenged residing in rural area with very good academic records and with poor financial background

Qualified female applicants meeting the above crietria and background

Persons with disabilities meeting the above crietria and background

Students from conflict affected areas

Recruitment

Under this project, qualified first year students enrolled for 2018 December undergraduate intakes will be recruited by an admission committee of the University of Yangon and the Norwegian Embassy.

The decision for admission will solely be upon the admission committee. In addition to the usual application process, on-site recruitment and/or interview may also be conducted, if necessary.

Application and the Closing Date

Application is open from 3 December 2018 and the closing date is 31 December 2018 COB (Close of Business).

How to Apply

Each Applicant will be required to fill up an application form. Electronic Version of the Application forms can be downloaded from the Email and Web based announcements. Hard copies of the application form can be collected from the Training Department of the University of Yangon.

For more information, please contact U Aung Soe, Assistant Registrar of Academic Affairs Department. Office Phone: +95 (1) -534390

(Or)

The Norwegian Embassy, Office: +95 (1) 513459, 513627, 513715, 513740

ဒေးဗစ်တောပညာသင်ဆုကြေညာချက်

သမိုင်းနှင့်လူမှုရေးဘာသာရပ်များကို ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ်၌ ၂၀၁၈ ခုနှစ် ဒီဇင်ဘာလတွင် ပထမနှစ်အဖြစ် စတင်တက်ရောက်ခွင့်ရရှိသည့် ဝေးလံခေါင်သီသည့် ကျေးလက်ဒေသမှ ကျောင်းသူ၊ ကျောင်းသားများအတွက် ရန်ကုန်မြို့ရှိ နော်ဝေနိုင်ငံသံရုံးနှင့် ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ်တို့ပူးပေါင်းဆောင်ရွက်ကာ ပညာသင်ဆု (၁၀) ဆု ချီးမြှင့်မည်ဖြစ်သည်။

ထောက်ပံကာလအနေဖြင့် ၂၀၁၈-၂၀၂၁ ပညာသင်နှစ်များ၏ တက္ကသိုလ်ပထမဘွဲ့ (Bachelor Degree) အတွက် တနှစ်လျှင် (၁၀) လ ချီးမြှင့်မည်ဖြစ်ပါသည်။

လျှောက်လွှာများကို (၃-၁၂-၂၀၁၈) ရက်နေ့မှ (၃၁-၁-၂၀၁၉) အတွင်း ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ် ကျောင်းသားရေးရာဌာနတွင် ရယူလျှောက်ထားနိုင်ပါသည်။

အသေးစိတ်အချက်အလက်များပိုမိုသိရှိလိုပါက ဦးအောင်စိုး၊ လက်ထောက်မော်ကွန်းထိန်း၊ သင်တန်းရေးရာဌာန၊ ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ်ထံ စုံစမ်းနိုင်ပါသည်။

ရုံးဖုန်းနံပါတ် +၉၅ (၁) ၅၃၄၃၉၀

Call for Papers (ICRINT2018)

International Conference on Recent Innovations in NanoScience and Technology 2018

The international Conference on Recent Innovations in NanoScience and Technology 2018 (ICRINT2018) will be held in University of Yangon, Myanmar from 26^th December to 28^th December, 2018. We invite submissions of papers on all topics related to NanoScience and Technology for the conference proceedings, and proposals for conference.

Host Organizations

Department of Physics, University of Yangon, co-hosted by　Faculty of Science, Josai University, Japan.

Abstract submissions (250 words approximately) will open on September 25, 2018 and are managed through online (icrint2018@gmail.com):

Important Dead Lines

Last Day for the Submission of Abstract 5 November, 2018

Notification of Acceptance of Abstract 23 November, 2018

Last Day of Registration of Presentation Authors 3-7 December, 2018

Last Day of Registration of Observers

Last Day of Submission of Full Papers 10 December, 2018

Registration Fees

Local (Excluding Accommodation) 70000 MMK

International Participants USD 100

Observer (Local) 30000 MMK

Observer (International) USD 100

*** Payment receipt must be sent to icrint2018@gmail.com ***

Bank Name: KBZ Bank, (Kamayut-2 Branch, Yangon)

Name of Account: MA KHIN LAY THWE

Account Number: 16030202100081801

Conference Session and Standard

Materials Science and Engineering

Nanomaterials and Devices

Life Science

Environmental Science

Molecular Science

Theoretical Physics

Electronics and Control

Nuclear Physics

ICRINT2018 Style & Author Instructions

Submitted paper must be no longer than 5 pages including acknowledgements and references. Camera-ready papers must be submitted to editorial board by *10 December, 2018. Please do not wait until the last day, as fixes might require some time. We will be publishing the proceedings as part of the Proceeding of ICRINT2018 (Paper templates can be downloaded from the website).

Double-Blind Reviewing

Reviewing for ICRINT2018 is double-blind. The reviewers will not know the authors’ identity (and vice versa). We will send back the final version of your paper within 2 weeks.

Submission Policy

It is not appropriate to submit papers that are identical to versions that have been previously published, or accepted for publication, or that have been submitted in parallel to other conferences. Such submissions violate our dual submission policy.

Accepted papers must contain significant novel results. Results can be either theoretical or empirical. Results will be judged on the degree to which they have been objectively established and/or their potential for scientific and technological impact.

Program Schedule

26.12.2018      Registration, Welcome Reception

27.12.2018      Opening Ceremony, Technical Session, Banquet

28.12.2018      Technical Session, Closing

Program Chairs:

Prof. Dr. Pho Kaung

Co-Chairs:

Prof. Dr. Khin Khin Win

Prof. Dr. Thi Thi Lay

Prof. Dr. Tin Maung Tun

Honorary Chairs:

Prof. Yasushi Ozaki (Japan)

Prof. Heon Lee (Korea)

Prof. Dr. Saw Wai Hla (USA)

Invited Speakers:

Prof. Hayato Morita (Japan)

Prof. Tomomi Sakata (Japan)

Prof. Motoko Akita (Japan)

Prof. Dr. Thi Thi Lay (Japan)

Prof. Mitsuru Ishikawa (Japan)

Prof. Dr. Heon Lee (Korea)

Dr. Kyaw Tint (USA)

International Advisory Committee:

Prof. Hayato Morita (Japan)

Prof. Tomomi Sakata (Japan)

Prof. Motoko Akita (Japan)

Prof. Heon Lee (Korea)

Prof. Dr. Saw Wai Hla (USA)

Local Organizing Committee:

Prof. Dr Khin Khin Win (Professor & HOD in Physics Dept, UY, Myanmar)

Prof. Dr Ye Chan (Professor in Physics Dept, UY, Myanmar)

Prof. Dr Thant Zin Naing (Pro Rector (Rtd), ITBMU, Myanmar)

Dr. Yin Maung Maung (Associate Professor in Physics Dept, UY, Myanmar)

Secretaries:

Yin Maung Maung

Zin Min Myat

Than Htike Win

Kyaw Thu

Win Yu Khaing

Khin Lay Thwe

Thandar Aung

Aung Thu Lin

Saw Shine Ko

Zaw Zaw Aung

Thin Thin Kyu

Htet Naing Lwin

Zaw Linn Htun

Download

Abstract Template

Full Paper Template

Pamphlet

Dr Aung Kyaw

Dr Aung Kyaw
Professor, Department of Mathematics

Academic Qualification

:

PhD(Maths)

Career History

:

(26) Years

Courses taught

:

Graph Theory, Numerical Analysis

Research interest

:

Graph Theory, Discrete Mathematics, Combinatoric

Publication:

Equivalence of Konig’s theorem and Dilworth’s theorem, MAAS (2015), XIII, No.3, 63-72.

Hall’s theorem and related results on graph theory, MAAS(2013), XI, No.3, 33-51.

On data structure of graphs, DURJ (2011), III, 139-144.

On bipartite graphs and balanced hypergraphs, URJ(2010) III, No.3, III, No.3, 263-279.

A note on leaf-constrained spanning trees in a graph (with M. Kano), ArsCombinatoria 108(2013) 321-326.

Spanning trees with a bounded number of leaves in a claw-free graph (with M. Kano, H. Matsuda, K. Wzeki, A.Saito and T. Yamashita), ArsCombinatoria 103 (2012) 137-154.

Spanning trees with at most k leaves in K1,4 – free graphs, Disctrete Mathematics 311 (2011) 2135-2142.

Spanning trees with at most 3 leaves K1,4-free graph, Disctete Mathematics 309 (2009) 6146-6148.

Short proofs of some theorems on bounds of the average distances of trees, The Southeast Asian Bulletin of Mathematics 33 (2009) 875-878.

A sufficient condition for spanning trees with bounded maximum degree in a graph, Australasian Journal of Combinatorics 37 (2007), 3-10.

A sufficient condition for a graph to have a k-tree, Graphs and Combinatorics 17 (2001) 113-121.

A counterexample to a conjecture of Jackson and Wormald, Australasian Journal of Combinatorics 19 (1999) 259-260.

A counterexample to a conjecture of Jackson and Wormald, Australasian Journal of Combinatorics 19 (1999) 259-260.

Maximal trees with bounded maximum degree in a graph (with M. Aung), Graphs and Combinatorics 14 (1998) 209-221.

Degree constrained maximal trees in graph (with M. Aung), AU Journal of Technology,
Bangkok) 2(1999), 127—130

Eigenvalues of some Composite Graphs (with Zaw Win), MAAS (2018), XVI, No.3, XVI, No.3, 107-112.

mth Level Harmonic Numbers (with Aung Phone Maw), MAAS (2018), XVI, No.3, 89-92.

Mobile Phone

:

09 5189591

Email

:

uaungkyaw70@gmail.com

Seminar on Food Technology

Dr. Khin Mar Cho who is International Agricultural Extension, Food and Nutrition Specialist, Cornell University, USA, will give a seminar about Food Technology in Industrial Chemistry Department, University of Yangon on 4th December, 2018.

FIRST YEAR

Curriculum for B. Sc. Degree (Mathematics Specialization)

First Year                                                                                                       First Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Ma   1001 Myanmar 3 2 2

Eng   1001 English 3 2 2

Math 1101 Algebra and Analytic Geometry 4 3 2

Math 1102 Trigonometry and Differential Calculus 4 3 2

Elective * 3 2 2

AM 1001 Aspects of Myanmar 3 2 2

Total 20 14 12



*A student can choose any 1 of 4 elective courses offered by the departments of physics, chemistry, philosophy, geology to fulfill a total of 20 credit units.

Foundation Courses

Ma       1001 Myanmar

Eng     1001   English

Core Courses

Math 1101 Algebra and Analytic Geometry

Math 1102 Trigonometry and Differential Calculus

Elective Courses

Phys   1001 Physics

Chem 1001 Chemistry

Phil    1005   Mathematical Logic I

Geol   1001 General Geology I

First Year                                                                                                       Second Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Ma     1002 Myanmar 3 2 2

Eng    1002 English 3 2 2

Math 1103 Algebra and Analytical Solid Geometry 4 3 2

Math 1104 Differential and Integral Calculus 4 3 2

Elective * 3 2 2

AM 1002 Aspects of Myanmar 3 2 2

Total 20 14 12

*A student can choose any 1 of 4 elective courses offered by the departments of physics, chemistry, philosophy, geology to fulfill a total of 20 credit units.

Foundation Courses

Ma       1002   Myanmar

Eng     1002    English

Core Courses

Math 1103 Algebra and Analytical Solid Geometry

Math 1104 Differential and Integral Calculus

Elective Courses

Phys   1002 Physics

Chem 1002 Chemistry

Phil    1006   Mathematical Logic II

Geol   1003 General Geology II

SECOND YEAR

Second Year                                                                                                  First Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Eng   2001 English 3 2 2

Math 2101 Complex Variables I 4 3 2

Math 2102 Calculus of Several Variables 4 3 2

Math 2103 Vector Algebra and Statics 4 3 2

Elective (1) * 3 2 2

Elective (2) * 3 2 2

Total 21 15 12



*A student can choose any 2 of 4 elective courses offered by the department of mathematics and physics to fulfill a total of 21 credit units.

Foundation Courses

Eng    2001 English

Core Courses

Math 2101 Complex Variables I

Math 2102 Calculus of Several Variables

Math 2103 Vector Algebra and Statics

Elective Courses

Phys   2003 Physics

Math 2104 Discrete Mathematics I

Math 2105 Theory of Sets I

Math 2106 Spherical Trigonometry and Its Applications

Second Year                                                                                                  Second Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Eng   2002 English 3 2 2

Math 2107 Linear Algebra I 4 3 2

Math 2108 Ordinary Differential Equations 4 3 2

Math 2109 Vector Calculus and Dynamics 4 3 2

Elective (1) * 3 2 2

Elective (2) * 3 2 2

Total 21 15 12



*A student can choose any 2 of 4 elective courses offered by the department of mathematics and Physics to fulfill a total of 21 credit units.

Foundation Courses

Eng    2002 English

Core Courses

Math 2107 Linear Algebra I

Math 2108 Ordinary Differential Equations

Math 2109 Vector Calculus and Dynamics

Elective Courses

Phys   2004 Physics

Math 2110 Discrete Mathematics II

Math 2111 Theory of Sets II

Math 2112 Astronomy

THIRD YEAR

Third Year                                                                                                     First Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Eng   3001 English 3 2 2

Math 3101 Analysis I 4 3 2

Math 3102 Linear Algebra II 4 3 2

Math 3103 Differential Equations 4 3 2

Math 3104 Differential Geometry 4 3 2

Elective (1) * 3 2 2

Total 22 16 12



*A student can choose any 1 of 2 elective courses offered by the department of mathematics to fulfill a total of 22 credit units.

Foundation Courses

Eng    3001 English

Core Courses

Math 3101 Analysis I

Math 3102 Linear Algebra II

Math 3103 Differential Equations

Math 3104 Differential Geometry

Elective Courses

Math 3105 Tensor Analysis

Math 3106 Number Theory I

Third Year                                                                                                     Second Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Eng   3002 English 3 2 2

Math 3107 Analysis II 4 3 2

Math 3108 Linear Algebra III 4 3 2

Math 3109 Mechanics 4 3 2

Math 3110 Probability and Statistics 4 3 2

Elective (1) * 3 2 2

Total 22 16 12



*A student can choose any 1 of 2 elective courses offered by the department of mathematics to fulfill a total of 22 credit units.

Foundation Courses

Eng    3002 English

Core Courses

Math 3107 Analysis II

Math 3108 Linear Algebra III

Math 3109 Mechanics

Math 3110 Probability and Statistics

Elective Courses

Math 3111 Complex Variables II

Math 3112 Number Theory II

FOURTH YEAR

Fourth Year                                                                                                   First Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Eng   4001 English 3 2 2

Math 4101 Analysis III 4 3 2

Math 4102 Numerical Analysis I 4 3 2

Math 4103 Linear Programming 4 3 2

Math 4104 Partial Differential Equations 4 3 2

Elective (1) * 3 2 2

Total 22 16 12

*A student can choose any 1 of 2 elective courses offered by the department of mathematics to fulfill a total of 22 credit units.

Foundation Courses

Eng    4001 English

Core Courses

Math 4101 Analysis III

Math 4102 Numerical Analysis I

Math 4103 Linear Programming

Math 4104 Partial Differential Equations

Elective Courses

Math 4105 Stochastic Process I

Math 4106 Fundamentals of Algorithms and Computer Programming

Fourth Year                                                                                                   Second Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Eng   4002 English 3 2 2

Math 4107 Analysis IV 4 3 2

Math 4108 General Topology I 4 3 2

Math 4109 Abstract Algebra I 4 3 2

Math 4110 Hydromechanics 4 3 2

Elective (1) * 3 2 2

Total 22 16 12



*A student can choose any 1 of 2 elective courses offered by the department of mathematics to fulfill a total of 22 credit units.

Foundation Courses

Eng    4002 English

Core Courses

Math 4107 Analysis IV

Math 4108 General Topology I

Math 4109 Abstract Algebra I

Math 4110 Hydromechanics

Elective Courses

Math 4111   Stochastic Process II

Math 4112 Integer Programming

FIRST YEAR HONOURS

Curriculum for B. Sc. ( Hons ) Degree (Mathematics Specialization)

First Year Honours                                                                                       First Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Eng   3001 English 3 2 2

Math 3201 Analysis I 4 3 2

Math 3202 Linear Algebra II 4 3 2

Math 3203 Differential Equations 4 3 2

Math 3204 Differential Geometry 4 3 2

Elective (1) * 3 2 2

Total 22 16 12

*A student can choose any 1 of 2 elective courses offered by the department of mathematics to fulfill a total of 22 credit units.

Foundation Courses

Eng    3001 English

Core Courses

Math 3201 Analysis I

Math 3202 Linear Algebra II

Math 3203 Differential Equations

Math 3204 Differential Geometry

Elective Courses

Math 3205 Tensor Analysis

Math 3206 Number Theory I

First Year Honours                                                                                       Second Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Eng   3002 English 3 2 2

Math 3207 Analysis II 4 3 2

Math 3208 Linear Algebra III 4 3 2

Math 3209 Mechanics 4 3 2

Math 3210 Probability and Statistics 4 3 2

Elective (1) * 3 2 2

Total 22 16 12



*A student can choose any 1 of 2 elective courses offered by the department of mathematics to fulfill a total of 22 credit units.

Foundation Courses

Eng    3002 English

Core Courses

Math 3207 Analysis II

Math 3208 Linear Algebra III

Math 3209 Mechanics

Math 3210 Probability and Statistics

Elective Courses

Math 3211 Complex Variables II

Math 3212 Number Theory II

SECOND YEAR HONOURS

Second Year Honours                                                                                   First Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Eng   4001 English 3 2 2

Math 4201 Analysis III 4 3 2

Math 4202 Numerical Analysis I 4 3 2

Math 4203 Linear Programming 4 3 2

Math 4204 Partial Differential Equations 4 3 2

Elective (1) * 3 2 2

Total 22 16 12



*A student can choose any 1 of 2 elective courses offered by the department of mathematics to fulfill a total of 22 credit units.

Foundation Courses

Eng    4001 English

Core Courses

Math 4201 Analysis III

Math 4202 Numerical Analysis I

Math 4203 Linear Programming

Math 4204 Partial Differential Equations

Elective Courses

Math 4205 Stochastic Process I

Math 4206 Fundamentals of Algorithms and Computer Programming

Second Year Honours                                                                                   Second Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Eng   4002 English 3 2 2

Math 4207 Analysis IV 4 3 2

Math 4208 General Topology I 4 3 2

Math 4209 Abstract Algebra I 4 3 2

Math 4210 Hydromechanics 4 3 2

Elective (1) * 3 2 2

Total 22 16 12



*A student can choose any 1 of 2 elective courses offered by the department of mathematics to fulfill a total of 22 credit units.

Foundation Courses

Eng    4002 English

Core Courses

Math 4207 Analysis IV

Math 4208 General Topology I

Math 4209 Abstract Algebra I

Math 4210 Hydromechanics

Elective Courses

Math 4211 Stochastic Process II

Math 4212 Integer Programming

THIRD YEAR HONOURS & M. Sc (Q)

Third Year Honours                                                                                     First Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Math 5201 Analysis V 4 4 2

Math 5202 General Topology II 4 4 2

Math 5203 Abstract Algebra II 4 4 2

Math 5204 Hydrodynamics I 4 4 2

Math 5205 Numerical Analysis II 4 4 2

Math 5206 Qualitative Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations I 4 4 2

Total 24 24 12

Third Year Honours                                                                                     Second Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Math 5207 Analysis VI 4 4 2

Math 5208 General Topology III 4 4 2

Math 5209 Abstract Algebra III 4 4 2

Math 5210 Hydrodynamics II 4 4 2

Math 5211 Graph Theory 4 4 2

Math 5212 Qualitative Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations II 4 4 2

Total 24 24 12

Curriculum for M Sc. Degree (Mathematics Specialization)

M.Sc First Year                                                                                             First Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Math 611 Analysis I 4 4 2

Math 612 Abstract Algebra 4 4 2

Math 613 (a) Qualitative Theory of Ordinary     Differential Equations(OR)

(b) Dynamical systems
4 4 2

Math 614 Discrete Mathematics

4 4 2

Math 615 Numerical Analysis I

(OR)

Solution of linear Systems of equations
4 4 2

Math 616 Physical Applied Mathematics I 4 4 2

Math 617 Stochastics Process I 4 4 2

Total 28 28 14

M.Sc First Year                                                                                             Second Semester

Module No. Name of Module Credit

units
Hours per week

Lecture Tutorial/ Practical

Math 621 Analysis II 4 4 2

Math 622 Linear Algebra 4 4 2

Math 623 (a) Partial Differential Equations (OR)

(b) Differential Geometry
4 4 2

Math 624 Graph Theor 4 4 2

Math 625 Numerical Analysis II 4 4 2

Math 626 Physical Applied Mathematics II 4 4 2

Math 627 Stochastics Process II 4 4 2

Elective (1) * 3 2 2

Total 28 28 14

*A student can choose any 1 of 2 elective courses offered by the department of mathematics to fulfill a total of 22 credit units.

Core Courses

Math 621 Analysis II

Math 622 Linear Algebra

Math 623 (a) Partial Differential Equations

(OR) (b) Differential Geometry

Math 624 Graph Theory

Math 625 Numerical Analysis II

Math 626 Physical Applied Mathematics II

Math 627 Stochastics Process II

Elective Courses

Math 628 PDE and Approximations

Math 629 Applied Probability and Satatistics

M. Sc. FIRST YEAR

FIRST SEMESTER
Math 611 Analysis VII
Integration: concept of measurability, simple functions, elementary properties of measures, integration of positive functions, Lebesgue’s monotone convergence theorem, integration of complex functions, Lebesgue’s dominated convergence theorem.
Positive Borel Measures: Riesz representation theorem, regularity properties of Borel measures, Lebesgue measures, continulity properties of measurable functions
Lp-spaces: convex functions and inequalities, the Lp-spaces, approximation by continuous functions.
Texts
[1] Swe. K. M. (1995) Lectures on Functional Analysis, Mathematics Association,
University of Mawlamyine
[2] Rudin. W. (1966) Real and Complex Analysis, McGraw- Hill, New York.

References
[1] Royden.H.L. (1968) Real Analysis. 2nd Printing, Macmillan.
[2] Friedmen .A. (1982) Foundations of Modern Analysis , Dover
Publications, Inc, New York.
[3] Taylor A.E, General Theory of Function and Integration.

Math 612 Abstract Algebra IV
Ring: Polynomial rings, polynomials over the rationals, field of quotients of an integral domain
Fields: Examples of fields, a brief excursion into vector spaces, field extensions
Text: Herstein, I. N. (1996), Abstract Algebra, Prentice-Hall.
(Chapter 4 Ring Theory [Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7]
Chapter 5 Fields [Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3])

Math 613
(a) Qualitative Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations
Lyapunov’s second method, applications of ODE
Text: Brauer. F. and Nohel, J. A. (1969), The Qualitative Theory of Ordinary
Differential Equations: An Introduction, W. A. Benjamin, Inc.
(Chapter 5 Lyapunov’s Second Method
Chapter 6 Some Applications)

(OR)

(b) Dynamical Systems
1. Linear differential systems
Case of constant coefficients. Existence and uniqueness theorem in the general case, resolvent.
2. Nonlinear differential systems
Analytical aspects: existence and uniqueness theorem, maximal solutions, estimations of the time of existence, Gronwell lemma.
Geometric aspects: flow, phase portrait and qualitative study of differential systems, Poincare first return map, invariance submanifolds, Poincare-Bendixson theorem. Perturbations of a differential system.
3. Stability of invariant sets
First integrals and Lyapunov functions. Stability of fixed points. Stability of periodic orbits.
4. Local study in the neighborhood of a fixed point
Stable and unstable manifolds of a hyperbolic fixed point. Hartman-Grobman theorem.

Text:
[1] Hirsch, Smale and R. L. Devancy. (2004), Differential equations, dynamical systems and an introduction to chaos, Elevesier.
[2] Arnold. V. I., (1992) Oridinary differential equations, third edition, Springer Verlag
Network models, a maximal flow algorithm, the max flow, min cut theorem, matching,

Reference:
[1] Verhulst, F. (1980) Nonlinear equations and Dynamical Systems. Springer-Verlag
[2] Teschl. G. Oridinary Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems

Math 614 Discrete Mathematics III
Network models, a maximal flow algorithm, the max flow, min cut theorem, matching,
combinatorial circuits, properties of combinatorial circuits, Boolean algebras, Boolean functions and synthesis of circuits, applications
Text: Johnsonbaugh, R. (1990), Discrete Mathematics, Macmillan.
(Chapter 8 Network Models
Chapter 9 Boolean Algebras and Combinatorial Circuits)

Math 615 Numerical Analysis III
Polynomial approximation, interpolation, quadrature formulas, solution of non linear equations, optimization
Text:
[1] Quarteoni, A. and Sacco, R. and Saleri, F. (2007) Numerical mathematics, Springer-Verlag

References:
[1] Ciarlet, P. G. (1989) Introduction to numerical linear algebra and optimization, Cambridge University Press
[2] Trefethen Lioyd N. (2013) Approximation theory and approximation practice, SIAM.

(OR)
Solution of linear systems of equations
Text: Plato. R. (2003), Concise Numerical Mathematics, AMS.
(Chapter 4 Solution of Linear Systems of Equations)

Math 616 Physical Applied Mathematics I
General theory of stress and strain: Definitions of stress, stress vector and components of stress tensor, state of stress at a point, symmetry of stress tensor, transformation of stress components, principal stresses and principal directions, principal direction of stress tensors.
Nature of strain, transformation of the rates of strain components, relation between stress and rate of strain in two dimensional case, the rate of strain quadratic, translation, rotation and deformation.
Viscous fluid: The Navier-Stokes equations of motion of a viscous fluid, the energy equation conservation of energy.
Text
[1] M.D.RAISINGHANIA(2010)
( Chapter 13, Chapter 14)

Math 617 Stochastics Process III
Foundations of probability of theory, limit theorems, probability distributions, probability measures and spaces

References:
[1] Cramer, H. & Leadbetter, M. R. (1946) Stationary and related stochastic
processes, Princeton University Press
[2] Feller, W. (1970) An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, 3rd
Edition, Vol I, John Wiley & Sons
[3] Feller, W. (1966) An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications,
Vol II, John Wiley & Sons
[4] Hida, T. (1980) Brownian Motion, Springer-Verlag
[5] Hida, T. & Hitsuda, M. (1991) Gaussian Processes, AMS
SECOND SEMESTER
Math 621 Analysis VIII
Banach Spaces: Banach Spaces. Examples: c1 , c0 , C(X) Continuous Linear Transformation. Functionals. Dual Space N * of a Normed Space N. The Hahn Banach Theorem. Duals of Natural Imbedding of N in N ** . Reflexive Spaces. Weak Topology. Weak* topology. The Open Mapping Theorem. The Closed Graph Theorem. The Uniform Boundedness Theorem. The Conjugate of an Operator.
Hilbert Space: Inner Product Space. Hilbert Space. Examples: , l2 , L2. Schwarz Inequality. Orthogonal Complement, Orthonormal Sets. Bessel’s Inequality. Parscal’s Equation. The Conjugate Space H* of a Hilbert Space H. Representation of Functionals in H*. The Adjoint of an Operator. Self-Adjoint Operator. Normal and Unitary Operators-Projectory.
Texts
[1] Swe, K. M. (1995) Lectures on Functional Analysis. University of Mawlamyine, Mathematics Association.
[2] Simmons, G.F. (1963) Introduction to Topology and Modern Analysis, McGraw-Hill, New York.
Reference
[1] Kreyszig, E.(1978) Introductory Functional Analysis with Applications, John Wiley
& Sons, New York.

Math 622 Linear Algebra IV
Eigenvectors and eigenvalues, polynomials and matrices, triangulations of matrices and linear maps
Text: Lang, S. (2004), Linear Algebra, Third Edition, Springer.
(Chapter 8 Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues
Chapter 9 Polynomials and Matrices
Chapter 10 Triangulations of Matrices and Linear Maps)

Math 623
(a) Partial Differential Equations
Integral curves and surfaces of vector fields, theory and applications of quasi-linear and linear equations of first order, series solutions, linear partial differential equations, equations of mathematical Physics
Text: Zachmanoglou, E. C. and Thoe, D. W. (1976), Introduction to Partial
Differential Equations with Applications, Dover Publications, Inc.
(Chapter 2 Integral Curves and Surfaces of Vector Fields
Chapter 3 Theory and Applications of Quasi-Linear and Linear Equations of
First Order
Chapter 4 Series Solutions
Chapter 5 Linear Partial Differential Equations
Chapter 6 Equations of Mathematical Physics)

(OR)

(b) Differential Geometry
The course of differential geometry is an introduction of methods of differential calculus on submanifolds. We address the following points: Inverse function theorem. Implicit function theorem. Local normal forms for maps of constant rank. Definition of submanifolds. Examples. Tangent bundle. Vector fields. Lie bracket. Lie groups. Local geometry of a hypersurface in the Euclidian soace. First and second fundmental form. Gauss curvature. Egregium theorem.

Text:
[1] M. P. Do Carmo, Differential Geometry of curves and surfaces

Math 624 Graph Theory II
Connectivity, Euler tours and Hamilton cycles
Text: Bondy, J. A., and Murty, U. S. R (1984), Graph Theory with Applications,
Springer- Verlag.
(Chapter 3 Connectivity
Chapter 4 Euler Tours and Hamilton Cycles)

Math 625 Numerical Analysis IV
Nonlinear system of equations, explicit one-step methods for initial value problems in ordinary differential equations
Text: Plato. R. (2003), Concise Numerical Mathematics, AMS
(Chapter 5 Nonlinear System of Equations
Chapter 7 Explict One-Step Methods for Initial Value Problems in Ordinary
Differential Equations)

Math 626 Physical Applied Mathematics II
Viscous fluid: Diffusion of vorticity, equations for vorticity and circulation, dissipation of energy, vorticity equation of a vortex filament.
Laminar flow of viscous incompressible fluids: Plane coquette flow, generalized plane Couette flow, plane Poiseuille flow, the Hegen-Poiseuille flow, laminar steady flow of incompressible viscous fluid in tubes of cross-section other than circular.
Text
[1] M.D.RAISINGHANIA(2010)
( Chapter 15, Chapter 16)

Math 627 Stochastics Process IV
Higher dimensional distributions and infinite dimensional distributions, stochastic processes: Principle classes, Canonical representations of Gaussian process, multiple Markov Gaussian processes

References:
[1] Cramer, H. & Leadbetter, M. R. (1946) Stationary and related stochastic
processes, Princeton University Press
[2] Feller, W. (1970) An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, 3rd
Edition, Vol I, John Wiley & Sons
[3] Feller, W. (1966) An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications,
Vol II, John Wiley & Sons
[4] Hida, T. (1980) Brownian Motion, Springer-Verlag
[5] Hida, T. & Hitsuda, M. (1991) Gaussian Processes, AMS

Math 628 PDE and Approximations
Introduction to the study of elliptic boundary value problems (modeling, mathematical analysis in the 1D case), of parabolic (heat equation) and hyperbolic (wave equation) problems. Introduction to the finite difference method for these 3 (model) problems and numerical simulations
Text:
[1] Le Dret H,m Lucquin B. (2016) Partial differential equations: modeling, analysis and numerical approximation, Birkhauser

References:
[1] Atkinson, K. E. and Han, W. (2009) Theoretical numerical analysis, Springer
[2] Quarteoni, A. and Sacco, R. and Saleri, F. (2007) Numerical mathematics, Springer-Verlag

Math 629 Applied Probability and Statistics 2
Markov chains, the random counterpart of the recursive sequences, and Martingales which are the mathematical tradition of the notion of equitable dynamics in economics. The aim of the course is to introduce the main concepts of the theory but also to furnish quantitative methods to use these models for concrete applications.
Text:
[1] A. N. Sirjaev. (1984) Probability, Springer

Reference:
[1] Williams, D. (1991) Probability with martingales

Dr. Yin Yin Su Win

Dr. Yin Yin Su Win
Professor, Department of Mathematics

Academic qualification

:

B.Sc(Hons.), M.Sc, M.Res, D.Sc.(Kyoto University)

Career history

:

(16) Years and (2) months

Courses taught

:

Applied Mathematics

Research interest

:

Applied Analysis, Partial Differential Equations

Publication

:

(1) Yin Yin Su Win, Local well-posedness for one dimensional periodic quantum Zakharov equations ( preprint), (2) YYSU, Unconditional uniqueness of solution for the nonlinear Schrodinger equations, Southeast Asian Bulletin of Mathematics Vol(40), no 1, 2016, pp.141-150, (3) YYSW, Almost sur global well-posedness of quantumZakharov system with the data in Hs x Hs(s ≥0), MAAS, 2015(the best paper of 2015),(4) YYSW, Global well-posedness of the derivative nonlinear Schrodinger equations on, Fundciakj Dkvacioj, vol 53, 2010, pp.51-88, (5) YYSW, Unconditional well-possedness of Hartree nonlinear Schrodinger equations, Universities Research Journal, Myanmar, vol.2, No.2,2009,pp.346-360), (6) YYSW and Yoshio Tsutsumi, Unconditional uniqueness of solution for the cauchy problem of the nonlinear Schrodinger equations, Special Issue Nonlinear Wave Equations, Hokkaido Mathematical Journal, vol.37, No.4,2008, pp.839-859, (7) YYSW, Unconditional uniqueness of solutions for the derivative nonlinear Schrodinger equations, J.Math. Kyoto Univ, vol 48, No.3, 2008, pp.683-697, The Propagation of Long Waves in Dispersive System, MAAS, 2015 XII. No.3, 11-25.

Mobile Phone

:

09 450005670

Email

:

yyswinn@gmail.com

ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ် ရာပြည့်အကြိုလမ်းလျှောက်ပြိုင်ပွဲ

ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ် ရာပြည့်အကြို အထိမ်းအမှတ် အလှူမင်္ဂလာ

Science Fair 2018

ရန်ကုန်တက္ကသိုလ် စာကြည့်တိုက် စာအုပ်ပြပွဲနှင့် စာအုပ်စျေးရောင်းပွဲတော်

Special Lecture

Certificate in Cosmetic Technology

Speaker : Dr. Ei Kay Thwe, Cosmetic Control Section, Department of Food and Drug Administration Myanmar Date : 26th December, 2018 Time : 7:30 am to 9:00 am Place : U-109 (ULB Building) Department of Industrial Chemistry University of Yangon

2018-2019 Academic Year

BA (English), BA (EPP), MA (English) and Diploma in English Language Teaching classes (2018-2019 AY) started on 3 December 2018

Global English Course (1/2019)

Global English Course (1/2019) started on 22 December, 2018 at Panglong Hall.

First Year

First Year B.A (History) Programme

Core Courses for History Specialization

Semester I

*A student can choose any one elective course

Core Courses Elective Courses (for History specialization) Elective courses (for other specialization)
AM 1001 Myanmar Phil 1001 (3) – Logic in Practice I Hist 1001 (3) Introduction to Myanmar Civilization I
Eng 1001 English Geog 1003 (3) – Geography of Southeast Asian Countries Hist 1002 (3) Renaissance Italy (14th Century to 15th Century)
Myan 1001 (3) Myanmar OS 1003 (3) – Buddhist Culture Hist 1003 (3) World History to 1500 I
Eng 1001 (3) English Psy 1001 (3) – Psychology of Adolescence I Hist 1004 (3) World History 1500 – 1900 I
Hist 1101 (4) Political Theories I Myan 1003 (3) – MyanmarZarTiMarnSarPay
Hist 1102 (4) World History (1500-1900) I
WP Table Builder

Political Theories I: Hist. 1101
WP Table Builder

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 20 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Changing Process of Political Thoughts and Institutions from Ancient Time to the Initiation of Modern Era

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester exploration of Political Theories from ancient time to Karl Marx. The course for Frist Semester is designed to explore the changing process of political thoughts and institutions from ancient time to the initiation of Modern Political Thoughts. Major topics examined in this semester are the Origin and Nature of Political Thoughts, Ideas and Institutions; Primitive, Oriental and Occidental Political Ideas and Thoughts; Roman Political Thoughts and Institutions; Medieval Political Thoughts and Institutions and the Beginning of Modern Political Thoughts.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for First Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to key theories on political thoughts and institutions from ancient time to the beginning of modern era,

explaining the changing process of political theories and considerations in these periods, and

analyzing the logical basis for this changing process.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

explain the interrelations among the political ideas, thoughts and theories throughout ages,

compare the similarities among political thoughts and theories throughout the changing process

contrast the contradictions among political thoughts and theories throughout the changing process, and

examine the rationale behind the changing process.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

appraise the mutation of ideas, thoughts and theories,

compare resemblances among ideas, thoughts and theories,

distinguish differences between ideas, thoughts and theories, and

deduce the logical sequences behind the ideas, thoughts and theories.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is structured in five broad sections. The first section introduces the Nature of Political Ideas in terms of political thoughts and institutions. The second section covers the Ancient Political Thoughts in relations with Primitive, Oriental and Occidental Ideas and Thoughts. The third section emphasizes on Roman Political Thoughts in terms of political institutions and theory on law. The fourth section reveals the Medieval Political Thoughts in relations with the beginning of medieval political thoughts, and conflict between Church and State. The last section touches the initiation of Modern Political Thoughts for Reformation.

World History (1500 – 1900) I: Hist. 1102
WP Table Builder

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 20 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Examining the alteration of global order form medieval to modern aspects

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester exploration of Political Theories from ancient time to Karl Marx. The course for Frist Semester is designed to explore the changing process of political thoughts and institutions from ancient time to the initiation of Modern Political Thoughts. Major topics examined in this semester are the Origin and Nature of Political Thoughts, Ideas and Institutions; Primitive, Oriental and Occidental Political Ideas and Thoughts; Roman Political Thoughts and Institutions; Medieval Political Thoughts and Institutions and the Beginning of Modern Political Thoughts.

nbsp;
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for First Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the changes of global trend from medieval to modern aspects,

appraising the evolution of European Societies from Feudal to Capitalist system,

evaluating the nature and impacts of European Expansion in its early and middle stages, and

analyzing the logical sequences of the changes

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

evaluate the key shifts in European societies in moving from feudal to capitalist system,

explain the main features of revival of thoughts and cultures in Europe,

examine the key developments in major institutions of European societies,

inspect the features and impacts of European Expansion in its early and middle phases, and

analyze the logical sequences of these changes and developments.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

appraise the interrelations between development and idea changes,

evaluate influence of idea changes on institutional changes, and

analyze logical sequences of events.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed of three broad sections. The first section covers the Beginning of Capitalist Society. The second section reveals the Development of Early Capitalist Society in Europe. The third section covers the Overseas Expansion carried out by the booming European countries.

Aspects of Myanmar: AM. 1001
WP Table Builder

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

3 Credit Points per Semester (total 20 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Surveying general aspects of Myanmar from interdisciplinary approach

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is a survey on the aspects of Myanmar from interdisciplinary approach. The course is designed to explore the general aspects of Myanmar from primitive time up to the present. Major topics explored in this course are Physical Features and National Races of Myanmar; Prehistory, Early City States and Kingdoms of Myanmar; Colonial and Independent Myanmar; Foreign Policy and Relations; Economic and Cultural aspects of Myanmar.

nbsp;
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for First Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to general aspects of Myanmar from interdisciplinary approach,

exploring the geographical, racial, historical, external relations, economic and cultural aspects of Myanmar, and

e- focusing on the importance of harmony in diversity among people who have different physical and racial backgrounds

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

examine general aspects of the Union of Myanmar,

translate interconnections among various sectors of the Union, and

-analyze the utility of every sector and every ethnic group in developing the Union.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret the interconnections between different sectors,

evaluate the importance of harmony in diversities, and

adapt cross-disciplinary approaches in dealing with issues.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed of five broad sections. The first section covers the Land and People of Myanmar. The second section reveals the History of Myanmar from primitive time up to the democratization of the nation. The third section emphasizes on Foreign Policy and Relations of Myanmar in new global order. The fourth section explores the key sectors of Myanmar Economy. The last section covers the Cultural Aspect of Myanmar.

*A student can choose any one elective course

Foundation Courses

Myan 1002 (3) Myanmar

Eng 1002 (3) English

Core Courses

Hist 1103 (4) Political Theories II

Hist 1104 (4) World History (1500-1900) II

Elective Courses(for History specialization)

Phil 1003 (3)– Logic in Practice II

Geog 1004 (3)– Geography of Myanmar

OS 1008 (3)– History of Buddhism

Psy 1003 (3)– Psychology of Adolescence II

Myan 1004 (3)– MyanmarZarTiMarnSarPay

Elective courses (for other specialization)

Hist 1005 (3) Introduction to Myanmar Civilization II

Hist 1006 (3) Reformation Europe (1450-1650)

Hist 1007 (3) World History to 1500 II

Hist 1008 (3) World History 1500 – 1900 II

Political Theories II

First Year History (Semester-II)

Core Course for History Specialization (Hist-1103)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intention of the course is to explore the basic political culture of the world from the Medieval Period to the Modern time. The course constitutes the evolution of political theories and political thinking; liberalism, nationalism and communism based on democratic way. The course will focus on the comparative study of political ideological theories and scientific political systems. That course discusses how political ideological concepts have appeared and how political institutions; states and governments have emerged in the past in the various places.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for first year (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course intentions are as follow,

To support students the basic political theories and the principle concept of idealism and practical state building.

To differentiate the two main systems of eastern world and western world that practiced during the times before and after World War II.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussion and class work, students should be able to:

comprehend causes and effects of state building, and

examine advantages and disadvantages of the world political theories between the east and west.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

understand the evolution of political theories that leads to the different state buildings , governmental systems, and

evaluate which theories were applied in which state building.

IV. Structure of the course

The course structure is divided into three main sections. The first section covers the evolution theory from capitalism to liberalism. The second part of the course constitutes the strength and growth of extreme nationalist theories outcome from the colonial expansionism. The final portion of this course concludes Marxism that dominated on the theory of the state building before and after World War II.

World History (1500 – 1900) II

Module No. Hist-1104

2nd Semester

Course Description

This Course explores great historical events which transformed the World from Medieval Period to Modern Time. It covers the evolution of political thoughts and ideologies which led to the collapse of feudalism and emergence of constitutional monarchies in Europe under the name of Bourgeoisie Revolution; technological innovations that helped to the development of factory system and its consequences under the name of Industrial Revolution; and conflict of interests between Industrialized Europe and Agro-based Asia with special references to early nationalist movements of India and China.

Theme Area: Changing Global Order from 16^th to 19^th century

Learning Outcomes

Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)

At the end of the semester, the learner would be able to

examine ideological evolution of the West which led to the changes of world order,

analyze advantages and disadvantages of industrialization in the West, and

estimate worldwide impacts of industrialization of the West.

Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

At the end of the semester, the learner would be able to

assess rationale of the events,

clarify interrelations among the phenomena, and

identify main points of issues. .

World History (1500-1900) II

First Year (History, IR, PS) (Semester-II)

Core course for History Specialization (Hist 1104)

Elective course for International Relations (Hist-1008)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intent of the course is to explore the significant historical events of the world from the Medieval period to the Modern time. It covers the evolution of political thoughts and ideologies of bourgeoisie; technological innovations and its consequences; and conflict of interests between industrialized Europe and East Asia. The goal is to interpret a comparative perception of world history that happened from sixteenth to nineteenth centuries.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for first year (History, International Relations, and Political Science Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To give students to the main knowledge and concept of world history in the 16^th and 19^th centuries

To differentiate the key events that happened in the world between 1500 and 1900.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

appraise causes and consequences of great historical events, and

analyze pros and cons of the historical episodes of the world that happened in the second half of last millennium.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

interpret ideological evolution of the West which led to the changes of world order, and

estimate worldwide impact of industrialization of the West.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in three broad sections. The first part covers the collapse of feudalism and emergence of constitutional monarchies in Europe under the name of Bourgeoisie Revolution. The second part of the course contains the development of factory system and its consequences under the name of Industrial Revolution. The third part of the course includes colonialism.

Myanmar History and Culture II

First Year (Myanmar Studies) (Semester-II)

Core course for Myanmar Studies Specialization (MS-1104)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intent of the course is to know the brief history of Inwa, Hanthawaddy, Mrauk-U and Taungoo. It covers the competing of the feudal strength among the Kingdoms; the development of Myanmar Literature according to the period; Buddhism that flourished in Mrauk-U and propagated by Bayinnaung in the Taungoo Period.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for first year (Myanmar Studies) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To give students to the significant historical experiences that happened in Myanmar from the 13^th to the 16^th century

To differentiate the value of Myanmar history and culture

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

clarify causal sequences to the historical experience

examine what kind of literature flourished during Inwa and Taungoo Period

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

interpret competence of ideological Feudalism in Myanmar

differentiate literature that is an element of culture

categorize strengths and weaknesses of the historical experience and from that student can be apply in their future life

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in three broad sections. The first part deals with the rise of Pinya, Sagaing and Inwa, competing of the feudal strength among the kingdom of Inwa and Hanthawaddy (1386-1422) and the literature of the Inwa Period. The second part contains history, social life and religion under the name of History and Culture of Medieval Rakhine. The third part of the course includes history, literature and propagation of Buddhism in the Taungoo Period.

History of Political Thought II

First Year (Political Science) (Semester-II)

Core course for Political Science (PS- 1104)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intent of the course is to explore the significant changes and developments of political thought in Europe from the 16th to 20th century. It covers historically notable political philosophers and their works during the period. The goal of the course is to identify the connection between political thought and reality.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for first year (Political Science Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To foster students to the main knowledge and concept of political thought in Europe from 16th century to 20th century.

To elucidate the changes and developments of political thought periodically in History.

To development the students’ capacity and critical thinking by learning notable political philosophers.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

appraise the causes and consequences of political thought and raise the capacity for critical and independent thinking in politic, and

analyze the differentiation of political thought that based on the impact of governmental, political, social, economic and religious conditions..

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

analyze the ideology and theory of influential political philosophers and understand how these theories can be applied to solve problem in the real society and politic, and

comprehend other’s view and formula and theorize political outcomes themselves.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in seventh broad sections. It covers notable political philosophers and their works from 16th century to 20 century. The first part includes rise of modern theory of Sovereignty and the theory of the social contract of Jean Bodin and Hugo Grotious. The second part includes an English philosopher John Lock who attacked the divine theory and absolution. The third part includes the politic of Enlightenment and a French philosopher Montesquieu and a Genevan philosopher Jean Jecques Rousseau. The fourth part includes economic development in Europe and mercantilism. The fifth part includes English Utilitarian philosophers; Benthem and John Stuart Mill. The sixth part includes Marxism, capitalism and socialism and the final part includes the nature of Fascism and Nazism.

Introduction to Myanmar Civilization II

First Year (Semester-II)

Elective course for Oriental Studies Specialization (Hist -1005)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intent of the course is to explore the significant historical events of the introduction to Myanmar Civilization. It covers the introduction of Social life, Religion, Literature, Art and Architecture and its consequences

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for first year Oriental Studies Specializatio) students of the University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course goals are as follows

To give students to the main knowledge and concept of Introduction to Myanmar Civilization.

To differentiate the evolutions of the Civilizations that happened in the Mrauk-U Period and from the Taungoo to the Konbaung Periods.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

appraise causes of the civilization of Mrauk-U Period, Taungoo Period, Nyaungyan Period and Konbaung Period.

Analyze about the introduction of Civilization which had flourished in medieval Myanmar.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

Denote introduction to Myanmar Civilization and

estimate about the Myanmar Civilization which had flourished in Mrauk -U Period, Taungoo Period, Nyaungyan Period and Kongbaung Period.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in four broad sections. The first part covers art and architecture under the name of Mrauk-U Period. The second part of the course contains the Literature of Taungoo Period. The third part of the course includes religion of Nyaungyan Period. The fourth part of the course is wind up the social life of Konbaung Period.

Second Year

Second Year B.A (History) Programme

Core Courses for History Specialization

Semester I

Fundamental Courses Elective courses (for History specialization) (*) Elective courses (for other specialization) (*)
Eng 2001 (3) English Hist 2104 (3) - Political Organization I (Major Elective) Hist 2001 (3) History of Science and Technology I
Hist 2101 (4) Ancient Myanmar I Hist 2105 (3) - History of Science and Technology I Hist 2002 (3) World History 1900 to Present I
Core Courses Geog 2005 (3) – Political Geography I Elective course (for English Specialization) (*)
Hist 2102 (4) Ancient Southeast Asia Phil 2001 (3) – History of Western Intellectual Development I Hist 2003 (3) Social History of England I
Hist 2103 (4) World History 1900 to Present I OS 2005 (3) - Pali Philology
WP Table Builder

Ancient Myanmar I: Hist. 2101
WP Table Builder

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 21 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Evolution of Myanmar Civilization from prehistory via city-states to the kingdom

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course ispart of a Two-Semester exploration on Myanmar History from prehistoric time to the end of Nyaungyan period. The course for Frist Semester is designed to explore Myanmar History form Prehistory to the fall of Bagankingdom. Major topics examined in this semester are Geographical Setting of Myanmar, the Stone and Bronze Ages’ Cultures that flourished on the land of Myanmar, Pyu, Rakhine and Mon Civilizations, and the rise and fall of Bagan Kingdom.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for Second Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the evolution of Myanmar from prehistory to the fall of Bagan kingdom,

explaining the interlinks among civilizations that flourished on the land of Myanmar, and

appraisingthe rationale for the rise and fall of Bagan kingdom.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

explain the interlinks between the cultures of Stone and Bronze Ages,

compare the civilizations of Pyu, Rakhine and Mon,

deduce the correlations among the early civilizations of Myanmar, and

judge the reasons for the emergence and failure of Bagan kingdom.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester,the students would be able to

examine the evolution process of human civilization,

compare similarities and correlations among contemporaries, and

analyze the rationales for the success and failure of societies.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is structured in five broad sections. The first sectionreveals the Prehistory of Myanmar in terms of physical background, and Stone and Bronze Age Civilizations. The second section constitutes the growth of Pyu Civilization based on its early city-states. The third section reveals the emergence of Early Rakhine Civilization at Vesali. The fourth section expresses the growth of Early Mon Civilization in term of Laterite Culture at Suvannabhumi. The last section covers the rise of Bagan Period in terms of History, Economy, Society, Governance, Religion, Art and Architecture until the fall of Bagan kingdom.

Ancient Southeast Asia: Hist. 2102
WP Table Builder

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 21 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)
1.2 Theme Area

Evolution of Southeast Asian Societies from Primitive Cultures to Civilized Communities

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is a survey on Southeast Asian history in ancient time. The course is designed to explore the History of Ancient Southeast Asia from prehistoric time to 16thCentury. Major topics explored in this course are Physical Background of Southeast Asia, Prehistoric Cultures of Southeast Asia from Paleolithic Period to Bronze Age, Spread of Chinese and Indian Cultures to Southeast Asia, Emergence of Early Kingdoms in Mainland and Islands Southeast Asia, and the Spread of Islam to the Peninsular.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programmefor SecondYear (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

i introducing students to the evolution of Southeast Asian region from prehistory to the emergence of early kingdoms,

explaining the spread of Chinese, Indian and Islamic Cultures to the region, and

evaluating the influences of these cultures on the early societies of Southeast Asia.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

assess the gradual developments of societies in Southeast Asia from primitive culture to civilized stage,

examine the cultural influence of neighbouring countries on early the kingdoms of Southeast Asia, and

scrutinize the adaptionof incoming cultures tomeet the needs of native communities.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret the mutation process of a region or a society,
,

assess the influence of higher order thinking on lower order thinking, and

experiment the power of adaption for survival.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed ofsevensections.The first section covers the Physical Background of Southeast Asia. The second section constitutes the Prehistory of Southeast Asia. The third section reveals the Spread of Chinese Culture to Vietnam. The fourth section covers the spread of Indian Culture to mainland Southeast Asia. The fifth section reveals the emergence of Early Kingdoms in both mainland and islands of Southeast Asia. The sixth section touches the Emergence of Early Kingdoms on the land of present Thailand. The last section expresses the Spread of Islamism to the Peninsular.

World History 1900 to Present I: Hist. 2103
WP Table Builder

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 21 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Changing Global Order during the first four decades of 20th century

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester surveyonWorld History from 1900 to Present. The course for Frist Semester is designed to explore World History from 1900 to 1939. Major topics explored in this course are causes, events and effects of World War I; Socialist Revolution of Russia; Fascist Movement of Italy and Nazi Movement of Germany that emerged between two World Wars; Nationalist Movement of India; National Awakening of China and Militarist Movement of Japan that happened between two World Wars.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programmefor SecondYear (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the major events of the world that happened in the first four decades of 20th century,,

exploring the genesis, events and consequences of World War I,

analyzing the key movements of major European and Asian countries that had worldwide or region-wide impact, and

assessingthe events from comparative approach.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

analyze the causes and effects of the Great War,

scrutinize the reasonsand consequences of Socialist Revolution of Russia, and Nazi, Fascist Movements of Germany and Italy, and

dissect the roots and fruits of National Awakening, Nationalist Movement and Militarist Movement of China, India and Japan.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret the correlations between events,

estimate the advantages and disadvantages of events,

scrutinize the genesis and consequences of phenomena,and

analyze the events from comparative approach.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed ofthree broad sections.The first section covers the causes, events and effects of World War I. The second section constitutes major Revolution and Movements that happened in Europe between 1917 and 1939. The third section reveals the Nationalist Movement, National Awakening and Militarist Movement that occurred in Asia between 1917 and 1939.

Political Organization I: Hist. 2104 (Major Elective)
WP Table Builder

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

3Credit Points per Semester (total 21 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Theories and Definitions on State, Sovereignty, Government and Constitution

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester exploration onthe development of Political Organization from theoretical approaches. The course for Frist Semester is designed to explore the Structure of the State in Politics. Major topics examined in this semester are Nature of the State and Sovereignty, Organization and Forms of State and Government, and the role of Constitution in balancing the major pillars of State powers.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree Programmefor Second Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducingstudents to the theories and practices of State, Sovereignty, Government and Constitution, li>
explainingdefinitions and theories of the necessary features of State, Sovereignty and Government, ,

assessingbasic definitions and categories of Constitution from theoretical points of view,and

criticize the differentiations between theories and practices from analytical approach.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret the theories on the structure of State and Sovereignty in global context,

evaluate the organizations and forms of State and Government, and

– assess the definitions and classifications of Constitution.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

distinguishtheories and practices,

appraise the compliments and contradictions between theories and practices, and

adapttheories to practices, and vice versa.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed offour broad sections.The first section covers the Definition, Origin, Evolution and Theories of the State. The second section deals withNature, Location and Limitations of Sovereignty. The third section reveals the Organizations and Forms of State and Government. The last section covers the Definition and Classification of Constitution.

Semester II

Fundamental Courses
Eng 2001 (3) English

Core Courses
Hist 2101 (4) Ancient Myanmar I
Hist 2102 (4) Ancient Southeast Asia
Hist 2103 (4) World History 1900 to Present I

Elective courses (for History specialization) (*)
Hist 2104 (3) – Political Organization I (Major Elective)
Hist 2105 (3) – History of Science and Technology I
Geog 2005 (3) – Political Geography I
Phil 2001 (3) – History of Western Intellectual Development I
OS 2005 (3) – Pali Philology

Elective courses (for other specialization) (*)
Hist 2001 (3) History of Science and Technology I
Hist 2002 (3) World History 1900 to Present I
Elective course (for English Specialization) (*)
Hist 2003 (3) Social History of England I

Ancient Myanmar II

Second Year (Semester-II)

Course course for History Specialization (Hist -2106)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The course is composed of important events in Ancient Myanmar History: religions of Bagan kingdom, political perspectives on the Bagan period, rise of petty kingdoms in the post Bagan period, Rise of Mon kingdoms, Forty Years War, Rise of Taunggu Dynasty, Relations with Europeans in the Taunggu period.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum
The course is a part of B.A. Degree for second year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To know about the ancient history of Myanmar,

To realize about the nation building of Old Myanmar, nature of monarchic politics of Myanmar, and

rise of three kingdoms: Rakhine, Mon and Myanmar,

to know about the struggle between the kingdoms of Myanmar.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

analyze the retrospection on Myanmar historical background

compare with other civilizations, and

evaluate the Myanmar history and her civilization.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

provides the students how to rise Myanmar and her sovereignty

must obtain an important knowledge dealing with the many numbers of kingdoms in the post Bagan Period

see historical changes by studying on the political events, and

impacts of ancient Myanmar which brought to modern Myanmar.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is composed of political perspectives of Bagan kingdom as a fundamental knowledge and Religion of Bagan kingdom, Rakhine, the rise of Inwa and Hanthawaddy kingdoms and monarchic struggles between Inwa and Mon kingdoms, and National Reunification of Taungoo period and introducing with European relations.

European Expansion and Colonialism in SEA

Second Year (History) (Semester-II)

Core course for History Specialization (Hist-2107)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The course explores key events and developments of the Age of Exploration and colonial policies practiced by the European powers in Southeast Asia from the fifteenth century to the twentieth century. It studies the pattern of colonial rule; the discoveries of New World by Portugal and Spain in the first phase of expansion and conquering of Dutch, English and France in Southeast Asia during the second phase of expansion, variety of motives and colonialism led to intensify and increase the tensions among European powers and Southeast Asian countries. The goal is to criticize European global exploration and the pattern of colonialism affected intensification among European and Southeast Asian countries.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for Second year (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To give students to the specific need of learning about political, economic and social changes affected by European expansion and their colonial policies from the Age of Exploration to the modern time.

To allow students to reach significant knowledge about voyage discoveries because of the technical developments and resulted the negative and positive changes.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

interpret of a new period of global interaction and interconnectivity, and

analyze the intensify causes of the next several centuries

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

appraise causes and effects of past events; and

clarify consequences which impacted history

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in six broad sections. The first part introduces the voyage discovery and the main characteristic of colonialism; the second section covers the discoveries of explorers who arrived in Southeast Asia to 1800 with special references to Portuguese and Spain; the third focuses on one of the economic reforms of the Dutch in Indonesia; the fourth section emphasis British conquest Malaysia and exercised Britain colonial rule; the fifth section studies on the establishment of the French colony in SEA and finally, the conflict between Spain and American in Philippine.

World History (1900 to Present) II

Module No. Hist. 2108/2005

2nd Semester

Course Description

This course explores international relations, conflicts and issues that happened during the period 1919 to 1990. The course is formed with four components: International Relations from 1919 to 1930; International Relations from 1931 to 1939; World War II, and the Cold War. The first component will explore the emergence of the League of Nations and its efforts to maintain international peace and security. The second component will inspect the aggressions of Nazi, Fascist, and Militarist nations. The third component will look over the causes, outbreak and effects of World War II. The last component will analyze changing global order in postwar era under the name of Cold War.

Changing Global Order after World War I until the end of Cold War.

Learning Outcomes

Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)

At the end of the semester, the learner would be able to

examine the historical events that changed global order of twentieth century from various perspectives,

analyze the pros and corns of historical phenomena, and

articulate the causes, events and effects of the historical matters.

Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

At the end of the semester, the learner would be able to

analyze the issues from multi-dimensional approach,

differentiate advantages and disadvantages of events, and

interpret the genesis, occurrence and consequences of occasions.

World History (1900 to Present) II

Second Year (History/IR/PS) Semester II

Core Course for History (Hist-2018)

Elective Course for IR & PS (Hist-2005)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

Theme area of the course is to analyze international relations, conflicts and issues that happened from the end of World War I up to the Cold War Era. This course aims at providing the learners with analytical skill, critical thinking and communication skill in relations with international events as well as with their own workplace situations.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

This course is a part of B.A Degree Programme for Second Year (History, IR & PS Specialization) Students of the University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning Outcomes

Academic Aims

Learning Outcomes

a. Aims:

This Course aims at

furnishing the learners with comprehensive knowledge on international relations, conflicts and issues from 1919 to 1990, and

developing analytical skills of the learners in approaching issues, and

thriving critical thinking of the learners in studying problems from various perspectives.

b. Learning Outcomes

Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)

At the end of the semester, the learner would be able to

examine the historical events that changed global order of twentieth century from various perspectives,

analyze the pros and corns of historical phenomena, and

articulate the causes, events and effects of the historical matters.

Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

At the end of the semester, the learner would be able to

analyze the issues from multi-dimensional approach,

differentiate advantages and disadvantages of events, and

interpret the genesis, occurrence and consequences of occasions.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is formed with four components: International Relations from 1919 to 1930; International Relations from 1931 to 1939; World War II, and Postwar era of the World. The first component will explore the emergence of the League of Nations and its efforts to maintain international peace and security. The second component will inspect the aggressions of Nazi, Fascist, and Militarist nations. The third component will look over the causes, outbreak and effects of World War II. The last component will analyze changing global order in postwar era under the name of Cold War.

Social History of England II

Second Year (English Specialization) Semester II

Elective course for English Specialization (Hist-2006)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intent of the course is to know the nature of the English society from 16^th century to 20^th century. The course covers the evolution of social changes from Shakespeare England to Victorian England. The goal is to learn English literature well by learning English Social History.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The aims of the course are as follow:

To give students the knowledge of the nature of the English men and their culture.

To learn English literature easily by noticing their culture.

b. Learning Outcomes:

The course will encourage the students to examine the basic social life of Shakespeare England and to compare Myanmar’s social life. It also encourages the students to evaluate social relationship of Shakespeare’s England. Then the course will make the students to understand how English made expansion in the period of Charles and Cromwell and to consider why English made scientific experiment in Restoration England. The students will be aware of the Industrial Revolution and its impact upon society in Victorian England. Examining Social History of England, students will apply in studying English literature and they can create a better society by taking lesson in social conditions of England.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured with four main parts. The first part covers Religion and Universities, the social policy, industry and seafaring in Shakespeare’s England. The second part contains the colonial expansion of the English under Charles and Cromwell. The third part includes the restoration England. Industrial Revolution and its impact upon society in Victorian England is the fourth part of the course.

Political Organization II

Second Year History

Elective Course for History Specialization (Hist-2109)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intention of the course is to evaluate the state structure of the world politics. The course constitutes the political theories and governmental system based on the state constitution; the separation of political power within the state, division of powers in the Federal government System, Electorate, Universal Suffrage, Constituency and Election System and the three political powers; the Legislature, the Executive and the Judiciary. The course will focus on the political theories and political systems constituted separation and distribution of powers for Federated State. This course will discuss what political institutions would be organized in the good constitutional government and what governance should be practiced in the state.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for Second Year (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course intentions are as follow,

To support students the main concepts of political institutions and governmental systems that would be empowered by the constitution.

To appraise what is State and the main systems of power Separation, Election and Governance.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussion and class work, students should be able to:

comprehend the constitution of state composed of political institutions, and

examine advantages and disadvantages of the states built on the various constitutional theories.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

understand the systems of political institutions that would constitute the different states and different governmental system, and

evaluate which governance should be enacted to build the strong state in world politics.

IV. Structure of the course

The course structure is divided into four main sections. The first section covers the separation of political power. The second part of the course constitutes the division of powers in the Federal government. The third portion of this course is composed of Electorate, Election System and Representatives. The final concluded with the three main powers of the state.

Comparative Studies of Myanmar Civilization II

Second Year (Myanmar Studies) (Semester-II)

Core course for Myanmar Studies Specialization (MS-2105)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

This course introduces culture exchange among the indigenous people in Myanmar and can also learn about the impact of the Western and Eastern culture on Myanmar. Western culture absorbed by means of religions into Myanmar, namely Buddhism from India, Islam from Arabia and Christianity from Europe. Myanmar adopted and improved; arts, social life, life style, and government and administration systems as the results of the impact of Eastern culture.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum
This course is a part of B.A. Degree for Second year (Myanmar Studies) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The aims of the course are as follows:

To explain the students how did culture exchange happen among indigenous people of Myanmar in the early period.

To investigate the development of Myanmar culture by the impact of Western and Eastern culture that prevailed along the ages.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

discuss the improvement of civilization because of culture exchange among indigenous people in Myanmar.

criticize the results obtained from the impacts of Western and Eastern cultures.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

review the designs and patterns of the early Myanmar civilization

enumerate, how much foreign culture was absorbed by the impacts of Western and Eastern cultures and how it was Myanmarized through the ages.

IV. Structure of the course

This course is structured in three sections in which were organized firstly Cultural Exchanges among the Indigenous People centering Myanmar with Pyu, Mon, Rakhine and Shan, secondly Impact of the Western Cultures accompanying with the religions which were imported into Myanmar, Buddhism from India, Islam from Arabia and Christianity from European countries. The last section is the Impact of the Eastern Cultures which reveal the absorptions of the cultures of China, Japan and Southeast Asian Countries into Myanmar.

Third Year

Third Year B.A (History) Programme

Core Courses for History Specialization

Semester I

CURRICULUM FOR B.A. DEGREE
Semester I

Fundamental Courses
Eng 3001 (3) English

Core Courses
Hist 3101 (4) Modern Myanmar I
Hist 3102 (4) Modern Southeast Asia I
Hist 3103 (4) Modern China
Hist 3104 (4) Modern Russia

Elective courses (*)
Hist 3105 (3) Modern India I
Hist 3106 (3) Economic and Social History of Modern Southeast Asia I
Hist 3107 (3) Foreign Relations in the Konbaung Period I

Semester II

Fundamental Courses
Eng 2001 (3) English

Core Courses
Hist 3108 (4) Modern Myanmar II
Hist 3109 (4) Modern Southeast Asia II
Hist 3110 (4) Modern Japan
Hist 3111 (4) Modern USA

Elective courses (*)
Hist 3112 (3) Modern India II
Hist 3113 (3) Economic and Social History of Modern Southeast Asia II
Hist 3114 (3) Foreign Relations in the Konbaung Period II

Modern Myanmar I: Hist. 3101
WP Table Builder

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 22 Credit Points for all subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Changing conditions and ideologies of Myanmar under monarchism and colonialism

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester exploration on Myanmar History from mid-18th to the end of 20th century. The course for Frist Semester is designed to explore Myanmar History (1752 – 1948) from political and socio-economic aspects of Myanmar. Major topics examined in this semester are Politics, Governance, Economy, Society, Culture and Foreign Relations of Myanmar during Konbaung Period and Nationalist Movement and Independence Struggle of Colonial Myanmar for Achieving Independence.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for Third Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the key aspects of Myanmar from Konbaung to colonial period,

examining the politics, socio-economics and external relations of Myanmar that shaped the rise and fall of Konbaung Dynasty, and

analyzing the process of growing nationalist sentiments in modern sense and political wills of Myanmar people for regaining independence.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

examine domestic and external situations that created the success and failure of Konbaung Dynasty,

assess the development of Myanmar nationalism in modern sense under colonial rule, and

analyze the evolution of Myanmar political conceptions embedded in the struggle for independence.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret the interrelations between internal and external factors that shaped the events,

estimate the expansion of ideas and concepts under given circumstances, and

evaluate the changing values of norms and notions under changing circumstances.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is structured in three broad sections. The first section covers the rise of Konbaung Dynasty and its external relations. The second section deals with the Governance, Economy, Society and Culture of Konbaung period, and the fall of Konbaung Dynasty under British colonial expansion. The third section reveals Myanmar nationalist movement and independence struggle against the colonial

Modern Southeast Asia I: Hist. 3102
WP Table Builder

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 22 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Changing orders of Southeast Asian countries under Colonialism

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester survey of Southeast Asian history in modern time. The course for First Semester is designed to explore the Colonial History of Southeast Asia from 16th to mid-20th Century. Major topics examined in this semester are Geographical Background of Southeast Asia, Economics, Society and Government of Southeast Asian countries under Colonialism, and Nationalist Movements of these countries before the Second World War.

nbsp;
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for Third Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the mutation of Southeast Asian countries before and during Colonial Period,
,

exploring changes in socio-economic and administrative aspects of Southeast Asian countries under Colonial Rule, and

evaluating nationalist movements of Southeast Asian countries that challenged colonial rulers from qualitative approach.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

examine the formation and alteration of Southeast Asian countries against their respective physical backgrounds,

assess the changes of Southeast Asian countries in terms of economic, social and administrative structures under the manipulation of colonial rulers, and

analyze the rise of nationalism and nationalist movements in Southeast Asian countries in changing global context.
li>

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret the interrelations of contextual factors that shaped the nations,

appraise the impacts of global order on a certain region or a certain nation, and

analyze logical sequences of events.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed of three broad sections. The first section covers the Geographical Background of Southeast Asia. The second section constitutes the impacts of Colonialism in Southeast Asia in terms of Economy, Society and Governance. The third section includes the rise of Nationalist Movement in Southeast Asian countries before Second World War.

Modern China: Hist. 3103
WP Table Builder

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 22 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Uprisings of China and reshaping the country based on changing political and economic ideologies

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is a survey on modern history of China. It is designed to look into Modern China from the beginning to the end of 20th Century. Major topics explored in this course are National Awakening and Nationalist Struggles against absolute monarchism, warlords’ hegemony and Imperialism; Kuomintang-Communist collaboration and conflict; Triumph of CCP and the emergence of the People’s Republic of China under Mao Zedong and Modernizations of Deng Xiaoping.

nbsp;
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for Third Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the transformation process of China from absolute monarchism via nationalism to Communism from comparative approach,

investigating the struggles of Chinese people to transform their country from the status of semi-colony to world power, and

assessing nation building and state building activities of the People’s Republic of China from qualitative approach.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

evaluate the struggles of Chinese people against monarchism and imperialism from qualitative approach,

scrutinize the collaboration and conflict between nationalists and communists in trying to achieve superiority over each other from analytical approach, and

criticize the changing conceptions of Communist leaders in rebuilding their nation and state from comparative approach.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret how the events generate the ideas of the people from qualitative approach,

distinguish how different ideologies create dissensions between people from comparative approach, and

inspect how a country or a society could write a success story by pursuing ideological adaptations from analytical approach.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed of five broad sections. The first section covers the genesis and events of 1911 Revolution in China. The second section constitutes National Awakening in China against Warlords and Foreign Imperialists after World War I. The third section includes the collaboration and confrontation between Kuomintangs and Communists. The fourth section explores the Politics, Economy and Foreign Relations of the People’s Republic of China under Mao. The last section reveals the transformation and modernization of China after Mao Era.

Modern Russia: Hist. 3104
WP Table Builder

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 22 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Transitional process of Russia under different ideas and rules in modern time

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is a survey on modern history of Russia. The course is designed to explore the History of Modern Russia from the beginning to the end of 20th Century. Major topics examined in this course are the genesis, events and consequences of 1917 Revolution, the struggles of Soviet Union to survive as a socialist state in the middle of capitalist world, its involvements in World War II and Cold War, reforms under Gorbachev, disintegration of Soviet Union and the rise of Russian Federation after Cold War.

nbsp;
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for Third Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

–

introducing students to the changes of Russia from Tsarist state via Soviet Union to the Federation from comparative approach,

exploring the genesis, events and consequences of the rise and fall of a Communist Empire form analytical approach, and

illustrating the revival of Russia as a Federation after the collapse of Soviet Union from the points of critical thinking.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

investigate the transformation of Russia throughout 20th Century comparative approach,

assess the reasons for successes and failures of the Soviet Union from qualitative approach, and

criticize the rationale for the collapse of Soviet Union and its aftermath from analytical approach.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

distinguish strengths and weaknesses of great ideologies in implementations from comparative approach,

appraise opportunities and challenges to the attempts for creating new structures and systems from analytical approach, and

criticize the global impacts of great ideologies from qualitative approach.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed of four broad and three brief sections. The first section covers the causes, events and effects of 1917 Revolution. The second section deals with the attempts of Soviet Union to survive as only communist state before World War II. The third section encompasses the involvement of Soviet Union in World War II and consequences. The fourth section reveals the Role of Soviet Union in global order in the context of Cold War. The rest three brief sections touch the attempts of Gorbachev to reform the Soviet system, the Collapse of Soviet Union and the Emergence of Russian Federation.

Modern Southeast Asia II

Third Year (History) (Semester-II)

Core course for History Specialization (Hist-3109)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The purpose of the course is to explore the significant historical events of Southeast Asia from World War II to Post Independence Period. It covers the political, economic & Social Changes of Southeast Asia, Struggle for Independence and Political Conditions &the Development Efforts in Post-Independence Southeast Asia. The goal is to explain the conditions of Modern Southeast Asia that happened from during World War II to Post-Independence Period.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for Third Year, (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To give students to the main knowledge and concept of Modern Southeast Asia in 20^th centuries

To differentiate the key events that happened in Southeast Asia in 20^th

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

appraise causes and consequences of historical events of Southeast Asian countries, and

analyze the events of struggle for independence and nationalist movement of Southeast Asian Countries.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

know political, economic and social conditions of Southeast Asia during Second World War, and

surmise the difficulties that faced by Southeast Asian countries for independence.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in three broad sections. The first part covers the conditions in World War II in Southeast Asia. The second part of the course contains the post-war struggle for Independence in Southeast Asia. The third part of the course includes Post-Independence Southeast Asia

Modern Japan

Third (History) (Semester-II)

Core course for History Specialization (Hist-3110)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intent of the course is to explore the modern Japan history from the Tokugawa period (1600-1867) through the Meiji Restoration of 1868 to the present and the local and global nature of modernity in Japan. It highlights key themes, including the Modernization of Japan, Japan’s Emergence as a Power, Development of Militarism, Post Second World War Japan, Development since 1970 and the continued importance of historical memory in Japan today.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A Degree for Third Year (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To familiarize students with major events in modern Japanese history

To analyze the rise and fall of Japanese military imperialism; and the development of Japanese capitalism in the second half of the twentieth century.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

demonstrate a solid foundation in modern Japan history

analyze the important events, places, and time periods in the development of the modern Japan.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

apply broader historical concepts, such as Ideas of modernity of Japan, transformation, reform, empire and the nation state

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in five broad sections. The first part discuss how Japanese society had changed from feudal society into industrial society and the changes in the Japanese history after the Meiji Restoration. The second part of the course illustrate the Japanese aggression in China and Russia, and how Japan was became one of the big powers in international politics. The third part of the course includes the causes of the rise of militarism and Japan in World War II. The fourth part of the course covers the political system of Japan after Post World War II and foreign policy of Japan. The last part of the course is the political and economic development of Japan since 1970 and foreign relations of Japan.

Modern USA

Third Year (Semester II)

Core Course for history Specialization (Hist-3111)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

The intention of the course covers important events in American history from Reconstruction of America, becoming as the world Power through end of 20^th century from a political, social and cultural standpoints. The course constitutes the emergence as a world power, American imperialism, the progressive movement, World War I, the roaring Twenties, the Great Depression, the New Deal during the Hundred Days, World War II, cold war and nuclear age in 1950s, Civil Rights and Discriminations. The course will focus on the gradual growth of US balancing in economy and democratic politics. This course discusses how American achieved the global leadership in the critical times.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for Third year (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course intents are as follow,

To develop students in critical thinking skills from learning of American historic events and achievements.

To compare American Global Leading role that counterbalanced with USSR and her liberal democratic policy with communist policy of her rivals.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussion forums and class work,

Students would be able to comprehend causes and effects of American Policy and Historical Events.

Students will develop advanced level research in world history and critical thinking through participation in discussion on US Modern History.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

achieve ability to analyze and evaluate the role of American leading in politics, and

evaluate how the Super Power overcame during critical times and turning points.

IV. Structure of the course

The structure of course is divided into three main sections. The first section covers the Emergence as a World Power in the early 20^th century. The second part of the course constitutes the Overcoming the Great Depression and World Wars. The final portion of this course concludes her Solving the Discriminations, Civil Rights and Home Affairs.

Foreign Relations in the Konbaung Period II

Third Year (History) First Year (Hons) (Semester-II)

Elective course for History Specialization (Hist-3114)

I. Introduction

Locating the content of the course within the discipline

Locating the course within the curriculum

a. Locating the content of the course within the disciplined

Britain was the most powerful nation on earth in the last two decade of the 19th Century. The British were actually latecomers to the country and the people of Myanmar, their impact of the country was to be out of proportion to that tardiness. The geo-political competition between Britain and France on the European continent had continued in Southeast Asia, as the two European powers jockeyed for position there also, drawing indigenous actors ( such as Myanmar) into their ongoing commercial and political rivalries. Myanmar held the key, in the form of Ayeyarwaddy River to the back door of China. Fear that this key might fall into the hands of the French resulted in the Third Anglo-Myanmar War and 1886 complete absorption of Myanmar into the British Empire.

b. Locating the course within the curriculum

The course is a part of B.A. Degree for third year (History Specialization) students of University of Yangon.

II-III. Aims and Learning outcomes

Academic Aims, Goals

Learning Outcomes (objectives)

a. Aims:

The course aims are as follows:

To give students to the main knowledge and concept of British policy and Myanmar foreign relations in the late Kongbaung Period.

To differentiate the key events that happened in the Myanmar’ foreign relations and the way of King Mindon dealt with the British illustrates how 19th Century Southeast Asia monarch   tried to secure his throne despite his political and economic weakness.

b. Learning Outcomes:

After participation in class discussions and assignments, students should be able to:

understand causes and consequences of three Anglo-Myanmar Wars and

analyze pros and cons of the historical episodes of the Myanmar’ foreign relations that happened in the late 19 Century.

By the end of the semester students would be able to:

interpret encroachment of the West which led to the changes of Myanmar political, foreign relations and society order and

estimate the geo-political competition between Britain and France.

IV. Structure of the course

The course is structured in three broad sections. The first part covers the dispute of neighbouring countries and the First Anglo-Myanmar War and the Treaty of Yandabo . The second part of the course contains the causes of Foreign Mission, and the Second Anglo-Myanmar War. The third part of the course includes King Mindon’ foreign policy, Foreign relations with other European Countries and the third Anglo-Myanmar War.

Fourth Year

Third Year B.A (History) Programme

Core Courses for History Specialization

Semester I

CURRICULUM FOR B.A. DEGREE
Semester I

Foundation Courses
Eng 4001 (3) English

Core Courses
Hist 4101 (4) Myanmar Historiography I
Hist 4102 (4) Myanmar Historical Literature I
Hist 4103 (4) Contemporary Southeast Asia I
Hist 4104 (4) Modern Middle East I
Hist 4105 (4) International Relations since 1945 I

Semester II

Foundation Courses
Eng 4002 (3) English

Core Courses
Hist 4106 (4) Myanmar Historiography II
Hist 4107 (4) Myanmar Historical Literature II
Hist 4108 (4) Contemporary Southeast Asia II
Hist 4109 (4) Modern Middle East II
Hist 4110 (4) International Relations since 1945 II

Myanmar Historiography I: Hist. 4101

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 22 Credit Points for all subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Changing conditions and ideologies of Myanmar under monarchism and colonialism

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester exploration on Myanmar History from mid-18th to the end of 20th century. The course for Frist Semester is designed to explore Myanmar History (1752 – 1948) from political and socio-economic aspects of Myanmar. Major topics examined in this semester are Politics, Governance, Economy, Society, Culture and Foreign Relations of Myanmar during Konbaung Period and Nationalist Movement and Independence Struggle of Colonial Myanmar for Achieving Independence.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for Third Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the key aspects of Myanmar from Konbaung to colonial period,

examining the politics, socio-economics and external relations of Myanmar that shaped the rise and fall of Konbaung Dynasty, and

analyzing the process of growing nationalist sentiments in modern sense and political wills of Myanmar people for regaining independence.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

examine domestic and external situations that created the success and failure of Konbaung Dynasty,

assess the development of Myanmar nationalism in modern sense under colonial rule, and

analyze the evolution of Myanmar political conceptions embedded in the struggle for independence.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

interpret the interrelations between internal and external factors that shaped the events,

estimate the expansion of ideas and concepts under given circumstances, and

evaluate the changing values of norms and notions under changing circumstances.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is structured in three broad sections. The first section covers the rise of Konbaung Dynasty and its external relations. The second section deals with the Governance, Economy, Society and Culture of Konbaung period, and the fall of Konbaung Dynasty under British colonial expansion. The third section reveals Myanmar nationalist movement and independence struggle against the colonial

Myanmar Historical Literature I: Hist. 4102

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 23 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Exploring and Utilizing Old Historical Literatures as Source Materials for Research

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester survey of Myanmar Historical Literature. The course for First Semester is designed to explore the Myanmar Historical Literature of Ancient and Medieval times. Major topics examined in this semester are reading and interpreting stone and bell inscriptions, palm leaf and Parabaik manuscripts, chronicles, Ayeydawbons (annals of kingly victories), Egyins (historical ballads), Sittans (inquests), and records on royal traditions and ceremonies: palace building ceremony and coronation ceremony.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for Fourth Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to Myanmar historical literature that reveals Myanmar history in ancient and medieval period with apply purpose, ,

facilitating students to interpret the sources of Myanmar history recorded on stones, bells, palm leaves, parabaiks, etc., and

enabling them to utilize these primary sources in their research works in ancient and medieval periods.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

examine the credibility of old historical sources dealing with ancient and medieval period from qualitative approach,

assess the usefulness of old historical sources from analytical approach, and

write research papers by utilizing reliable old historical sources with creative approach.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

estimate the reliability of information from qualitative approach,

interpret the hidden meanings of information from analytical approach, and

adapt the reliable information to practical use with creative approach.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed of three broad sections. The first section introduces stone inscriptions written in Pali, Sanskrit, Pyu, Mon and Myanmar languages. The second section deals with the interpretation of these inscriptions in terms of economic, social and political aspects. The third section covers reading and interpreting Pyo (epic of Jataka), Egyins (historical ballads), and Mawgun (Royal Eulogy) of medieval Myanmar and utilizing them as historical sources in research works.

Contemporary Southeast Asia I: Hist. 4103

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 23 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

Changing Regional Order of Southeast Asia in the context of global tension

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester survey on the history of Contemporary Southeast Asia from Post-Independence Era up to the present days. The course for First Semester is designed to explore Southeast Asian nations from the end of the Second World War up to the Cold War Era. Major topics examined in this semester are Political Issues faced by Southeast Asian nations in post-independence era in terms of nation building and economic reconstruction; direct and indirect Impacts of Cold War on Southeast Asian nations and Interactions and Interrelations among Southeast Asian nations in the context of Cold War.

1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

The course is part of B.A. Degree Programme for Fourth Year (History Specialization) students of the University of Yangon.

2. Academic Aims

This course aims at

introducing students to the struggles of Southeast Asian nations for survival and development after gaining independence from comparative approach,

surveying the impacts of Cold War on Southeast Asian region from critical approach, and

assessing the reciprocal actions among Southeast Asian nations from analytical approach.

3. Learning Outcomes

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)

3.1 Specific Learning Outcomes (SLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

evaluate the attempts of Southeast Asian nations for endurance and progress from comparative approach,

analyze considerations and actions of Southeast Asian nations to respond the Cold War, and

appraise cooperation and competition among Southeast Asian nations in the context of Cold War from analytical approach.

3.2 Generic Learning Outcomes (GLOs)
At the end of the Semester, the students would be able to

evaluate the core values of endeavours in given circumstances,

analyze the correlations between global and regional context, and

distinguish the different responses to a condition based on respective core values.

4. Structure of the Course

The course is composed of three broad sections. The first section covers the Political Issues of Southeast Asian nations in post-independence era. The second section emphasizes the reactions of Southeast Asian nations to the global tension of Cold War. The third section reveals the interactions among Southeast Asian nations in the context of global tension.
Modern Middle East I: Hist. 4104

1. Introduction

1.1 Credit Point
1.2 Theme Area
1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline
1.4 Locating the Course within the Curriculum

1.1 Credit Point

4 Credit Points per Semester (total 23 Credit Points for all six subjects per semester)

1.2 Theme Area

The Role of Middle East in Global Order from medieval to modern times

1.3 Locating the Content of the Course within the Discipline

This course is part of a Two-Semester survey on the history of Modern M

Date	:	August 6 – 9, 2019
Venue	:	Rose Garden Hotel, Yangon, Myanmar
Organizer	:	Department of Industrial Chemistry, University of Yangon, Myanmar
Co-organizer	:	Institut Kimia Malaysia (IKM)
Co-organizer	:	Foundation for Interaction between Science and Technology (FIST)
Co-organizer	:	Asia Chem Corporation (ACC)

Trainers	:	(1) Dr. Khin Saw Hla Director (Retired) Food and Drug Administration – Yangon Branch Ministry of Health and Sport
		(2) Professor Dr. Yi Yi Myint Head of Department (Retired) Department of Industrial Chemistry Yadanabon University
Date	:	10^th – 11^th June, 2019
Time	:	2:00 pm – 3:30 pm
Place	:	Science Hall, University of Yangon

No	Titles	Journals	Pages
1	Livelihoods of Street Food Vendors in Yangon, Myanmar	https://coe-urdm.uni-koeln.de/sites/geographie/user_upload/Kley/CoE/Workshops/Internat-Conference-UnivYangon-UnivCologne-CoE-2019-online-proceedings-final.pdf,2020	149-163
2	Myanmar Historian Kyan (1918-2019)	http://bios.myanmar-institut.org/2020/06/02/daw-kyan-1918-2019-myanmar-historian/ 2020
3	နယ်ပိုင်ဝန်ထောက်အုပ်ချုပ်ရေး	ယဉ်ကျေးမှုဝန်ကြီးဌာန သမိုင်းသုတေသနဦးစီးဌာန၊ မြန်မာဓလေ့ ဖြစ်ထွန်းမှုများ ( ၁၉၄၈ -၁၉၆၂) ၊၂၀၁၉	209-227
4	Historical Significant Feature of Ledo Road	Journal of Asia Research Centre , YU ARC-YU,2018	55-73
5	The Role of Rural Women in Environmental Management in Myanmar: A case Study of Ngaputaw Township	Open Science Journal , Vuka Karadzica 3, 21235, 2018 Temerin , (ISSN-1075-3480-1PB ) https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/b1ca/7d1746b020201fc92c855b363dbf620795c0. pdf	1–14
6	Military Competition between Japan and Allied Forces: A Case Study of Mandalay Campaign (1942-1945)	International Journal of Scientific & Engineering Research, Volume 9, Issue 2, February-2018 ( ISSN-2229-5518) https://www.ijser.org/researchpaper/Military-Competition-between-Allied-Forces-and-Japan-A-Case-Study-on-Mandalay-Campaign-in-Myanmar-1942-1945. Pdf	186-193
7	Historical Perspective on Maha Dhammayanthi Eindawyar Zedi	Journal of Yangon University of Foreign Languages , Vol-8, No-1, 2017	129-136
8	Vendors and Consumers of Street Food in Myanmar: A Case Study of Energy Usage of Street Food Vendors	Historysocietycommunication,(Sapienza) University of Rome,2017 (ISBN- ISBN: 9788867128524 )	295-312
9	Village Administrator and Rural Development in Myanmar: A Case Study of Ngapudaw Township, Ayeyarwady Region, Myanmar	Lambert Academic Publishing Riga,Latvia ,2017 ( ISBN -978-3-330-34275-0) https://www.amazon.com/Village-Administrator-Rural-Development-Ngapudaw/dp/3330342757	1–88
10	The Kachin People: History , Culture and Issues	Journal of Yangon University of Foreign Languages , Vol-7, No-1, 2016	99-105
11	Sitke in Myanmar History	Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol XIII, No-9,2015	101-114
12	Khayaingwun throughout the Ages	Journal of Cultural Tradition of SEAMEO,2014	147-163
13	Ywathugyi in Colonial Myanmar	Universities’ Research Journal, Vol 7, No-5,2014	197-210
14	Traditional Myanmar Folk Toys : Special Case Study of Thungedaw (Po Wa Yoke), Tumbling Kelly (Pyit Taing Taung) and Owl (Zee Kwet)	Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol XI, No-9,2013	79-93
15	ဗဒုံမင်း၏ နိုင်ငံတော်စည်းလုံးရေးနှင့် တည်တံ့ခိုင်မြဲရေးကြိုးပမ်းဆောင်ရွက်ချက်များ	မြန်မာ့သမိုင်းသုတေသနဂျာနယ်၊ အမှတ် – ၂၅၊ ၂၀၁၃	171-190
16	Conditions of North West Myanmar in Konbaung Period	Universities’ Research Journal, Vol V, No-9,2012	1–14
17	Konbaung Horseman	Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol X, No-9,2012	103-122
18	Study on the Mural Paintings of Shweguni Pagoda in Kyaukka Village, Monywa Township	Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol VII, No7B,2009	161-173
19	Postage Stamps in Myanmar throughout the Ages	Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol VI, No-6B,2008	177-201
20	The Deputy Commissioner in Revenue Administration (1948-62)	Journal of Myanmar Academy of Arts and Science, Vol V, No-6B,2007	63-75

Name	:	Dr Thin Thin Soe
Position	:	Associate Professor
Contact	:	thinthinsoe.dr@gmail.com , +959 5186850

Name	:	Dr Shwe Sin Oo
Position	:	Associate Professor
Contact	:	77floralshwesin@gmail.com , +95 9797678716

Module No.	Name of Module	Credit Points	Hours per Week
			Lecture	Tutorial
E 611	Grammar and Syntax	4	4	2
E 612	Sociolinguistics and Discourse Analysis	4	4	2
E 613	Thematic Studies – 1	4	4	2
E 614	Methodology	4	4	2
Total		16	16	8

Module No.	Module Name	Credit Unit	Credit Point
E 641	Research Progress Report and Seminar	8	4
E 642	Thesis and Viva Voce	8	4
Total		16	8

No.	Description	Mark
1	Research Progress Report	20
2	Organization of the paper	20
3	Originality and Creativity	20
4	Presentation	20
5	Response to Questions	20
		100

No.	Marks	Grade Point
1	75 to 100	5
2	65 to 74	4
3	50 to 64	3
4	0 to 49	2

Last Day for the Submission of Abstract	5 November, 2018
Notification of Acceptance of Abstract	23 November, 2018
Last Day of Registration of Presentation Authors	3-7 December, 2018
Last Day of Registration of Observers	3-7 December, 2018
Last Day of Submission of Full Papers	10 December, 2018

Local (Excluding Accommodation)	70000 MMK
International Participants	USD 100
Observer (Local)	30000 MMK
Observer (International)	USD 100

Module No.	Name of Module	Credit units	Hours per week
Module No.	Name of Module	Credit units	Lecture	Tutorial/ Practical
Ma 1001	Myanmar	3	2	2
Eng 1001	English	3	2	2
Math 1101	Algebra and Analytic Geometry	4	3	2
Math 1102	Trigonometry and Differential Calculus	4	3	2
Elective	*	3	2	2
AM 1001	Aspects of Myanmar	3	2	2
Total		20	14	12

Math 621	Analysis II
Math 622	Linear Algebra
Math 623	(a) Partial Differential Equations (OR) (b) Differential Geometry
Math 624	Graph Theory
Math 625	Numerical Analysis II
Math 626	Physical Applied Mathematics II
Math 627	Stochastics Process II

Speaker	:	Prof. K. Muthukumarappan, Ph.D., CFS Fulbright Specialist Distinguished Professor and Graduate Coordinator Food and Bioprocess Engineering Department of Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering South Dakota State University United States of America
Date	:	22^nd August, 2019 (Thursday)
Time	:	7:30 am to 9:00 am
Place	:	U 109 (ULB Building), Department of Industrial Chemistry, University of Yangon

Supervisor (PhD)	2
Supervisor (MRes)	2
Supervisor MSc	2
MSc Member	6
MSc External examiner	1
MRes Member	1
Total	14

Supervisor (PhD)	5
Co-supervisor (PhD)	2
Member (PhD)	1
Supervisor (MRes)	1
MSc Supervisor	1
MSc External examiner	3
Total	13

Vision

Mission

Contact

Dr Myo Kyaw Hlaing

Dr. Ko Myint

Dr Hay Mar Aung Kyaw

Daw Padauk Wah